®

Beyond Linux From Scratch

Version 6.3

BLFS Development Team

 ®
Beyond Linux From Scratch: Version 6.3
by BLFS Development Team

Published 2008-08-24
Copyright © 2001-2008 BLFS Development Team
Abstract
This book follows on from the Linux From Scratch book. It introduces and guides the reader through additions to the system including
networking, graphical interfaces, sound support, and printer and scanner support.

Revision History
Revision 6.3 2008-08-24 Seventh release
Revision 6.2.0 2007-02-14 Sixth release
Revision 6.1 2005-08-14 Fifth release
Revision 6.0 2005-04-02 Fourth release
Revision 5.1 2004-06-05 Third release
Revision 5.0 2003-11-06 Second release
Revision 1.0 2003-04-25 First release
Copyright © 2001-2008, BLFS Development Team
All rights reserved.
Descriptive text is licensed under a Creative Commons License.
Computer instructions are licensed under the Academic Free License v. 2.1.
Linux® is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds.
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Dedication
This book is dedicated to the LFS community

i
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Table of Contents
Preface ..................................................................................................................................................................... xiv
Foreword ............................................................................................................................................................ xv
Who Would Want to Read this Book ............................................................................................................... xv
Organization ...................................................................................................................................................... xvi
Errata ................................................................................................................................................................ xvii
I. Introduction ............................................................................................................................................................. 1
1. Welcome to BLFS ........................................................................................................................................... 2
Acknowledgments .......................................................................................................................................... 2
Credits ............................................................................................................................................................ 2
Which Sections of the Book Do I Want? ..................................................................................................... 5
Conventions Used in this Book ..................................................................................................................... 6
Book Version ................................................................................................................................................. 7
Mirror Sites .................................................................................................................................................... 7
Getting the Source Packages ......................................................................................................................... 7
Change Log .................................................................................................................................................... 8
Mailing Lists ................................................................................................................................................ 31
BLFS Wiki ................................................................................................................................................... 31
Asking for Help and the FAQ ..................................................................................................................... 32
Contact Information ..................................................................................................................................... 33
2. Important Information .................................................................................................................................... 34
Notes on Building Software ........................................................................................................................ 34
The /usr Versus /usr/local Debate ............................................................................................................... 38
Optional Patches .......................................................................................................................................... 39
BLFS Boot Scripts ....................................................................................................................................... 39
Locale Related Issues ................................................................................................................................... 39
Going Beyond BLFS ................................................................................................................................... 43
II. Post LFS Configuration and Extra Software ...................................................................................................... 45
3. After LFS Configuration Issues .................................................................................................................... 46
Creating a Custom Boot Device .................................................................................................................. 46
Configuring for Adding Users ..................................................................................................................... 47
About System Users and Groups ................................................................................................................ 48
About Devices .............................................................................................................................................. 50
The Bash Shell Startup Files ....................................................................................................................... 51
The /etc/vimrc and ~/.vimrc Files ............................................................................................................... 59
Customizing your Logon with /etc/issue ..................................................................................................... 59
The /etc/shells File ....................................................................................................................................... 60
Random Number Generation ....................................................................................................................... 61
Compressing Man and Info Pages ............................................................................................................... 61
Automate Mounting of File Systems ........................................................................................................... 74
Configuring for Network Filesystems ......................................................................................................... 77
4. Security .......................................................................................................................................................... 78
OpenSSL-0.9.8g ........................................................................................................................................... 79
GnuTLS-1.6.3 ............................................................................................................................................... 81
CrackLib-2.8.12 ............................................................................................................................................ 83
Linux-PAM-0.99.10.0 .................................................................................................................................. 86

ii
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Shadow-4.0.18.1 ........................................................................................................................................... 89
Iptables-1.3.8 ................................................................................................................................................ 98
Setting Up a Network Firewall .................................................................................................................. 100
GnuPG-1.4.7 ............................................................................................................................................... 109
GnuPG-2.0.8 ............................................................................................................................................... 111
Tripwire-2.4.1.2 .......................................................................................................................................... 114
Heimdal-1.1 ................................................................................................................................................ 117
MIT Kerberos V5-1.6 ................................................................................................................................ 126
Cyrus SASL-2.1.22 .................................................................................................................................... 133
Stunnel-4.21 ................................................................................................................................................ 136
Sudo-1.6.9p15 ............................................................................................................................................. 140
NSS-3.11.7 ................................................................................................................................................. 143
5. File Systems ................................................................................................................................................. 146
ReiserFS-3.6.20 .......................................................................................................................................... 147
XFS-2.9.7 ................................................................................................................................................... 149
6. Editors .......................................................................................................................................................... 151
Vim-7.1 ....................................................................................................................................................... 152
Emacs-22.1 ................................................................................................................................................. 155
Nano-2.0.7 .................................................................................................................................................. 157
JOE-3.5 ....................................................................................................................................................... 159
Ed-0.8 ......................................................................................................................................................... 160
Bluefish-1.0.7 ............................................................................................................................................. 161
Other Editors .............................................................................................................................................. 163
7. Shells ............................................................................................................................................................ 164
Tcsh-6.15.00 ............................................................................................................................................... 165
ZSH-4.3.6 ................................................................................................................................................... 167
Dash-0.5.4 ................................................................................................................................................... 170
ksh-2008-02-02 ........................................................................................................................................... 172
III. General Libraries and Utilities ........................................................................................................................ 174
8. General Libraries ......................................................................................................................................... 175
PCRE-7.6 .................................................................................................................................................... 176
Popt-1.10.4 ................................................................................................................................................. 178
S-Lang-2.1.3 ............................................................................................................................................... 179
Gamin-0.1.9 ................................................................................................................................................ 181
libxml2-2.6.31 ............................................................................................................................................ 183
libxslt-1.1.22 ............................................................................................................................................... 185
libgtkhtml-2.11.1 ........................................................................................................................................ 186
GMP-4.2.2 .................................................................................................................................................. 187
GDBM-1.8.3 ............................................................................................................................................... 189
GLib-1.2.10 ................................................................................................................................................ 190
GLib-2.12.12 .............................................................................................................................................. 191
LibIDL-0.8.8 ............................................................................................................................................... 193
Libcroco-0.6.1 ............................................................................................................................................ 195
libgsf-1.14.7 ................................................................................................................................................ 196
libglade-2.6.1 .............................................................................................................................................. 198
Expat-2.0.1 ................................................................................................................................................. 199
libESMTP-1.0.4 .......................................................................................................................................... 200

iii
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Aspell-0.60.5 .............................................................................................................................................. 201

SLIB-3a4 .................................................................................................................................................... 203
G-Wrap-1.3.4 .............................................................................................................................................. 205
LZO-2.02 .................................................................................................................................................... 207
libusb-0.1.12 ............................................................................................................................................... 208
ISO Codes-1.2 ............................................................................................................................................ 210
GMime-2.2.10 ............................................................................................................................................ 211
Libidn-0.6.14 .............................................................................................................................................. 213
libdrm-2.3.0 ................................................................................................................................................ 215
D-Bus Bindings .......................................................................................................................................... 216
libpthread-stubs-0.1 .................................................................................................................................... 219
Pth-2.0.7 ..................................................................................................................................................... 220
Libassuan-1.0.4 ........................................................................................................................................... 221
Libgpg-error-1.5 ......................................................................................................................................... 223
Libgcrypt-1.2.4 ........................................................................................................................................... 224
Libksba-1.0.2 .............................................................................................................................................. 226
Mowgli-0.6.1 .............................................................................................................................................. 228
mcs-0.7.0 .................................................................................................................................................... 229
9. Graphics and Font Libraries ........................................................................................................................ 231
libjpeg-6b .................................................................................................................................................... 232
libpng-1.2.29 ............................................................................................................................................... 234
LibTIFF-3.8.2 ............................................................................................................................................. 236
giflib-4.1.4 .................................................................................................................................................. 238
little cms-1.16 ............................................................................................................................................. 240
libmng-1.0.9 ............................................................................................................................................... 242
FreeType-2.3.7 ........................................................................................................................................... 244
Fontconfig-2.4.2 ......................................................................................................................................... 246
libart_lgpl-2.3.19 ........................................................................................................................................ 249
librsvg-2.16.1 .............................................................................................................................................. 250
AAlib-1.4rc5 ............................................................................................................................................... 252
Imlib2-1.4.0 ................................................................................................................................................ 253
libexif-0.6.16 .............................................................................................................................................. 255
FriBidi-0.10.8 ............................................................................................................................................. 256
Poppler-0.5.4 .............................................................................................................................................. 257
10. General Utilities ......................................................................................................................................... 260
Bc-1.06 ....................................................................................................................................................... 261
Rep-gtk-0.18 ............................................................................................................................................... 263
Compface-1.5.2 .......................................................................................................................................... 264
ImageMagick-6.3.5-10 ............................................................................................................................... 265
Hd2u-1.0.1 .................................................................................................................................................. 268
GTK-Doc-1.8 .............................................................................................................................................. 269
ScrollKeeper-0.3.14 .................................................................................................................................... 271
Intltool-0.35.5 ............................................................................................................................................. 273
Screen-4.0.3 ................................................................................................................................................ 275
HTML Tidy-cvs_20070326 ....................................................................................................................... 277
desktop-file-utils-0.13 ................................................................................................................................. 279
XScreenSaver-5.03 ..................................................................................................................................... 281

iv
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

pilot-link-0.12.2 .......................................................................................................................................... 283

unixODBC-2.2.12 ....................................................................................................................................... 285
Graphviz-2.12 ............................................................................................................................................. 288
xterm-231 ................................................................................................................................................... 292
rman-3.2 ..................................................................................................................................................... 294
Recode-3.6 .................................................................................................................................................. 295
icon-naming-utils-0.8.2 .............................................................................................................................. 297
rxvt-unicode-9.02 ....................................................................................................................................... 298
PIN-Entry-0.7.3 .......................................................................................................................................... 300
Gperf-3.0.3 ................................................................................................................................................. 302
11. System Utilities .......................................................................................................................................... 303
GPM-1.20.1 ................................................................................................................................................ 304
Fcron-3.0.3 ................................................................................................................................................. 306
Hdparm-7.7 ................................................................................................................................................. 308
Which-2.19 and Alternatives ..................................................................................................................... 309
UnZip-5.52 ................................................................................................................................................. 311
Zip-2.32 ...................................................................................................................................................... 314
UnRar-3.7.8 ................................................................................................................................................ 315
PCI Utilities-2.2.3 ...................................................................................................................................... 316
usbutils-0.72 ............................................................................................................................................... 318
pkg-config-0.22 .......................................................................................................................................... 320
cpio-2.9 ....................................................................................................................................................... 321
MC-4.6.1 .................................................................................................................................................... 323
Sysstat-7.0.4 ............................................................................................................................................... 326
Apache Ant-1.7.0 ....................................................................................................................................... 328
D-BUS-1.0.2 ............................................................................................................................................... 330
HAL-0.5.9.1 ................................................................................................................................................ 334
12. Programming .............................................................................................................................................. 341
DejaGnu-1.4.4 ............................................................................................................................................ 342
Doxygen-1.5.2 ............................................................................................................................................ 343
Expect-5.43.0 .............................................................................................................................................. 345
GC-6.8 ........................................................................................................................................................ 348
GCC-4.1.2 ................................................................................................................................................... 350
GCC-3.3.6 ................................................................................................................................................... 355
Guile-1.8.2 .................................................................................................................................................. 357
JDK-6 Update 5 ......................................................................................................................................... 360
JUnit-4.3.1 .................................................................................................................................................. 365
Librep-0.17 ................................................................................................................................................. 366
NASM-0.98.39 ........................................................................................................................................... 367
PDL-2.4.2 ................................................................................................................................................... 369
Perl Modules .............................................................................................................................................. 374
PHP-5.2.3 ................................................................................................................................................... 383
Python-2.5.2 ............................................................................................................................................... 387
Python Modules ......................................................................................................................................... 389
Ruby-1.8.6-p111 ......................................................................................................................................... 397
Tcl-8.4.18 ................................................................................................................................................... 399
Tk-8.4.18 .................................................................................................................................................... 401

v
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Other Programming Tools ......................................................................................................................... 403

IV. Basic Networking ............................................................................................................................................ 422
13. Connecting to a Network ........................................................................................................................... 423
PPP-2.4.4 .................................................................................................................................................... 424
dhcpcd-3.0.19 ............................................................................................................................................. 432
DHCP-3.0.6 Client Configuration ............................................................................................................. 434
14. Networking Libraries ................................................................................................................................. 436
cURL-7.16.3 ............................................................................................................................................... 437
GNet-2.0.7 .................................................................................................................................................. 439
libsoup-2.2.100 ........................................................................................................................................... 440
libpcap-0.9.6 ............................................................................................................................................... 441
15. Text Web Browsers ................................................................................................................................... 442
Links-2.1pre33 ............................................................................................................................................ 443
Lynx-2.8.6rel.5 ........................................................................................................................................... 446
W3m-0.5.2 .................................................................................................................................................. 449
16. Basic Networking Programs ...................................................................................................................... 451
CVS-1.11.22 ............................................................................................................................................... 452
Inetutils-1.5 ................................................................................................................................................. 455
NcFTP-3.2.1 ............................................................................................................................................... 457
Net-tools-1.60 ............................................................................................................................................. 459
NFS Utilities-1.1.2 Client .......................................................................................................................... 461
NTP-4.2.4p0 ............................................................................................................................................... 462
OpenSSH-4.7p1 Client ............................................................................................................................... 465
Portmap-6.0 ................................................................................................................................................ 466
Rsync-3.0.2 Client ...................................................................................................................................... 468
Samba-3.0.30 Client ................................................................................................................................... 468
Subversion-1.4.4 ......................................................................................................................................... 469
TCP Wrapper-7.6 ....................................................................................................................................... 473
Wget-1.10.2 ................................................................................................................................................ 475
Wireless Tools-28 ...................................................................................................................................... 477
Other Networking Programs ...................................................................................................................... 479
17. Basic Networking Utilities ........................................................................................................................ 480
Traceroute-1.4a12 ....................................................................................................................................... 481
Nmap-4.20 .................................................................................................................................................. 483
Whois-4.7.26 .............................................................................................................................................. 484
BIND Utilities-9.4.1-P1 ............................................................................................................................. 485
Wireshark-0.99.6 ........................................................................................................................................ 487
18. Mail/News Clients ..................................................................................................................................... 490
Heirloom mailx-12.2 .................................................................................................................................. 491
Procmail-3.22 ............................................................................................................................................. 493
Fetchmail-6.3.8 ........................................................................................................................................... 495
Mutt-1.5.17 ................................................................................................................................................. 497
Pine-4.64 ..................................................................................................................................................... 500
TIN-1.8.3 .................................................................................................................................................... 502
Other Mail and News Programs ................................................................................................................ 504
V. Servers ............................................................................................................................................................... 505
19. Major Servers ............................................................................................................................................. 506

vi
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Apache-2.2.8 ............................................................................................................................................... 507

BIND-9.4.1-P1 ........................................................................................................................................... 511
NFS Utilities-1.1.2 ..................................................................................................................................... 519
OpenSSH-4.7p1 .......................................................................................................................................... 523
ProFTPD-1.3.0 ........................................................................................................................................... 526
Samba-3.0.30 .............................................................................................................................................. 529
vsftpd-2.0.5 ................................................................................................................................................. 538
xinetd-2.3.14 ............................................................................................................................................... 540
20. Mail Server Software ................................................................................................................................. 552
Exim-4.67 ................................................................................................................................................... 553
Postfix-2.5.1 ............................................................................................................................................... 557
Qpopper-4.0.9 ............................................................................................................................................. 563
Sendmail-8.14.1 .......................................................................................................................................... 566
21. Databases ................................................................................................................................................... 570
Berkeley DB-4.5.20 ................................................................................................................................... 571
MySQL-5.0.41 ............................................................................................................................................ 574
PostgreSQL-8.2.4 ....................................................................................................................................... 578
22. Other Server Software ............................................................................................................................... 582
DHCP-3.0.6 ................................................................................................................................................ 583
Leafnode-1.11.5 .......................................................................................................................................... 586
OpenLDAP-2.3.39 ...................................................................................................................................... 589
rsync-3.0.2 .................................................................................................................................................. 594
Running a CVS Server .............................................................................................................................. 597
Running a Subversion Server .................................................................................................................... 600
VI. X + Window Managers ................................................................................................................................... 604
23. X Window System Environment ............................................................................................................... 605
The X Window System
Introduction to Xorg-7.2 ............................................................................................................................ 605
Xorg Protocol Headers ............................................................................................................................... 608
Xorg Utilities .............................................................................................................................................. 609
libXau-1.0.3 ................................................................................................................................................ 611
libXdmcp-1.0.2 ........................................................................................................................................... 612
xcb-proto-1.0 .............................................................................................................................................. 613
libxcb-1.0 .................................................................................................................................................... 614
Xorg Libraries ............................................................................................................................................ 616
Xbitmaps-1.0.1 ........................................................................................................................................... 620
Xorg Applications ...................................................................................................................................... 621
xcursor-themes-1.0.1 .................................................................................................................................. 626
Xorg Fonts .................................................................................................................................................. 627
XKeyboardConfig-1.2 ................................................................................................................................ 629
Luit-1.0.2 .................................................................................................................................................... 630
Xorg-Server-1.2.0 ....................................................................................................................................... 631
Xorg Drivers .............................................................................................................................................. 634
Configuring X Window System
X Window System Components ................................................................................................................ 635
Additional X Window System Configuration ........................................................................................... 642
24. X Libraries ................................................................................................................................................. 645

vii
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Qt-3.3.8b ..................................................................................................................................................... 646

Qt-4.3.4 ....................................................................................................................................................... 652
GTK+-1.2.10 .............................................................................................................................................. 656
cairo-1.4.14 ................................................................................................................................................. 658
Pango-1.16.4 ............................................................................................................................................... 660
ATK-1.18.0 ................................................................................................................................................. 662
GTK+-2.10.13 ............................................................................................................................................ 663
LessTif-0.95.0 ............................................................................................................................................. 665
startup-notification-0.9 ............................................................................................................................... 668
libwnck-2.18.3 ............................................................................................................................................ 669
shared-mime-info-0.21 ............................................................................................................................... 670
hicolor-icon-theme-0.10 ............................................................................................................................. 672
libxklavier-3.2 ............................................................................................................................................ 673
freeglut-2.4.0 .............................................................................................................................................. 674
GOffice-0.6.1 .............................................................................................................................................. 675
MesaLib-6.5.2 ............................................................................................................................................. 677
25. Window Managers ..................................................................................................................................... 680
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................ 680
sawfish-1.3 .................................................................................................................................................. 681
Fluxbox-0.9.15.1 ........................................................................................................................................ 683
Metacity-2.18.5 ........................................................................................................................................... 686
Other Window Managers ........................................................................................................................... 688
VII. KDE ................................................................................................................................................................ 689
26. KDE Core Packages .................................................................................................................................. 691
KDE Pre-installation Configuration ........................................................................................................... 691
aRts-1.5.9 .................................................................................................................................................... 693
Kdelibs-3.5.9 .............................................................................................................................................. 695
Kdebase-3.5.9 ............................................................................................................................................. 698
Configuring the Core KDE Packages ........................................................................................................ 701
27. KDE Additional Packages ......................................................................................................................... 702
Kdeadmin-3.5.9 .......................................................................................................................................... 703
Kdenetwork-3.5.9 ....................................................................................................................................... 705
Kdepim-3.5.9 .............................................................................................................................................. 707
Kdemultimedia-3.5.9 .................................................................................................................................. 709
Kdegraphics-3.5.9 ....................................................................................................................................... 712
Kdeutils-3.5.9 ............................................................................................................................................. 714
Kdeedu-3.5.9 .............................................................................................................................................. 716
Kdeaccessibility-3.5.9 ................................................................................................................................ 718
Kdetoys-3.5.9 ............................................................................................................................................. 720
Kdegames-3.5.9 .......................................................................................................................................... 722
Kdeartwork-3.5.9 ........................................................................................................................................ 723
Kdeaddons-3.5.9 ......................................................................................................................................... 724
Kde-i18n-3.5.9 ............................................................................................................................................ 725
28. KDE Software and WEB Development Packages .................................................................................... 727
Kdesdk-3.5.9 ............................................................................................................................................... 728
Kdevelop-3.5.1 ........................................................................................................................................... 730
Kdewebdev-3.5.9 ........................................................................................................................................ 732

viii
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Kdebindings-3.5.9 ...................................................................................................................................... 734

VIII. GNOME ........................................................................................................................................................ 736
29. GNOME Core Packages ............................................................................................................................ 738
Pre-installation Configuration .................................................................................................................... 738
Platform
ORBit2-2.14.7 ............................................................................................................................................ 740
libbonobo-2.18.0 ......................................................................................................................................... 742
GConf-2.18.0.1 ........................................................................................................................................... 744
shared-mime-info-0.21 ............................................................................................................................... 746
GNOME MIME Data-2.4.3 ....................................................................................................................... 747
hicolor-icon-theme-0.10 ............................................................................................................................. 749
desktop-file-utils-0.13 ................................................................................................................................. 749
GNOME Virtual File System-2.18.1 ......................................................................................................... 750
GNOME VFS Monikers-2.15.3 ................................................................................................................. 752
libgnome-2.18.0 .......................................................................................................................................... 753
libgnomecanvas-2.14.0 ............................................................................................................................... 755
libbonoboui-2.18.0 ..................................................................................................................................... 757
gnome-keyring-0.8.1 .................................................................................................................................. 759
GNOME Icon Theme-2.18.0 ..................................................................................................................... 761
libgnomeui-2.18.1 ....................................................................................................................................... 762
GAIL-1.18.0 ............................................................................................................................................... 764
Desktop
GTK Engines-2.10.2 .................................................................................................................................. 766
GNOME Themes-2.18.1 ............................................................................................................................ 767
GNOME Doc Utils-0.10.3 ......................................................................................................................... 768
GNOME Desktop-2.18.3 ............................................................................................................................ 770
gnome-backgrounds-2.18.3 ........................................................................................................................ 772
gnome-menus-2.18.3 .................................................................................................................................. 774
GNOME Panel-2.18.3 ................................................................................................................................ 777
VTE-0.16.6 ................................................................................................................................................. 779
GNOME Terminal-2.18.1 .......................................................................................................................... 781
LibGTop-2.14.9 .......................................................................................................................................... 783
libgnomekbd-2.18.2 .................................................................................................................................... 785
EEL-2.18.3 ................................................................................................................................................. 787
Nautilus-2.18.3 ........................................................................................................................................... 788
Control Center-2.18.1 ................................................................................................................................. 790
GNOME Applets-2.18.0 ............................................................................................................................ 792
GNOME Session-2.18.3 ............................................................................................................................. 794
Yelp-2.18.1 ................................................................................................................................................. 796
GNOME User Docs-2.18.2 ........................................................................................................................ 798
Configuring the Core GNOME Packages ................................................................................................. 800
30. GNOME Additional Packages ................................................................................................................... 801
Libraries
Evolution Data Server-1.10.3 .................................................................................................................... 802
gnome-audio-2.0.0 ...................................................................................................................................... 805
GtkHTML-3.14.3 ....................................................................................................................................... 806
gtksourceview-1.8.5 ................................................................................................................................... 808

ix
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libgnomecups-0.2.2 .................................................................................................................................... 810

libgnomeprint-2.18.0 .................................................................................................................................. 812
libgnomeprintui-2.18.0 ............................................................................................................................... 814
system-tools-backends-1.4.2 ...................................................................................................................... 816
Utilities
bug-buddy-2.18.1 ....................................................................................................................................... 818
Ekiga-2.0.9 ................................................................................................................................................. 820
EOG-2.18.2 ................................................................................................................................................. 822
Epiphany-2.18.3 ......................................................................................................................................... 824
Evince-0.8.3 ................................................................................................................................................ 826
File Roller-2.18.4 ....................................................................................................................................... 828
gcalctool-5.9.14 .......................................................................................................................................... 830
GConf Editor-2.18.0 ................................................................................................................................... 832
GDM-2.18.3 ............................................................................................................................................... 834
gedit-2.18.2 ................................................................................................................................................. 838
GNOME Games-2.18.2.1 ........................................................................................................................... 840
GNOME Keyring Manager-2.18.0 ............................................................................................................ 842
GNOME Media-2.18.0 ............................................................................................................................... 844
gnome-mount-0.6 ....................................................................................................................................... 846
GNOME Netstatus-2.12.1 .......................................................................................................................... 848
gnome-screensaver-2.18.2 .......................................................................................................................... 850
GNOME System Monitor-2.18.2 ............................................................................................................... 854
GNOME Utilities-2.18.1 ............................................................................................................................ 856
gnome-volume-manager-2.17.0 .................................................................................................................. 858
gucharmap-1.10.0 ....................................................................................................................................... 860
Nautilus CD Burner-2.18.2 ........................................................................................................................ 862
Sound Juicer-2.16.4 .................................................................................................................................... 864
Totem-2.18.2 .............................................................................................................................................. 866
Zenity-2.18.2 .............................................................................................................................................. 868
Accessibility
AT SPI-1.18.1 ............................................................................................................................................ 870
GNOME Magnifier-0.14.6 ......................................................................................................................... 872
GNOME Speech-0.4.16 ............................................................................................................................. 874
GOK-1.2.5 .................................................................................................................................................. 876
Java Access Bridge-1.18.0 ......................................................................................................................... 878
libgail-gnome-1.18.0 .................................................................................................................................. 880
Orca-2.18.1 ................................................................................................................................................. 881
IX. X Software ....................................................................................................................................................... 883
31. Individual Office Programs ....................................................................................................................... 884
AbiWord-2.4.6 ............................................................................................................................................ 885
Gnumeric-1.8.2 ........................................................................................................................................... 889
GnuCash-2.2.4 ............................................................................................................................................ 892
GIMP-2.2.17 ............................................................................................................................................... 896
Evolution-2.10.3 ......................................................................................................................................... 899
32. Office Suites .............................................................................................................................................. 902
KOffice-1.6.3 .............................................................................................................................................. 903
OpenOffice-2.3.1 ........................................................................................................................................ 905

x
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

33. Graphical Web Browsers ........................................................................................................................... 911

SeaMonkey-1.1.9 ........................................................................................................................................ 912
Firefox-2.0.0.15 .......................................................................................................................................... 919
Konqueror-3.5.9 ......................................................................................................................................... 925
34. Other X-based Internet Programs .............................................................................................................. 926
Thunderbird-2.0.0.12 .................................................................................................................................. 927
Pan-0.14.2 ................................................................................................................................................... 933
Balsa-2.3.22 ................................................................................................................................................ 934
Pidgin-2.1.0 ................................................................................................................................................ 936
XChat-2.8.4 ................................................................................................................................................ 939
X. Multimedia ........................................................................................................................................................ 941
35. Multimedia Libraries and Drivers ............................................................................................................. 942
ALSA-1.0.13 .............................................................................................................................................. 942
ALSA Library-1.0.13 ................................................................................................................................. 943
ALSA Plugins-1.0.13 ................................................................................................................................. 945
ALSA Utilities-1.0.13 ................................................................................................................................ 947
ALSA Tools-1.0.13 .................................................................................................................................... 950
ALSA Firmware-1.0.13 ............................................................................................................................. 953
ALSA OSS-1.0.12 ...................................................................................................................................... 954
aRts-1.5.9 .................................................................................................................................................... 956
Audio File-0.2.6 ......................................................................................................................................... 957
EsounD-0.2.37 ............................................................................................................................................ 958
SDL-1.2.11 ................................................................................................................................................. 960
Libao-0.8.8 ................................................................................................................................................. 962
libogg-1.1.3 ................................................................................................................................................. 964
libvorbis-1.2.0 ............................................................................................................................................. 965
FAAC-1.26 ................................................................................................................................................. 967
FAAD2-2.6.1 .............................................................................................................................................. 969
NAS-1.9 ...................................................................................................................................................... 971
LibMPEG3-1.7 ........................................................................................................................................... 973
libmad-0.15.1b ............................................................................................................................................ 975
libquicktime-1.0.0 ....................................................................................................................................... 977
libFAME-0.9.1 ........................................................................................................................................... 979
Speex-1.0.5 ................................................................................................................................................. 981
Id3lib-3.8.3 ................................................................................................................................................. 982
FLAC-1.2.1 ................................................................................................................................................. 983
libdvdcss-1.2.9 ............................................................................................................................................ 985
Libdvdread-0.9.7 ........................................................................................................................................ 987
Libdv-1.0.0 ................................................................................................................................................. 988
Liba52-0.7.4 ............................................................................................................................................... 989
XviD-1.1.3 .................................................................................................................................................. 990
Xine Libraries-1.1.12 ................................................................................................................................. 992
Libmikmod-3.1.11 ...................................................................................................................................... 994
GStreamer-0.10.13 ..................................................................................................................................... 996
GStreamer Base Plug-ins-0.10.13 .............................................................................................................. 999
GStreamer Good Plug-ins-0.10.6 ............................................................................................................. 1001
GStreamer Ugly Plug-ins-0.10.6 .............................................................................................................. 1003

xi
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libmusicbrainz-2.1.5 ................................................................................................................................. 1005

libmpeg2-0.4.1 .......................................................................................................................................... 1007
36. Audio Utilities ......................................................................................................................................... 1009
Mpg123-1.4.2 ........................................................................................................................................... 1010
Vorbis Tools-1.2.0 ................................................................................................................................... 1011
XMMS-1.2.10 ........................................................................................................................................... 1013
LAME-3.97 .............................................................................................................................................. 1015
CDParanoia-III-9.8 ................................................................................................................................... 1017
FreeTTS-1.2.1 ........................................................................................................................................... 1019
Audacious-1.3.2 ........................................................................................................................................ 1022
Amarok-1.4.8 ............................................................................................................................................ 1025
37. Video Utilities .......................................................................................................................................... 1027
FFmpeg-svn_20070606 ............................................................................................................................ 1028
Avifile-0.7.45 ........................................................................................................................................... 1031
MPlayer-1.0rc1 ......................................................................................................................................... 1033
Xine User Interface-0.99.5 ....................................................................................................................... 1039
Transcode-1.0.3 ........................................................................................................................................ 1041
38. CD/DVD-Writing Utilities ....................................................................................................................... 1044
Cdrtools-2.01 ............................................................................................................................................ 1045
Cdrdao-1.2.2 ............................................................................................................................................. 1047
UDFtools-1.0.0b3 ..................................................................................................................................... 1049
dvd+rw-tools-7.0 ...................................................................................................................................... 1051
K3b-1.0.4 .................................................................................................................................................. 1053
XI. Printing, Scanning and Typesetting .............................................................................................................. 1055
39. Printing ..................................................................................................................................................... 1056
CUPS-1.2.12 ............................................................................................................................................. 1057
LPRng-3.8.28 ........................................................................................................................................... 1060
AFPL Ghostscript-8.53 ............................................................................................................................ 1063
ESP Ghostscript-8.15.4 ............................................................................................................................ 1065
Gutenprint-5.0.1 ....................................................................................................................................... 1068
40. Scanning ................................................................................................................................................... 1070
SANE-1.0.18 ............................................................................................................................................ 1071
XSane-0.994 ............................................................................................................................................. 1075
41. Standard Generalized Markup Language (SGML) .................................................................................. 1077
SGML Common-0.6.3 ............................................................................................................................. 1078
DocBook SGML DTD-3.1 ....................................................................................................................... 1080
DocBook SGML DTD-4.5 ....................................................................................................................... 1082
OpenSP-1.5.2 ............................................................................................................................................ 1084
OpenJade-1.3.2 ......................................................................................................................................... 1087
DocBook DSSSL Stylesheets-1.79 .......................................................................................................... 1089
DocBook-utils-0.6.14 ............................................................................................................................... 1091
42. Extensible Markup Language (XML) ..................................................................................................... 1093
DocBook XML DTD-4.5 ......................................................................................................................... 1094
DocBook XSL Stylesheets-1.71.1 ........................................................................................................... 1098
43. PostScript ................................................................................................................................................. 1101
a2ps-4.14 .................................................................................................................................................. 1102
Enscript-1.6.4 ........................................................................................................................................... 1105

xii
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

PSUtils-p17 ............................................................................................................................................... 1107

GSview-4.8 ............................................................................................................................................... 1109
Xpdf-3.02 .................................................................................................................................................. 1111
FOP-0.93 .................................................................................................................................................. 1114
paps-0.6.8 ................................................................................................................................................. 1118
Other PostScript Programs ....................................................................................................................... 1119
44. Typesetting ............................................................................................................................................... 1120
teTeX-3.0 .................................................................................................................................................. 1121
JadeTeX-3.13 ............................................................................................................................................ 1125
A. Creative Commons License ............................................................................................................................ 1129
B. Academic Free License v. 2.1 ........................................................................................................................ 1134
Glossary ................................................................................................................................................................ 1137
Index ..................................................................................................................................................................... 1145

xiii
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Preface
Having helped out with Linux From Scratch for a short time, I noticed that we were getting many queries as to how
to do things beyond the base LFS system. At the time, the only assistance specifically offered relating to LFS were
the LFS hints (http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/hints). Most of the LFS hints are extremely good and well written
but I (and others) could still see a need for more comprehensive help to go Beyond LFS - hence BLFS.
BLFS aims to be more than the LFS-hints converted to XML although much of our work is based around the hints
and indeed some authors write both hints and the relevant BLFS sections. We hope that we can provide you with
enough information to not only manage to build your system up to what you want, whether it be a web server or a
multimedia desktop system, but also that you will learn a lot about system configuration as you go.
Thanks as ever go to everyone in the LFS/BLFS community; especially those who have contributed instructions,
written text, answered questions and generally shouted when things were wrong!
Finally, we encourage you to become involved in the community; ask questions on the mailing list or news gateway
and join in the fun on #lfs at irc.linuxfromscratch.org. You can find more details about all of these in the Introduction
section of the book.
Enjoy using BLFS.
Mark Hymers
markh <at> linuxfromscratch.org
BLFS Editor (July 2001–March 2003)
I still remember how I found the BLFS project and started using the instructions that were completed at the time.
I could not believe how wonderful it was to get an application up and running very quickly, with explanations as
to why things were done a certain way. Unfortunately, for me, it wasn't long before I was opening applications that
had nothing more than "To be done" on the page. I did what most would do, I waited for someone else to do it. It
wasn't too long before I am looking through Bugzilla for something easy to do. As with any learning experience, the
definition of what was easy kept changing.
We still encourage you to become involved as BLFS is never really finished. Contributing or just using, we hope
you enjoy your BLFS experience.
Larry Lawrence
larry <at> linuxfromscratch.org
BLFS Editor (March 2003–June 2004)
The BLFS project is a natural progression of LFS. Together, these projects provide a unique resource for the Open
Source Community. They take the mystery out of the process of building a complete, functional software system from
the source code contributed by many talented individuals throughout the world. They truly allow users to implement
the slogan "Your distro, your rules."
Our goal is to continue to provide the best resource available that shows you how to integrate many significant Open
Source applications. Since these applications are constantly updated and new applications are developed, this book
will never be complete. Additionally, there is always room for improvement in explaining the nuances of how to
install the different packages. To make these improvements, we need your feedback. I encourage you to participate
on the different mailing lists, news groups, and IRC channels to help meet these goals.
Bruce Dubbs
bdubbs <at> linuxfromscratch.org
BLFS Editor (June 2004–December 2006)

xiv
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

My introduction to the [B]LFS project was actually by accident. I was trying to build a GNOME environment using
some how-tos and other information I found on the web. A couple of times I ran into some build issues and Googling
pulled up some old BLFS mailing list messages. Out for curiosity, I visited the Linux From Scratch web site and
shortly thereafter was hooked. I've not used any other Linux distribution for personal use since.
I can't promise anyone will feel the sense of satisfaction I felt after building my first few systems using [B]LFS
instructions, but I sincerely hope that your BLFS experience is as rewarding for you as it has been for me.
The BLFS project has grown significantly the last couple of years. There are more package instructions and related
dependencies than ever before. The project requires your input for continued success. If you discover that you enjoy
building BLFS, please consider helping out in any way you can. BLFS requires hundreds of hours of maintenance to
keep it even semi-current. If you feel confident enough in your editing skills, please consider joining the BLFS team.
Simply contributing to the mailing list discussions with sound advice and/or providing patches to the book's XML
will probably result in you receiving an invitation to join the team.

Randy McMurchy
randy <at> linuxfromscratch.org
BLFS Editor (December 2006–Present)

Foreword
BLFS version 6.3 is the complement to the LFS 6.3 book. It has been 18 months since the last release of BLFS and
almost 12 months since LFS-6.3 was released. Though we would like to release BLFS versions as quickly as possible
after an LFS release, this version lagged a bit due to Editor inactivity. However, early on in 2008 several new Editors
were brought on board which helped stimulate a flurry of activity. Many new packages have been introduced in the
6.3 version, as well as many updates, refinements and additions to the existing packages.
The BLFS book now provides build and configuration instructions for almost 500 packages (many more than that
if you want to count each individual package in the autotooled X Window instructions). Some of the new packages
introduced in this version are: Dash, ksh, D-Bus bindings, Wireshark (formerly named Ethereal), rxvt-unicode,
Gutenprint (formerly name Gimp-Print), Pidgin (formerly name Gaim), GnuTLS (and many of its dependencies), Qt
version 4.x, GnuPG version 2.x, and Amarok. Major updates include GNOME-2.18.3 (with several new GNOME
packages), KDE-3.5.9, Firefox-2.x, Thunderbird-2.x, and most (if not all) of the mainline server packages. As always,
the list of packages that have been upgraded or added as well as configuration and build command changes are
annotated in the Change Log.
As always, the main thrust of BLFS development will be to support the changes in the current LFS development
book, but we're releasing this version of BLFS so that builders of the stable LFS book can continue on into BLFS with
known good instructions that should be 100% compatible to provide a semi current and very stable Linux platform.
Enjoy!

Randy McMurchy
August 24th, 2008

Who Would Want to Read this Book

This book is mainly aimed at those who have built a system based on the LFS book. It will also be useful for those
who are using other distributions, but for one reason or another want to manually build software and are in need of
some assistance. Note that the material contained in this book, in particular the dependency listings, is based upon

xv
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

the assumption that you are using a base LFS system with every package listed in the LFS book already installed and
configured. BLFS can be used to create a range of diverse systems and so the target audience is probably nearly as
wide as that of the LFS book. If you found LFS useful, you should also like this!
Since Release 5.0, the BLFS book version matches the LFS book version. This book may be incompatible with a
previous or latter release of the LFS book.

Organization
This book is divided into the following parts.

Part I - Introduction
This part contains information which is essential to the rest of the book.

Part II - Post LFS Configuration and Extra Software

Here we introduce basic configuration and security issues. We also discuss a range of editors, file systems, and shells
which aren't covered in the main LFS book.

Part III - General Libraries and Utilities

In this section we cover libraries which are often needed by the rest of the book as well as system utilities. Information
on Programming (including recompiling GCC to support its full range of languages) concludes this part.

Part IV - Connecting to a Network

Here we cover how to connect to a network when you aren't using the simple static IP setup given in the main LFS
book.

Part V - Basic Networking

Networking libraries and command-line networking tools make up the bulk of this part.

Part VI - Major Servers

Here we deal with setting up mail and other servers (such as SSH, Apache, etc.).

Part VII - X + Window Managers

This part explains how to set up a basic X Window System installation along with some generic X libraries and
Window managers.

Part VIII - KDE

For those who want to use the K Desktop Environment or some parts of it, this part covers it.

Part IX - GNOME
GNOME is the main alternative to KDE in the Desktop Environment arena and we cover GNOME-2.18 here.

xvi
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Part X - X Software
Office programs and graphical web browsers are important to most people. They, along with some generic X software
can be found in this part of the book.

Part XI - Multimedia
Here we cover setting multimedia libraries and drivers along with some audio, video and CD-writing programs.

Part XII - Printing, Scanning and Typesetting (PST)

The PST part of the book covers document handling with applications like Ghostscript, CUPS and DocBook to
installing teTeX.

Appendices
The Appendices cover information which doesn't belong in the main book; they are mainly there as a reference.

Errata
The software used to create BLFS applications is constantly being updated and enhanced. Security warnings and
bug fixes may become available after the BLFS book has been released. To check whether the package versions or
instructions in this release of BLFS need any modifications to accommodate security vulnerabilities or other bug fixes,
please visit http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/errata/6.3/ before proceeding with your build. You should note any
changes shown and apply them to the relevant section of the book as you progress with building the applications
in BLFS.

xvii
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Part I. Introduction
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 1. Welcome to BLFS

The Beyond Linux From Scratch book is designed to carry on from where the LFS book leaves off. But unlike the
LFS book, it isn't designed to be followed straight through. Reading the Which sections of the book? part of this
chapter should help guide you through the book.
Please read most of this part of the book carefully as it explains quite a few of the conventions used throughout the
book.

Acknowledgments
We would like to thank the following people and organizations for their contributions toward the BLFS and LFS
projects:
• All those people listed on the Credits page for submitting patches, instructions and corrections to the book. The
former editor would especially like to thank Bruce, Larry and Billy for their enormous inputs to the project.
• Jeff Bauman (former co-editor of the book) for his assistance with getting BLFS off the ground.
• Gerard Beekmans <gerard <at> linuxfromscratch.org> for starting and writing the vast majority of the LFS
project.
• Robert Briggs for donating the linuxfromscratch.org and linuxfromscratch.com domain names.
• DREAMWVR.COM for their ongoing sponsorship by donating various resources to the LFS and related sub
projects.
• Bruce Dubbs for donating the anduin package server and his substantial contribution to the purchase of the new
quantum server.
• Garrett LeSage <garrett <at> linux.com> for creating the LFS banner.
• Frank Skettino <bkenoah <at> oswd.org> at OSWD for coming up with the initial design of the LFS and BLFS
websites.
• Mark Stone <mstone <at> linux.com> for donating the original linuxfromscratch.org servers.
• Jesse Tie-Ten-Quee <higho <at> linuxfromscratch.org> for answering many questions on IRC, having a great
deal of patience and for not killing the former editor for the joke in the original BLFS announcement!
• Countless other people on the various LFS and BLFS mailing lists who are making this book possible by giving
their suggestions, testing the book and submitting bug reports.

Credits
Many people have contributed both directly and indirectly to BLFS. This page lists all of those we can think of. We
may well have left people out and if you feel this is the case, drop us a line. Many thanks to all of the LFS community
for their assistance with this project. If you are in the list and wish to have your email address included, again please
drop us a line to [email protected] and we'll be happy to add it. We don't include email addresses by
default so if you want it included, please state so when you contact us.

Editors
• Editor: Randy McMurchy <[email protected]>

2
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

• Co-Editors: Robert Daniels, Richard Downing, Bruce Dubbs, Manuel Canales Esparcia, Ag Hatzimanikas,
David Jensen, DJ Lucas, Ken Moffet, Dan Nicholson, Alexander Patrakov, Chris Staub, Tushar Teredesai,
Thomas Trepl, and Christian Wurst

Text Authors
• Chapter 01. Based on the LFS introductory text by Gerard Beekmans, modified by Mark Hymers for BLFS.
• Chapter 02: The /usr versus /usr/local debate: Andrew McMurry.
• Chapter 02: Going beyond BLFS: Tushar Teredesai.
• Chapter 02: Package Management: Tushar Teredesai.
• Chapter 02: Automated Building Procedures: Randy McMurchy.
• Chapter 02: Locale Related Issues: Alexander Patrakov and Randy McMurchy.
• Chapter 03: /etc/inputrc: Chris Lynn.
• Chapter 03: Customizing your logon & vimrc: Mark Hymers.
• Chapter 03: /etc/shells: Igor Zivkovic.
• Chapter 03: Random number script Larry Lawrence.
• Chapter 03: Creating a Custom Boot Device Bruce Dubbs.
• Chapter 03: The Bash Shell Startup Files James Robertson revised by Bruce Dubbs.
• Chapter 03: Compressed docs Olivier Peres.
• Chapter 04: Firewalling: Henning Rohde with thanks to Jeff Bauman. Revised by Bruce Dubbs.
• Chapter 11: Which Mark Hymers with many thanks to Seth Klein and Jesse Tie-Ten-Quee.
• Chapter 25: X Window System Environment: Bruce Dubbs.
• Chapter 27: Intro to Window Managers: Bruce Dubbs.
• Chapters 28, 29, and 30: KDE: Bruce Dubbs.
• Chapters 31 and 32: GNOME: Larry Lawrence.

Installation Instruction Authors

• traceroute: Jeff Bauman
• ProFTPD and rsync: Daniel Baumann
• joe, nano, nmap, slang, w3m and whois: Timothy Bauscher
• Fetchmail: Paul Campbell
• CDParanoia, mpg123, SDL and XMMS: Jeroen Coumans
• Amarok: Robert Daniels
• UDFtools, Perl modules (initial version) and Bluefish: Richard Downing
• sudo, wireless_tools: Bruce Dubbs
• tripwire: Manfred Glombowski
• Dash and rxvt-unicode: Ag Hatzimanikas

3
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

• alsa, cvs, dhcpcd, gpm, hdparm, libjpeg, libmng, libpng, libtiff, giflib, links, lynx, openssl, tcsh, which and zsh:
Mark Hymers
• ALSA Firmware, ALSA OSS, inetutils, GLib, GTK+, libxml and vim: James Iwanek
• db and lcms: Jeremy Jones and Mark Hymers
• aalib, Alsa, ffmpeg, MPlayer, transcode, xvid and xsane: Alex Kloss
• ntp: Eric Konopka
• AbiWord, at-spi, ATK, audiofile, avifile, bc, bug-buddy, cdrdao, cdrtools, cpio, curl, dhcp, eog, esound, fcron,
fluxbox, gail, galeon, gconf-editor, gdbm, gedit, gimp, GLib2, gmp, gnet, gnome-applets, gnome-desktop,
gnome-games, gnome-icon-theme, gnome-libs, gnome-media, gnome-mime-data, gnome-panel, gnome-session,
gnome-system-monitor, gnome-terminal, gnome-themes, gnome-utils, gnome-vfs, gnome-user-docs,
gnumeric, GTK+2, gtk-doc, gtk-engines, eel, imlib, intltool, lame, libao, libart_lgpl, libbonobo, libbonoboui,
libgail-gnome, libglade2, libgnome, libgnomecanvas, libgnomeprint, libgnomeprintui, libgnomeui, libgsf,
libgtkhtml, libgtop, libIDL, libogg, librep, librsvg, libvorbis, libwnck, libxml2, libxslt, LPRng, Linux-PAM,
metacity, MIT Kerberos 5, MPlayer, mutt, nautilus, OpenJade, OpenSP, OpenSSH, ORBit2, pan, Pango, pcre,
pkgconfig, postfix, procmail, Python, QT, rep-gtk, ruby, sawfish, scrollkeeper, sgml-common, sgml-dtd, shadow,
startup-notification, unzip, vorbis-tools, vte, wget, XFce, xine, xml-dtd, yelp and zip: Larry Lawrence
• Archive::Zip, cracklib, JDK6, ksh, libdrm, libpcap, Mesa, netfs, OpenOffice-2, PPP (update), Samba-3,
Subversion, Xorg-7 and xterm: DJ Lucas
• ALSA Tools, Apache Ant, cairo, Cyrus-SASL, D-BUS, D-Bus Bindings, DejaGnu, desktop-file-utils, DocBook
DSSSL Stylesheets, DocBook-utils, dvd+rw-tools, Evince, Evolution Data Server, Exim (many additions),
Expect, FOP, FreeTTS, FriBidi, GC, GCC (rewrite), GMime, gnome-audio, gnome-backgrounds, gnome-menus,
gnome-mount, gnome-screensaver, gnome-volume-manager, GNOME Doc Utils, GNOME Keyring Manager,
GnuCash (version 2), GnuPG2, GnuTLS, GOffice, Graphviz, GStreamer Base Plug-ins, GStreamer Good
Plug-ins, GStreamer Ugly Plug-ins, HAL, Heimdal, HTML Tidy, icon-naming-utils, ISO Codes, JadeTeX,
Java Access Bridge, JUnit, K3b, Libassuan, LessTif (rewrite), libexif, libgail-gnome, libgcrypt, libgnomecups,
libgnomekbd, libgpg-error, Libidn, Libksba, libmpeg2, libmusicbrainz, libquicktime, mcs, MIT Kerberos V5
(many updates and enhancements), MPlayer (extensive overhaul), NSS, Orca, Other Programming Tools,
PDL, Perl Modules, pilot-link, PIN-Entry, Poppler, Pth, PyXML, Samba 3 (many additions), SANE (original
instructions by Alex Kloss), Shadow (rewrite), SLIB, Sound Juicer, Stunnel, Subversion Client (many additions),
Sysstat, system-tools-backends, Totem, unixODBC, Wireshark and usbutils: Randy McMurchy
• aspell, balsa, bind, cvs server, emacs, evolution, exim, expat, GnuCash, gtkhtml, guile, g-wrap, leafnode, lesstif,
libesmtp, pine, portmap, PostgreSQL, qpopper, reiserfs, sendmail, slrn, teTeX, tcp-wrappers, and xinetd: Billy
O'Connor
• Gutenprint (originally named Gimp-Print), libusb, FAAC, FAAD2 and TIN: Alexander E. Patrakov
• Screen: Andreas Pedersen
• nfs-utils: Reinhard
• ESP Ghostscript: Matt Rogers
• iptables: Henning Rohde
• fontconfig, gcc, seamonkey, nas, openoffice, ispell, mailx (formerly named Nail), ImageMagick, hd2u, tcl, tk
and bind-utils: Tushar Teredesai
• MySQL: Jesse Tie-Ten-Quee
• PHP: Jeremy Utley

4
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

• Ekiga, Epiphany, FLAC, File Roller, GNOME Magnifier, GNOME Netstatus, GNOME Speech, GOK,
Imlib2, LZO, MC, NASM, Nautilus CD Burner, Speex, XScreenSaver, Zenity, compface, freeglut, gcalctool,
gucharmap, id3lib, kde-i18n, kdeaccessibility, kdebindings, kdesdk, kdevelop, kdewebdev, libFAME, liba52,
libdv, libdvdcss, libdvdread, libmad, libmikmod and libmpeg3: Igor Zivkovic

General Acknowledgments
• Fernando Arbeiza for doing great quality assurance on Shadow utilizing PAM. The machine access he saved
may have been yours.
• Archaic for trouble shooting the mozilla section by performing multiple builds and for providing a description of
the various mozilla extensions.
• Miguel Bazdresch for many suggestions and contributions to the Other Programming Tools section.
• Gerard Beekmans for generally putting up with us and for running the whole LFS project.
• Oliver Brakmann for developing the dhcpcd patch for FHS compliance.
• Ian Chilton for writing the nfs hint.
• Nathan Coulson for writing the new network bootscripts.
• Nathan Coulson, DJ Lucas and Zack Winkles for reworking the bootscripts used throughout the book.
• Jim Harris for writing the dig-nslookup-host.txt hint on which the bind-utils instructions are based.
• Lee Harris for writing the gpm.txt hint on which our gpm instructions are based.
• Marc Heerdink for creating patches for tcp_wrappers and portmap and for writing the gpm2.txt hint on which
our gpm instruction are based.
• Mark Hymers for initiating the BLFS project and writing many of the initial chapters of the book.
• J_Man for submitting a gpm-1.19.3.diff file on which our gpm instructions are based.
• Jeremy Jones (otherwise known as mca) for hacking Makefiles and general assistance.
• Steffen Knollmann for revising the JadeTeX instructions to work with teTex-3.0.
• Eric Konopka for writing the ntp.txt hint on which the ntp section is based.
• Scot McPherson for writing the gnome-1.4.txt hint from which was gathered useful information and for warning
us that GNOME Version 2.0 may not be ready to put in the book.
• Billy O'Connor for building GNOME 2.0 so many times and being very helpful with his comments on that
section.
• Alexander E. Patrakov for patches and suggestions to improve the book content, assistance with alsa dev.d
helpers, and increasing the l10n awareness.
• Ted Riley for writing the Linux-PAM + CrackLib + Shadow hint on which reinstalling Shadow to use PAM is
based.
• Jeremy Byron and David Ciecierski for assisting with, modifying, and testing various OpenOffice-2.0-pre builds
and patches.

Which Sections of the Book Do I Want?

Unlike the Linux From Scratch book, BLFS isn't designed to be followed in a linear manner. This is because LFS
provides instructions on how to create a base system which is capable of turning into anything from a web server to
a multimedia desktop system. BLFS is where we try to guide you in the process of going from the base system to
your intended destination. Choice is very much involved.

5
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Everyone who reads the book will want to read certain sections. The Introduction part, which you are currently
reading, contains generic information. Especially take note of the information in Chapter 2, Important Information,
as this contains comments about how to unpack software, issues related to using different locales and various other
aspects which apply throughout the book.
The part on Post LFS Configuration and Extra Software is where most people will want to turn next. This deals
with not just configuration but also Security (Chapter 4, Security), File Systems (Chapter 5, File Systems), Editors
(Chapter 6, Editors) and Shells (Chapter 7, Shells). Indeed, you may wish to reference certain parts of this chapter
(especially the sections on Editors and File Systems) while building your LFS system.
Following these basic items, most people will want to at least browse through the General Libraries and Utilities part
of the book. This part contains information on many items which are prerequisites for other sections of the book as
well as some items (such as Chapter 12, Programming) which are useful in their own right. Note that you don't have
to install all of these libraries and packages found in this part to start with as each BLFS installation procedure tells
you which packages it depends upon so you can choose the program you want to install and see what it needs.
Likewise, most people will probably want to look at the Basic Networking part. It deals with connecting to the Internet
or your LAN (Chapter 13, Connecting to a Network) using a variety of methods such as DHCP and PPP, and with
items such as Networking Libraries (Chapter 14, Networking Libraries) and various basic networking programs and
utilities.
Once you have dealt with these basics, you may wish to configure more advanced network services. These are dealt
with in the Servers part of the book. Those wanting to build servers should find a good starting point there. Note that
this section also contains information on various database packages.
The next parts of the book principally deal with desktop systems. This portion of the book starts with a part talking
about X and Window Managers. This part also deals with some generic X-based libraries (Chapter 24, X Libraries).
After this, KDE and GNOME are given their own parts which are followed by one on X Software.
The book then moves on to deal with Multimedia packages. Note that many people may want to use the ALSA-1.0.13
instructions from this chapter quite near the start of their BLFS journey; they are placed here simply because it is
the most logical place for them.
The final part of the main BLFS book deals with Printing, Scanning and Typesetting. This is useful for most people
with desktop systems and even those who are creating mainly server systems will find it useful.
We hope you enjoy using BLFS and find it useful.

Conventions Used in this Book

To make things easy to follow, there are a number of conventions used throughout the book. Following are some
examples:
./configure --prefix=/usr
This form of text is designed to be typed exactly as seen unless otherwise noted in the surrounding
text. It is also used to identify references to specific commands.

install-info: unknown option

`--dir-file=/mnt/lfs/usr/info/dir'
This form of text (fixed width text) is showing screen output, probably a result from issuing a
command. It is also used to show filenames such as /boot/grub/grub.conf

6
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Emphasis
This form of text is used for several purposes in the book but mainly to emphasize important points
or to give examples as to what to type.

http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/
This form of text is used for hypertext links external to the book such as HowTos, download locations,
websites, etc.

SeaMonkey-1.1.9
This form of text is used for links internal to the book such as another section describing a different
package.

cat > $LFS/etc/group << "EOF"

root:x:0:
bin:x:1:
......
EOF

This type of section is used mainly when creating configuration files. The first command (in bold)
tells the system to create the file $LFS/etc/group from whatever is typed on the following lines
until the sequence EOF is encountered. Therefore, this whole section is generally typed as seen.

<REPLACED TEXT>
This form of text is used to encapsulate text that should be modified and is not to be typed as seen,
or copy and pasted. Note that the square brackets are not part of the text, but should be substituted
for as well.

root
This form of text is used to show a specific system user or group reference in the instructions.

Book Version
This is BLFS-BOOK version 6.3 dated August 24th, 2008. This version is intended as the complement to the LFS-6.3
book.

Mirror Sites
The BLFS project has a number of mirrors set up world-wide to make it easier and more convenient for you to access
the website. Please visit the http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/mirrors.html website for the list of current mirrors.

Getting the Source Packages

Within the BLFS instructions, each package has two references for finding the source files for the package—an HTTP
link and an FTP link (some packages may only list one of these links). Every effort has been made to ensure that
these links are accurate. However, the World Wide Web is in continuous flux. Packages are sometimes moved or
updated and the exact URL specified is not always available.

7
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

To overcome this problem, the BLFS Team, with the assistance of Server Beach, has made an HTTP/FTP site available
at anduin.linuxfromscratch.org. This site has all the sources of the exact versions of the packages used in BLFS. If
you can't find the BLFS package you need, get it there.
We would like to ask a favor, however. Although this is a public resource for you to use, we do not want to abuse it.
We have already had one unthinking individual download over 3 GB of data, including multiple copies of the same
files that are placed at different locations (via symlinks) to make finding the right package easier. This person clearly
did not know what files he needed and downloaded everything. The best place to download files is the site or sites
set up by the source code developer. Please try there first.

Change Log
Please note that the Change Log only lists which editor was responsible for putting the changes into SVN; please
read the Credits page in Chapter 1 for details on who wrote what.
Current release: 6.3 – August 24th, 2008
Changelog Entries:

• August 24th, 2008

• [randy] - Fixed a broken URL for the libpcap package.
• [randy] - Fixed a broken URL for the Libassuan package.
• [randy] - Fixed a broken URL for the GnuPG2 package.
• [randy] - Fixed a broken URL for the GnuPG package.
• [randy] - Fixed a broken URL for the libidn package.
• August 17th, 2008
• [randy] - Modified the sudo instructions so the Linux-PAM configuration file is correct. Thanks to Jeremy
Henty for the report.
• August 15th, 2008
• [thomas] - Added a command to create a missing test data file in the CrackLib instructions so that 'make test'
works.
• August 11th, 2008
• [randy] - Added some text to the AutoFS instructions pointing out that the wget package must be installed.
Thanks to Leonhard Landrock for the report.
• [randy] - Changed the location of the Stunnel patch due to upstream's removing it. Thanks to Brian Cade for
the report.
• [randy] - Added parameters to the Pin Entry instructions so the configuration process won't fail if the optional
dependencies are not installed. Thanks to Brian Cade for the report.
• [randy] - Fixed broken Thunderbird download URL.
• [randy] - Fixed broken rsync download URL.
• [randy] - Fixed broken Whois download URL.
• August 10th, 2008
• [randy] - Updated the PAR-Dist Perl module to 0.31.
8
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

• [randy] - Updated the Text-CSV_XS Perl module to 0.52.

• Aug 1st, 2008
• [thomas] - Fix net-tools download location.
• July 12th, 2008
• [ken] - Updated security_fixes patch for poppler-0.5.4.
• [ken] - Updated security_fixes patch for fetchmail-6.3.8.
• [ken] - Updated firefox to 2.0.0.15 to fix another batch of vulnerabilities.
• July 9th, 2008
• [ken] - Updated freetype to 2.3.7 (bugfixes on top of the vulnerability fixes).
• [ken] - Updated libpng to 1.2.29 (bugfixes on top of the vulnerability fixes).
• [ken] - Added security patch to libvorbis.
• July 8th, 2008
• [ken] - Added security patch to pcre.
• June 27th, 2008
• [dj] - Corrected warning in shadow instructions to add the --without-pam switch instead of replace.
• June 25th, 2008
• [dj] - Removed Xorg-Data page and replaced with remaining xcursor-themes package.
• June 19th, 2008
• [dj] - Corrected text surrounding the sample commands Xorg installation.
• [dj] - Added libXdmcp to Xorg Libraries required dependendcies.
• [dj] - Accounted for additional path depth in Xorg Libraries patch commands. Reported by Philipp Christian
Loewner.
• June 9th, 2008
• [alexander] - Fixed typos on the PPP page.
• June 6th, 2008
• [thomas] - Update to new Samba version 3.0.30.
• May 24th, 2008
• [dj] - Completed removal of xorg proxy packages.
• [dj] - Fixed pam_xauth.so module name in /etc/pam.s/su. Reported by Guy Dalziel.
• May 16th, 2008
• [randy] - Modified the akode tarball download URL in the kdemultimedia instructions to a wget-friendly
name.
• [randy] - Added a download URL and a command to install the akode patch for experimental FFmpeg support
in the kdemultimedia instructions.
• May 15th, 2008
• [dnicholson] - Fix the Linux-PAM tarball md5sum and size. Thanks to Toni for the report.
9
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

• [rdaniels] - Added --without-ffmpeg to Akode instructions to prevent compilation errors from building Akode
with FFmpeg support.
• May 14th, 2008
• [randy] - Added a patch to the rxvt-unicode instructions to fix a security vulnerability and changed the
download URL to a more consistent location.
• May 12th, 2008
• [randy] - Released BLFS-6.3-rc1.
• [dj] - Removed JDK source installation instructions because of unavailable security patches.
• May 10th, 2008
• [randy] - Fixed broken download URLs in various package instructions.
• [randy] - Updated various Perl Modules: Business-ISBN-Data-1.17, DateManip-5.54, IO-Zlib-1.09,
Text-CSV-1.05 (was Text-CSV_PP), Text-CSV_XS-0.45, version-0.74 and XML-Simple-2.18.
• [randy] - Updated to ImageMagick-6.3.5-10.
• May 9th, 2008
• [dnicholson] - Fixed libXfont to work with newer versions of FreeType2.
• [randy] - Updated to rsync-3.0.2.
• [dj] - Updated to sudo-1.6.9p15.
• [dj] - Correted incorrect variable in precompiled JDK instructions.
• May 7th, 2008
• [dj] - Completed cleanup for /etc/X11 changes and /usr/X11R6 removal.
• [thomas] - Fix download location of shadow.
• May 6th, 2008
• [dj] - Removed (commented) more XFree86 related text.
• [dj] - Changed jdk symlink to use precompiled version and other text cleanups in jdk page.
• [thomas] - Updated to QT-3.3.8b.
• May 4th, 2008
• [ken] - Updated firefox to 2.0.0.14.
• May 3rd, 2008
• [dj] - Commented out remaining text related to XFree86.
• May 1st, 2008
• [dj] - Corrected location of Xorg config files for FHS compliance.
• [dj] - Corrected commands for lesstif and xvt-unicode relating to the Xorg config files. Thanks to Alexander
Patrakov for finding these.
• April 30th, 2008
• [randy] - Added missing patch commands to the Heimdal instructions.
• April 26th, 2008
10
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

• [randy] - Removed an unnecessary sed command from the Ed instructions.

• April 25th, 2008
• [dnicholson] - Update to xkeyboard-config-1.2.
• April 23rd, 2008
• [bdubbs] - Updated to mpg123-1.4.2.
• [bdubbs] - Ensure /etc/X11/app-defaults exists in rxvt-unicode.
• [bdubbs] - Updated to xine-lib-1.1.12.
• April 22nd, 2008
• [dnicholson] - Fix multiple security vulnerabilities in xorg-server, libXfont and xfs for Xorg-7.2.
• April 21st, 2008
• [bdubbs] - Update to seamonkey 1.1.9.
• [dnicholson] - Bug fixes and automatic compression support from Lars Bamberger for the compressdoc script.
• April 20th, 2008
• [bdubbs] - Update to Tripwire-2.4.1.2.
• April 14th, 2008
• [bdubbs] - Add 2nd security patch to unzip. Also moved locale patch to BLFS repository.
• [bdubbs] - Add optional dependencies to autofs.
• April 13th, 2008
• [ken] - Update the cups security_fixes patch.
• April 11th, 2008
• [bdubbs] - Updated to dhcp-3.0.6.
• [randy] - Added a comment to the Tcsh page mentioning that one of the tests in the testsuite is known to fail.
• [alexander] - Removed the obsolete libxml1 library.
• April 10th, 2008
• [randy] - Updated to Whois-4.7.26.
• April 9th, 2008
• [randy] - Updated to Tk-8.4.18.
• [randy] - Updated to Tcl-8.4.18.
• [dj] - Updated OpenOffice instructions with changes suggested by Randy McMurchy and Chris Staub.
• [dj] - Corrected OpenOffice build failure when GMime is installed. Thanks to Alessandro Alocci for tracking
down the cause of the build failure.
• [randy] - Clarified the GMP documentation installation.
• April 6th, 2008
• [ag] - Updated to zsh-4.3.6.
• April 5th, 2008
• [ag] - Added a command to regenerate the tags file in vim when updating the runtime files.

11
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

• [ag] - Added a sed to the ed instructions to replace with symbolic links the hard links to red and its man page.
• April 4th, 2008
• [richard] - updated to a2ps-4.14.
• April 3rd, 2008
• [cwurst] - Changed download location of gimp-help. Fixes #2503.
• April 2nd, 2008
• [randy] - Updated to Which-2.19.
• April 1st, 2008
• [ken] - Updated xine-lib to 1.1.11.1.
• [thomas] - Updates on adding users to groups. Avoid destroying group assignments in usermod commands
without -a option
• [richard] - Added gperf-3.0.3 to General Utilities. Required for a2ps-4.14.
• March 31st, 2008
• [rdaniels] - Updated dependencies for all KDE packages.
• [richard] - Commented Dillo-0.8.5 out of the book.
• [ken] - Added patch for xpdf to fix vulnerabilities.
• [ken] - Updated to gnumeric-1.8.2.
• March 28th, 2008
• [ken] - Updated to cups-1.2.12 with a patch for the vulnerabilities.
• [ken] - Updated a patch to fix vulnerabilities in poppler-0.5.4.
• March 27th, 2008
• [ken] - Updated to firefox-2.0.0.13.
• [rdaniels] - Added parameters to xine-lib and xine-ui instructions to place documentation in versioned
directories.
• [richard] - Updated to Bluefish-1.0.7.
• March 26th, 2008
• [bdubbs] - Expanded the discussion on autofs configuration.
• [cwurst] - Added build instructions for UnRar. Fixes #2345.
• [ag] - Added a sed to Tcl/Tk instructions. Fixes #2487.
• [randy] - Updated to Stunnel-4.21.
• [randy] - Added a parameter to the libgnome configure command to account for ESounD may not be installed.
• March 25th, 2008
• [randy] - Added a patch to the ESP Ghostscript instructions to fix a buffer overflow vulnerability. Thanks to
Alexander for finding it.
• [randy] - Modified a documentation installation command in the Python instructions so ownership of installed
files is correct.
• March 24th, 2008

12
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

• [randy] - Added a note to the Berkeley DB instructions about the JDK-6 and GMime uudecode conflict.
• [dj] - Added a caution to the xfs-progs page and pointed the download location to the anduin server.
• March 23rd, 2008
• [Chris] - Added kernel configuration information to CUPS page. Fixes ticket #2430.
• [dj] - Updated to xfs-progs-2.9.7.
• March 22nd, 2008
• [dj] - Updated to Apache httpd-2.2.8.
• [randy] - Updated to SeaMonkey-1.1.8.
• [dj] - Added enable-tlsext option for SNI to the OpenSSL command explanations section.
• [randy] - Added the libedit package as a dependency of OpenSSH which provides sftp command-line history.
• [randy] - Updated to rsync-3.0.0.
• [randy] - Updated to Heimdal-1.1. Removed the Heimdal-Cracklib patches from both packages as Heimdal
has been converted to use Cracklib differently. Created a patch to change the names of some installed files so
they don't conflict with the E2fsprogs package.
• March 20th, 2008
• [thomas] - Added page in chapter 16 about NFS client tools. Upgrade to nfs-utils-1.1.2 and change the
download location.
• March 18th, 2008
• [alexander] - Removed WvDial, WvStreams and RP-PPPoE, as alternative instructions are available on the
PPP page. Moved the remaining packages from the Connecting to a Network part to a chapter with the same
name in the Basic Networking part.
• March 17th, 2008
• [randy] - Updated to Python-2.5.2.
• [alexander] - Removed xfsprogs-2.9.6, as they are incompatible with the LFS-6.3 kernel.
• [alexander] - Updated MCS to version 0.7.0.
• [alexander] - Added Mowgli-0.6.1.
• March 16th, 2008
• [ken] - Corrected the download locations for goffice.
• [ag] - Added header caching support in mutt. Added qdbm as optional dependency.
• [alexander] - Fixed URL for Audacious third-party plugins.
• [alexander] - Noted that mpeg4ip is a dead project.
• March 15th, 2008
• [randy] - Updated GNOME Games to reflect the GNOME-2.18.3 update. This completes all the current
GNOME packages currently in the book.
• [alexander] - Added PPPoE configuration instructions to the PPP page.
• [randy] - Updated Ekiga to reflect the GNOME-2.18.3 update.
• March 14th, 2008

13
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

• [ken] - Updated to gnucash-2.2.4.

• [randy] - Updated Epiphany to reflect the GNOME-2.18.3 update.
• [randy] - Updated File Roller, gcalctool, GNOME Keyring Manager, GNOME Netstatus and GNOME System
Monitor to reflect the GNOME-2.18.3 update.
• March 13th, 2008
• [randy] - Removed (commented out) the Galeon package as it requires an older version of a Gecko engine
than what is in the book. Currently, it fails to build. Will add it back to the book when/if it supports modern
Gecko.
• [randy] - Updated to Vorbis Tools-1.2.0.
• [rdaniels] - Updated to xine-ui-0.99.5. Fixed ftp link for xine-lib.
• [rdaniels] - Updated to xine-lib-1.1.10.1. Removed obsolete note from xine-lib page regarding --with-xv-path.
• March 12th, 2008
• [dnicholson] - Add pidfile directive to ntp.conf.
• [rdaniels] - Updated to gmp-4.2.2.
• [randy] - Updated to libgtkhtml-2.11.1.
• [randy] - Updated the Heimdal instructions to preserve the mk_cmds script from the e2fsprogs package.
Thanks DJ.
• [randy] - Updated to S-Lang-2.1.3.
• [randy] - Updated the SLIB download URL.
• [alexander] - Added dialup and GPRS configuration instructions to the PPP page.
• [dj] - Updated to OpenLDAP-2.3.39.
• [dj] - Updated to Postfix-2.5.1.
• [rdaniels] - Updated to Nano-2.0.7.
• March 11th, 2008
• [alexander] - Updated to Tin-1.8.3.
• [alexander] - Mentioned the locale issue with the built-in editor in Lynx, and made cookies persistent.
• [alexander] - Changed Lynx download URL in order to avoid MD5 sum changes in the future.
• [alexander] - Reworded explanations and verified dependencies on the Links page.
• [randy] - Updated to paps-0.6.8.
• [randy] - Removed an obsolete sed command from the GNOME Doc Utils instructions.
• [rdaniels] - Updated to K3b-1.0.4.
• [rdaniels] - Updated to KOffice-1.6.3. Changed dependency from PostgreSQL to libpqxx. Use kde-config to
set --prefix.
• March 10th, 2008
• [randy] - Updated the Enigmail download URLs to proper locations in the Thunderbird and Seamonkey
instructions.
• [randy] - Updated to Thunderbird-2.0.0.12 with Enigmail-0.95.6.
14
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

• [ken] - Add missing goffice dependency.

• [randy] - Updated to libxslt-1.1.22.
• [rdaniels] - Updated to KDE-3.5.9.
• March 9th, 2008
• [ken] - Updated to gnumeric-1.8.1, with goffice-0.6.1, libgsf-1.14.7, and warning that gnucash-2.2.0 needs an
older version of goffice.
• [dj] - Updated to gamin-0.1.9.
• [ken] - Updated to firefox-2.0.0.12.
• [ken] - Updated to cairo-1.4.14.
• [dj] - Updated to ksh-2008-02-02.
• [dj] - Added iproute2 patch for bind, corrected L.ROOT-SERVERS.NET IP address, and added -r
/dev/urandom to rdnc-confgen command.
• [randy] - Updated to libxml2-2.6.31.
• [dj] - Updated to JDK-6u5 and added warning about trailing JRL releases and security vulnerabilities.
• March 8th, 2008
• [bdubbs] - Udated to autofs-5.0.3. Expanded explanation of the use of autofs and created a procedure to
automatically download and apply all patches.
• [ag] - Added a patch and a configuration item to fix the UTF-8 related issues in Links. Thanks to Alexander
Patrakov for the suggestions.
• [bdubbs] - Fixed problem with netfs bootscript boot procedure.
• [randy] - Updated to Balsa-2.3.22.
• [thomas] - Updated to portmap-6.0 and nfs-utils-1.1.1
• March 7th, 2008
• [ag] - Updated to pcre-7.6. Added the --enable-pcregrep-libbz2 and --enable-pcregrep-libz switches. Added in
command explanations the --enable-unicode-properties switch. Added patch to fix ABI breakage.
• [randy] - Added new package GnuPG-2.0.8.
• [bdubbs] - Fixed autofs bootscript.
• [rdaniels] - Added new package Amarok-1.4.8.
• March 6th, 2008
• [bdubbs] - Added Qt4.
• March 5th, 2008
• [ag] - Updated to zsh-4.3.5. Added libcap as an optional dependency and enabled the --bindir=/bin switch.
• March 4th, 2008
• [dj] - Updated broken cracklib-heimdal patch.
• March 3rd, 2008
• [ken] - Updated to libpng-1.2.24, thanks to Hendrik Hoeth.
• March 2nd, 2008

15
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

• [ag] - Fixed two broken links in MPlayer page. Reported by habiloid.

• February 26th, 2008
• [ag] - Updated to links-2.1pre33. Enables graphics support by default.
• February 25th, 2008
• [tushar] - Add a note about LDFLAGS for BBLFS section.
• [ag] - Added a switch to the OpenSSH instructions to set the default path for xauth.
• February 24th, 2008
• [ag] - Updated vim with the latest upstream patches. Added a command to update the runtime files.
• [dj] - Updated to Linux-PAM-0.99.10.0.
• February 22nd, 2008
• [dj] - Updated to cracklib-2.8.12.
• February 21st, 2008
• [dj] - Updated to xfsprogs-2.9.6.
• February 19th, 2008
• [dj] - Added note about OpenSSH testsuite failures.
• February 13th, 2008
• [dj] - Updated to openssh-4.7p1.
• [dj] - Updated to whois-4.7.24 (Christian Wurst).
• February 11th, 2008
• [ag] - Updated to rxvt-unicode-9.02. Added libAfterImage as an optional dependency.
• [dj] - Updated to openssl-0.9.8g.
• February 6th, 2008
• [dj] - Updated to sudo-1.6.9p12.
• February 5th, 2008
• [bdubbs] - Removed XFree86.
• January 21st, 2008
• [randy] - Updated to Libassuan-1.0.4.
• January 20th, 2008
• [alexander] - Configured the Backspace key in xterm, updated program descriptions, updated xterm to version
231.
• January 19th, 2008
• [alexander] - Added FAAC and FAAD2.
• January 10th, 2008
• [randy] - Corrected a chmod command in the BIND instructions.
• December 29th, 2007
• [dj] - Added --without-pam switch to OpenOffice installation instructions. Reported by Nathan Coulson.

16
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

• December 28th, 2007

• [ag] - Added a documentation link to the procmail page.
• December 22nd, 2007
• [ag] - Updated to Ruby-1.8.6-p111.
• December 21st, 2007
• [dnicholson] - Updated the bootscripts tarball to include fixes for dhcp, gdm, gpm, hal, ntp, dbus and samba.
• [alexander] - Updated the text about default mount options on the HAL page.
• December 19th, 2007
• [dj] - Updated to OpenOffice-2.3.1.
• December 17th, 2007
• [alexander] - Dropped Imlib-1.9.15.
• [dj] - Updated to JDK-6 Update 3.
• December 16th, 2007
• [alexander] - Moved the URI Perl module under a separate heading, to simplify cross-references.
• December 15th, 2007
• [ag] - Updated to XFS 2.9.4. Thanks to Christian Wurst for his patch.
• December 14th, 2007
• [ag] - Updated to Mutt-1.5.17. Added command to generate the manual in PDF format.
• December 13th, 2007
• [ag] - Fixed Ruby download link.
• [ag] - Updated to Flac-1.2.1.
• December 7th, 2007
• [alexander] - Updated to Xfce-4.4.2 and commented it out.
• November 22nd, 2007
• [ag] - Fixed the download link to rxvt-unicode.
• [ag] - Updated to Compface 2.5.2.
• November 17th, 2007
• [ag] - Fixed a broken link to the Python documentation. Reported by Moody.
• [ag] - Added a switch in the 'Command Explanations' section of the Vorbis Tools page that allows ogg123 to
be built without cURL. Reported by laxy. Fixes #2413.
• November 5th, 2007
• [dnicholson] - Really fix luit to find the locale.alias file. Caught by laxy. Fixes #2414.
• November 4th, 2007
• [ag] - Updated to rxvt-unicode-8.4.
• [ag] - Updated to libvorbis-1.2.0.
• November 2nd, 2007

17
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

• [dnicholson] - Fix luit to find the locale.alias file. Fixes #2393.

• [dnicholson] - Updated to Nano-2.0.6.
• November 1st, 2007
• [ag] - Updated to ed-0.8.
• [ag] - Updated to Fcron-3.0.3.
• October 16th, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to Heimdal-0.8.1.
• [randy] - Modified the 'Configuring for Adding Users' page to reflect that the /etc/default/useradd file is now
created in LFS. Thanks to Chris Staub for the suggestion.
• [randy] - Fixed numerous typos and ommisions, along with several corrections by applying patches from
Chris Staub. Thanks, Chris.
• [randy] - Updated the Evince instructions to reflect the GNOME-2.18.3 update.
• September 22nd, 2007
• [randy] - Fixed an incorrect installation command in the XSL Stylesheets instructions, thanks to Frank Ianella
for pointing it out.
• September 12th, 2007
• [randy] - Updated the EOG instructions to reflect the GNOME-2.18.3 update.
• September 11, 2007
• [randy] - Added a note to the Totem instructions explaining that the GStreamer backend will not play DVDs
properly, and you can use the Xine Libraries backend instead.
• September 10th, 2007
• [randy] - Added a more accurate explanation of the GConf dependency in the GStreamer Good Plugins
instructions.
• September 9th, 2007
• [manuel] - Updated the internal XSL Stylesheets to 1.73.2.
• September 7th, 2007
• [randy] - Changed the chmod command in the OpenLDAP instructions to use the 'readlink' command to find
out the names of the shared libraries.
• September 6th, 2007
• [randy] - Modified the Heimdal instructions which move the libraries into /lib to use the 'readlink' command to
create the symlinks so that the instructions are not version specific.
• September 5th, 2007
• [randy] - Modified the Linux-PAM instructions to install the libraries into /lib and then use the 'readlink'
command to create the symlinks so that the instructions are not version specific.
• September 4th, 2007
• [dnicholson] - Removed an unnecessary command in the Cyrus SASL instructions.
• September 2nd, 2007
18
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

• [dnicholson] - Updated to Cyrus SASL-2.1.22.

• August 22nd, 2007
• [dj] - Updated to dhcpcd-3.0.19.
• August 21st, 2007
• [djensen] - Removed a Makefile sed that disabled autoconf in XFS-2.9.3. It will be needed with some libtool
versions.
• August 20th , 2007
• [djensen] - Updated to XFS-2.9.3.
• [dj] - Added GCC-3.3.6 as a runtime dependency for the binary JDK.
• August 19th, 2007
• [randy] - Added new package PIN-Entry-0.7.3.
• August 18th, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to DocBook XSL Stylesheets-1.71.1.
• [randy] - Added new package Libksba-1.0.2.
• August 17th, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to Transcode-1.0.3.
• [randy] - Applied a patch contributed by Jeremy Henty that updated the book to Emacs-22.1. Thanks Jeremy!
• [randy] - Updated to libquicktime-1.0.0.
• [randy] - Updated to libmpeg3-1.7.
• [dj] - Updated to OpenOffice-2.2.1
• August 16th, 2007
• [randy] - Added new package GnuTLS-1.6.3.
• [manuel] - Added upstream asmrules_fix_20061231.diff patch to Mplayer-1.0rc1.
• [randy] - Added new package Libgcrypt-1.2.4.
• [randy] - Added new package Libgpg-error-1.5.
• [randy] - Added new package Libassuan-1.0.2.
• [randy] - Added new package Pth-2.0.7.
• August 15th, 2007
• [randy] - Updated Gaim to Pidgin-2.1.0.
• [randy] - Removed an unneeded sed command from the RP-PPPoE instructions.
• [randy] - Updated to Audacious-1.3.2.
• August 14th, 2007
• [randy] - Added new package mcs-0.4.1 to support recent versions of Audacious.
• [randy] - Updated to Hdparm-7.7.
• [randy] - Updated to Hd2u-1.0.1.
• [randy] - Updated to Exim-4.67.

19
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

• August 13th, 2007

• [randy] - Updated to Cdrdao-1.2.2.
• [randy] - Updated the Sound Juicer instructions to reflect the GNOME-2.18.3 update.
• [randy] - Updated to libmusicbrainz-2.1.5.
• August 12th, 2007
• [dnicholson] - Added the Python Modules page with Gnome-Python and its dependencies.
• [randy] - Added instructions to create an X11R6 symlink to the X Windows Components page.
• [dj] - Updated to JDK-6 Update 2.
• August 11th, 2007
• [randy] - Updated the GConf Editor instructions to reflect the GNOME-2.18.3 update.
• [randy] - Added a note to the FreeGlut instructions saying you don't need to install it if you installed the
GLUT library during a MesaLib installation.
• [randy] - Updated to MPlayer-1.0rc1.
• [randy] - Updated to FFmpeg-svn_20070606 (svn checkout).
• August 9th, 2007
• [randy] - Replaced the obsolete Gimp-Print package with Gutenprint-5.0.1.
• August 8th, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to XChat-2.8.4.
• [randy] - Updated all the GNOME Assistive Technology (Accessibility) packages to GNOME-2.18 versions,
including updating Gnome Speech to 0.4.16.
• [randy] - Added new package Orca-2.18.1 as a replacement for the obsolete Gnopernicus package.
• [randy] - Replaced all instances of the Gtk+-2 library directory pathname with an entity.
• [randy] - Replaced all instances of the Python library directory pathname with an entity.
• [randy] - Simplified some commands using conditionals in various package instructions.
• [randy] - Added a parameter to the configure command in the GNOME Session instructions so that the
Assistive Technology (Accessibility) packages work properly.
• August 7th, 2007
• [randy] - Added notes to the AbiWord and Gnumeric instructions that the versions of libgda/libgnomedb will
conflict with each other.
• [randy] - Minor modifications to the Gnumeric build instructions.
• [randy] - Updated to AbiWord-2.4.6.
• August 6th, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to FriBidi-0.10.8.
• August 5th, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to Finance::Quote-1.13.
• [dnicholson] - Updated to Thunderbird-2.0.0.6 with Enigmail-0.95.3.
• [dnicholson] - Updated to Firefox-2.0.0.6.

20
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

• [randy] - Updated to GnuCash-2.2.0.

• August 3rd, 2007
• [ag] - Updated to Fetchmail-6.3.8.
• [randy] - Updated to GOffice-0.4.2.
• [randy] - Updated to SLIB-3a4.
• [randy] - Updated to Guile-1.8.2. This breaks the GnuCash package instructions and since no other BLFS
packages depend on the GNOME-1.4 libraries, the entire GNOME-1.4 section of the book has been
commented out.
• August 2nd, 2007
• [ag] - Added the rxvt-unicode terminal emulator package.
• [dnicholson] - Updated to NcFTP-3.2.1.
• [randy] - Updated to gedit-2.18.2.
• [dnicholson] - Updated to Iptables-1.3.8.
• [dnicholson] - Updated the libusb udev rule for raw USB device ownership to work with Linux-2.6.22.
• August 1st, 2007
• [ag] - Updated to ReiserFS-3.6.20.
• July 31st, 2007
• [ag] - Removed obsolete text in the X Window System Components page.
• [ag] - Updated to Dash-0.5.4. Fixes Trac ticket #2366.
• July 30th, 2007
• [ag] - Removed the extra-prompt.sh script and avoid exporting the PS1 variable. Thanks to David Jensen for
the suggestions and to Craig Jackson for the report.
• [ag] - Added a warning in the mutt instructions about linking mutt against GnuTLS.
• [ag] - Added a consolidated patch to vim instructions, with fixes from upstream. Syncing with LFS.
• July 27th, 2007
• [randy] - Added the D-Bus GLib bindings as a required dependency of GNOME VFS and removed it from
other packages where it became redundant.
• [randy] - Updated to XSane-0.994.
• [randy] - Updated to ksh-2007-06-28.
• [randy] - Updated Perl Modules: Finance::QuoteHist-1.11, HTML::TableExtract-2.10.
• [randy] - Added a patch to the Avifile instructions to correct a build problem when using GCC-4.1.x. Thanks
to Robert Connolly for submitting the patch.
• July 26th, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to rsync-2.6.9.
• [randy] - Updated some GNOME utility packages: GDM-2.18.3, GNOME Utilities-2.18.1,
gnome-screensaver-2.18.2, zenity-2.18.2.
• [randy] - Updated to XScreenSaver-5.03.

21
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

• [randy] - Updated several package's broken download URLs.

• [randy] - Updated to gnome-volume-manager-2.17.0.
• July 25th, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to Evolution-2.10.3.
• [randy] - Updated to Xine Libraries-1.1.7.
• [randy] - Updated some of the GNOME-2 additional packages ('Utilities') to GNOME-2.18.3:
bug-buddy-2.18.1, GNOME Media-2.18.0, gnome-mount-0.6, gucharmap-1.10.0, Nautilus CD Burner-2.18.2,
Totem-2.18.2. Other additional packages will be updated individually as soon as possible.
• [randy] - Updated GNOME-2 additional packages ('Libraries') to GNOME-2.18.3.
• [randy] - Updated core GNOME-2 to version 2.18.3. Separated the core packages into 'Platform' and 'Desktop'
sections.
• [randy] - Updated to ImageMagick-6.3.5-3.
• [randy] - Updated Perl Modules: Archive-Tar-1.32, Archive-Zip1.20, Business-ISBN-Data-1.14,
Compress-Raw-Zlib-2.005, Compress-Zlib-2.005, Crypt-SSLeay-0.56, Digest-SHA-5.45,
ExtUtils-CBuilder-0.19, ExtUtils-ParseXS-2.18, IO-Compress-Base-2.005, Compress-Raw-Bzip2-2.005,
IO-Compress-Bzip2-2.005, IO-Compress-Zlib-2.005, IO-Zlib-1.06, LWP5.806, Module-Build-0.2808,
Module-Corelist-2.12, Module-Signature-0.55, PAR-Dist-0.24, Pod-Readme-0.09, Test-Base-0.54,
Test-Prereq-1.033, version-0.7203, YAML-0.65.
• July 24th, 2007
• [bdubbs] - Updated to Bind-9.4.1-P1.
• [randy] - Updated to SANE Backends-1.0.18.
• [dj] - Added Java header path to CPPFLAGS for Graphviz.
• July 22nd, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to XviD-1.1.3.
• [randy] - Updated to ISO Codes-1.2.
• [randy] - Updated to Module::Info-0.31.
• July 21st, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to Metacity-2.18.5
• [randy] - Added new package libgnomekbd-2.18.2 to the GNOME Core packages section.
• [dnicholson] - Reworked Xorg download links and md5sum files. Added the continue parameter for the large
wget downloads.
• [randy] - Added a sed and a patch to allow Vorbis-Tools to link against cURL and FLAC respectively. Fixes
Trac ticket #2240. Patch to update the book contributed by Ag Hatzimanikas.
• [randy] - Updated to libxklavier-3.2.
• [randy] - Updated to W3m-0.5.2.
• July 20th, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to GMime-2.2.10.
• [randy] - Updated to libwnck-2.18.3.
22
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

• [randy] - Updated to GIMP-2.2.17 and GIMP-Help-0.12. No changes have been made yet to support
Gutenprint instead of the deprecated Gimp-Print. Those changes will follow after Gutenprint is in the book.
• [randy] - Updated to libgsf-1.14.5.
• [randy] - Updated to XML-SAX-0.16.
• July 19th, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to GStreamer Ugly Plug-ins-0.10.6.
• [randy] - Updated to libmpeg2-0.4.1.
• [randy] - Updated to libdvdread-0.9.7.
• [randy] - Added a note to the libdvdcss instructions about an issue that may occur with the LaTeX installation.
• [randy] - Updated to LAME-3.97.
• [randy] - Updated to libao-0.8.8.
• [randy] - Updated to FLAC-1.1.4.
• [randy] - Updated to GStreamer Good Plug-ins-0.10.6.
• [randy] - Updated to Imlib2-1.4.0.
• [randy] - Updated to libdv-1.0.0.
• July 18th, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to GStreamer Base Plug-ins-0.10.13.
• [randy] - Updated to desktop-file-utils-0.13.
• [randy] - Updated to shared-mime-info-0.21.
• [randy] - Updated to GStreamer-0.10.13.
• [randy] - Added an additional sed to the LPRng instructions to correct some bad syntax.
• [randy] - Updated to pilot-link-0.12.2.
• [randy] - Updated to Nmap-4.20.
• July 17th, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to Poppler-0.5.4.
• [randy] - Updated to Wireshark-0.99.6 (formerly named Ethereal).
• [randy] - Updated to libpcap-0.9.6.
• [randy] - Updated to Samba-3.0.25b.
• [randy] - Updated to Subversion-1.4.4.
• July 16th, 2007
• [randy] - Clarified the Apache HTTPD dependencies and added a note how to build APR-util with Berkeley
DB support.
• [randy] - Updated to JUnit-4.3.1.
• [randy] - Updated to dvd+rw-tools-7.0.
• [randy] - Updated to Xpdf-3.02.
• July 15th, 2007
23
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

• [randy] - Updated to LessTif-0.95.0.

• [randy] - Updated to NSS-3.11.7 (includes NSPR-4.6.7).
• [randy] - Updated to Firefox-2.0.0.4.
• [randy] - Updated to Thunderbird-2.0.0.4.
• July 14th, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to HAL-0.5.9.1 and HAL Hardware Info-20070618.
• [randy] - Added the Qt3 bindings to the D-Bus Bindings page.
• July 12th, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to Tcsh-6.15.00.
• July 11th, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to cpio-2.9.
• [randy] - Updated to Sendmail-8.14.1.
• July 10th, 2007
• [dnicholson] - Added information for running the D-Bus testsuite.
• [randy] - Updated the K3b and KDE Base instructions to specify that the D-Bus Qt3 Bindings are required if
HAL functionality is desired.
• [dnicholson] - Added libxcb and its dependencies xcb-proto and libpthread-stubs to the book. Enabled it as a
dependency for the Xorg-7 Libraries.
• [randy] - Modified the D-Bus dependency in several packages to account for the new D-Bus core and bindings
separation.
• [randy] - Added the Python Bindings to the D-Bus Bindings page.
• July 9th, 2007
• [dnicholson] - Updated D-Bus Core to 1.0.2.
• [randy] - Created a D-Bus Bindings page and added the GLib bindings. Other D-Bus bindings will be added to
the same page as they are developed.
• July 8th, 2007
• [dnicholson] - Fix a bad commit breaking Xorg-7 libX11 in r6797.
• [dnicholson] - Applied patchlevel updates for Xorg-7.2 packages.
• [randy] - Updated to CUPS-1.2.11.
• [randy] - Updated to PHP-5.2.3.
• [randy] - Updated to libexif-0.6.16.
• [randy] - Updated to libglade-2.6.1.
• [randy] - Updated to cURL-7.16.3.
• [randy] - Updated to Libidn-0.6.14.
• July 7th, 2007
• [manuel] - Updated book rendering framework to use the new LFS-XSL stylesheets.
• July 6th, 2007

24
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

• [randy] - Updated to PostgreSQL-8.2.4.

• [randy] - Downgraded OpenLDAP to the stable 2.3.32 version as the download page now properly reflects the
versions.
• July 5th, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to MySQL-5.0.41.
• [randy] - Updated Tcl and Tk to 8.4.15.
• July 4th, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to libxslt-1.1.21.
• [dj] - Modified Linux-PAM configuration to use cracklib defaults.
• July 3rd, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to libxml2-2.6.29.
• [randy] - Updated to Python-2.5.1.
• [randy] - Updated to Shadow-4.0.18.1, which is the version used in LFS. Also modified the /etc/pam.d/login
file as suggested by Jonathan Oksman to strengthen the login security.
• [dnicholson] - Fixed an incorrect path for the MesaLib drivers. Reported by Alexander Patrakov.
• July 2nd, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to Whois-4.7.21.
• [randy] - Updated to Expat-2.0.1.
• [randy] - Updated to S-Lang-2.1.1.
• [randy] - Updated to PCRE-7.2.
• [randy] - Updated to libpng-1.2.18.
• [randy] - Updated to pkg-config-0.22.
• July 1st, 2007
• [randy] - Incremented the date of the bootscript entity so a new bootscript tarball will be created (to reflect the
changes made to the bootscripts on 20070620).
• June 30th, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to GTK+-2.10.13.
• [randy] - Updated to Pango-1.16.4.
• [randy] - Updated to cairo-1.4.10.
• [randy] - Updated Inetutils MD5sum as upstream released a new tarball.
• [randy] - Updated to GLib-2.12.12.
• June 20th, 2007
• [dnicholson] - Fixed app-defaults references in xterm. Closes #2362. Reported by laxy.
• [dnicholson] - Updated to dhcpcd-3.0.17.
• June 15th, 2007
• [dnicholson] - Mutt cleanups from Alexander Patrakov and Ag Hatzim.
25
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

• [dnicholson] - Fixed Firefox and Thunderbird to ensure that libX11 and libXrender are found.
• June 13th, 2007
• [dj] - Added ksh-2007-03-28
• June 12th, 2007
• [dnicholson] - Updated to Mutt-1.5.16
• June 7th, 2007
• [dnicholson] - Changed the Qt /usr install with symlinks to the bin, include and lib directories in /usr/share/qt.
• [dnicholson] - Updated to NTP-4.2.4p0.
• [dnicholson] - Fixed a broken GLib URL. Reported by Ken Moffat.
• [dnicholson] - Removed the optional ctypes dependency from libmusicbrainz since it's included in Python-2.5.
Thanks to bambi for the report.
• [dnicholson] - Fixed some errors on the X Window System Components page. Reported by Spinal.
• May 31st, 2007
• [dnicholson] - Changed the xkb output directory for Xorg-Server to match that from XKeyboardConfig.
Reported by DJ Lucas.
• [dnicholson] - Streamlined the commands for each Xorg section.
• [dnicholson] - Commented out the sun video drivers and deprecated modules in the Xorg wget lists and
changed the download commands to support the comments.
• May 30th, 2007
• [dnicholson] - Fixed a broken link on the XFree86 page. Reported by Roland Puntaier.
• [dnicholson] - Added a missing expat dependency on the MesaLib page. Reported by DJ Lucas.
• May 28th, 2007
• [dnicholson] - Changed the XKeyboardConfig intltool dependency to optional and added a required
XML::Parser dependency.
• May 26th, 2007
• [dnicholson] - Removed the /opt globbing from the Bash Shell Startup Files since entries in /opt are handled
separately.
• May 25th, 2007
• [dnicholson] - Updated to libdrm-2.3.0.
• [dnicholson] - Added the XKeyboardConfig package, which replaces xkbdata for Xorg-7.
• [dnicholson] - Updated to MesaLib-6.5.2.
• [dnicholson] - Updated to Xorg-7.2.
• May 24th, 2007
• [dnicholson] - Various changes were applied to the XFree86 page.
• [dnicholson] - Added a version number to the Xorg md5sums file.
• [dnicholson] - Revert a mistaken version update to the xf86-input-elographics driver.
• [dnicholson] - Removed unnecessary commands for the imake and xorg-cf-files packages.

26
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

• [dnicholson] - Removed an unnecessary parameter for the xorg-server package.

• May 23rd, 2007
• [dnicholson] - Removed the unneeded Glibc build fix for XFree86.
• May 19th, 2007
• [dnicholson] - Fix the installation of the mail extensions to go to the correct directory in Thunderbird.
• May 18th, 2007
• [dnicholson] - Updated to Thunderbird-2.0.0.0 with Enigmail-0.95.0.
• May 13th, 2007
• [dnicholson] - Updated to xterm-225 and corrected configure settings. Thanks to kratz00 and fix.
• [bdubbs] - Updated to vim-7.1.
• May 5th, 2007
• [bdubbs] - Corrected md5sum for libdrm-2.0.1.
• [bdubbs] - Updated to xine-lib-1.1.6.
• [bdubbs] - Updated to Seamonkey-1.1.1.
• April 29th, 2007
• [dnicholson] - Updated to Fontconfig-2.4.2. Fixes ticket #2134.
• April 27th, 2007
• [dnicholson] - Updated to Firefox-2.0.0.3. Fixes ticket #2218.
• [dnicholson] - Updated to HAL-0.5.9 with hal-info-20070425. Fixes ticket #2213.
• [dnicholson] - Updated to FreeType-2.3.4. Fixes ticket #1988.
• April 26th, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to GnuPG-1.4.7.
• April 25th, 2007
• [bdubbs] - Added a security patch for Qt and updated description of MySql options for Qt.
• [alexander] - Applied cpio-2.7 upstream fixes.
• April 21st, 2007
• [bdubbs] - Expanded note on building database support into qt.
• April 20th, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to Graphviz-2.12.
• [randy] - Updated to Doxygen-1.5.2.
• April 19th, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to unixODBC-2.2.12.
• [randy] - Updated to libsoup-2.2.100.
• [randy] - Updated to startup-notification-0.9.
• [randy] - Updated to GOffice-0.2.2.
• [randy] - Updated to ESP Ghostscript-8.15.4.

27
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

• April 18th, 2007

• [randy] - Added additional files to the chmod command in the S-Lang instructions.
• [randy] - Added a note to run some commands in the OpenSSH instructions as the root user. Thanks to
ghylton for the report.
• [randy] - Updated to libgsf-1.14.3.
• April 17th, 2007
• [randy] - Added new Perl Modules to support icon-naming-utils: Tie::IxHash, XML::LibXML,
XML::NamespaceSupport, XML::SAX, XML::SAX::Expat and XML::Simple
• [randy] - Added new package icon-naming-utils-0.8.2 (required by the GNOME Icon Theme package).
• April 16th, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to EsounD-0.2.37.
• [randy] - Updated the PyGTK dependencies in the HAL instructions.
• April 15th, 2007
• [djensen] - Updated to librsvg-2.16.1.
• [djensen] - Updated to shared-mime-info-0.20.
• [randy] - Updated to Qt-3.3.8.
• [randy] - Updated to NAS-1.9.
• April 14th, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to Samba-3.0.24.
• April 13th, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to Gamin-0.1.8.
• [randy] - Updated to desktop-file-utils-0.12.
• April 10th, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to little cms-1.16.
• [randy] - Added the Utah Raster Toolkit as an optional dependency of giflib.
• April 9th, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to Ruby-1.8.6.
• [randy] - Updated to libart_lgpl-2.3.19.
• April 4th, 2007
• [randy] - Updated the XML and stylesheets to use the 4.5 version of DocBook XML DTD.
• March 31st, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to PHP-5.2.1.
• [randy] - Removed the Ash package as it has been effectively replaced by the Dash package.
• March 30th, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to hicolor-icon-theme-0.10.
• [randy] - Updated to libpcap-0.9.5.
• [randy] - Updated to Apache HTTPD-2.2.4.

28
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

• [randy] - Updated to GTK-Doc-1.8.

• [randy] - Updated to Perl Module HTML::Parser-3.56.
• [randy] - Updated to Perl modules: Algorithm::Diff-1.1902, Compress::Zlib-2.004, Crypt::SSLeay-0.53,
Pod::Simple-3.05, Test::Pod-1.26, Test::Simple-0.70, version-0.71.
• [randy] - Added new Perl modules: Compress::Raw::Zlib-2.004, IO::Compress::Base-2.004,
IO::Compress::Bzip2-2.004, IO::Compress::Zlib-2.004.
• March 28th, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to ASpell-0.60.5.
• March 27th, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to HTML Tidy-cvs_20070326.
• March 26th, 2007
• [djensen] - Updated to libIDL-0.8.8.
• [randy] - Updated to Heirloom Mailx-12.2.
• [randy] - Updated to Sendmail-8.14.0.
• [randy] - Updated to OpenLDAP-2.3.34.
• March 25th, 2007
• [djensen] - Updated to Intltool-0.35.5.
• [djensen] - Updated to libwnck-2.18.0.
• [djensen] - Updated to VTE-2.16.0.
• [randy] - Updated to OpenSSH-4.6p1.
• [randy] - Updated to OpenSSL-0.9.8e.
• [randy] - Updated to cURL-7.16.1.
• [randy] - Updated to Stunnel-4.20.
• [randy] - Updated to Libidn-0.6.11.
• March 24th, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to FOP-0.93.
• March 23rd, 2007
• [dnicholson] - Removed the reference to tinker-term.sh in the Bash Shell Startup Files. Thanks to Jonathan
Oksman for the report.
• [dnicholson] - Added a patch with upstream fixes for Dash and an optional command for replacing /bin/sh.
• [randy] - Updated to Apache Ant-1.7.0.
• [randy] - Added new package JUnit-4.1.
• March 21st, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to MySQL-5.0.37.
• [randy] - Modified the Heimdal instructions to rename the Heimdal libss headers and libraries and restore the
orginal E2fsprogs files. Also added some documentation installation commands.
• March 20th, 2007

29
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

• [bdubbs] - Updated to cairo-1.4.2. Fixes a severe hang problem and some systems when running checks.
• [randy] - Updated to Berkeley DB-4.5.20 to match the version used in LFS.
• [randy] - Updated to JDK-1.5.0.11 (source and binary).
• March 19th, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to cpio-2.7.
• March 18th, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to NSS-3.11.5 (includes NSPR-4.6.5).
• [randy] - Added a warning to the GNOME introduction section, and links to this warning in various GNOME
package instructions telling to use the stable version of BLFS to build current GNOME.
• [randy] - Updated to GTK+-2.10.11.
• [randy] - Updated to ATK-1.18.0.
• [randy] - Updated to Pango-1.16.1.
• [randy] - Updated to cairo-1.4.0.
• [randy] - Updated to GLib-2.12.11.
• March 17th, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to libxslt-1.1.20.
• [randy] - Updated to Python-2.5.
• March 16th, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to GCC-4.1.2, which matches the version used in LFS.
• March 15th, 2007
• [randy] - Added the Dash package using a patch provided by Agathoklis Hatzimanikas.
• March 13th, 2007
• [randy] - Added a note to the Linux-PAM instructions to run the test suite after the package has been installed
and minimally configured.
• March 8th, 2007
• [alexander] - Added Recode-3.6.
• March 7th, 2007
• [djensen] - Updated to ImageMagick-6.3.3-0, man page sed by alexander.
• March 4th, 2007
• [dnicholson] - Updated the Docbook SGML & XML DTD packages to version 4.5. Patch from Matthew
Burgess.
• March 3rd, 2007
• [djensen] - Updated to PostgreSQL-8.2.3.
• [alexander] - Removed the link to the (dead) libstk site from Xine Libraries page.
• February 28th, 2007
• [dnicholson] - Made the i18n-fonts commands more explicit on the a2ps page to guard against errors. Thanks
to Nathan Coulson for the report.

30
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

• February 24th, 2007

• [dnicholson] - Fixed a dead ftp:// link for Nano. Reported by Daniel Rindt.
• February 19th, 2007
• [dnicholson] - Fixed the sed needed to run the libxml2 testsuite. Closes #2299. Report from kratz00.
• February 16th, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to GMP-4.2.1.
• [randy] - Updated to libxml2-2.6.27.
• [randy] - Fixed a broken documentation installation command in the libpng instructions, thanks to Nathan
Coulson for the report.
• [randy] - Updated to Inetutils-1.5.
• February 15th, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to Sysstat-7.0.4.
• [randy] - Updated to Shadow-4.0.17.
• [randy] - Updated to Linux-PAM-0.99.7.1.
• [randy] - Updated to Tk-8.4.14.
• [randy] - Updated to Tcl-8.4.14.
• [randy] - Updated to S-Lang-2.0.7.
• [randy] - Updated to PCRE-7.0.
• [randy] - Updated to libpng-1.2.16.
• [randy] - Updated to pkg-config-0.21.
• February 14th, 2007
• [randy] - Released BLFS Version 6.2.0.
• February 6th, 2007
• [randy] - Updated to CrackLib-2.8.10 (don't merge to the 6.2 branch until 6.2.0 has been released).
• February 4th, 2007
• [randy] - Removed the obsolete and unmaintained Xorg-6.9 package (do not merge to the 6.2 branch).

Mailing Lists
The linuxfromscratch.org server is hosting a number of mailing lists that are used for the development of the BLFS
book. These lists include, among others, the main development and support lists.
For more information regarding which lists are available, how to subscribe to them, archive locations, etc., visit
http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/mail.html.

BLFS Wiki
The BLFS Project has created a Wiki for users to comment on pages and instructions at http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.
org/blfs/wiki. Comments are welcome from all users.
The following are the rules for posting:

31
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

• Users must register and log in to edit a page.

• Suggestions to change the book should be made by creating a new ticket, not by making comments in the Wiki.
• Questions with your specific installation problems should be made by subscribing and mailing to the BLFS
Support Mailing List at mailto:[email protected].
• Discussions of build instructions should be made by subscribing and mailing to the BLFS Development List at
mailto:[email protected].
• Inappropriate material will be removed.

Asking for Help and the FAQ

If you encounter a problem while using this book, and your problem is not listed in the FAQ (http://www.
linuxfromscratch.org/faq), you will find that most of the people on Internet Relay Chat (IRC) and on the mailing lists
are willing to help you. An overview of the LFS mailing lists can be found in Mailing lists. To assist us in diagnosing
and solving your problem, include as much relevant information as possible in your request for help.

Things to Check Prior to Asking

Before asking for help, you should review the following items:
• Is the hardware support compiled into the kernel or available as a module to the kernel? If it is a module, is it
configured properly in modprobe.conf and has it been loaded? You should use lsmod as the root user to
see if it's loaded. Check the sys.log file or run modprobe <driver> to review any error message. If it loads
properly, you may need to add the modprobe command to your boot scripts.
• Are your permissions properly set, especially for devices? LFS uses groups to make these settings easier, but it
also adds the step of adding users to groups to allow access. A simple moduser -G audio <user> may be all
that's necessary for that user to have access to the sound system. Any question that starts out with “It works as
root, but not as ...” requires a thorough review of permissions prior to asking.
• BLFS liberally uses /opt/<package>. The main objection to this centers around the need to expand your
environment variables for each package placed there (e.g., PATH=$PATH:/opt/kde/bin). In most cases, the
package instructions will walk you through the changes, but some will not. The section called “Going Beyond
BLFS” is available to help you check.

Things to Mention
Apart from a brief explanation of the problem you're having, the essential things to include in your request are:
• the version of the book you are using (being 6.3),
• the package or section giving you problems,
• the exact error message or symptom you are receiving,
• whether you have deviated from the book or LFS at all,
• if you are installing a BLFS package on a non-LFS system.
(Note that saying that you've deviated from the book doesn't mean that we won't help you. It'll just help us to see
other possible causes of your problem.)
Expect guidance instead of specific instructions. If you are instructed to read something, please do so. It generally
implies that the answer was way too obvious and that the question would not have been asked if a little research was
done prior to asking. The volunteers in the mailing list prefer not to be used as an alternative to doing reasonable

32
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

research on your end. In addition, the quality of your experience with BLFS is also greatly enhanced by this research,
and the quality of volunteers is enhanced because they don't feel that their time has been abused, so they are far more
likely to participate.
An excellent article on asking for help on the Internet in general has been written by Eric S. Raymond. It is available
online at http://www.catb.org/~esr/faqs/smart-questions.html. Read and follow the hints in that document and you
are much more likely to get a response to start with and also to get the help you actually need.

Contact Information
Please direct your emails to one of the BLFS mailing lists. See Mailing lists for more information on the available
mailing lists.
The current BLFS maintainer is Randy McMurchy. If you need to reach Randy, send an email to
[email protected].

33
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 2. Important Information

This chapter is used to explain some of the policies used throughout the book, to introduce important concepts and
to explain some issues you may see with some of the included packages.

Notes on Building Software

Those people who have built an LFS system may be aware of the general principles of downloading and unpacking
software. We will however repeat some of that information here for those new to building their own software.

Each set of installation instructions contains a URL from which you can download the package. We do however keep
a selection of patches available via HTTP. These are referenced as needed in the installation instructions.

While you can keep the source files anywhere you like, we assume that you have unpacked the package and changed
into the directory created by the unpacking process (the 'build' directory). We also assume you have uncompressed
any required patches and they are in the directory immediately above the 'build' directory.

We can not emphasize strongly enough that you should start from a clean source tree each time. This means that if
you have had an error during configuration or compilation, it's usually best to delete the source tree and re-unpack
it before trying again. This obviously doesn't apply if you're an advanced user used to hacking Makefiles and C
code, but if in doubt, start from a clean tree.

Building Software as an Unprivileged (non-root) User

The golden rule of Unix System Administration is to use your superpowers only when necessary. Hence, BLFS
recommends that you build software as an unprivileged user and only become the root user when installing the
software. This philosophy is followed in all the packages in this book. Unless otherwise specified, all instructions
should be executed as an unprivileged user. The book will advise you on instructions that need root privileges.

Unpacking the Software

If a file is in .tar format and compressed, it is unpacked by running one of the following commands:

tar -xvf filename.tar.gz

tar -xvf filename.tgz
tar -xvf filename.tar.Z
tar -xvf filename.tar.bz2

Note
You may omit using the v parameter in the commands shown above and below if you wish to suppress the
verbose listing of all the files in the archive as they are extracted. This can help speed up the extraction as
well as make any errors produced during the extraction more obvious to you.

You can also use a slightly different method:

bzcat filename.tar.bz2 | tar -xv

34
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Finally, you sometimes need to be able to unpack patches which are generally not in .tar format. The best way to do
this is to copy the patch file to parent of the 'build' directory and then run one of the following commands depending
on whether the file is a .gz or .bz2 file:
gunzip -v patchname.gz
bunzip2 -v patchname.bz2

Verifying File Integrity Using 'md5sum'

Generally, to verify that the downloaded file is genuine and complete, many package maintainers also distribute
md5sums of the files. To verify the md5sum of the downloaded files, download both the file and the corresponding
md5sum file to the same directory (preferably from different on-line locations), and (assuming file.md5sum is
the md5sum file downloaded) run the following command:
md5sum -c file.md5sum
If there are any errors, they will be reported. Note that the BLFS book includes md5sums for all the source files also.
To use the BLFS supplied md5sums, you can create a file.md5sum (place the md5sum data and the exact name
of the downloaded file on the same line of a file, separated by white space) and run the command shown above.
Alternately, simply run the command shown below and compare the output to the md5sum data shown in the BLFS
book.
md5sum <name_of_downloaded_file>

Creating Log Files During Installation

For larger packages, it is convenient to create log files instead of staring at the screen hoping to catch a particular
error or warning. Log files are also useful for debugging and keeping records. The following command allows you
to create an installation log. Replace <command> with the command you intend to execute.
( <command> 2>&1 | tee compile.log && exit $PIPESTATUS )
2>&1 redirects error messages to the same location as standard output. The tee command allows viewing of the
output while logging the results to a file. The parentheses around the command run the entire command in a subshell
and finally the exit $PIPESTATUS command ensures the result of the <command> is returned as the result and
not the result of the tee command.

Automated Building Procedures

There are times when automating the building of a package can come in handy. Everyone has their own reasons for
wanting to automate building, and everyone goes about it in their own way. Creating Makefiles, Bash scripts, Perl
scripts or simply a list of commands used to cut and paste are just some of the methods you can use to automate
building BLFS packages. Detailing how and providing examples of the many ways you can automate the building
of packages is beyond the scope of this section. This section will expose you to using file redirection and the yes
command to help provide ideas on how to automate your builds.

File Redirection to Automate Input

You will find times throughout your BLFS journey when you will come across a package that has a command
prompting you for information. This information might be configuration details, a directory path, or a response to a
license agreement. This can present a challenge to automate the building of that package. Occasionally, you will be

35
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

prompted for different information in a series of questions. One method to automate this type of scenario requires
putting the desired responses in a file and using redirection so that the program uses the data in the file as the answers
to the questions.
Building the CUPS package is a good example of how redirecting a file as input to prompts can help you automate
the build. If you run the test suite, you are asked to respond to a series of questions regarding the type of test to run
and if you have any auxiliary programs the test can use. You can create a file with your responses, one response per
line, and use a command similar to the one shown below to automate running the test suite:
make check < ../cups-1.1.23-testsuite_parms
This effectively makes the test suite use the responses in the file as the input to the questions. Occasionally you may
end up doing a bit of trial and error determining the exact format of your input file for some things, but once figured
out and documented you can use this to automate building the package.

Using yes to Automate Input

Sometimes you will only need to provide one response, or provide the same response to many prompts. For these
instances, the yes command works really well. The yes command can be used to provide a response (the same one)
to one or more instances of questions. It can be used to simulate pressing just the Enter key, entering the Y key or
entering a string of text. Perhaps the easiest way to show its use is in an example.
First, create a short Bash script by entering the following commands:
cat > blfs-yes-test1 << "EOF"
#!/bin/bash

echo -n -e "\n\nPlease type something (or nothing) and press Enter ---> "

read A_STRING

if test "$A_STRING" = ""; then A_STRING="Just the Enter key was pressed"
else A_STRING="You entered '$A_STRING'"
fi

echo -e "\n\n$A_STRING\n\n"
EOF
chmod 755 blfs-yes-test1
Now run the script by issuing ./blfs-yes-test1 from the command line. It will wait for a response, which can be
anything (or nothing) followed by the Enter key. After entering something, the result will be echoed to the screen.
Now use the yes command to automate the entering of a response:
yes | ./blfs-yes-test1
Notice that piping yes by itself to the script results in y being passed to the script. Now try it with a string of text:
yes 'This is some text' | ./blfs-yes-test1
The exact string was used as the response to the script. Finally, try it using an empty (null) string:
yes '' | ./blfs-yes-test1

36
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Notice this results in passing just the press of the Enter key to the script. This is useful for times when the default
answer to the prompt is sufficient. This syntax is used in the Net-tools [459] instructions to accept all the defaults
to the many prompts during the configuration step. You may now remove the test script, if desired.

File Redirection to Automate Output

In order to automate the building of some packages, especially those that require you to read a license agreement one
page at a time, requires using a method that avoids having to press a key to display each page. Redirecting the output
to a file can be used in these instances to assist with the automation. The previous section on this page touched on
creating log files of the build output. The redirection method shown there used the tee command to redirect output to
a file while also displaying the output to the screen. Here, the output will only be sent to a file.
Again, the easiest way to demonstrate the technique is to show an example. First, issue the command:

ls -l /usr/bin | more

Of course, you'll be required to view the output one page at a time because the more filter was used. Now try the
same command, but this time redirect the output to a file. The special file /dev/null can be used instead of the
filename shown, but you will have no log file to examine:

ls -l /usr/bin | more > redirect_test.log 2>&1

Notice that this time the command immediately returned to the shell prompt without having to page through the
output. You may now remove the log file.
The last example will use the yes command in combination with output redirection to bypass having to page through
the output and then provide a y to a prompt. This technique could be used in instances when otherwise you would
have to page through the output of a file (such as a license agreement) and then answer the question of “do you accept
the above?”. For this example, another short Bash script is required:

cat > blfs-yes-test2 << "EOF"

#!/bin/bash

ls -l /usr/bin | more

echo -n -e "\n\nDid you enjoy reading this? (y,n) "

read A_STRING

if test "$A_STRING" = "y"; then A_STRING="You entered the 'y' key"

else A_STRING="You did NOT enter the 'y' key"
fi

echo -e "\n\n$A_STRING\n\n"
EOF
chmod 755 blfs-yes-test2

This script can be used to simulate a program that requires you to read a license agreement, then respond appropriately
to accept the agreement before the program will install anything. First, run the script without any automation
techniques by issuing ./blfs-yes-test2.

37
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now issue the following command which uses two automation techniques, making it suitable for use in an automated
build script:
yes | ./blfs-yes-test2 > blfs-yes-test2.log 2>&1
If desired, issue tail blfs-yes-test2.log to see the end of the paged output, and confirmation that y was passed through
to the script. Once satisfied that it works as it should, you may remove the script and log file.
Finally, keep in mind that there are many ways to automate and/or script the build commands. There is not a single
“correct” way to do it. Your imagination is the only limit.

Dependencies
For each package described, BLFS lists the known dependencies. These are listed under several headings, whose
meaning is as follows:
• Required means that the target package cannot be correctly built without the dependency having first been
installed.
• Recommended means that BLFS strongly suggests this package is installed first for a clean and trouble-free
build, that won't have issues either during the build process, or at run-time.
• Optional means that this package might be installed for added functionality. Often BLFS will describe the
dependency to explain the added functionality that will result.

The /usr Versus /usr/local Debate

Should I install XXX in /usr or /usr/local?
This is a question without an obvious answer for an LFS based system.
In traditional Unix systems, /usr usually contains files that come with the system distribution, and the /usr/local
tree is free for the local administrator to manage. The only really hard and fast rule is that Unix distributions should
not touch /usr/local, except perhaps to create the basic directories within it.
With Linux distributions like Red Hat, Debian, etc., a possible rule is that /usr is managed by the distribution's
package system and /usr/local is not. This way the package manager's database knows about every file within
/usr.
LFS users build their own system and so deciding where the system ends and local files begin is not straightforward.
So the choice should be made in order to make things easier to administer. There are several reasons for dividing
files between /usr and /usr/local.
• On a network of several machines all running LFS, or mixed LFS and other Linux distributions, /usr/local
could be used to hold packages that are common between all the computers in the network. It can be NFS
mounted or mirrored from a single server. Here local indicates local to the site.
• On a network of several computers all running an identical LFS system, /usr/local could hold packages that
are different between the machines. In this case local refers to the individual computers.
• Even on a single computer, /usr/local can be useful if you have several distributions installed
simultaneously, and want a place to put packages that will be the same on all of them.
• Or you might regularly rebuild your LFS, but want a place to put files that you don't want to rebuild each time.
This way you can wipe the LFS file system and start from a clean partition every time without losing everything.
Some people ask why not use your own directory tree, e.g., /usr/site, rather than /usr/local?

38
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

There is nothing stopping you, many sites do make their own trees, however it makes installing new software more
difficult. Automatic installers often look for dependencies in /usr and /usr/local, and if the file it is looking
for is in /usr/site instead, the installer will probably fail unless you specifically tell it where to look.
What is the BLFS position on this?
All of the BLFS instructions install programs in /usr with optional instructions to install into /opt for some specific
packages.

Optional Patches
As you follow the various sections in the book, you will observe that the book occasionally includes patches that are
required for a successful and secure installation of the packages. The general policy of the book is to include patches
that fall in one of the following criteria:
• Fixes a compilation problem.
• Fixes a security problem.
• Fixes a broken functionality.
In short, the book only includes patches that are either required or recommended. There is a Patches subproject which
hosts various patches (including the patches referenced in the books) to enable you to configure your LFS the way
you like it.

BLFS Boot Scripts

The BLFS Bootscripts package contains the init scripts that are used throughout the book. It is assumed that you will
be using the BLFS Bootscripts package in conjunction with a compatible LFS-Bootscripts package. Refer to ../../../.
./lfs/view/6.3/chapter07/bootscripts.html for more information on the LFS-Bootscripts package.
Package Information
• Download: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/downloads/6.3/blfs-bootscripts-20080816.tar.bz2
The BLFS Bootscripts package will be used throughout the BLFS book for startup scripts. Unlike LFS, each init
script has a separate install target in the BLFS Bootscripts package. It is recommended you keep the package source
directory around until completion of your BLFS system. When a script is requested from BLFS Bootscripts, simply
change to the directory and as the root user, execute the given make install-<init-script> command. This
command installs the init script to its proper location (along with any auxiliary configuration scripts) and also creates
the appropriate symlinks to start and stop the service at the appropriate run-level.

Note
It is advisable to peruse each bootscript before installation to ascertain that it satisfies your need. Also verify
that the start and stop symlinks it creates match your preferences.

Locale Related Issues

This page contains information about locale related problems and issues. In the following paragraphs you'll find a
generic overview of things that can come up when configuring your system for various locales. Many (but not all)
existing locale related problems can be classified and fall under one of the headings below. The severity ratings below
use the following criteria:

39
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

• Critical: The program doesn't perform its main function. The fix would be very intrusive, it's better to search for
a replacement.
• High: Part of the functionality that the program provides is not usable. If that functionality is required, it's better
to search for a replacement.
• Low: The program works in all typical use cases, but lacks some functionality normally provided by its
equivalents.
If there is a known workaround for a specific package, it will appear on that package's page. For the most recent
information about locale related issues for individual packages, check the User Notes in the BLFS Wiki.

The Needed Encoding is Not a Valid Option in the Program

Severity: Critical
Some programs require the user to specify the character encoding for their input or output data and present
only a limited choice of encodings. This is the case for the -X option in a2ps-4.14 and Enscript-1.6.4, the
-input-charset option in unpatched Cdrtools-2.01, and the character sets offered for display in the menu of
Links-2.1pre33. If the required encoding is not in the list, the program usually becomes completely unusable. For
non-interactive programs, it may be possible to work around this by converting the document to a supported input
character set before submitting to the program.
A solution to this type of problem is to implement the necessary support for the missing encoding as a patch to the
original program (as done for Cdrtools-2.01 in this book), or to find a replacement.

The Program Assumes the Locale-Based Encoding of External Documents

Severity: High for non-text documents, low for text documents
Some programs, nano-2.0.7 or JOE-3.5 for example, assume that documents are always in the encoding implied by
the current locale. While this assumption may be valid for the user-created documents, it is not safe for external
ones. When this assumption fails, non-ASCII characters are displayed incorrectly, and the document may become
unreadable.
If the external document is entirely text based, it can be converted to the current locale encoding using the iconv
program.
For documents that are not text-based, this is not possible. In fact, the assumption made in the program may be
completely invalid for documents where the Microsoft Windows operating system has set de facto standards. An
example of this problem is ID3v1 tags in MP3 files (see the BLFS Wiki ID3v1Coding page for more details). For
these cases, the only solution is to find a replacement program that doesn't have the issue (e.g., one that will allow
you to specify the assumed document encoding).
Among BLFS packages, this problem applies to nano-2.0.7, JOE-3.5, and all media players except Audacious-1.3.2.
Another problem in this category is when someone cannot read the documents you've sent them because their
operating system is set up to handle character encodings differently. This can happen often when the other person is
using Microsoft Windows, which only provides one character encoding for a given country. For example, this causes
problems with UTF-8 encoded TeX documents created in Linux. On Windows, most applications will assume that
these documents have been created using the default Windows 8-bit encoding. See the teTeX Wiki page for more
details.
In extreme cases, Windows encoding compatibility issues may be solved only by running Windows programs under
Wine.

40
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

The Program Uses or Creates Filenames in the Wrong Encoding

Severity: Critical
The POSIX standard mandates that the filename encoding is the encoding implied by the current LC_CTYPE locale
category. This information is well-hidden on the page which specifies the behavior of Tar and Cpio programs. Some
programs get it wrong by default (or simply don't have enough information to get it right). The result is that they create
filenames which are not subsequently shown correctly by ls, or they refuse to accept filenames that ls shows properly.
For the GLib-2.12.12 library, the problem can be corrected by setting the G_FILENAME_ENCODING environment
variable to the special "@locale" value. Glib2 based programs that don't respect that environment variable are buggy.
The Zip-2.32, UnZip-5.52, and Nautilus CD Burner-2.18.2 have this problem because they hard-code the expected
filename encoding. UnZip contains a hard-coded conversion table between the CP850 (DOS) and ISO-8859-1 (UNIX)
encodings and uses this table when extracting archives created under DOS or Microsoft Windows. However, this
assumption only works for those in the US and not for anyone using a UTF-8 locale. Non-ASCII characters will be
mangled in the extracted filenames.
On the other hand, Nautilus CD Burner checks names of files added to its window for UTF-8 validity. This is wrong for
users of non-UTF-8 locales. Also, Nautilus CD Burner unconditionally calls mkisofs with the -input-charset
UTF-8 parameter, which is only correct in UTF-8 locales.
The general rule for avoiding this class of problems is to avoid installing broken programs. If this is impossible, the
convmv command-line tool can be used to fix filenames created by these broken programs, or intentionally mangle
the existing filenames to meet the broken expectations of such programs.
In other cases, a similar problem is caused by importing filenames from a system using a different locale with a
tool that is not locale-aware (e.g., NFS Utilities-1.1.2 or OpenSSH-4.7p1). In order to avoid mangling non-ASCII
characters when transferring files to a system with a different locale, any of the following methods can be used:
• Transfer anyway, fix the damage with convmv.
• On the sending side, create a tar archive with the --format=posix switch passed to tar (this will be the
default in a future version of tar).
• Mail the files as attachments. Mail clients specify the encoding of attached filenames.
• Write the files to a removable disk formatted with a FAT or FAT32 filesystem.
• Transfer the files using Samba.
• Transfer the files via FTP using RFC2640-aware server (this currently means only wu-ftpd, which has bad
security history) and client (e.g., lftp).
The last four methods work because the filenames are automatically converted from the sender's locale to UNICODE
and stored or sent in this form. They are then transparently converted from UNICODE to the recipient's locale
encoding.

The Program Breaks Multibyte Characters or Doesn't Count Character Cells

Correctly
Severity: High or critical
Many programs were written in an older era where multibyte locales were not common. Such programs assume that
C "char" data type, which is one byte, can be used to store single characters. Further, they assume that any sequence
of characters is a valid string and that every character occupies a single character cell. Such assumptions completely

41
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

break in UTF-8 locales. The visible manifestation is that the program truncates strings prematurely (i.e., at 80 bytes
instead of 80 characters). Terminal-based programs don't place the cursor correctly on the screen, don't react to the
"Backspace" key by erasing one character, and leave junk characters around when updating the screen, usually turning
the screen into a complete mess.
Fixing this kind of problems is a tedious task from a programmer's point of view, like all other cases of retrofitting
new concepts into the old flawed design. In this case, one has to redesign all data structures in order to accommodate
to the fact that a complete character may span a variable number of "char"s (or switch to wchar_t and convert as
needed). Also, for every call to the "strlen" and similar functions, find out whether a number of bytes, a number
of characters, or the width of the string was really meant. Sometimes it is faster to write a program with the same
functionality from scratch.
Among BLFS packages, this problem applies to xine User Interface-0.99.5 and all the shells.

The Package Installs Manual Pages in Incorrect or Non-Displayable

Encoding
Severity: Low
LFS expects that manual pages are in the language-specific (usually 8-bit) encoding, as specified on the LFS Man DB
page. However, some packages install translated manual pages in UTF-8 encoding (e.g., Shadow, already dealt with),
or manual pages in languages not in the table. Not all BLFS packages have been audited for conformance with the
requirements put in LFS (the large majority have been checked, and fixes placed in the book for packages known to
install non-conforming manual pages). If you find a manual page installed by any of BLFS packages that is obviously
in the wrong encoding, please remove or convert it as needed, and report this to BLFS team as a bug.
You can easily check your system for any non-conforming manual pages by copying the following short shell script
to some accessible location,

#!/bin/sh
# Begin checkman.sh
# Usage: find /usr/share/man -type f | xargs checkman.sh
for a in "$@"
do
# echo "Checking $a..."
# Pure-ASCII manual page (possibly except comments) is OK
grep -v '.\\"' "$a" | iconv -f US-ASCII -t US-ASCII >/dev/null 2>&1 \
&& continue
# Non-UTF-8 manual page is OK
iconv -f UTF-8 -t UTF-8 "$a" >/dev/null 2>&1 || continue
# If we got here, we found UTF-8 manual page, bad.
echo "UTF-8 manual page: $a" >&2
done
# End checkman.sh

and then issuing the following command (modify the command below if the checkman.sh script is not in your PATH
environment variable):

find /usr/share/man -type f | xargs checkman.sh

42
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Note that if you have manual pages installed in any location other than /usr/share/man (e.g.,
/usr/local/share/man), you must modify the above command to include this additional location.

Going Beyond BLFS

The packages that are installed in this book are only the tip of the iceberg. We hope that the experience you gained with
the LFS book and the BLFS book will give you the background needed to compile, install and configure packages
that are not included in this book.
When you want to install a package to a location other than /, or /usr, you are installing outside the default
environment settings on most machines. The following examples should assist you in determining how to correct
this situation. The examples cover the complete range of settings that may need updating, but they are not all needed
in every situation.
• Expand the PATH to include $PREFIX/bin.
• Expand the PATH for root to include $PREFIX/sbin.
• Add $PREFIX/lib to /etc/ld.so.conf or expand LD_LIBRARY_PATH to include it. Before using the
latter option, check out http://xahlee.org/UnixResource_dir/_/ldpath.html. If you modify /etc/ld.so.conf,
remember to update /etc/ld.so.cache by executing ldconfig as the root user.
• Add $PREFIX/man to /etc/man_db.conf or expand MANPATH.
• Add $PREFIX/info to INFOPATH.
• Add $PREFIX/lib/pkgconfig to PKG_CONFIG_PATH. Some packages are now installing .pc files in
$PREFIX/share/pkgconfig, so you may have to include this directory also.
• Add $PREFIX/include to CPPFLAGS when compiling packages that depend on the package you installed.
• Add $PREFIX/lib to LDFLAGS when compiling packages that depend on a library installed by the package.
If you are in search of a package that is not in the book, the following are different ways you can search for the
desired package.
• If you know the name of the package, then search FreshMeat for it at http://freshmeat.net/. Also search Google at
http://google.com/. Sometimes a search for the rpm at http://rpmfind.net/ or the deb at http://www.debian.org/
distrib/packages#search_packages can also lead to a link to the package.
• If you know the name of the executable, but not the package that the executable belongs to, first try a Google
search with the name of the executable. If the results are overwhelming, try searching for the given executable in
the Debian repository at http://www.debian.org/distrib/packages#search_contents.
Some general hints on handling new packages:
• Many of the newer packages follow the ./configure && make && make install process. Help on the options
accepted by configure can be obtained via the command ./configure --help.
• Most of the packages contain documentation on compiling and installing the package. Some of the documents
are excellent, some not so excellent. Check out the homepage of the package for any additional and updated
hints for compiling and configuring the package.
• If you are having a problem compiling the package, try searching the LFS archives at http://www.
linuxfromscratch.org/search.html for the error or if that fails, try searching Google. If everything else fails, try
the blfs-support mailing-list.

43
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Tip
If you have found a package that is only available in .deb or .rpm format, there are two small scripts,
rpm2targz and deb2targz that are available at http://downloads.linuxfromscratch.org/deb2targz.tar.bz2
and http://downloads.linuxfromscratch.org/rpm2targz.tar.bz2 to convert the archives into a simple tar.
gz format.

44
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Part II. Post LFS Configuration

and Extra Software
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 3. After LFS Configuration Issues

The intention of LFS is to provide a basic system which you can build upon. There are several things about tidying
up the system which many people wonder about once they have done the base install. We hope to cover these issues
in this chapter.
Most people coming from non-Unix like backgrounds to Linux find the concept of text-only configuration files
slightly strange. In Linux, just about all configuration is done via the manipulation of text files. The majority of these
files can be found in the /etc hierarchy. There are often graphical configuration programs available for different
subsystems but most are simply pretty front ends to the process of editing a text file. The advantage of text-only
configuration is that you can edit parameters using your favorite text editor, whether that be vim, emacs, or any
other editor.
The first task is making a recovery boot device in Creating a Custom Boot Device because it's the most critical need.
Then the system is configured to ease addition of new users, because this can affect the choices you make in the two
subsequent topics—The Bash Shell Startup Files and The vimrc Files.
The remaining topics, Customizing your Logon with /etc/issue, The /etc/shells File, Random number generation,
Compressing man and info pages, Autofs-5.0.3, and Configuring for Network Filesystems are then addressed, in that
order. They don't have much interaction with the other topics in this chapter.

Creating a Custom Boot Device

Decent Rescue Boot Device Needs
This section is really about creating a rescue device. As the name rescue implies, the host system has a problem, often
lost partition information or corrupted file systems, that prevents it from booting and/or operating normally. For this
reason, you must not depend on resources from the host being "rescued". To presume that any given partition or hard
drive will be available is a risky presumption.
In a modern system, there are many devices that can be used as a rescue device: floppy, cdrom, usb drive, or even
a network card. Which one you use depends on your hardware and your BIOS. In the past, we usually thought of
rescue device as a floppy disk. Today, many systems do not even have a floppy drive.
Building a complete rescue device is a challenging task. In many ways, it is equivalent to building an entire LFS
system. In addition, it would be a repetition of information already available. For these reasons, the procedures for
a rescue device image are not presented here.

Creating a Rescue Floppy

The software of today's systems has grown large. Linux 2.6 no longer supports booting directly from a floppy. In
spite of this, there are solutions available using older versions of Linux. One of the best is Tom's Root/Boot Disk
available at http://www.toms.net/rb/. This will provide a minimal Linux system on a single floppy disk and provides
the ability to customize the contents of your disk if necessary.

Creating a Bootable CD-ROM

There are several sources that can be used for a rescue CD-ROM. Just about any commercial distribution's installation
CD-ROMs or DVDs will work. These include RedHat, Mandrake, and SuSE. One very popular option is Knoppix.

46
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Also, the LFS Community has developed its own LiveCD available at http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/livecd/. This
LiveCD, in addition to having boot and rescue capabilities, is capable of building an entire LFS/BLFS system. A
copy of this CD-ROM is available with the printed version of the Linux From Scratch book. If you download the
ISO image, use cdrecord to copy the image to a CD-ROM.

Creating a Bootable USB Drive

A USB Pen drive, sometimes called a Thumb drive, is recognized by Linux as a SCSI device. Using one of these
devices as a rescue device has the advantage that it is usually large enough to hold more than a minimal boot image.
You can save critical data to the drive as well as use it to diagnose and recover a damaged system. Booting such a
drive requires BIOS support, but building the system consists of formatting the drive, adding GRUB as well as the
Linux kernel and supporting files.

Configuring for Adding Users

Together, the /usr/sbin/useradd command and /etc/skel directory (both are easy to set up and use) provide a
way to assure new users are added to your LFS system with the same beginning settings for things such as the PATH,
keyboard processing and other environmental variables. Using these two facilities makes it easier to assure this initial
state for each new user added to the system.
The /etc/skel directory holds copies of various initialization and other files that may be copied to the new user's
home directory when the /usr/sbin/useradd program adds the new user.

Useradd

The useradd program uses a collection of default values kept in /etc/default/useradd. This file is created in
a base LFS installation by the Shadow package. If it has been removed or renamed, the useradd program uses some
internal defaults. You can see the default values by running /usr/sbin/useradd -D.
To change these values, simply modify the /etc/default/useradd file as the root user. An alternative to
directly modifying the file is to run useradd as the root user while supplying the desired modifications on the
command line. Information on how to do this can be found in the useradd man page.

/etc/skel

To get started, create an /etc/skel directory and make sure it is writable only by the system administrator, usually
root. Creating the directory as root is the best way to go.
The mode of any files from this part of the book that you put in /etc/skel should be writable only by the owner.
Also, since there is no telling what kind of sensitive information a user may eventually place in their copy of these
files, you should make them unreadable by "group" and "other".
You can also put other files in /etc/skel and different permissions may be needed for them.
Decide which initialization files should be provided in every (or most) new user's home directory. The decisions you
make will affect what you do in the next two sections, The Bash Shell Startup Files and The vimrc Files. Some or all
of those files will be useful for root, any already-existing users, and new users.
The files from those sections that you might want to place in /etc/skel include .inputrc, .bash_profile,
.bashrc, .bash_logout, .dircolors, and .vimrc. If you are unsure which of these should be placed there,
just continue to the following sections, read each section and any references provided, and then make your decision.

47
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

You will run a slightly modified set of commands for files which are placed in /etc/skel. Each section will remind
you of this. In brief, the book's commands have been written for files not added to /etc/skel and instead just sends
the results to the user's home directory. If the file is going to be in /etc/skel, change the book's command(s) to
send output there instead and then just copy the file from /etc/skel to the appropriate directories, like /etc, ~
or the home directory of any other user already in the system.

When Adding a User

When adding a new user with useradd, use the -m parameter, which tells useradd to create the user's home directory
and copy files from /etc/skel (can be overridden) to the new user's home directory. For example (perform as
the root user):

useradd -m <newuser>

About System Users and Groups

Throughout BLFS, many packages install programs that run as daemons or in some way should have a user or group
name assigned. Generally these names are used to map a user ID (uid) or group ID (gid) for system use. Generally
the specific uid or gid numbers used by these applications are not significant. The exception of course, is that root
has a uid and gid of 0 (zero) that is indeed special. The uid values are stored in /etc/passwd and the gid values
are found in /etc/group.

Customarily, Unix systems classify users and groups into two categories: system users and regular users. The system
users and groups are given low numbers and regular users and groups have numeric values greater than all the system
values. The cutoff for these numbers is found in two parameters in the /etc/login.defs configuration file. The
default UID_MIN value is 1000 and the default GID_MIN value is 100. If a specific uid or gid value is not specified
when creating a user with useradd or a group with groupadd the values assigned will always be above these cutoff
values.

Additionally, the Linux Standard Base recommends that system uid and gid values should be below 100.

Below is a table of suggested uid/gid values used in BLFS beyond those defined in a base LFS installation. These
can be changed as desired, but provide a suggested set of consistent values.

48
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Table 3.1. UID/GID Suggested Values

Name uid gid

bin 1
lp 9
messagebus 18 18
haldaemon 19 19
named 20 20
gdm 21 21
fcron 22 22
apache 25 25
smmsp 26 26
exim 31 31
postfix 32 32
postdrop 33
sendmail 34
mail 34
vmailman 35 35
news 36 36
mysql 40 40
postgres 41 41
ftp 45 45
proftpd 46 46
vsftpd 47 47
rsyncd 48 48
sshd 50 50
stunnel 51 51
svn 56 56
svntest 57
games 60 60
anonymous 98
nobody 99
nogroup 99

One value that is missing is 65534. This value is customarily assigned to the user nobody and group nogroup and
is unnecessary. The issue is explained in more detail in the first note in the NFS Utilities Installation section.

49
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

About Devices
Although most devices needed by packages in BLFS and beyond are set up properly by udev using the default rules
installed by LFS in /etc/udev/rules.d, there are cases where the rules must be modified or augmented.

Multiple Sound Cards

If there are multiple sound cards in a system, the "default" sound card becomes random. The method to establish
sound card order depends on whether the drivers are modules or not. If the sound card drivers are compiled into the
kernel, control is via kernel command line parameters in /boot/grub/menu.lst. For example, if a system has
both an FM801 card and a SoundBlaster PCI card, the following can be appended to the command line:

snd-fm801.index=0 snd-ens1371.index=1

If the sound card drivers are built as modules, the order can be established in the /etc/modprobe.conf file with:

options snd-fm801 index=0

options snd-ens1371 index=1

Udev Device Attributes

Fine-tuning of device attributes such as group name and permissions is possible by creating extra udev rules, matching
on something like this (on one line). The vendor and product can be found by searching the /sys/devices directory
entries or using udevinfo after the device has been attached. See the documentation in the current udev directory of
/usr/share/doc for details.

SUBSYSTEM=="usb_device", SYSFS{idVendor}=="05d8",
SYSFS{idProduct}=="4002", GROUP:="scanner", MODE:="0640"

USB Device Issues

Some older applications, such as VMware, need the following deprecated entry in the /etc/fstab file. This is
not normally needed.

usbfs /proc/bus/usb usbfs devgid=14,devmode=0660 0 0

Devices for Servers

In some cases, it makes sense to disable udev completely and create static devices. Servers are one example of this
situation. Does a server need the capability of handling dynamic devices? Only the system administrator can answer
that question, but in many cases the answer will be no.

If dynamic devices are not desired, then static devices must be created on the system. In the default configuration,
the /etc/rc.d/rcsysinit.d/S10udev boot script mounts a tmpfs partition over the /dev directory. This
problem can be overcome by mounting the root partition temporarily:

50
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Warning
If the instructions below are not followed carefully, your system could become unbootable.

mount --bind / /mnt

cp -a /dev/* /mnt/dev
rm /etc/rc.d/rcsysinit.d/{S10udev,S45udev_retry}
umount /mnt

At this point, the system will use static devices upon the next reboot. Create any desired additional devices using
mknod.

If you want to restore the dynamic devices, recreate the /etc/rc.d/rcsysinit.d/{S10udev,S45udev_

retry} symbolic links and reboot again. Static devices do not need to be removed (console and null are always
needed) because they are covered by the tmpfs partition. Disk usage for devices is negligible (about 20–30 bytes
per entry.)

The Bash Shell Startup Files

The shell program /bin/bash (hereafter referred to as just "the shell") uses a collection of startup files to help
create an environment. Each file has a specific use and may affect login and interactive environments differently.
The files in the /etc directory generally provide global settings. If an equivalent file exists in your home directory
it may override the global settings.

An interactive login shell is started after a successful login, using /bin/login, by reading the /etc/passwd file.
This shell invocation normally reads /etc/profile and its private equivalent ~/.bash_profile upon startup.

An interactive non-login shell is normally started at the command-line using a shell program (e.g.,
[prompt]$/bin/bash) or by the /bin/su command. An interactive non-login shell is also started with a terminal
program such as xterm or konsole from within a graphical environment. This type of shell invocation normally copies
the parent environment and then reads the user's ~/.bashrc file for additional startup configuration instructions.

A non-interactive shell is usually present when a shell script is running. It is non-interactive because it is processing a
script and not waiting for user input between commands. For these shell invocations, only the environment inherited
from the parent shell is used.

The file ~/.bash_logout is not used for an invocation of the shell. It is read and executed when a user exits from
an interactive login shell.

Many distributions use /etc/bashrc for system wide initialization of non-login shells. This file is usually called
from the user's ~/.bashrc file and is not built directly into bash itself. This convention is followed in this section.

For more information see info bash -- Nodes: Bash Startup Files and Interactive Shells.

Note
Most of the instructions below are used to create files located in the /etc directory structure which requires
you to execute the commands as the root user. If you elect to create the files in user's home directories
instead, you should run the commands as an unprivileged user.

51
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

/etc/profile
Here is a base /etc/profile. This file starts by setting up some helper functions and some basic parameters. It
specifies some bash history parameters and, for security purposes, disables keeping a permanent history file for the
root user. It also sets a default user prompt. It then calls small, single purpose scripts in the /etc/profile.d
directory to provide most of the initialization.
For more information on the escape sequences you can use for your prompt (i.e., the PS1 environment variable) see
info bash -- Node: Printing a Prompt.
cat > /etc/profile << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/profile
# Written for Beyond Linux From Scratch
# by James Robertson <[email protected]>
# modifications by Dagmar d'Surreal <[email protected]>

# System wide environment variables and startup programs.

# System wide aliases and functions should go in /etc/bashrc. Personal

# environment variables and startup programs should go into
# ~/.bash_profile. Personal aliases and functions should go into
# ~/.bashrc.

# Functions to help us manage paths. Second argument is the name of the

# path variable to be modified (default: PATH)
pathremove () {
local IFS=':'
local NEWPATH
local DIR
local PATHVARIABLE=${2:-PATH}
for DIR in ${!PATHVARIABLE} ; do
if [ "$DIR" != "$1" ] ; then
NEWPATH=${NEWPATH:+$NEWPATH:}$DIR
fi
done
export $PATHVARIABLE="$NEWPATH"
}

pathprepend () {
pathremove $1 $2
local PATHVARIABLE=${2:-PATH}
export $PATHVARIABLE="$1${!PATHVARIABLE:+:${!PATHVARIABLE}}"
}

pathappend () {
pathremove $1 $2
local PATHVARIABLE=${2:-PATH}
export $PATHVARIABLE="${!PATHVARIABLE:+${!PATHVARIABLE}:}$1"
}

52
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

# Set the initial path

export PATH=/bin:/usr/bin

if [ $EUID -eq 0 ] ; then

pathappend /sbin:/usr/sbin
unset HISTFILE
fi

# Setup some environment variables.

export HISTSIZE=1000
export HISTIGNORE="&:[bf]g:exit"

# Setup a red prompt for root and a green one for users.
NORMAL="\[\e[0m\]"
RED="\[\e[1;31m\]"
GREEN="\[\e[1;32m\]"
if [[ $EUID == 0 ]] ; then
PS1="$RED\u [ $NORMAL\w$RED ]# $NORMAL"
else
PS1="$GREEN\u [ $NORMAL\w$GREEN ]\$ $NORMAL"
fi

for script in /etc/profile.d/*.sh ; do

if [ -r $script ] ; then
. $script
fi
done

# Now to clean up
unset pathremove pathprepend pathappend

# End /etc/profile
EOF

The /etc/profile.d Directory

Now create the /etc/profile.d directory, where the individual initialization scripts are placed:

install --directory --mode=0755 --owner=root --group=root /etc/profile.d

53
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

/etc/profile.d/dircolors.sh
This script uses the ~/.dircolors and /etc/dircolors files to control the colors of file names in a directory
listing. They control colorized output of things like ls --color. The explanation of how to initialize these files is at
the end of this section.

cat > /etc/profile.d/dircolors.sh << "EOF"

# Setup for /bin/ls to support color, the alias is in /etc/bashrc.
if [ -f "/etc/dircolors" ] ; then
eval $(dircolors -b /etc/dircolors)

if [ -f "$HOME/.dircolors" ] ; then
eval $(dircolors -b $HOME/.dircolors)
fi
fi
alias ls='ls --color=auto'
EOF

/etc/profile.d/extrapaths.sh
This script adds several useful paths to the PATH and PKG_CONFIG_PATH environment variables. If you want,
you can uncomment the last section to put a dot at the end of your path. This will allow executables in the current
working directory to be executed without specifiying a ./, however you are warned that this is generally considered
a security hazard.

cat > /etc/profile.d/extrapaths.sh << "EOF"

if [ -d /usr/local/lib/pkgconfig ] ; then
pathappend /usr/local/lib/pkgconfig PKG_CONFIG_PATH
fi
if [ -d /usr/local/bin ]; then
pathprepend /usr/local/bin
fi
if [ -d /usr/local/sbin -a $EUID -eq 0 ]; then
pathprepend /usr/local/sbin
fi

if [ -d ~/bin ]; then
pathprepend ~/bin
fi
#if [ $EUID -gt 99 ]; then
# pathappend .
#fi
EOF

54
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

/etc/profile.d/readline.sh
This script sets up the default inputrc configuration file. If the user does not have individual settings, it uses the
global file.

cat > /etc/profile.d/readline.sh << "EOF"

# Setup the INPUTRC environment variable.
if [ -z "$INPUTRC" -a ! -f "$HOME/.inputrc" ] ; then
INPUTRC=/etc/inputrc
fi
export INPUTRC
EOF

/etc/profile.d/umask.sh
Setting the umask value is important for security. Here the default group write permissions are turned off for system
users and when the user name and group name are not the same.

cat > /etc/profile.d/umask.sh << "EOF"

# By default we want the umask to get set.
if [ "$(id -gn)" = "$(id -un)" -a $EUID -gt 99 ] ; then
umask 002
else
umask 022
fi
EOF

/etc/profile.d/X.sh
If X is installed, the PATH and PKG_CONFIG_PATH variables are also updated.

cat > /etc/profile.d/X.sh << "EOF"

if [ -x /usr/X11R6/bin/X ]; then
pathappend /usr/X11R6/bin
fi
if [ -d /usr/X11R6/lib/pkgconfig ] ; then
pathappend /usr/X11R6/lib/pkgconfig PKG_CONFIG_PATH
fi
EOF

/etc/profile.d/i18n.sh
This script sets an environment variable necessary for native language support. A full discussion on determining this
variable can be found on the LFS Bash Shell Startup Files page.

cat > /etc/profile.d/i18n.sh << "EOF"

# Set up i18n variables
export LANG=<ll>_<CC>.<charmap><@modifiers>
EOF

55
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Other Initialization Values

Other initialization can easily be added to the profile by adding additional scripts to the /etc/profile.d
directory.

/etc/bashrc
Here is a base /etc/bashrc. Comments in the file should explain everything you need.

cat > /etc/bashrc << "EOF"

# Begin /etc/bashrc
# Written for Beyond Linux From Scratch
# by James Robertson <[email protected]>
# updated by Bruce Dubbs <[email protected]>

# System wide aliases and functions.

# System wide environment variables and startup programs should go into

# /etc/profile. Personal environment variables and startup programs
# should go into ~/.bash_profile. Personal aliases and functions should
# go into ~/.bashrc

# Provides a colored /bin/ls command. Used in conjunction with code in

# /etc/profile.

alias ls='ls --color=auto'

# Provides prompt for non-login shells, specifically shells started

# in the X environment. [Review the LFS archive thread titled
# PS1 Environment Variable for a great case study behind this script
# addendum.]

NORMAL="\[\e[0m\]"
RED="\[\e[1;31m\]"
GREEN="\[\e[1;32m\]"
if [[ $EUID == 0 ]] ; then
PS1="$RED\u [ $NORMAL\w$RED ]# $NORMAL"
else
PS1="$GREEN\u [ $NORMAL\w$GREEN ]\$ $NORMAL"
fi

# End /etc/bashrc
EOF

56
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

~/.bash_profile
Here is a base ~/.bash_profile. If you want each new user to have this file automatically, just change the output
of the command to /etc/skel/.bash_profile and check the permissions after the command is run. You can
then copy /etc/skel/.bash_profile to the home directories of already existing users, including root, and
set the owner and group appropriately.

cat > ~/.bash_profile << "EOF"

# Begin ~/.bash_profile
# Written for Beyond Linux From Scratch
# by James Robertson <[email protected]>
# updated by Bruce Dubbs <[email protected]>

# Personal environment variables and startup programs.

# Personal aliases and functions should go in ~/.bashrc. System wide

# environment variables and startup programs are in /etc/profile.
# System wide aliases and functions are in /etc/bashrc.

append () {
# First remove the directory
local IFS=':'
local NEWPATH
for DIR in $PATH; do
if [ "$DIR" != "$1" ]; then
NEWPATH=${NEWPATH:+$NEWPATH:}$DIR
fi
done

# Then append the directory

export PATH=$NEWPATH:$1
}

if [ -f "$HOME/.bashrc" ] ; then
source $HOME/.bashrc
fi

if [ -d "$HOME/bin" ] ; then
append $HOME/bin
fi

unset append

# End ~/.bash_profile
EOF

57
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

~/.bashrc
Here is a base ~/.bashrc. The comments and instructions for using /etc/skel for .bash_profile above
also apply here. Only the target file names are different.
cat > ~/.bashrc << "EOF"
# Begin ~/.bashrc
# Written for Beyond Linux From Scratch
# by James Robertson <[email protected]>

# Personal aliases and functions.

# Personal environment variables and startup programs should go in

# ~/.bash_profile. System wide environment variables and startup
# programs are in /etc/profile. System wide aliases and functions are
# in /etc/bashrc.

if [ -f "/etc/bashrc" ] ; then
source /etc/bashrc
fi

# End ~/.bashrc
EOF

~/.bash_logout
This is an empty ~/.bash_logout that can be used as a template. You will notice that the base ~/.bash_
logout does not include a clear command. This is because the clear is handled in the /etc/issue file.
cat > ~/.bash_logout << "EOF"
# Begin ~/.bash_logout
# Written for Beyond Linux From Scratch
# by James Robertson <[email protected]>

# Personal items to perform on logout.

# End ~/.bash_logout
EOF

/etc/dircolors
If you want to use the dircolors capability, then run the following command. The /etc/skel setup steps shown
above also can be used here to provide a ~/.dircolors file when a new user is set up. As before, just change
the output file name on the following command and assure the permissions, owner, and group are correct on the files
created and/or copied.
dircolors -p > /etc/dircolors
If you wish to customize the colors used for different file types, you can edit the /etc/dircolors file. The
instructions for setting the colors are embedded in the file.

58
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Finally, Ian Macdonald has written an excellent collection of tips and tricks to enhance your shell environment. You
can read it online at http://www.caliban.org/bash/index.shtml.

The /etc/vimrc and ~/.vimrc Files

The LFS book installs Vim as its text editor. At this point it should be noted that there are a lot of different
editing applications out there including Emacs, nano, Joe and many more. Anyone who has been around the Internet
(especially usenet) for a short time will certainly have observed at least one flame war, usually involving Vim and
Emacs users!
The LFS book creates a basic vimrc file. In this section you'll find an attempt to enhance this file. At startup, vim
reads the global configuration file (/etc/vimrc) as well as a user-specific file (~/.vimrc). Either or both can
be tailored to suit the needs of your particular system.
Here is a slightly expanded .vimrc that you can put in ~/.vimrc to provide user specific effects. Of course, if
you put it into /etc/skel/.vimrc instead, it will be made available to users you add to the system later. You can
also copy the file from /etc/skel/.vimrc to the home directory of users already on the system, such as root.
Be sure to set permissions, owner, and group if you do copy anything directly from /etc/skel.

" Begin .vimrc

set columns=80
set wrapmargin=8
set ruler

" End .vimrc

Note that the comment tags are " instead of the more usual # or //. This is correct, the syntax for vimrc is slightly
unusual.
Below you'll find a quick explanation of what each of the options in this example file means here:
• set columns=80: This simply sets the number of columns used on the screen.
• set wrapmargin=8: This is the number of characters from the right window border where wrapping starts.
• set ruler: This makes vim show the current row and column at the bottom right of the screen.
More information on the many vim options can be found by reading the help inside vim itself. Do this by typing :help
in vim to get the general help, or by typing :help usr_toc.txt to view the User Manual Table of Contents.

Customizing your Logon with /etc/issue

When you first boot up your new LFS system, the logon screen will be nice and plain (as it should be in a bare-bones
system). Many people however, will want their system to display some information in the logon message. This can
be accomplished using the file /etc/issue.
The /etc/issue file is a plain text file which will also accept certain escape sequences (see below) in order to
insert information about the system. There is also the file issue.net which can be used when logging on remotely.
ssh however, will only use it if you set the option in the configuration file and will not interpret the escape sequences
shown below.

59
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

One of the most common things which people want to do is clear the screen at each logon. The easiest way of doing
that is to put a "clear" escape sequence into /etc/issue. A simple way of doing this is to issue the command clear
> /etc/issue. This will insert the relevant escape code into the start of the /etc/issue file. Note that if you do this,
when you edit the file, you should leave the characters (normally '^[[H^[[2J') on the first line alone.

Note
Terminal escape sequences are special codes recognized by the terminal. The ^[ represents an ASCII ESC
character. The sequence ESC [ H puts the cursor in the upper left hand corner of the screen and ESC 2 J
erases the screen. For more information on terminal escape sequences see http://rtfm.etla.org/xterm/ctlseq.
html

The following sequences are recognized by agetty (the program which usually parses /etc/issue). This
information is from man agetty where you can find extra information about the logon process.

The issue file can contain certain character sequences to display various information. All issue sequences consist
of a backslash (\) immediately followed by one of the letters explained below (so \d in /etc/issue would insert
the current date).

b Insert the baudrate of the current line.

d Insert the current date.
s Insert the system name, the name of the operating system.
l Insert the name of the current tty line.
m Insert the architecture identifier of the machine, e.g., i686.
n Insert the nodename of the machine, also known as the hostname.
o Insert the domainname of the machine.
r Insert the release number of the kernel, e.g., 2.6.11.12.
t Insert the current time.
u Insert the number of current users logged in.
U Insert the string "1 user" or "<n> users" where <n> is the
number of current users logged in.
v Insert the version of the OS, e.g., the build-date etc.

The /etc/shells File

The shells file contains a list of login shells on the system. Applications use this file to determine whether a shell is
valid. For each shell a single line should be present, consisting of the shell's path, relative to the root of the directory
structure (/).

For example, this file is consulted by chsh to determine whether an unprivileged user may change the login shell for
her own account. If the command name is not listed, the user will be denied of change.

60
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

It is a requirement for applications such as GDM which does not populate the face browser if it can't find
/etc/shells, or FTP daemons which traditionally disallow access to users with shells not included in this file.
cat > /etc/shells << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/shells

/bin/sh
/bin/bash

# End /etc/shells
EOF

Random Number Generation

The Linux kernel supplies a random number generator which is accessed through /dev/random and
/dev/urandom. Programs that utilize the random and urandom devices, such as OpenSSH, will benefit from these
instructions.
When a Linux system starts up without much operator interaction, the entropy pool (data used to compute a random
number) may be in a fairly predictable state. This creates the real possibility that the number generated at startup
may always be the same. In order to counteract this effect, you should carry the entropy pool information across your
shut-downs and start-ups.
Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/random init script included with the blfs-bootscripts-20080816 package.
make install-random

Compressing Man and Info Pages

Man and info reader programs can transparently process files compressed with gzip or bzip2, a feature you can
use to free some disk space while keeping your documentation available. However, things are not that simple; man
directories tend to contain links—hard and symbolic—which defeat simple ideas like recursively calling gzip on
them. A better way to go is to use the script below. If you would prefer to download the file instead of creating it
by typing or cut-and-pasting, you can find it at http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/6.3/compressdoc (the
file should be installed in the /usr/sbin directory).
cat > /usr/sbin/compressdoc << "EOF"
#!/bin/bash
# VERSION: 20080421.1623
#
# Compress (with bzip2 or gzip) all man pages in a hierarchy and
# update symlinks - By Marc Heerdink <marc @ koelkast.net>
#
# Modified to be able to gzip or bzip2 files as an option and to deal
# with all symlinks properly by Mark Hymers <markh @ linuxfromscratch.org>
#
# Modified 20030930 by Yann E. Morin <yann.morin.1998 @ anciens.enib.fr>
# to accept compression/decompression, to correctly handle hard-links,
# to allow for changing hard-links into soft- ones, to specify the
# compression level, to parse the man.conf for all occurrences of MANPATH,

61
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

# to allow for a backup, to allow to keep the newest version of a page.

#
# Modified 20040330 by Tushar Teredesai to replace $0 by the name of the
# script.
# (Note: It is assumed that the script is in the user's PATH)
#
# Modified 20050112 by Randy McMurchy to shorten line lengths and
# correct grammar errors.
#
# Modified 20060128 by Alexander E. Patrakov for compatibility with Man-DB.
#
# Modified 20060311 by Archaic to use Man-DB manpath utility which is a
# replacement for man --path from Man.
#
# Modified 20080421 by Dan Nicholson to properly execute the correct
# compressdoc when working recursively. This means the same compressdoc
# will be used whether a full path was given or it was resolved from PATH.
#
# Modified 20080421 by Dan Nicholson to be more robust with directories
# that don't exist or don't have sufficient permissions.
#
# Modified 20080421 by Lars Bamberger to (sort of) automatically choose
# a compression method based on the size of the manpage. A couple bug
# fixes were added by Dan Nicholson.
#
# Modified 20080421 by Dan Nicholson to suppress warnings from manpath
# since these are emitted when $MANPATH is set. Removed the TODO for
# using the $MANPATH variable since manpath(1) handles this already.
#
# TODO:
# - choose a default compress method to be based on the available
# tool : gzip or bzip2;
# - offer an option to restore a previous backup;
# - add other compression engines (compress, zip, etc?). Needed?

# Funny enough, this function prints some help.

function help ()
{
if [ -n "$1" ]; then
echo "Unknown option : $1"
fi
( echo "Usage: $MY_NAME <comp_method> [options] [dirs]" && \
cat << EOT
Where comp_method is one of :
--gzip, --gz, -g
--bzip2, --bz2, -b
Compress using gzip or bzip2.

62
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--automatic
Compress using either gzip or bzip2, depending on the
size of the file to be compressed. Files larger than 5
kB are bzipped, files larger than 1 kB are gzipped and
files smaller than 1 kB are not compressed.

--decompress, -d
Decompress the man pages.

--backup Specify a .tar backup shall be done for all directories.

In case a backup already exists, it is saved as .tar.old
prior to making the new backup. If a .tar.old backup
exists, it is removed prior to saving the backup.
In backup mode, no other action is performed.

And where options are :

-1 to -9, --fast, --best
The compression level, as accepted by gzip and bzip2.
When not specified, uses the default compression level
for the given method (-6 for gzip, and -9 for bzip2).
Not used when in backup or decompress modes.

--force, -F Force (re-)compression, even if the previous one was

the same method. Useful when changing the compression
ratio. By default, a page will not be re-compressed if
it ends with the same suffix as the method adds
(.bz2 for bzip2, .gz for gzip).

--soft, -S Change hard-links into soft-links. Use with _caution_

as the first encountered file will be used as a
reference. Not used when in backup mode.

--hard, -H Change soft-links into hard-links. Not used when in

backup mode.

--conf=dir, --conf dir

Specify the location of man_db.conf. Defaults to /etc.

--verbose, -v Verbose mode, print the name of the directory being

processed. Double the flag to turn it even more verbose,
and to print the name of the file being processed.

--fake, -f Fakes it. Print the actual parameters compressdoc will use.

dirs A list of space-separated _absolute_ pathnames to the

man directories. When empty, and only then, use manpath
to parse ${MAN_CONF}/man_db.conf for all valid occurrences

63
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

of MANDATORY_MANPATH.

Note about compression:

There has been a discussion on blfs-support about compression ratios of
both gzip and bzip2 on man pages, taking into account the hosting fs,
the architecture, etc... On the overall, the conclusion was that gzip
was much more efficient on 'small' files, and bzip2 on 'big' files,
small and big being very dependent on the content of the files.

See the original post from Mickael A. Peters, titled

"Bootable Utility CD", dated 20030409.1816(+0200), and subsequent posts:
http://linuxfromscratch.org/pipermail/blfs-support/2003-April/038817.html

On my system (x86, ext3), man pages were 35564KB before compression.

gzip -9 compressed them down to 20372KB (57.28%), bzip2 -9 got down to
19812KB (55.71%). That is a 1.57% gain in space. YMMV.

What was not taken into consideration was the decompression speed. But
does it make sense to? You gain fast access with uncompressed man
pages, or you gain space at the expense of a slight overhead in time.
Well, my P4-2.5GHz does not even let me notice this... :-)

EOT
) | less
}

# This function checks that the man page is unique amongst bzip2'd,
# gzip'd and uncompressed versions.
# $1 the directory in which the file resides
# $2 the file name for the man page
# Returns 0 (true) if the file is the latest and must be taken care of,
# and 1 (false) if the file is not the latest (and has therefore been
# deleted).
function check_unique ()
{
# NB. When there are hard-links to this file, these are
# _not_ deleted. In fact, if there are hard-links, they
# all have the same date/time, thus making them ready
# for deletion later on.

# Build the list of all man pages with the same name
DIR=$1
BASENAME=`basename "${2}" .bz2`
BASENAME=`basename "${BASENAME}" .gz`
GZ_FILE="$BASENAME".gz
BZ_FILE="$BASENAME".bz2

64
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

# Look for, and keep, the most recent one

LATEST=`(cd "$DIR"; ls -1rt "${BASENAME}" "${GZ_FILE}" "${BZ_FILE}" \
2>/dev/null | tail -n 1)`
for i in "${BASENAME}" "${GZ_FILE}" "${BZ_FILE}"; do
[ "$LATEST" != "$i" ] && rm -f "$DIR"/"$i"
done

# In case the specified file was the latest, return 0

[ "$LATEST" = "$2" ] && return 0
# If the file was not the latest, return 1
return 1
}

# Name of the script

MY_NAME=`basename $0`

# OK, parse the command-line for arguments, and initialize to some

# sensible state, that is: don't change links state, parse
# /etc/man_db.conf, be most silent, search man_db.conf in /etc, and don't
# force (re-)compression.
COMP_METHOD=
COMP_SUF=
COMP_LVL=
FORCE_OPT=
LN_OPT=
MAN_DIR=
VERBOSE_LVL=0
BACKUP=no
FAKE=no
MAN_CONF=/etc
while [ -n "$1" ]; do
case $1 in
--gzip|--gz|-g)
COMP_SUF=.gz
COMP_METHOD=$1
shift
;;
--bzip2|--bz2|-b)
COMP_SUF=.bz2
COMP_METHOD=$1
shift
;;
--automatic)
COMP_SUF=TBD
COMP_METHOD=$1
shift
;;

65
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--decompress|-d)
COMP_SUF=
COMP_LVL=
COMP_METHOD=$1
shift
;;
-[1-9]|--fast|--best)
COMP_LVL=$1
shift
;;
--force|-F)
FORCE_OPT=-F
shift
;;
--soft|-S)
LN_OPT=-S
shift
;;
--hard|-H)
LN_OPT=-H
shift
;;
--conf=*)
MAN_CONF=`echo $1 | cut -d '=' -f2-`
shift
;;
--conf)
MAN_CONF="$2"
shift 2
;;
--verbose|-v)
let VERBOSE_LVL++
shift
;;
--backup)
BACKUP=yes
shift
;;
--fake|-f)
FAKE=yes
shift
;;
--help|-h)
help
exit 0
;;
/*)

66
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

MAN_DIR="${MAN_DIR} ${1}"
shift
;;
-*)
help $1
exit 1
;;
*)
echo "\"$1\" is not an absolute path name"
exit 1
;;
esac
done

# Redirections
case $VERBOSE_LVL in
0)
# O, be silent
DEST_FD0=/dev/null
DEST_FD1=/dev/null
VERBOSE_OPT=
;;
1)
# 1, be a bit verbose
DEST_FD0=/dev/stdout
DEST_FD1=/dev/null
VERBOSE_OPT=-v
;;
*)
# 2 and above, be most verbose
DEST_FD0=/dev/stdout
DEST_FD1=/dev/stdout
VERBOSE_OPT="-v -v"
;;
esac

# Note: on my machine, 'man --path' gives /usr/share/man twice, once

# with a trailing '/', once without.
if [ -z "$MAN_DIR" ]; then
MAN_DIR=`manpath -q -C "$MAN_CONF"/man_db.conf \
| sed 's/:/\\n/g' \
| while read foo; do dirname "$foo"/.; done \
| sort -u \
| while read bar; do echo -n "$bar "; done`
fi

# If no MANDATORY_MANPATH in ${MAN_CONF}/man_db.conf, abort as well

67
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

if [ -z "$MAN_DIR" ]; then
echo "No directory specified, and no directory found with \`manpath'"
exit 1
fi

# Check that the specified directories actually exist and are readable
for DIR in $MAN_DIR; do
if [ ! -d "$DIR" -o ! -r "$DIR" ]; then
echo "Directory '$DIR' does not exist or is not readable"
exit 1
fi
done

# Fake?
if [ "$FAKE" != "no" ]; then
echo "Actual parameters used:"
echo -n "Compression.......: "
case $COMP_METHOD in
--bzip2|--bz2|-b) echo -n "bzip2";;
--gzip|--gz|-g) echo -n "gzip";;
--automatic) echo -n "compressing";;
--decompress|-d) echo -n "decompressing";;
*) echo -n "unknown";;
esac
echo " ($COMP_METHOD)"
echo "Compression level.: $COMP_LVL"
echo "Compression suffix: $COMP_SUF"
echo -n "Force compression.: "
[ "foo$FORCE_OPT" = "foo-F" ] && echo "yes" || echo "no"
echo "man_db.conf is....: ${MAN_CONF}/man_db.conf"
echo -n "Hard-links........: "
[ "foo$LN_OPT" = "foo-S" ] &&
echo "convert to soft-links" || echo "leave as is"
echo -n "Soft-links........: "
[ "foo$LN_OPT" = "foo-H" ] &&
echo "convert to hard-links" || echo "leave as is"
echo "Backup............: $BACKUP"
echo "Faking (yes!).....: $FAKE"
echo "Directories.......: $MAN_DIR"
echo "Verbosity level...: $VERBOSE_LVL"
exit 0
fi

# If no method was specified, print help

if [ -z "${COMP_METHOD}" -a "${BACKUP}" = "no" ]; then
help
exit 1

68
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

fi

# In backup mode, do the backup solely

if [ "$BACKUP" = "yes" ]; then
for DIR in $MAN_DIR; do
cd "${DIR}/.."
if [ ! -w "`pwd`" ]; then
echo "Directory '`pwd`' is not writable"
exit 1
fi
DIR_NAME=`basename "${DIR}"`
echo "Backing up $DIR..." > $DEST_FD0
[ -f "${DIR_NAME}.tar.old" ] && rm -f "${DIR_NAME}.tar.old"
[ -f "${DIR_NAME}.tar" ] &&
mv "${DIR_NAME}.tar" "${DIR_NAME}.tar.old"
tar -cvf "${DIR_NAME}.tar" "${DIR_NAME}" > $DEST_FD1
done
exit 0
fi

# I know MAN_DIR has only absolute path names

# I need to take into account the localized man, so I'm going recursive
for DIR in $MAN_DIR; do
MEM_DIR=`pwd`
if [ ! -w "$DIR" ]; then
echo "Directory '$DIR' is not writable"
exit 1
fi
cd "$DIR"
for FILE in *; do
# Fixes the case were the directory is empty
if [ "foo$FILE" = "foo*" ]; then continue; fi

# Fixes the case when hard-links see their compression scheme change
# (from not compressed to compressed, or from bz2 to gz, or from gz
# to bz2)
# Also fixes the case when multiple version of the page are present,
# which are either compressed or not.
if [ ! -L "$FILE" -a ! -e "$FILE" ]; then continue; fi

# Do not compress whatis files

if [ "$FILE" = "whatis" ]; then continue; fi

if [ -d "$FILE" ]; then
# We are going recursive to that directory
echo "-> Entering ${DIR}/${FILE}..." > $DEST_FD0
# I need not pass --conf, as I specify the directory to work on

69
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

# But I need exit in case of error. We must change back to the

# original directory so $0 is resolved correctly.
(cd "$MEM_DIR" && eval "$0" ${COMP_METHOD} ${COMP_LVL} ${LN_OPT} \
${VERBOSE_OPT} ${FORCE_OPT} "${DIR}/${FILE}") || exit $?
echo "<- Leaving ${DIR}/${FILE}." > $DEST_FD1

else # !dir
if ! check_unique "$DIR" "$FILE"; then continue; fi

# With automatic compression, get the uncompressed file size of

# the file (dereferencing symlinks), and choose an appropriate
# compression method.
if [ "$COMP_METHOD" = "--automatic" ]; then
declare -i SIZE
case "$FILE" in
*.bz2)
SIZE=$(bzcat "$FILE" | wc -c) ;;
*.gz)
SIZE=$(zcat "$FILE" | wc -c) ;;
*)
SIZE=$(wc -c < "$FILE") ;;
esac
if (( $SIZE >= (5 * 2**10) )); then
COMP_SUF=.bz2
elif (( $SIZE >= (1 * 2**10) )); then
COMP_SUF=.gz
else
COMP_SUF=
fi
fi

# Check if the file is already compressed with the specified method

BASE_FILE=`basename "$FILE" .gz`
BASE_FILE=`basename "$BASE_FILE" .bz2`
if [ "${FILE}" = "${BASE_FILE}${COMP_SUF}" \
-a "foo${FORCE_OPT}" = "foo" ]; then continue; fi

# If we have a symlink
if [ -h "$FILE" ]; then
case "$FILE" in
*.bz2)
EXT=bz2 ;;
*.gz)
EXT=gz ;;
*)
EXT=none ;;
esac

70
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

if [ ! "$EXT" = "none" ]; then

LINK=`ls -l "$FILE" | cut -d ">" -f2 \
| tr -d " " | sed s/\.$EXT$//`
NEWNAME=`echo "$FILE" | sed s/\.$EXT$//`
mv "$FILE" "$NEWNAME"
FILE="$NEWNAME"
else
LINK=`ls -l "$FILE" | cut -d ">" -f2 | tr -d " "`
fi

if [ "$LN_OPT" = "-H" ]; then

# Change this soft-link into a hard- one
rm -f "$FILE" && ln "${LINK}$COMP_SUF" "${FILE}$COMP_SUF"
chmod --reference "${LINK}$COMP_SUF" "${FILE}$COMP_SUF"
else
# Keep this soft-link a soft- one.
rm -f "$FILE" && ln -s "${LINK}$COMP_SUF" "${FILE}$COMP_SUF"
fi
echo "Relinked $FILE" > $DEST_FD1

# else if we have a plain file

elif [ -f "$FILE" ]; then
# Take care of hard-links: build the list of files hard-linked
# to the one we are {de,}compressing.
# NB. This is not optimum has the file will eventually be
# compressed as many times it has hard-links. But for now,
# that's the safe way.
inode=`ls -li "$FILE" | awk '{print $1}'`
HLINKS=`find . \! -name "$FILE" -inum $inode`

if [ -n "$HLINKS" ]; then
# We have hard-links! Remove them now.
for i in $HLINKS; do rm -f "$i"; done
fi

# Now take care of the file that has no hard-link

# We do decompress first to re-compress with the selected
# compression ratio later on...
case "$FILE" in
*.bz2)
bunzip2 $FILE
FILE=`basename "$FILE" .bz2`
;;
*.gz)
gunzip $FILE
FILE=`basename "$FILE" .gz`

71
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

;;
esac

# Compress the file with the given compression ratio, if needed

case $COMP_SUF in
*bz2)
bzip2 ${COMP_LVL} "$FILE" && chmod 644 "${FILE}${COMP_SUF}"
echo "Compressed $FILE" > $DEST_FD1
;;
*gz)
gzip ${COMP_LVL} "$FILE" && chmod 644 "${FILE}${COMP_SUF}"
echo "Compressed $FILE" > $DEST_FD1
;;
*)
echo "Uncompressed $FILE" > $DEST_FD1
;;
esac

# If the file had hard-links, recreate those (either hard or soft)

if [ -n "$HLINKS" ]; then
for i in $HLINKS; do
NEWFILE=`echo "$i" | sed s/\.gz$// | sed s/\.bz2$//`
if [ "$LN_OPT" = "-S" ]; then
# Make this hard-link a soft- one
ln -s "${FILE}$COMP_SUF" "${NEWFILE}$COMP_SUF"
else
# Keep the hard-link a hard- one
ln "${FILE}$COMP_SUF" "${NEWFILE}$COMP_SUF"
fi
# Really work only for hard-links. Harmless for soft-links
chmod 644 "${NEWFILE}$COMP_SUF"
done
fi

else
# There is a problem when we get neither a symlink nor a plain
# file. Obviously, we shall never ever come here... :-(
echo -n "Whaooo... \"${DIR}/${FILE}\" is neither a symlink "
echo "nor a plain file. Please check:"
ls -l "${DIR}/${FILE}"
exit 1
fi
fi
done # for FILE
done # for DIR

EOF

72
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

As root, make compressdoc executable for all users:

chmod -v 755 /usr/sbin/compressdoc

Now, as root, you can issue the command compressdoc --bz2 to compress all your system man pages. You can
also run compressdoc --help to get comprehensive help about what the script is able to do.
Don't forget that a few programs, like the X Window System and XEmacs also install their documentation in
non-standard places (such as /usr/X11R6/man, etc.). Be sure to add these locations to the file /etc/man_db.
conf, as MANDATORY_MANPATH </path> lines.
Example:

...
MANDATORY_MANPATH /usr/share/man
MANDATORY_MANPATH /usr/X11R6/man
MANDATORY_MANPATH /usr/local/man
MANDATORY_MANPATH /opt/qt/doc/man
...

Generally, package installation systems do not compress man/info pages, which means you will need to run the script
again if you want to keep the size of your documentation as small as possible. Also, note that running the script
after upgrading a package is safe; when you have several versions of a page (for example, one compressed and one
uncompressed), the most recent one is kept and the others are deleted.

73
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Automate Mounting of File Systems

Introduction to Autofs
The Autofs package contains userspace tools that work with the kernel to mount and un-mount removable file
systems. The primary use is to mount external network file systems like NFS (see NFS Utilities-1.1.2) or Samba (see
Samba-3.0.30) on demand.
It may also be useful for allowing users to mount floppies, cdroms and other removable storage devices without
requiring the system administrator to mount the devices although this capability is now generally provided by HAL
(see HAL-0.5.9.1). This may not be ideal for all installations, so be aware of the risks before implementing this feature.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/daemons/autofs/v5/autofs-5.0.3.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/daemons/autofs/v5/autofs-5.0.3.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 27839fe6fa8105b2b7d31bc922fd7cf6
• Download size: 221 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 9 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads
Recommended Patches: There are frequent patches issued for Autofs. One method you can use to get the current
patches requires first installing the Wget-1.10.2 package. After ensuring the wget command is installed in a directory
identified in the PATH variable, start in the same directory as the main tar file and issue the following commands:

wget http://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/daemons/autofs/v5/patch_order-5.0.3 &&

sed 's;autofs;http://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/daemons/autofs/v5/autofs;' \
patch_order-5.0.3 > wget-list &&
wget -i wget-list

Autofs Dependencies

Optional

OpenLDAP-2.3.39 and Cyrus SASL-2.1.22

Kernel Configuration
Verify that kernel support has been compiled in or built as modules in the following areas:

File systems #
Kernel automounter version 4 support Y or M
Network File Systems #
NFS file system support Y or M (optional)
SMB file system support Y or M (optional)

Recompile and install the new kernel, if necessary.

74
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Installation of Autofs
Install Autofs by running the following commands:
for f in `cat ../patch_order-5.0.3`; do
patch -Np1 -i ../$f
done &&
./configure --prefix=/ --mandir=/usr/share/man &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
ln -sf ../init.d/autofs /etc/rc.d/rcsysinit.d/S52autofs

Command Explanations
for f in `cat ../patch_order-5.0.3`; do patch -Np1 -i ../$f; done: This command applies all the patches downloaded
earlier in the correct order.
ln -sf ../init.d/autofs /etc/rc.d/rcsysinit.d/S52autofs: This command sets the link to properly start autofs upon boot.

Configuring Autofs
Config Files
/etc/sysconfig/autofs.conf, /etc/auto.master, /etc/auto.misc, and /etc/auto.net

Configuration Information
The installation process creates auto.master, auto.misc, auto.smb, and auto.net. Replace the auto.
master file with the following commands:
mv /etc/auto.master /etc/auto.master.bak &&
cat > /etc/auto.master << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/auto.master

/media/auto /etc/auto.misc --ghost

#/home /etc/auto.home

# End /etc/auto.master
EOF
This file creates a new media directory, /media/auto that will overlay any existing directory of the same name.
In this example, the file, /etc/auto.misc, has a line:
cd -fstype=iso9660,ro,nosuid,nodev :/dev/cdrom
that will mount a cdrom as /media/auto/cd if that directory is accessed. The --ghost option tells the
automounter to create “ghost” versions (i.e. empty directories) of all the mount points listed in the configuration
file regardless whether any of the file systems are actually mounted or not. This is very convenient and highly

75
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

recommended, because it will show you the available auto-mountable file systems as existing directories, even when
their file systems aren't currently mounted. Without the --ghost option, you'll have to remember the names of the
directories. As soon as you try to access one of them, the directory will be created and the file system will be mounted.
When the file system gets unmounted again, the directory is destroyed too, unless the --ghost option was given.

Note
An alternative method would be to specify another automount location such as /var/lib/auto/cdrom
and create a symbolic link from /media/cdrom to the automount location.

The auto.misc file must be configured to your working hardware. The loaded configuration file should load your
cdrom if /dev/cdrom is active or it can be edited to match your device setup. Examples for floppies are available
in the file and easily activated. Documentation for this file is available using the man 5 autofs command.
In the second line, if enabled, a user's home directory would be mounted via NFS upon login. The /etc/home.
auto would need to exist and have an entry similar to:

joe example.org:/export/home/joe

where the directory /export/home/joe is exported via NFS from the system example.org. NFS shares are
covered on the next page.
This package could also be used to mount SMB shares, however that feature is not configured in these instructions.
For additional configuration information, see the man pages for auto.master(5). There are also web resources such
as this AUTOFS HOWTO available.

Contents
Installed Program: automount
Installed Libraries: lookup_file.so, lookup_hosts.so, lookup_multi.so, lookup_nisplus.so,
lookup_program.so, lookup_userhome.so, lookup_yp.so, mount_afs.so,
mount_autofs.so, mount_bind.so, mount_changer.so, mount_ext2.so,
mount_generic.so, mount_nfs.so, parse_sun.so
Installed Directories: /lib/autofs and /var/run/autofs

Short Descriptions
automount is the daemon that performs the mounting when a request is made for the device.

76
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Configuring for Network Filesystems

While LFS is capable of mounting network file systems such as NFS, these are not mounted by the mountfs init
script. Network file systems must be mounted after the networking is activated and unmounted before the network
goes down. The netfs bootscript was written to handle both boot-time mounting of network filesystems, if the entry
in /etc/fstab contains the _netdev option, and unmounting of all network filesystems before the network is
brought down.
As the root user, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/netfs bootscript included with the blfs-bootscripts-20080816
package.

make install-netfs

77
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 4. Security
Security takes many forms in a computing environment. This chapter gives examples of three different types of
security: access, prevention and detection.
Access for users is usually handled by login or an application designed to handle the login function. In this chapter,
we show how to enhance login by setting policies with PAM modules. Access via networks can also be secured
by policies set by iptables, commonly referred to as a firewall. The Network Security Services (NSS) and Netscape
Portable Runtime (NSPR) libraries can be installed and shared among the many applications requiring them. For
applications that don't offer the best security, you can use the Stunnel package to wrap an application daemon inside
an SSL tunnel.
Prevention of breaches, like a trojan, are assisted by applications like GnuPG, specifically the ability to confirm
signed packages, which recognizes modifications of the tarball after the packager creates it.
Finally, we touch on detection with a package that stores "signatures" of critical files (defined by the administrator)
and then regenerates those "signatures" and compares for files that have been changed.

78
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

OpenSSL-0.9.8g
Introduction to OpenSSL
The OpenSSL package contains management tools and libraries relating to cryptography. These are useful for
providing cryptography functions to other packages, notably OpenSSH, email applications and web browsers (for
accessing HTTPS sites).

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.openssl.org/source/openssl-0.9.8g.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.openssl.org/source/openssl-0.9.8g.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: acf70a16359bf3658bdfb74bda1c4419
• Download size: 3.2 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 40 MB
• Estimated build time: 1.2 SBU (additional 0.5 SBU to run the test suite)

Additional Downloads
• Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/openssl-0.9.8g-fix_manpages-1.patch

OpenSSL Dependencies
Optional
bc-1.06 (recommended if you run the test suite during the build)

Installation of OpenSSL
Install OpenSSL by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../openssl-0.9.8g-fix_manpages-1.patch &&
./config --openssldir=/etc/ssl --prefix=/usr shared &&
make MANDIR=/usr/share/man
To test the results, issue: make test.
Now, as the root user:
make MANDIR=/usr/share/man install &&
cp -v -r certs /etc/ssl &&
install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/openssl-0.9.8g &&
cp -v -r doc/{HOWTO,README,*.{txt,html,gif}} \
/usr/share/doc/openssl-0.9.8g

Command Explanations
no-rc5 no-idea: When added to the ./config command, this will eliminate the building of those encryption
methods. Patent licenses may be needed for you to utilize either of those methods in your projects.
enable-tlsext: When added to the ./config command, this switch will enable TLS Extensions. Currently this
is only RFC 3546 and 4507bis for Server Name Indication. This allows the use of multiple SSL certificates with
multiple virtual hosts in Apache, while using only one IP address and one port for all virtual hosts.

79
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

make MANDIR=/usr/share/man; make MANDIR=/usr/share/man install: These commands install OpenSSL

with the man pages in /usr/share/man instead of /etc/ssl/man.
cp -v -r certs /etc/ssl: The certificates must be copied manually as the default installation skips this step.

Configuring OpenSSL
Config Files
/etc/ssl/openssl.cnf

Configuration Information
Most people who just want to use OpenSSL for providing functions to other programs such as OpenSSH and web
browsers won't need to worry about configuring OpenSSL. Configuring OpenSSL is an advanced topic and so those
who do would normally be expected to either know how to do it or to be able to find out how to do it.

Contents
Installed Programs: c_rehash and openssl
Installed Libraries: libcrypto.{so,a}, libssl.{so,a}, and additional encryption libraries in
/usr/lib/engines/ (lib4758cca.so, libaep.so, libatalla.so, libchil.so, libcswift.so,
libgmp.so, libnuron.so, libsureware.so and libubsec.so)
Installed Directories: /etc/ssl, /usr/include/ssl, /usr/lib/engines and /usr/share/doc/openssl-0.9.8g

Short Descriptions
c_rehash is a Perl script that scans all files in a directory and adds symbolic links to their hash values.
openssl is a command-line tool for using the various cryptography functions of OpenSSL's crypto
library from the shell. It can be used for various functions which are documented in man
1 openssl.
libcrypto.{so,a} implements a wide range of cryptographic algorithms used in various Internet standards.
The services provided by this library are used by the OpenSSL implementations of SSL,
TLS and S/MIME, and they have also been used to implement OpenSSH, OpenPGP, and
other cryptographic standards.
libssl.{so,a} implements the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL v2/v3) and Transport Layer Security (TLS v1)
protocols. It provides a rich API, documentation on which can be found by running man
3 ssl.

80
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GnuTLS-1.6.3
Introduction to GnuTLS
The GnuTLS package contains a library and userspace tools which provide a secure layer over a reliable transport
layer. Currently the GnuTLS library implements the proposed standards by the IETF's TLS working group. Quoting
from the TLS protocol specification:

“The TLS protocol provides communications privacy over the Internet. The protocol allows client/server applications
to communicate in a way that is designed to prevent eavesdropping, tampering, or message forgery.”

GnuTLS provides support for TLS 1.1, TLS 1.0 and SSL 3.0 protocols, TLS extensions, including server name and
max record size. Additionally, the library supports authentication using the SRP protocol, X.509 certificates and
OpenPGP keys, along with support for the TLS Pre-Shared-Keys (PSK) extension, the Inner Application (TLS/IA)
extension and X.509 and OpenPGP certificate handling.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.gnu.org/software/gnutls/releases/gnutls-1.6.3.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnutls.org/pub/gnutls/gnutls-1.6.3.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 73da68a4248d34c4d38491ce2119af0f
• Download size: 4.2 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 49 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

GnuTLS Dependencies

Required

Libgcrypt-1.2.4

Optional

GTK-Doc-1.8, OpenCDK, Tiny ASN.1, libcfg+, LZO-2.02, and Valgrind (used during the test suite)

Optional Debugging Libraries

Dmalloc and Electric Fence

Installation of GnuTLS
Install GnuTLS by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

To test the results, issue: make check.

81
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/gnutls-1.6.3/reference &&

install -v -m644 doc/reference/html/* \
/usr/share/doc/gnutls-1.6.3/reference &&
install -v -m644 doc/*.{html,png,eps,pdf,ps} \
/usr/share/doc/gnutls-1.6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: certtool, gnutls-cli, gnutls-cli-debug, gnutls-serv, libgnutls-config,
libgnutls-extra-config, psktool, and srptool
Installed Libraries: libgnutls.{so,a}, libgnutls-extra.{so,a}, libgnutls-openssl.{so,a}, and
libgnutlsxx.{so,a}
Installed Directory: /usr/include/gnutls and /usr/share/doc/gnutls-1.6.3

Short Descriptions
certtool is used to generate X.509 certificates, certificate requests, and private keys.
gnutls-cli is a simple client program to set up a TLS connection to some other computer.
gnutls-cli-debug is a simple client program to set up a TLS connection to some other computer and
produces very verbose progress results.
gnutls-serv is a simple server program that listens to incoming TLS connections.
gnutls-config is a utility used to configure and build applications based on the gnutls(3) library. It
can be used to query the C compiler and linker flags which are required to correctly
compile and link the application against the gnutls(3) library.
gnutls-extra-config is a utility used to configure and build applications based on the gnutls-extra(3) library.
It can be used to query the C compiler and linker flags which are required to correctly
compile and link the application against the gnutls-extra(3) library.
psktool is a simple program that generates random keys for use with TLS-PSK.
srptool is a simple program that emulates the programs in the Stanford SRP (Secure Remote
Password) libraries using GNU TLS.
libgnutls.{so,a} contains the core API functions and X.509 certificate API functions.

82
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

CrackLib-2.8.12
Introduction to CrackLib
The CrackLib package contains a library used to enforce strong passwords by comparing user selected passwords
to words in chosen word lists.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/cracklib/cracklib-2.8.12.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/cracklib-2.8.12.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 580346fa1012f9d9769192f49d3801fa
• Download size: 576 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 29 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Recommended word list for English-speaking countries (size: 4.4 MB; md5sum:
f8be7949b1bbc044e36039598a7819d9): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/cracklib/cracklib-words-20080203.gz
There are additional word lists available for download, e.g., from http://www.cotse.com/tools/wordlists.htm. CrackLib
can utilize as many, or as few word lists you choose to install.

Important
Users tend to base their passwords on regular words of the spoken language, and crackers know that.
CrackLib is intended to filter out such bad passwords at the source using a dictionary created from word
lists. To accomplish this, the word list(s) for use with CrackLib must be an exhaustive list of words and
word-based keystroke combinations likely to be chosen by users of the system as (guessable) passwords.
The default word list recommended above for downloading mostly satisfies this role in English-speaking
countries. In other situations, it may be necessary to download (or even create) additional word lists.
Note that word lists suitable for spell-checking are not usable as CrackLib word lists in countries with
non-Latin based alphabets, because of “word-based keystroke combinations” that make bad passwords.

CrackLib Dependencies

Optional

Python-2.5.2

Installation of CrackLib
Install CrackLib by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
--with-default-dict=/lib/cracklib/pw_dict &&
make

83
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

mv -v /usr/lib/libcrack.so.2* /lib &&
ln -v -sf ../../lib/libcrack.so.2.8.0 /usr/lib/libcrack.so

Issue the following commands as the root user to install the recommended word list and create the CrackLib
dictionary. Other word lists (text based, one word per line) can also be used by simply installing them into
/usr/share/dict and adding them to the create-cracklib-dict command.

install -v -m644 -D ../cracklib-words-20080203.gz \

/usr/share/dict/cracklib-words.gz &&
gunzip -v /usr/share/dict/cracklib-words.gz &&
ln -v -s cracklib-words /usr/share/dict/words &&
echo $(hostname) >>/usr/share/dict/cracklib-extra-words &&
install -v -m755 -d /lib/cracklib &&
create-cracklib-dict /usr/share/dict/cracklib-words \
/usr/share/dict/cracklib-extra-words

If desired, check the proper operation of the library as an unprivileged user by creating a test data file and running
the tests using the following commands:

cat > test-data <<"EOF" &&

antzer
G@ndalf
neulinger
lantzer
Pa$$w0rd
PaS$W0rd
Pas$w0rd
Pas$W0rd
Pa$sw0rd
Pa$sW0rd
EOF

make test

Important
If you are installing CrackLib after your LFS system has been completed and you have the Shadow package
installed, you must reinstall Shadow-4.0.18.1 if you wish to provide strong password support on your
system. If you are now going to install the Linux-PAM-0.99.10.0 package, you may disregard this note as
Shadow will be reinstalled after the Linux-PAM installation.

Command Explanations
--with-default-dict=/lib/cracklib/pw_dict: This parameter forces the installation of the CrackLib
dictionary to the /lib hierarchy.

84
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

mv -v /usr/lib/libcrack.so.2* /lib and ln -v -sf ../../lib/libcrack.so.2.8.0 ...: These two commands move
the libcrack.so.2.8.0 library and associated symlink from /usr/lib to /lib, then recreates the
/usr/lib/libcrack.so symlink pointing to the relocated file.
install -v -m644 -D ...: This command creates the /usr/share/dict directory (if it doesn't already exist) and
installs the compressed word list there.
ln -v -s cracklib-words /usr/share/dict/words: The word list is linked to /usr/share/dict/words as
historically, words is the primary word list in the /usr/share/dict directory. Omit this command if you already
have a /usr/share/dict/words file installed on your system.
echo $(hostname) >>...: The value of hostname is echoed to a file called cracklib-extra-words. This extra
file is intended to be a site specific list which includes easy to guess passwords such as company or department names,
user's names, product names, computer names, domain names, etc.
create-cracklib-dict ...: This command creates the CrackLib dictionary from the word lists. Modify the command
to add any additional word lists you have installed.

Contents
Installed Programs: cracklib-check, cracklib-format, cracklib-packer, cracklib-unpacker and
create-cracklib-dict
Installed Libraries: libcrack.{so,a} and the cracklibmodule.{so,a} Python module
Installed Directories: /lib/cracklib, /usr/share/dict and /usr/share/cracklib

Short Descriptions
create-cracklib-dict is used to create the CrackLib dictionary from the given word list(s).
libcrack.{so,a} provides a fast dictionary lookup method for strong password enforcement.

85
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Linux-PAM-0.99.10.0
Introduction to Linux-PAM
The Linux-PAM package contains Pluggable Authentication Modules. This is useful to enable the local system
administrator to choose how applications authenticate users.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/libs/pam/pre/library/Linux-PAM-0.99.10.0.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/libs/pam/pre/library/Linux-PAM-0.99.10.0.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: be4dd1d34ac5933408e13e48f3eb710a
• Download size: 911 kB
• Estimated disk space required: 23 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Optional documentation: http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/BLFS/6.3/l/Linux-PAM-0.99.10.0-docs.tar.
bz2

Linux-PAM Dependencies

Optional

CrackLib-2.8.12, and Prelude

Optional (To {,Re}build the Documentation)

libxslt-1.1.22, DocBook XML DTD-4.5, DocBook XSL Stylesheets-1.71.1, w3m, and FOP-0.93

Installation of Linux-PAM
If you downloaded the documentation, unpack the tarball from the same top-level directory you unpacked the source
tarball from. The files will unpack into the correct directories of the source tree.
Install Linux-PAM by running the following commands:

./configure --libdir=/lib \
--sbindir=/lib/security \
--enable-securedir=/lib/security \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/Linux-PAM-0.99.10.0 \
--enable-read-both-confs \
--with-xauth=/usr/X11R6/bin/xauth &&
make

The test suite will not provide meaningful results until the package has been installed and minimally configured. If,
after installing the package and creating a minimum configuration as shown below in the 'other' example, you wish
to run the tests, issue make check.

86
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

chmod -v 4755 /lib/security/unix_chkpwd &&

mv -v /lib/security/pam_tally /sbin &&

mv -v /lib/libpam{,c,_misc}.la /usr/lib &&

sed -i 's| /lib| /usr/lib|' /usr/lib/libpam_misc.la &&

if [ -L /lib/libpam.so ]; then
for LINK in libpam{,c,_misc}.so; do
ln -v -sf ../../lib/$(readlink /lib/${LINK}) /usr/lib/${LINK} &&
rm -v /lib/${LINK}
done
fi

Command Explanations
--libdir=/lib: This parameter results in the libraries being installed in /lib as they may be required in
single-user mode.
--sbindir=/lib/security: This parameter results in two executables, one of which is not intended to be run
from the command line, being installed in the same directory as the PAM modules. The other executable is later
moved to the /sbin directory.
--enable-securedir=/lib/security: This parameter results in the PAM modules being installed in
/lib/security.
--docdir=...: This parameter results in the documentation being installed in a versioned directory name.
--enable-read-both-confs: This parameter allows the local administrator to choose which configuration
file setup to use.
--with-xauth=/usr/X11R6/bin/xauth: This parameter forces the build of the pam_xauth module, even if
xauth is not yet installed. Omit this switch if you have no plans to build Xorg, or modify the path if you intend to
install Xorg into a non-standard path.
chmod -v 4755 /lib/security/unix_chkpwd: The unix_chkpwd password-helper program must be setuid so that
non-root processes can access the shadow-password file.
mv -v /lib/security/pam_tally /sbin: The pam_tally program is designed to be run by the system administrator,
possibly in single-user mode, so it is moved to the appropriate directory.
mv -v /lib/libpam{,c,_misc}.la /usr/lib: This command moves the Libtool library files to /usr/lib as they are
expected to reside there.
sed -i 's| /lib| /usr/lib|' /usr/lib/libpam_misc.la: This command corrects an installation reference due to the file being
moved in the previous step.
for ...; do ...; done: These commands are used to relocate the .so symbolic links into the /usr/lib directory
by cloning and then removing the existing symlinks. Using readlink ensures the new symlinks point at the correct
library filenames.

87
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Configuring Linux-PAM
Config Files
/etc/security/* and /etc/pam.d/* or /etc/pam.conf

Configuration Information
Configuration information is placed in /etc/pam.d/ or /etc/pam.conf depending on system administrator
preference. Below are example files of each type:

# Begin /etc/pam.d/other

auth required pam_unix.so nullok

account required pam_unix.so
session required pam_unix.so
password required pam_unix.so nullok

# End /etc/pam.d/other

# Begin /etc/pam.conf

other auth required pam_unix.so nullok

other account required pam_unix.so
other session required pam_unix.so
other password required pam_unix.so nullok

# End /etc/pam.conf

The PAM man page (man pam) provides a good starting point for descriptions of fields and allowable entries. The
Linux-PAM System Administrators' Guide is recommended for additional information.
Refer to http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/libs/pam/modules.html for a list of various modules available.

Important
You should now reinstall the Shadow-4.0.18.1 package.

Contents
Installed Program: pam_tally
Installed Libraries: libpam.{so,a}, libpamc.{so,a}, and libpam_misc.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /etc/pam.d, /etc/security, /lib/security and /usr/include/security

Short Descriptions
pam_tally is used to view or manipulate the faillog file.
libpam.{so,a} provides the interfaces between applications and the PAM modules.

88
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Shadow-4.0.18.1
Introduction to Shadow
Shadow was indeed installed in LFS and there is no reason to reinstall it unless you installed CrackLib or Linux-PAM
after your LFS system was completed. If you have installed CrackLib after LFS, then reinstalling Shadow will enable
strong password support. If you have installed Linux-PAM, reinstalling Shadow will allow programs such as login
and su to utilize PAM.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/LFS/lfs-packages/development/shadow-4.0.18.1.
tar.bz2
•
• Download MD5 sum: e7751d46ecf219c07ae0b028ab3335c6
• Download size: 1.5 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 18 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/shadow-4.0.18.1-useradd_fix-2.patch

Shadow Dependencies

Required

Linux-PAM-0.99.10.0 and/or CrackLib-2.8.12

Installation of Shadow

Important
The installation shown below is for a situation where Linux-PAM has been installed (with or without a
CrackLib installation) and Shadow is being reinstalled to support the Linux-PAM installation. If you are
reinstalling Shadow to provide strong password support via the CrackLib library and you have not installed
Linux-PAM, ensure you add the --with-libcrack parameter to the configure script below.

89
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Reinstall Shadow by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../shadow-4.0.18.1-useradd_fix-2.patch &&

./configure --libdir=/lib \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--enable-shared \
--without-selinux &&

sed -i 's/groups$(EXEEXT) //' src/Makefile &&

find man -name Makefile -exec sed -i 's/groups\.1 / /' {} \; &&
sed -i -e 's/ ko//' -e 's/ zh_CN zh_TW//' man/Makefile &&

for i in de es fi fr id it pt_BR; do
convert-mans UTF-8 ISO-8859-1 man/${i}/*.?
done &&

for i in cs hu pl; do
convert-mans UTF-8 ISO-8859-2 man/${i}/*.?
done &&

convert-mans UTF-8 EUC-JP man/ja/*.? &&

convert-mans UTF-8 KOI8-R man/ru/*.? &&
convert-mans UTF-8 ISO-8859-9 man/tr/*.? &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

mv -v /usr/bin/passwd /bin &&
mv -v /lib/libshadow.*a /usr/lib &&
rm -v /lib/libshadow.so &&
ln -v -sf ../../lib/libshadow.so.0 /usr/lib/libshadow.so

Command Explanations
--without-selinux: Support for selinux is enabled by default, but selinux is not built in a base LFS system.
The configure script will fail if this option is not used.
sed -i 's/groups$(EXEEXT) //' src/Makefile: This command is used to suppress the installation of the groups
program as the version from the Coreutils package installed during LFS is preferred.
find man -name Makefile -exec ... {} \;: This command is used to suppress the installation of the groups man pages
so the existing ones installed from the Coreutils package are not replaced.
sed -i -e '...' -e '...' man/Makefile: This command disables the installation of Chinese and Korean manual pages,
since Man-DB cannot format them properly.

90
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

convert-mans ...: These commands are used to convert some of the man pages so that Man-DB will display them
in the expected encodings.

mv -v /usr/bin/passwd /bin: The passwd program may be needed during times when the /usr filesystem is not
mounted so it is moved into the root partition.
mv -v ...; rm -v ...; ln -v ...: These commands are used to move the libshadow library to the root partition to
support the moving of the passwd program earlier.

Configuring Shadow
Shadow's stock configuration for the useradd utility is not suitable for LFS systems. Use the following commands
as the root user to change the default home directory for new users and prevent the creation of mail spool files:

useradd -D -b /home &&

sed -i 's/yes/no/' /etc/default/useradd

Configuring Linux-PAM to Work with Shadow

Note
The rest of this page is devoted to configuring Shadow to work properly with Linux-PAM. If you do not have
Linux-PAM installed, and you reinstalled Shadow to support strong passwords via the CrackLib library,
no further configuration is required.

Config Files
/etc/pam.d/* or alternatively /etc/pam.conf, /etc/login.defs and /etc/security/*

Configuration Information
Configuring your system to use Linux-PAM can be a complex task. The information below will provide a basic setup
so that Shadow's login and password functionality will work effectively with Linux-PAM. Review the information and
links on the Linux-PAM-0.99.10.0 page for further configuration information. For information specific to integrating
Shadow, Linux-PAM and CrackLib, you can visit the following links:

• http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/libs/pam/Linux-PAM-html/pam-6.html#ss6.3
• http://www.deer-run.com/~hal/sysadmin/pam_cracklib.html

91
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Configuring /etc/login.defs

The login program currently performs many functions which Linux-PAM modules should now handle. The following
sed command will comment out the appropriate lines in /etc/login.defs, and stop login from performing these
functions (a backup file named /etc/login.defs.orig is also created to preserve the original file's contents).
Issue the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m644 /etc/login.defs /etc/login.defs.orig &&

for FUNCTION in LASTLOG_ENAB MAIL_CHECK_ENAB \
PORTTIME_CHECKS_ENAB CONSOLE \
MOTD_FILE NOLOGINS_FILE PASS_MIN_LEN \
SU_WHEEL_ONLY MD5_CRYPT_ENAB \
CONSOLE_GROUPS ENVIRON_FILE \
ULIMIT ENV_TZ ENV_HZ ENV_SUPATH \
ENV_PATH QMAIL_DIR MAIL_DIR MAIL_FILE \
CHFN_AUTH FAILLOG_ENAB QUOTAS_ENAB FTMP_FILE \
OBSCURE_CHECKS_ENAB CRACKLIB_DICTPATH \
PASS_CHANGE_TRIES PASS_ALWAYS_WARN ISSUE_FILE
do
sed -i "s/^$FUNCTION/# &/" /etc/login.defs
done

Configuring the /etc/pam.d/ Files

As mentioned previously in the Linux-PAM instructions, Linux-PAM has two supported methods for configuration.
The commands below assume that you've chosen to use a directory based configuration, where each program has its
own configuration file. You can optionally use a single /etc/pam.conf configuration file by using the text from
the files below, and supplying the program name as an additional first field for each line.

As the root user, create the /etc/pam.d directory with the following command:

install -v -d -m755 /etc/pam.d

While still the root user, add the following Linux-PAM configuration files to the /etc/pam.d/ directory (or add
the contents to the /etc/pam.conf file) with the following commands:

92
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

'login' (with CrackLib)

cat > /etc/pam.d/login << "EOF"

# Begin /etc/pam.d/login

auth requisite pam_nologin.so

auth required pam_securetty.so
auth required pam_unix.so
account required pam_access.so
account required pam_unix.so
session required pam_env.so
session required pam_motd.so
session required pam_limits.so
session optional pam_mail.so dir=/var/mail standard
session optional pam_lastlog.so
session required pam_unix.so
password required pam_cracklib.so retry=3
password required pam_unix.so md5 shadow use_authtok

# End /etc/pam.d/login
EOF

'login' (without CrackLib)

cat > /etc/pam.d/login << "EOF"

# Begin /etc/pam.d/login

auth requisite pam_nologin.so

auth required pam_securetty.so
auth required pam_env.so
auth required pam_unix.so
account required pam_access.so
account required pam_unix.so
session required pam_motd.so
session required pam_limits.so
session optional pam_mail.so dir=/var/mail standard
session optional pam_lastlog.so
session required pam_unix.so
password required pam_unix.so md5 shadow

# End /etc/pam.d/login
EOF

93
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

'passwd' (with CrackLib)

cat > /etc/pam.d/passwd << "EOF"

# Begin /etc/pam.d/passwd

password required pam_cracklib.so type=Linux retry=1 \

difok=5 diffignore=23 minlen=9 \
dcredit=1 ucredit=1 lcredit=1 \
ocredit=1 \
dictpath=/lib/cracklib/pw_dict
password required pam_unix.so md5 shadow use_authtok

# End /etc/pam.d/passwd
EOF

Note
In its default configuration, owing to credits, pam_cracklib will allow multiple case passwords as short as
6 characters, even with the minlen value set to 11. You should review the pam_cracklib(8) man page and
determine if these default values are acceptable for the security of your system.

'passwd' (without CrackLib)

cat > /etc/pam.d/passwd << "EOF"

# Begin /etc/pam.d/passwd

password required pam_unix.so md5 shadow

# End /etc/pam.d/passwd
EOF

'su'

cat > /etc/pam.d/su << "EOF"

# Begin /etc/pam.d/su

auth sufficient pam_rootok.so

auth required pam_unix.so
account required pam_unix.so
session optional pam_mail.so dir=/var/mail standard
session optional pam_xauth.so
session required pam_env.so
session required pam_unix.so

# End /etc/pam.d/su
EOF

94
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

'chage'

cat > /etc/pam.d/chage << "EOF"

# Begin /etc/pam.d/chage

auth sufficient pam_rootok.so

auth required pam_unix.so
account required pam_unix.so
session required pam_unix.so
password required pam_permit.so

# End /etc/pam.d/chage
EOF

'chpasswd', 'chgpasswd', 'groupadd', 'groupdel', 'groupmems', 'groupmod', 'newusers', 'useradd', 'userdel',

and 'usermod'

for PROGRAM in chpasswd chgpasswd groupadd groupdel groupmems \

groupmod newusers useradd userdel usermod
do
install -v -m644 /etc/pam.d/chage /etc/pam.d/$PROGRAM
sed -i "s/chage/$PROGRAM/" /etc/pam.d/$PROGRAM
done

Warning
At this point, you should do a simple test to see if Shadow is working as expected. Open another terminal
and log in as a user, then su to root. If you do not see any errors, then all is well and you should
proceed with the rest of the configuration. If you did receive errors, stop now and double check the above
configuration files manually. You can also run the test suite from the Linux-PAM package to assist you
in determining the problem. If you cannot find and fix the error, you should recompile Shadow adding
the --without-libpam switch to the configure command in the above instructions (also move the
/etc/login.defs.orig backup file to /etc/login.defs). If you fail to do this and the errors
remain, you will be unable to log into your system.

95
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Other

Currently, /etc/pam.d/other is configured to allow anyone with an account on the machine to use PAM-aware
programs without a configuration file for that program. After testing Linux-PAM for proper configuration, install a
more restrictive other file so that program-specific configuration files are required:

cat > /etc/pam.d/other << "EOF"

# Begin /etc/pam.d/other

auth required pam_deny.so

auth required pam_warn.so
account required pam_deny.so
session required pam_deny.so
password required pam_deny.so
password required pam_warn.so

# End /etc/pam.d/other
EOF

If you preserved the source tree from the Linux-PAM package (or you feel like unpacking that tarball, then running
configure and make), now would be a good time to run the test suite from this package. This test suite will use the
configuration you just finished during the tests. All the tests should pass.

Configuring Login Access

Instead of using the /etc/login.access file for controlling access to the system, Linux-PAM uses the
pam_access.so module along with the /etc/security/access.conf file. Rename the /etc/login.
access file using the following command:

if [ -f /etc/login.access ]; then
mv -v /etc/login.access /etc/login.access.NOUSE
fi

Configuring Resource Limits

Instead of using the /etc/limits file for limiting usage of system resources, Linux-PAM uses the pam_limits.
so module along with the /etc/security/limits.conf file. Rename the /etc/limits file using the
following command:

if [ -f /etc/limits ]; then
mv -v /etc/limits /etc/limits.NOUSE
fi

96
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Configuring Default Environment

During previous configuration, several items were removed from /etc/login.defs. Some of these items are
now controlled by the pam_env.so module and the /etc/security/pam_env.conf configuration file. In
particular, the default path has been changed. To recover your default path, execute the following commands:

ENV_PATH=`grep '^ENV_PATH' /etc/login.defs.orig | \

awk '{ print $2 }' | sed 's/PATH=//'` &&
echo 'PATH DEFAULT='`echo "${ENV_PATH}"`\
' OVERRIDE=${PATH}' \
>> /etc/security/pam_env.conf &&
unset ENV_PATH

Note
ENV_SUPATH is no longer supported. You must create a valid /root/.bashrc file to provide a
modified path for the super-user.

Contents
A list of the installed files, along with their short descriptions can be found at ../../../../lfs/view/6.3/chapter06/shadow.
html#contents-shadow.

97
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Iptables-1.3.8
Introduction to Iptables
The next part of this chapter deals with firewalls. The principal firewall tool for Linux, as of the 2.4 kernel series, is
iptables. It replaces ipchains from the 2.2 series and ipfwadm from the 2.0 series. You will need to install iptables
if you intend on using any form of a firewall.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.netfilter.org/projects/iptables/files/iptables-1.3.8.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.netfilter.org/pub/iptables/iptables-1.3.8.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 0a9209f928002e5eee9cdff8fef4d4b3
• Download size: 169 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 4.0 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Kernel Configuration
A firewall in Linux is accomplished through a portion of the kernel called netfilter. The interface to netfilter is iptables.
To use it, the appropriate kernel configuration parameters are found in Networking # Networking Options # Network
Packet Filtering # Core Netfilter Configuration (and) IP: Netfilter Configuration.

Installation of Iptables

Note
The installation below does not include building some specialized extension libraries which require the raw
headers in the Linux source code. If you wish to build the additional extensions (if you aren't sure, then you
probably don't), you can look at the INSTALL file to see an example of how to change the KERNEL_DIR=
parameter to point at the Linux source code. Note that if you upgrade the kernel version, you may also need
to recompile iptables and that the BLFS team has not tested using the raw kernel headers.
For some non-x86 architectures, the raw kernel headers may be required. In that case, modify the KERNEL_
DIR= parameter to point at the Linux source code.

Install iptables by running the following commands:

sed -i 's/name="$node/name="node/' iptables.xslt &&

make LIBDIR=/lib KERNEL_DIR=/usr

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make PREFIX=/usr LIBDIR=/lib BINDIR=/sbin \

MANDIR=/usr/share/man install &&
install -v -m644 iptables.xslt /lib/iptables

98
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Command Explanations
sed -i 's/name="$node/name="node/' iptables.xslt: This corrects a syntax error in the XSLT stylesheet for use with
iptables-xml.
PREFIX=/usr LIBDIR=/lib BINDIR=/sbin: Compiles and installs iptables modules into /lib, binaries
into /sbin and the remainder into the /usr hierarchy instead of /usr/local. Firewalls are generally activated
during the boot process and /usr may not be mounted at that time.
KERNEL_DIR=/usr: This parameter is used to point at the sanitized kernel headers in /usr and not use the raw
kernel headers in /usr/src/linux.

Configuring Iptables
Introductory instructions for configuring your firewall are presented in the next section: Firewalling

Boot Script
To set up the iptables firewall at boot, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/iptables init script included in the
blfs-bootscripts-20080816 package.

make install-iptables

Contents
Installed Programs: iptables, iptables-restore, iptables-save, iptables-xml and ip6tables
Installed Libraries: libip6t_*.so and libipt_*.so
Installed Directory: /lib/iptables

Short Descriptions
iptables is used to set up, maintain, and inspect the tables of IP packet filter rules in the Linux kernel.
iptables-restore is used to restore IP Tables from data specified on STDIN. Use I/O redirection provided
by your shell to read from a file.
iptables-save is used to dump the contents of an IP Table in easily parseable format to STDOUT. Use
I/O-redirection provided by your shell to write to a file.
iptables-xml is used to convert the output of iptables-save to an XML format. Using the iptables.
xslt stylesheet converts the XML back to the format of iptables-restore.
ip6tables is used to set up, maintain, and inspect the tables of IPv6 packet filter rules in the Linux
kernel. Several different tables may be defined. Each table contains a number of built-in
chains and may also contain user-defined chains.
libip*.so library modules are various modules (implemented as dynamic libraries) which extend the
core functionality of iptables.

99
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Setting Up a Network Firewall

Before you read this part of the chapter, you should have already installed iptables as described in the previous section.

Introduction to Firewall Creation

The general purpose of a firewall is to protect a computer or a network against malicious access.

In a perfect world, every daemon or service on every machine is perfectly configured and immune to flaws such as
buffer overflows or other problems regarding its security. Furthermore, you trust every user accessing your services.
In this world, you do not need to have a firewall.

In the real world however, daemons may be misconfigured and exploits against essential services are freely available.
You may wish to choose which services are accessible by certain machines or you may wish to limit which machines
or applications are allowed external access. Alternatively, you may simply not trust some of your applications or
users. You are probably connected to the Internet. In this world, a firewall is essential.

Don't assume however, that having a firewall makes careful configuration redundant, or that it makes any negligent
misconfiguration harmless. It doesn't prevent anyone from exploiting a service you intentionally offer but haven't
recently updated or patched after an exploit went public. Despite having a firewall, you need to keep applications and
daemons on your system properly configured and up to date. A firewall is not a cure all, but should be an essential
part of your overall security strategy.

Meaning of the Word "Firewall"

The word firewall can have several different meanings.

Personal Firewall
This is a hardware device or software program commercially sold (or offered via freeware) by companies such as
Symantec which claims that it secures a home or desktop computer connected to the Internet. This type of firewall is
highly relevant for users who do not know how their computers might be accessed via the Internet or how to disable
that access, especially if they are always online and connected via broadband links.

Masquerading Router
This is a system placed between the Internet and an intranet. To minimize the risk of compromising the firewall itself,
it should generally have only one role—that of protecting the intranet. Although not completely risk free, the tasks
of doing the routing and IP masquerading (rewriting IP headers of the packets it routes from clients with private IP
addresses onto the Internet so that they seem to come from the firewall itself) are commonly considered relatively
secure.

BusyBox
This is often an old computer you may have retired and nearly forgotten, performing masquerading or routing
functions, but offering non-firewall services such as a web-cache or mail. This may be used for home networks, but
is not to be considered as secure as a firewall only machine because the combination of server and router/firewall on
one machine raises the complexity of the setup.

100
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Firewall with a Demilitarized Zone [Not Further Described Here]

This box performs masquerading or routing, but grants public access to some branch of your network which, because
of public IPs and a physically separated structure, is essentially a separate network with direct Internet access. The
servers on this network are those which must be easily accessible from both the Internet and intranet. The firewall
protects both networks. This type of firewall has a minimum of three network interfaces.

Packetfilter
This type of firewall does routing or masquerading, but does not maintain a state table of ongoing communication
streams. It is fast, but quite limited in its ability to block undesired packets without blocking desired packets.

Now You Can Start to Build your Firewall

Caution
This introduction on how to setup a firewall is not a complete guide to securing systems. Firewalling is
a complex issue that requires careful configuration. The scripts quoted here are simply intended to give
examples of how a firewall works. They are not intended to fit into any particular configuration and may
not provide complete protection from an attack.
Customization of these scripts for your specific situation will be necessary for an optimal configuration,
but you should make a serious study of the iptables documentation and creating firewalls in general before
hacking away. Have a look at the list of links for further reading at the end of this section for more details.
There you will find a list of URLs that contain quite comprehensive information about building your own
firewall.

The firewall configuration script installed in the iptables section differs from the standard configuration script. It only
has two of the standard targets: start and status. The other targets are clear and lock. For instance if you issue:
/etc/rc.d/init.d/iptables start
the firewall will be restarted just as it is upon system startup. The status target will present a list of all currently
implemented rules. The clear target turns off all firewall rules and the lock target will block all packets in and out of
the computer with the exception of the loopback interface.
The main startup firewall is located in the file /etc/rc.d/rc.iptables. The sections below provide three
different approaches that can be used for a system.

Note
You should always run your firewall rules from a script. This ensures consistency and a record of what
was done. It also allows retention of comments that are essential for understanding the rules long after they
were written.

Personal Firewall
A Personal Firewall is designed to let you access all the services offered on the Internet, but keep your box secure
and your data private.
Below is a slightly modified version of Rusty Russell's recommendation from the Linux 2.4 Packet Filtering HOWTO.
It is still applicable to the Linux 2.6 kernels.
cat > /etc/rc.d/rc.iptables << "EOF"

101
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

#!/bin/sh

# Begin $rc_base/rc.iptables

# Insert connection-tracking modules

# (not needed if built into the kernel)
modprobe ip_tables
modprobe iptable_filter
modprobe ip_conntrack
modprobe ip_conntrack_ftp
modprobe ipt_state
modprobe ipt_LOG

# Enable broadcast echo Protection

echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts

# Disable Source Routed Packets

echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/accept_source_route

# Enable TCP SYN Cookie Protection

echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_syncookies

# Disable ICMP Redirect Acceptance

echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/accept_redirects

# Don¹t send Redirect Messages

echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/send_redirects

# Drop Spoofed Packets coming in on an interface, where responses

# would result in the reply going out a different interface.
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/rp_filter

# Log packets with impossible addresses.

echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/log_martians

# be verbose on dynamic ip-addresses (not needed in case of static IP)

echo 2 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_dynaddr

# disable Explicit Congestion Notification

# too many routers are still ignorant
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_ecn

# Set a known state

iptables -P INPUT DROP
iptables -P FORWARD DROP
iptables -P OUTPUT DROP

102
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

# These lines are here in case rules are already in place and the
# script is ever rerun on the fly. We want to remove all rules and
# pre-existing user defined chains before we implement new rules.
iptables -F
iptables -X
iptables -Z

iptables -t nat -F

# Allow local-only connections

iptables -A INPUT -i lo -j ACCEPT

# Free output on any interface to any ip for any service

# (equal to -P ACCEPT)
iptables -A OUTPUT -j ACCEPT

# Permit answers on already established connections

# and permit new connections related to established ones
# (e.g. port mode ftp)
iptables -A INPUT -m state --state ESTABLISHED,RELATED -j ACCEPT

# Log everything else. What's Windows' latest exploitable vulnerability?

iptables -A INPUT -j LOG --log-prefix "FIREWALL:INPUT "

# End $rc_base/rc.iptables
EOF
chmod 700 /etc/rc.d/rc.iptables
This script is quite simple, it drops all traffic coming into your computer that wasn't initiated from your computer,
but as long as you are simply surfing the Internet you are unlikely to exceed its limits.
If you frequently encounter certain delays at accessing FTP servers, take a look at BusyBox example number 4
[107].
Even if you have daemons or services running on your system, these will be inaccessible everywhere but from your
computer itself. If you want to allow access to services on your machine, such as ssh or ping, take a look at BusyBox.

Masquerading Router
A true Firewall has two interfaces, one connected to an intranet, in this example eth0, and one connected to the
Internet, here ppp0. To provide the maximum security for the firewall itself, make sure that there are no unnecessary
servers running on it such as X11 et al. As a general principle, the firewall itself should not access any untrusted
service (think of a remote server giving answers that makes a daemon on your system crash, or even worse, that
implements a worm via a buffer-overflow).
cat > /etc/rc.d/rc.iptables << "EOF"
#!/bin/sh

# Begin $rc_base/rc.iptables

103
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

echo
echo "You're using the example configuration for a setup of a firewall"
echo "from Beyond Linux From Scratch."
echo "This example is far from being complete, it is only meant"
echo "to be a reference."
echo "Firewall security is a complex issue, that exceeds the scope"
echo "of the configuration rules below."
echo "You can find additional information"
echo "about firewalls in Chapter 4 of the BLFS book."
echo "http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs"
echo

# Insert iptables modules (not needed if built into the kernel).

modprobe ip_tables
modprobe iptable_filter
modprobe ip_conntrack
modprobe ip_conntrack_ftp
modprobe ipt_state
modprobe iptable_nat
modprobe ip_nat_ftp
modprobe ipt_MASQUERADE
modprobe ipt_LOG
modprobe ipt_REJECT

# Enable broadcast echo Protection

echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts

# Disable Source Routed Packets

echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/accept_source_route

# Enable TCP SYN Cookie Protection

echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_syncookies

# Disable ICMP Redirect Acceptance

echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/accept_redirects

# Don¹t send Redirect Messages

echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/send_redirects

# Drop Spoofed Packets coming in on an interface where responses

# would result in the reply going out a different interface.
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/rp_filter

# Log packets with impossible addresses.

echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/log_martians

104
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

# Be verbose on dynamic ip-addresses (not needed in case of static IP)

echo 2 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_dynaddr

# Disable Explicit Congestion Notification

# Too many routers are still ignorant
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_ecn

# Set a known state

iptables -P INPUT DROP
iptables -P FORWARD DROP
iptables -P OUTPUT DROP

# These lines are here in case rules are already in place and the
# script is ever rerun on the fly. We want to remove all rules and
# pre-existing user defined chains before we implement new rules.
iptables -F
iptables -X
iptables -Z

iptables -t nat -F

# Allow local connections

iptables -A INPUT -i lo -j ACCEPT
iptables -A OUTPUT -o lo -j ACCEPT

# Allow forwarding if the initiated on the intranet

iptables -A FORWARD -m state --state ESTABLISHED,RELATED -j ACCEPT
iptables -A FORWARD -i ! ppp+ -m state --state NEW -j ACCEPT

# Do masquerading
# (not needed if intranet is not using private ip-addresses)
iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -o ppp+ -j MASQUERADE

# Log everything for debugging

# (last of all rules, but before policy rules)
iptables -A INPUT -j LOG --log-prefix "FIREWALL:INPUT "
iptables -A FORWARD -j LOG --log-prefix "FIREWALL:FORWARD"
iptables -A OUTPUT -j LOG --log-prefix "FIREWALL:OUTPUT "

# Enable IP Forwarding
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward
EOF
chmod 700 /etc/rc.d/rc.iptables

With this script your intranet should be reasonably secure against external attacks. No one should be able to setup
a new connection to any internal service and, if it's masqueraded, makes your intranet invisible to the Internet.
Furthermore, your firewall should be relatively safe because there are no services running that a cracker could attack.

105
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Note
If the interface you're connecting to the Internet doesn't connect via PPP, you will need to change <ppp+>
to the name of the interface (e.g., eth1) which you are using.

BusyBox
This scenario isn't too different from the Masquerading Router, but additionally offers some services to your intranet.
Examples of this can be when you want to administer your firewall from another host on your intranet or use it as
a proxy or a name server.

Note
Outlining a true concept of how to protect a server that offers services on the Internet goes far beyond the
scope of this document. See the references at the end of this section for more information.

Be cautious. Every service you have enabled makes your setup more complex and your firewall less secure. You
are exposed to the risks of misconfigured services or running a service with an exploitable bug. A firewall should
generally not run any extra services. See the introduction to the Masquerading Router for some more details.
If you want to add services such as internal Samba or name servers that do not need to access the Internet themselves,
the additional statements are quite simple and should still be acceptable from a security standpoint. Just add the
following lines into the script before the logging rules.

iptables -A INPUT -i ! ppp+ -j ACCEPT

iptables -A OUTPUT -o ! ppp+ -j ACCEPT

If daemons, such as squid, have to access the Internet themselves, you could open OUTPUT generally and restrict
INPUT.

iptables -A INPUT -m state --state ESTABLISHED,RELATED -j ACCEPT

iptables -A OUTPUT -j ACCEPT

However, it is generally not advisable to leave OUTPUT unrestricted. You lose any control over trojans who would
like to "call home", and a bit of redundancy in case you've (mis-)configured a service so that it broadcasts its existence
to the world.
To accomplish this, you should restrict INPUT and OUTPUT on all ports except those that it's absolutely necessary
to have open. Which ports you have to open depends on your needs: mostly you will find them by looking for failed
accesses in your log files.
Have a Look at the Following Examples:

• Squid is caching the web:

iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp --dport 80 -j ACCEPT

iptables -A INPUT -p tcp --sport 80 -m state --state ESTABLISHED \
-j ACCEPT
• Your caching name server (e.g., named) does its lookups via UDP:

iptables -A OUTPUT -p udp --dport 53 -j ACCEPT

106
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

• You want to be able to ping your computer to ensure it's still alive:

iptables -A INPUT -p icmp -m icmp --icmp-type echo-request -j ACCEPT

iptables -A OUTPUT -p icmp -m icmp --icmp-type echo-reply -j ACCEPT
• If you are frequently accessing FTP servers or enjoy chatting, you might notice certain delays because some
implementations of these daemons have the feature of querying an identd on your system to obtain usernames.
Although there's really little harm in this, having an identd running is not recommended because many security
experts feel the service gives out too much additional information.
To avoid these delays you could reject the requests with a 'tcp-reset':

iptables -A INPUT -p tcp --dport 113 -j REJECT --reject-with tcp-reset

• To log and drop invalid packets (packets that came in after netfilter's timeout or some types of network scans):

iptables -I INPUT -p tcp -m state --state INVALID \

-j LOG --log-prefix "FIREWALL:INVALID"
iptables -I INPUT -p tcp -m state --state INVALID -j DROP
• Anything coming from the outside should not have a private address, this is a common attack called IP-spoofing:

iptables -A INPUT -i ppp+ -s 10.0.0.0/8 -j DROP

iptables -A INPUT -i ppp+ -s 172.16.0.0/12 -j DROP
iptables -A INPUT -i ppp+ -s 192.168.0.0/16 -j DROP

There are other addresses that you may also want to drop: 0.0.0.0/8, 127.0.0.0/8, 224.0.0.0/3 (multicast and
experimental), 169.254.0.0/16 (Link Local Networks), and 192.0.2.0/24 (IANA defined test network).
• If your firewall is a DHCP client, you need to allow those packets:

iptables -A INPUT -i ppp0 -p udp -s 0.0.0.0 --sport 67 \

-d 255.255.255.255 --dport 68 -j ACCEPT
• To simplify debugging and be fair to anyone who'd like to access a service you have disabled, purposely or by
mistake, you could REJECT those packets that are dropped.

Obviously this must be done directly after logging as the very last lines before the packets are dropped by policy:

iptables -A INPUT -j REJECT

These are only examples to show you some of the capabilities of the firewall code in Linux. Have a look at the man
page of iptables. There you will find much more information. The port numbers needed for this can be found in
/etc/services, in case you didn't find them by trial and error in your log file.

Conclusion
Finally, there is one fact you must not forget: The effort spent attacking a system corresponds to the value the cracker
expects to gain from it. If you are responsible for valuable information, you need to spend the time to protect it
properly.

107
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Extra Information
Where to Start with Further Reading on Firewalls

www.netfilter.org - Homepage of the netfilter/iptables project

Netfilter related FAQ
Netfilter related HOWTO's
en.tldp.org/LDP/nag2/x-087-2-firewall.html
en.tldp.org/HOWTO/Security-HOWTO.html
en.tldp.org/HOWTO/Firewall-HOWTO.html
www.linuxsecurity.com/docs/
www.little-idiot.de/firewall (German & outdated, but very comprehensive)
linux.oreillynet.com/pub/a/linux/2000/03/10/netadmin/ddos.html
staff.washington.edu/dittrich/misc/ddos
www.e-infomax.com/ipmasq
www.circlemud.org/~jelson/writings/security/index.htm
www.securityfocus.com
www.cert.org - tech_tips
security.ittoolbox.com
www.insecure.org/reading.html

108
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GnuPG-1.4.7
Introduction to GnuPG
The GnuPG package contains a public/private key encryptor. This is becoming useful for signing files or emails as
proof of identity and preventing tampering with the contents of the file or email. For a more enhanced version of
GnuPG which supports S/MIME, see the GnuPG-2.0.8 package.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/BLFS/6.3/g/gnupg-1.4.7.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnupg.org/gcrypt/gnupg/gnupg-1.4.7.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: b06a141cca5cd1a55bbdd25ab833303c
• Download size: 3.2 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 40 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

GnuPG Dependencies
Optional
OpenSSL-0.9.8g, OpenLDAP-2.3.39, libusb-0.1.12, cURL-7.16.3, an MTA, DocBook-utils-0.6.14, and
docbook-to-man

Installation of GnuPG
Install GnuPG by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --libexecdir=/usr/lib &&
make
If you have teTeX-3.0 installed and you wish to create documentation in alternate formats, issue the following
command:
make -C doc pdf html
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
chmod -v 4755 /usr/bin/gpg &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/gnupg-1.4.7 &&

mv -v /usr/share/gnupg/{FAQ,faq.html} /usr/share/doc/gnupg-1.4.7 &&
install -v -m644 \
doc/{highlights-1.4.txt,OpenPGP,samplekeys.asc,DETAILS,*.texi} \
/usr/share/doc/gnupg-1.4.7
If you created alternate formats of the documentation, install it using the following command as the root user:
cp -v -R doc/gnupg1.{html,pdf} /usr/share/doc/gnupg-1.4.7

109
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Command Explanations
--libexecdir=/usr/lib: This command creates a gnupg directory in /usr/lib instead of
/usr/libexec.
chmod -v 4755 /usr/bin/gpg: gpg is installed setuid root to avoid swapping out sensitive data.

Contents
Installed Programs: gpg, gpg-zip, gpgsplit, and gpgv
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: /usr/lib/gnupg, /usr/share/gnupg and /usr/share/doc/gnupg-1.4.7

Short Descriptions
gpg is the backend (command-line interface) for this OpenPGP implementation.
gpgsplit separates key rings.
gpgv is a verify only version of gpg.

110
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GnuPG-2.0.8
Introduction to GnuPG 2
The GnuPG 2 package is GNU's tool for secure communication and data storage. It can be used to encrypt data and
to create digital signatures. It includes an advanced key management facility and is compliant with the proposed
OpenPGP Internet standard as described in RFC2440 and the S/MIME standard as described by several RFCs. GnuPG
2 is the stable version of GnuPG integrating support for OpenPGP and S/MIME. It does not conflict with an installed
GnuPG-1.4.7 OpenPGP-only version.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/BLFS/6.3/g/gnupg-2.0.8.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnupg.org/gcrypt/gnupg/gnupg-2.0.8.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: fc4377ca67e1bf687eeaf22e79c0b9d1
• Download size: 3.6 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 65 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU

GnuPG Dependencies

Required

Pth-2.0.7, Libassuan-1.0.4, Libgcrypt-1.2.4, and Libksba-1.0.2

Optional

OpenLDAP-2.3.39, libusb-0.1.12, cURL-7.16.3, and an MTA

Optional (Run-time Requirement For Most of the Package's Functionality)

PIN-Entry-0.7.3

Installation of GnuPG 2
Install GnuPG 2 by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --libexecdir=/usr/lib/gnupg2 &&

make

If you have teTeX-3.0 installed and you wish to create documentation in alternate formats, issue the following
commands:

make -C doc pdf ps html &&

makeinfo --html --no-split -o doc/gnupg_nochunks.html doc/gnupg.texi &&
makeinfo --plaintext -o doc/gnupg.txt doc/gnupg.texi

To test the results, issue: make check.

111
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/gnupg-2.0.8 &&

ln -sv ../../gnupg/FAQ /usr/share/doc/gnupg-2.0.8 &&
ln -sv ../../gnupg/faq.html /usr/share/doc/gnupg-2.0.8 &&

install -v -m644 doc/{DETAILS,KEYSERVER,OpenPGP,TRANSLATE} \

/usr/share/doc/gnupg-2.0.8
If you created alternate formats of the documentation, install it using the following command as the root user:
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/gnupg-2.0.8/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/gnupg.html/* \
/usr/share/doc/gnupg-2.0.8/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/gnupg_nochunks.html \
/usr/share/doc/gnupg-2.0.8/gnupg.html &&
install -v -m644 doc/*.texi \
/usr/share/doc/gnupg-2.0.8 &&
install -v -m644 doc/gnupg.{pdf,dvi,ps,txt} \
/usr/share/doc/gnupg-2.0.8

Command Explanations
--libexecdir=/usr/lib/gnupg2: This switch creates a gnupg directory in /usr/lib instead of
/usr/libexec.

Contents
Installed Programs: addgnupghome, applygnupgdefaults, gpg-agent, gpg-connect-agent, gpg2, gpgconf,
gpgkey2ssh, gpgparsemail, gpgsm, gpgsm-gencert.sh, gpgv2, kbxutil, scdaemon,
symcryptrun, and watchgnupg
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: /usr/lib/gnupg2, /usr/share/gnupg and /usr/share/doc/gnupg2-2.0.8

Short Descriptions
addgnupghome is used to create and populate user's ~/.gnupg directories
applygnupgdefaults is a wrapper script used to run gpgconf with the --apply-defaults parameter on
all user's GnuPG home directories.
gpg-agent is a daemon used to manage secret (private) keys independently from any protocol. It
is used as a backend for gpg and gpgsm as well as for a couple of other utilities.
gpg-connect-agent is a utility used to communicate with a running gpg-agent.
gpg2 is the OpenPGP part of the GNU Privacy Guard (GnuPG). It is a tool used to provide
digital encryption and signing services using the OpenPGP standard.
gpgconf is a utility used to automatically and reasonable safely query and modify configuration
files in the ~/.gnupg home directory. It is designed not to be invoked manually by
the user, but automatically by graphical user interfaces.

112
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

gpgparsemail is a utility currently only useful for debugging. Run it with --help for usage
information.
gpgsm is a tool similar to gpg used to provide digital encryption and signing services on X.509
certificates and the CMS protocol. It is mainly used as a backend for S/MIME mail
processing.
gpgsm-gencert.sh is a simple tool used to interactivly generate a certificate request which will be printed
to stdout.
gpgv2 is a verify only version of gpg2.
kbxutil is used to list, export and import Keybox data.
scdaemon is a daemon used to manage smartcards. It is usually invoked by gpg-agent and in
general not used directly.
symcryptrun is a simple symmetric encryption tool.
watchgnupg is used to listen to a Unix Domain socket created by any of the GnuPG tools.

113
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Tripwire-2.4.1.2
Introduction to Tripwire
The Tripwire package contains programs used to verify the integrity of the files on a given system.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/tripwire/tripwire-2.4.1.2-src.tar.bz2
•
• Download MD5 sum: 1147c278b528ed593023912c4b649a
• Download size: 700 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 28 MB
• Estimated build time: 1.6 SBU

Tripwire Dependencies
Required
OpenSSL-0.9.8g

Optional
An MTA

Installation of Tripwire
Compile Tripwire by running the following commands:
sed -i -e 's@TWDB="${prefix}@TWDB="/var@' install/install.cfg &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc/tripwire &&
make

Warning
The default configuration is to use a local MTA. If you don't have an MTA installed and have no wish
to install one, modify install/install.cfg to use an SMTP server instead. Otherwise the install
will fail.

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:
make install &&
cp -v policy/*.txt /usr/doc/tripwire

Command Explanations
sed -i -e 's@TWDB="${prefix}@TWDB="/var@' install/install.cfg: This command tells the package to install
the program database and reports in /var/lib/tripwire.
make install: This command creates the Tripwire security keys as well as installing the binaries. There are two keys:
a site key and a local key which are stored in /etc/tripwire/.

114
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

cp -v policy/*.txt /usr/doc/tripwire: This command installs the tripwire sample policy files with the other tripwire
documentation.

Configuring Tripwire
Config Files
/etc/tripwire/*

Configuration Information
Tripwire uses a policy file to determine which files are integrity checked. The default policy file
(/etc/tripwire/twpol.txt) is for a default installation and will need to be updated for your system.
Policy files should be tailored to each individual distribution and/or installation. Some example policy files
can be found in /usr/doc/tripwire/ (Note that /usr/doc/ is a symbolic link on LFS systems to
/usr/share/doc/).
If desired, copy the policy file you'd like to try into /etc/tripwire/ instead of using the default policy file,
twpol.txt. It is, however, recommended that you edit your policy file. Get ideas from the examples above and
read /usr/doc/tripwire/policyguide.txt for additional information. twpol.txt is a good policy file
for learning about Tripwire as it will note any changes to the file system and can even be used as an annoying way
of keeping track of changes for uninstallation of software.
After your policy file has been edited to your satisfaction you may begin the configuration steps (perform as the
root):
twadmin --create-polfile --site-keyfile /etc/tripwire/site.key \
/etc/tripwire/twpol.txt &&
tripwire --init
Depending on your system and the contents of the policy file, the initialization phase above can take a relatively
long time.

Usage Information
Tripwire will identify file changes in the critical system files specified in the policy file. Using Tripwire while
making frequent changes to these directories will flag all these changes. It is most useful after a system has reached
a configuration that the user considers stable.
To use Tripwire after creating a policy file to run a report, use the following command:
tripwire --check > /etc/tripwire/report.txt
View the output to check the integrity of your files. An automatic integrity report can be produced by using a cron
facility to schedule the runs.
Reports are stored in binary and, if desired, encrypted. View reports, as the root user, with:
twprint --print-report -r /var/lib/tripwire/report/<report-name.twr>
After you run an integrity check, you should examine the report (or email) and then modify the Tripwire database
to reflect the changed files on your system. This is so that Tripwire will not continually notify you that files you
intentionally changed are a security violation. To do this you must first ls -l /var/lib/tripwire/report/ and note the

115
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

name of the newest file which starts with your system name as presented by the command uname -n and ends
in .twr. These files were created during report creation and the most current one is needed to update the Tripwire
database of your system. As the root user, type in the following command making the appropriate report name:

tripwire --update --twrfile /var/lib/tripwire/report/<report-name.twr>

You will be placed into vim with a copy of the report in front of you. If all the changes were good, then just type :wq
and after entering your local key, the database will be updated. If there are files which you still want to be warned
about, remove the 'x' before the filename in the report and type :wq.
A good summary of tripwire operations can be found at http://www.redhat.
com/docs/manuals/linux/RHL-9-Manual/ref-guide/ch-tripwire.html.

Changing the Policy File

If you are unhappy with your policy file and would like to modify it or use a new one, modify the policy file and
then execute the following commands as the root user:

twadmin --create-polfile /etc/tripwire/twpol.txt &&

tripwire --init

Contents
Installed Programs: siggen, tripwire, twadmin, and twprint
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: /etc/tripwire, /var/lib/tripwire, and /usr/share/doc/tripwire

Short Descriptions
siggen is a signature gathering utility that displays the hash function values for the specified files.
tripwire is the main file integrity checking program.
twadmin administrative and utility tool used to perform certain administrative functions related to Tripwire files
and configuration options.
twprint prints Tripwire database and report files in clear text format.

116
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Heimdal-1.1
Introduction to Heimdal
Heimdal is a free implementation of Kerberos 5 that aims to be compatible with MIT Kerberos 5 and is backward
compatible with Kerberos 4. Kerberos is a network authentication protocol. Basically it preserves the integrity of
passwords in any untrusted network (like the Internet). Kerberized applications work hand-in-hand with sites that
support Kerberos to ensure that passwords cannot be stolen or compromised. A Kerberos installation will make
changes to the authentication mechanisms on your network and will overwrite several programs and daemons from the
Shadow, Inetutils and Qpopper packages. See http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/6.3/heimdal-overwrites
for a complete list of all the files and commands to rename each of them.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.h5l.org/dist/src/heimdal-1.1.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.pdc.kth.se/pub/heimdal/src/heimdal-1.1.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 7892e97b346534cc9afeeee461fe3bab
• Download size: 3.6 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 136 MB
• Estimated build time: 4.0 SBU (additional 1.5 SBU to run the test suite)

Additional Downloads
• Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/heimdal-1.1-blfs_docs-1.patch
• Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/heimdal-1.1-libss-1.patch

Heimdal Dependencies
Required to Build the Server-Side Tools
Berkeley DB-4.5.20 is recommended (installed in LFS) or GDBM-1.8.3

Recommended
OpenSSL-0.9.8g

Optional
Linux-PAM-0.99.10.0, OpenLDAP-2.3.39, X Window System, and libcap

Note
Some sort of time synchronization facility on your system (like NTP-4.2.4p0) is required since Kerberos
won't authenticate if the time differential between a kerberized client and the KDC server is more than 5
minutes.

Installation of Heimdal
Warning
Ensure you really need a Kerberos installation before you decide to install this package. Failure to install
and configure the package correctly can alter your system so that users cannot log in.

117
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Install Heimdal by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../heimdal-1.1-blfs_docs-1.patch &&

patch -Np1 -i ../heimdal-1.1-libss-1.patch &&

./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc/heimdal \
--libexecdir=/usr/sbin \
--localstatedir=/var/lib/heimdal \
--datadir=/var/lib/heimdal \
--with-hdbdir=/var/lib/heimdal \
--with-readline=/usr \
--enable-kcm &&
make

If you have teTeX-3.0 installed and wish to create alternate forms of the documentation, change into the doc directory
and issue any or all of the following commands:

pushd doc &&

make html &&

texi2pdf heimdal.texi &&

texi2dvi heimdal.texi &&
dvips -o heimdal.ps heimdal.dvi &&
makeinfo --plaintext -o heimdal.txt heimdal.texi &&

texi2pdf hx509.texi &&

texi2dvi hx509.texi &&
dvips -o hx509.ps hx509.dvi &&
makeinfo --plaintext -o hx509.txt hx509.texi &&

popd

To test the results, issue: make -k check. The ipropd test is known to fail but all others should pass.

118
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/heimdal-1.1 &&

install -v -m644 doc/{init-creds,layman.asc} \
/usr/share/doc/heimdal-1.1 &&

ln -sfv mech.5 /usr/share/man/man5/qop.5 &&

ln -sfv ../man5/mech.5 /usr/share/man/cat5/qop.5 &&
ln -sfv ../man5/mech.5 /usr/share/man/cat5 &&

mv -v /bin/login /bin/login.SHADOW &&

mv -v /bin/su /bin/su.SHADOW &&
mv -v /usr/bin/{login,su} /bin &&
ln -v -sf ../../bin/login /usr/bin &&

for LINK in lib{otp,kafs,krb5,hx509,asn1,roken,crypto}; do

mv -v /usr/lib/${LINK}.so.* /lib &&
ln -v -sf ../../lib/$(readlink /usr/lib/${LINK}.so) \
/usr/lib/${LINK}.so
done &&

mv -v /usr/lib/$(readlink /usr/lib/libdb.so) \
/usr/lib/libdb-?.so \
/lib &&
ln -v -sf ../../lib/$(readlink /usr/lib/libdb.so) \
/usr/lib/libdb.so &&

ldconfig
If you built any of the alternate forms of documentation, install it using the following commands as the root user:
install -v -m644 doc/{heimdal,hx509}.{dvi,ps,pdf,html,txt} \
/usr/share/doc/heimdal-1.1
If you wish to use the CrackLib-2.8.12 library to enforce strong passwords in the KDC database, issue the following
commands as the root user:
sed -e 's|/usr/pkg|/usr|' \
-e 's|/usr/lib/cracklib_dict|/lib/cracklib/pw_dict|' \
-e 's|/var/heimdal|/var/lib/heimdal|' \
lib/kadm5/check-cracklib.pl \
> /bin/krb5-check-cracklib.pl &&

chmod -v 755 /bin/krb5-check-cracklib.pl

Command Explanations
--libexecdir=/usr/sbin: This switch causes the daemon programs to be installed into /usr/sbin.

119
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Tip
If you want to preserve all your existing Inetutils package daemons, install the Heimdal daemons into
/usr/sbin/heimdal (or wherever you want). Since these programs will be called from (x)inetd or
rc scripts, it really doesn't matter where they are installed, as long as they are correctly specified in the
/etc/(x)inetd.conf file and rc scripts. If you choose something other than /usr/sbin, you may
want to move some of the user programs (such as kadmin) to /usr/sbin manually so they'll be in the
privileged user's default PATH.

--localstatedir=/var/lib/heimdal, --datadir=/var/lib/heimdal and

--with-hdbdir=/var/lib/heimdal: These parameters are used so that the KDC database and associated
files will all reside in /var/lib/heimdal.

--with-readline=/usr: This parameter must be used so that the configure script properly locates the installed
Readline package.

--enable-kcm: This parameter enables building the Kerberos Credentials Manager.

ln -sfv .../mech.5 /usr/share/man/...: These commands are used to fix some broken symbolic links.

mv ... ...SHADOW, mv ... /bin and ln ... /usr/bin: The login and su programs installed by Heimdal belong in the
/bin directory. The login program is symlinked because Heimdal is expecting to find it in /usr/bin. The old
executables from the Shadow package are preserved before the move so that they can be restored if you experience
problems logging into the system after the Heimdal package is installed and configured.

for LINK in ...; do ...; done, mv ... /lib and ln ... /usr/lib/libdb.so: The login and su programs previously moved
into the /lib directory link against Heimdal libraries as well as libraries provided by the OpenSSL and Berkeley
DB packages. These libraries are also moved to /lib so they are FHS compliant and also in case /usr is located
on a separate partition which may not always be mounted.

Configuring Heimdal
Config Files
/etc/heimdal/*

Configuration Information

Note
All the configuration steps shown below must be accomplished by the root user unless otherwise noted.

Master KDC Server Configuration

Many of the commands below use <replaceable> tags to identify places where you need to substitute information
specific to your network. Ensure you replace everything in these tags (there will be no angle brackets when you are
done) with your site-specific information.

120
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Create the Kerberos configuration file with the following commands:

install -v -m755 -d /etc/heimdal &&

cat > /etc/heimdal/krb5.conf << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/heimdal/krb5.conf

[libdefaults]
default_realm = <EXAMPLE.COM>
encrypt = true

[realms]
<EXAMPLE.COM> = {
kdc = <hostname.example.com>
admin_server = <hostname.example.com>
kpasswd_server = <hostname.example.com>
}

[domain_realm]
.<example.com> = <EXAMPLE.COM>

[logging]
kdc = FILE:/var/log/kdc.log
admin_server = FILE:/var/log/kadmin.log
default = FILE:/var/log/krb.log

# End /etc/heimdal/krb5.conf
EOF
chmod -v 644 /etc/heimdal/krb5.conf

You will need to substitute your domain and proper hostname for the occurrences of the <hostname> and
<EXAMPLE.COM> names.

default_realm should be the name of your domain changed to ALL CAPS. This isn't required, but both Heimdal
and MIT Kerberos recommend it.

encrypt = true provides encryption of all traffic between kerberized clients and servers. It's not necessary
and can be left off. If you leave it off, you can encrypt all traffic from the client to the server using a switch on the
client program instead. The [realms] parameters tell the client programs where to look for the KDC authentication
services. The [domain_realm] section maps a domain to a realm.

Store the master password in a key file using the following commands:

install -v -m755 -d /var/lib/heimdal &&

kstash

Create the KDC database:

kadmin -l

121
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

The commands below will prompt you for information about the principles. Choose the defaults for now unless you
know what you are doing and need to specify different values. You can go in later and change the defaults, should
you feel the need. You may use the up and down arrow keys to use the history feature of kadmin in a similar manner
as the bash history feature.
At the kadmin> prompt, issue the following statement:
init <EXAMPLE.COM>
The database must now be populated with at least one principle (user). For now, just use your regular login name or
root. You may create as few, or as many principles as you wish using the following statement:
add <loginname>
The KDC server and any machine running kerberized server daemons must have a host key installed:
add --random-key host/<hostname.example.com>
After choosing the defaults when prompted, you will have to export the data to a keytab file:
ext host/<hostname.example.com>
This should have created two files in /etc/heimdal: krb5.keytab (Kerberos 5) and srvtab (Kerberos 4).
Both files should have 600 (root rw only) permissions. Keeping the keytab files from public access is crucial to the
overall security of the Kerberos installation.
Eventually, you'll want to add server daemon principles to the database and extract them to the keytab file. You do
this in the same way you created the host principles. Below is an example:
add --random-key ftp/<hostname.example.com>
(choose the defaults)
ext ftp/<hostname.example.com>
Exit the kadmin program (use quit or exit) and return back to the shell prompt. Start the KDC daemon manually,
just to test out the installation:
/usr/sbin/kdc &
Attempt to get a TGT (ticket granting ticket) with the following command:
kinit <loginname>
You will be prompted for the password you created. After you get your ticket, you should list it with the following
command:
klist
Information about the ticket should be displayed on the screen.
To test the functionality of the keytab file, issue the following command:
ktutil list
This should dump a list of the host principals, along with the encryption methods used to access the principals.
At this point, if everything has been successful so far, you can feel fairly confident in the installation, setup and
configuration of your new Heimdal Kerberos 5 installation.

122
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

If you wish to use the CrackLib-2.8.12 library to enforce strong passwords in the KDC database, you must do two
things. First, add the following lines to the /etc/heimdal/krb5.conf configuration file:
[password_quality]
policies = builtin:external-check
external_program = /bin/krb5-check-cracklib.pl
Next you must install the Crypt::Cracklib Perl module. Download it from the CPAN site. The URL at the time of
this writing is http://cpan.org/authors/id/D/DA/DANIEL/Crypt-Cracklib-1.2.tar.gz. After unpacking the tarball and
changing into the newly created directory, issue the following command to add the BLFS Cracklib dictionary location
to one of the source files:
sed -i 's|pw_dict|&\n\t\t/lib/cracklib/pw_dict|' Cracklib.pm
Then use the standard perl Makefile.PL; make; make test; make install commands. Note that one test fails due
to an unknown reason.
Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/heimdal init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20080816 package:
make install-heimdal

Using Kerberized Client Programs

To use the kerberized client programs (telnet, ftp, rsh, rxterm, rxtelnet, rcp, xnlock), you first must get a TGT. Use
the kinit program to get the ticket. After you've acquired the ticket, you can use the kerberized programs to connect
to any kerberized server on the network. You will not be prompted for authentication until your ticket expires (default
is one day), unless you specify a different user as a command line argument to the program.
The kerberized programs will connect to non-kerberized daemons, warning you that authentication is not encrypted.
In order to use the Heimdal X programs, you'll need to add a service port entry to the /etc/services file for
the kxd server. There is no 'standardized port number' for the 'kx' service in the IANA database, so you'll have to
pick an unused port number. Add an entry to the services file similar to the entry below (substitute your chosen
port number for <49150>):
kx <49150>/tcp # Heimdal kerberos X
kx <49150>/udp # Heimdal kerberos X
For additional information consult the Heimdal hint on which the above instructions are based.

Contents
Installed Programs: afslog, ftp, ftpd, gss, hprop, hpropd, hxtool, iprop-log, ipropd-master, ipropd-slave,
kadmin, kadmind, kauth, kcm, kdc, kdestroy, kdigest, kf, kfd, kgetcred, kimpersonate,
kinit, klist, kpasswd, kpasswdd, krb5-check-cracklib.pl, krb5-config, kstash, ktutil, kx,
kxd, login, mk_cmds-krb5, otp, otpprint, pagsh, pfrom, popper, push, rcp, rsh, rshd,
rxtelnet, rxterm, string2key, su, telnet, telnetd, tenletxr, verify_krb5_conf and xnlock
Installed Libraries: hdb_ldap.{so,a}, libasn1.{so,a}, libeditline.{so,a}, libgssapi.{so,a}, libhdb.{so,a},
libheimntlm.{so,a}, libhx509.{so,a}, libkadm5clnt.{so,a}, libkadm5srv.{so,a},
libkafs.{so,a}, libkdc.{so,a}, libkrb5.{so,a}, libotp.{so,a}, libroken.{so,a},
libsl.{so,a}, libss-krb5.{so,a} and windc.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /etc/heimdal, /usr/include/gssapi, /usr/include/kadm5, /usr/include/krb5,
/usr/include/roken, /usr/include/ss, /usr/share/doc/heimdal-1.1 and /var/lib/heimdal

123
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
afslog obtains AFS tokens for a number of cells.
ftp is a kerberized FTP client.
ftpd is a kerberized FTP daemon.
hprop takes a principal database in a specified format and converts it into a stream of Heimdal
database records.
hpropd is a server that receives a database sent by hprop and writes it as a local database.
iprop-log is used to maintain the iprop log file.
ipropd-master is a daemon which runs on the master KDC server which incrementally propagates
changes to the KDC database to the slave KDC servers.
ipropd-slave is a daemon which runs on the slave KDC servers which incrementally propagates
changes to the KDC database from the master KDC server.
kadmin is a utility used to make modifications to the Kerberos database.
kadmind is a server for administrative access to the Kerberos database.
kauth is a symbolic link to the kinit program.
kcm is a process based credential cache for Kerberos tickets.
kdc is a Kerberos 5 server.
kdestroy removes a principle's current set of tickets.
kf is a program which forwards tickets to a remote host through an authenticated and
encrypted stream.
kfd is a server used to receive forwarded tickets.
kgetcred obtains a ticket for a service.
kinit is used to authenticate to the Kerberos server as a principal and acquire a ticket granting
ticket that can later be used to obtain tickets for other services.
klist reads and displays the current tickets in the credential cache.
kpasswd is a program for changing Kerberos 5 passwords.
kpasswdd is a Kerberos 5 password changing server.
krb5-config gives information on how to link programs against Heimdal libraries.
kstash stores the KDC master password in a file.
ktutil is a program for managing Kerberos keytabs.
kx is a program which securely forwards X connections.
kxd is the daemon for kx.
login is a kerberized login program.
otp manages one-time passwords.
otpprint prints lists of one-time passwords.
pfrom is a script that runs push --from.
popper is a kerberized POP-3 server.

124
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

push is a kerberized POP mail retrieval client.

rcp is a kerberized rcp client program.
rsh is a kerberized rsh client program.
rshd is a kerberized rsh server.
rxtelnet starts a secure xterm window with a telnet to a given host and forwards X connections.
rxterm starts a secure remote xterm.
string2key maps a password into a key.
su is a kerberized su client program.
telnet is a kerberized telnet client program.
telnetd is a kerberized telnet server.
tenletxr forwards X connections backwards.
verify_krb5_conf checks krb5.conf file for obvious errors.
xnlock is a program that acts as a secure screen saver for workstations running X.
libasn1.{so,a} provides the ASN.1 and DER functions to encode and decode the Kerberos TGTs.
libeditline.a is a command-line editing library with history.
libgssapi.{so,a} contain the Generic Security Service Application Programming Interface (GSSAPI)
functions which provides security services to callers in a generic fashion, supportable
with a range of underlying mechanisms and technologies and hence allowing
source-level portability of applications to different environments.
libhdb.{so,a} is a Heimdal Kerberos 5 authentication/authorization database access library.
libkadm5clnt.{so,a} contains the administrative authentication and password checking functions required
by Kerberos 5 client-side programs.
libkadm5srv.{so,a} contain the administrative authentication and password checking functions required
by Kerberos 5 servers.
libkafs.{so,a} contains the functions required to authenticated to AFS.
libkrb5.{so,a} is an all-purpose Kerberos 5 library.
libotp.{so,a} contains the functions required to handle authenticating one time passwords.
libroken.{so,a} is a library containing Kerberos 5 compatibility functions.

125
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

MIT Kerberos V5-1.6

Introduction to MIT Kerberos V5
MIT Kerberos V5 is a free implementation of Kerberos 5. Kerberos is a network authentication protocol. It centralizes
the authentication database and uses kerberized applications to work with servers or services that support Kerberos
allowing single logins and encrypted communication over internal networks or the Internet.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://web.mit.edu/kerberos/www/dist/krb5/1.6/krb5-1.6-signed.tar
•
• Download MD5 sum: a365e39ff7d39639556c2797a0e1c3f4
• Download size: 12.0 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 124 MB
• Estimated build time: 1.4 SBU

MIT Kerberos V5 Dependencies

Optional
Linux-PAM-0.99.10.0 (for xdm based logins), OpenLDAP-2.3.39, and DejaGnu-1.4.4 (required to run the test suite)

Note
Some sort of time synchronization facility on your system (like NTP-4.2.4p0) is required since Kerberos
won't authenticate if there is a time difference between a kerberized client and the KDC server.

Installation of MIT Kerberos V5

MIT Kerberos V5 is distributed in a TAR file containing a compressed TAR package and a detached PGP ASC file.
You'll need to unpack the distribution tar file, then unpack the compressed tar file before starting the build.
After unpacking the distribution tarball and if you have GnuPG-1.4.7 installed, you can authenticate the package with
the following command:

gpg - -verify krb5-1.6.tar.gz.asc

Build MIT Kerberos V5 by running the following commands:

cd src &&
./configure CPPFLAGS="-I/usr/include/et -I/usr/include/ss" \
--prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc/krb5 \
--localstatedir=/var/lib \
--with-system-et \
--with-system-ss \
--enable-dns-for-realm \
--mandir=/usr/share/man &&
make

126
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

The regression test suite is designed to be run after the installation has been completed.
Now, as the root user:

make install &&

mv -v /usr/bin/ksu /bin &&

chmod -v 755 /bin/ksu &&
mv -v /usr/lib/libkrb5.so.3* /lib &&
mv -v /usr/lib/libk5crypto.so.3* /lib &&
mv -v /usr/lib/libkrb5support.so.0* /lib &&

ln -v -sf ../../lib/libkrb5.so.3.3 /usr/lib/libkrb5.so &&

ln -v -sf ../../lib/libk5crypto.so.3.1 /usr/lib/libk5crypto.so &&
ln -v -sf ../../lib/libkrb5support.so.0.1 /usr/lib/libkrb5support.so&&

install -m644 -v ../doc/*.info* /usr/share/info &&

for INFOFILE in 425 5-admin 5-install 5-user; do
install-info --info-dir=/usr/share/info \
/usr/share/info/krb$INFOFILE.info
rm ../doc/krb$INFOFILE.info*
done &&

install -m755 -v -d /usr/share/doc/krb5-1.6 &&

cp -Rv ../doc/* /usr/share/doc/krb5-1.6

Warning
login.krb5 does not support Shadow passwords. As a result, when the Kerberos server is unavailable,
the default fall through to /etc/passwd will not work because the passwords have been moved to
/etc/shadow during the LFS build process. Entering the following commands without moving the
passwords back to /etc/passwd could prevent any logins.

After considering (and understanding) the above warning, the following commands can be entered as the root user
to replace the existing login program with the Kerberized version (after preserving the original) and move the support
libraries to a location available when the /usr filesystem is not mounted:

mv -v /bin/login /bin/login.shadow &&

install -m755 -v /usr/sbin/login.krb5 /bin/login &&

mv -v /usr/lib/libdes425.so.3* /lib &&

mv -v /usr/lib/libkrb4.so.2* /lib &&

ln -v -sf ../../lib/libdes425.so.3.0 /usr/lib/libdes425.so &&

ln -v -sf ../../lib/libkrb4.so.2.0 /usr/lib/libkrb4.so &&

ldconfig

127
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

To test the installation, you must have DejaGnu-1.4.4 installed and issue: make check. The RPC layer tests will
require a portmap daemon (see portmap-6.0) running and configured to listen on the regular network interface (not
localhost). See the “Testing the Build” section of the krb5-install.html file in the ../doc directory for
complete information on running the regression tests.

Command Explanations
--enable-dns-for-realm: This parameter allows realms to be resolved using the DNS server.
--with-system-et: This parameter causes the build to use the system-installed versions of the error-table support
software.

--with-system-ss: This parameter causes the build to use the system-installed versions of the subsystem
command-line interface software.
--localstatedir=/var/lib: This parameter is used so that the Kerberos variable run-time data is located in
/var/lib instead of /usr/var.

mv -v /usr/bin/ksu /bin: Moves the ksu program to the /bin directory so that it is available when the /usr
filesystem is not mounted.

mv -v ... /lib && ln -v -sf ...: These libraries are moved to /lib so they are available when the /usr filesystem
is not mounted.

Configuring MIT Kerberos V5

Config Files
/etc/krb5/krb5.conf and /var/lib/krb5kdc/kdc.conf

Configuration Information

Kerberos Configuration

Tip
You should consider installing some sort of password checking dictionary so that you can configure the
installation to only accept strong passwords. A suitable dictionary to use is shown in the CrackLib-2.8.12
instructions. Note that only one file can be used, but you can concatenate many files into one. The
configuration file shown below assumes you have installed a dictionary to /usr/share/dict/words.

128
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Create the Kerberos configuration file with the following commands issued by the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /etc/krb5 &&

cat > /etc/krb5/krb5.conf << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/krb5/krb5.conf

[libdefaults]
default_realm = <LFS.ORG>
encrypt = true

[realms]
<LFS.ORG> = {
kdc = <belgarath.lfs.org>
admin_server = <belgarath.lfs.org>
dict_file = /usr/share/dict/words
}

[domain_realm]
.<lfs.org> = <LFS.ORG>

[logging]
kdc = SYSLOG[:INFO[:AUTH]]
admin_server = SYSLOG[INFO[:AUTH]]
default = SYSLOG[[:SYS]]

# End /etc/krb5/krb5.conf
EOF

You will need to substitute your domain and proper hostname for the occurences of the <belgarath> and <lfs.
org> names.
default_realm should be the name of your domain changed to ALL CAPS. This isn't required, but both Heimdal
and MIT recommend it.
encrypt = true provides encryption of all traffic between kerberized clients and servers. It's not necessary and
can be left off. If you leave it off, you can encrypt all traffic from the client to the server using a switch on the client
program instead.
The [realms] parameters tell the client programs where to look for the KDC authentication services.
The [domain_realm] section maps a domain to a realm.
Create the KDC database:

kdb5_util create -r <LFS.ORG> -s

Now you should populate the database with principles (users). For now, just use your regular login name or root.

kadmin.local
kadmin: add_policy dict-only
kadmin: addprinc -policy dict-only <loginname>

129
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

The KDC server and any machine running kerberized server daemons must have a host key installed:

kadmin: addprinc -randkey host/<belgarath.lfs.org>

After choosing the defaults when prompted, you will have to export the data to a keytab file:

kadmin: ktadd host/<belgarath.lfs.org>

This should have created a file in /etc/krb5 named krb5.keytab (Kerberos 5). This file should have 600
(root rw only) permissions. Keeping the keytab files from public access is crucial to the overall security of the
Kerberos installation.
Eventually, you'll want to add server daemon principles to the database and extract them to the keytab file. You do
this in the same way you created the host principles. Below is an example:

kadmin: addprinc -randkey ftp/<belgarath.lfs.org>

kadmin: ktadd ftp/<belgarath.lfs.org>

Exit the kadmin program (use quit or exit) and return back to the shell prompt. Start the KDC daemon manually,
just to test out the installation:

/usr/sbin/krb5kdc &

Attempt to get a ticket with the following command:

kinit <loginname>

You will be prompted for the password you created. After you get your ticket, you can list it with the following
command:

klist

Information about the ticket should be displayed on the screen.

To test the functionality of the keytab file, issue the following command:

ktutil
ktutil: rkt /etc/krb5/krb5.keytab
ktutil: l

This should dump a list of the host principal, along with the encryption methods used to access the principal.
At this point, if everything has been successful so far, you can feel fairly confident in the installation and configuration
of the package.
Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/kerberos init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20080816 package.

make install-kerberos

Using Kerberized Client Programs

To use the kerberized client programs (telnet, ftp, rsh, rcp, rlogin), you first must get an authentication ticket. Use
the kinit program to get the ticket. After you've acquired the ticket, you can use the kerberized programs to connect
to any kerberized server on the network. You will not be prompted for authentication until your ticket expires (default
is one day), unless you specify a different user as a command line argument to the program.

130
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

The kerberized programs will connect to non kerberized daemons, warning you that authentication is not encrypted.

Using Kerberized Server Programs

Using kerberized server programs (telnetd, kpropd, klogind and kshd) requires two additional configuration steps.
First the /etc/services file must be updated to include eklogin and krb5_prop. Second, the inetd.conf
or xinetd.conf must be modified for each server that will be activated, usually replacing the server from
Inetutils-1.5.

Additional Information
For additional information consult Documentation for krb-1.6 on which the above instructions are based.

Contents
Installed Programs: ftp, ftpd, gss-client, gss-server, k5srvutil, kadmin, kadmin.local, kadmind,
kdb5_ldap_util, kdb5_util, kdestroy, kinit, klist, klogind, kpasswd, kprop, kpropd,
krb5-config, krb5-send-pr, krb524d, krb524init, krb5kdc, kshd, ksu, ktutil, kvno,
login.krb5, rcp, rlogin, rsh, sclient, sim_client, sim_server, sserver, telnet, telnetd,
uuclient, uuserver and v4rcp
Installed Libraries: libdes425.so, libgssapi_krb5.so, libgssrpc.so, libk5crypto.so, libkadm5clnt.so,
libkadm5srv.so, libkdb5.so, libkdb_ldap.so, libkrb4.so, libkrb5.so and
libkrb5support.so
Installed Directories: /etc/krb5, /usr/include/{gssapi,gssrpc,kerberosIV,krb5}, /usr/lib/krb5,
/usr/share/{doc/krb5-1.6,examples,gnats} and /var/lib/krb5kdc

Short Descriptions
ftp is a kerberized FTP client.
ftpd is a kerberized FTP daemon.
k5srvutil is a host keytable manipulation utility.
kadmin is an utility used to make modifications to the Kerberos database.
kadmind is a server for administrative access to a Kerberos database.
kdb5_util is the KDC database utility.
kdestroy removes the current set of tickets.
kinit is used to authenticate to the Kerberos server as a principal and acquire a ticket granting
ticket that can later be used to obtain tickets for other services.
klist reads and displays the current tickets in the credential cache.
klogind is the server that responds to rlogin requests.
kpasswd is a program for changing Kerberos 5 passwords.
kprop takes a principal database in a specified format and converts it into a stream of database
records.
kpropd receives a database sent by kprop and writes it as a local database.
krb5-config gives information on how to link programs against libraries.
krb5kdc is a Kerberos 5 server.

131
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

kshd is the server that responds to rsh requests.

ksu is the super user program using Kerberos protocol. Requires a properly configured
/etc/shells and ~/.k5login containing principals authorized to become super
users.
ktutil is a program for managing Kerberos keytabs.
kvno prints keyversion numbers of Kerberos principals.
login.krb5 is a kerberized login program.
rcp is a kerberized rcp client program.
rlogin is a kerberized rlogin client program.
rsh is a kerberized rsh client program.
telnet is a kerberized telnet client program.
telnetd is a kerberized telnet server.
libgssapi_krb5.so contain the Generic Security Service Application Programming Interface (GSSAPI)
functions which provides security services to callers in a generic fashion, supportable
with a range of underlying mechanisms and technologies and hence allowing source-level
portability of applications to different environments.
libkadm5clnt.so contains the administrative authentication and password checking functions required by
Kerberos 5 client-side programs.
libkadm5srv.so contain the administrative authentication and password checking functions required by
Kerberos 5 servers.
libkdb5.so is a Kerberos 5 authentication/authorization database access library.
libkrb5.so is an all-purpose Kerberos 5 library.

132
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Cyrus SASL-2.1.22
Introduction to Cyrus SASL
The Cyrus SASL package contains a Simple Authentication and Security Layer, a method for adding authentication
support to connection-based protocols. To use SASL, a protocol includes a command for identifying and
authenticating a user to a server and for optionally negotiating protection of subsequent protocol interactions. If its
use is negotiated, a security layer is inserted between the protocol and the connection.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.andrew.cmu.edu/pub/cyrus-mail/cyrus-sasl-2.1.22.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.andrew.cmu.edu/pub/cyrus-mail/cyrus-sasl-2.1.22.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 45dde9d19193ae9dd388eb68b2027bc9
• Download size: 1.5 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Cyrus SASL Dependencies

Required

OpenSSL-0.9.8g

Optional

Linux-PAM-0.99.10.0, OpenLDAP-2.3.39, Heimdal-1.1 or MIT Kerberos V5-1.6, JDK-6 Update 5, MySQL-5.0.41,

PostgreSQL-8.2.4, GDBM-1.8.3, krb4, SQLite, and Dmalloc

Installation of Cyrus SASL

Install Cyrus SASL by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc \

--with-dbpath=/var/lib/sasl/sasldb2 \
--with-saslauthd=/var/run/saslauthd &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite. If you are planning on using the GSSAPI authentication mechanism,
it is recommended to test it after installing the package using the sample server and client programs which were
built in the preceding step. Instructions for performing the tests can be found at http://www.linuxfromscratch.
org/hints/downloads/files/cyrus-sasl.txt.
Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/cyrus-sasl-2.1.22 &&
install -v -m644 doc/{*.{html,txt,fig},ONEWS,TODO} \
saslauthd/LDAP_SASLAUTHD /usr/share/doc/cyrus-sasl-2.1.22 &&
install -v -m700 -d /var/lib/sasl /var/run/saslauthd

133
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Command Explanations
--with-dbpath=/var/lib/sasl/sasldb2: This parameter forces the sasldb database to be created in
/var/lib/sasl instead of /etc.
--with-saslauthd=/var/run/saslauthd: This parameter forces saslauthd to use the FHS compliant
directory /var/run/saslauthd for variable run-time data.
--with-dblib=gdbm: This parameter forces GDBM to be used instead of Berkeley DB.
--with-ldap: This parameter enables use with OpenLDAP.
--enable-ldapdb: This parameter enables the LDAPDB authentication backend. There is a circular dependency
with this parameter. See http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/cyrus-sasl for a solution to this problem.
install -v -m644 ...: These commands install documentation which is not installed by the make install command.
install -v -m700 -d /var/lib/sasl /var/run/saslauthd: These directories must exist when starting saslauthd or using
the sasldb plugin. If you're not going to be running the daemon or using the plugins, you may omit the creation of
this directory.

Configuring Cyrus SASL

Config Files
/etc/saslauthd.conf (for saslauthd LDAP configuration) and /etc/sasl2/Appname.conf (where
"Appname" is the application defined name of the application)

Configuration Information
See file:///usr/share/doc/cyrus-sasl-2.1.22/sysadmin.html for information on what to include in the application
configuration files. See file:///usr/share/doc/cyrus-sasl-2.1.22/LDAP_SASLAUTHD for configuring saslauthd with
OpenLDAP.

Init Script
If you need to run the saslauthd daemon at system startup, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/cyrus-sasl init
script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20080816 package.

make install-cyrus-sasl

Note
You'll need to modify the init script and replace the <authmech> parameter to the -a switch with your
desired authentication mechanism.

Contents
Installed Programs: saslauthd, sasldblistusers2, and saslpasswd2
Installed Libraries: libjavasasl.so, libsasl2.so, and numerous SASL plugins and Java classes
Installed Directories: /usr/include/sasl, /usr/lib/java/classes/sasl, /usr/lib/sasl2,
/usr/share/doc/cyrus-sasl-2.1.22, and /var/lib/sasl

134
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
saslauthd is the SASL authentication server.
sasldblistusers2 is used to list the users in the SASL password database sasldb2.
saslpasswd2 is used to set and delete a user's SASL password and mechanism specific secrets in the
SASL password database sasldb2.
libsasl2.so is a general purpose authentication library for server and client applications.

135
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Stunnel-4.21
Introduction to Stunnel
The Stunnel package contains a program that allows you to encrypt arbitrary TCP connections inside SSL (Secure
Sockets Layer) so you can easily communicate with clients over secure channels. Stunnel can be used to add SSL
functionality to commonly used Inetd daemons like POP-2, POP-3, and IMAP servers, to standalone daemons like
NNTP, SMTP and HTTP, and in tunneling PPP over network sockets without changes to the server package source
code.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.stunnel.org/download/stunnel/src/stunnel-4.21.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://stunnel.mirt.net/stunnel/stunnel-4.21.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 1eaec5228979beca4d548f453304e311
• Download size: 528 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 5 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/stunnel-4.21-setuid-1.patch

Stunnel Dependencies

Required

OpenSSL-0.9.8g

Optional

TCP Wrapper-7.6

Installation of Stunnel
The stunnel daemon will be run in a chroot jail by an unprivileged user. Create the new user and group using the
following commands as the root user:

groupadd -g 51 stunnel &&

useradd -c "Stunnel Daemon" -d /var/lib/stunnel \
-g stunnel -s /bin/false -u 51 stunnel

136
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Note
A signed SSL Certificate and a Private Key is necessary to run the stunnel daemon. If you own, or have
already created a signed SSL Certificate you wish to use, copy it to /etc/stunnel/stunnel.pem
before starting the build (ensure only root has read and write access), otherwise you will be prompted to
create one during the installation process. The .pem file must be formatted as shown below:
-----BEGIN RSA PRIVATE KEY-----
<many encrypted lines of unencrypted key>
-----END RSA PRIVATE KEY-----
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
<many encrypted lines of certificate>
-----END CERTIFICATE-----

Install Stunnel by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../stunnel-4.21-setuid-1.patch &&

sed -i 's|nogroup|stunnel|g' configure &&

sed -i 's|$(prefix)/var/lib|$(localstatedir)|' tools/Makefile.in &&

./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var/lib \
--disable-libwrap &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make docdir=/usr/share/doc/stunnel-4.21 install

Command Explanations
sed -i 's|nogroup|stunnel|g' configure: This command is used to change the default group for the installed files in
/var/lib/stunnel from nogroup to stunnel.
sed -i '...' tools/Makefile.in: This command ensures that the chroot jail will be located in /var/lib/stunnel
instead of /usr/var/lib/stunnel.
--sysconfdir=/etc: This parameter forces the configuration directory to /etc instead of /usr/etc.
--localstatedir=/var/lib: This parameter sets the installation to use /var/lib/stunnel instead of
creating and using /usr/var/stunnel.
--disable-libwrap: This parameter is required if you don't have tcpwrappers installed. Remove the parameter
if tcpwrappers is installed.
make docdir=... install: This command installs the package, changes the documentation installation directory to
standard naming conventions and, if you did not copy an stunnel.pem file to the /etc/stunnel directory,
prompts you for the necessary information to create one. Ensure you reply to the
Common Name (FQDN of your server) [localhost]:

137
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

prompt with the name or IP address you will be using to access the service(s).

Configuring Stunnel
Config Files
/etc/stunnel/stunnel.conf

Configuration Information
As the root user, create the directory used for the .pid file that is created when the Stunnel daemon starts:
install -v -m750 -o stunnel -g stunnel -d /var/lib/stunnel/run
Next, create a basic /etc/stunnel/stunnel.conf configuration file using the following commands as the
root user:
cat >/etc/stunnel/stunnel.conf << "EOF" &&
; File: /etc/stunnel/stunnel.conf

pid = /run/stunnel.pid
chroot = /var/lib/stunnel
client = no
setuid = stunnel
setgid = stunnel

EOF
chmod -v 644 /etc/stunnel/stunnel.conf
Finally, you need to add the service(s) you wish to encrypt to the configuration file. The format is as follows:
[<service>]
accept = <hostname:portnumber>
connect = <hostname:portnumber>
If you use Stunnel to encrypt a daemon started from [x]inetd, you may need to disable that daemon in the
/etc/[x]inetd.conf file and enable a corresponding <service>_stunnel service. You may have to add an
appropriate entry in /etc/services as well.
For a full explanation of the commands and syntax used in the configuration file, run man stunnel. To see a BLFS
example of an actual setup of an stunnel encrypted service, read the the section called “Configuring SWAT” in the
Samba instructions.

Boot Script
To automatically start the stunnel daemon when the system is rebooted, install the /etc/rc.d/init.
d/stunnel bootscript from the blfs-bootscripts-20080816 package.
make install-stunnel

Contents
Installed Programs: stunnel and stunnel3
Installed Library: libstunnel.so
Installed Directories: /etc/stunnel, /usr/lib/stunnel, /usr/share/doc/stunnel-4.21 and /var/lib/stunnel

138
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
stunnel is a program designed to work as an SSL encryption wrapper between remote clients and local
({x}inetd-startable) or remote servers.
stunnel3 is a Perl wrapper script to use stunnel 3.x syntax with stunnel >=4.05.
libstunnel.so contains the API functions required by Stunnel.

139
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Sudo-1.6.9p15
Introduction to Sudo
The sudo package allows a system administrator to give certain users (or groups of users) the ability to run some (or
all) commands as root or another user while logging the commands and arguments.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.sudo.ws/sudo/dist/sudo-1.6.9p15.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.twaren.net/Unix/Security/Sudo/sudo-1.6.9p15.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 06cfeed4ececfce6c82e03974c588066
• Download size: 581 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 3.9 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Sudo Dependencies

Optional

Linux-PAM-0.99.10.0, Opie, SecurID, FWTK, an MTA (that provides a sendmail command), krb4, Heimdal-1.1 or
MIT Kerberos V5-1.6, OpenLDAP-2.3.39, and AFS

Installation of Sudo
Install sudo by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --libexecdir=/usr/lib \

--with-ignore-dot --with-all-insults \
--enable-shell-sets-home --disable-root-sudo \
--with-logfac=auth --without-pam --without-sendmail &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--with-ignore-dot: This switch causes sudo to ignore '.' in the PATH.
--with-all-insults: This switch includes all the sudo insult sets.
--enable-shell-sets-home: This switch sets HOME to the target user in shell mode.
--disable-root-sudo: This switch keeps the root user from running sudo, preventing users from chaining
commands to get a root shell.
--with-logfac=auth: This switch forces use of the auth facility for logging.

140
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--without-pam: This switch disables the use of PAM authentication. Omit if you have PAM installed.
--without-sendmail: This switch disables the use of sendmail. Remove if you have a sendmail compatible
MTA.
--enable-noargs-shell: This switch allows sudo to run a shell if invoked with no arguments.

Note
There are many options to sudo's configure command. Check the configure --help output for a complete
list.

Configuring Sudo
Config File
/etc/sudoers

Configuration Information
The sudoers file can be quite complicated. It is composed of two types of entries: aliases (basically variables) and
user specifications (which specify who may run what). The installation installs a default configuration that has no
privileges installed for any user.
One example usage is to allow the system administrator to execute any program without typing a password each time
root privileges are needed. This can be configured as:

# User alias specification

User_Alias ADMIN = YourLoginId

# Allow people in group ADMIN to run all commands without a password

ADMIN ALL = NOPASSWD: ALL

For details, see man sudoers.

Note
The Sudo developers highly recommend using the visudo program to edit the sudoers file. This will
provide basic sanity checking like syntax parsing and file permission to avoid some possible mistakes that
could lead to a vulnerable configuration.

If you've built Sudo with PAM support, issue the following command as the root user to create the PAM
configuration file:

sed -e 's@/su@/sudo@' -e '/pam_rootok/d' \

/etc/pam.d/su > /etc/pam.d/sudo

Contents
Installed Programs: sudo, sudoedit, and visudo
Installed Library: sudo_noexec.so
Installed Directories: None

141
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
sudo executes a command as another user as permitted by the /etc/sudoers configuration file.
sudoedit is a hard link to sudo that implies the -e option to invoke an editor as another user.
visudo allows for safer editing of the sudoers file.
sudo_noexec.so enables support for the "noexec" functionality which prevents a dynamically-linked program
being run by sudo from executing another program (think shell escapes).

142
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

NSS-3.11.7
Introduction to NSS
The Network Security Services (NSS) package is a set of libraries designed to support cross-platform development of
security-enabled client and server applications. Applications built with NSS can support SSL v2 and v3, TLS, PKCS
#5, PKCS #7, PKCS #11, PKCS #12, S/MIME, X.509 v3 certificates, and other security standards. This is useful for
implementing SSL and S/MIME or other Internet security standards into an application.

The NSS package requires the Netscape Portable Runtime (NSPR) libraries as a prerequisite for building. The NSS
package tarball contains the code necessary to build the NSPR libraries. These libraries are built and installed using
the instructions below. Essentially, the NSS package is now a combined NSS/NSPR installation.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/security/nss/releases/NSS_3_11_7_RTM/src/nss-3.11.
7-with-nspr-4.6.7.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/security/nss/releases/NSS_3_11_7_RTM/src/nss-3.11.7-
with-nspr-4.6.7.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 0b0c6bdf63c442d68453e470b8747a9d
• Download size: 5.0 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 71 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU (additional 0.9 SBU to run the test suite)

Additional Downloads
• Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/nss-3.11.7-with-nspr-4.6.7-fedora_fixes-1.
patch

Installation of NSS
Install NSS by running the following commands:

bash

export WORKINGDIR=$PWD &&

export BUILD_OPT=1 &&

patch -Np1 -i ../nss-3.11.7-with-nspr-4.6.7-fedora_fixes-1.patch &&

cd mozilla/security/nss &&
make nss_build_all &&
cd ../.. &&

export NSS_LINUXDIR=$(basename `ls -d $WORKINGDIR/mozilla/dist/Linux*`)

143
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

To test the results, you'll need to set the domain name of your system in the DOMSUF environment variable. Most
of the tests will fail if you don't provide the correct domain name. A self-generated log file will be parsed at the end
of the test to display how many tests passed. It should return 800. To run the tests, ensure you change the export
DOMSUF command below to an appropriate value, e.g., mydomain.com and issue the following commands:

bash

export DOMSUF=<validdomain.name> &&

export PATH=$PATH:$WORKINGDIR/mozilla/dist/$NSS_LINUXDIR/bin &&
export TEST_RESULTSDIR=$WORKINGDIR/mozilla/tests_results/security &&

cd security/nss/tests &&
sed -i 's/gmake/make/' common/init.sh &&
./all.sh &&

grep Passed $TEST_RESULTSDIR/$(hostname).1/results.html | wc -l &&

exit

Caution
If you switch to the root user using a method that does not inherit the environment from the unprivileged
user, ensure that root's NSS_LINUXDIR environment variable is set correctly before proceeding with
the installation commands.

Now, as the root user:

install -v -m755 nsprpub/$NSS_LINUXDIR/config/nspr-config \

security/nss/cmd/config/nss-config \
/usr/bin &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/lib/pkgconfig &&
install -v -m644 nsprpub/lib/pkgconfig/nspr.pc \
security/nss/lib/pkgconfig/nss.pc \
/usr/lib/pkgconfig &&

cd dist &&

install -v -m755 $NSS_LINUXDIR/lib/*.so /usr/lib &&

install -v -m644 $NSS_LINUXDIR/lib/{*.chk,libcrmf.a} /usr/lib &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/include/{nss,nspr} &&

install -v -m644 {public,private}/nss/* /usr/include/nss &&
cp -v -RL $NSS_LINUXDIR/include/* /usr/include/nspr &&
chmod -v 644 /usr/include/nspr/prvrsion.h

Now as the unprivileged user, exit the bash shell started at the beginning of the installation to restore the environment
to the original state.

exit

144
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Command Explanations
bash: Shells are started as many environment variables are created during the installation process. Exiting the shells
serves the purpose of restoring the environment and returning back to the original directory when the installation
is complete.
export WORKINGDIR=$PWD: This variable is set because many of the commands are dependent on knowing the
full path of certain directories. WORKINGDIR establishes a known path so that all others can be determined relative
to this.
export BUILD_OPT=1: This variable is set so that the build is performed with no debugging symbols built into the
binaries and that the default compiler optimizations are used.
export NSS_LINUXDIR=...: This variable is set so that the exact name of the architecture specific directories where
the binaries are stored in the source tree can be determined.
make nss_build_all: This command builds the NSPR and NSS libraries and creates a dist directory which houses
all the programs, libraries and interface headers. None of the programs created by this process are installed onto
the system using the default instructions. If you need any of these programs installed, you can find them in the
mozilla/dist/bin directory of the source tree.
export PATH=...: This command sets the PATH environment variable to include the executables in the source tree
as some of them are required to run the test suite.
sed -i 's/gmake/make/' common/init.sh: This command changes the command used to compile some test programs.

Contents
Installed Programs: nspr-config and nss-config
Installed Libraries: libcrmf.a, libfreebl3.so, libnspr4.so, libnss3.so, libnssckbi.so, libplc4.so, libplds4.so,
libsmime3.so, libsoftokn3.so and libssl3.so
Installed Directories: /usr/include/nspr and /usr/include/nss

Short Descriptions
nspr-config is used to determine the NSPR installation settings of the installed NSPR libraries.
nss-config is used to determine the NSS library settings of the installed NSS libraries.
The libnspr4.so, libplc4.so and libplds4.so libraries make up the Netscape Portable Runtime (NSPR)
libraries. These libraries provide a platform-neutral API for system level and libc like functions. The API is used in
the Mozilla client, many of the Netscape/AOL/iPlanet offerings and other software applications.
The libcrmf.a, libfreebl.so, libnss3.so, libnssckbi.so, libsmime3.so, libsoftokn3.so
and libnssl3.so libraries make up the NSS libraries.

145
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 5. File Systems

Journaling file systems reduce the time needed to recover a file system that was not unmounted properly. While this
can be extremely important in reducing downtime for servers, it has also become popular for desktop environments.
This chapter contains two other journaling file systems you can use instead of the default LFS third extended file
system.

146
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

ReiserFS-3.6.20
Introduction to ReiserFS
The ReiserFS package contains various utilities for use with the Reiser file system.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/BLFS/6.3/r/reiserfsprogs-3.6.20.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/6.3/r/reiserfsprogs-3.6.20.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 3b3392f59c5d302cf858bc4cf194b258
• Download size: 500 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 8 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Installation of ReiserFS
Install ReiserFS by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --sbindir=/sbin &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
ln -sf reiserfsck /sbin/fsck.reiserfs &&
ln -sf mkreiserfs /sbin/mkfs.reiserfs

Command Explanations
--prefix=/usr: This ensures that the manual pages are installed in the correct location while still installing the
programs in /sbin as they should be.
--sbindir=/sbin: This ensures that the ReiserFS utilities are installed in /sbin as they should be.

Contents
Installed Programs: debugreiserfs, mkreiserfs, reiserfsck, reiserfstune, and resize_reiserfs
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
debugreiserfs can sometimes help to solve problems with ReiserFS file systems. If it is called without
options, it prints the super block of any ReiserFS file system found on the device.
mkreiserfs creates a ReiserFS file system.
reiserfsck is used to check or repair a ReiserFS file system.
reiserfstune is used for tuning the ReiserFS journal. WARNING: Don't use this utility without first reading
the man page thoroughly.

147
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

resize_reiserfs is used to resize an unmounted ReiserFS file system.

148
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

XFS-2.9.7
Introduction to XFS
The XFS package contains administration and debugging tools for the XFS file system.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/6.3/sources/xfsprogs_2.9.7-1.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: 2bba6d3e4183defacf99e5e8ce805460
• Download size: 976 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 37 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU

Caution
The XFS developers regularly remove the current package when a new package is available. Unfortunately,
this has led to severe incompatibilities, including unmountable filesystems, due to kernel version
requirements in new versions of the package. Using a version not in the book is strongly discouraged.
Additional information, is available at the XFS project page.

Installation of XFS
Install XFS by running the following commands:

make DEBUG=-DNDEBUG INSTALL_USER=root INSTALL_GROUP=root \

LOCAL_CONFIGURE_OPTIONS="--enable-readline=yes"

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

make install-dev &&
chmod -v 755 /lib/libhandle.so* &&
rm -f /lib/libhandle.{a,la,so} &&
ln -svf ../../lib/libhandle.so.1 /usr/lib/libhandle.so

Command Explanations
make DEBUG=-DNDEBUG: Turns off debugging symbols.
INSTALL_USER=root INSTALL_GROUP=root: This sets the owner and group of the installed files.
LOCAL_CONFIGURE_OPTIONS="...": This passes extra configuration options to the configure script. The
example --enable-readline=yes parameter enables linking the XFS programs with the libreadline.so
library, in order to allow editing interactive commands.
OPTIMIZER="...": Adding this parameter to the end of the make command overrides the default optimization
settings.

149
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

make install-dev: This command installs static XFS libraries, their headers and the corresponding documentation.

Contents
Installed Programs: fsck.xfs, mkfs.xfs, xfs_admin, xfs_bmap, xfs_check, xfs_copy, xfs_db, xfs_freeze,
xfs_growfs, xfs_info, xfs_io, xfs_logprint, xfs_mdrestore, xfs_metadump, xfs_mkfile,
xfs_ncheck, xfs_quota, xfs_repair, and xfs_rtcp
Installed Libraries: libdisk.a, libhandle.{so,a}, libxcmd.a, libxfs.a, and libxlog.a
Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/xfsprogs

Short Descriptions
fsck.xfs simply exits with a zero status, since XFS partitions are checked at mount time.
mkfs.xfs constructs an XFS file system.
xfs_admin changes the parameters of an XFS file system.
xfs_bmap prints block mapping for an XFS file.
xfs_check checks XFS file system consistency.
xfs_copy copies the contents of an XFS file system to one or more targets in parallel.
xfs_db is used to debug an XFS file system.
xfs_freeze suspends access to an XFS file system.
xfs_growfs expands an XFS file system.
xfs_info is equivalent to invoking xfs_growfs, but specifying that no change to the file system is to be
made.
xfs_io is a debugging tool like xfs_db, but is aimed at examining the regular file I/O path rather than
the raw XFS volume itself.
xfs_logprint prints the log of an XFS file system.
xfs_mdrestore restores an XFS metadump image to a filesystem image.
xfs_metadump copies XFS filesystem metadata to a file.
xfs_mkfile creates an XFS file, padded with zeroes by default.
xfs_ncheck generates pathnames from inode numbers for an XFS file system.
xfs_quota is a utility for reporting and editing various aspects of filesystem quota.
xfs_repair repairs corrupt or damaged XFS file systems.
xfs_rtcp copies a file to the real-time partition on an XFS file system.
libhandle.so contains XFS-specific functions that provide a way to perform certain filesystem operations
without using a file descriptor to access filesystem objects.

150
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 6. Editors
This chapter is referenced in the LFS book for those wishing to use other editors on their LFS system. You're also
shown how some LFS installed programs benefit from being recompiled after GUI libraries have been installed.

151
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Vim-7.1
Introduction to Vim
The Vim package, which is an abbreviation for VI IMproved, contains a vi clone with extra features as compared
to the original vi.

The default LFS instructions install vim as a part of the base system. If you would prefer to link vim against X, you
should recompile vim to enable GUI mode. There is no need for special instructions since X support is automatically
detected.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.at.vim.org/pub/vim/unix/vim-7.1.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.vim.org/pub/vim/unix/vim-7.1.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 44c6b4914f38d6f9aa959640b89da329
• Download size: 6.6 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 75 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/vim-7.1-mandir-1.patch
• Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/vim-7.1-fixes-6.patch
• Translated Vim messages: http://ftp.at.vim.org/pub/vim/extra/vim-7.1-lang.tar.gz

Vim Dependencies

Recommended

X Window System

Optional

GTK+-2.10.13 or LessTif-0.95.0 or GTK+-1.2.10, Python-2.5.2, Tcl-8.4.18, Ruby-1.8.6-p111, and GPM-1.20.1

Installation of Vim

Note
If you recompile Vim to link against X and your X libraries are not on the root partition, you will no longer
have an editor for use in emergencies. You may choose to install an additional editor, not link Vim against
X, or move the current vim executable to the /bin directory under a different name such as vi.

If desired, unpack the translated messages archive:

tar -xf ../vim-7.1-lang.tar.gz --strip-components=1

152
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Install Vim by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../vim-7.1-mandir-1.patch &&
patch -Np1 -i ../vim-7.1-fixes-6.patch &&
echo '#define SYS_VIMRC_FILE "/etc/vimrc"' >> src/feature.h &&
echo '#define SYS_GVIMRC_FILE "/etc/gvimrc"' >> src/feature.h &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --with-features=huge &&
make
To test the results, issue: make test. The vim test suite outputs a lot of binary data to the screen, which can cause
issues with the settings of the current terminal. This can be resolved by redirecting the output to a log file. Even if
one of the tests fails to produce the file test.out in src/testdir, the remaining tests will still be executed.
If all goes well,the final message in the log file will be ALL DONE. Note: Some color tests expect to be executed
under the xterm terminal emulator.
Now, as the root user:
make install
By default, Vim's documentation is installed in /usr/share/vim. The following symlink allows the
documentation to be accessed via /usr/share/doc/vim-7.1, making it consistent with the location of
documentation for other packages:
ln -snfv ../vim/vim71/doc /usr/share/doc/vim-7.1
If you wish to update the runtime files, issue the following command (requires rsync-3.0.2):
rsync -avzcP --delete --exclude="/dos/" --exclude="/spell/" \
ftp.nluug.nl::Vim/runtime/ ./runtime/
To install the runtime files and regenerate the tags file, as the root user issue:
make -C src installruntime &&
vim -c ":helptags /usr/share/doc/vim-7.1" -c ":q"

Command Explanations
patch …: These patches are the same as the ones in the LFS build used to update the package with upstream patches
and ensure the man pages are placed in the proper locations.
--with-features=huge: This switch enables all the additional features available in Vim.
--enable-gui=no: This will prevent compilation of the GUI. Vim will still link against X, so that some features
such as the client-server model or the x11-selection (clipboard) are still available.
--without-x: If you prefer not to link Vim against X, use this switch.
--enable-perlinterp, --enable-pythoninterp, --enable-tclinterp,
--enable-rubyinterp: These options include the Perl, Python, Tcl, or Ruby interpreters that allow using other
application code in vim scripts.

Configuring Vim
Config Files
/etc/vimrc and ~/.vimrc

153
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Configuration Information
Vim has an integrated spell checker which you can enable it if you issue the following in a vim window:

:setlocal spell spelllang=ru

This setting will enable spell checking for the Russian language for the current session.
By default, Vim only installs spell files for the English language. If a spell file is not available for a language, then
Vim will call the $VIMRUNTIME/plugin/spellfile.vim plugin and will try to obtain the *.spl and optionally
*.sug from the vim ftp server, by using the $VIMRUNTIME/plugin/netrwPlugin.vim plugin.
Alternatively you can manually download the *.spl and *.sug files from: ftp://ftp.vim.org/pub/vim/runtime/spell/ and
save them to ~/.vim/spell or in /usr/share/vim/vim71/spell/.
To find out what's new in Vim-7.1 issue the following command:

:help version-7.1

For additional information on setting up Vim configuration files, see The vimrc Files and http://www.vi-improved.
org/vimrc.php.

Contents
A list of the reinstalled files, along with their short descriptions can be found in the LFS Vim Installation Instructions
Installed Programs: gview, gvim, gvimdiff, rgview, and rgvim
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directory: /usr/share/vim

Short Descriptions
gview starts gvim in read-only mode.
gvim is the editor that runs under X and includes a GUI.
gvimdiff edits two or three versions of a file with gvim and shows the differences.
rgview is a restricted version of gview.
rgvim is a restricted version of gvim.

154
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Emacs-22.1
Introduction to Emacs
The Emacs package contains an extensible, customizable, self-documenting real-time display editor.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/emacs/emacs-22.1.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/emacs/emacs-22.1.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 6949df37caec2d7a2e0eee3f1b422726
• Download size: 36.4 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 260 MB
• Estimated build time: 3.3 SBU

Emacs Dependencies
Optional
X Window System, libjpeg-6b, libpng-1.2.29, LibTIFF-3.8.2, and libungif

Installation of Emacs
Install Emacs by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--libexecdir=/usr/lib \
--localstatedir=/var &&
make bootstrap
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
chown -v -R root:root /usr/share/emacs/22.1

Command Explanations
--libexecdir=/usr/lib: Place library executables in a Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (FHS) location.
--localstatedir=/var: Create game score files in /var/games/emacs instead of
/usr/var/games/emacs.

Contents
Installed Programs: b2m, ctags, ebrowse, emacs, emacsclient, etags, grep-changelog, and rcs-checkin
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: /usr/lib/emacs, /usr/share/emacs and /var/games/emacs

Short Descriptions
b2m is a program to convert mail files from RMAIL format to Unix “mbox” format.

155
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

ctags creates cross-reference tagfile database files for source code.

ebrowse permits browsing of C++ class hierarchies from within emacs.
emacs is an editor.
emacsclient attaches an emacs session to an already running emacsserver instance.
etags is another program to generate source code cross-reference tagfiles.
grep-changelog prints entries in Change Logs matching various criteria.
rcs-checkin is a shell script used to check files into RCS.

156
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Nano-2.0.7
Introduction to Nano
The nano package contains a small, simple text editor which aims to replace Pico, the default editor in the Pine
package.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.nano-editor.org/dist/v2.0/nano-2.0.7.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/nano/nano-2.0.7.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 16187fed2bdefec6275ece6401ce4cd2
• Download size: 1.4 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 8.3 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Nano Dependencies

Optional

S-Lang-2.1.3

Installation of Nano
Install nano by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc/nano \

--enable-color --enable-multibuffer --enable-nanorc &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m644 -D doc/nanorc.sample /etc/nano/nanorc.sample &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/nano-2.0.7 &&
install -v -m644 doc/{,man/,texinfo/}*.html /usr/share/doc/nano-2.0.7

Configuring nano
Config Files
/etc/nano/nanorc and ~/.nanorc

157
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Configuration Information
Example configuration (create as a system-wide /etc/nano/nanorc or a personal ~/.nanorc file)

set autoindent
set const
set fill 72
set historylog
set multibuffer
set nohelp
set regexp
set smooth
set suspend

Another example is the nanorc.sample file in the /etc/nano directory. It includes color configurations and
has some documentation included in the comments.

Contents
Installed Programs: nano and rnano
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: /etc/nano, /usr/share/nano and /usr/share/doc/nano-2.0.7

Short Descriptions
nano is a small, simple text editor which aims to replace Pico, the default editor in the Pine package.
rnano is a restricted mode for nano.

158
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

JOE-3.5
Introduction to JOE
JOE (Joe's own editor) is a small text editor capable of emulating WordStar, Pico, and Emacs.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/joe-editor/joe-3.5.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: 9bdffecce7ef910feaa06452d48843de
• Download size: 600 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 8.4 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.13 SBU

Installation of JOE
Install JOE by running the following commands:

./configure --sysconfdir=/etc --prefix=/usr &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Configuring JOE
Config Files
/etc/joe/jmacsrc, /etc/joe/joerc, /etc/joe/jpicorc, /etc/joe/jstarrc,
/etc/joe/rjoerc, and ~/.joerc

Contents
Installed Programs: jmacs, joe, jpico, jstar, rjoe, and termidx
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directory: /etc/joe

Short Descriptions
jmacs is a symbolic link to joe used to launch Emacs emulation mode.
joe is a small text editor capable of emulating WordStar, Pico, and Emacs.
jpico is a symbolic link to joe used to launch Pico emulation mode.
jstar is a symbolic link to joe used to launch WordStar emulation mode.
rjoe is a symbolic link to joe that restricts JOE to editing only files which are specified on the command-line.
termidx is a program used by joe to generate the termcap index file.

159
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Ed-0.8
Introduction to Ed
Ed is a line-oriented text editor. It is used to create, display, modify and otherwise manipulate text files, both
interactively and via shell scripts. Ed isn't something which many people use. It's described here because it can be
used by the patch program if you encounter an ed-based patch file. This happens rarely because diff-based patches
are preferred these days.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/ed/ed-0.8.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/ed/ed-0.8.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: b359451fb32097974484b5ba7c19f5fb
• Download size: 66 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 1.3 MB
• Estimated build time: Less than 0.1 SBU

Installation of Ed
Install Ed by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

make install-man

Contents
Installed Programs: ed and red
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
ed is a line-oriented text editor.
red is a restricted ed—it can only edit files in the current directory and cannot execute shell commands.

160
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Bluefish-1.0.7
Introduction to Bluefish
The Bluefish package contains a powerful X Window System editor designed for web designers, but also suitable as
a programmer's editor. Bluefish supports many programming and markup languages, and as such is ideal for editing
XML and HTML files.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.bennewitz.com/bluefish/stable/source/bluefish-1.0.7.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/bluefish-1.0.7.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 2c3b3c9c8f8e32b9473dfd879f216dea
• Download size: 1.4 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 18 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Bluefish Dependencies

Required

GTK+-2.10.13 and PCRE-7.6

Optional

GNOME Virtual File System-2.18.1 (for remote files), Aspell-0.60.5 (for spellchecking), libgnomeui-2.18.1,
GNOME MIME Data-2.4.3, desktop-file-utils-0.13, and shared-mime-info-0.21

Installation of Bluefish
Install Bluefish by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Configuring Bluefish
Config Files
~/.bluefish/*

Configuration Information
The directory ~/.bluefish is created by the program when it is first run, and the configuration files are maintained
by the program automatically to preserve settings from run to run.

161
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Program: bluefish
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directory: /usr/share/bluefish

Short Descriptions
bluefish is an X Window System editor for markup and programming.

162
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Other Editors
pico is a text editor installed as a part of Pine-4.64.
mcedit is a text editor installed as part of MC-4.6.1.

163
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 7. Shells
We are all familiar with the Bourne Again SHell, but there are two other user interfaces that are considered useful
modern shells – the Berkeley Unix C shell and the Korn shell. This chapter installs packages compatible with these
additional shell types.

164
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Tcsh-6.15.00
Introduction to Tcsh
The Tcsh package contains “an enhanced but completely compatible version of the Berkeley Unix C shell (csh)”.
This is useful as an alternative shell for those who prefer C syntax to that of the bash shell, and also because some
programs require the C shell in order to perform installation tasks.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/utils/shells/tcsh/tcsh-6.15.00.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.funet.fi/pub/unix/shells/tcsh/tcsh-6.15.00.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 67a0611620b080bd0eb032b1774382b6
• Download size: 870 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 10 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Installation of Tcsh
Install Tcsh by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --bindir=/bin &&
make &&
sh ./tcsh.man2html
To test the results, issue: make check. Note that test #68 (“nice” test) is known to fail.
Now, as the root user:
make install install.man &&
ln -v -sf tcsh /bin/csh &&
ln -v -sf tcsh.1 /usr/man/man1/csh.1 &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/tcsh-6.15.00/html &&
install -v -m644 tcsh.html/* /usr/share/doc/tcsh-6.15.00/html &&
install -v -m644 FAQ /usr/share/doc/tcsh-6.15.00

Command Explanations
--bindir=/bin: This installs the tcsh program in /bin instead of /usr/bin.
sh ./tcsh.man2html: This creates HTML documentation from the formatted man page.
ln -v -sf tcsh /bin/csh: The FHS states that if there is a C shell installed, there should be a symlink from /bin/csh
to it. This creates that symlink.

Configuring Tcsh
Config Files
There are numerous configuration files for the C shell. Examples of these are /etc/csh.cshrc, /etc/csh.
login, /etc/csh.logout, ~/.tcshrc, ~/.cshrc, ~/.history, ~/.cshdirs, ~/.login, and ~/.
logout. More information on these files can be found in the tcsh(1) man page.

165
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Configuration Information
Update /etc/shells to include the C shell program names (as the root user):

cat >> /etc/shells << "EOF"

/bin/tcsh
/bin/csh
EOF

Contents
Installed Program: tcsh
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/tcsh-6.15.00

Short Descriptions
tcsh is an enhanced but completely compatible version of the Berkeley Unix C shell, csh. It is usable as both an
interactive shell and a script processor.

166
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

ZSH-4.3.6
Introduction to ZSH
The ZSH package contains a command interpreter (shell) usable as an interactive login shell and as a shell script
command processor. Of the standard shells, ZSH most closely resembles KSH but includes many enhancements.

Note
This version of ZSH is a development release. The BLFS staff has determined that it provides a stable
program which works properly with multibyte locales (e.g., UTF-8). To find the current stable release, refer
to the ZSH home page and compile ZSH with the same instructions.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/zsh/zsh-4.3.6.tar.bz2
•
• Download MD5 sum: 16f399af1081ad3c303a794c9c7dc47e
• Download size: 2.5 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 49 MB (includes installing all documentation)
• Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Optional Documentation: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/zsh/zsh-4.3.6-doc.tar.bz2
• MD5 sum: cab29228a90f58b1431a66ab24a0a0c2

ZSH Dependencies

Optional

PCRE-7.6 and libcap

Installation of ZSH
If you downloaded the optional documentation, unpack it with the following command:

tar --strip-components=1 -xvf ../zsh-4.3.6-doc.tar.bz2

Install ZSH by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
--bindir=/bin \
--sysconfdir=/etc/zsh \
--enable-etcdir=/etc/zsh &&
make

167
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

If you have teTeX-3.0 installed, you can build additional formats of the documentation by issuing any or all of the
following commands:

texi2pdf Doc/zsh.texi -o Doc/zsh.pdf &&

texi2html Doc/zsh.texi --output=Doc/zsh_1file_t.html &&
makeinfo Doc/zsh.texi --html --no-split --no-headers \
-o Doc/zsh_1file_m.html &&
makeinfo Doc/zsh.texi --plaintext -o Doc/zsh.txt

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

make infodir=/usr/share/info install.info

If you downloaded the optional documentation, install it by issuing the following commands as the root user:

make htmldir=/usr/share/doc/zsh-4.3.6/html install.html &&

install -v -m644 Doc/zsh.dvi /usr/share/doc/zsh-4.3.6

If you built any additional formats of the documentation, install them by issuing the following command as the root
user:

install -v -m644 Doc/{zsh_1file*,*.{pdf,txt}} \

/usr/share/doc/zsh-4.3.6

Command Explanations
--sysconfdir=/etc/zsh and --enable-etcdir=/etc/zsh: These parameters are used so that all the
ZSH configuration files are consolidated into the /etc/zsh directory. Omit these parameters if you wish to retain
historical compatibility by having all the files located in the /etc directory.
--bindir=/bin: This parameter places the zsh binaries into the root filesystem.
--enable-cap: This parameter enables POSIX capabilities.
--enable-pcre: This parameter allows to use the PCRE regular expression library in shell builtins. Note: Linking
ZSH dynamically against PCRE, produces a runtime dependency on libpcre.so. If /usr is a separate mount
point and zsh needs to be available at boot time, either you have to statically link ZSH against PCRE (you can examine
the config.modules file on how to link statically the module), or move the library to /lib as follows:

mv -v /usr/lib/libpcre.so.* /lib/ &&

ln -v -sf ../../lib/libpcre.so.0 /usr/lib/libpcre.so

Configuring ZSH
Config Files
There are a whole host of configuration files for ZSH including /etc/zsh/zshenv, /etc/zsh/zprofile,
/etc/zsh/zshrc, /etc/zsh/zlogin and /etc/zsh/zlogout. You can find more information on these
in the zsh(1) and related manual pages.

168
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Configuration Information
Update /etc/shells to include the ZSH shell program names (as the root user):

cat >> /etc/shells << "EOF"

/bin/zsh
/bin/zsh-4.3.6
EOF

Contents
Installed Programs: zsh and zsh-4.3.6
Installed Libraries: Numerous plugin helper modules
Installed Directories: /etc/zsh, /usr/lib/zsh, /usr/share/doc/zsh-4.3.6 and /usr/share/zsh

Short Description
zsh is a shell which has command-line editing, built-in spelling correction, programmable command completion,
shell functions (with autoloading), a history mechanism, and a host of other features.

169
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Dash-0.5.4
Introduction to Dash
Dash is a POSIX compliant shell. It can be installed as /bin/sh or as the default shell for either root or a second
user with a userid of 0. It depends on fewer libraries than the Bash shell and is therefore less likely to be affected
by an upgrade problem or disk failure. Dash is also useful for checking that a script is completely compatible with
POSIX syntax.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://gondor.apana.org.au/~herbert/dash/files/dash-0.5.4.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: bc457e490a589d2f87f2333616b67931
• Download size: 200 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 1.8 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Dash Dependencies

Optional
libedit (command line editor library)

Installation of Dash
Install Dash by running the following commands:

./configure --bindir=/bin --mandir=/usr/share/man &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you would like to make dash the default sh, recreate the /bin/sh symlink as the root user:

ln -svf dash /bin/sh

Command Explanations
--bindir=/bin: This parameter places the dash binary into the root filesystem.
--with-libedit: To compile Dash with libedit support.

Configuring Dash
Config Files
Dash sources /etc/profile and $HOME/.profile

170
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Configuration Information
Update /etc/shells to include the Dash shell by issuing the following command as the root user:

cat >> /etc/shells << "EOF"

/bin/dash
EOF

Contents
Installed Program: dash
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: None

Short Description
dash is a POSIX compliant shell.

171
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

ksh-2008-02-02
Introduction to ksh
ksh is the AT&T Korn Shell.

Note
You must agree to the terms of the CPL-1.0 license in order to download the software. The download site
is password protected, and the username and password are listed at the bottom of this license.

Package Information
• Ksh Download (HTTP): http://www.research.att.com/~gsf/download/tgz/ast-ksh.2008-02-02.tgz
•
• Ksh Download MD5 sum: d2a71e320fbaa7a0fd950a27c7e4b099
• Ksh Download size: 1.6 MB
• INIT Download (HTTP): http://www.research.att.com/~gsf/download/tgz/INIT.2008-02-02.tgz
•
• INIT Download MD5 sum: 740c6fc775bf2f7b6bff463bdbad1c31
• INIT Download size: 340 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 32 MB
• Estimated build time: 2 SBU

Installation of ksh
Unlike other BLFS packages, you will need to first create a working directory in which to extract the sources and
perform the build. Install ksh by running the following commands:
mkdir ksh &&
cd ksh &&
tar -xf ../INIT.2008-02-02.tgz &&
tar -xf ../ast-ksh.2008-02-02.tgz &&
bin/package make
The test suite for this package requires other packages from the AT&T ast software library, namely nmake, in which
case, you'd be better to install the ast-base package using the same instructions. The package command will accept
a test argument to test the package.
Now, as the root user:
install -v -m755 arch/linux.i386/bin/ksh /bin &&
install -v -m644 arch/linux.i386/man/man1/sh.1 \
/usr/share/man/man1/ksh.1 &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/ksh-2008-02-02 &&
install -v -m644 lib/package/{ast-ksh,INIT}.html \
/usr/share/doc/ksh-2008-02-02

Command Explanations
bin/package make: This command rebuilds the ast INIT package and builds the ast ksh package.

172
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Configuring ksh
Config Files
ksh sources /etc/profile, /etc/suid_profile, and $HOME/.profile.

Configuration Information
Update /etc/shells to include the ksh shell by issuing the following command as the root user:

cat >> /etc/shells << "EOF"

/bin/ksh
EOF

Contents
Installed Program: ksh
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: None

Short Description
ksh is the AT&T ast Korn shell.

173
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Part III. General Libraries and Utilities

 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 8. General Libraries

Libraries contain code which is often required by more than one program. This has the advantage that each program
doesn't need to duplicate code (and risk introducing bugs), it just has to call functions from the libraries installed
on the system. The most obvious example of a set of libraries is Glibc which is installed during the LFS book. This
contains all of the C library functions which programs use.
There are two types of libraries: static and shared. Shared libraries (usually libXXX.so) are loaded into memory
from the shared copy at runtime (hence the name). Static libraries (libXXX.a ) are actually linked into the program
executable file itself, thus making the program file larger. Quite often, you will find both static and shared copies
of the same library on your system.
Generally, you only need to install libraries when you are installing software that needs the functionality they
supply. In the BLFS book, each package is presented with a list of (known) dependencies. Thus, you can figure out
which libraries you need to have before installing that program. If you are installing something without using BLFS
instructions, usually the README or INSTALL file will contain details of the program's requirements.
There are certain libraries which nearly everyone will need at some point. In this chapter we list these and some others
and explain why you may want to install them.

175
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

PCRE-7.6
Introduction to PCRE
The PCRE package contains Perl Compatible Regular Expression libraries. These are useful for implementing regular
expression pattern matching using the same syntax and semantics as Perl 5.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/pcre/pcre-7.6.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.csx.cam.ac.uk/pub/software/programming/pcre/pcre-7.6.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 2af38e083fb90ef60fa9eda7cc290e86
• Download size: 780 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 11 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/pcre-7.6-abi_breakage-1.patch
• Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/pcre-7.6-security_fix-1.patch

Installation of PCRE
Install PCRE by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../pcre-7.6-abi_breakage-1.patch &&

patch -Np1 -i ../pcre-7.6-security_fix-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/pcre-7.6 \
--enable-utf8 \
--enable-pcregrep-libz \
--enable-pcregrep-libbz2 &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check. Note: The third set of the tests cannot be run if the "fr_FR" locale is missing
from the system.
Now, as the root user:

make install

If you reinstall Grep after installing PCRE, Grep will get linked against PCRE and may cause problems if /usr is a
separate mount point. To avoid this, either pass the option --disable-perl-regexp when executing ./configure
for Grep or move libpcre to /lib as follows.

mv -v /usr/lib/libpcre.so.* /lib/ &&

ln -v -sf ../../lib/libpcre.so.0 /usr/lib/libpcre.so

Command Explanations
--enable-utf8: This switch includes the code for handling UTF-8 character strings in the library.

176
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--enable-unicode-properties: This switch enables Unicode properties support.

--enable-pcregrep-libz: This switch adds support to pcregrep to read .gz compressed files.
--enable-pcregrep-libbz2: This switch adds support to pcregrep to read .bz2 compressed files.

Contents
Installed Programs: pcregrep, pcretest, and pcre-config
Installed Libraries: libpcre.{so,a}, libpcrecpp.{so,a} and libpcreposix.{so,a}
Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/pcre-7.6

Short Descriptions
pcregrep is a grep that understands Perl compatible regular expressions.
pcretest can test a Perl compatible regular expression.
pcre-config is used during the compile process of programs linking to the PCRE libraries.

177
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Popt-1.10.4
Introduction to Popt
The popt package contains the popt libraries which are used by some programs to parse command-line options.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://rpm5.org/files/popt/popt-1.10.4.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/6.3/p/popt-1.10.4.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: dd22a6873b43d00f75e1c1b7dcfd1ff7
• Download size: 1.1 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 8.3 MB (includes installing documentation)
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Installation of Popt
Install popt by running the following commands:

sed -i -e "/*origOptString ==/c 0)" popt.c &&

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

If you have Doxygen-1.5.2 installed and wish to build the API documentation, issue doxygen.
To test the results, issue:

make check

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you built the API documentation, install it using the following commands issued by the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/popt-1.10.4 &&

install -v -m644 doxygen/html/* /usr/share/doc/popt-1.10.4

Command Explanations
sed ...: This fix taken backported from the development version of popt fixes a problem identified by the included
testsuite.

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Library: libpopt.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /usr/share/doc/popt-1.10.4

Short Descriptions
libpopt.{so,a} is used to parse command-line options.

178
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

S-Lang-2.1.3
Introduction to S-Lang
The S-Lang package contains the S-Lang library, which provides facilities such as display/screen management,
keyboard input, and keymaps.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/editors/davis/slang/v2.1/slang-2.1.3.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://space.mit.edu/pub/davis/slang/v2.1/slang-2.1.3.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 0e4ae3aac75441eaa230bceb7811f088
• Download size: 1.1 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 26 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

S-Lang Dependencies
Optional
libpng-1.2.29, PCRE-7.6, and Oniguruma

Installation of S-Lang
Install S-Lang by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check. Note that this will also create a static version of the library which will then
be installed in the next step.
Now, as the root user:
make \
install_doc_dir=/usr/share/doc/slang-2.1.3 \
SLSH_DOC_DIR=/usr/share/doc/slang-2.1.3/slsh \
install-all &&
chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/libslang.so.2.1.3 \
/usr/lib/slang/v2/modules/*.so

Command Explanations
make install_doc_dir=/usr/share/doc/slang-2.1.3 SLSH_DOC_DIR=/usr/share/doc/slang-2.1.3/slsh install-all:
This command installs the static library as well as the dynamic shared version and related modules. It also changes
the documentation installation directories to a versioned directory.
--with-readline=gnu: Use this parameter to use the Gnu Readline parser instead of the S-Lang internal version.

Configuring S-Lang
Config Files
~/.slshrc and /etc/slsh.rc

179
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Configuration Information
As with most libraries, there is no configuration to do, save that the library directory, i.e., /opt/lib or
/usr/local/lib should appear in /etc/ld.so.conf so that ldd can find the shared libraries. After checking
that this is the case, /sbin/ldconfig should be run while logged in as root.

Contents
Installed Program: slsh
Installed Libraries: libslang.{so,a} and numerous support modules
Installed Directories: /usr/lib/slang, /usr/share/doc/slang-2.1.3 and /usr/share/slsh

Short Descriptions
slsh is a simple program for interpreting S-Lang scripts. It supports dynamic loading of S-Lang modules and
includes a Readline interface for interactive use.

180
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Gamin-0.1.9
Introduction to Gamin
The Gamin package contains a File Alteration Monitor which is useful for notifying applications of changes to the
file system. Gamin is compatible with FAM.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.gnome.org/~veillard/gamin/sources/gamin-0.1.9.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/gamin-0.1.9.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 2d3a6a70df090ed923238e381e6c2982
• Download size: 632 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 6 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (up to 3 minutes, processor independent, to run the test suite)

Gamin Dependencies
Required
GLib-2.12.12

Optional
Python-2.5.2

Installation of Gamin
Install Gamin by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --libexecdir=/usr/sbin &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check. Note that some tests may display errors.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/gamin-0.1.9 &&
install -v -m644 doc/*.{html,fig,gif,txt} /usr/share/doc/gamin-0.1.9

Configuring Gamin
Configuration Information
No configuration is generally required and the default options should work for most users. See http://www.gnome.
org/~veillard/gamin/config.html for details.

Contents
Installed Program: gam_server
Installed Libraries: libfam.{so,a}, libgamin-1.{so,a}, libgamin_shared.a and optionally, Python
_gamin.{so,a} module
Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/gamin-0.1.9

181
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
gam_server is the file alteration monitor daemon that is started on demand for each user.
libgamin.{so,a} contains functions that support the file allocation monitor.
libfam.{so,a} contains functions that provide compatibility with FAM.

182
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libxml2-2.6.31
Introduction to libxml2
The libxml2 package contains XML libraries. These are useful for parsing XML files.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://xmlsoft.org/sources/libxml2-2.6.31.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://xmlsoft.org/libxml2/libxml2-2.6.31.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 714b0683b1ec4bdc63bc356d729f9b18
• Download size: 4.7 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 85 MB (additional 184 MB to run the test suite)
• Estimated build time: 1.3 SBU (additional 1.0 SBU to run the test suite)

libxml2 Dependencies

Optional

libxslt-1.1.22 (used for the test suite if found, but not required) and Python-2.5.2 (will install a Python library module
if found)

Optional (Required to Run the Full Suite of Tests)

Python-2.5.2 and Wget-1.10.2

Note
Some packages which utilize libxml2 (such as GNOME Doc Utils) need the Python module installed to
function properly and some packages (such as GNOME Panel) will not build properly if the Python module
is not available.

Installation of libxml2
Install libxml2 by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--with-history: If this option is used, it enables readline support when running xmlcatalog or xmllint in shell
mode.

183
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Caution
When using history support, make check will hang forever if either /etc/inputrc or ~/.inputrc
has the option show-all-if-ambiguous or show-all-if-available turned on.

Contents
Installed Programs: xml2-config, xmlcatalog, and xmllint
Installed Libraries: libxml2.{so,a} and optionally, the libxml2mod.{so,a} Python module
Installed Directories: /usr/include/libxml2, /usr/share/doc/libxml2-2.6.31,
/usr/share/doc/libxml2-python-2.6.31 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/libxml2

Short Descriptions
xml2-config determines the compile and linker flags that should be used to compile and link programs
that use libxml2.
xmlcatalog is used to monitor and manipulate XML and SGML catalogs.
xmllint parses XML files and outputs reports (based upon options) to detect errors in XML coding.
libxml2.{so,a} libraries provide the functions for programs to parse files that use the XML format.

184
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libxslt-1.1.22
Introduction to libxslt
The libxslt package contains XSLT libraries. These are useful for extending libxml2 libraries to support XSLT files.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://xmlsoft.org/sources/libxslt-1.1.22.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://xmlsoft.org/libxslt/libxslt-1.1.22.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: d6a9a020a76a3db17848d769d6c9c8a9
• Download size: 2.7 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 39 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

libxslt Dependencies
Required
libxml2-2.6.31

Optional
Python-2.5.2 and Libgcrypt-1.2.4

Installation of libxslt
Install libxslt by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Contents
Installed Programs: xslt-config and xsltproc
Installed Libraries: libexslt.{so,a}, libxslt.{so,a} and optionally, libxsltmod.{so,a} Python modules
Installed Directories: /usr/include/lib{e}xslt, /usr/lib/libxslt-plugins, /usr/share/doc/libxslt-1.1.22, and
/usr/share/doc/libxslt-python-1.1.22

Short Descriptions
xslt-config is used to find out the pre-processor, linking and compiling flags necessary to use the libxslt
libraries in 3rd-party programs.
xsltproc is used to apply XSLT stylesheets to XML documents.
libxslt.{so,a} provides extensions to the libxml2 libraries to parse files that use the XSLT format.
libexslt.{so,a} is used to provide extensions to XSLT functions.

185
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libgtkhtml-2.11.1
Introduction to libgtkhtml
The libgtkhtml package contains the libgtkhtml-2 library. This library provides an API for rendering HTML.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgtkhtml/2.11/libgtkhtml-2.11.1.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgtkhtml/2.11/libgtkhtml-2.11.1.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: a1d1a197dcff8c4571659deef5495e24
• Download size: 597 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 36 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU

libgtkhtml Dependencies
Required
GTK+-2.10.13 and libxml2-2.6.31

Optional
GAIL-1.18.0 and GNOME Virtual File System-2.18.1 (only used in the test suite)

Installation of libgtkhtml
Install libgtkhtml by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-accessibility &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite. You can run a test program which includes many test cases; if desired,
issue: ( cd tests; ./testgtkhtml )
Now, as the root user:
make install

Command Explanations
--disable-accessibility: This forces the package to build without linking to the libgailutil
accessibility library. Remove this switch if you have GAIL installed.

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Library: libgtkhtml-2.{so,a}
Installed Directory: /usr/include/gtkhtml-2.0

Short Descriptions
libgtkhtml-2.{so,a} provides the functions necessary to render and/or edit HTML.

186
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GMP-4.2.2
Introduction to GMP
The GMP package contains math libraries. These have useful functions for arbitrary precision arithmetic.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gmp/gmp-4.2.2.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gmp/gmp-4.2.2.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 7ce52531644e6d12f16911b7e3151f3f
• Download size: 1.7 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 36 MB (additional 11 MB for alternative documentation)
• Estimated build time: 1.0 SBU (additional 0.6 SBU to run the testsuite)

Installation of GMP
Install GMP by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-cxx --enable-mpbsd &&

make

If you wish to create alternate formats of the documentation (Postscript, PDF and chunked HTML versions require
a teTeX-3.0 installation), issue any or all of the following commands:

make -C doc pdf &&

make -C doc ps &&
make -C doc html &&
texi2html -o doc/gmp_nochunks.html doc/gmp.texi &&
makeinfo --plaintext -o doc/gmp.txt doc/gmp.texi

To test the results, issue: make check. Due to various reports of mis-compilations, the maintainer strongly
recommends running the test suite and reporting any failures. The libraries should not be used in a production
environment if there are problems running make check. An easy way to determine if all the tests passed is to redirect
the output of the tests to a file (make check >check.log 2>&1) and issue the following command:

awk '/tests passed/{total+=$2} ; END{print total}' check.log

139 should be returned.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/gmp-4.2.2 &&
install -v -m644 doc/{isa_abi_headache,configuration} doc/*.html \
/usr/share/doc/gmp-4.2.2

187
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

If you created any of the alternate formats of the documentation, install it using the following commands as the root
user:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/gmp-4.2.2/html &&

install -v -m644 doc/gmp.html/* \
/usr/share/doc/gmp-4.2.2/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/gmp.{pdf,dvi,ps,html,txt} \
/usr/share/doc/gmp-4.2.2

Command Explanations
--enable-cxx: This parameter enables C++ support by building the libgmpxx libraries.
--enable-mpbsd: This parameter enables building the Berkeley MP compatibility (libmp) libraries.

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: libgmp.{so,a}, libgmpxx.{so,a} and libmp.{so,a}
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
libgmp.{so,a} contains functions to operate on signed integers, rational numbers, and floating point numbers.

188
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GDBM-1.8.3
Introduction to GDBM
The GDBM package contains the GNU Database Manager. This is a disk file format database which stores
key/data-pairs in single files. The actual data of any record being stored is indexed by a unique key, which can be
retrieved in less time than if it was stored in a text file.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gdbm/gdbm-1.8.3.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gdbm/gdbm-1.8.3.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 1d1b1d5c0245b1c00aff92da751e9aa1
• Download size: 223 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 2.75 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.08 SBU

Installation of GDBM
Install GDBM by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make BINOWN=root BINGRP=root install

In addition, you may need to install the DBM and NDBM compatibility headers and library since some applications
look for these older dbm routines.

make BINOWN=root BINGRP=root install-compat

Command Explanations
make BINOWN=root BINGRP=root install: This command overrides the BINOWN and BINGRP variables in the
Makefile changing ownership of the installed files to root instead of the bin user.

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: libgdbm.{so,a} and libgdbm_compat.{so,a}
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
libgdbm.{so,a} contains functions to manipulate a hashed database.

189
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GLib-1.2.10
Introduction to GLib
The glib package contains a low-level core library. This is useful for providing data structure handling for C,
portability wrappers and interfaces for such runtime functionality as an event loop, threads, dynamic loading, and
an object system.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/graphics/gimp/gtk/v1.2/glib-1.2.10.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk/v1.2/glib-1.2.10.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 6fe30dad87c77b91b632def29dd69ef9
• Download size: 412 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 6.4 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.19 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/glib-1.2.10-gcc34-1.patch

Installation of GLib
Install glib by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../glib-1.2.10-gcc34-1.patch &&

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/libgmodule-1.2.so.0.0.10

Contents
Installed Programs: glib-config
Installed Libraries: libglib.{so,a}, libgmodule.{so,a} and libgthread.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /usr/include/glib-1.2 and /usr/lib/glib

Short Descriptions
glib-config is a tool that is used by configure scripts to determine the compiler and linker flags that should
be used to compile and link programs that use GLib.
libglib.{so,a} libraries contain a low-level core library for the GIMP Toolkit.

190
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GLib-2.12.12
Introduction to GLib
The GLib package contains a low-level core library. This is useful for providing data structure handling for C,
portability wrappers and interfaces for such runtime functionality as an event loop, threads, dynamic loading, and
an object system.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/glib/2.12/glib-2.12.12.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/glib/2.12/glib-2.12.12.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 0b3a42098243d054475ff6eb51ed2be1
• Download size: 2.9 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 53 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU (additional 1.3 SBU to run the test suite)

GLib Dependencies

Required

pkg-config-0.22

Optional

GTK-Doc-1.8

Installation of GLib
Install GLib by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

191
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Configuring GLib
Configuration Information
By default, GLib assumes that all filenames are in the UTF-8 charset. See the Wrong Filename Encoding section of
the Locale Related Issues page for more details on this kind of issue. In order to tell GLib and applications that use it
that filenames are in the default locale encoding, set the variable G_FILENAME_ENCODING to the value "@locale":

cat > /etc/profile.d/glib2-locale.sh << "EOF"

# Use the current locale charset for filenames
# in applications using GLib
export G_FILENAME_ENCODING=@locale
EOF

Contents
Installed Programs: glib-genmarshal, glib-gettextize, glib-mkenums, and gobject-query
Installed Libraries: libglib-2.0.so, libgobject-2.0.so, libgmodule-2.0.so, and libgthread-2.0.so
Installed Directories: /usr/include/glib-2.0, /usr/lib/glib-2.0, /usr/share/glib-2.0,
/usr/share/gtk-doc/html/glib, and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gobject

Short Descriptions
glib-genmarshal is a C code marshaller generation utility for GLib closures.
glib-gettextize is a variant of the gettext internationalization utility.
glib-mkenums is a C language enum description generation utility.
gobject-query is a small utility that draws a tree of types.
GLib libraries contain a low-level core library for the GIMP Toolkit.

192
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

LibIDL-0.8.8
Introduction to LibIDL
The libIDL package contains libraries for Interface Definition Language files. This is a specification for defining
portable interfaces.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libIDL/0.8/libIDL-0.8.8.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libIDL/0.8/libIDL-0.8.8.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 187c17f42533d76da435e90afb7b48cf
• Download size: 328 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 5.5 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

LibIDL Dependencies

Required

GLib-2.12.12

Optional to Build Documentation

teTeX-3.0

Installation of LibIDL
Install libIDL by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

If you have teTeX installed and wish to build the documentation, issue the following commands:

make pdf &&

make ps &&
makeinfo --plaintext libIDL2.texi >libIDL2.txt

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you built the documentation, issue the following commands as the root user to install it:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/libIDL-0.8.8 &&

install -v -m644 libIDL2.{pdf,dvi,ps,txt} README \
/usr/share/doc/libIDL-0.8.8

193
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Program: libIDL-config-2
Installed Library: libIDL-2.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /usr/include/libIDL-2.0/libIDL and /usr/share/doc/libIDL-0.8.8

Short Descriptions
libIDL-config-2 determines the compile and linker flags that should be used to compile and link programs
that use libIDL-2.
libIDL-2.{so,a} libraries provide the functions to create and maintain trees of CORBA Interface Definition
Language (IDL) files.

194
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Libcroco-0.6.1
Introduction to libcroco
The libcroco package contains libcroco libraries. This is useful for providing a CSS API.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libcroco/0.6/libcroco-0.6.1.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libcroco/0.6/libcroco-0.6.1.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: b0975bd01eb11964f1b3f254f267a43d
• Download size: 381 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 9.8 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

libcroco Dependencies
Required
GLib-2.12.12 and libxml2-2.6.31

Installation of libcroco
Install libcroco by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

To test the results, issue: LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$(pwd)/src/.libs make test.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/libcroco-0.6.1/examples &&
install -v -m644 README docs/usage.txt \
/usr/share/doc/libcroco-0.6.1 &&
install -v -m644 docs/examples/*.c \
/usr/share/doc/libcroco-0.6.1/examples

Contents
Installed Programs: croco-0.6-config and csslint-0.6
Installed Library: libcroco-0.6.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /usr/include/libcroco-0.6.1 and /usr/share/doc/libcroco-0.6.1

195
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libgsf-1.14.7
Introduction to libgsf
The libgsf package contains libgsf-1 libraries. These are useful for providing an extensible input/output
abstraction layer for structured file formats.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgsf/1.14/libgsf-1.14.7.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgsf/1.14/libgsf-1.14.7.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 6612f1e57d3974d609bedd2fd8ff6317
• Download size: 580 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

libgsf Dependencies

Required

GLib-2.12.12, libxml2-2.6.31, and XML::Parser-2.34

Optional

PyGTK-2.10.6, GConf-2.18.0.1 (required to build the gsf-office-thumbnailer program), GNOME Virtual File
System-2.18.1 and libbonobo-2.18.0 (required to build the libgsf-gnome-1.so library which provides
GNOME-2 support), and GTK-Doc-1.8
Note: you should build the libgsf-gnome-1.so library if you plan on building GnuCash-2.2.4 or Gnumeric-1.8.2
with GNOME support.

Installation of libgsf
Install libgsf by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

Running make check will build a battery of test programs which are built using the just-created libgsf-1 library.
All the programs should build successfully with no errors displayed.
Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: Pass this parameter to the configure script if you have GNOME-2
installed so that the GConf schema files are installed in the correct location.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

196
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Program: gsf, gsf-office-thumbnailer (optional), and gsf-vba-dump
Installed Libraries: libgsf-1.{so,a} and optionally, libgsf-gnome-1.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /usr/include/libgsf-1 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gsf

197
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libglade-2.6.1
Introduction to libglade
The libglade package contains libglade libraries. These are useful for loading Glade interface files in a program
at runtime.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libglade/2.6/libglade-2.6.1.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libglade/2.6/libglade-2.6.1.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 489be887b26b9973f77e2c6111ab7d5a
• Download size: 346 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 5 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

libglade Dependencies
Required
libxml2-2.6.31 and GTK+-2.10.13

Optional
Python-2.5.2 and GTK-Doc-1.8

Installation of libglade
Install libglade by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Command Explanations
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Contents
Installed Program: libglade-convert (requires python)
Installed Library: libglade-2.0.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /usr/include/libglade-2.0, /usr/share/xml/libglade, and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/libglade

Short Descriptions
libglade-convert is used to convert old Glade interface files to Glade-2.0 standards.
libglade-2.0.{so,a} contain the functions necessary to load Glade interface files.

198
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Expat-2.0.1
Introduction to Expat
The Expat package contains a stream oriented C library for parsing XML.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/expat/expat-2.0.1.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: ee8b492592568805593f81f8cdf2a04c
• Download size: 446 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 6 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Installation of Expat
Install Expat by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/expat-2.0.1 &&
install -v -m644 doc/*.{html,png,css} /usr/share/doc/expat-2.0.1

To test the results, issue: make check as an unprivileged user. Note this must be done after the package is installed.

Contents
Installed Program: xmlwf
Installed Library: libexpat.{so,a}
Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/expat-2.0.1

Short Descriptions
xmlwf is a non-validating utility to check whether or not XML documents are well formed.
libexpat.{so,a} contains API functions for parsing XML.

199
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libESMTP-1.0.4
Introduction to libESMTP
The libESMTP package contains the libESMTP libraries which are used by some programs to manage email
submission to a mail transport layer.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.stafford.uklinux.net/libesmtp/libesmtp-1.0.4.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/libesmtp-1.0.4.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 8b4e8a794adc46268f0c6a0b3fb79486
• Download size: 351 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 5.8 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

libESMTP Dependencies
Optional
OpenSSL-0.9.8g

Installation of libESMTP
Install libESMTP by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Program: libesmtp-config
Installed Libraries: libesmtp.{so,a} and libESMTP SASL plugins
Installed Directory: /usr/lib/esmtp-plugins

Short Descriptions
libesmtp-config displays version information and the options used to compile libESMTP.
libesmtp.{so,a} is used to manage submission of electronic mail to a Mail Transport Agent.
libesmtp SASL plugins are used to integrate libesmtp with SASL authentication.

200
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Aspell-0.60.5
Introduction to Aspell
The Aspell package contains an interactive spell checking program and the Aspell libraries. Aspell can either be used
as a library or as an independent spell checker.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/aspell/aspell-0.60.5.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/aspell/aspell-0.60.5.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 17fd8acac6293336bcef44391b71e337
• Download size: 1.7 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 40 MB (Additional 8 MB for EN dictionary)
• Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU

Additional Downloads
You'll need to download at least one dictionary. The link below will take you to a page containing links to dictionaries
in many languages.
• Aspell dictionaries: ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/aspell/dict

Aspell Dependencies
Required
which-2.19

Installation of Aspell
Install Aspell by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/aspell-0.60.5/aspell{,-dev}.html &&
install -v -m644 manual/aspell.html/* \
/usr/share/doc/aspell-0.60.5/aspell.html &&
install -v -m644 manual/aspell-dev.html/* \
/usr/share/doc/aspell-0.60.5/aspell-dev.html
If you do not plan to install Ispell, then copy the wrapper script ispell:
install -v -m 755 scripts/ispell /usr/bin/
If you do not plan to install Spell, then copy the wrapper script spell:
install -v -m 755 scripts/spell /usr/bin/

201
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Configuring Aspell
Configuration Information
After Aspell is installed, you must set up at least one dictionary. Install one or more dictionaries by running the
following commands:

./configure &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Programs: aspell, aspell-import, precat, preunzip, prezip, prezip-bin, pspell-config,
run-with-aspell, word-list-compress and optionally, ispell and spell
Installed Libraries: libaspell.so and libpspell.so
Installed Directories: /usr/include/pspell and /usr/lib/aspell-0.60

Short Descriptions
aspell is a utility that can function as an ispell -a replacement, as an independent spell checker,
as a test utility to test out Aspell features, and as a utility for managing dictionaries.
ispell is a wrapper around aspell to invoke it in ispell compatible mode.
spell is a wrapper around aspell to invoke it in spell compatible mode.
aspell-import imports old personal dictionaries into Aspell.
precat decompresses a prezipped file to stdout.
preunzip decompresses a prezipped file.
prezip is a prefix delta compressor, used to compress sorted word lists or other similar text files.
prezip-bin is called by the various wrapper scripts to perform the actual compressing and
decompressing.
pspell-config displays information about the libpspell installation, mostly for use in build scripts.
run-with-aspell is a script to help use Aspell as an ispell replacement.
word-list-compress compresses or decompresses sorted word lists for use with the Aspell spell checker.
libaspell.so contains spell checking API functions.
libpspell.so is an interface to the libaspell library. All the spell checking functionality is now
in libaspell but this library is included for backward compatibility.

202
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

SLIB-3a4
Introduction to SLIB
The SLIB package is a portable library for the Scheme programming language. It provides a platform independent
framework for using “packages” of Scheme procedures and syntax. Its catalog can be transparently extended to
accommodate packages specific to a site, implementation, user or directory. SLIB provides compatibility and utility
functions for all standard Scheme implementations including Bigloo, Chez, ELK 3.0, GAMBIT 3.0, Guile, JScheme,
MacScheme, MITScheme, PLT Scheme (DrScheme and MzScheme), Pocket Scheme, RScheme, scheme->C,
Scheme48, SCM, SCM Mac, scsh, Stk, T3.1, umb-scheme, and VSCM.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://swiss.csail.mit.edu/ftpdir/scm/OLD/slib3a4.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: 87bc0b62370c0bf8a510a2acf6868eb9
• Download size: 877 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 21 MB (includes building and installing docs)
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/slib-3a4-guile_fixes-1.patch

SLIB Dependencies
There are no build dependencies as this package is nothing but many text script files which are copied to the system.
If you are installing this package to support a GnuCash installation, you should ensure that Guile-1.8.2 is installed
so the SLIB catalog for Guile can be created.

Installation of SLIB
Install SLIB by issuing the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../slib-3a4-guile_fixes-1.patch &&

sed -i 's|usr/lib|usr/share|' {RScheme,guile}.init

If you have teTeX-3.0 installed and wish to build PDF, Postscript, HTML or text documentation, issue any or all
of the following commands:

texi2pdf slib.texi &&

texi2html slib.texi &&
texi2dvi slib.texi &&
dvips -o slib.ps slib.dvi &&
makeinfo -o slib.txt --plaintext slib.texi

This package does not come with a functional test suite.

203
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now, as the root user:

make prefix=/usr/ \
libdir=/usr/share/ \
mandir=/usr/share/man/ \
infodir=/usr/share/info/ \
install installinfo &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/slib-3a4 &&

install -v -m644 ANNOUNCE FAQ README /usr/share/doc/slib-3a4
If you have Guile-1.8.2 installed, create the following symbolic link as the root user to satisfy Guile's default
“Implementation Vicinity” directory.
ln -v -s ../slib /usr/share/guile
If you built any of the documentation, install it using the following command as the root user:
install -v -m644 slib.{pdf,html,dvi,ps,txt,texi} \
/usr/share/doc/slib-3a4

Command Explanations
sed -i 's|usr/lib|usr/share|' {RScheme,guile}.init: This command is used to change the libdir variable embedded
in the two scripts to match the installation variable.
make ... install installinfo: This command installs the package and the info documentation into the indicated
directories.

Configuring SLIB
For many of the Scheme implementations, an SLIB Scheme implementation catalog must be created. If you have
Guile-1.8.2 installed to support a GnuCash installation, you must create a catalog. You can use the make catalogs
command, but there will be many warnings and confusing messages as it tries to create a catalog for many of the
possible Scheme implementations which are probably not installed on the system. To create a single catalog just for
the Guile installation, issue the following command as the root user:
guile -l guile.init \
-c "(use-modules (ice-9 slib)) (require 'new-catalog)"
If there was no output from the previous command, and the file /usr/share/guile/slibcat now exists, the
catalog was properly created.

Contents
Installed Program: slib
Installed Libraries: a Scheme library system
Installed Directory: /usr/share/slib and /usr/share/doc/slib-3a4

Short Descriptions
slib is a shell script used to initialize SLIB in a named Scheme implementation. It can also be used to initialize
an SLIB session using a given executable.

204
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

G-Wrap-1.3.4
Introduction to G-Wrap
The G-Wrap package contains tools for exporting C libraries into Scheme interpreters.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.gnucash.org/pub/g-wrap/source/g-wrap-1.3.4.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/g-wrap-1.3.4.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: bf29b8b563cc27d9f7fd90a6243653aa
• Download size: 403 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 6.0 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

G-Wrap Dependencies

Required

SLIB-3a4 and GLib-1.2.10

Optional

guile-gtk and GCC-4.1.2 (build Java so that libffi is built)

Installation of G-Wrap
Install G-Wrap by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

If you have teTeX-3.0 installed and wish to create alternate formats of the documentation, issue the following
commands:

cd doc &&
texi2pdf g-wrap.texi &&
texi2html g-wrap.texi &&
makeinfo --plaintext -o g-wrap.txt g-wrap.texi &&
mv texinfo.tex texinfo.tex.SAVE &&
texi2dvi g-wrap.texi &&
dvips -o g-wrap.ps g-wrap.dvi &&
cd ..

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

205
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

If you created the alternate formats of the documentation, install it using the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/g-wrap-1.3.4 &&

install -v -m644 doc/g-wrap.{pdf,html,txt,dvi,ps} \
/usr/share/doc/g-wrap-1.3.4

Contents
Installed Program: g-wrap-config
Installed Libraries: libgw-glib.{so,a}, libgw-gtk.{so,a}, libgw-standard.{so,a}, libgw-wct.{so,a},
libgwrap-glib.{so,a} and libgwrap-wct.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /usr/include/g-wrap, /usr/share/doc/g-wrap-1.3.4 and /usr/share/guile/site

Short Descriptions
g-wrap-config is a tool to generate CFLAGS for linking C code to the Scheme runtime libraries.

206
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

LZO-2.02
Introduction to LZO
LZO is a data compression library which is suitable for data decompression and compression in real-time. This means
it favors speed over compression ratio.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.oberhumer.com/opensource/lzo/download/lzo-2.02.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.uni-koeln.de/util/arc/lzo-2.02.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 6760e5819f4238328709bf93bf10071c
• Download size: 599 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 11.9 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (additional 0.4 SBU to run the tests)

Installation of LZO
Install LZO by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-shared &&

make

To test the results, issue make check. All the checks should pass. Now issue make test to run the full suite of tests.
Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/lzo-2.02 &&
install -v -m644 doc/* /usr/share/doc/lzo-2.02

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Library: liblzo2.{so,a}
Installed Directory: /usr/include/lzo and /usr/share/doc/lzo-2.02

Short Descriptions
liblzo2.{so,a} is a data compression and decompression library.

207
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libusb-0.1.12
Introduction to libusb
The libusb package contains a library used by some applications for USB device access.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/libusb/libusb-0.1.12.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: caf182cbc7565dac0fd72155919672e6
• Download size: 389 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 8.4 MB (includes installing all documentation)
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (includes building all documentation)

libusb Dependencies

Optional

pkg-config-0.22

Optional (Required to Build the HTML User Manual)

OpenJade-1.3.2 and DocBOOK SGML DTD-4.2

Optional (Required to Build the API Documentation)

Doxygen-1.5.2 and Graphviz-2.12

Installation of libusb
Install libusb by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-build-docs &&

make

If you wish to build the API documentation (see the required dependencies), issue the following command:

make apidox

To test the results, issue make -k check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you built the HTML user manual (by having the required dependencies installed and removing the
--disable-build-docs parameter from the configure command), install it using the following commands as
the root user:

install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/libusb-0.1.12/html &&

install -v -m644 doc/html/* /usr/share/doc/libusb-0.1.12/html

208
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

If you built the API documentation, install it using the following commands as the root user:

install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/libusb-0.1.12/apidocs &&

install -v -m644 apidocs/html/* \
/usr/share/doc/libusb-0.1.12/apidocs

Command Explanations
--disable-build-docs: This switch avoids building the HTML user manual. Remove it if you have the
required dependencies installed and wish to build the manual.

Configuring Libusb
To access raw USB devices (those not treated as a disk by the mass-storage driver), appropriate support must be
available in the kernel. Check your kernel configuration for Device Drivers # USB support # Support for Host-side
USB. Select any USB hardware device drivers you may need on the same page.
To have raw USB devices set up properly, add the following udev rule.

cat > /etc/udev/rules.d/23-usb.rules << "EOF"

# Set group ownership for raw USB devices
SUBSYSTEM=="usb", ENV{DEVTYPE}=="usb_device", GROUP="usb"
EOF

Add any users that need to access raw USB devices to the usb group.

usermod -a -G usb <username>

Contents
Installed Program: libusb-config
Installed Libraries: libusb.{so,a} and libusbpp.{so,a}
Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/libusb-0.1.12

Short Descriptions
libusb-config is a script that provides the right compiler and linker flags for programs using libusb.
libusb.{so,a} libraries contain C functions for accessing USB hardware.

209
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

ISO Codes-1.2
Introduction to ISO Codes
The ISO Codes package contains a list of country, language and currency names. This is useful when used as a central
database for accessing this data.

Package Information
•
• Download (FTP): ftp://pkg-isocodes.alioth.debian.org/pub/pkg-isocodes/iso-codes-1.2.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 9326469ec0e9e97d604821bd3c132fc6
• Download size: 6.1 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 73 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

ISO Codes Dependencies

Required
Python-2.5.2

Installation of ISO Codes

Install ISO Codes by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: /usr/share/iso-codes, /usr/share/xml/iso-codes and many directories in the
/usr/share/locale hierarchy

210
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GMime-2.2.10
Introduction to GMime
The GMime package contains a set of utilities for parsing and creating messages using the Multipurpose Internet
Mail Extension (MIME) as defined by the applicable RFCs. See the GMime web site for the RFCs resourced. This
is useful as it provides an API which adheres to the MIME specification as closely as possible while also providing
programmers with an extremely easy to use interface to the API functions.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://spruce.sourceforge.net/gmime/sources/v2.2/gmime-2.2.10.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: 6b5be6a0d4d9380fd0491ad2536c4087
• Download size: 947 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 21 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (includes building the Mono bindings)

GMime Dependencies

Required

GLib-2.12.12

Optional

GTK-Doc-1.8 and Gtk# (requires Mono)

Installation of GMime
Install GMime by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

If you have DocBook-utils-0.6.14 installed and you wish to generate the API tutorials, issue the following commands:

cd docs/tutorial &&
docbook2html --nochunks gmime-tut.sgml &&
docbook2pdf gmime-tut.sgml &&
docbook2ps gmime-tut.sgml &&
docbook2txt gmime-tut.sgml &&
cd ../..

To test the results, issue make check. Note that some tests may fail because the corresponding sub-system is not
installed or configured properly.
This package will overwrite the uudecode and uuencode programs installed by the sharutils package (or any other
package that may install these programs) if they exist in /usr/bin. If you wish to preserve the existing programs,
ensure you rename them before issuing the following commands.

211
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/gmime-2.2.10 &&
install -v -m644 README docs{,/tutorial}/gmime* \
/usr/share/doc/gmime-2.2.10

Command Explanations
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Contents
Installed Programs: gmime-config, uudecode and uuencode
Installed Libraries: libgmime-2.0.{so,a} and optionally, Mono bindings
Installed Directories: /usr/include/gmime-2.0, /usr/lib/mono/gac/gmime-sharp, /usr/lib/mono/gmime-sharp,
/usr/share/doc/gmime-2.2.10 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gmime

Short Descriptions
gmime-config is used to gather information about how and where GMime was installed. It is typically
used by other programs seeking to link to the GMime library.
uudecode is used to decode files or data encoded with uuencode.
uuencode is a method of encoding binary data into 7-bit ASCII data.
libgmime-2.0.{so,a} contains API functions used by programs that need to adhere to the MIME standards.

212
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Libidn-0.6.14
Introduction to Libidn
Libidn is a package designed for internationalized string handling based on the Stringprep, Punycode, IDNA and
TLD specifications defined by the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) Internationalized Domain Names (IDN)
working group, used for internationalized domain names. This is useful for converting data from the system's native
representation into UTF-8, transforming Unicode strings into ASCII strings, allowing applications to use certain
ASCII name labels (beginning with a special prefix) to represent non-ASCII name labels, and converting entire
domain names to and from the ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) form.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/BLFS/6.3/l/libidn-0.6.14.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://alpha.gnu.org/pub/gnu/libidn/libidn-0.6.14.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 040f012a45feb56168853998bb87ad4d
• Download size: 2.3 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 19 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Libidn Dependencies

Optional

Emacs-22.1, pkg-config-0.22, GTK-Doc-1.8, a Java compiler—one of (looked for in this order) GCC-4.1.2 (for gcj
and you must also have the gjdoc package installed), Jikes or JDK-6 Update 5, and a C# compiler—Mono or DotGNU
Portable.NET

Installation of Libidn
Install Libidn by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

To test the results, issue: make check.

213
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

find doc -name "Makefile*" -exec rm {} \; &&

install -v -m755 -d \
/usr/share/doc/libidn-0.6.14/{api,java,specifications,tld} &&
install -v -m644 doc/components* \
doc/libidn.{pdf,ps,html} \
/usr/share/doc/libidn-0.6.14 &&
install -v -m644 doc/reference/html/* \
/usr/share/doc/libidn-0.6.14/api &&
install -v -m644 doc/specifications/* \
/usr/share/doc/libidn-0.6.14/specifications &&
install -v -m644 doc/tld/* /usr/share/doc/libidn-0.6.14/tld &&
cp -v -R doc/java/* /usr/share/doc/libidn-0.6.14/java

Command Explanations
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Contents
Installed Program: idn
Installed Libraries: libidn.{so,a} and optionally, Java and C# modules
Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/libidn-0.6.14

Short Descriptions
idn is a command line interface to the internationalized domain name library.
libidn.{so,a} contains a generic Stringprep implementation that does Unicode 3.2 NFKC normalization,
mapping and prohibition of characters, and bidirectional character handling. Profiles for
Nameprep, iSCSI, SASL and XMPP are included as well as support for Punycode and ASCII
Compatible Encoding (ACE) via IDNA. A mechanism to define Top-Level Domain (TLD)
specific validation tables, and to compare strings against those tables, as well as default tables
for some TLDs are included.

214
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libdrm-2.3.0
Introduction to libdrm
libdrm provides core library routines for the X Window System to directly interface with video hardware using the
Linux kernel's Direct Rendering Modules.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://dri.freedesktop.org/libdrm/libdrm-2.3.0.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/libdrm-2.3.0.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: f2f5d3186bee51be49e1389bed39a7ed
• Download size: 382 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 2.7 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Installation of libdrm
Install libdrm by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$XORG_PREFIX &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Library: libdrm.{so,a}
Installed Directory: $XORG_PREFIX/include/drm

Short Descriptions
libdrm.{so,a} contains the Direct Rendering Module library functions.

215
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

D-Bus Bindings
Introduction to D-Bus Bindings
The D-Bus Bindings are a group of packages that contain programming language and platform interfaces to the D-Bus
API. This is useful for programmers to easily interface D-Bus with their supported platform or language of choice.
Some non-D-Bus packages will require one or more of the Bindings packages in order to build successfully.
The GLib, Python and Qt3 Bindings are included on this page. Other language bindings will be added soon. Until
then, see the D-Bus Bindings page for information.
• D-Bus GLib Bindings-0.74
• D-Bus Python Bindings-0.82.0
• D-Bus Qt3 Bindings-0.62

D-Bus GLib Bindings

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://dbus.freedesktop.org/releases/dbus-glib/dbus-glib-0.74.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: 0923d825a0aff2e4eb23338b630286fb
• Download size: 654 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 9 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

D-Bus GLib Dependencies

Required
D-BUS-1.0.2, GLib-2.12.12, and expat-2.0.1

Installation of D-Bus GLib Bindings

Install D-Bus GLib Bindings by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Command Explanations
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Contents
Installed Program: dbus-binding-tool
Installed Library: libdbus-glib-1.{so,a}
Installed Directory: /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/dbus-glib

216
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
dbus-binding-tool is a tool used to interface with the D-Bus API.
libdbus-glib-1.{so,a} contains GLib interface functions to the D-Bus API.

D-Bus Python Bindings

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://dbus.freedesktop.org/releases/dbus-python/dbus-python-0.82.0.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: 024522ffba612f0d41b64269e925835c
• Download size: 482 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 6 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

D-Bus Python Dependencies

Required

Python-2.5.2 and D-Bus GLib Bindings-0.74

Recommended

pkg-config-0.22

Optional

PyGObject (required to run the test suite)

Optional (Required to build the API Documentation)

Epydoc and Docutils

Installation of D-Bus Python Bindings

Install D-Bus Python Bindings by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

To test the results, issue: make check. Note you must have PyGObject installed.
Now, as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: Python D-Bus modules
Installed Directory: /usr/lib/python2.5/site-packages/dbus and /usr/share/doc/dbus-python

217
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

D-Bus Qt3 Bindings

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/6.3/sources/dbus-qt3-0.62.tar.bz2
•
• Download MD5 sum: 307e119f501c207a437d1dd087c9af80
• Download size: 390 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 4 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

D-Bus Qt3 Dependencies

Required
D-BUS-1.0.2 and Qt-3.3.8b

Recommended
pkg-config-0.22

Installation of D-Bus Qt3 Bindings

Install D-Bus Qt3 Bindings by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Library: libdbus-qt-1.so
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
libdbus-qt-1.{so,a} contains Qt3 interface functions to the D-Bus API.

218
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libpthread-stubs-0.1
Introduction to libpthread-stubs
The libpthread-stubs package provides weak aliases for pthread functions not provided in libc or otherwise available
by default. This is useful for libraries that rely on pthread stubs to use pthreads optionally. On Linux, all necessary
pthread functions are available, so this package is simply a placeholder.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://xcb.freedesktop.org/dist/libpthread-stubs-0.1.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/lib/libpthread-stubs-0.1.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 774eabaf33440d534efe108ef9130a7d
• Download size: 190 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 1.6 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Installation of libpthread-stubs
Install libpthread-stubs by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: None

219
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Pth-2.0.7
Introduction to Pth
The Pth package contains a very portable POSIX/ANSI-C based library for Unix platforms which provides
non-preemptive priority-based scheduling for multiple threads of execution (multithreading) inside event-driven
applications. All threads run in the same address space of the server application, but each thread has its own individual
program-counter, run-time stack, signal mask and errno variable.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/pth/pth-2.0.7.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/pth/pth-2.0.7.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 9cb4a25331a4c4db866a31cbe507c793
• Download size: 652 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 5 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Installation of Pth
Caution
Don't add the --enable-pthread parameter to the configure command below else you will overwrite
the pthread library and interface header installed by the Glibc package in LFS.

Install Pth by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/pth-2.0.7 &&
install -v -m644 README PORTING SUPPORT TESTS \
/usr/share/doc/pth-2.0.7

Contents
Installed Program: pth-config
Installed Library: libpth.{so,a}
Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/pth-2.0.7

Short Descriptions
pth-config is a utility used to configure and build applications based on the pth(3) library. It can be used
to query the C compiler and linker flags which are required to correctly compile and link the
application against the pth(3) library.
libpth.{so,a} contains the API functions used by the GNU Portable Threads Library.

220
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Libassuan-1.0.4
Introduction to Libassuan
The Libassuan package contains an IPC library used by some of the other GnuPG related packages. Libassuan's
primary use is to allow a client to interact with a non-persistent server. Libassuan is not, however, limited to use with
GnuPG servers and clients. It was designed to be flexible enough to meet the demands of many transaction based
environments with non-persistent servers.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/BLFS/6.3/l/libassuan-1.0.4.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnupg.org/gcrypt/libassuan/libassuan-1.0.4.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: ffb95bf2bac23e173f5a83a270f7524a
• Download size: 297 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 4 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Libassuan Dependencies

Optional

Pth-2.0.7

Other packages (such as GnuPG-2) will require that the Libassuan library is linked to the Pth library. Ensure Pth is
installed before beginning the build if you have any doubts.

Installation of Libassuan
Install Libassuan by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

Only info documentation is shipped in the package tarball. If you wish to build alternate formats of the documentation,
you must have teTeX-3.0 installed, then issue the following commands:

make -k -C doc pdf ps html &&

makeinfo --html --no-split -o doc/assuan_nochunks.html doc/assuan.texi &&
makeinfo --plaintext -o doc/assuan.txt doc/assuan.texi

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m644 -D README /usr/share/doc/libassuan-1.0.4/README

221
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

If you built the additional documentation, install it by issuing the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/libassuan-1.0.4/html &&

install -v -m644 doc/assuan.html/* \
/usr/share/doc/libassuan-1.0.4/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/assuan_*.html \
/usr/share/doc/libassuan-1.0.4 &&
install -v -m644 doc/assuan.{pdf,ps,dvi,txt,texi} \
/usr/share/doc/libassuan-1.0.4

Contents
Installed Program: libassuan-config
Installed Libraries: libassuan.a and libassuan-pth.a
Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/libassuan-1.0.4

Short Descriptions
libassuan-config is a utility used to configure and build applications based on the libassuan(3) library. It can
be used to query the C compiler and linker flags which are required to correctly compile
and link the application against the libassuan(3) library.
libassuan.a is the IPC library.
libassuan-pth.a is the IPC library linked with the GNU Portable Threads Library.

222
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Libgpg-error-1.5
Introduction to Libgpg-error
The Libgpg-error package contains a library that defines common error values for all GnuPG components. Among
these are GPG, GPGSM, GPGME, GPG-Agent, libgcrypt, Libksba, DirMngr, Pinentry, SmartCard Daemon and
more.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/BLFS/6.3/l/libgpg-error-1.5.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnupg.org/gcrypt/libgpg-error/libgpg-error-1.5.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 8599b96c911b1df1be24a6ff4ec3c364
• Download size: 372 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 5 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Installation of Libgpg-error
Install Libgpg-error by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m644 -D README /usr/share/doc/libgpg-error-1.5/README

Contents
Installed Program: libgpg-error and libgpg-error-config
Installed Library: liblibgpg-error.{so,a}
Installed Directory: /usr/share/common-lisp

Short Descriptions
gpg-error is used to determine Libgpg-error error codes.
gpg-error-config is a utility used to configure and build applications based on the Libgpg-error
library. It can be used to query the C compiler and linker flags which are required
to correctly compile and link the application against the Libgpg-error library.
liblibgpg-error.{so,a} contains the Libgpg-error API functions.

223
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Libgcrypt-1.2.4
Introduction to Libgcrypt
The Libgcrypt package contains a general purpose crypto library based on the code used in GnuPG. The library
provides a high level interface to cryptographic building blocks using an extendable and flexible API.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/BLFS/6.3/l/libgcrypt-1.2.4.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnupg.org/gcrypt/libgcrypt/libgcrypt-1.2.4.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 3675d3e74c3a44aed629d9b12a30bb51
• Download size: 799 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 19 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Libgcrypt Dependencies
Required
Libgpg-error-1.5

Installation of Libgcrypt
Install Libgcrypt by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
Only info documentation is shipped in the package tarball. If you wish to build alternate formats of the documentation,
you must have teTeX-3.0 installed, then issue the following commands:
make -C doc pdf ps html &&
makeinfo --html --no-split -o doc/gcrypt_nochunks.html doc/gcrypt.texi &&
makeinfo --plaintext -o doc/gcrypt.txt doc/gcrypt.texi
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m644 -D README /usr/share/doc/libgcrypt-1.2.4/README
If you built the additional documentation, install it by issuing the following commands as the root user:
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/libgcrypt-1.2.4/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/gcrypt.html/* \
/usr/share/doc/libgcrypt-1.2.4/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/gcrypt_*.html \
/usr/share/doc/libgcrypt-1.2.4 &&
install -v -m644 doc/gcrypt.{pdf,ps,dvi,txt,texi} \
/usr/share/doc/libgcrypt-1.2.4

224
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Program: libgcrypt-config
Installed Libraries: libgcrypt.{so,a}
Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/libgcrypt-1.2.4

Short Descriptions
libgcrypt-config is a utility used to configure and build applications based on the libgcrypt(3) library. It can
be used to query the C compiler and linker flags which are required to correctly compile
and link the application against the libgcrypt(3) library.
libgcrypt.{so,a} contains the cryptographic API functions.

225
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Libksba-1.0.2
Introduction to Libksba
The Libksba package contains a library used to make X.509 certificates as well as making the CMS (Cryptographic
Message Syntax) easily accessible by other applications. Both specifications are building blocks of S/MIME and TLS.
The library does not rely on another cryptographic library but provides hooks for easy integration with Libgcrypt.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/BLFS/6.3/l/libksba-1.0.2.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnupg.org/gcrypt/libksba/libksba-1.0.2.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 3cccb3ef697e1e69eeceeea0715ff220
• Download size: 525 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 13 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Libksba Dependencies

Required

Libgpg-error-1.5

Installation of Libksba
Install Libksba by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

Only info documentation is shipped in the package tarball. If you wish to build alternate formats of the documentation,
you must have teTeX-3.0 installed, then issue the following commands:

tex --output-directory=doc ksba.texi &&

dvips -o doc/ksba.ps doc/ksba.dvi &&
make -C doc pdf html &&
makeinfo --html --no-split -o doc/ksba_nochunks.html doc/ksba.texi &&
makeinfo --plaintext -o doc/ksba.txt doc/ksba.texi

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m644 -D README /usr/share/doc/libksba-1.0.2/README

226
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

If you built the additional documentation, install it by issuing the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/libksba-1.0.2/html &&

install -v -m644 doc/ksba.html/* \
/usr/share/doc/libksba-1.0.2/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/ksba_*.html \
/usr/share/doc/libksba-1.0.2 &&
install -v -m644 doc/ksba.{pdf,ps,dvi,txt,texi} \
/usr/share/doc/libksba-1.0.2

Contents
Installed Program: libksba-config
Installed Libraries: libksba.{so,a}
Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/libksba-1.0.2

Short Descriptions
libksba-config is a utility used to configure and build applications based on the libksba(3) library. It can be
used to query the C compiler and linker flags which are required to correctly compile and link
the application against the libksba(3) library.
libksba.{so,a} contains the cryptographic API functions.

227
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Mowgli-0.6.1
Introduction to Mowgli
The Mowgli package contains a development framework for C, similar to GLib-2.12.12. It provides high performance
and highly flexible algorithms for routine tasks such as reference-counting, linked lists and spinlocks, and thus helps
programmers write better engineered code.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://distfiles.atheme.org/libmowgli-0.6.1.tgz
•
• Download MD5 sum: 80f8a27f1b44b0b129215f858ab1ab82
• Download size: 106 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 2.0 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Installation of Mowgli
Install Mowgli by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

This package does not come with a formal test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: libmowgli.so
Installed Directories: /usr/include/libmowgli

Short Descriptions
libmowgli.so libraries contain optimized functions for various common C programming tasks.

228
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

mcs-0.7.0
Introduction to mcs
The mcs package is a library and set of tools which abstract the storage of configuration settings away from userland
applications. There are similar projects like this (such as GConf), but unlike those projects, mcs strictly handles
abstraction. It does not impose any specific data storage requirement, nor is it tied to any desktop environment or
software suite.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://distfiles.atheme.org/libmcs-0.7.0.tgz
•
• Download MD5 sum: 0f0c779609b3481a79937c2e86660a99
• Download size: 103 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 1.3 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

mcs Dependencies
Required
Mowgli-0.6.1
Optional
GConf-2.18.0.1 and kdelibs-3.5.9

Installation of mcs
Install mcs by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m644 -D README /usr/share/doc/mcs-0.7.0/README

Command Explanations
--with-qt-path=/usr/share/qt: If you have kdelibs-3.5.9 installed, you must pass additional parameters
to the configure script to identify the location of Qt and, possibly, KDE libraries and interface headers.
For additional information about the various storage backends (including the default XDG-compliant backend), see
the README file in the source tree.

Configuring mcs
There are various ways to configure mcs to use a specific backend on a site-wide or individual user basis. If the
default file-based storage backend is suitable, no configuration steps are required. See section 2 of the README file
in the source tree for details.

229
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: mcs-getconfval, mcs-info, mcs-query-backends and mcs-setconfval
Installed Libraries: libmcs.so and backend storage modules
Installed Directories: /usr/include/mcs, /usr/lib/mcs and /usr/share/doc/mcs-0.7.0

Short Descriptions
mcs-getconfval queries mcs for a configuration value.
mcs-info displays information about the current installation and configuration of mcs.
mcs-query-backends queries mcs to determine what backends are available.
mcs-setconfval instructs mcs to change a configuration value.
libmcs.so contains the API functions required by the mcs userspace tools.

230
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 9. Graphics and Font Libraries

Depending on what your system will be used for, you may or may not require the graphics and font libraries. Most
desktop machines will want them for use with graphical applications. Most servers on the other hand, will not require
them.

231
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libjpeg-6b
Introduction to libjpeg
The libjpeg package contains libraries that allow compression of image files based on the Joint Photographic Experts
Group standard. It is a "lossy" compression algorithm.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.ijg.org/files/jpegsrc.v6b.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.uu.net/graphics/jpeg/jpegsrc.v6b.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: dbd5f3b47ed13132f04c685d608a7547
• Download size: 599 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 4.6 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Installation of libjpeg
Install libjpeg by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-static --enable-shared &&
make
To test the results, issue: make test.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Command Explanations
--enable-static --enable-shared: These switches tell libjpeg to build both shared and static libraries.

Configuring libjpeg
Configuration Information
As with most libraries, there is no configuration to do, save that the library directory, i.e., /opt/lib or
/usr/local/lib should appear in /etc/ld.so.conf so that ldd can find the shared libraries. After checking
that this is the case, /sbin/ldconfig should be run while logged in as root.

Contents
Installed Programs: cjpeg, djpeg, jpegtran, rdjpgcom, and wrjpgcom
Installed Library: libjpeg.{so,a}
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
cjpeg compresses image files to produce a JPEG/JFIF file on the standard output. Currently
supported input file formats are: PPM (PBMPLUS color format), PGM (PBMPLUS
gray-scale format), BMP, and Targa.

232
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

djpeg decompresses image files from JPEG/JFIF format to either PPM (PBMPLUS color format),
PGM (PBMPLUS gray-scale format), BMP, or Targa format.
jpegtran is used for lossless transformation of JPEG files.
rdjpgcom displays text comments from within a JPEG file.
wrjpgcom inserts text comments into a JPEG file.
libjpeg.{so,a} library is used by many programs for reading and writing JPEG format files.

233
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libpng-1.2.29
Introduction to libpng
The libpng package contains libraries used by other programs for reading and writing PNG files.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/libpng/libpng-1.2.29.tar.bz2
•
• Download MD5 sum: f588cb4ee39e3a333604096f937ea157
• Download size: 616 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 11.5 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Installation of libpng
Install libpng by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/libpng-1.2.29 &&
install -v -m644 README libpng-1.2.29.txt \
/usr/share/doc/libpng-1.2.29

Configuring libpng
Configuration Information
As with most libraries, there is no configuration to do, save that the library directory, i.e., /opt/lib or
/usr/local/lib should appear in /etc/ld.so.conf so that ldd can find the shared libraries. After checking
that this is the case, /sbin/ldconfig should be run while logged in as root.

Contents
Installed Programs: libpng-config and libpng12-config
Installed Libraries: libpng.so and libpng12.{so,a}
Installed Directory: /usr/include/libpng12 and /usr/share/doc/libpng-1.2.29

Short Descriptions
libpng-config is a symlink to libpng12-config.
libpng12-config provides configuration information for libpng.
libpng.so and libpng12.{so,a} are a collection of routines used to create and manipulate PNG
format graphics files. The PNG format was designed as a

234
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

replacement for GIF and, to a lesser extent, TIFF, with many

improvements and extensions and lack of patent problems.

235
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

LibTIFF-3.8.2
Introduction to LibTIFF
The LibTIFF package contains the TIFF libraries and associated utilities. The libraries are used by many programs
for reading and writing TIFF files and the utilities are useful for general work with TIFF files.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://libtiff.maptools.org/dl/tiff-3.8.2.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.remotesensing.org/libtiff/tiff-3.8.2.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: fbb6f446ea4ed18955e2714934e5b698
• Download size: 1.3 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 18.8 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

LibTIFF Dependencies
Optional
libjpeg-6b, X Window System, and freeglut-2.4.0
Note that if you installed the optional MesaGLUT package with the MesaLib-6.5.2 package during an Xorg7
installation, a GLUT library is already installed and you don't need freeglut.

Installation of LibTIFF
Install LibTIFF by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Programs: bmp2tiff, fax2ps, fax2tiff, gif2tiff, pal2rgb, ppm2tiff, ras2tiff, raw2tiff, rgb2ycbcr,
thumbnail, tiff2bw, tiff2pdf, tiff2ps, tiff2rgba, tiffcmp, tiffcp, tiffdither, tiffdump, tiffgt,
tiffinfo, tiffmedian, tiffset, and tiffsplit
Installed Libraries: libtiff.{so,a} and libtiffxx.{so,a}
Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/tiff-3.8.2

Short Descriptions
bmp2tiff converts a Microsoft Windows Device Independent Bitmap image file to a TIFF image.
fax2ps converts a TIFF facsimile to compressed PostScript file.
fax2tiff creates a TIFF Class F fax file from raw fax data.

236
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

gif2tiff creates a TIFF file from a GIF87 format image file.

pal2rgb converts a palette color TIFF image to a full color image.
ppm2tiff creates a TIFF file from a PPM image file.
ras2tiff creates a TIFF file from a Sun rasterfile.
raw2tiff converts a raw byte sequence into TIFF.
rgb2ycbcr converts non-YCbCr TIFF images to YCbCr TIFF images.
thumbnail creates a TIFF file with thumbnail images.
tiff2bw converts a color TIFF image to grayscale.
tiff2pdf converts a TIFF image to a PDF document.
tiff2ps converts a TIFF image to a PostScript file.
tiff2rgba converts a wide variety of TIFF images into an RGBA TIFF image.
tiffcmp compares two TIFF files.
tiffcp copies (and possibly converts) a TIFF file.
tiffdither converts a grayscale image to bilevel using dithering.
tiffdump prints verbatim information about TIFF files.
tiffgt displays an image stored in a TIFF file in an X window.
tiffinfo prints information about TIFF files.
tiffmedian applies the median cut algorithm to data in a TIFF file.
tiffset sets the value of a TIFF header to a specified value.
tiffsplit splits a multi-image TIFF into single-image TIFF files.
libtiff.{so,a} contains the API functions used by the libtiff programs as well as other programs to read
and write TIFF files.
libtiffxx.{so,a} contains the C++ API functions used by programs to read and write TIFF files.

237
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

giflib-4.1.4
Introduction to giflib
The giflib package contains libraries for reading and writing GIFs as well as programs for converting and working
with GIF files. The libraries are useful for any graphics program wishing to deal with GIF files while the programs
are useful for conversion purposes as well as cleaning up images.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/giflib/giflib-4.1.4.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/giflib-4.1.4.tar.gz
• Download (HTTP) MD5 sum: 827d338961482a986f39c7f114531636
• Download (HTTP) size: 483 KB
• Download (FTP) MD5 sum: 950943daa71350a558c3edf41c3f0f9f
• Download (FTP) size: 605 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 6.8 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

giflib Dependencies
Optional
X Window System and Utah Raster Toolkit (or URT-3.1b)

Installation of giflib
Install giflib by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/giflib-4.1.4/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/*.{png,html} \
/usr/share/doc/giflib-4.1.4/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/*.txt \
/usr/share/doc/giflib-4.1.4

Contents
Installed Programs: gif2epsn, gif2ps, gif2rgb, gif2x11, gifasm, gifbg, gifburst, gifclip, gifclrmp, gifcolor,
gifcomb, gifcompose, giffiltr, giffix, gifflip, gifhisto, gifinfo, gifinter, gifinto, gifovly,
gifpos, gifrotat, gifrsize, gifspnge, giftext, gifwedge, icon2gif, raw2gif, rgb2gif, and
text2gif
Installed Library: libgif.{so,a}
Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/giflib-4.1.4

238
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
gif2epsn dumps images saved as GIF files on Epson type printers.
gif2ps prints GIF files on laser printers supporting PostScript.
gif2rgb converts images saved as GIF to 24-bit RGB images.
gif2x11 displays images saved as GIF files under X Window System.
gifasm assembles multiple GIFs into one, or burst a multiple-image GIF.
gifbg generates a single-color test pattern GIF.
gifburst bursts a GIF image into subrectangles.
gifclip clips or crops a GIF image.
gifclrmp modifies GIF image colormaps.
gifcolor generates color test patterns.
gifcomb combines two GIF images of exactly the same size into one.
gifcompose uses giflib tools to compose images.
giffiltr is a template for filtering a GIF sequentially.
giffix clumsily attempts to fix truncated GIF images.
gifflip flips a GIF image along the X or Y axis or rotates an image by 90 degrees.
gifhisto generate a color-frequency histogram from a GIF.
gifinfo gives information about a GIF file.
gifinter converts between interlaced and non-interlaced images.
gifinto is an end-of-pipe fitting for GIF-processing pipelines.
gifovly generates one composite GIF from a multiple-image GIF.
gifpos changes a GIF's screen size or reconditions it.
gifrotat rotates a GIF through any desired angle.
gifrsize resizes a GIF by deletion or duplication of bits.
gifspnge is a template for filtering a GIF with in-core operations.
giftext prints (text only) general information about a GIF file.
gifwedge creates a test GIF image resembling a color monitor test pattern.
icon2gif is a converter/deconverter to/from an editable text format.
raw2gif converts raw 8-bit image data into GIF files.
rgb2gif converts 24 bit images to a GIF image using color quantization.
text2gif generates GIF images out of regular text in 8x8 font.
libgif.{so,a} contains API functions required by the giflib programs and any other programs needing library
functionality to read, write and manipulate GIF images.

239
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

little cms-1.16
Introduction to little cms
The little cms library is used by other programs to provide color management facilities.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.littlecms.com/lcms-1.16.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/lcms-1.16.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: b07b623f3e712373ff713fb32cf23651
• Download size: 911 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 25 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (includes building the Python module)

Additional Downloads
• Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/lcms-1.16-swig_fixes-1.patch

little cms Dependencies

Optional
LibTIFF-3.8.2, libjpeg-6b, and Python-2.5.2 (with SWIG also)

Installation of little cms

Install little cms by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../lcms-1.16-swig_fixes-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/lcms-1.16 &&
install -v -m644 README.1ST doc/* /usr/share/doc/lcms-1.16

Contents
Installed Programs: icc2ps, icclink, icctrans, wtpt and optionally, jpegicc, tiffdiff and tifficc
Installed Libraries: liblcms.{so,a} and the optional _lcms.so Python module
Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/lcms-1.16

Short Descriptions
icc2ps generates PostScript CRD or CSA from ICC profiles.
icclink links two or more profiles into a single device link profile.
icctrans is a color space conversion calculator.

240
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

jpegicc is an ICC profile applier for JPEG files.

tifficc is an ICC profile applier for TIFF files.
wtpt shows media white of profiles, identifying black body locus.
liblcms.{so,a} is used by the lcms programs as well as other programs to provide color management facilities.

241
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libmng-1.0.9
Introduction to libmng
The libmng libraries are used by programs wanting to read and write Multiple-image Network Graphics (MNG) files
which are the animation equivalents to PNG files.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/libmng/libmng-1.0.9.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: ff1205ef70855a75c098ea09690413c6
• Download size: 554 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 7.1 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

libmng Dependencies

Required
libjpeg-6b and little cms-1.16

Installation of libmng
Install libmng by running the following commands:

cp makefiles/makefile.linux Makefile &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make prefix=/usr install &&

install -v -m644 doc/man/*.3 /usr/share/man/man3 &&
install -v -m644 doc/man/*.5 /usr/share/man/man5 &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/libmng-1.0.9 &&
install -v -m644 doc/*.{png,txt} /usr/share/doc/libmng-1.0.9

Command Explanations
cp makefiles/makefile.linux Makefile: There are no autotools shipped with this package. The Linux Makefile is
copied to the root of the source tree, facilitating the installation.
install ...: The documentation files are not installed by the installation procedure, so they are copied manually.

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Library: libmng.{so,a}
Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/libmng-1.0.9

242
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
libmng.{so,a} provides functions for programs wishing to read and write MNG files which are animation files
without the patent problems associated with certain other formats.

243
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

FreeType-2.3.7
Introduction to FreeType2
The FreeType2 package contains a library to allow applications to properly render TrueType fonts.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/freetype/freetype-2.3.7.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/freetype-2.3.7.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 83306194817ebdea554133b4232a34aa
• Download size: 1.3 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 28.2 (includes installing additional documentation)
• Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

Additional Downloads
Additional Documentation
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/freetype/freetype-doc-2.3.7.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/freetype-doc-2.3.7.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 2ba135e6a126ed86e9b462167511ced8
• Download size: 97 KB

Installation of FreeType2
If you downloaded the additional documentation, unpack it into the source tree using the following command:
tar xf ../freetype-doc-2.3.7.tar.bz2 \
--strip-components=2 -C docs
Install FreeType2 by running the following commands:
sed -i -r -e 's:.*(#.*BYTE.*) .*:\1:' \
-e 's:.*(#.*SUBPIX.*) .*:\1:' \
include/freetype/config/ftoption.h &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/freetype-2.3.7 &&
cp -v -R docs/* /usr/share/doc/freetype-2.3.7

Command Explanations
sed -i ... 's:.*(#.*BYTE.*) .*:\1:' ... 's:.*(#.*SUBPIX.*) .*:\1:' include/freetype/config/ftoption.h: This command
enables the TrueType native bytecode interpreter and LCD optimized rendering features. These options result in
improved rendering of fonts, but may have patent restrictions. Be sure to read http://www.freetype.org/patents.html
before enabling these options.

244
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Program: freetype-config
Installed Library: libfreetype.{so,a}
Installed Directory: /usr/include/freetype2

Short Descriptions
freetype-config is used to get FreeType compilation and linking information.
libfreetype.{so,a} contains functions for rendering various font types, such as TrueType and Type1.

245
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Fontconfig-2.4.2
Introduction to Fontconfig
The Fontconfig package is a library for configuring and customizing font access.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://fontconfig.org/release/fontconfig-2.4.2.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/fontconfig-2.4.2.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: f035852f521b54677f2b5c9e2f6d54a4
• Download size: 1.2 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 11.3 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Fontconfig Dependencies

Required

FreeType-2.3.7 and either expat-2.0.1 or libxml2-2.6.31 (requires pkg-config-0.22)

Optional

DocBook-utils-0.6.14

Note
If you have DocBook-utils installed and you remove the --disable-docs parameter from the configure
command below, you must have SGMLSpm-1.03ii and JadeTeX-3.13 installed also, or the Fontconfig build
will fail.

Installation of Fontconfig
Install Fontconfig by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc --localstatedir=/var \
--disable-docs --without-add-fonts \
--with-docdir=/usr/share/doc/fontconfig-2.4.2 &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

246
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m644 doc/*.3 /usr/share/man/man3 &&
install -v -m644 doc/*.5 /usr/share/man/man5 &&
install -v -m755 \
-d /usr/share/doc/fontconfig-2.4.2/fontconfig-devel &&
install -v -m644 doc/*.{html,pdf,txt} \
/usr/share/doc/fontconfig-2.4.2 &&
install -v -m644 doc/fontconfig-devel/* \
/usr/share/doc/fontconfig-2.4.2/fontconfig-devel

Command Explanations
--localstatedir=/var: This switch places the system font cache files in /var/cache/fontconfig.

--disable-docs: This switch avoids building the documentation (the release tarball includes pre-generated
documentation).
--without-add-fonts: This switch disables the automatic search for X Window System fonts which, if found,
may confuse some applications.

--with-docdir=/usr/share/doc/fontconfig-2.4.2: Though this parameter seems counter-intuitive

following the preceding parameter to the configure command, it is used so that if the builder removes the
--disable-docs parameter, the documentation will be installed in a versioned directory name instead of the
default /usr/share/doc/fontconfig.

Configuring Fontconfig
Config Files
/etc/fonts/*, /etc/fonts/conf.avail/*, and /etc/fonts/conf.d/*

Configuration Information
The main configuration file for Fontconfig is /etc/fonts/fonts.conf. Generally you do not want to edit this
file. It will also read /etc/fonts/local.conf and any files in /etc/fonts/conf.d. To put a new font
directory in the configuration, create (or update) the /etc/fonts/local.conf file with your local information
or add a new file in /etc/fonts/conf.d. The default location of fonts in Fontconfig is:

• /usr/share/fonts
• ~/.fonts

Fontconfig also ships many example configuration files in the /etc/fonts/conf.avail directory. Symlinking
to specific files from /etc/fonts/conf.d will enable them. The default setup is generally good enough for most
users. See /etc/fonts/conf.avail/README for a description of the configuration files.

More information about configuring Fontconfig can be found in the user's manual in file:///usr/share/doc/fontconfig-2.
4.2/fontconfig-user.html.

247
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: fc-cache, fc-cat, fc-list, and fc-match
Installed Library: libfontconfig.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /etc/fonts, /usr/include/fontconfig, /usr/share/doc/fontconfig-2.4.2 and
/var/cache/fontconfig

Short Descriptions
fc-cache is used to create font information caches.
fc-cat is used to read font information caches.
fc-list is used to create font lists.
fc-match is used to match available fonts, or find fonts that match a given pattern.
libfontconfig.{so,a} contains functions used by the Fontconfig programs and also by other programs to
configure or customize font access.

248
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libart_lgpl-2.3.19
Introduction to libart_lgpl
The libart_lgpl package contains the libart libraries. These are useful for high-performance 2D graphics.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libart_lgpl/2.3/libart_lgpl-2.3.19.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libart_lgpl/2.3/libart_lgpl-2.3.19.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: ac885805d1918026a18b560f4015bc66
• Download size: 302 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 5.4 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/libart_lgpl-2.3.19-upstream_fix-1.patch

Installation of libart_lgpl
Install libart_lgpl by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../libart_lgpl-2.3.19-upstream_fix-1.patch &&

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Program: libart2-config
Installed Library: libart_lgpl_2.{so,a}
Installed Directory: /usr/include/libart-2.0

Short Descriptions
libart_lgpl_2.{so,a} is used as the anti-aliased render engine for libgnomecanvas and as a graphics support
library for many other packages.

249
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

librsvg-2.16.1
Introduction to librsvg
The librsvg package contains librsvg libraries and tools used to manipulate, convert and view Scalable Vector
Graphic (SVG) images.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/librsvg/2.16/librsvg-2.16.1.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/librsvg/2.16/librsvg-2.16.1.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 37e046571097ff7ce77ae6e07f096324
• Download size: 416 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 12.1 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

librsvg Dependencies
Required
GTK+-2.10.13 and libxml2-2.6.31

Recommended
libcroco-0.6.1 and libgsf-1.14.7

Optional
GNOME Virtual File System-2.18.1, libgnomeprintui-2.18.0, GTK-Doc-1.8, DocBook-utils-0.6.14, and
Python-2.5.2, providing a legacy wrapper interface rsvg for the newer rsvg-convert.

Installation of librsvg
Install librsvg by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-mozilla-plugin &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--disable-mozilla-plugin: This parameter prevents building the browser plugin as Firefox and SeaMonkey
have built-in SVG render capability and don't need it.
--disable-gtk-doc: This parameter prevents the rebuilding of documentation during the make command. It
will also prevent the existing documentation in the source tree from being installed.

250
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: rsvg, rsvg-convert and rsvg-view
Installed Libraries: librsvg-2.{so,a}, GTK+ modules and optionally a Mozilla plugin
Installed Directories: /usr/include/librsvg-2 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/rsvg

Short Descriptions
rsvg is a legacy wrapper interface to rsvg-convert.
rsvg-convert is used to covert SVG images into PNG, JPEG and ICO raster images.
rsvg-view is used to view an SVG file in an X window.
librsvg-2.{so,a} libraries provide the functions to render Scalable Vector Graphics.

251
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

AAlib-1.4rc5
Introduction to AAlib
AAlib is a library to render any graphic into ASCII Art.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/aa-project/aalib-1.4rc5.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.ratmir.tver.ru/pub/FreeBsd/ports/distfiles/aalib-1.4rc5.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 9801095c42bba12edebd1902bcf0a990
• Download size: 388 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 6.5 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.15 SBU

AAlib Dependencies
Optional
X Window System, S-Lang-2.1.3, and GPM-1.20.1

Installation of AAlib
Install AAlib by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Programs: aafire, aainfo, aalib-config, aasavefont, and aatest
Installed Library: libaa.{so,a}
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
aafire is little toy of AAlib, rendering an animated fire in ASCII Art.
aainfo provides information for your current settings related to AAlib.
aalib-config provides configuration info for AAlib.
aatest shows the abilities of AAlib in a little test.
libaa.{so,a} is a collection of routines to render any graphical input in portable format to ASCII Art. It can
be used through many programs and has a very well documented API, so you can easily put it
into your own programs.

252
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Imlib2-1.4.0
Introduction to Imlib2
Imlib2 is a graphics library for fast file loading, saving, rendering and manipulation.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/enlightenment/imlib2-1.4.0.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: 69f7ee996c943142332b4c98597b095c
• Download size: 955 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 16 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

Imlib2 Dependencies
Required
FreeType-2.3.7, libpng-1.2.29, and libjpeg-6b

Recommended
X Window System

Optional
LibTIFF-3.8.2, giflib-4.1.4, and libid3tag

Installation of Imlib2
Install Imlib2 by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/imlib2-1.4.0 &&
install -v -m644 doc/{*.gif,index.html} \
/usr/share/doc/imlib2-1.4.0

Command Explanations
--without-x: Add this parameter if you do not have an X Window System installed.

Contents
Installed Programs: imlib2_bumpmap, imlib2_colorspace, imlib2-config, imlib2_conv, imlib2_grab,
imlib2_poly, imlib2_show, imlib2_test, and imlib2_view
Installed Libraries: libImlib2.{so,a} and various filters and image loader modules.
Installed Directories: /usr/lib/imlib2, /usr/share/doc/imlib2-1.4.0, and /usr/share/imlib2

253
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
libImlib2.{so,a} provides the functions for programs to deal with various image data formats.

254
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libexif-0.6.16
Introduction to libexif
The libexif package contains a library for parsing, editing, and saving EXIF data. Most digital cameras produce EXIF
files, which are JPEG files with extra tags that contain information about the image. All EXIF tags described in EXIF
standard 2.1 are supported.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/libexif/libexif-0.6.16.tar.bz2
•
• Download MD5 sum: deee153b1ded5a944ea05d041d959eca
• Download size: 691 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 10 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

libexif Dependencies
Optional (to Build Documentation)
Doxygen-1.5.2 and Graphviz-2.12

Installation of libexif
Install libexif by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
--with-doc-dir=/usr/share/doc/libexif-0.6.16 &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Documentation was built and installed if you have the dependencies shown above installed. If you don't have the
dependencies installed, there is a compressed tarball in the source tree doc directory that can be unpacked into
/usr/share/doc/libexif-0.6.16.

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Library: libexif.{so,a}
Installed Directory: /usr/include/libexif and /usr/share/doc/libexif-0.6.16

Short Descriptions
libexif.{so,a} contains functions used for parsing, editing, and saving EXIF data.

255
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

FriBidi-0.10.8
Introduction to FriBidi
The FriBidi package is an implementation of the Unicode Bidirectional Algorithm (bidi). This is useful for supporting
Arabic and Hebrew alphabets in other packages.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://fribidi.org/download/fribidi-0.10.8.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: fe6a1e370353e330bbe043bb1697d04e
• Download size: 619 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 5 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/fribidi-0.10.8-test_fixes-1.patch

Installation of FriBidi
Install FriBidi by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../fribidi-0.10.8-test_fixes-1.patch &&

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Programs: fribidi and fribidi-config
Installed Library: libfribidi.{so,a}
Installed Directory: /usr/include/fribidi

Short Descriptions
fribidi is a command-line interface to the libfribidi library and can be used to convert a
logical string to visual output.
fribidi-config is used to acquire information about the installed libfribidi library.
libfribidi.{so,a} contains functions used to implement the Unicode Bidirectional Algorithm.

256
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Poppler-0.5.4
Introduction to Poppler
The Poppler package contains a PDF rendering library and command line tools used to manipulate PDF files. This
is useful for providing PDF rendering functionality as a shared library.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://poppler.freedesktop.org/poppler-0.5.4.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: 053fdfd70533ecce1a06353fa945f061
• Download size: 1.0 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 49 MB (additional 15 MB to install the encoding data package)
• Estimated build time: 1.0 SBU (includes building with all dependencies)

Additional Downloads
• Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/poppler-0.5.4-security_fixes-2.patch
• Poppler Encoding Data: http://poppler.freedesktop.org/poppler-data-0.1.tar.gz

The additional package consists of encoding files for use with Poppler. The encoding files are optional and poppler
will automatically read them if they are present. When installed, they enable Poppler to render CJK and Cyrillic
properly.

Poppler Dependencies

Required

pkg-config-0.22 and Fontconfig-2.4.2

Optional

libjpeg-6b, cairo-1.4.14, GTK+-2.10.13, Qt-3.3.8b, and Qt-4.x.x

If you're installing Poppler to support kdegraphics-3.5.9, you will need to have Qt-3.3.8b installed so that the
libpoppler-qt library is built.

Installation of Poppler

Caution
Poppler will overwrite command-line utilities and man pages previously installed by the Xpdf package.
If you prefer to keep the Xpdf versions of these files, pass the --disable-utils parameter to the
configure command below.

257
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

The configure command below includes three parameters which disable various rendering back-ends. Ensure you
remove any of the parameters for which you have the corresponding dependency installed. Install Poppler by running
the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../poppler-0.5.4-security_fixes-1.patch &&

./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--enable-zlib \
--disable-cairo-output \
--disable-poppler-glib \
--disable-gtk-test &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/poppler-0.5.4 &&
install -v -m644 README* /usr/share/doc/poppler-0.5.4

If you downloaded the additional encoding data package, install it by issuing the following command after unpacking
the tarball and changing into the newly-created package source directory (as the root user):

make prefix=/usr install

Command Explanations
--enable-zlib: This parameter forces the build to link with the system-installed libz library to enable
compressed PDF functionality.
--disable-cairo-output: This parameter disables building the cairo graphics backend. Remove this
parameter if you have cairo installed.
--disable-poppler-glib and --disable-gtk-test: These parameters disable building the GLib
wrapper and GTK+ test program. Remove these parameters if you have GTK+-2 installed. Note that if you plan on
building Evince-0.8.3, you must build the GLib wrapper.

Configuring Poppler
Config Files
/etc/xpdfrc

Contents
Installed Programs: See the Xpdf-3.02 program descriptions
Installed Libraries: libpoppler.{so,a}, libpoppler-glib.{so,a}, libpoppler-qt.{so,a} and
libpoppler-qt4.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /usr/include/poppler, /usr/share/doc/poppler-0.5.4, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/poppler
and /usr/share/poppler

258
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
libpoppler.{so,a} contains the API functions to render PDF files.
libpoppler-glib.{so,a} is a wrapper library used to interface the PDF rendering functions with GTK+.
libpoppler-qt.{so,a} is a wrapper library used to interface the PDF rendering functions with Qt.
libpoppler-qt4.{so,a} is a wrapper library used to interface the PDF rendering functions with Qt-4.

259
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 10. General Utilities

This chapter contains various utilities that do not fit conveniently into other chapters. Programs include a command
line calculator, several utilities for manipulating text and graphics, a program to interface with a palm-pilot, a program
for entering PIN numbers and pass-phrases, and a hash generator.

260
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Bc-1.06
Introduction to Bc
The bc package contains an arbitrary precision numeric processing language.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/bc/bc-1.06.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/bc/bc-1.06.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: d44b5dddebd8a7a7309aea6c36fda117
• Download size: 273 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 2.36 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (0.2 SBU if running the testsuite)

Installation of Bc
Install bc by running the following commands:

sed -i '/PROTO.*readline/d' bc/scan.l &&

sed -i '/flex -I8/s/8//' configure &&
sed -i '/stdlib/a #include <string.h>' lib/number.c &&
sed -i 's/program.*save/static &/' bc/load.c &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --with-readline &&
make

To test bc, run the commands below. There is quite a bit of output, so you may want to redirect it to a file. There are
a very small percentage of tests (10 of 12,144) that will indicate a roundoff error at the last digit.

echo "quit" | ./bc/bc -l Test/checklib.b

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
sed -i '/PROTO.*readline/d' bc/scan.l: This command fixes the Readline library call.
sed -i '/flex -I8/s/8//' configure: This command fixes the Flex invocation.
sed -i '/stdlib/a #include <string.h>' lib/number.c: This command inserts a missing header.
sed -i 's/program.*save/static &/' bc/load.c: This command fixes a segfault when running bc with bc -l.
--with-readline: This option enables Readline support in interactive mode.

Contents
Installed Programs: bc and dc
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: None

261
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
bc is a calculator.
dc is a reverse-polish calculator.

262
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Rep-gtk-0.18
Introduction to Rep-gtk
The rep-gtk package contains a Lisp and GTK binding. This is useful for extending GTK-2 and GDK libraries with
Lisp. Starting at rep-gtk-0.15, the package contains the bindings to GTK and uses the same instructions. Both can
be installed, if needed.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/rep-gtk/rep-gtk-0.18.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: 220b0d728656472c068e40823f0a3b22
• Download size: 152 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 7.7 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.18 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/rep-gtk-0.18-gtk2.4-1.patch

Rep-gtk Dependencies
Required
libglade-2.6.1 and librep-0.17

Installation of Rep-gtk
Install rep-gtk by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../rep-gtk-0.18-gtk2.4-1.patch &&

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: Lisp bindings
Installed Directory: /usr/lib/rep/i686-pc-linux-gnu/gui/

Short Descriptions
Lisp bindings are libraries stored in /usr/lib/rep/i686-pc-linux-gnu/gui/ that assist
communication between Lisp and the GTK libraries.

263
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Compface-1.5.2
Introduction to Compface
Compface provides utilities and a library to convert from/to X-Face format, a 48x48 bitmap format used to carry
thumbnails of email authors in a mail header.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.xemacs.org/pub/xemacs/aux/compface-1.5.2.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: 62f4f79c0861ad292ba3cf77b4c48319
• Download size: 47 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 520 KB
• Estimated build time: Less than 0.1 SBU

Installation of Compface
Install Compface by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -m755 -v xbm2xface.pl /usr/bin

Contents
Installed Programs: compface, uncompface and xbm2xface.pl
Installed Library: libcompface.{so,a}
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
compface is a filter for generating highly compressed representations of 48x48x1 face image files.
uncompface is an inverse filter which performs an inverse transformation with no loss of data.
xbm2xface.pl is a script to generate xfaces.
libcompface.{so,a} allows the compression and decompression algorithms to be used in other programs
such as MTAs.

264
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

ImageMagick-6.3.5-10
Introduction to ImageMagick
ImageMagick is a collection of tools and libraries to read, write, and manipulate an image in various image formats.
Image processing operations are available from the command line. Bindings to various programming languages are
also available.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/imagemagick/ImageMagick-6.3.5-10.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.imagemagick.net/pub/ImageMagick/legacy/ImageMagick-6.3.5-10.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 0e638f94ab70272a645b4d6ae06201d8
• Download size: 7.5 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 211 MB (additional 75 MB if you run the Image::Magick demo)
• Estimated build time: 4.2 SBU (Additional 1.8 SBU to run the test suite)
The ImageMagick source releases are updated frequently and the version shown above may no longer be available
from the download locations. You can download a more recent version and use the existing BLFS instructions to
install it. Chances are that it will work just fine, but this has not been tested by the BLFS team. If the package version
shown above is not available from the locations shown above, you can download it from the BLFS package server at
http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/BLFS/6.3/i/ImageMagick-6.3.5-10.tar.bz2.

ImageMagick Dependencies
Recommended
X Window System
The optional dependencies listed below should be installed if you need support for the specific format or the
conversion tool the dependency provides. Many of the dependencies' capabilities and uses are described in the
“MAGICK DELEGATES” section of the README.txt file located in the source tree. Additional information about
the dependencies can be found in the Install-unix.txt file located in the source tree as well as issuing the
./configure --help command. A summary of this information, as well as some additional notes can be viewed on-line
at http://www.imagemagick.org/script/advanced-unix-installation.php.

Optional System Utilities

pkg-config-0.22, CUPS-1.2.12 or LPRng-3.8.28 (or any other print utility that provides an lpr command), dcraw,
Dmalloc, Electric Fence, PGP or GnuPG-1.4.7 or GnuPG-2.0.8 (you'll have to do some hacking to use GnuPG),
SANE-1.0.18, and Wget-1.10.2

Optional Graphics Libraries

corefonts, FlashPIX (or FlashPIX library), FreeType-2.3.7, Jasper, JBIG-KIT, little cms-1.16, libexif-0.6.16,
libjpeg-6b, libpng-1.2.29, librsvg-2.16.1, LibTIFF-3.8.2, libxml2-2.6.31, DjVuLibre, and RALCGM (or
RALCGM-3.50)

Optional Graphics Utilities

ESP Ghostscript-8.15.4 or AFPL Ghostscript-8.53, GhostPCL, GIMP-2.2.17, Gnuplot, Graphviz-2.12, POV-Ray, and
Radiance

265
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Optional Conversion Tools

AutoTrace, Enscript-1.6.4, hp2xx, html2ps, libwmf, MPEG-2 Video Codec, Netpbm, teTeX-3.0, Transfig, txt2html
(requires Module::Build-0.2808 and Perl Module Getopt::ArgvFile), and Utah Raster Toolkit (or URT-3.1b)

Installation of ImageMagick
Install Imagemagick by running the following commands:
sed -i -e "s/\xc2\xae/\\\[rg\]/g" \
-e "s/B...'e./Be/" utilities/ImageMagick.1.in &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --with-modules &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check. Note that some of the tests may fail due to system and/or build parameter
settings.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Command Explanations
sed -i -e "..." -e "...": One man page is installed with character encoding not displayable using the Man-db package.
This command changes the offending bytes to characters man can properly display.
--with-modules: Enables support for dynamically loadable modules.
--with-gslib=/usr/lib: Enables support to use the Ghostscript shared library.
--with-fpx: Enables support to use the FlashPix library.
--with-windows-font-dir=<Some/Directory>: This option specifies the directory where the Windows
CoreFonts are installed.
The options and parameters listed above are the only ones you should have to pass to the configure script to activate
all the delegate dependencies. All other dependencies will be automatically detected and utilized in the build if they
are installed.

Contents
Installed Programs: animate, compare, composite, conjure, convert, display, identify, import,
Magick-config, Magick++-config, mogrify, montage, stream, and Wand-config
Installed Libraries: libMagick.{so,a}, libMagick++.{so,a}, libWand.{so,a}, the Magick.so Perl module,
and numerous plugin modules
Installed Directories: /usr/include/Magick++, /usr/include/magick, /usr/include/wand,
/usr/lib/ImageMagick-6.3.5,
/usr/lib/perl5/site_perl/5.8.8/i686-linux/auto/Image/Magick,
/usr/share/ImageMagick-6.3.5 and /usr/share/doc/ImageMagick-6.3.5

Short Descriptions
animate animates a sequence of images.
compare compares an image to a reconstructed image.

266
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

composite composites various images into the given base image.

conjure processes a MSL script to create an image.
convert converts image(s) from one format to another.
display displays an image.
identify describes the format and characteristics of an image file.
import captures an X window.
Magick-config and Magick++-config show information about the installed versions of
ImageMagick and Magick++.
mogrify transforms an image.
montage composites various images into a new image.
stream streams one or more pixel components of an image or portion
of the image to your choice of storage formats.
Wand-config shows the options required to use the Wand library.
Image::Magick allows the reading, manipulation and writing of a large
number of image file formats using the ImageMagick library.
Run make in the PerlMagick/demo directory of the
package source tree after the package is installed to see a nice
demo of the module's capabilities.

267
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Hd2u-1.0.1
Introduction to Hd2u
The hd2u package contains an any to any text format converter.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.megaloman.com/~hany/_data/hd2u/hd2u-1.0.1.tgz
•
• Download MD5 sum: dbab0f0c3ee473880ee1fc9740e43515
• Download size: 54 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 364 KB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Hd2u Dependencies
Required
popt-1.10.4

Installation of Hd2u
Install hd2u by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Program: dos2unix
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
dos2unix converts text between various OS formats (such as converting from DOS format to Unix).

268
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GTK-Doc-1.8
Introduction to GTK-Doc
The GTK-Doc package contains a code documentor. This is useful for extracting specially formatted comments from
the code to create API documentation. This package is optional; if it is not installed, packages will not build the
documentation. This does not mean that you will not have any documentation. If GTK-Doc is not available, the install
process will copy any pre-built documentation to your system.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtk-doc/1.8/gtk-doc-1.8.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtk-doc/1.8/gtk-doc-1.8.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: e61595df21431db28c83fe4c7d4a4fa8
• Download size: 186 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 2 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

GTK-Doc Dependencies
Required
libxslt-1.1.22, DocBook XML DTD-4.5, and DocBook XSL Stylesheets-1.71.1
Optional
pkg-config-0.22, ScrollKeeper-0.3.14, OpenJade-1.3.2, DocBook SGML DTD-4.5, and DocBook DSSSL
Stylesheets-1.79

Installation of GTK-Doc
Install GTK-Doc by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --localstatedir=/var/lib &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Command Explanations
--localstatedir=/var/lib: This parameter is used so that all ScrollKeeper files are installed in, and the
ScrollKeeper database is properly updated in /var/lib/scrollkeeper instead of some files being installed in
$GNOME_PREFIX/var/scrollkeeper.

Contents
Installed Programs: gtkdocize, gtkdoc-fixxref, gtkdoc-mkdb, gtkdoc-mkhtml, gtkdoc-mkman,
gtkdoc-mktmpl, gtkdoc-scan, gtkdoc-scangobj, and gtkdoc-scanobj
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of /usr/share/: doc/gtk-doc-1.8,
gnome/help/gtk-doc-manual, gtk-doc/data and {omf,sgml}/gtk-doc

269
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
gtkdoc* these are all Perl scripts used by package Makefile scripts to generate documentation for the package
being built.

270
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

ScrollKeeper-0.3.14
Introduction to ScrollKeeper
The ScrollKeeper package contains a cataloging system for documentation. This is useful for managing
documentation metadata and providing an API to help browsers find, sort and search the document catalog.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/scrollkeeper/0.3/scrollkeeper-0.3.14.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/scrollkeeper/0.3/scrollkeeper-0.3.14.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: b175e582a6cec3e50a9de73a5bb7455a
• Download size: 546 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

ScrollKeeper Dependencies
Required
libxslt-1.1.22, DocBook XML DTD-4.5, and XML::Parser-2.34

Optional
intltool-0.35.5

Installation of ScrollKeeper
Install ScrollKeeper by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
--disable-static \
--with-omfdirs=/usr/share/omf:\
/opt/kde-3.5.9/share/omf:\
/opt/gnome-2.18.3/share/omf &&

make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Command Explanations
--sysconfdir=/etc: This switch puts the configuration files in /etc instead of /usr/etc.
--localstatedir=/var: This switch puts ScrollKeeper's database directory in /var/lib/scrollkeeper.
--disable-static: This switch prevents the static library from being built.

271
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--with-omfdirs=...: This switch defines the locations of OMF files for ScrollKeeper. Change the locations
if you have KDE and/or GNOME-2 installed in a prefix other than the ones shown. This information is stored in
/etc/scrollkeeper.conf and can be updated manually, if necessary.

Configuring ScrollKeeper
Config Files
/etc/scrollkeeper.conf

Configuration Information
The configuration file sets the OMF_DIR variable to the location of all of the omf directories in the system. This was
set in the configure command so no further action is needed until another OMF directory is created.

Contents
Installed Programs: scrollkeeper-config, scrollkeeper-extract, scrollkeeper-gen-seriesid,
scrollkeeper-get-cl, scrollkeeper-get-content-list,
scrollkeeper-get-extended-content-list, scrollkeeper-get-index-from-docpath,
scrollkeeper-get-toc-from-docpath, scrollkeeper-get-toc-from-id, scrollkeeper-install,
scrollkeeper-preinstall, scrollkeeper-rebuilddb, scrollkeeper-uninstall, and
scrollkeeper-update
Installed Library: libscrollkeeper.so
Installed Directories: /usr/share/doc/scrollkeeper-0.3.14, /usr/share/{omf, {,xml/}scrollkeeper}, and
/var/lib/scrollkeeper

Short Descriptions
ScrollKeeper utility programs The ScrollKeeper utility programs and scripts listed above are for
performing installation, building, getting and updating table of contents
files.
libscrollkeeper.so provides the API necessary for help browsers to interact with
documentation written to utilize ScrollKeeper.

272
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Intltool-0.35.5
Introduction to Intltool
The intltool package contains an internationalization tool. This is useful for extracting translatable strings
from source files, collecting the extracted strings with messages from traditional source files (<source
directory>/<package>/po) and merging the translations into .xml, .desktop and .oaf files.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/intltool/0.35/intltool-0.35.5.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/intltool/0.35/intltool-0.35.5.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: f52d5fa7f128db94e884cd21dd45d2e2
• Download size: 132 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 1.5 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Intltool Dependencies

Required
XML::Parser-2.34

Installation of Intltool
Install intltool by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m644 -D doc/I18N-HOWTO \
/usr/share/doc/intltool-0.35.5/I18N-HOWTO

Contents
Installed Programs: intltoolize, intltool-extract, intltool-merge, intltool-prepare, and intltool-update
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: /usr/share/intltool and /usr/share/doc/intltool-0.35.5

Short Descriptions
intltoolize prepares a package to use intltool.
intltool-extract generates header files that can be read by gettext.
intltool-merge merges translated strings into various file types.
intltool-prepare updates pot files and merges them with translation files.

273
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

intltool-update updates the po template files and merges them with the translations.

274
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Screen-4.0.3
Introduction to Screen
Screen is a terminal multiplexor that runs several separate processes, typically interactive shells, on a single physical
character-based terminal. Each virtual terminal emulates a DEC VT100 plus several ANSI X3.64 and ISO 2022
functions and also provides configurable input and output translation, serial port support, configurable logging,
multi-user support, and many character encodings, including UTF-8. Screen sessions can be detached and resumed
later on a different terminal.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.uni-erlangen.de/pub/utilities/screen/screen-4.0.3.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.uni-erlangen.de/pub/utilities/screen/screen-4.0.3.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 8506fd205028a96c741e4037de6e3c42
• Download size: 821 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 5.8 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Screen Dependencies

Optional

Linux-PAM-0.99.10.0

Installation of Screen
Install Screen by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --with-socket-dir=/var/run/screen \

--with-sys-screenrc=/etc/screenrc &&
sed -i -e "s%/usr/local/etc/screenrc%/etc/screenrc%" {etc,doc}/* &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -m 644 etc/etcscreenrc /etc/screenrc

Command Explanations
--with-socket-dir=/var/run/screen: This option places the per-user sockets in a standard location.
--with-sys-screenrc=/etc/screenrc: This option places the global screenrc file in /etc.
sed -i -e "s%/usr/local/etc/screenrc%/etc/screenrc%" {etc,doc}/*: This command corrects the configuration and
documentation files to the location that is used here for the global screenrc file.

275
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Configuring Screen
Config Files
/etc/screenrc and ~/.screenrc

Configuration Information
You may want to look at the example configuration file that was installed and customize it for your needs.

Contents
Installed Program: screen
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directory: /var/run/screen

Short Descriptions
screen is a terminal multiplexor with VT100/ANSI terminal emulation.

276
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

HTML Tidy-cvs_20070326
Introduction to HTML Tidy
The HTML Tidy package contains a command line tool and libraries used to read HTML, XHTML and XML files
and write cleaned up markup. It detects and corrects many common coding errors and strives to produce visually
equivalent markup that is both W3C compliant and compatible with most browsers.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/6.3/sources/tidy-cvs_20070326.tar.bz2
•
• Download MD5 sum: 468bfaa5cf917a8ecbe7834c13a61376
• Download size: 872 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 15 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
HTML Tidy tarballs are no longer generated by the maintainers. To build from source, the HTML Tidy developers
recommend using current CVS. The source tarball shown above was created by the BLFS team by pulling a CVS
version and generating the autotool components. BLFS made no changes to the existing source files.

HTML Tidy Dependencies

Optional
Dmalloc

Installation of HTML Tidy

Install HTML Tidy by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you wish to install the API documentation, issue the following command as the root user:
make -C htmldoc install_apidocs

Configuring HTML Tidy

Config Files
The absolute path of the file specified in $HTML_TIDY.

Configuration Information
The default configuration options can be set in the file defined in $HTML_TIDY. Additional configuration options
can be passed to tidy via command line parameters or the -config <file> parameter.

277
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: tab2space and tidy
Installed Library: libtidy.{so,a}
Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/tidy-051020

Short Descriptions
tab2space is a utility to expand tabs and ensure consistent line endings.
tidy validates, corrects, and pretty-prints HTML files.
libtidy.{so,a} libraries provide the HTML Tidy API functions to tidy and can also be called by other
programs.

278
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

desktop-file-utils-0.13
Introduction to desktop-file-utils
The desktop-file-utils package contains command line utilities for working with desktop entries. These utilities are
used by GNOME-2 and other applications to manipulate the MIME-types application databases and help adhere to
the Desktop Entry Specification.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://freedesktop.org/software/desktop-file-utils/releases/desktop-file-utils-0.13.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: 2ee84d0de753d4052011714c20d6efae
• Download size: 347 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 3 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

desktop-file-utils Dependencies
Required
GLib-2.12.12

Optional
Emacs-22.1

Installation of desktop-file-utils
Install desktop-file-utils by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Configuring desktop-file-utils
Configuration Information
The XDG Base Directory specification defines the standard locations for applications to place data and configuration
files. These files can be used, for instance, to define the menu structure and menu items in a desktop environment.
The default location for configuration files to be installed is /etc/xdg, and the default locations for data files are
/usr/local/share and /usr/share. These locations can be extended with the environment variables XDG_
CONFIG_DIRS and XDG_DATA_DIRS, respectively. The GNOME, KDE and XFCE environments respect respect
these settings. Update the XDG_DATA_DIRS (if necessary) and XDG_CONFIG_DIRS environment variables so that
the additional MIME-types application databases and desktop menu files are properly maintained and discovered by
adding the following to the system-wide or personal profile:

279
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

For GNOME:

XDG_DATA_DIRS=$GNOME_PREFIX/share:/usr/local/share:/usr/share
XDG_CONFIG_DIRS=/etc/gnome/2.18.3/xdg:/etc/xdg
export XDG_DATA_DIRS XDG_CONFIG_DIRS

For KDE:

XDG_DATA_DIRS=$KDE_PREFIX/share:/usr/local/share:/usr/share
XDG_CONFIG_DIRS=/etc/kde/xdg:/etc/xdg
export XDG_DATA_DIRS XDG_CONFIG_DIRS

For XFCE, the default locations should be appropriate if the instructions in the BLFS book were followed.
When a package installs a .desktop file to a location in one of the base data directories, the
database that maps MIME-types to available applications can be updated. For instance, the cache file at
/usr/share/applications/mimeinfo.cache can be rebuilt by executing the following command as the
root user:

update-desktop-database /usr/share/applications

Contents
Installed Programs: desktop-file-install, desktop-file-validate, and update-desktop-database
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
desktop-file-install is used to install a new, or modify an existing desktop file entry. It is also used
to rebuild or modify the MIME-types application database.
desktop-file-validate is used to verify the integrity of a desktop file.
update-desktop-database is used to update the MIME-types application database.

280
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

XScreenSaver-5.03
Introduction to XScreenSaver
The XScreenSaver is a modular screen saver and locker for the X Window System. It is highly customizable and
allows the use of any program that can draw on the root window as a display mode. The purpose of XScreenSaver is
to display pretty pictures on your screen when it is not in use, in keeping with the philosophy that unattended monitors
should always be doing something interesting, just like they do in the movies. However, XScreenSaver can also be
used as a screen locker, to prevent others from using your terminal while you are away.
There may be a more recent release available from the XScreenSaver home page. You can check http://www.jwz.
org/xscreensaver/ and probably use the existing BLFS instructions. Note that versions other than the one shown in
the download URLs have not been tested in a BLFS environment.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/BLFS/6.3/x/xscreensaver-5.03.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/6.3/x/xscreensaver-5.03.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 367b0397132102faf43e71e27bbdc181
• Download size: 5.4 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 129 MB
• Estimated build time: 1.1 SBU

XScreenSaver Dependencies
Required
bc-1.06 and libglade-2.6.1 (alternatively LessTif-0.95.0 but not recommended)

Optional
libjpeg-6b, libgnome-2.18.0, GLE, Netpbm, XDaliClock, Linux-PAM-0.99.10.0, MIT Kerberos V5-1.6 (built with
Kerberos V4 backwards compatibility), and krb4 and Heimdal-1.1 (Kerberos authentication requires having Kerberos
V4 and V5 on the system)

Installation of XScreenSaver
Install XScreenSaver by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --libexecdir=/usr/lib &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--with-setuid-hacks: This switch allows some demos to be installed setuid root which is needed in order
to ping other hosts.

281
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--enable-locking: This switch provides support for locking the display.

Configuring XScreenSaver
Config Files
/etc/X11/app-defaults/XScreenSaver, ~/.xscreensaver and /etc/pam.d/xscreensaver
or /etc/pam.conf

Contents
Installed Programs: xscreensaver, xscreensaver-command, xscreensaver-demo, xscreensaver-getimage,
xscreensaver-getimage-file, xscreensaver-getimage-video, xscreensaver-gl-helper, and
xscreensaver-text
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: /usr/lib/xscreensaver and /usr/share/xscreensaver

Short Descriptions
xscreensaver is a screen saver and locker daemon.
xscreensaver-command controls a running xscreensaver process by sending it client messages.
xscreensaver-demo is a graphical front-end for setting the parameters used by the background
xscreensaver daemon.
xscreensaver-getimage is a helper program for the xscreensaver modules that manipulate images.
xscreensaver-getimage-file is a helper program for the xscreensaver modules that manipulate images.
xscreensaver-getimage-video is a helper program for the xscreensaver modules that manipulate images.
xscreensaver-gl-helper is a helper program for the xscreensaver OpenGL modules.
xscreensaver-text prints some text to stdout, for use by screen savers.

282
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

pilot-link-0.12.2
Introduction to pilot-link
The pilot-link package provides a suite of tools containing a series of conduits, libraries, and language bindings for
moving information to and from your Palm device and your desktop or server/workstation system, as well as across
a network.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.pilot-link.org/pilot-link-0.12.2.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/pilot-link-0.12.2.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: c1f4db8f32a2ee916fedb9a2dac8aa26
• Download size: 964 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 20 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/pilot-link-0.12.2-bindings_fix-1.patch

pilot-link Dependencies
Optional
libpng-1.2.29, popt-1.10.4, libusb-0.1.12, JDK-6 Update 5, Tcl-8.4.18, Python-2.5.2, BlueZ, and Electric Fence

Kernel Configuration
You may need to configure the “USB_SERIAL_VISOR” device into the kernel before your system can communicate
with your Palm device. Add this device by enabling the following kernel parameter setting and rebuilding the kernel
(and modules, if applicable):
Device Drivers:
USB support:
USB Serial Converter support:
USB Handspring Visor / Palm m50x / Sony Client Driver
For additional information about connecting your USB Palm device, see: http://www.pilot-link.org/README.usb.

Installation of pilot-link
Install pilot-link by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../pilot-link-0.12.2-bindings_fix-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-threads \
--enable-conduits \
--with-perl &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.

283
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/pilot-link-0.12.2 &&
install -v -m644 README doc/{README.*,TODO,CodingGuidelines} \
/usr/share/doc/pilot-link-0.12.2

Command Explanations
--enable-threads: This parameter is required to link the threading library into the build.
--enable-conduits: This parameter is required to build the userspace programs. Omit it if you only need the
pilot-link libraries.
--with-perl: This parameter is required to build the Perl bindings.
--with-java --with-tcl=/usr/lib --with-python: Use any or all of these options to enable the
respective language bindings desired.

Contents
Installed Programs: pilot-650foto, pilot-addresses, pilot-clip, pilot-csd, pilot-debugsh, pilot-dedupe,
pilot-dlpsh, pilot-file, pilot-foto, pilot-getram, pilot-getrom, pilot-getromtoken,
pilot-hinotes, pilot-ietf2datebook, pilot-install-datebook, pilot-install-expenses,
pilot-install-hinote, pilot-install-memo, pilot-install-netsync, pilot-install-todo,
pilot-install-todos, pilot-install-user, pilot-memos, pilot-nredir, pilot-read-expenses,
pilot-read-ical, pilot-read-notepad, pilot-read-palmpix, pilot-read-screenshot,
pilot-read-todos, pilot-read-veo, pilot-reminders, pilot-schlep, pilot-sync-plan,
pilot-treofoto, pilot-undelete, pilot-wav, pilot-xfer and optionally, pitclsh
Installed Libraries: libjpisock.so JDK library, libpitcl.{so,a} Tcl library, _pisock.so Python module and
Pilot.so Perl module
Installed Bindings: /usr/lib/perl5/site_perl/5.8.8/i686-linux/auto/PDA, /usr/share/doc/pilot-link-0.12.2
and/usr/share/pilot-link

Short Descriptions
pilot-link programs and utilities Describing the functionality of each pilot-link program and
utility would take several pages. Instead, after you've installed
the package, review the pilot-link man page (man pilot-link).
If you wish to review before installing the package, unpack the
tarball and issue man doc/man/pilot-link.7.in.

284
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

unixODBC-2.2.12
Introduction to unixODBC
The unixODBC package is an Open Source ODBC (Open DataBase Connectivity) sub-system and an ODBC SDK for
Linux, Mac OSX, and UNIX. ODBC is an open specification for providing application developers with a predictable
API with which to access data sources. Data sources include SQL Servers and any data source with an ODBC Driver.
unixODBC contains the following components used to assist with the manipulation of ODBC data sources: a driver
manager, an installer library and command line tool, command line tools to help install a driver and work with SQL,
drivers and driver setup libraries and a suite of graphical tools used to administer ODBC, test drivers and browse
data sources.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.unixodbc.org/unixODBC-2.2.12.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/unixODBC-2.2.12.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 9a116aad4059c31d231b626ffdf1869a
• Download size: 2.7 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 101 MB
• Estimated build time: 3.5 SBU (includes building the GUI tools)

unixODBC Dependencies

Optional

Qt-3.3.8b (required to build the GUI tools), Pth-2.0.7, and Mini SQL

Note
There is a circular dependency with Qt and unixODBC. If you need to build the Qt unixODBC plugin
module, you will have to build and install unixODBC once without the GUI tools to satisfy the Qt build.
Then, after Qt has been installed, you'll need to build and install unixODBC again if you wish to build
the GUI tools.

Installation of unixODBC
Install unixODBC by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc/unixodbc \
--enable-fdb \
--disable-gui &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

285
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

find doc -name "Makefile*" -exec rm {} \; &&

chmod 644 doc/{lst,ProgrammerManual/Tutorial}/* &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/unixODBC-2.2.12 &&

cp -v -R doc/* /usr/share/doc/unixODBC-2.2.12

Command Explanations
--enable-fdb: This parameter enables support for file-based data access.
--disable-gui: This parameter disables building the GUI tools. Remove it if you have Qt installed and wish
to build the GUI tools.

Configuring unixODBC
Config Files
/etc/unixodbc/*

Configuration Information
The files in /etc/unixodbc are meant to be configured by the system administrator (or the ODBC site
administrator if appropriate privileges are granted to /etc/unixodbc). These files are not meant to be directly
edited. The ODBC installer library is responsible for reading and writing the unixODBC config files.
Unfortunately, there are no man or info pages for the various programs available in the unixODBC
package. Along with the information in the “Short Descriptions” below and the documentation installed in
/usr/share/doc/unixODBC-2.2.12, there are many README files throughout the source tree where the
use and functionality of the programs can be found. Additionally, you can use the parameter -? with the non-GUI
tools for syntax and usage information. Lastly, the unixODBC web site at http://www.unixodbc.org/ has very good
information.

Contents
Installed Programs: DataManager, DataManagerII, ODBCConfig, dltest, isql, iusql, odbc_config, odbcinst
and odbctest
Installed Libraries: libboundparam.so, libesoobS.so, libgtrtst.so, libmimerS.so, libnn.so, libodbc.so,
libodbccr.so, libodbcdrvcfg1S.so, libodbcdrvcfg2S.so, libodbcinst.so, libodbcinstQ.so,
libodbcminiS.so, libodbcmyS.so, libodbcnnS.so, libodbcpsql.so, libodbcpsqlS.so,
libodbctxt.so, libodbctxtS.so, liboplodbcS.so, liboraodbcS.so, libsapdbS.so, libtdsS.so
and libtemplate.so
Installed Directories: /etc/unixodbc and /usr/share/doc/unixODBC-2.2.12

Short Descriptions
DataManager is a graphical program which can be used to browse/explore ODBC data sources.
DataManagerII is an enhanced version of DataManager.

286
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

ODBCConfig is a graphical program used to make configuration of ODBC data sources extremely easy.
dltest is a utility used to check a share library to see if it can be loaded and if a given symbol exists in it.
isql is a utility which can be used to submit SQL to a data source and to format/output results. It
can be used in batch or interactive mode.
iusql provides the same functionality as the isql program.
odbc_config is used to find out details about the installation of the unixODBC package.
odbcinst is a utility created for install script/RPM writers. It is a command line interface to key
functionality in the libodbcinst library. It does not copy any files (i.e., libraries) but it will
modify the ODBC System Information for the user.
odbctest is a graphical program used to test the ODBC API.

287
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Graphviz-2.12
Introduction to Graphviz
The Graphviz package contains graph visualization software. Graph visualization is a way of representing structural
information as diagrams of abstract graphs and networks. Graphviz has several main graph layout programs. It also
has web and interactive graphical interfaces, auxiliary tools, libraries, and language bindings.
The Graphviz layout programs take descriptions of graphs in a simple text language, and creates diagrams in several
useful formats such as images and SVG for web pages, Postscript for inclusion in PDF or other documents, or as
objects displayed in an interactive graph browser. (Graphviz also supports GXL, an XML dialect.) In practice, graphs
are usually generated from external data sources, but they can also be created and edited manually, either as raw text
files or within a graphical editor. (Graphviz was not intended to be a Visio replacement, so it would probably be
frustrating to try to use it that way.)
This package is useful for automatic graph drawing which has many important applications in software engineering,
database and web design, networking, and in visual interfaces for many other domains. Graphviz has many useful
features for concrete diagrams, such as options for colors, fonts, tabular node layouts, line styles, hyperlinks, and
custom shapes.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.graphviz.org/pub/graphviz/ARCHIVE/graphviz-2.12.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/graphviz-2.12.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: e5547bc0ec47943c72f5c3e2b5dff58f
• Download size: 4.6 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 102 MB
• Estimated build time: 1.8 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/graphviz-2.12-gd_fixes-1.patch

Graphviz Dependencies
Optional
pkg-config-0.22, expat-2.0.1, libpng-1.2.29, libjpeg-6b, FreeType-2.3.7, Fontconfig-2.4.2, X Window System,
Pango-1.16.4 (built with cairo support), GTK+-2.10.13, libgnomeui-2.18.1, libglade-2.6.1, Tcl-8.4.18, Tk-8.4.18, GD
Library, and Electric Fence

Optional (to Build Language Bindings)

SWIG (SWIG must be installed or no bindings will be built), Guile-1.8.2, JDK-6 Update 5, PHP-5.2.3, Python-2.5.2,
Ruby-1.8.6-p111, Tcl-8.4.18, C# (DotGNU Portable.NET or Mono), Io, Lua, and Objective Caml

Installation of Graphviz
If you wish to compile the Java language bindings, you will need to supply the path to the Java headers with the
following command:
export CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I$JAVA_HOME/include -I$JAVA_HOME/include/linux"

288
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Install Graphviz by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../graphviz-2.12-gd_fixes-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite that provides meaningful results.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If desired, create a symbolic link in the system documents directory to the documentation installed in
/usr/share/graphviz/doc using the following command as the root user:
ln -v -s /usr/share/graphviz/doc \
/usr/share/doc/graphviz-2.12

Configuring Graphviz
Config Files
/usr/lib/graphviz/config

Configuration Information
There are no specific configuration requirements for Graphviz. You may consider installing the additional plugins and
tools available from the download page at http://www.graphviz.org/Download_source.php for additional capabilities.
If additional plugins are installed, you can run dot_static -c (as the root user) to update the config file in
/usr/lib/graphviz.

Contents
Installed Programs: acyclic, bcomps, ccomps, circo, dijkstra, dot, dot2gxl, dot_static, dotty, fdp, gc,
gvcolor, gvpack, gvpr, gxl2dot, lefty, lneato, nop, prune, sccmap, tred, twopi and
unflatten
Installed Libraries: libagraph.{so,a}, libcdt.{so,a}, libexpr.{so,a}, libgraph.{so,a}, libpack.{so,a},
libpathplan.{so,a}, additional support libraries and language bindings
Installed Directories: /usr/include/graphviz, /usr/lib/graphviz and /usr/share/graphviz

Short Descriptions
acyclic is a filter that takes a directed graph as input and outputs a copy of the graph with
sufficient edges reversed to make the graph acyclic. The reversed edge inherits all of
the attributes of the original edge.
bcomps decomposes graphs into their biconnected components, printing the components to
standard output.
ccomps decomposes graphs into their connected components, printing the components to
standard output.
circo draws graphs using a circular layout. The tool identifies biconnected components and
draws the nodes of the component on a circle. The block-cutpoint tree is then laid

289
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

out using a recursive radial algorithm. Edge crossings within a circle are minimized
by placing as many edges on the circle's perimeter as possible. In particular, if the
component is outerplanar, the component will have a planar layout.
dijkstra reads a stream of graphs and for each computes the distance of every node from
sourcenode.
dot draws directed graphs. It works well on DAGs and other graphs that can be drawn as
hierarchies. It reads attributed graph files and writes drawings. By default, the output
format dot is the input file with layout coordinates appended.
dot2gxl converts between graphs represented in GXL and in the DOT language. Unless a
conversion type is specified using a flag, gxl2dot will deduce the type of conversion
from the suffix of the input file, a .dot suffix causing a conversion from DOT to GXL,
and a .gxl suffix causing a conversion from GXL to DOT.
dot_static is a version of dotthat has all the Graphviz libraries compiled statically.
dotty is a graph editor for the X Window System. It may be run as a standalone editor, or as
a front end for applications that use graphs. It can control multiple windows viewing
different graphs.
fdp draws undirected graphs using a “spring” model. It relies on a force-directed approach
in the spirit of Fruchterman and Reingold.
gc is a graph analogue to wc in that it prints to standard output the number of nodes, edges,
connected components or clusters contained in the input files. It also prints a total count
for all graphs if more than one graph is given.
gvcolor is a filter that sets node colors from initial seed values. Colors flow along edges from
tail to head, and are averaged (as HSB vectors) at nodes. The graph must already have
been processed by dot.
gvpack reads in a stream of graphs, combines the graphs into a single layout, and produces a
single graph serving as the union of the input graphs. The input graphs must be in dot
format, and must have all necessary layout information.
gvpr is a graph stream editor inspired by awk. It copies input graphs to its output, possibly
transforming their structure and attributes, creating new graphs, or printing arbitrary
information.
gxl2dot converts between graphs represented in GXL and in the DOT language. Unless a
conversion type is specified using a flag, gxl2dot will deduce the type of conversion
from the suffix of the input file, a .dot suffix causing a conversion from DOT to GXL,
and a .gxl suffix causing a conversion from GXL to DOT.
lefty is a two-view graphics editor for technical pictures.
lneato is a graph editor for the X Window System. It may be run as a standalone editor, or as
a front end for applications that use graphs. It can control multiple windows viewing
different graphs.
nop reads a stream of graphs and prints each in pretty-printed (canonical) format on stdout.
If no files are given, it reads from stdin.
prune reads directed graphs in the same format used by dot and removes subgraphs rooted at
nodes specified on the command line via options. These nodes themselves will not be

290
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

removed, but can be given attributes so that they can be easily located by a graph stream
editor such as gpr. prune correctly handles cycles, loops and multi-edges.
sccmap decomposes digraphs into strongly connected components and an auxiliary map of
the relationship between components. In this map, each component is collapsed into
a node. The resulting graphs are printed to standard out. The number of nodes, edges
and strongly connected components are printed to standard error. sccmap is a way of
partitioning large graphs into more manageable pieces.
tred computes the transitive reduction of directed graphs, and prints the resulting graphs to
standard output. This removes edges implied by transitivity. Nodes and subgraphs are
not otherwise affected. The “meaning” and validity of the reduced graphs is application
dependent. tred is particularly useful as a preprocessor to dot to reduce clutter in dense
layouts.
twopi draws graphs using a radial layout. Basically, one node is chosen as the center and put at
the origin. The remaining nodes are placed on a sequence of concentric circles centered
about the origin, each a fixed radial distance from the previous circle.
unflatten is a preprocessor to dot that is used to improve the aspect ratio of graphs having many
leaves or disconnected nodes. The usual layout for such a graph is generally very wide
or tall. unflatten inserts invisible edges or adjusts the minlen on edges to improve layout
compaction.
libagraph.{so,a} supports graph programming by maintaining graphs in memory and reading and writing
graph files. Graphs, nodes and edges may be attributed with programmer-defined
records and string name-value pairs. Graphs are composed of nodes, edges, and
nested subgraphs. Internally, libagraph depends extensively on libcdt (formerly
libdict) for set representation.
libcdt.{so,a} manages run-time dictionaries using standard container data types: unordered
set/multiset, ordered set/multiset, list, stack, and queue.
libexpr.{so,a} is a C-like expression library.
libgraph.{so,a} maintains directed and undirected attributed graphs in memory and reads and writes
graph files. Graphs are composed of nodes, edges, and nested subgraphs. A subgraph
may contain any nodes and edges of its parents, and may be passed to any libgraph
function taking a graph pointer, except the three that create new attributes (where a main
graph is required).
libpack.{so,a} supports the use of connected components in the context of laying out graphs using
other Graphviz libraries. One set of functions can be used to take a single graph and
break it apart into connected components. A complementary set of functions takes a
collection of graphs (not necessarily components of a single graph) which have been
laid out separately, and packs them together moderately tightly. The packing is done
using the polyomino algorithm of K. Freivalds et al.
libpathplan.{so,a} contains functions to find the shortest path between two points in a simple polygon.

291
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

xterm-231
Introduction to xterm
xterm is a terminal emulator for the X Window System.

Package Information
•
• Download (FTP): ftp://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm-231.tgz
• Download MD5 sum: b767d702e1464e16802b90c2187252c6
• Download size: 830 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 8.0 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

xterm Dependencies
Required
Xorg Libraries

Optional
luit-1.0.2 (required in non-UTF-8 locales if the user wants TrueType fonts, and always required in Chinese, Japanese,
and Korean locales). Configuration instructions below assume that Luit is installed.

Installation of xterm
Install xterm by running the following commands:
sed -i '/v0/,+1s/new:/new:kb=^?:/' termcap &&
echo -e '\tkbs=\\177,' >>terminfo &&
TERMINFO=/usr/lib/terminfo ./configure $XORG_CONFIG \
--enable-luit --enable-wide-chars \
--with-app-defaults=$XORG_PREFIX/share/X11/app-defaults &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
make install-ti

Command Explanations
sed -i ... termcap, echo ... >>terminfo: these commands modify the terminal description, so that the Backspace key
is expected to send the character with ASCII code 127, for consistency with the Linux console.
TERMINFO=/usr/lib/terminfo: This ensures that the xterm terminfo file is installed to the system terminfo
database when the installation prefix is not /usr.
--with-app-defaults=...: Sets the location for the app-defaults directory.

292
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--enable-luit: Enables the luit filter for translation between Unicode (used by xterm internally in
the configuration below) and the locale encoding. If luit is not found in the PATH, the default of
/usr/X11R6/bin/luit will be used.
--enable-wide-chars: Adds support for wide characters.
make install-ti: This command installs corrected terminfo description files for use with xterm.

Configuring xterm
There are two ways to configure xterm. You can add X resource definitions to the user's ~/.Xresources file, or
add them to the system-wide $XORG_PREFIX/share/X11/app-defaults/Xterm file.
In order for xterm to follow the locale settings in the environment, use TrueType fonts, and follow the Linux
convention about the code sent by the Backspace key, add the following definitions as the root user:

cat >> $XORG_PREFIX/share/X11/app-defaults/XTerm << "EOF"

*VT100*locale: true
*VT100*faceName: Monospace
*VT100*faceSize: 10
*backarrowKeyIsErase: true
*ptyInitialErase: true
EOF

Contents
Installed Programs: resize, uxterm, and xterm

Short Descriptions
resize prints a shell command for setting the TERM and TERMCAP environment variables to indicate the current
size of xterm window.
uxterm is a wrapper script that modifies the current locale to use UTF-8 and starts xterm with the proper settings.
xterm is a terminal emulator for the X Window System.

293
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

rman-3.2
Introduction to rman
rman is a utility to convert manual pages into other formats. It can currently supports HTML, ASCII, LaTeX,
LaTeX2e, RTF, POD, and partial DocBook XML output.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/polyglotman/rman-3.2.tar.gz?download
•
• Download MD5 sum: 6d1d67641c6d042595a96a62340d3cc6
• Download size: 80 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 629 KB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Installation of rman
rman is no longer part of the Xorg distribution, however, packages that use it may expect it to be in the same location
as your Xorg programs. Adjust the makefile to account for this:

sed -i -e "s@/opt/local@$XORG_PREFIX@" \
-e "s@/usr/local@$XORG_PREFIX@" Makefile

Build rman by running the following command:

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Programs: rman

Short Description
rman is a manpage converter.

294
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Recode-3.6
Introduction to Recode
The Recode package contains a program for converting text between character sets, and a library that exposes this
functionality to other applications. Note that the same functionality (but with different API) is provided by iconv,
which is installed in LFS as a part of Glibc.

Note
The Recode package is no longer maintained upstream. Wishlist bugs such as http://bugs.debian.org/94966
will never be fixed.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/recode/recode-3.6.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/recode/recode-3.6.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: be3f40ad2e93dae5cd5f628264bf1877
• Download size: 1.7 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 24 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/recode-3.6-fixes-1.patch

Recode Dependencies

Optional
Python-2.5.2 (for the “bigauto” test) and Dmalloc

Installation of Recode
Install Recode by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../recode-3.6-fixes-1.patch &&

./configure --prefix=/usr --without-included-gettext &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check. The testsuite will warn about the “bigauto” test being skipped. The editors did
not attempt to run this test to the end, because it uses obsolete Python constructions.
Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--without-included-gettext: This parameter forces the use of gettext implementation provided by
Glibc instead of the very old internal copy. The internal copy produces incorrect output in UTF-8 locales.

295
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Program: recode
Installed Library: librecode.{so,a}
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
recode converts text between character sets.
librecode.{so,a} contains functions for character set conversion.

296
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

icon-naming-utils-0.8.2
Introduction to icon-naming-utils
The icon-naming-utils package contains a Perl script used for maintaining backwards compatibility with current
desktop icon themes, while migrating to the names specified in the Icon Naming Specification.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://tango.freedesktop.org/releases/icon-naming-utils-0.8.2.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/icon-naming-utils-0.8.2.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 76e6afde567bd17b4fe095aa0ec90531
• Download size: 66 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 500 KB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

icon-naming-utils Dependencies
Required
XML::Simple-2.18

Installation of icon-naming-utils
Install icon-naming-utils by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
--libexecdir=/usr/lib/icon-naming-utils &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--libexecdir=/usr/lib/icon-naming-utils: This parameter is used so that the main program script is
placed in /usr/lib/icon-naming-utils instead of /usr/libexec.

Contents
Installed Programs: icon-name-mapping
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: /usr/share/dtds and /usr/share/icon-naming-utils

Short Descriptions
icon-name-mapping is a Perl script used for maintaining backwards compatibility with current desktop icon
themes, while migrating to the names specified in the Icon Naming Specification.

297
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

rxvt-unicode-9.02
Introduction to rxvt-unicode
rxvt-unicode is a clone of the terminal emulator rxvt, an X Window System terminal emulator which includes support
for XFT and Unicode.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://dist.schmorp.de/rxvt-unicode/Attic/rxvt-unicode-9.02.tar.bz2
•
• Download MD5 sum: f3c4fea3d544a340fa5a1d601ff5f204
• Download size: 860 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 27 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/rxvt-unicode-9.02-DISPLAY_fix-1.patch

rxvt-unicode Dependencies
Required
X Window System

Optional
libAfterImage (adds support for transparency and background images)

Installation of rxvt-unicode
Install rxvt-unicode by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../rxvt-unicode-9.02-DISPLAY_fix-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-everything &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Command Explanations
--enable-everything: Add support for all non-multichoice options. Details about the different options can be
found in the file README.configure.
--disable-xft: Remove support for Xft fonts.
--disable-perl: Disable the embedded Perl interpreter.
--disable-afterimage: Remove support for libAfterImage.

298
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Configuring rxvt-unicode
The rxvt-unicode terminal emulator uses the resource class URxvt and the resource name urxvt. You can add X
resource definitions to a user's ~/.Xresources file or to the system-wide /etc/X11/app-defaults/URxvt
file. The following example will load the matcher Perl extension (assuming Perl support wasn't disabled), which
enables a middle button click to open an underlined URL in the specified browser, sets a background and foreground
color and loads an Xft font:

cat >> /etc/X11/app-defaults/URxvt << "EOF"

URxvt*perl-ext: matcher
URxvt*urlLauncher: firefox
URxvt.background: black
URxvt.foreground: yellow
URxvt*font: xft:Monospace:pixelsize=12
EOF

The rxvt-unicode application can also run in a daemon mode, which makes it possible to open multiple terminal
windows within the same process. The urxvtc client then connects to the urxvtd daemon and requests a new terminal
window. Use this option with caution. If the daemon crashes, all the running processes in the terminal windows are
terminated.
You can start the urxvtd daemon in the system or personal startup X session script (e.g., ~/.xinitrc) by adding
the following lines near the top of the script:

# Start the urxvtd daemon

urxvtd -q -f -o &

For more information, examine the urxvt, urxvtd, urxvtc, and urxvtperl man pages.

Contents
Installed Programs: urxvt, urxvtd, and urxvtc
Installed Libraries: Many Perl extensions located under /usr/lib/urxvt/perl
Installed Directory: /usr/lib/urxvt

Short Descriptions
urxvt is a terminal emulator for the X Window System.
urxvtd is the urxvt terminal daemon.
urxvtc controls the urxvtd daemon.

299
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

PIN-Entry-0.7.3
Introduction to PIN-Entry
The PIN-Entry package contains a collection of simple PIN or pass-phrase entry dialogs which utilize the Assuan
protocol as described by the Äegypten project. PIN-Entry programs are usually invoked by the gpg-agent daemon,
but can be run from the command line as well. There are programs for various text-based and GUI environments,
including interfaces designed for Ncurses (text-based), Gtk+, Gtk+-2, and Qt-3.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/BLFS/6.3/p/pinentry-0.7.3.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnupg.org/gcrypt/pinentry/pinentry-0.7.3.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 59282278405a8264b39ea28678c78cf4
• Download size: 417 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 9 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

PIN-Entry Dependencies

Optional

GTK+-1.2.10, GTK+-2.10.13, Qt-3.3.8b, and libcap

Installation of PIN-Entry
Install PIN-Entry by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-pin-entry-curses \
--enable-fallback-curses \
--disable-pinentry-gtk \
--disable-pinentry-gtk2 \
--disable-pinentry-qt &&
make

Only info documentation is shipped in the package tarball. If you wish to build alternate formats of the documentation,
you must have teTeX-3.0 installed, then issue the following commands:

make -k -C doc pdf ps html &&

makeinfo --html --no-split -o doc/pinentry_nochunks.html doc/pinentry.texi &&
makeinfo --plaintext -o doc/pinentry.txt doc/pinentry.texi

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m644 -D README /usr/share/doc/pinentry-0.7.3/README

300
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

If you built the additional documentation, install it by issuing the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/pinentry-0.7.3/html &&

install -v -m644 doc/pinentry.html/* \
/usr/share/doc/pinentry-0.7.3/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/pinentry_*.html \
/usr/share/doc/pinentry-0.7.3 &&
install -v -m644 doc/pinentry.{pdf,ps,dvi,txt,texi} \
/usr/share/doc/pinentry-0.7.3

Command Explanations
--enable-...: These two parameters are used to fix a problem with the configure script if the optional
dependencies are not installed. If the dependencies are installed, these parameters may be omitted.
--disable-...: These three parameters are used to fix a problem with the configure script if the optional
dependencies are not installed. If the dependencies are installed, these parameters may be omitted.

Contents
Installed Programs: pinentry, pinentry-curses, pinentry-gtk, pinentry-gtk-2, and pinentry-qt
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/pinentry-0.7.3

Short Descriptions
pinentry is a symbolic link to the default PIN-Entry program.
pinentry-curses is an Ncurses text-based PIN-Entry program.
pinentry-gtk is a Gtk GUI PIN-Entry program.
pinentry-gtk-2 is a Gtk-2 GUI PIN-Entry program.
pinentry-qt is a Qt GUI PIN-Entry program.

301
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Gperf-3.0.3
Introduction to Gperf
Gperf generates a perfect hash function from a key set.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gperf/gperf-3.0.3.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gperf/gperf-3.0.3.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: cc20e58975a38075440423c8fb85fd00
• Download size: 866 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 4 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Installation of Gperf
Install Gperf by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

If desired, create a text version of the documentation by issuing the following command:

makeinfo -o doc/gperf.txt --plaintext doc/gperf.texi

To test the results, issue make check. There should be no output from the diff commands.
Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/gperf-3.0.3 &&
install -m644 -v doc/gperf.{dvi,ps,pdf,txt} /usr/share/doc/gperf-3.0.3

Command Explanations
install -m644 -v doc/gperf.{dvi,ps,pdf,txt} ...: This command installs documentation. Modify the command (remove
',txt') if you did not build the text version.

Contents
Installed Programs: gperf
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: /usr/share/doc/gperf-3.0.3

Short Descriptions
gperf generates a perfect hash function from a key set.

302
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 11. System Utilities

This chapter contains mainly hardware utilities. It also contains some applications used by other applications in the
book for installation or configuration purposes.

303
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GPM-1.20.1
Introduction to GPM
The GPM (General Purpose Mouse daemon) package contains a mouse server for the console and xterm. It not
only provides cut and paste support generally, but its library component is used by various software such as Links
to provide mouse support to the application. It is useful on desktops, especially if following (Beyond) Linux From
Scratch instructions; it's often much easier (and less error prone) to cut and paste between two console windows than
to type everything by hand!

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.schottelius.org/pub/linux/gpm/gpm-1.20.1.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/gpm-1.20.1.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 2c63e827d755527950d9d13fe3d87692
• Download size: 556 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 6.7 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Recommended Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/gpm-1.20.1-segfault-1.patch
• Recommended Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/gpm-1.20.1-silent-1.patch

Installation of GPM
Install GPM by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../gpm-1.20.1-segfault-1.patch &&

patch -Np1 -i ../gpm-1.20.1-silent-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&
LDFLAGS="-lm" make

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

cp -v conf/gpm-root.conf /etc &&
ldconfig

Command Explanations
LDFLAGS="-lm": The math library must be linked with gpm, as ceil() is used in some cursor scrolling logic.

Configuring GPM
Boot Script
Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/gpm init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20080816 package.

make install-gpm

304
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Config Files
/etc/gpm-root.conf and ~/.gpm-root: The default and individual user gpm-root configuration files.
/etc/sysconfig/mouse: This file contains the name of your mouse device and the protocol which it uses. To
create this file, run the following as the root user:

cat > /etc/sysconfig/mouse << "EOF"

# Begin /etc/sysconfig/mouse

MDEVICE="<yourdevice>"
PROTOCOL="<yourprotocol>"
GPMOPTS="<additional options>"

# End /etc/sysconfig/mouse
EOF

Configuration Information
Examples of values to set MDEVICE, PROTOCOL, and GPMOPTS to are:

MDEVICE="/dev/psaux"
PROTOCOL="imps2"
GPMOPTS=""

A list of which protocol values are known can be found by running gpm -m [device] -t -help. The MDEVICE
setting depends on which type of mouse you have. For example, /dev/ttyS0 for a serial mouse (on Windows this
is COM1), /dev/input/mice is often used for USB mice and /dev/psaux for PS2 mice. GPMOPTS is the
'catch all' for any additional options that are needed for your hardware.

Contents
Installed Programs: disable-paste, gpm, gpm-root, hltest, mev, and mouse-test
Installed Libraries: libgpm.{so.a}
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
disable-paste is a security mechanism used to disable the paste buffer.
gpm is a cut and paste utility and mouse server for virtual consoles.
gpm-root is a default handler for gpm. It is used to draw menus on the root window.
hltest is a simple sample application using the high-level library, meant to be read by programmers
trying to use the high-level library.
mev is a program to report mouse events.
mouse-test is a tool for determining the mouse type and device it's attached to.
libgpm.{so.a} contains the API functions to access the GPM daemon.

305
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Fcron-3.0.3
Introduction to Fcron
The Fcron package contains a periodical command scheduler which aims at replacing Vixie Cron.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://fcron.free.fr/archives/fcron-3.0.3.src.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.seul.org/pub/fcron/fcron-3.0.3.src.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: c85e6eecd0564f37658ae250a491fd31
• Download size: 536 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 4.7 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Fcron Dependencies
Optional
An MTA, text editor (default is vi from the Vim-7.1 package), Linux-PAM-0.99.10.0, DocBook-utils-0.6.14

Installation of Fcron
Fcron uses the cron facility of syslog to log all messages. Since LFS does not set up this facility in /etc/syslog.
conf, it needs to be done prior to installing Fcron. This command will append the necessary line to the current
/etc/syslog.conf (perform as the root user):
cat >> /etc/syslog.conf << "EOF"
# Begin fcron addition to /etc/syslog.conf

cron.* -/var/log/cron.log

# End fcron addition

EOF
The configuration file has been modified, so reloading the sysklogd daemon will activate the changes (again as the
root user).
/etc/rc.d/init.d/sysklogd reload
For security reasons, an unprivileged user and group for Fcron should be created (perform as the root user):
groupadd -g 22 fcron &&
useradd -d /dev/null -c "Fcron User" -g fcron -s /bin/false -u 22 fcron
Install Fcron by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var --without-sendmail --with-boot-install=no &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.

306
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--without-sendmail: By default, Fcron will attempt to use the sendmail command from an MTA package to
email you the results of the fcron script. This switch is used to disable default email notification. Omit the switch
to enable the default. Alternatively, you can use the --with-sendmail=</path/to/MTA command> to use
a different mailer command.
--with-boot-install=no: This prevents installation of the bootscript included with the package.
--with-editor=</path/to/editor>: This switch allows you to set the default text editor.

Configuring Fcron
Config Files
/etc/fcron.conf, /etc/fcron.allow, and /etc/fcron.deny

Configuration Information
There are no required changes in any of the config files. Configuration information can be found in the man page
for fcron.conf.
fcron scripts are written using fcrontab. Refer to the fcrontab man page for proper parameters to address your
situation.
If Linux-PAM is installed, two PAM configuration files are installed in /etc/pam.d. Alternatively if /etc/pam.
d is not used, the installation will append two configuration sections to the exiting /etc/pam.conf file. You
should ensure the files match your preferences. Modify them as required to suit your needs.

Boot Script
Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/fcron init script from the blfs-bootscripts-20080816 package.

make install-fcron

Contents
Installed Programs: fcron, fcrondyn, fcronsighup, and fcrontab
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: /usr/share/doc/fcron-3.0.3 and /var/spool/fcron

Short Descriptions
fcron is the scheduling daemon.
fcrondyn is a user tool intended to interact with a running fcron daemon.
fcronsighup instructs fcron to reread the Fcron tables.
fcrontab is a program used to install, edit, list and remove the tables used by fcron.

307
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Hdparm-7.7
Introduction to Hdparm
The hdparm package contains a utility that is useful for controlling ATA/IDE controllers and hard drives both to
increase performance and sometimes to increase stability.

Warning
As well as being useful, incorrect usage of hdparm can destroy your information and in rare cases, drives.
Use with caution and make sure you know what you are doing. If in doubt, it is recommended that you
leave the default kernel parameters alone.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/hdparm/hdparm-7.7.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: 0d96f03155fe5c119ca338a51ad1eaa7
• Download size: 62 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 524 KB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Installation of Hdparm
Build hdparm by running the following command:

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Note that by default, hdparm is installed in /sbin as some systems may require it during the boot process before
/usr is mounted. If you wish to install hdparm under the /usr hierarchy, then replace the above command with
the following:

make binprefix=/usr/ install

Contents
Installed Program: hdparm
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
hdparm provides a command-line interface to various hard disk ioctls supported by the stock Linux ATA/IDE
device driver subsystem.

308
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Which-2.19 and Alternatives

The presence or absence of the which program in the main LFS book is probably one of the most contentious issues
on the mailing lists. It has resulted in at least one flame war in the past. To hopefully put an end to this once and
for all, presented here are two options for equipping your system with which. The question of which “which” is for
you to decide.
The first option is to install the actual GNU which package.

Introduction to Which
Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.xs4all.nl/~carlo17/which/which-2.19.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/which/which-2.19.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: bbd094cec2444cd78befbc0cf09deea4
• Download size: 132 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 1 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Installation of Which
Install which by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Contents
Installed Program: which
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
which shows the full path of (shell) commands installed in your PATH.

The 'which' Script

The second option (for those who don't want to install the package) is to create a simple script (execute as the root
user):
cat > /usr/bin/which << "EOF"
#!/bin/bash
type -pa "$@" | head -n 1 ; exit ${PIPESTATUS[0]}
EOF
chmod -v 755 /usr/bin/which
chown -v root:root /usr/bin/which

309
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

This should work OK and is probably the easiest solution for most cases, but is not the most comprehensive
implementation.

310
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

UnZip-5.52
Introduction to UnZip
The UnZip package contains ZIP extraction utilities. These are useful for extracting files from ZIP archives. ZIP
archives are created with PKZIP or Info-ZIP utilities, primarily in a DOS environment.

Caution
The UnZip package has some locale related issues. See the discussion below in the section called “UnZip
Locale Issues”. A more general discussion of these problems can be found in the Program Assumes
Encoding section of the Locale Related Issues page.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/infozip/unzip552.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/tools/zip/info-zip/src/unzip552.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 9d23919999d6eac9217d1f41472034a9
• Download size: 1.1 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 6.7 MB
• Estimated build time: Less than 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/unzip-5.52-security_fix-1.patch
• Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/unzip-5.52-security_fix-2.patch
• Optional patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/unzip-5.50-alt-iconv-v1.1.patch

UnZip Locale Issues

Note
Use of UnZip in the JDK, Mozilla, DocBook or any other BLFS package installation is not a problem, as
BLFS instructions never use UnZip to extract a file with non-ASCII characters in the file's name.

The UnZip package assumes that filenames stored in the ZIP archives created on non-Unix systems are encoded in
CP850, and that they should be converted to ISO-8859-1 when writing files onto the filesystem. Such assumptions
are not always valid. In fact, inside the ZIP archive, filenames are encoded in the DOS codepage that is in use in the
relevant country, and the filenames on disk should be in the locale encoding. In MS Windows, the OemToChar() C
function (from User32.DLL) does the correct conversion (which is indeed the conversion from CP850 to a superset
of ISO-8859-1 if MS Windows is set up to use the US English language), but there is no equivalent in Linux.
When using unzip to unpack a ZIP archive containing non-ASCII filenames, the filenames are damaged because
unzip uses improper conversion when any of its encoding assumptions are incorrect. For example, in the
ru_RU.KOI8-R locale, conversion of filenames from CP866 to KOI8-R is required, but conversion from CP850 to
ISO-8859-1 is done, which produces filenames consisting of undecipherable characters instead of words (the closest
equivalent understandable example for English-only users is rot13). There are several ways around this limitation:
1) For unpacking ZIP archives with filenames containing non-ASCII characters, use WinZip while running the Wine
Windows emulator.

311
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

2) After running unzip, fix the damage made to the filenames using the convmv tool (http://j3e.de/linux/convmv/).
The following is an example for the ru_RU.KOI8-R locale:
Step 1. Undo the conversion done by unzip:
convmv -f iso-8859-1 -t cp850 -r --nosmart --notest \
</path/to/unzipped/files>
Step 2. Do the correct conversion instead:
convmv -f cp866 -t koi8-r -r --nosmart --notest \
</path/to/unzipped/files>

3) Apply the optional unzip-5.50-alt-iconv-v1.1.patch patch to UnZip. It will apply with some offsets.
It allows to specify the assumed filename encoding in the ZIP archive using the -O charset_name option and
the on-disk filename encoding using the -I charset_name option. Defaults: the on-disk filename encoding is
the locale encoding, the encoding inside the ZIP archive is guessed according to the builtin table based on the locale
encoding. For US English users, this still means that unzip converts from CP850 to ISO-8859-1 by default.
Caveat: this method works only with 8-bit locale encodings, not with UTF-8. Attempting to use a patched unzip in
UTF-8 locales may result in a segmentation fault and is probably a security risk.

Installation of UnZip
Note that if you applied the patch described above for locale issues, the first required security patch will have some
offsets. Now install UnZip by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../unzip-5.52-security_fix-1.patch &&
patch -Np1 -i ../unzip-5.52-security_fix-2.patch &&
make -f unix/Makefile LOCAL_UNZIP=-D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 linux
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make prefix=/usr install

Command Explanations
linux: This target in the Makefile makes assumptions that are useful for a Linux system when compiling the
executables. To obtain alternatives to this target, use make list
LOCAL_UNZIP=...: This sets the compilation flags to allow UnZip to handle files up to 4 GB.

Contents
Installed Programs: funzip, unzip, unzipfsx, zipgrep, and zipinfo
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
funzip allows the output of unzip commands to be redirected.

312
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

unzip lists, tests or extracts files from a ZIP archive.

unzipfsx is a self-extracting stub that can be prepended to a ZIP archive. Files in this format allow the
recipient to decompress the archive without installing UnZip.
zipgrep searches files in a ZIP archive for lines matching a pattern.
zipinfo produces technical information about the files in a ZIP archive, including file access permissions,
encryption status, type of compression, etc.
libunzip.so contains the API functions required by the UnZip programs.

313
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Zip-2.32
Introduction to Zip
The Zip package contains Zip utilities. These are useful for compressing files into ZIP archives.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://fresh.t-systems-sfr.com/unix/src/misc/zip232.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/tools/zip/info-zip/src/zip232.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 8a4da4460386e324debe97f3b7fe4d96
• Download size: 789 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 4.0 MB
• Estimated build time: Less than 0.1 SBU

Installation of Zip
Install Zip by running the following commands:

make -f unix/Makefile generic_gcc

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make prefix=/usr -f unix/Makefile install

Command Explanations
make prefix=/usr -f unix/Makefile install: This command overrides the prefix variable that is set to
/usr/local in the unix/Makefile. Alternatives to generic_gcc can be seen with a make -f unix/Makefile
list command.

Contents
Installed Programs: zip, zipcloak, zipnote, and zipsplit
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
zip compresses files into a ZIP archive.
zipcloak is a utility to encrypt and decrypt a ZIP archive.
zipnote reads or writes comments stored in a ZIP file.
zipsplit is a utility to split ZIP files into smaller files.

314
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

UnRar-3.7.8
Introduction to UnRar
The UnRar package contains a RAR extraction utility. This is useful for extracting files from RAR archives. RAR
archives are usually created with WinRAR, primarily in a Windows environment.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.rarlab.com/rar/unrarsrc-3.7.8.tar.gz
• Download (FTP):
• Download MD5 sum: b783f1932bc0c73902c6399f7c2c6f43
• Download size: 131 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 175 KB
• Estimated build time: Less than 0.1 SBU

Installation of UnRar
Install UnRar by running the following commands:

make -f makefile.unix

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

install -v -m755 unrar /usr/bin

Contents
Installed Programs: unrar
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
unrar uncompresses a RAR archive.

315
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

PCI Utilities-2.2.3
Introduction to PCI Utilities
The PCI Utilities package is a set of programs for listing PCI devices, inspecting their status and setting their
configuration registers.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.kernel.org/pub/software/utils/pciutils/pciutils-2.2.3.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/software/utils/pciutils/pciutils-2.2.3.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 86cc20eaa0360587497a8105d33e57fc
• Download size: 1.1 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 3.3 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Installation of PCI Utilities

Install PCI Utilities by running the following commands:

sed -i 's/null ;/null 2>\&1 ;/' update-pciids.sh &&

make PREFIX=/usr

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make PREFIX=/usr install

Some packages require the PCI static library. To install the library and headers, issue the following commands as
the root user:

install -v -m 755 -d /usr/include/pci &&

install -v -m 644 lib/libpci.a /usr/lib &&
install -v -m 644 lib/*.h /usr/include/pci

Command Explanations
sed -i 's/null ;/null 2>\&1 ;/' update-pciids.sh: This command suppresses some unneeded screen output from the
update-pciids command if you don't have either Lynx, Wget, or Curl installed by redirecting the stderr output of the
embedded which command to /dev/null.

Configuring PCI Utilities

The pci.ids data file is constantly being updated. To get a current version of this file, run update-pciids as
the root user. This program requires the which-2.19 script or program to find cURL-7.16.3, Wget-1.10.2 or
Lynx-2.8.6rel.5 which are used to download the most current file, and then replace the existing file in /usr/share.
You may wish to add an entry to root's (or any other user who has write privilege to /usr/share) crontab to
automatically update the pci.ids file periodically.

316
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: lspci, setpci and update-pciids
Installed Library: libpci.a
Installed Directory: /usr/include/pci

Short Descriptions
lspci is a utility for displaying information about all PCI buses in the system and all devices connected
to them.
setpci is a utility for querying and configuring PCI devices.
update-pciids fetches the current version of the PCI ID list. Requires cURL-7.16.3, Wget-1.10.2 or
Lynx-2.8.6rel.5.
libpci.a is the static library that allows applications to access the PCI subsystem.

317
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

usbutils-0.72
Introduction to usbutils
The usbutils package contains a utility used to display information about USB buses in the system and the devices
connected to them.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/linux-usb/usbutils-0.72.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: ee345fe605ffcfce843dae4aed81122b
• Download size: 166 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 1.6 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

usbutils Dependencies

Required

libusb-0.1.12

Installation of usbutils
Install usbutils by running the following commands:

sed -i 's|DEST=|&/usr/share/|' update-usbids.sh &&

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m755 update-usbids.sh /usr/sbin/update-usbids

Command Explanations
sed -i '...' update-usbids.sh: This command is used to modify the download script so that it will replace the existing
file in /usr/share instead of in the current directory.

Configuring usbutils
The usb.ids data file is constantly being updated. To get a current version of this file, run update-usbids as the
root user. This program requires the which-2.19 script or program to find Wget-1.10.2 or Lynx-2.8.6rel.5 which
are used to download the most current file, and replace the existing file in /usr/share.
You may wish to add an entry to root's (or any other user who has write privilege to /usr/share) crontab to
automatically update the usb.ids file periodically.

318
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: lsusb and update-usbids
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
lsusb is a utility for displaying information about all USB buses in the system and all devices
connected to them.
update-usbids downloads the current version of the USB ID list. Requires Wget-1.10.2 or Lynx-2.8.6rel.5.

319
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

pkg-config-0.22
Introduction to pkg-config
The pkg-config package contains a tool for passing the include path and/or library paths to build tools during the
configure and make file execution.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://pkgconfig.freedesktop.org/releases/pkg-config-0.22.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/pkg-config-0.22.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: fd5c547e9d66ba49bc735ccb8c791f2a
• Download size: 1.0 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Installation of pkg-config
Install pkg-config by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

To test the results, issue: make check. The “check-requires-private” test has been known to fail for undetermined
reasons.
Now, as the root user:

make install

Configuring pkg-config
The default setting for PKG_CONFIG_PATH is /usr/lib/pkgconfig:/usr/share/pkgconfig because
of the prefix used to install pkg-config. You may add to PKG_CONFIG_PATH by exporting additional paths on your
system where .pc files are installed. Note that PKG_CONFIG_PATH is only needed when compiling packages, not
during run-time.

Contents
Installed Program: pkg-config
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
pkg-config returns meta information for the specified library or package.

320
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

cpio-2.9
Introduction to cpio
The cpio package contains tools for archiving.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/cpio/cpio-2.9.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/cpio/cpio-2.9.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: e387abfdae3a0b9a8a5f762db653a96d
• Download size: 758 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 10 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Installation of cpio
Install cpio by running the following commands:

./configure CPIO_MT_PROG=mt \
--prefix=/usr \
--bindir=/bin \
--libexecdir=/tmp \
--with-rmt=/usr/sbin/rmt &&
make

If you have teTeX-3.0 installed and wish to create alternate forms of the documentation, issue the any or all of the
following commands:

make -C doc pdf &&

make -C doc ps &&
texi2html -o doc/cpio.html doc/cpio.texi &&
makeinfo --plaintext -o doc/cpio.txt doc/cpio.texi

To test the results, issue make check

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you built any of the alternate forms of documentation, install it by issuing the following commands as the root
user:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/cpio-2.9 &&

install -v -m644 doc/cpio.{pdf,ps,dvi,html,txt} \
/usr/share/doc/cpio-2.9

Command Explanations
CPIO_MT_PROG=mt: This parameter forces the building and installation of the mt program.

321
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--bindir=/bin: This parameter installs cpio to /bin instead of /usr/bin as recommended by the FHS
guidelines.
--libexecdir=/tmp: This parameter is used so that /usr/libexec is not created.
--with-rmt=/usr/sbin/rmt: This parameter inhibits building the rmt program as it is already installed by
the Tar package in LFS.

Contents
Installed Programs: cpio and mt
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
cpio copies files to and from archives.
mt controls magnetic tape drive operations.

322
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

MC-4.6.1
Introduction to MC
MC (Midnight Commander) is a text-mode full-screen file manager and visual shell. It provides a clear, user-friendly,
and somewhat protected interface to a Unix system while making many frequent file operations more efficient and
preserving the full power of the command prompt.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/utils/file/managers/mc/mc-4.6.1.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.uni-koeln.de/util/shell/mc-4.6.1.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 18b20db6e40480a53bac2870c56fc3c4
• Download size: 3.8 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 29 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/mc-4.6.1-bash32-1.patch
• Recommended Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/mc-4.6.1-debian_fixes-1.patch

Do I Need the Debian Patch?

Midnight Commander without the Debian patch is completely unusable in multibyte locales because it assumes that
characters and bytes are the same thing. The issue manifests itself as massive screen content corruption similar to
what is depicted in this screenshot (taken in the ru_RU.UTF-8 locale). For a general discussion of this type of issue,
see the Breaks Multibyte Characters section of the Locale Related Issues page. The Debian patch mostly fixes this
issue, and adds support for recoding remote FTP filenames. Debian also fixed 64-bit issues, rare segfaults in mcedit,
and improved syntax highlighting.
If you do not use a multibyte locale and do not need any of the new features or fixes, the patch is still supposed to be
harmless. However, the patch changes the dependencies and build instructions, and in the past it caused unacceptable
regressions for non-UTF-8 locale users. Thus, failsafe instructions without the patch are left in the book just in case.
Due to the size and unofficial nature of the patch, please do not report bugs in the patched MC to the original MC
developers.

MC Dependencies
Required
GLib-1.2.10 (untested with Debian patch) or GLib-2.12.12

Optional
GPM-1.20.1, X Window System, Samba-3.0.30, S-Lang-2.1.3 (required when building with Debian patch), Zip-2.32,
UnZip-5.52, and GNOME Libraries-1.4

Installation of MC
Fix incompatibility of MC-4.6.1 with Bash-3.2:
patch -Np1 -i ../mc-4.6.1-bash32-1.patch

323
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

If desired, apply Debian fixes:

patch -Np1 -i ../mc-4.6.1-debian_fixes-1.patch

Install MC by running the following commands:

CPPFLAGS="-DUTF8" ./configure --prefix=/usr \

--enable-charset &&
make

MC with Debian patches expects its documentation to be stored in UTF-8 encoding on disk, and automatically
converts it to the locale encoding when displaying on the terminal. This is different from the expectations of the
unpatched MC, so the documentation files have to be converted if (and only if) the Debian patch has been applied:

convert-mans ISO-8859-1 UTF-8 lib/mc.hint{,.es,.it,.nl} &&

convert-mans ISO-8859-2 UTF-8 lib/mc.hint{.cs,.hu,.pl} &&
convert-mans ISO-8859-5 UTF-8 lib/mc.hint.sr &&
convert-mans KOI8-R UTF-8 lib/mc.hint.ru &&
convert-mans KOI8-U UTF-8 lib/mc.hint.uk &&
convert-mans BIG5 UTF-8 lib/mc.hint.zh &&
convert-mans ISO-8859-1 UTF-8 doc/{es,it}/mc.hlp.* &&
convert-mans ISO-8859-2 UTF-8 doc/{hu,pl}/mc.hlp.* &&
convert-mans ISO-8859-5 UTF-8 doc/sr/mc.hlp.sr &&
convert-mans KOI8-R UTF-8 doc/ru/mc.hlp.ru

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

chmod 1755 /usr/lib/mc/cons.saver

Command Explanations
CPPFLAGS="-DUTF8": This parameter activates UTF-8 support in the Debian patch and has no effect without
this patch.
--enable-charset: This option adds support to mcedit for editing files in encodings different from the one
implied by the current locale. This feature works in non-UTF-8 locales only, even with the Debian patch.

--with-screen=(slang|mcslang|ncurses): This parameter selects the screen library used by MC.

NCurses support is currently buggy (MC does not handle mouse events in xterm correctly). UTF-8 support in the
Debian patch is functional only when external S-Lang-2.1.3 is used as a screen library (this is the default).

--with-codepagedir=DIR: This parameter was useful only with SAMBA-2.x. New versions of SAMBA do
not have codepage files.

chmod 1755 /usr/lib/mc/cons.saver: The cons.saver program has to be installed setuid root, because on LFS regular
users have no access to /dev/vcsa* devices. This step is optional if MC is going to be started from X terminal
emulators or ssh sessions only (thus rendering the cons.saver binary completely unneeded).

324
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Configuring MC
Config Files
~/.mc/*

Configuration Information
The ~/.mc directory and its contents are created when you start mc for the first time. Then you can edit the main
~/.mc/ini configuration file manually or through the MC shell. Consult the mc(1) man page for details.

Contents
Installed Programs: cons.saver, mc, mcedit, mcmfmt, and mcview
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: /usr/share/mc and /usr/lib/mc

Short Descriptions
cons.saver is used internally by mc for saving and restoring the text behind the panels on Linux text console.
mc is a visual shell.
mcedit is an internal file editor.
mcmfmt is used internally by mcview when viewing mailbox files.
mcview is an internal file viewer.

325
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Sysstat-7.0.4
Introduction to Sysstat
The Sysstat package contains utilities to monitor system performance and usage activity. Sysstat contains the sar
utility, common to many commercial Unixes, and tools you can schedule via cron to collect and historize performance
and activity data.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://perso.wanadoo.fr/sebastien.godard/sysstat-7.0.4.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/linux/system/status/sysstat-7.0.4.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 46a6af9c5486809c4f1fb4f8fcdf2684
• Download size: 124 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 2 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Sysstat Dependencies

Recommended

Fcron-3.0.3

Installation of Sysstat
Install Sysstat by running the following commands:

make config &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
make config: Runs the interactive configuration process. The first question prompts you for an “Installation
directory”. Reply with /usr, as this is equivalent to Autoconf's --prefix=/usr parameter to configure. For
all other prompts, you may press Enter to accept the (very sane) defaults. When prompted for “Number of daily
data files to keep: [7]”, you may wish to keep a larger number of files.

Configuring Sysstat
Cron Information
To begin gathering Sysstat history information, you must add to, or create a privileged user's crontab. The default
history data location is /var/log/sa. The user running Sysstat utilities via cron must have write access to this
location.

326
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Below is an example of what to install in the crontab. Adjust the parameters to suit your needs. Use man sa1 and
man sa2 for information about the commands.

# 8am-7pm activity reports every 10 minutes during weekdays

0 8-18 * * 1-5 /usr/lib/sa/sa1 600 6 &

# 7pm-8am activity reports every hour during weekdays

0 19-7 * * 1-5 /usr/lib/sa/sa1 &

# Activity reports every hour on Saturday and Sunday

0 * * * 0,6 /usr/lib/sa/sa1 &

# Daily summary prepared at 19:05

5 19 * * * /usr/lib/sa/sa2 -A &

Ensure you submit the revised crontab to the cron daemon.

System Startup Information

At system startup, a LINUX RESTART message must be inserted in the daily data file to reinitialize the kernel
counters. This can be automated by installing the /etc/rc.d/init.d/sysstat init script included in the
blfs-bootscripts-20080816 package using the following command as the root user:

make install-sysstat

Contents
Installed Programs: iostat, mpstat, sar, sa1, sa2, sadc and sadf
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: /usr/lib/sa, /usr/share/doc/sysstat-7.0.4 and /var/log/sa

Short Descriptions
iostat reports CPU statistics and input/output statistics for devices and partitions.
mpstat reports individual or combined processor related statistics.
sar collects, reports and saves system activity information.
sa1 collects and stores binary data in the system activity daily data file. It is a front end to sadc designed
to be run from cron.
sa2 writes a summarized daily activity report. It is a front end to sar designed to be run from cron.
sadc is the system activity data collector, used as a backend for sar.
sadf is used for displaying the contents of data files created by the sar command. But unlike sar, sadf can
write its data in many different formats.

327
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Apache Ant-1.7.0
Introduction to Apache Ant
The Apache Ant package is a Java-based build tool. In theory, it is kind of like make, but without make's wrinkles.
Ant is different. Instead of a model where it is extended with shell-based commands, Ant is extended using Java
classes. Instead of writing shell commands, the configuration files are XML-based, calling out a target tree where
various tasks get executed. Each task is run by an object that implements a particular task interface.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/BLFS/6.3/a/apache-ant-1.7.0-src.tar.bz2
•
• Download MD5 sum: 22b378e27ab300e4d73bf09d91c7e2a6
• Download size: 6.8 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 109 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

Apache Ant Dependencies

Required
JDK-6 Update 5 and JUnit-4.3.1

Installation of Apache Ant

Note
You may need additional libraries to satisfy the build requirements of various packages installed using
Apache Ant. Review the table at http://ant.apache.org/manual/install.html#librarydependencies for any
prerequisite libraries you may need.

Install Apache Ant by running the following commands:

sed -i 's|${dist.dir}/etc|/etc/ant|' build.xml

sed -i 's|/etc/ant.conf|/etc/ant/ant.conf|' src/script/ant

The unit regression tests are performed in the build step below.
Now, as the root user:

./build.sh -Ddist.dir=/opt/ant-1.7.0 dist &&

ln -v -sf /etc/ant /opt/ant-1.7.0/etc &&
ln -v -sf ant-1.7.0 /opt/ant

Command Explanations
sed ...: These commands change the configuration directory to /etc/ant to conform with FHS guidelines.
./build.sh -Ddist.dir=/opt/ant-1.7.0 dist: This command does everything. It builds, tests, then installs the package
into /opt/ant-1.7.0.

328
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

ln -v -sf /etc/ant /opt/ant-1.7.0/etc: The sed commands change the configuration directory to /etc/ant and this
command creates a symlink from the configuration directory back to the installation directory as the package is
expecting to find some files there.
ln -v -sf ant-1.7.0 /opt/ant: This command is optional, and creates a convenience symlink.

Configuring Apache Ant

Config Files
/etc/ant/ant.conf, ~/.ant/ant.conf, and ~/.antrc

Configuration Information
Some packages will require ant to be in the search path and the $ANT_HOME environment variable defined. Satisfy
these requirements by adding the following lines to /etc/profile or to individual user's ~/.profile or ~/.
bashrc files:

export PATH=$PATH:/opt/ant/bin
export ANT_HOME=/opt/ant

Contents
Installed Programs: ant, antRun, antRun.pl, complete-ant-cmd.pl, runant.pl, and runant.py
Installed Libraries: ant.jar, ant-*.jar, xercesImpl.jar, and xml-apis.jar
Installed Directories: /etc/ant and /opt/ant-1.7.0

Short Descriptions
ant is a Java based build tool used by many packages instead of the conventional make
program.
antRun is a support script used to start ant build scripts in a given directory.
antRun.pl is a Perl script that provides similar functionality offered by the antRun script.
complete-ant-cmd.pl is a Perl script that allows Bash to complete an ant command-line.
runant.pl is a Perl wrapper script used to invoke ant.
runant.py is a Python wrapper script used to invoke ant.
ant-*.jar files are the Apache Ant Java class libraries.
xercesImpl.jar is a Java class library used by Apache Ant to perform XML parsing.
xml-apis.jar contains the DOM Java classes required by the Apache Ant XML formatter.

329
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

D-BUS-1.0.2
Introduction to D-BUS
D-BUS is a message bus system, a simple way for applications to talk to one another. D-BUS supplies both a system
daemon (for events such as “new hardware device added” or “printer queue changed”) and a per-user-login-session
daemon (for general IPC needs among user applications). Also, the message bus is built on top of a general one-to-one
message passing framework, which can be used by any two applications to communicate directly (without going
through the message bus daemon).

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://dbus.freedesktop.org/releases/dbus/dbus-1.0.2.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/dbus-1.0.2.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 0552a9b54beb4a044951b7cdbc8fc855
• Download size: 1.3 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 39.5 MB (includes building and installing all docs)
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (additional 0.7 SBU to run the test suite)

D-BUS Dependencies
Required
expat-2.0.1 or both pkg-config-0.22 and libxml2-2.6.31

Optional
X Window System, Doxygen-1.5.2 (to generate the API documentation), and xmlto (to generate HTML
documentation and manuals)

Kernel Configuration
Ensure the following option is enabled in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:
General Setup
System V IPC

Installation of D-BUS
As the root user, create a system user and group to handle the system message bus activity:
groupadd -g 18 messagebus &&
useradd -c "D-BUS Message Daemon User" -d /dev/null \
-u 18 -g messagebus -s /bin/false messagebus
This package's test suite cannot be run without passing additional parameters to configure and exposing additional
functionality in the binaries. These interfaces are not intended to be used in a production build of D-BUS, so it will
have to be built twice in this situation. If you would like to run the unit tests, issue the following commands:
./configure --enable-tests &&
make &&
make check &&
make distclean

330
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Install D-BUS by running the following commands (you may wish to review the output from ./configure --help first
and add any desired parameters to the configure command shown below):

./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var &&
make

The --enable-doxygen-docs parameter does not work properly. If you have Doxygen installed and you wish
to build the API documentation, issue doxygen.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/dbus-1.0.2 &&
install -v -m644 doc/{TODO,*.{dtd,xml,xsl,txt,c}} \
/usr/share/doc/dbus-1.0.2

If you built the HTML documentation, install it by issuing the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m644 doc/*.html /usr/share/doc/dbus-1.0.2

If you built the API documentation, install it by issuing the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/dbus-1.0.2/api \

/usr/share/man/man3dbus &&
install -v -m644 doc/api/html/* \
/usr/share/doc/dbus-1.0.2/api &&
install -v -m644 doc/api/man/man3dbus/* \
/usr/share/man/man3dbus

Command Explanations
--localstatedir=/var: This parameter causes the daemon PID file, system bus socket and machine uuid file
to be created in the /var directory instead of the /usr/var directory.

Configuring dbus
Config Files
/etc/dbus-1/session.conf, /etc/dbus-1/system.conf and /etc/dbus-1/system.d/*

Configuration Information
The configuration files listed above should probably not be modified. If changes are required, you should
create /etc/dbus-1/session-local.conf and/or /etc/dbus-1/system-local.conf and make
any desired changes to these files.

331
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

If any packages install a D-Bus .service file outside of the standard /usr/share/dbus-1/services
directory, that directory should be added to the local session configuration. For instance,
/usr/local/share/dbus-1/services can be added by performing the following commands as the root
user:
cat > /etc/dbus-1/session-local.conf << "EOF"
<!DOCTYPE busconfig PUBLIC
"-//freedesktop//DTD D-BUS Bus Configuration 1.0//EN"
"http://www.freedesktop.org/standards/dbus/1.0/busconfig.dtd">
<busconfig>

<!-- Search for .service files in /usr/local -->

<servicedir>/usr/local/share/dbus-1/services</servicedir>

</busconfig>
EOF

Boot Script
To automatically start dbus-daemon when the system is rebooted, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/dbus
bootscript from the blfs-bootscripts-20080816 package.
make install-dbus
Note that this boot script only starts the system-wide D-BUS daemon. Each user requiring access to D-BUS services
will also need to run a session daemon as well. There are many methods you can use to start a session daemon
using the dbus-launch command. Review the dbus-launch man page for details about the available parameters and
options. Here are some suggestions and examples:
• Add dbus-launch to the line in the ~/.xinitrc file that starts your graphical desktop environment as shown
in the section called “Configuring the Core GNOME Packages”.
• If you use xdm or some other display manager that calls the ~/.xsession file, you can add dbus-launch to
the line in your ~/.xsession file that starts your graphical desktop environment. The syntax would be similar
to the example in the ~/.xinitrc file.
• If you use gdm or some other display manager that utilizes custom files to initiate sessions, use the example
in the section called “Configuration Information” [836] of the GDM instructions to create a file containing
dbus-launch.
• The examples shown previously use dbus-launch to specify a program to be run. This has the benefit (when also
using the --exit-with-session parameter) of stopping the session daemon when the specified program is
stopped. You can also start the session daemon in your system or personal startup scripts by adding the following
lines:
# Start the D-BUS session daemon
eval `dbus-launch`
export DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS
This method will not stop the session daemon when you exit your shell, therefore you should add the following
line to your ~/.bash_logout file:
# Kill the D-BUS session daemon
kill $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_PID

332
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

• A hint has been written that provides ways to start scripts using the KDM session manager of KDE. The
concepts in this hint could possibly used with other session managers as well. The hint is located at http://www.
linuxfromscratch.org/hints/downloads/files/execute-session-scripts-using-kdm.txt.

Contents
Installed Programs: dbus-cleanup-sockets, dbus-daemon, dbus-launch, dbus-monitor, dbus-send,
dbus-uuidgen
Installed Library: libdbus-1.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /etc/dbus-1, /usr/include/dbus-1.0, /usr/lib/dbus-1.0, /usr/share/dbus-1,
/usr/share/doc/dbus-1.0.2, /usr/share/man/man3dbus, /var/lib/dbus and /var/run/dbus

Short Descriptions
dbus-cleanup-sockets is used to clean up leftover sockets in a directory.
dbus-daemon is the D-BUS message bus daemon.
dbus-launch is used to start dbus-daemon from a shell script. It would normally be called from
a user's login scripts.
dbus-monitor is used to monitor messages going through a D-BUS message bus.
dbus-send is used to send a message to a D-BUS message bus.
dbus-uuidgen is used to generate or read a universally unique ID.
libdbus-1.{so,a} contains the API functions used by the D-BUS message daemon. D-BUS is first
a library that provides one-to-one communication between any two applications;
dbus-daemon is an application that uses this library to implement a message bus
daemon.

333
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

HAL-0.5.9.1
Introduction to HAL
HAL is a hardware abstraction layer, which is a piece of software that provides a view of the various hardware
attached to a system. In addition to this, HAL keeps detailed metadata for each piece of hardware and provides hooks
such that system and desktop-level software can react to changes in the hardware configuration in order to maintain
system policy.
The most important goal of HAL is to provide plug-and-play facilities for UNIX-like desktops with focus on providing
a rich and extensible description of device characteristics and features. One example of the functionality provided
by HAL is when you plug in a USB storage device. HAL can automatically create a mount point in /media and
mount the device.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://freedesktop.org/~david/dist/hal-0.5.9.1.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: 6a40f49f964e64358e53652038f3059f
• Download size: 1.5 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 24 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

Additional Package Download

Required Hardware Data

• Download (HTTP): http://freedesktop.org/~david/dist/hal-info-20070618.tar.gz

•
• Download MD5 sum: c7005ccb1765d8359fd2348350770495
• Download size: 118 KB

HAL Dependencies

Required

D-Bus GLib Bindings-0.74 and XML::Parser-2.34

Recommended

PCI Utilities-2.2.3 (with a current pci.ids file) and usbutils-0.72 (with a current usb.ids file)

Optional (to Build hal-device-manager)

Python-2.5.2

Optional (to Create Documentation)

libxml2-2.6.31 and xmlto

334
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Optional
GTK-Doc-1.8, libusb-0.1.12, Parted*, libsmbios, PolicyKit, and intltool-0.35.5
* Use the following command after changing into the HAL source directory to modify the package configure script
if you have Parted version 1.8.7 installed.

sed -i -e 's%, 1.8.6%&, 1.8.7%' \

-e 's% or 1.8.6%/1.8.6 or 1.8.7%' \
-e 's%6))%6) ||\
(major == 1 \&\& minor == 8 \&\& micro == 7))%' \
configure

Installation of HAL
You must create a dedicated user and group before installing the package. Though the default BLFS instructions run
the HAL daemon as the root user, a configuration file is installed which has the dedicated user's name hard-coded in
it. This causes a confusing message to be generated when starting the D-BUS daemon. Issue the following commands
as the root user:

groupadd -g 19 haldaemon &&

useradd -c "HAL Daemon User" -d /dev/null -u 19 \
-g haldaemon -s /bin/false haldaemon

Install HAL by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--libexecdir=/usr/lib/hal \
--localstatedir=/var &&
make

To test the results, issue make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Install the HAL hardware data with the following commands:

tar -xf ../hal-info-20070618.tar.gz &&

cd hal-info-20070618 &&
./configure --prefix=/usr

Finally, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--libexecdir=/usr/lib/hal: This parameter forces the installation of libexec files to /usr/lib/hal
instead of /usr/libexec.

335
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--localstatedir=/var: This parameter forces the creation of the pid file to /var/run/hald instead of
/usr/var/run/hald.
--enable-docbook-docs --docdir=/usr/share/doc/hal-0.5.9.1: If libxml2-2.6.31 and xmlto
are available, these parameters enable the HAL specification documentation to be built.

Run-Time Dependencies
A few more packages enable more functionality in HAL at run-time. These include Eject, ConsoleKit, dmidecode,
Device-mapper, Cryptsetup-LUKS, and pm-utils.
The hal-device-manager program requires several additional Python modules to be available at runtime.
These are D-Bus Python Bindings-0.82.0, PyGTK-2.10.6 (including the gtk and gtk.libglade modules), and
Gnome-Python-2.18.2 (including the gnome.ui module).

Configuring HAL
Config Files
/etc/dbus-1/system.d/hal.conf, /etc/dbus-1/system.d/halusers.conf and /etc/hal/*

Configuration Information
Allowing users to invoke HAL methods
The default setup for HAL is to allow only certain users to invoke methods such as Mount(). These are the
root user and the user determined to be at the active console using pam_console. If you are not set up to use
Linux-PAM-0.99.10.0 and pam_console, create a group that is allowed to invoke HAL methods with the following
commands:

groupadd -g 61 halusers &&

cat > /etc/dbus-1/system.d/halusers.conf << "EOF"
<!DOCTYPE busconfig PUBLIC
"-//freedesktop//DTD D-BUS Bus Configuration 1.0//EN"
"http://www.freedesktop.org/standards/dbus/1.0/busconfig.dtd">
<busconfig>

<!-- Allow users in the halusers group invoke HAL methods -->
<policy group="halusers">
<allow send_interface="org.freedesktop.Hal.Device.SystemPowerManagement"/>
<allow send_interface="org.freedesktop.Hal.Device.LaptopPanel"/>
<allow send_interface="org.freedesktop.Hal.Device.Volume"/>
<allow send_interface="org.freedesktop.Hal.Device.Volume.Crypto"/>
</policy>

</busconfig>
EOF

Now add the users you would like to the halusers group to use HAL.

usermod -a -G halusers <username>

336
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Note that these users still need to have appropriate permissions to access the devices that HAL will invoke its methods
on.
With the above configuration in place, authorized users now have the ability to unmount disk partitions mounted at
non-standard locations such as /pub. If you'd like to restrict this policy to only drives which are considered removable
or hotpluggable, add the following configuration file as the root user:

cat > /etc/hal/fdi/policy/no-fixed-drives.fdi << "EOF"

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <!-- -*- SGML -*- -->

<!-- Don't allow HAL methods on disks that are not

removable or hotpluggable -->

<deviceinfo version="0.2">
<device>
<match key="@block.storage_device:storage.hotpluggable" bool="false">
<match key="@block.storage_device:storage.removable" bool="false">
<merge key="volume.ignore" type="bool">true</merge>
</match>
</match>
</device>
</deviceinfo>
EOF

Installing mount helpers

HAL only provides the methods such as Mount() to act on hardware. In order to take advantage of these, a HAL event
handler such as gnome-volume-manager-2.17.0 or Ivman should be installed.

Changing default mount options

In some cases, it is necessary to specify some default mount options for filesystems. E.g., in non-English
environments, the iocharset and codepage options are needed for filesystems of Windows origin in order to
show national characters correctly. Also, due to a bug in the Linux kernel version in LFS (2.6.22.x), you may want
to pass the usefree option to vfat filesystems in order to reduce the time needed to determine the amount of free
space on the filesystem.
Google search results for “hal default mount options” are still full of recommendations to create *.fdi files
mentioning either volume.policy or storage.policy keys. Such recommendations worked for HAL-0.4.x
only and are invalid now. For HAL-0.5.9.1, mount options are expected to be handled as follows:
• An event handler from the desktop environment receives an event describing the newly-added storage device.
• If the storage device is not already mentioned in /etc/fstab, mount options are fetched from a database of
user preferences, which is specific to the desktop environment, and passed back to HAL. This process can be
influenced by the filesystem type and possibly other volume properties available from HAL.
• If the options are in the list of permitted ones, HAL mounts the volume.
The important point above is that the configuration procedure is desktop-specific. However, as of December, 2007,
only GNOME allows the user to set default mount options on a per-filesystem basis, as described in the next paragraph.
KDE allows the mount options to be set only on a per-volume basis, not per-filesystem, which is a bug, because,

337
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

as mentioned in the report, “for every new device (let's say your friend's USB stick) you have to first not mount it,
then change options and then mount”. Xfce, if compiled with HAL support, hard-codes the mount options without
any means to override them, which is even worse. In KDE and Xfce, if the built-in default mount options are not
suitable, it is needed to mention every possible removable storage device in /etc/fstab with the correct options,
thus mostly defeating the point of installing HAL.

In order to adjust the default mount options, GNOME users should change the /system/storage/default_
options/[fs_type]/mount_options GConf key either using GConf Editor-2.18.0, or from the command
line, as demonstrated in the following example:

gconftool-2 --type list --list-type=string \

--set /system/storage/default_options/vfat/mount_options \
"[shortname=mixed,uid=,usefree,iocharset=koi8-r,codepage=866]"

See more details in the gnome-mount(1) manual page.

338
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Adding allowed mount options

The list of mount options permitted in the default HAL configuration resides in the
/usr/share/hal/fdi/policy/10osvendor/20-storage-methods.fdi file. GNOME and KDE
users may want to use options not in this list (in the above example, this applies to the usefree option). In this case,
as root user, create a custom policy file that mentions unknown mount options:

cat > /etc/hal/fdi/policy/user-options.fdi << "EOF"

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <!-- -*- SGML -*- -->

<!--
This file is used to set custom options to the HAL policy settings.
The default policy settings are defined in files contained in the
/usr/share/hal/fdi/policy subdirectories. User defined customizations
should be in files contained in the /etc/hal/fdi/policy directory.
-->

<deviceinfo version="0.2">
<device>

<!-- this is to be able to mount media in drives we cannot poll,

e.g. IDE Zip Drives and PC style floppy drives -->
<match key="storage.media_check_enabled" bool="false">
<match key="storage.no_partitions_hint" bool="true">
<append key="volume.mount.valid_options" type="strlist">usefree</append>
<!-- Insert other options here -->
</match>
</match>

<match key="volume.fsusage" string="filesystem">

<!-- allow these mount options for vfat -->

<match key="volume.fstype" string="vfat">
<append key="volume.mount.valid_options" type="strlist">usefree</append>
<!-- Insert other options here -->
</match>
</match>

</device>
</deviceinfo>
EOF

Boot Script
To automatically start the hald daemon when the system is rebooted, install the /etc/rc.d/init.
d/haldaemon bootscript from the blfs-bootscripts-20080816 package.

339
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Important
If the system-wide D-BUS daemon was running during the installation of HAL, ensure you stop and restart
the D-BUS daemon before attempting to start the hald daemon.

make install-haldaemon

Contents
Installed Programs: hal-device, hal-device-manager, hal-disable-polling, hal-find-by-capability,
hal-find-by-property, hal-get-property, hal-is-caller-locked-out, hal-lock,
hal-set-property, hald and lshal
Installed Libraries: libhal.{so,a} and libhal-storage,{so,a}
Installed Directories: /etc/hal, /usr/include/hal, /usr/lib/hal, /usr/share/doc/hal-0.5.9.1, /usr/share/hal,
/var/cache/hald, /var/lib/hal, and /var/run/hald

Short Descriptions
hal-device is used to create, remove or show a HAL device.
hal-device-manager shows a graphical representation of all the devices HAL is aware of. Here is
a screenshot of hal-device-manager communicating with the HAL daemon
and displaying a tree of device objects. The shown properties in the screenshot
are for a device object representing a hard disk.
hal-disable-polling can be used to to disable and enable media detection on drives with removable
storage.
hal-find-by-capability prints the Unique Device Identifiers for HAL device objects of a given
capability.
hal-find-by-property prints the Unique Device Identifiers for HAL device objects where a given
property assumes a given value.
hal-get-property retrieves a property from a device.
hal-set-property attempts to set property for a device. Note that, due to security considerations,
it may not be possible to set a property.
hal-is-caller-locked-out determines if a specific caller is locked out of a specific D-Bus interface on
a specific device.
hald is the HAL daemon program.
lshal shows all devices and their properties. If the --monitor option is given then the
device list and all devices are monitored for changes.
libhal.{so,a} contains the API functions required by the HAL programs.
libhal-storage.{so,a} contains the API functions required by the HAL storage and volume utility
programs.

340
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 12. Programming

A base LFS system can be used as a development platform, however the base system only includes language support
for C, C++ and Perl. This chapter provides instructions to build many popular programming environments to greatly
expand your system's development capabilities.

341
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

DejaGnu-1.4.4
Introduction to DejaGnu
DejaGnu is a framework for running test suites on GNU tools. It is written in expect, which uses Tcl (Tool command
language).

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://freshmeat.net/redir/dejagnu/12564/url_tgz/dejagnu-1.4.4.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/dejagnu/dejagnu-1.4.4.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 053f18fd5d00873de365413cab17a666
• Download size: 1.08 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 8.5 MB
• Estimated build time: .04 SBU

DejaGnu Dependencies
Required (Run-time Only)
Expect-5.43.0

Optional
DocBook-utils-0.6.14

Installation of DejaGnu
Install DejaGnu by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

make install-doc

To test the installation, issue make check as an unprivileged user.

Contents
Installed Program: runtest
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Scripts: There are numerous Expect scripts installed in the /usr/share/dejagnu
hierarchy.
Installed Directory: /usr/share/dejagnu

Short Descriptions
runtest is the DejaGnu test driver program. It is used to control what tests to run, and variations on how to run
them.

342
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Doxygen-1.5.2
Introduction to Doxygen
The Doxygen package contains a documentation system for C++, C, Java, Objective-C, Corba IDL and to some
extent PHP, C# and D. This is useful for generating HTML documentation and/or an off-line reference manual from
a set of documented source files. There is also support for generating output in RTF, PostScript, hyperlinked PDF,
compressed HTML, and Unix man pages. The documentation is extracted directly from the sources, which makes it
much easier to keep the documentation consistent with the source code.
You can also configure Doxygen to extract the code structure from undocumented source files. This is very useful to
quickly find your way in large source distributions. Used along with Graphviz, you can also visualize the relations
between the various elements by means of include dependency graphs, inheritance diagrams, and collaboration
diagrams, which are all generated automatically.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.stack.nl/pub/users/dimitri/doxygen-1.5.2.src.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.stack.nl/pub/users/dimitri/doxygen-1.5.2.src.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: f2782e5bd31a7d10b092500bf0d96ae2
• Download size: 3.5 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 56 MB
• Estimated build time: 1.7 SBU (includes building the GUI frontend)

Doxygen Dependencies
Optional
Qt-3.3.8b, Graphviz-2.12, Python-2.5.2, teTeX-3.0, ESP Ghostscript-8.15.4 or AFPL Ghostscript-8.53

Installation of Doxygen
Install Doxygen by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix /usr \
--docdir /usr/share/doc &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you wish to generate and install the package documentation (note that man pages have already been installed),
you must have Python, teTeX (for HTML docs) and Ghostscript (for PDF docs) installed, then issue the following
command as the root user:
make install_docs

Command Explanations
--with-doxywizard: Use this parameter if Qt is installed and you wish to build the GUI front-end.

343
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Configuring Doxygen
There is no real configuration necessary for the Doxygen package although three additional packages are required if
you wish to use extended capabilities. If you need to use the language translation features, you must have Python-2.5.2
installed. If you require formulas to create PDF documentation, then you must have teTeX-3.0 installed. If you require
formulas to convert PostScript files to bitmaps, then you must have AFPL Ghostscript-8.53 or ESP Ghostscript-8.15.4
installed.

Contents
Installed Programs: doxygen, doxytag, and optionally, doxywizard
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/doxygen

Short Descriptions
doxygen is a command-line based utility used to generate template configuration files and then generate
documentation from these templates. Use doxygen --help for an explanation of the command-line
parameters.
doxytag is used to generate a tag file and/or a search index for a set of HTML files.
doxywizard is a GUI front-end for configuring and running doxygen.

344
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Expect-5.43.0
Introduction to Expect
The Expect package contains tools for automating interactive applications such as telnet, ftp, passwd, fsck, rlogin,
tip, etc. Expect is also useful for testing these same applications as well as easing all sorts of tasks that are prohibitively
difficult with anything else.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://expect.nist.gov/old/expect-5.43.0.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: 230400129630335b3060a42f66fec11d
• Download size: 525 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 4.6 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.07 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/expect-5.43.0-spawn-2.patch

Expect Dependencies
Required
Tcl-8.4.18

Optional
Tk-8.4.18

Installation of Expect
Install Expect by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../expect-5.43.0-spawn-2.patch &&

./configure --prefix=/usr \
--with-tcl=/usr/lib \
--with-tclinclude=/usr/include \
--enable-shared &&
make

To test the results, issue: make test.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

ln -sf ../libexpect5.43.a /usr/lib/expect5.43

Command Explanations
-with-tcl=/usr/lib: This parameter is required in some cases to link in the Tcl library.

345
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--enable-shared: This option enables building the shared library.

ln -sf ../libexpect5.43.a /usr/lib/expect5.43: This command creates a required link to the static library.

Configuring Expect
Config Files
$exp_library/expect.rc and ~/.expect.rc

Configuration Information
Reference the expect man page for information about utilizing the expect.rc configuration files. Additionally,
many of the tools contained in the Expect package will use their own configuration files. Reference the respective
man page, or examine the script directly for configuration file information.

Contents
Installed Programs: autoexpect, autopasswd, cryptdir, decryptdir, dislocate, expect, ftp-rfc, kibitz, lpunlock,
mkpasswd, passmass, rftp, rlogin-cwd, timed-read, timed-run, unbuffer, weather,
and optionally (if Expect was linked against Tk), expectk, multixterm, tknewsbiff,
tkpasswd, xkibitz, and xpstat
Installed Library: libexpect5.43.{so,a}
Installed Directory: /usr/lib/expect5.43

Short Descriptions
autoexpect generates an Expect script from watching a session.
autopasswd is a wrapper to make passwd(1) be non-interactive.
cryptdir encrypts all files in a directory.
decryptdir decrypts all files in a directory.
dislocate allows processes to be disconnected and reconnected to a terminal.
expect is a program that “talks” to other interactive programs according to a script.
ftp-rfc retrieves an RFC (or the index) from UUNET.
kibitz allows two (or more) people to interact with one shell (or any arbitrary program).
lpunlock unhangs a printer which claims it is “waiting for lock”.
mkpasswd generates passwords and can apply them automatically to users.
passmass changes a password on multiple machines.
rftp is much like ftp except it uses ~g and ~p instead of mget and mput.
rlogin-cwd is rlogin except it uses the local current directory as the current working directory
on the remote machine.
timed-read reads a complete line from stdin and aborts after a given number of seconds.
timed-run runs a program for a given amount of time.
unbuffer disables the output buffering that occurs when program output is redirected.

346
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

weather retrieves a weather report (courtesy University of Michigan) for a given city or
geographical area.
expectk is a combination of Expect with Tk and should run any wish or Expect script.
multixterm creates multiple xterms that can be driven together or separately.
tknewsbiff pops up a window when there is unread news in your favorite newsgroups and
removes the window after you've read the news.
tkpasswd is a script to change passwords using expectk.
xkibitz allows users in separate xterms to share one shell (or any program that runs in an
xterm).
xpstat is a script that acts as a front-end for xpilot.
libexpect5.43.{so,a} contains functions that allow Expect to be used as a Tcl extension or to be used
directly from C or C++ (without Tcl).

347
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GC-6.8
Introduction to GC
The GC package contains the Boehm-Demers-Weiser conservative garbage collector, which can be used as a garbage
collecting replacement for the C malloc function or C++ new operator. It allows you to allocate memory basically
as you normally would, without explicitly deallocating memory that is no longer useful. The collector automatically
recycles memory when it determines that it can no longer be otherwise accessed. The collector is also used by a
number of programming language implementations that either use C as intermediate code, want to facilitate easier
interoperation with C libraries, or just prefer the simple collector interface. Alternatively, the garbage collector may
be used as a leak detector for C or C++ programs, though that is not its primary goal.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.hpl.hp.com/personal/Hans_Boehm/gc/gc_source/gc6.8.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/gc6.8.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 418d38bd9c66398386a372ec0435250e
• Download size: 739 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 7.1 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Installation of GC
Install GC by running the following commands:

sed -i "s|\$(datadir)/@PACKAGE@|&-6.8|" doc/Makefile.in &&

./configure --prefix=/usr \
--datadir=/usr/share/doc --enable-cplusplus &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m644 doc/gc.man /usr/share/man/man3/gc_malloc.3 &&
ln -v -s gc_malloc.3 /usr/share/man/man3/gc.3

Command Explanations
sed -i "s|\$(datadir)/@PACKAGE@|&-6.8|" ...: This command appends “-6.8” to the default documentation
installation path of /usr/share/doc/gc.
--datadir=/usr/share/doc: This parameter changes the installation path of the documentation to
/usr/share/doc/gc instead of /usr/share/gc.
--enable-cplusplus: This parameter forces the building and installation of the C++ library along with the
standard C library.

348
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: libgc.{so,a} and libgccpp.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /usr/include/gc and /usr/share/doc/gc-6.8

Short Descriptions
libgc.{so,a} contains a C interface to the conservative garbage collector, primarily designed to replace
the C malloc function.
libgccpp.{so,a} contains a C++ interface to the conservative garbage collector.

349
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GCC-4.1.2
Introduction to GCC
The GCC package contains GNU compilers. This package is useful for compiling programs written in C, C++, Fortran,
Java, Objective C and Ada. Also included is GNU Treelang. Treelang is a sample language, useful only to help people
understand how to implement a new language front end to GCC. It is not a useful language in itself other than as an
example or basis for building a new language. Therefore only language developers are likely to have an interest in it.

Note
The Fortran compiler included with the GCC-4.x package now aims to be conformant with the Fortran 95
standard, not the Fortran 77 standard as all previous versions of GCC have been. Please note the following
paragraph copied directly from the GCC-4.1.2 gfortran man page.
“Gfortran is not yet a fully conformant Fortran 95 compiler. It can generate code for most constructs
and expressions, but work remains to be done. In particular, there are known deficiencies with ENTRY,
NAMELIST, and sophisticated use of MODULES, POINTERS and DERIVED TYPES. For those whose
Fortran codes conform to either the Fortran 77 standard or the GNU Fortran 77 language, we recommend
to use g77 from GCC 3.4.x”
Instructions to install the 3.4.6 version of the Fortran compiler can be found in GCC-3.3.6 and on the BLFS
Wiki.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gcc/gcc-4.1.2/gcc-4.1.2.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gcc/gcc-4.1.2/gcc-4.1.2.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: a4a3eb15c96030906d8494959eeda23c
• Download size: 39.7 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 1.9 GB
• Estimated build time: 77 SBU (build, test and install all compilers)

GCC Dependencies
Recommended
DejaGnu-1.4.4

Optional (Required to Build the Fortran Compiler)

GMP-4.2.2 and MPFR

Note
If you plan to compile Ada, you will need to install GNAT temporarily to satisfy the circular dependency
when you recompile GCC to include Ada. The download location shown below requires that you create
an account on the AdaCore site before you can download the package. Nothing is required other than a
valid email address.
Ensure you download the 2005 version of the GNAT compiler. The 2006 version will not work. The
file name you need is: gnat-gpl-2005-i686-gnu-linux-gnu-libc2.3-bin.tar.gz.

350
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GNAT GPL 2005 Package Information

• Download (HTTP): https://libre.adacore.com/dynamic/download_page
• Download MD5 sum: 659b7f57e00b73ecaa4863dabea5e0e2
• Download size: 44.6 MB

Installation of GNAT
Install GNAT by running the following command as the root user:

make ins-all prefix=/opt/gnat

The GNAT compiler can be invoked by executing the gcc binary installed in /opt/gnat/bin.

You may now remove the GNAT source directory:

cd .. &&
rm -rf gnat-gpl-2005-i686-gnu-linux-gnu-libc2.3-bin

Prepare to compile GCC by placing the GNAT version of gcc at the beginning of the PATH variable by using the
following commands:

PATH_HOLD=$PATH &&
export PATH=/opt/gnat/bin:$PATH_HOLD

Installation of GCC
Install GCC by running the following commands:

Important
The installation process may overwrite your existing GCC gcc and c++ compilers and libraries. It is highly
recommended that you have the Tcl, Expect and DejaGnu packages installed before beginning the build
so you can run the full suite of tests.

Do not continue with the make install command until you are confident the build was successful. You
can compare your test results with those found at http://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc-testresults/. There's also an
i686 platform test result produced by an LFS-SVN-20070304 system at http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.
org/files/BLFS/6.3/gcc412_test.txt. You may also want to refer to the information found in the GCC section
of Chapter 6 in the LFS book (../../../../lfs/view/6.3/chapter06/gcc.html).

351
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

The instructions below perform a “make bootstrap” instead of just a plain “make” intentionally. Even though it is
assumed that the current version of GCC is installed in LFS, because this installation includes the Ada compiler as
an installed language, a bootstrap is required. The GNAT compiler must be used for stage1 of the bootstrap in order
to build Ada. If the process didn't use a “bootstrap” you could end up having a gcc installed on the system that was
produced by a foriegn compiler.
sed -i 's/install_to_$(INSTALL_DEST) //' libiberty/Makefile.in &&
sed -i 's@\./fixinc\.sh@-c true@' gcc/Makefile.in &&
sed -i 's/@have_mktemp_command@/yes/' gcc/gccbug.in &&
mkdir ../gcc-build &&
cd ../gcc-build &&
../gcc-4.1.2/configure \
--prefix=/usr \
--libexecdir=/usr/lib \
--enable-shared \
--enable-threads=posix \
--enable-__cxa_atexit \
--enable-clocale=gnu \
--enable-languages=c,c++,ada,fortran,java,objc,treelang &&
make bootstrap &&
make -k check &&
../gcc-4.1.2/contrib/test_summary
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
ln -v -sf ../usr/bin/cpp /lib &&
ln -v -sf gcc /usr/bin/cc &&
chown -v -R root:root \
/usr/lib/gcc/i686-pc-linux-gnu/4.1.2/include &&
chown -v -R root:root \
/usr/lib/gcc/i686-pc-linux-gnu/4.1.2/ada{lib,include}
The libffi interface header is installed in a location where other packages will not be able to find it. If you included
Java as one of the installed languages, create a symbolic link in /usr/include to remedy this:
ln -v -sf `find /usr/lib/gcc -name ffitarget.h` /usr/include
As the root user, remove the GNAT installation:
rm -rf /opt/gnat
Now, as the unprivileged user, restore your old PATH:
export PATH=$PATH_HOLD &&
unset PATH_HOLD

Command Explanations
The three sed commands are the same ones used during the build of LFS. A fourth one in LFS is ommitted
intentionally, due to the bootstrap build.

352
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

mkdir ../gcc-build; cd ../gcc-build: The GCC documentation recommends building the package in a dedicated build
directory.
--enable-shared --enable-threads=posix --enable-__cxa_atexit: These parameters are
required to build the C++ libraries to published standards.
--enable-clocale=gnu: This command is a failsafe for incomplete locale data.
--enable-languages=c,c++,ada,fortran,java,objc,treelang: This command identifies which
languages to build. You may modify this command to remove undesired languages.
make -k check: This command runs the test suite without stopping if any errors are encountered.
../gcc-4.1.2/contrib/test_summary: This command will produce a summary of the test suite results. You can append
| grep -A7 Summ to the command to produce an even more condensed version of the summary. You may also wish
to redirect the output to a file for review and comparison later on.
ln -v -sf ../usr/bin/cpp /lib: This command creates a link to the C PreProcessor as some packages expect it to be
installed in the /lib directory.
ln -v -sf gcc /usr/bin/cc: This link is created as some packages refer to the C compiler using an alternate name.
chown -v -R root:root /usr/lib/gcc/i686-pc-linux-gnu/...: If the package is built by a user other than root, the
ownership of the installed include and adalib directories (and their contents) will be incorrect. These commands
change the ownership to the root user and group . Omit the command changing the Ada directories if you did not
include Ada as one of the installed languages.

Contents
Installed Programs: addr2name.awk, fastjar, gcj, gcj-dbtool,gcjh, gfortran, gij, gjnih, gnat, gnatbind, gnatbl,
gnatchop, gnatclean, gnatfind, gnatkr, gnatlink, gnatls, gnatmake, gnatname, gnatprep,
gnatxref, gprmake, grepjar, grmic, grmiregistry, gtreelang, jcf-dump, jv-convert,
jv-scan and architecture specific names for gcj and gcjh
Installed Libraries: libffi.{so,a}, libgcj.{so,a}, libgfortran.{so,a}, libgfortranbegin.a, libgij.{so,a},
libobjc.{so,a} and numerous other run-time libraries and executables in /usr/lib/gcc
Installed Directories: /usr/include/c++/4.1.2/{gcj,gnu,java,javax,org},
/usr/lib/gcc/i686-pc-linux-gnu/4.1.2/ada{include,lib}, /usr/lib/gcj-4.1.2,
/usr/lib/security and /usr/share/java
Some program and library names and descriptions are not listed here, but can be found at ../../../../lfs/view/6.
3/chapter06/gcc.html#contents-gcc as they were initially installed during the building of LFS.

Short Descriptions
addr2name.awk emulates some of the functionality of addr2line.
fastjar is an archive tool for Java archives.
gcj is an ahead-of-time compiler for the Java language.
gcj-dbtool is a tool for creating and manipulating class file mapping databases.
gcjh generates header files from Java class files.
gfortran is the Fortran compiler invoked by gcc.
gij is the GNU interpreter for Java bytecode.

353
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

gjnij is used to generate JNI header files from class files. Running it is equivalent to running gcjh
-jni.
gnat is the Ada compiler invoked by gcc.
gnatbind is used to bind compiled objects.
gnatbl is the Ada linker.
gnatchop is useful for renaming files to meet the standard Ada default file naming conventions.
gnatclean is used to remove files associated with a GNAT project.
gnatfind is the GNAT definition/use finder.
gnatkr is used to determine the crunched name for a given file, when crunched to a specified maximum
length.
gnatlink is used to link programs and build an executable file.
gnatls is the compiled unit browser.
gnatmake is an automatic make facility.
gnatname will list the files associated with a GNAT project.
gnatprep is the GNAT external preprocessor.
gnatxref is the GNAT cross-referencer.
gprmake is a tool used to create Makefiles that support compilation by multiple languages.
grepjar searches jar files for a pattern.
grmic generates stubs for Remote Method Invocation.
grmiregistry starts a remote object registry on the current host.
gtreelang is largely a cut down version of C, designed to showcase the features of the GCC code
generation back end. Only those features that are directly supported by the GCC code generation
back end are implemented. Features are implemented in a manner which is easiest and clearest
to implement. Not all or even most code generation back end features are implemented.
The intention is to add features incrementally until most features of the GCC back end are
implemented in Treelang.
jcf-dump prints information about Java class files.
jv-convert converts files from one encoding to another.
jv-scan prints information about Java source files.

354
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GCC-3.3.6
Introduction to GCC-3.3.6
There are several reasons why you may wish to install GCC-3.3.6. Some packages have not been updated so they
can be successfully compiled by GCC-4.1.2 as version 4.x.x of GCC is much stricter in enforcing coding standards.
Additionally, some pre-compiled packages may require the GCC-3.3.6 libraries at run-time. Another reason you may
need to install GCC-3.3.6 is to use the g77 Fortran 77 compiler provided by pre-4.x.x versions of GCC. GCC-4.x.x
only includes gfortran, a Fortran 95 compatible compiler that is not yet ready to be used in a production environment.
If all you need is a working {f,g}77 Fortran 77 compiler, you may wish to use the one provided by GCC-3.4.x. This
is what the GCC developers recommend. Instructions for building the GCC-3.4.x Fortran compiler can be found on
the BLFS Wiki.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gcc/gcc-3.3.6/gcc-3.3.6.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gcc/gcc-3.3.6/gcc-3.3.6.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 6936616a967da5a0b46f1e7424a06414
• Download size: 24 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 433 MB (includes running the test suite)
• Estimated build time: 5.2 SBU (additional 11.2 SBU to run the test suite)

Additional Downloads
• Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/gcc-3.3.6-no_fixincludes-1.patch
• Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/gcc-3.3.6-linkonce-1.patch

GCC-3.3.6 Dependencies
Optional
DejaGnu-1.4.4 (required to run the full test suite)

Installation of GCC-3.3.6
Install GCC-3.3.6 by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../gcc-3.3.6-no_fixincludes-1.patch &&
patch -Np1 -i ../gcc-3.3.6-linkonce-1.patch &&
mkdir ../gcc-build &&
cd ../gcc-build &&
../gcc-3.3.6/configure --prefix=/opt/gcc-3.3.6 \
--enable-shared --enable-languages=c,c++ --enable-threads=posix &&
make bootstrap
If desired, run the test suite using the following commands. The test_summary commands create log files which can
be compared to known good results located at http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/6.3/gcc336_test.txt.
make -k check &&
../gcc-3.3.6/contrib/test_summary >test_summary.log 2>&1 &&
../gcc-3.3.6/contrib/test_summary | \
grep -A7 Summ >test_summary_short.log 2>&1

355
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

mv -v /opt/gcc-3.3.6/lib/libstdc++.so.5* /usr/lib &&
ln -v -sf /usr/lib/libstdc++.so.5.0.7 /opt/gcc-3.3.6/lib &&
ln -v -sf libstdc++.so.5.0.7 /opt/gcc-3.3.6/lib/libstdc++.so.5 &&
chown -v -R root:root \
/opt/gcc-3.3.6/lib/gcc-lib/i686-pc-linux-gnu/3.3.6/include

Command Explanations
mkdir ../gcc-build; cd ../gcc-build: The GCC development team recommends building in a separate directory.
--enable-shared --enable-languages=c,c++ --enable-threads=posix: Configures GCC to
build the C and C++ compilers and enable the related C++ options. In addition to c and c++, you can add f77 for
FORTRAN (called g77). Note that GCC-4 no longer provides a FORTRAN 77 compiler.
mv -v /opt/gcc-3.3.6/lib/libstdc++.so.5* /usr/lib: Moves the C++ library to the standard lib directory to avoid having
to add /opt/gcc-3.3.6/lib to /etc/ld.so.conf.

Configuring GCC-3.3.6
Configuration information
If you only need the GCC-3.3.6 C++ library, you may delete /opt/gcc-3.3.6.
Whenever you need to use GCC-3.3.6 instead of your system installed compiler, add /opt/gcc-3.3.6/bin to
the front of your PATH or (preferably) set the CC environment variable before compiling the concerned package.
If you use g77 programs, you also should move the libg2c.* libraries and symbolic links to /usr/lib. Using export
LD_LIBRARY_PATH=/opt/gcc-3.3.6/lib or updating /etc/ld.so.conf to point to /opt/gcc-3.3.6/lib
is not recommended as it may conflict with your normal libraries.

Contents
Installed Programs: c++, cpp, g++, gcc, gccbug, gcov, and architecture specific names of these programs.
Installed Libraries: libgcc_s.so, libiberty.a, libstdc++.{a,so}, libsupc++.a, and other support libraries and
files.
Installed Directory: /opt/gcc-3.3.6

Short Descriptions
The GCC-3.3.6 package contains the gcc-3.3.6 C and C++ compilers and the GCC-3.3.6 libstdc++.so library
that is required by some commercial and pre-compiled packages.

356
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Guile-1.8.2
Introduction to Guile
The Guile package contains the Project GNU's extension language library. Guile also contains a stand alone Scheme
interpreter.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/guile/guile-1.8.2.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/guile/guile-1.8.2.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: a4b64a992deae0532f8015bcc6c40784
• Download size: 3.7 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 49 MB (additional 40 MB to install all the docs)
• Estimated build time: 1.2 SBU (includes building all documentation)

Guile Dependencies
Required
GMP-4.2.2

Optional
Emacs-22.1

Installation of Guile
Install Guile by running the following commands:
sed -i -e '20,$ d' \
-e 's|slib)|&)\n(load-from-path "slib/guile.init")|' \
ice-9/slib.scm

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make
If you have teTeX-3.0 installed and wish to build alternate formats of the documentation, issue the following
commands:
for DIRNAME in goops r5rs ref tutorial
do
make -k -C doc/$DIRNAME pdf ps html
done &&

makeinfo --plaintext -o doc/goops/goops.txt doc/goops/goops.texi &&

makeinfo --plaintext -o doc/r5rs/r5rs.txt doc/r5rs/r5rs.texi &&
makeinfo --plaintext -o doc/ref/guile.txt doc/ref/guile.texi &&
makeinfo --plaintext -o doc/tutorial/guile-tut.txt \
doc/tutorial/guile-tut.texi &&

unset DIRNAME

357
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

find examples -name "Makefile*" -exec rm {} \; &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/guile-1.8.2 &&
cp -v -R examples /usr/share/doc/guile-1.8.2

If you built the alternate formats of the documentation, install them using the following commands issued by the
root user:

for DIRNAME in goops r5rs ref tutorial

do
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/guile-1.8.2/$DIRNAME/html
install -v -m644 doc/$DIRNAME/*.{pdf,ps,dvi,txt} \
/usr/share/doc/guile-1.8.2/$DIRNAME
if [ -d doc/$DIRNAME/$DIRNAME.html ]; then
install -v -m644 doc/$DIRNAME/$DIRNAME.html/* \
/usr/share/doc/guile-1.8.2/$DIRNAME/html
fi
done &&

install -v -m644 doc/goops/hierarchy.{eps,png} \

/usr/share/doc/guile-1.8.2/goops &&
install -v -m644 doc/ref/guile.html/* \
/usr/share/doc/guile-1.8.2/ref/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/tutorial/guile-tut.html/* \
/usr/share/doc/guile-1.8.2/tutorial/html

Command Explanations
sed -i -e '20,$ d' -e '...' ice-9/slib.scm: This command is used to modify the Guile SLIB initialization script. There are
incompatibilities with newer versions of SLIB and this command modifes the script to use the installed SLIB script.

Contents
Installed Programs: guile, guile-config, guile-snarf, and guile-tools
Installed Libraries: libguile.{so,a}, libguile-srfi-srfi-*.{so,a} and /libguilereadline-v-17.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /usr/include/guile, /usr/include/libguile, /usr/share/doc/guile-1.8.2 and /usr/share/guile

Short Descriptions
guile is a stand-alone Scheme interpreter for Guile.
guile-config is a Guile script which provides the information necessary to link your programs against the
Guile library, in much the same way pkg-config-0.22 does.
guile-snarf is a script to parse declarations in your C code for Scheme visible C functions, i Scheme objects
to be used by C code, etc.

358
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

guile-tools is a wrapper program installed along with guile which knows where a particular module is
installed and calls it passing its args to a program.

359
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

JDK-6 Update 5
Introduction to JDK
The JDK package contains Sun's Java development environment. This is useful for developing Java programs and
provides the runtime environment necessary to run Java programs. It also includes a plug-in for browsers so that
they can be Java aware.

Note
Sun has recently decided not to provide JRL sources for the latest update versions of the JDK. Sun is actively
working on a GPL'd version of the JDK, titled OpenJDK. This new JDK will be licensed under the GNU
General Public License, version 2, with the Classpath Exception. A stable OpenJDK was not available at
the time of writing.

Package Information
• Download (jdk-6u5-linux-i586.bin): http://java.sun.com/javase/downloads/index.jsp
• Download MD5 sum: f7528500c17c09546566e05988beda86
• Download size (binary): 67 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 207 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

JDK Dependencies
Optional Runtime Dependencies
ALSA Library-1.0.13, CUPS-1.2.12, and GTK+-2.10.13

Installation of JDK
Tip
The ./jdk-6u5-linux-i586.bin command below unpacks the distribution into a jdk1.6.0_05 directory.
You will be required to view, and then accept (by entering a y keypress), a license agreement before any
files are unpacked. If you are scripting (automating) the build, you'll need to account for this. There is
information about automating build commands in the Automated Building Procedures section of Chapter
2. Towards the end of this section, specific information for automating this type of installation is discussed.

Normally in BLFS, the files are unpacked into a subdirectory and the starting point for the installation procedures is
that location. For this application only, start in the directory where all the downloaded files are located.
Install the JDK with the following commands:
chmod 755 jdk-6u5-linux-i586.bin &&
./jdk-6u5-linux-i586.bin

Note
The installation will end with a message "./jdk-6u5-linux-i586.bin: line 43: 20283 Aborted" as javaprefix is
unset in the environment. This is by design as GTK+ may not be installed during the installation, however,
the installation will still exit with a zero error value if scripting the build.

360
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now, as the root user:

cd jdk1.6.0_05 &&
install -v -m755 -d /opt/jdk-6u5 &&
mv -v * /opt/jdk-6u5 &&
chown -v -R root:root /opt/jdk-6u5 &&
ln -v -sf xawt/libmawt.so \
/opt/jdk-6u5/jre/lib/i386/ &&
cd ..

Recent versions of libX11 break libmawt when used with the Xinerama extension. While still the root user, apply
the following sed to work around this problem:

sed -i 's@XINERAMA@FAKEEXTN@g' \
/opt/jdk-6u5/jre/lib/i386/xawt/libmawt.so

Command Explanations
ln -sf xawt/libmawt.so /opt/jdk-6u5/jre/lib/i386/: This fixes linking issues with other applications that expect to
find the motif libraries with the other JDK libraries.

Configuring JDK
Configuration Information
As the root user, create a symlink to the installation directory:

ln -v -nsf jdk-6u5 /opt/jdk

The information below assumes your system is set up using the instructions found in “The Bash Shell Startup Files”.
You may need to extract the relevant information below and incorporate it into your system's startup files if your
system is set up differently.

361
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Add the following jdk.sh shell startup file to the /etc/profile.d directory with the following commands as
the root user:

cat > /etc/profile.d/jdk.sh << "EOF"

# Begin /etc/profile.d/jdk.sh

# Set JAVA_HOME directory

JAVA_HOME=/opt/jdk

# Adjust PATH
pathappend ${JAVA_HOME}/bin PATH

# Auto Java CLASSPATH

# Copy jar files to, or create symlinks in this directory
AUTO_CLASSPATH_DIR=/usr/lib/classpath
pathprepend . CLASSPATH
for dir in `find ${AUTO_CLASSPATH_DIR} -type d 2>/dev/null`; do
pathappend $dir CLASSPATH
done

export JAVA_HOME CLASSPATH

unset AUTO_CLASSPATH_DIR
unset dir

# End /etc/profile.d/jdk.sh
EOF

The Java plugin is located in $JAVA_HOME/jre/plugin/i?86/ns7/. Make a symbolic link to the file in that
directory from your browser(s) plugins directory.

Important
The plugin must be a symlink for it to work. If not, the browsers will crash when you attempt to load a
Java application.

Contents
Installed Programs: appletviewer, apt, extcheck, idlj, HtmlConverter, jar, jarsigner, java, javac, javadoc,
javah, javap, java-rmi.cgi, javaws, jconsole, jdb, jhat, jinfo, jmap, jps, jrunscript,
jsadebugd, jstack, jstat, jstatd, keytool, native2ascii, orbd, pack200, policytool, rmic,
rmid, rmiregistry, schemagen, serialver, servertool, tnameserv, unpack200, wsgen,
wsimport, and xjc
Installed Libraries: $JAVA_HOME/lib/*, $JAVA_HOME/jre/lib/*, and libjavaplugin_oji.so
Installed Directory: /opt/jdk-6u5

Short Descriptions
appletviewer runs Java applets outside of the context of a browser.
apt is an annotation processing tool.

362
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

extcheck checks a specified jar file for title and version conflicts with any extensions installed in the
JDK software.
HtmlConverter adds Java auto download to html and asp pages.
idlj generates Java bindings from a given IDL file.
jar combines multiple files into a single jar archive.
jarsigner signs jar files and verifies the signatures and integrity of a signed jar file.
java launches a Java application by starting a Java runtime environment, loading a specified class
and invoking its main method.
javac reads class and interface definitions, written in the Java programming language, and compiles
them into bytecode class files.
javadoc parses the declarations and documentation comments in a set of Java source files and produces
a corresponding set of HTML pages describing the classes, interfaces,constructors, methods,
and fields.
javah generates C header and source files that are needed to implement native methods.
javap disassembles a Java class file.
java-rmi.cgi is the Java RMI client.
javaws launches Java application/applets hosted on a network.
jconsole is a graphical console tool to monitor and manage both local and remote Java applications and
virtual machines.
jdb is a simple command-line debugger for Java classes.
jhat parses a java heap dump file and allows viewing in a webbrowser.
jinfo prints Java configuration information for a given Java process, core file, or a remote debug
server.
jmap prints shared object memory maps or heap memory details of a given process, core file, or a
remote debug server.
jps lists the instrumented JVMs on the target system.
jrunscript is a command line script shell.
jsadebugd attaches to a Java process or core file and acts as a debug server.
jstack prints Java stack traces of Java threads for a given Java process, core file, or a remote debug
server.
jstat displays performance statistics for an instrumented JVM.
jstatd is an RMI server application that monitors for the creation and termination of instrumented
JVMs.
keytool is a key and certificate management utility.
native2ascii converts files that contain non-supported character encoding into files containing Latin-1 or
Unicode-encoded characters.
orbd is used to enable clients to transparently locate and invoke persistent objects on servers in the
CORBA environment.
pack200 is a Java application that transforms a jar file into a compressed pack200 file using the Java
gzip compressor.

363
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

policytool creates and manages a policy file graphically.

rmic generates stub and skeleton class files for remote objects from the names of compiled Java
classes that contain remote object implementations.
rmid starts the activation system daemon.
rmiregistry creates and starts a remote object registry on the specified port on the current host.
schemagen is a Java XML binding schema generator.
serialver returns the serialVersionUID for one or more classes in a form suitable for copying into an
evolving class.
servertool provides an ease-of-use interface for application programmers to register, unregister, startup
and shutdown a server.
tnameserv starts the Java IDL name server.
unpack200 is a native implementation that transforms a packed file produced by pack200 into a jar file.
wsgen generates JAX-WS portable artifacts used in JAX-WS web services.
wsimport generates JAX-WS portable artifacts.
xjc is a Java XML binding compiler.

364
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

JUnit-4.3.1
Introduction to JUnit
The JUnit package contains a simple, open source framework to write and run repeatable tests. It is an instance of
the xUnit architecture for unit testing frameworks. JUnit features include assertions for testing expected results, test
fixtures for sharing common test data, and test runners for running tests.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/junit/junit4.3.1.zip
•
• Download MD5 sum: 6c22e6733f4ba9d755a437375e3d476e
• Download size: 643 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 5.7 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

JUnit Dependencies
Required
UnZip-5.52

Installation of JUnit
Install JUnit by running the following commands as the root user:
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/{,doc/}junit-4.3.1 &&
chown -R root:root . &&
cp -v -R junit* org /usr/share/junit-4.3.1 &&
cp -v -R *.html *doc /usr/share/doc/junit-4.3.1
Add the junit-4.3.1.jar and /usr/share/junit-4.3.1 directory to your system CLASSPATH
environment variable:
export CLASSPATH=$CLASSPATH:\
/usr/share/junit-4.3.1/junit-4.3.1.jar:/usr/share/junit-4.3.1
To run the JUnit regression self-tests, you'll need to have JDK-6 Update 5 or Jikes installed and the CLASSPATH
environment variable updated. Then, as an unprivileged user, issue:
java org.junit.runner.JUnitCore org.junit.tests.AllTests

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Library: junit-4.3.1.jar
Installed Directories: /usr/share/junit-4.3.1, /usr/share/doc/junit-4.3.1

Short Descriptions
junit-4.3.1.jar contains java classes to support the xUnit framework testing architecture.

365
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Librep-0.17
Introduction to Librep
The librep package contains a Lisp system. This is useful for scripting or for applications that may use the Lisp
interpreter as an extension language.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/librep/librep-0.17.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: ad4ad851ff9f82a5d61024cd96bc2998
• Download size: 1.2 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 13.4 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.47 SBU

Librep Dependencies
Required
GDBM-1.8.3

Optional
GMP-4.2.2 and GCC-4.1.2 (build Java so that libffi is built)

Installation of Librep
Install librep by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --libexecdir=/usr/lib &&

make

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--libexecdir=/usr/lib: This parameter installs files to /usr/lib/rep instead of /usr/libexec/rep.

Contents
Installed Programs: rep, rep-config, rep-remote, rep-xgettext, and repdoc
Installed Libraries: librep.so and numerous modules installed in the /usr/lib/rep hierarchy
Installed Directories: /usr/lib/rep, /usr/share/emacs/site-lisp, and /usr/share/rep

Short Descriptions
rep is the Lisp interpreter.
librep.so contains the functions necessary for the Lisp interpreter.

366
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

NASM-0.98.39
Introduction to NASM
NASM (Netwide Assembler) is an 80x86 assembler designed for portability and modularity. It includes a disassembler
as well.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/nasm/nasm-0.98.39.tar.bz2
•
• Download MD5 sum: 2032ad44c7359f7a9a166a40a633e772
• Download size: 543 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 17.3 MB (includes building and installing all docs)
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required patch to fix a buffer overrun vulnerability: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/nasm-0.
98.39-security_fix-1.patch

NASM Dependencies

Optional (for Building Documentation)

teTeX-3.0, and ESP Ghostscript-8.15.4 or AFPL Ghostscript-8.53

Installation of NASM
Install NASM by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../nasm-0.98.39-security_fix-1.patch &&

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make &&
make -C rdoff/doc &&
make -C rdoff/doc html

To build the base NASM documentation, ensure you have Ghostscript installed and issue:

make doc

To build the RDOFF Postscript documentation, ensure you have teTeX-3.0 installed and issue:

sed -i -e "s/dvips \$</& -o rdoff.ps/" rdoff/doc/Makefile &&

make -C rdoff/doc ps

To build the RDOFF PDF documentation, ensure you have Ghostscript installed and issue:

make -C rdoff/doc pdf

This package does not come with a test suite.

367
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

make install_rdf &&
install -v -m644 rdoff/doc/rdoff.info /usr/share/info &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/nasm/html &&
install -v -m644 rdoff/doc/v1-v2.txt /usr/share/doc/nasm &&
cp -v -R rdoff/doc/rdoff /usr/share/doc/nasm/html

If you built the Ghostscript generated documentation, install it using the following commands as the root user:

make install_doc &&

install -v -m644 rdoff/doc/rdoff.pdf /usr/share/doc/nasm

Lastly, if you built the RDOFF Postscript documentation, install it using the following command as the root user:

install -v -m644 rdoff/doc/rdoff.ps /usr/share/doc/nasm

Contents
Installed Programs: nasm, ndisasm, ldrdf, rdf2bin, rdf2com, rdf2ihx, rdfdump, rdflib, and rdx
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: /usr/share/doc/nasm

Short Descriptions
nasm is a portable 80x86 assembler.
ndisasm is an 80x86 binary file disassembler.
ldrdf is an RDOFF linker.
rdfdump dumps the contents of an RDOFF file.
rdflib is an RDOFF librarian.
rdx is used to load and execute an RDOFF module.

368
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

PDL-2.4.2
Introduction to PDL
PDL (Perl Data Language) gives standard Perl the ability to compactly store and quickly manipulate the large
N-dimensional data arrays common to scientific computing. PDL turns Perl into an array-oriented, numerical
language similar to such commercial packages as IDL and MatLab. One can write simple Perl expressions to
manipulate entire numerical arrays all at once.
PDL provides extensive numerical and semi-numerical functionality with support for two- and three-dimensional
visualisation as well as a variety of I/O formats. The goal is to allow PDL to interact with a variety of external
numerical packages, graphics and visualisation systems. Easy interfacing to such systems is one of the core design
features of PDL.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/pdl/PDL-2.4.2.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/PDL-2.4.2.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: edd056a006eae8b46e8ef804b9774a93
• Download size: 2.1 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 74 MB
• Estimated build time: 2.56 SBU

PDL Dependencies
PDL is a collection of over 90 Perl modules. Some of these modules require additional libraries, packages and/or Perl
modules for full functionality. Listed below are the modules which require additional software or configuration. If
you don't need a particular module's functionality, you don't need to install its dependencies. The dependency tree
for each module is listed downward, meaning you'll need to start at the bottom of a module's tree and work up. The
dependencies are listed in the same order as they are in the DEPENDENCIES file, found in the package source tree.
This package (and many of the dependency packages) requires a Fortran compiler for full functionality of all the
different modules. The gfortran compiler installed with the current BLFS version of GCC (4.1.2) will not work. If
you want to compile the parts of this package that require a Fortran compiler, you'll need to install a GCC-3.x.x version
of Fortran. The GCC developers recommend using Fortran from GCC-3.4.6. You can find specific instructions to
install a GCC-3.4.6 compiler on the BLFS Wiki. Alternatively, if you have a need to install GCC-3.3.6, you can add
the Fortran compiler to the list of compilers installed in those instructions. Don't forget to put the directory containing
the {g,f}77 commands at the beginning of your PATH environment variable before beginning the compilation.

PDL::NiceSlice

The PDL::NiceSlice module is used to enhance PDL's slice syntax. “Slicing” is a term used in the process of creating
a cross-section, or slice, of a PDL object (piddle).
• Filter-1.32

Inline::Pdlpp

The Inline::Pdlpp module allows you to define fast PP code inline in your scripts.
• Inline-0.44

369
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

• Parse-RecDescent-1.94

Perldl
perldl is a simple shell (written in Perl) which allows interactive use of PDL.
• Term-ReadLine-Gnu-1.15

PDL::Graphics::TriD
The PDL::Graphics::TriD module implements a generic 3D plotting interface for PDL. Points, lines and surfaces
(among other objects) are supported.
• OpenGL (X Window System)

PDL::Graphics::PGPLOT
The PDL::Graphics::PGPLOT module is a convenience interface to the PGPLOT commands, implemented using the
object oriented PGPLOT plotting package in the PDL::Graphics::PGPLOT::Window module.
• PGPLOT-2.19
• ExtUtils-F77-1.15
• a Fortran compiler
• PGPLOT
• X Window System, LessTif-0.95.0, Tk-8.4.18, and a Fortran compiler

PDL::Graphics::PLPLOT
The PDL::Graphics::PLPLOT module is a simple interface to the PLplot plotting library.
• PLplot
• pkg-config-0.22, X Window System, GTK+-1.2.10, FreeType-2.3.7, GD, SVGAlib, GNOME Libraries-1.4,
JDK-6 Update 5, Tk-8.4.18, Python-2.5.2 (with Numeric Python), a Fortran compiler, SWIG, and iTcl

PDL::Graphics::IIS
The PDL::Graphics::IIS module provides an interface to any image display “device” which supports the “IIS
protocol”.
• SAOimage
• X Window System
• X11 IRAF
• X Window System and Tk-8.4.18

PDL::Graphics::Karma
The PDL::Graphics::Karma module is an interface to Karma visualisation applications.
• Karma
• X Window System
Note: You may need to modify the WHERE_KARMA => undef line in the source tree perldl.conf file to point
to your installation of Karma

370
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

PDL::IO::Pic

The PDL::IO::Pic module implements I/O for a number of popular image formats by exploiting the xxxtopnm and
pnmtoxxx converters from the Netpbm package and the cjpeg and djpeg converters. It also contains the routine
wmpeg to write MPEG movies from piddles representing image stacks.
• Netpbm, libjpeg-6b and mpeg_encode

PDL::Slatec

The PDL::Slatec module serves the dual purpose of providing an interface to parts of the slatec library and showing
how to interface PDL to an external library. The module provides routines to manipulate matrices, calculate FFTs,
fit data using polynomials, and interpolate/integrate data using piecewise cubic Hermite interpolation.
• ExtUtils-F77-1.15
• a Fortran compiler

PDL::GSL

The PDL::GSL module is an interface to the functions provided by the Gnu Scientific Library.
• GSL

PDL::FFTW

The PDL::FFTW module is a means to interface PDL with the FFTW library. It's similar to the standard FFT routine
but it's usually faster and has support for real transforms. It works well for the types of piddles for which the library
was compiled (otherwise it must do conversions).
• FFTW-2.x

PDL::IO::Browser

The PDL::IO::Browser module is a 2D cursor terminal data browser for piddles.

There is no additional software required to use the module. However, the default is to not install the module because
some platforms don't provide a curses compatible library. To enable the module, issue the following command:

sed -i -e "s/WITH_IO_BROWSER => 0/WITH_IO_BROWSER => 1/" \

perldl.conf

PDL::IO::NDF

The PDL::IO::NDF module adds the ability to read and write Starlink N-dimensional data files as N-dimensional
piddles.
• Astro-FITS-Header-2.8.1
• Astro-FITS-CFITSIO-1.03
• CFITSIO
• NDF-1.45
• Starlink-Config-1.00
• Starlink IMG
371
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

• Starlink NDF (requires the following Starlink modules installed in this order, some will already be
installed if you installed Starlink GSD): HTX, SAE, HLP, CNF, SLA, CHR, EMS, PSX, HDS,
PCS, MER, PRM, PAR, ARY, AST)
• a Fortran compiler
• GSD-1.13
• Starlink-Config-1.00
• Starlink GSD (requires the following Starlink modules installed in this order: HTX, SAE, CNF, CHR,
EMS, PRM)
• a Fortran compiler

Installation of PDL
Install PDL (and all the dependency Perl modules) by running the following commands:

sed -i 's/\(dirname);\)/\1\nuse blib;/' Demos/BAD*demo.pm.PL &&

perl Makefile.PL &&
make &&
make test
Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
sed -i '...' Demos/BAD*demo.pm.PL: This is necessary to fix a build issue caused by changes in
ExtUtils::MakeMaker-6.30 which was introduction in Perl-5.8.8.

Configuring PDL
Config Files
~/.perldlrc and local.perldlrc in the current directory

Configuration Information
See http://pdl.sourceforge.net/PDLdocs/perldl.html#the startup file ~/.perldlrc for information about configuring
perldl to suit your needs.

Contents
Installed Programs: pdl, pdldoc, perldl, and pptemplate
Installed Modules: 90+ individual Perl modules
Installed Directories: /usr/lib/perl5/site_perl/5.8.8/i686-linux/{,auto/}PDL

Short Descriptions
pdl is a binary program called from PDL scripts which is used to interface perldl.
pdldoc is a shell interface to PDL documentation.

372
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

perldl is a simple shell (written in Perl) for interactive use of PDL.

pptemplate is a script to generate Makefile.PL and PP file skeletons.

373
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Perl Modules
Introduction to Perl Modules
The Perl module packages add useful objects to the Perl language. Modules utilized by packages throughout BLFS
are listed here, along with their dependencies. Installation of the modules shown on this page should be accomplished
by installing the listed dependencies (from the bottom and working up to the top) and then the desired module. Most
references to Perl modules are in the form of Module, Module::SubName or Module::Sub::Name, though sometimes
you'll see Module, Module-SubName or Module-Sub-Name. The references on this page that reflect an external URL
are in the latter form, as these are the official package names.
• Download MD5 sums (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/BLFS/6.3/perl-modules/
• Download MD5 sums (FTP): ftp://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/6.3/perl-modules/

Note
Some dependencies, such as the Test::Pod-1.26 module, are used by several of the listed dependencies of
the main module and perhaps also the module being installed. Dependencies such as this are only listed
once in the dependency chain for each main module (typically near the bottom-most dependency) to avoid
redundancy and additional clutter in the instructions.

Archive::Zip-1.20
The Archive::Zip module allows a Perl program to create, manipulate, read, and write Zip archive files. The modules
listed below are installed using the standard Perl module build and installation instructions.
• Archive-Zip-1.20
• Compress::Zlib-2.005
• Test::Pod-1.26 (optionally used during the tests)

Compress::Zlib-2.005
The Compress::Zlib module provides a Perl interface to the Zlib compression library. Most of the functionality
provided by Zlib is available in Compress::Zlib. The module can be split into two general areas of functionality,
namely in-memory compression/decompression and read/write access to gzip files. This module and all the
dependencies are installed using the standard build and installation instructions.

Note
The Compress::Raw::Zlib module requires the following sed after untarring the distribution tarball (before
any other build commands) to use the system-installed copy of Zlib.

sed -i -e "s|BUILD_ZLIB\s*= True|BUILD_ZLIB = False|" \

-e "s|INCLUDE\s*= ./zlib-src|INCLUDE = /usr/include|" \
-e "s|LIB\s*= ./zlib-src|LIB = /usr/lib|" \
config.in

• Compress-Zlib-2.005 (uses the standard build and installation instructions)

• IO-Compress-Zlib-2.005

374
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

• Compress-Raw-Zlib-2.005
• IO-Compress-Base-2.005
• IO-Compress-Bzip2-2.005 (used during the tests)
• Compress-Raw-Bzip2-2.005
• IO-Compress-Base-2.005

Date::Manip-5.54
Date::Manip is a set of routines designed to make any common date/time manipulation easy to do. Operations such
as comparing two times, calculating a time a given amount of time from another, or parsing international times are
all easily done. From the very beginning, the main focus of Date::Manip has been to be able to do ANY desired
date/time operation easily.
• Date-Manip-5.54 (uses the standard build and installation instructions)

Finance::Quote-1.13
Finance::Quote is used to get stock quotes from various Internet sources, including Yahoo! Finance, Fidelity
Investments, and the Australian Stock Exchange. There are two methods of using this module – a functional interface
that is depreciated, and an object-orientated method that provides greater flexibility and stability. With the exception
of straight currency exchange rates, all information is returned as a two-dimensional hash (or a reference to such a
hash, if called in a scalar context).
After you've installed the package, issue perldoc Finance::Quote for full information. Alternatively, you can issue
perldoc lib/Finance/Quote.pm after unpacking the distribution tarball and changing into the top-level directory. The
module and dependencies are installed using the standard Perl module build and installation instructions.

Note
To run the regression test suite, you'll need a working Internet connection and then create a symbolic link
to the test directory using the following command after unpacking the tarball and changing into the root
directory of the source tree:

ln -s test t

Some tests will fail depending on certain conditions. See the INSTALL file for full details.

• Finance-Quote-1.13
• HTML::TableExtract-2.10
• libwww-perl-5.806

Finance::QuoteHist-1.11
The Finance::QuoteHist bundle is several modules designed to fetch historical stock quotes from the web. The module
and dependencies are installed using the standard Perl module build and installation instructions.
• Finance-QuoteHist-1.11
• HTML::TableExtract-2.10
375
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

• libwww-perl-5.806
• Date::Manip-5.54
• Text-CSV-1.05
• Text-CSV_XS-0.52 (optional)

HTML::Parser-3.56
The HTML::Parser distribution is a collection of modules that parse and extract information from HTML documents.
The modules listed below are installed using the standard Perl module build and installation instructions.
• HTML-Parser-3.56
• HTML-Tagset-3.10
• Test::Pod-1.26 (optionally used during the tests)
• libwww-perl-5.806 (run-time requirement for the included HTML::HeadParser module)

HTML::TableExtract-2.10
HTML::TableExtract is a module that simplifies the extraction of the content contained in tables within HTML
documents, extracted either as text or encoded element trees. Tables of note may be specified using Headers, Depth,
Count, Attributes, or some combination of the four. The module and dependencies are installed using the standard
Perl module build and installation instructions.
• HTML-TableExtract-2.10
• HTML-Element-Extended-1.17
• HTML-Tree-3.23
• HTML::Parser-3.56
• Test::Pod-1.26 (optionally used during the tests)
• Test::Pod::Coverage-1.08 (optionally used during the tests)

libwww-perl-5.806 (a.k.a. LWP)

The libwww-perl (LWP) collection is a set of Perl modules which provide a simple and consistent application
programming interface to the World-Wide Web. The main focus of the library is to provide classes and functions that
allow you to write WWW clients. The library also contains modules that are of more general use and even classes
that help you implement simple HTTP servers. The LWP collection and all its Perl module dependencies are installed
using the standard Perl module build and installation instructions.
• libwww-perl-5.806
• URI-1.35
• HTML::Parser-3.56
• Compress::Zlib-2.005
• Crypt-SSLeay-0.56 (optional, for HTTPS support)
• OpenSSL-0.9.8g
• A “testcover” Makefile target is created (which creates a /usr/bin/testcover script) if the
Extutils::MakeMaker::Coverage module is installed.

376
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Module::Build-0.2808
The Module::Build module is a system for building, testing, and installing Perl modules. It is meant to be an alternative
to ExtUtils::MakeMaker. Developers may alter the behavior of the module through subclassing in a much more
straightforward way than with MakeMaker. It also does not require a make command on your system. Most of the
Module::Build code is pure-Perl and written in a very cross-platform way.
The Module::Build module (as well as any other Perl module that uses the Module::Build build system) uses modified
build instructions. All the dependencies are installed using the standard Perl module build and installation instructions.
• Module-Build-0.2808
• ExtUtils-ParseXS-2.18
• ExtUtils-CBuilder-0.19
• Archive-Tar-1.32
• IO-Zlib-1.09
• Compress::Zlib-2.005
• Text::Diff-0.35
• Pod-Readme-0.09 (optionally used to create a README file when creating a new module distribution)
• Test-Portability-Files-0.05 (optionally used during the tests)
• Test::Pod::Coverage-1.08 (optionally used during the tests)
• Test::Pod-1.26 (optionally used during the tests)
• Module::Signature-0.55 (required to use the Module::Build “distsign” run-time method and optionally used
during the tests)
• YAML-0.65 (optional, provides additional features to Module::Build)

Module::Build Build and Installation Instructions

perl Build.PL &&

./Build &&
./Build test
Now, as the root user:
./Build install

Module::Info-0.31
The Module::Info module is quite useful for tasks other than just support of other modules. It can be used from
the command-line to tell you if a particular module is included in, or has been installed into your Perl installation.
Additionally, Module::Info can tell you what version of a module is installed and what dependencies are required
for it. You can even use Module::Info to gather dependencies of uninstalled modules. The Module::Info module and
dependencies install using the standard Perl module build and installation instructions.
• Module-Info-0.31
• version-0.74 (optionally used during the tests)
• Module::Build-0.2808 (optional)
• Test::Pod-1.26 (optionally used during the tests)

377
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Module::Signature-0.55
The Module::Signature module is used to check and create SIGNATURE files for CPAN distributions. After installing
Module::Signature you can verify the content of a distribution tarball (if it includes a SIGNATURE file) by unpacking
the tarball, changing into the newly created directory and issuing the command cpansign -v. It will check each file's
integrity, as well as the signature's validity. Note that some of the dependencies appear to be circular, however,
they are only run-time conflicts and you should be able to fully utilize them as long as everything is installed.
Module::Signature and the dependency modules are installed using the standard Perl module build and installation
instructions.
• Module-Signature-0.55
• Text::Diff-0.35
• PAR-Dist-0.31
• Archive::Zip-1.20
• libwww-perl-5.806
• Module::Signature-0.55
• Digest-SHA-5.45
• Test::Pod::Coverage-1.08 (optionally used during the tests)
• GnuPG-1.4.7

Net::DNS-0.57
Net::DNS is a DNS resolver implemented in Perl. It can be used to perform nearly any type of DNS query from a
Perl script. The Net::DNS module and all its dependencies are installed using the standard Perl module build and
installation instructions.
• Net-DNS-0.57
• Digest-HMAC-1.01
• Digest-SHA1-2.11
• Net-IP-1.24
• IO-Socket-INET6-2.51 (required for IPv6 support)
• Socket6-0.19
• Digest-BubbleBabble-0.01
• Test::Pod-1.26 (optional, only used during the test suite)

Pod::Coverage-0.18
The Pod::Coverage module is a Perl library used to check if the documentation of a module is comprehensive. This
module can use the Module::Build modified build instructions, but is not required. All the dependencies are installed
using the standard Perl module build and installation instructions.
• Pod-Coverage-0.18
• Devel-Symdump-2.07
• Test::Pod::Coverage-1.08 (optionally used during the tests, and is a circular dependency)
• Test::Pod-1.26 (optionally used during the tests)

378
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

• Module::Build-0.2808 (optional)

SGMLSpm-1.03ii
The SGMLSpm module is a Perl library used for parsing the output from James Clark's SGMLS and NSGMLS
parsers. This module requires modified installation instructions, shown below.
• SGMLSpm-1.03ii
If your system's Perl version is different than 5.8.8, you'll need to modify the sed command below to reflect the
version you have installed.
sed -i -e "s@/usr/local/bin@/usr/bin@" \
-e "s@/usr/local/lib/perl5@/usr/lib/perl5/site_perl/5.8.8@" \
-e "s@/usr/local/lib/www/docs@/usr/share/doc/perl5@" \
Makefile
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/perl5 &&
make install_html &&
rm -v -f /usr/share/doc/perl5/SGMLSpm/sample.pl &&
install -v -m644 DOC/sample.pl /usr/share/doc/perl5/SGMLSpm

Test::Pod-1.26
The Test:Pod module is (most of the time, optionally) used by other modules during the build process to check the
validity of POD (Plain Old Documentation) files. The Test::Pod module is typically included by module authors
to automatically find and check all POD files in a module distribution. This module and all the dependencies are
installed using the standard Perl module build and installation instructions.
• Test-Pod-1.26
• Pod-Simple-3.05
• Pod-Escapes-1.04
• Test::Simple-0.70

Test::Pod::Coverage-1.08
The Test::Pod::Coverage module is used to check files in a distribution for POD coverage. It is normally used by
developers to ensure their projects are adequately covered with POD and it is also used in the test suites of many
module distributions. This module and all the dependencies are installed using the standard Perl module build and
installation instructions.
• Test-Pod-Coverage-1.08
• Test::Simple-0.70 or Test-Builder-Tester-1.01
• Pod::Coverage-0.18

Test::Simple-0.70
The Test::Simple module contains utilities designed to assist developers in creating tests. A version of Test::Simple
was installed during LFS with the Perl-5.8.8 installation, however, some of the sub-modules contained in Test::Simple
have been updated (notably, the Test::More module) and these updated modules are now required by other modules.

379
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

This updated version of Test::Simple also now includes the Test:Builder:Tester module, required by many of the
modules on this page. Note that installing this updated version of Test::Simple will overwrite some files from the
original Perl installation, but there's really nothing to be alarmed about as these modules are only used by developers
creating tests, or for running the test suites during additional module installations.
• Test-Simple-0.70 (uses the standard build and installation instructions)
• Module::Signature-0.55 (optionally used during the tests)
• Test::Pod::Coverage-1.08 (optionally used during the tests, and is circular)
• Pod::Coverage-0.18 (optionally used during the tests, and is circular)

Text::Diff-0.35
Text::Diff is used to perform diffs on files and record sets. It provides a basic set of services akin to the GNU diff
utility. It is not anywhere near as feature complete as GNU diff, but it is better integrated with Perl and available on
all platforms. Text::Diff is often faster than shelling out to a system's diff executable for small files, and generally
slower on larger files. The modules listed below are installed using the standard Perl module build and installation
instructions.
• Text-Diff-0.35
• Algorithm-Diff-1.1902

Tk-804.027
The Tk module is a Perl interface to the Tk package. The goal of this release is Unicode support via Perl's and core-Tk's
use of UTF-8. Tk-804.027 builds and loads into a threaded Perl but is NOT yet thread safe. The module is installed
using the standard Perl module build and installation instructions.
• Tk-804.027
• Tk-8.4.18 and libjpeg-6b

URI-1.35
The URI module implements the URI class. Objects of this class represent Uniform Resource Identifier references as
specified in RFC 2396 and updated by RFC 2732 and can be used to access and manipulate the various components
that make up these strings. The URI module and all its dependencies are installed using the standard build and
installation instructions.
• URI-1.35
• Business-ISBN-1.84 (optional, only used during the test suite)
• LWP::Simple is required for many of the tests. This is a circular dependency.
• Business-ISBN-Data-1.17
• Test-Prereq-1.033 (you may need to set up your CPAN access parameters by issuing the command perl
-MCPAN -e shell before running the test suite, else the tests may hang)
• Module::Info-0.31
• Module::Build-0.2808 (optional)
• Module-CoreList-2.12
• Test::Pod-1.26 (optionally used during the tests)
• Test::Pod::Coverage-1.08 (optionally used during the tests)

380
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

XML::Parser-2.34
The XML::Parser module is a Perl extension interface to James Clark's XML parser, expat. The module is installed
using the standard Perl module build and installation instructions.
• XML-Parser-2.34
• expat-2.0.1
• libwww-perl-5.806 (optionally used during the tests)

XML::Simple-2.18
The XML::Simple module is a Perl extension that provides an easy API to read and write XML (especially config
files). The module and all dependencies are installed using the standard Perl module build and installation instructions.
• XML-Simple-2.18
• One of the following four modules must be installed:
• XML-SAX-0.16
• XML-NamespaceSupport-1.09
• XML-SAX-Expat-0.38
• XML-LibXML-1.63
• XML::Parser-2.34
• Tie-IxHash-1.21

YAML-0.65
The YAML modules implement a YAML Loader and Dumper based on the YAML 1.0 specification http://www.
yaml.org/spec/. YAML is a generic data serialization language that is optimized for human readability. It can be used
to express the data structures of most modern programming languages. The module and dependencies are installed
using the standard Perl module build and installation instructions.

Note
The YAML, Test::Base and Spiffy modules will install UTF-8 encoded manual pages. To modify the
manual pages so that non-UTF-8 encoded pages are installed, issue the following commands (before any
other build commands):

For Spiffy: sed -i 's,\xc3\xb6,o,' lib/Spiffy.pm

For Test::Base: sed -i 's,\xc3\xb6,o,' \

lib/Test/Base{,/Filter}.pm \
lib/Module/Install/TestBase.pm

For YAML: sed -i 's,\xc3\xb6,o,' \

ysh \
lib{,/Test}/YAML.pm \
lib/YAML/{Types,Node,Error,Marshall,Tag,Base}.pm \
lib/YAML/{Loader,Dumper}{,/Base}.pm

381
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

• YAML-0.65
• Test-Base-0.54 (optionally used during the tests)
• Spiffy-0.30
• Text::Diff-0.35 (optionally used during the tests)
• Test::Simple-0.70 (optionally used during the tests)

Standard Installation of Perl Modules

Install Perl modules by running the following commands:

perl Makefile.PL &&

make &&
make test

Now, as the root user:

make install

Note
When reinstalling a Perl module, sometimes older versions of the module being reinstalled are in other
directories specified in @INC. To delete all other versions of the module being reinstalled (not simply older
ones) set the UNINST variable:

make install UNINST=1

(Alternate) Auto Installation of Perl Modules.

There is an alternate way of installing the modules using the cpan shell install command. The command automatically
downloads the source from the CPAN archive, extracts it, runs the compilation, testing and installation commands
mentioned above, and removes the build source tree. You may still need to install dependent library packages before
running the automated installation method.
The first time you run cpan, you'll be prompted to enter some information regarding download locations and methods.
This information is retained in files located in ~/.cpan. Start the cpan shell by issuing 'cpan' as the root user.
Any module may now be installed from the cpan> prompt with the command:

install <Module::Name>

For additional commands and help, issue 'help' from the cpan> prompt.
Alternatively, for scripted or non-interactive installations, use the following syntax as the root user to install one
or more modules:

cpan -i <Module1::Name> <Module2::Name>

Review the cpan.1 man page for additional parameters you can pass to cpan on the command line.

382
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

PHP-5.2.3
Introduction to PHP
PHP is the PHP Hypertext Preprocessor. Primarily used in dynamic web sites, it allows for programming code to be
directly embedded into the HTML markup.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://us2.php.net/distributions/php-5.2.3.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.isu.edu.tw/pub/Unix/Web/PHP/distributions/php-5.2.3.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: eb50b751c8e1ced05bd012d5a0e4dec3
• Download size: 7.4 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 250 MB (includes installing all documentation)
• Estimated build time: 2.5 SBU (additional 2.7 SBU to run the test suite)

Additional Downloads
• Pre-built documentation (optional): http://www.php.net/download-docs.php

PHP Dependencies

Required

Apache-2.2.8

Recommended

libxml2-2.6.31

Optional System Utilities and Libraries

libxslt-1.1.22, GMP-4.2.2, PCRE-7.6, Aspell-0.60.5, pkg-config-0.22, Recode-3.6, expat-2.0.1 (deprecated

alternative to libxml2-2.6.31), OSSP mm, Net-SNMP, Pth-2.0.7, re2c, XMLRPC-EPI, Dmalloc, and an MTA (that
provides a sendmail command)

Optional Graphics Utilities and Libraries

libjpeg-6b, LibTIFF-3.8.2, libpng-1.2.29, libexif-0.6.16, FreeType-2.3.7, X Window System, ClibPDF, GD, t1lib,
and FDF Toolkit

Optional Web Utilities

cURL-7.16.3, HTML Tidy-cvs_20070326, mnoGoSearch, Hyperwave, Roxen WebServer, Caudium, and WDDX

Optional Data Management Utilities and Libraries

OpenLDAP-2.3.39, GDBM-1.8.3, MySQL-5.0.41, PostgreSQL-8.2.4, unixODBC-2.2.12, QDBM, cdb, SQLite, Mini

SQL, Empress, Birdstep, DBMaker, Adabas, FrontBase, and Monetra
PHP also provides support for many commercial database tools such as Oracle, SAP and ODBC Router.

383
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Optional Security/Encryption Utilities and Libraries

OpenSSL-0.9.8g, Cyrus SASL-2.1.22, MIT Kerberos V5-1.6 or Heimdal-1.1, libmcrypt, and mhash

Installation of PHP
You can use PHP for server-side scripting, command-line scripting or client-side GUI applications. This book
provides instructions for setting up PHP for server-side scripting as it is the most common form.

Note
PHP has many more configure options that will enable support for various things. You can use ./configure
--help to see a full list of the available options. Also, use of the PHP web site is highly recommended, as their
online docs are very good. An example of a configure command that utilizes many of the most common
dependencies can be found at http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/6.3/php_configure.txt.

If, for whatever reason, you don't have libxml2-2.6.31 installed, you need to add --disable-libxml
to the configure command in the instructions below. Note that this will prevent the pear command from
being built.

Install PHP by running the following commands:

sed -i 's/const char \*errpfx,/const DB_ENV *dbenv, & const/' \

ext/dba/dba_db4.c &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--with-apxs2 \
--enable-force-cgi-redirect \
--enable-discard-path \
--with-config-file-path=/etc \
--with-zlib \
--enable-bcmath \
--with-bz2 \
--enable-calendar \
--enable-dba \
--enable-exif \
--enable-ftp \
--with-gettext \
--enable-mbstring \
--with-ncurses \
--with-readline &&
make

To test the results, issue: make test. Some of the tests are known to fail.

384
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m644 php.ini-recommended /etc/php.ini &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/php-5.2.3 &&

install -v -m644 CODING_STANDARDS EXTENSIONS INSTALL NEWS \
README* TODO* UPGRADING php.gif \
/usr/share/doc/php-5.2.3 &&
ln -v -s /usr/lib/php/doc/Archive_Tar/docs/Archive_Tar.txt \
/usr/share/doc/php-5.2.3
The pre-built HTML documentation is packaged in two forms: a tarball containing many individual files, useful for
quick loading into your browser, and one large individual file, which is useful for using the search utility of your
browser. If you downloaded either, or both, of the documentation files, issue the following commands as the root
user to install them (note these instructions assume English docs, modify the tarball names below if necessary).
For the “Single HTML” file:

install -v -m644 ../php_manual_en.html.gz \

/usr/share/doc/php-5.2.3 &&
gunzip -v /usr/share/doc/php-5.2.3/php_manual_en.html.gz
For the “Many HTML files” tarball:

tar -xvf ../php_manual_en.tar.gz -C /usr/share/doc/php-5.2.3 &&

chown -v -R root:root /usr/share/doc/php-5.2.3/html

Command Explanations
sed -i '...' ext/dba/dba_db4.c: This command is used to fix an issue with the use of Berkeley DB >= 4.3.x.
--with-apxs2: This parameter builds the Apache HTTPD 2.0 module.
--with-config-file-path=/etc: This parameter makes PHP look for the php.ini configuration file in
/etc.
--with-zlib: This parameter adds support for Zlib compression.
--enable-bcmath: Enables bc style precision math functions.
--with-bz2: Adds support for Bzip2 compression functions.
--enable-calendar: This parameter provides support for calendar conversion.
--enable-dba: This parameter enables support for database (dbm-style) abstraction layer functions.
--enable-exif: Enables functions to access metadata from images.
--enable-ftp: This parameter enables FTP functions.
--with-gettext: Enables functions that use Gettext text translation.
--enable-mbstring: This parameter enables multibyte string support.
--with-ncurses: Provides ncurses terminal independent cursor handling.

385
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--with-readline: This parameter enables command line Readline support.

--disable-libxml: This parameter allows building PHP without libxml2 installed.

Configuring PHP
Config Files
/etc/php.ini and /etc/pear.conf

Configuration Information
The file used as the default /etc/php.ini configuration file is recommended by the PHP development team. This
file modifies the default behavior of PHP. If no /etc/php.ini is used, all configuration settings fall to the defaults.
You should review the comments in this file and ensure the changes are acceptable in your particular environment.
You may have noticed the following from the output of the make install command:

You may want to add: /usr/lib/php to your php.ini include_path

If desired, add the entry using the following command as the root user:

sed -i 's@php/includes"@&\ninclude_path = ".:/usr/lib/php"@' \

/etc/php.ini

To enable PHP support in the Apache web server, a new LoadModule (which should be handled automatically by the
make install command) and AddType directives must be added to the httpd.conf file:

LoadModule php5_module lib/apache/libphp5.so

AddType application/x-httpd-php .php

Additionally, it can be useful to add an entry for index.php to the DirectoryIndex directive of the httpd.conf
file. Lastly, adding a line to setup the .phps extension to show highlighted PHP source may be desirable:

AddType application/x-httpd-php-source .phps

You'll need to restart the Apache web server after making any modifications to the httpd.conf file.

Contents
Installed Programs: pear, peardev, pecl, php, php-config and phpize
Installed Library: libphp5.so Apache module
Installed Directories: /usr/include/php, /usr/lib/php and /usr/share/doc/php-5.2.3

Short Descriptions
php is a command line interface that enables you to parse and execute PHP code.
pear is the PHP Extension and Application Repository (PEAR) package manager.

386
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Python-2.5.2
Introduction to Python
The Python package contains the Python development environment. This is useful for object-oriented programming,
writing scripts, prototyping large programs or developing entire applications.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.python.org/ftp/python/2.5.2/Python-2.5.2.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/Python-2.5.2.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: afb5451049eda91fbde10bd5a4b7fadc
• Download size: 9.8 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 180 MB
• Estimated build time: 1.1 SBU (additional 2.7 SBU to run the test suite)

Additional Downloads
Required Patch
• http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/Python-2.5.2-gdbm-1.patch

Optional HTML Documentation

• http://docs.python.org/ftp/python/doc/2.5/html-2.5.tar.bz2

Python Dependencies
Optional
Pth-2.0.7

Optional (to create package-specific support modules)

OpenSSL-0.9.8g, Tk-8.4.18, GDBM-1.8.3, and SQLite 3

Installation of Python
Install Python by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../Python-2.5.2-gdbm-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-shared &&
make
To test the results, issue: make test. Note that if you have an existing Python installation which includes the PyXML
module, the tests could produce a segmentation fault.
Now, as the root user:
make install
There is no documentation installed using the instructions above. However, There are LaTeX sources included with
the distribution. See the Doc/README file in the source distribution for instructions to format the LaTeX sources.
Alternatively, you can download preformatted documentation from http://docs.python.org/download.html.

387
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

In order to use the help ('name_string') feature of the python interpreter with some statements and keywords, you
must download (or create) the optional HTML documentation and install it. If you downloaded the HTML docs, issue
the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/Python-2.5.2/html &&

tar --strip-components=1 \
--no-same-owner \
--no-same-permissions \
-C /usr/share/doc/Python-2.5.2/html \
-xvf ../html-2.5.tar.bz2

In order for python to find the installed documentation, you must add the following environment variable to individual
user's or the system's profile:

export PYTHONDOCS=/usr/share/doc/Python-2.5.2/html

Contents
Installed Programs: pydoc, python, python2.5, smtpd.py, and optionally if Tk is installed, idle
Installed Libraries: libpython2.5.so and numerous modules installed in /usr/lib/python2.5/lib-dynload
Installed Directories: /usr/include/python2.5, /usr/lib/python2.5, and /usr/share/doc/python-2.5.2

Short Descriptions
idle is a wrapper script that opens a Python aware GUI editor.
pydoc is the Python documentation tool.
python is an interpreted, interactive, object-oriented programming language.
python2.5 is a version-specific name for the python program.
smtpd.py is an SMTP proxy implemented in Python.

388
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Python Modules
Introduction to Python Modules
The Python module packages add useful objects to the Python language. Modules utilized by packages throughout
BLFS are listed here, along with their dependencies. Installation of the modules shown on this page is meant to follow
from top to bottom to handle optional dependencies in each module.
• PyXML-0.8.4
• Pycairo-1.4.0
• PyGObject-2.12.3
• PyGTK-2.10.6
• PyORBit-2.14.3
• Gnome-Python-2.18.2
• Gnome-Python-Desktop-2.18.0

PyXML-0.8.4
The PyXML package contains a validating XML parser, an implementation of the SAX and DOM programming
interfaces, an interface to the Expat parser, and a C helper module that can speed up xmllib.py by a factor of five.
This is useful for validating, parsing and manipulating XML files using Python programs.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/pyxml/PyXML-0.8.4.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/PyXML-0.8.4.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 1f7655050cebbb664db976405fdba209
• Download size: 734 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 14.6 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

PyXML Dependencies

Required
Python-2.5.2

Installation of PyXML
Install PyXML by running the following commands:

python setup.py build

Now, as the root user:

python setup.py install &&

install -v -m644 doc/man/xmlproc_*.1 /usr/share/man/man1 &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/PyXML-0.8.4 &&
cp -v -R doc demo test /usr/share/doc/PyXML-0.8.4 &&
install -v -m644 README* /usr/share/doc/PyXML-0.8.4

389
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

To run the regression tests, the package must first be installed. Then, as an unprivileged user, issue the following
commands:

cd test &&
python regrtest.py &&
cd ..

Command Explanations
python setup.py build: This command copies the *.py files to a staging area and compiles the C extensions.
python setup.py install: This command installs the package.

Contents
Installed Programs: xmlproc_parse and xmlproc_val
Installed Libraries: PyXML Python library modules
Installed Directories: /usr/lib/python2.5/site-packages/_xmlplus and /usr/share/doc/PyXML-0.8.4

Short Descriptions
xmlproc_parse is a simple XML file parser using the xmlproc parser.
xmlproc_val is a validating XML file parser using the xmlproc parser.

Pycairo-1.4.0
Pycairo provides Python bindings to Cairo.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://cairographics.org/releases/pycairo-1.4.0.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: e26e77919b606113f565d70036c1f504
• Download size: 468 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 5.2 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Pycairo Dependencies

Required

Python-2.5.2 and cairo-1.4.14

Installation of Pycairo
Install Pycairo by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

390
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now, as the root user:

make install
To run the regression tests, the package must first be installed. Then, as an unprivileged user, issue the following
commands:
(cd test && python test.py)

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: Pycairo Python library module
Installed Directories: /usr/include/pycairo and /usr/lib/python2.5/site-packages/cairo

PyGObject-2.12.3
PyGObject provides Python bindings to the GObject class from GLib.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/pygobject/2.12/pygobject-2.12.3.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/pygobject/2.12/pygobject-2.12.3.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 009986021225b7ea6e0ba848707785af
• Download size: 331 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 5.2
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

PyGObject Dependencies
Required
Python-2.5.2 and GLib-2.12.12

Optional (to Build Documentation)

libxslt-1.1.22

Installation of PyGObject
Install PyGObject by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Command Explanations
--disable-docs: This option disables the rebuilding of the html documentation if libxslt-1.1.22 is installed.

391
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: PyGObject Python library module
Installed Directories: /usr/include/pygtk-2.0, /usr/share/pygobject and
/usr/lib/python2.5/site-packages/gtk-2.0

PyGTK-2.10.6
PyGTK lets you to easily create programs with a graphical user interface using the Python programming language.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/pygtk/2.10/pygtk-2.10.6.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/pygtk/2.10/pygtk-2.10.6.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: f051e25adcbdc1ddcf736fadad3d66f2
• Download size: 1.9 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 5.2 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU

PyGTK Dependencies

Required

PyGObject-2.12.3

Required (atk module)

ATK-1.18.0

Required (pango module)

Pango-1.16.4

Required (pangocairo module)

Pycairo-1.4.0 and Pango-1.16.4

Required (gtk and gtk.unixprint modules)

Pycairo-1.4.0 and GTK+-2.10.13

Required (gtk.libglade module)

Pycairo-1.4.0 and libglade-2.6.1

Optional

Numeric (version 24.2)

Optional (to Build Documentation)

libxslt-1.1.22

392
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Installation of PyGTK
Install PyGTK by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
The tests must be run from an active X display. If this is so, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Command Explanations
--enable-docs: This option enables rebuilding the html documentation if libxslt-1.1.22 is installed.

Contents
Installed Programs: pygtk-codegen-2.0 and pygtk-demo
Installed Libraries: PyGTK Python library modules
Installed Directories: /usr/lib/pygtk, /usr/share/pygtk and /usr/lib/python2.5/site-packages/gtk-2.0

Short Descriptions
pygtk-codegen-2.0 is a wrapper script to run the PyGTK codegen module.
pygtk-demo is a Python wrapper to run the PyGTK demo program.

PyORBit-2.14.3
This is a Python language binding for the ORBit2 CORBA implementation.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/pyorbit/2.14/pyorbit-2.14.3.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/pyorbit/2.14/pyorbit-2.14.3.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 3c4d42ae1a7303fd85071a842617043f
• Download size: 0.3 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 5.3 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

PyORBit Dependencies
Required
Python-2.5.2 and ORBit2-2.14.7

Installation of PyORBit
Install PyORBit by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

393
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:
make install

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: PyORBit Python library module
Installed Directories: /usr/include/pyorbit-2

Gnome-Python-2.18.2
Gnome-Python provides Python modules for various GNOME libraries.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-python/2.18/gnome-python-2.18.2.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-python/2.18/gnome-python-2.18.2.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 3df58e4354526d4e0be8524c0bf6ddb8
• Download size: 0.4 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 5.4 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Gnome-Python Dependencies
Required
PyGTK-2.10.6 and libgnome-2.18.0

Required (gnome.ui module)

PyORBit-2.14.3 and libgnomeui-2.18.1

Required (gnome.canvas module)

libgnomecanvas-2.14.0

Required (gnomevfs module bonobo support)

PyORBit-2.14.3

Required (bonobo.ui module)

libbonoboui-2.18.0

Installation of Gnome-Python
Install Gnome-Python by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.

394
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now, as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: Gnome-Python library modules
Installed Directories: /usr/include/gnome-python-2.0

Gnome-Python-Desktop-2.18.0
Gnome-Python-Desktop provides additional Python modules for GNOME libraries.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-python-desktop/2.18/gnome-python-desktop-
2.18.0.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-python-desktop/2.18/gnome-python-desktop-2.
18.0.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: ce1b1c095a69c2656177570a2939fabb
• Download size: 0.4 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 5.5 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Gnome-Python-Desktop Dependencies

Required
Gnome-Python-2.18.2

Required (gnomeapplet module)

GNOME Panel-2.18.3

Required (gnomeprint module)

libgnomeprint-2.18.0

Required (gnomeprint.ui module)

libgnomeprintui-2.18.0

Required (gtksourceview module)

gtksourceview-1.8.5

Required (wnck module)

libwnck-2.18.3

Required (totem.plparser module)

Totem-2.18.2

395
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Required (gtop module)

LibGTop-2.14.9

Required (nautilusburn module)

Nautilus CD Burner-2.18.2

Required (mediaprofiles module)

GNOME Media-2.18.0

Required (rsvg module)

librsvg-2.16.1

Required (metacity module)

Metacity-2.18.5

Required (gnomekeyring module)

gnome-keyring-0.8.1

Required (gnomedesktop module)

GNOME Desktop-2.18.3

Required (bugbuddy module)

bug-buddy-2.18.1

Installation of Gnome-Python-Desktop
Install Gnome-Python-Desktop by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--enable-metacity: This option enables building the metacity module if Metacity-2.18.5 is installed.

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: Gnome-Python-Desktop library modules
Installed Directories: None

396
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Ruby-1.8.6-p111
Introduction to Ruby
The Ruby package contains the Ruby development environment. This is useful for object-oriented scripting.

Package Information
•
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.ruby-lang.org/pub/ruby/1.8/ruby-1.8.6-p111.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: e1d38b7d4f1be55726d6927a3395ce3b
• Download size: 3.9 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 115 MB
• Estimated build time: 2.1 SBU

Ruby Dependencies
Optional
OpenSSL-0.9.8g, Tk-8.4.18, and GDBM-1.8.3

Installation of Ruby
Install Ruby by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-shared \
--enable-pthread \
--enable-install-doc &&
make
To test the results, issue: make test.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Command Explanations
--enable-shared: This parameter builds the libruby shared library.
--enable-pthread: This parameter links the threading library into the Ruby build.

Contents
Installed Programs: ruby, irb, erb, rdoc, ri, and testrb
Installed Libraries: libruby.so, libruby-static.a and numerous modules located in the /usr/lib/ruby
hierarchy.
Installed Directories: /usr/lib/ruby and /usr/share/ri

Short Descriptions
ruby is an interpreted scripting language for quick and easy object-oriented programming.

397
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

irb is the interactive interface for Ruby.

erb is Tiny eRuby. It interprets a Ruby code embedded text file.
ri displays documentation from a database on Ruby classes, modules and methods.
libruby.so contains the API functions required by Ruby.

398
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Tcl-8.4.18
Introduction to Tcl
The Tcl package contains the Tool Command Language, a robust general-purpose scripting language.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/tcl/tcl8.4.18-src.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/tcl8.4.18-src.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 7d8bc95036f797b1a2b62a5a382d2cc1
• Download size: 3.6 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 25 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (additional 0.7 SBU to run the test suite)

Installation of Tcl
This package is also installed in LFS during the bootstrap phase. As it is not installed during Chapter 6 of LFS,
installation instructions are included here in BLFS.
Install Tcl by running the following commands:

cd unix &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-threads \
--mandir=/usr/share/man &&
make &&
sed -i \
-e "s@^\(TCL_SRC_DIR='\).*@\1/usr/include'@" \
-e "/TCL_B/s@='\(-L\)\?.*unix@='\1/usr/lib@" \
-e "/SEARCH/s/=.*/=''/" \
tclConfig.sh

To test the results, issue: make test.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

make install-private-headers &&
ln -v -sf tclsh8.4 /usr/bin/tclsh

Command Explanations
--enable-threads: This switch forces the package to build with thread support.
make install-private-headers: This command is used to install the Tcl library interface headers used by other
packages if they link to the Tcl library.
ln -v -sf tclsh8.4 /usr/bin/tclsh: This command is used to create a compatibility symbolic link to the tclsh8.4 file
as many packages expect a file named tclsh.

399
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

sed -i -e ... tclConfig.sh: The Tcl package expects that its source tree is preserved so that packages depending on
it for their compilation can utilize it. This sed removes the references to the build directory and replaces them with
saner system-wide locations.

Contents
Installed Programs: tclsh and tclsh8.4
Installed Libraries: libtcl.so and libtclstub8.4.a
Installed Directories: /usr/lib/tcl8.4

Short Descriptions
tclsh is a symlink to the tclsh8.4 program.
tclsh8.4 is a simple shell containing the Tcl interpreter.
libtcl.so contains the API functions required by Tcl.

400
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Tk-8.4.18
Introduction to Tk
The Tk package contains a TCL GUI Toolkit.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/tcl/tk8.4.18-src.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/tk8.4.18-src.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: bf52be013df31198b144d1ca72b094fb
• Download size: 3.3 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 23 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Tk Dependencies
Required
X Window System and Tcl-8.4.18

Installation of Tk
Install Tk by running the following commands:

cd unix &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-threads \
--mandir=/usr/share/man &&
make &&
sed -i \
-e "s@^\(TK_SRC_DIR='\).*@\1/usr/include'@" \
-e "/TK_B/s@='\(-L\)\?.*unix@='\1/usr/lib@" \
-e "/SEARCH/s/=.*/=''/" \
tkConfig.sh

Running the tests is not recommended. Some tests may crash your X Server. To test the results anyway, issue: make
test. Ensure you run it from an X Window display device with the GLX extensions loaded, else the tests will hang.
Now, as the root user:

make install &&

make install-private-headers &&
ln -v -sf wish8.4 /usr/bin/wish

Command Explanations
--enable-threads: This switch forces the package to build with thread support.
make install-private-headers: This command is used to install the Tk library interface headers used by other
packages if they link to the Tk library.

401
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

ln -v -sf wish8.4 /usr/bin/wish: This command is used to create a compatibility symbolic link to the wish8.4 file as
many packages expect a file named wish.
sed -i -e ... tkConfig.sh: The Tk package expects that its source tree is preserved so that packages depending on it
for their compilation can utilize it. This sed removes the references to the build directory and replaces them with
saner system-wide locations.

Contents
Installed Programs: wish and wish8.4
Installed Libraries: libtk.so and libtkstub8.4.a
Installed Directories: /usr/lib/tk8.4

Short Descriptions
wish is a symlink to the wish8.4 program.
wish8.4 is a simple shell containing the Tk toolkit that creates a main window and then processes Tcl commands.
libtk.so contains the API functions required by Tk.

402
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Other Programming Tools

Introduction
This section is provided to show you some additional programming tools for which instructions have not yet been
created in the book or for those that are not appropriate for the book. Note that these packages may not have been
tested by the BLFS team, but their mention here is meant to be a convenient source of additional information.

Programming Frameworks, Languages and Compilers

A+
A+ is a powerful and efficient programming language. It is freely available under the GNU General Public License.
It embodies a rich set of functions and operators, a modern graphical user interface with many widgets and automatic
synchronization of widgets and variables, asynchronous execution of functions associated with variables and events,
dynamic loading of user compiled subroutines, and many other features. Execution is by a rather efficient interpreter.
A+ was created at Morgan Stanley. Primarily used in a computationally-intensive business environment, many critical
applications written in A+ have withstood the demands of real world developers over many years. Written in an
interpreted language, A+ applications tend to be portable.
• Project Home Page: http://www.aplusdev.org/
• Download Location: http://www.aplusdev.org/Download/index.html

ABC
ABC is an interactive programming language and environment for personal computing, originally intended as a good
replacement for BASIC. It was designed by first doing a task analysis of the programming task. ABC is easy to learn
(an hour or so for someone who has already programmed), and yet easy to use. Originally intended as a language for
beginners, it has evolved into a powerful tool for beginners and experts alike. Some features of the language include: a
powerful collection of only five data types that easily combines strong typing, yet without declarations, no limitations
(such as max int), apart from sheer exhaustion of memory refinements to support top-down programming, nesting by
indentation and programs typically are one fourth or one fifth the size of the equivalent Pascal or C program.
• Project Home Page: http://homepages.cwi.nl/~steven/abc/
• Download Location: http://homepages.cwi.nl/~steven/abc/implementations.html

ALF
ALF is a language which combines functional and logic programming techniques. The foundation of ALF is Horn
clause logic with equality which consists of predicates and Horn clauses for logic programming, and functions
and equations for functional programming. The ALF system is an efficient implementation of the combination of
resolution, narrowing, rewriting and rejection. Similarly to Prolog, ALF uses a backtracking strategy corresponding
to a depth-first search in the derivation tree.
• Project Home Page: http://www.informatik.uni-kiel.de/~mh/systems/ALF.html
• Download Location: http://www.informatik.uni-kiel.de/~mh/systems/ALF/

ASM
ASM is a Java bytecode manipulation framework. It can be used to dynamically generate stub classes or other proxy
classes, directly in binary form, or to dynamically modify classes at load time, i.e., just before they are loaded into the
Java Virtual Machine. ASM offers similar functionalities as BCEL or SERP, but is much smaller (33KB instead of

403
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

350KB for BCEL and 150KB for SERP) and faster than these tools (the overhead of a load time class transformation
is of the order of 60% with ASM, 700% or more with BCEL, and 1100% or more with SERP). Indeed ASM was
designed to be used in a dynamic way (though it works statically as well) and was therefore designed and implemented
to be as small and as fast as possible.
• Project Home Page: http://asm.objectweb.org/
• Download Location: http://forge.objectweb.org/projects/asm/

BCPL
BCPL is a simple typeless language that was designed in 1966 by Martin Richards and implemented for the first time
at MIT in the Spring of 1967.
• Project Home Page: http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/users/mr/BCPL.html
• Download Location: http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/users/mr/BCPL/

BETA
BETA is developed within the Scandinavian School of object-orientation, where the first object-oriented language,
Simula, was developed. BETA is a modern language in the Simula tradition. The resulting language is smaller than
Simula in spite of being considerably more expressive. BETA is a strongly typed language like Simula, Eiffel and
C++, with most type checking being carried out at compile-time. It is well known that it is not possible to obtain all
type checking at compile time without sacrificing the expressiveness of the language. BETA has optimum balance
between compile-time type checking and run-time type checking.
• Project Home Page: http://www.daimi.au.dk/~beta/
• Download Location: ftp://ftp.daimi.au.dk/pub/beta/

<bigwig>
<bigwig> is a high-level programming language for developing interactive Web services. Programs are compiled into
a conglomerate of lower-level technologies such as C code, HTTP, HTML, JavaScript, and SSL, all running on top of
a runtime system based on an Apache Web server module. It is a descendant of the Mawl project but is a completely
new design and implementation with vastly expanded ambitions. The <bigwig> language is really a collection of tiny
domain-specific languages focusing on different aspects of interactive Web services. These contributing languages
are held together by a C-like skeleton language. Thus, <bigwig> has the look and feel of C-programs but with special
data and control structures.
• Project Home Page: http://www.brics.dk/bigwig/
• Download Location: http://www.brics.dk/bigwig/download/

Bigloo
Bigloo is a Scheme implementation devoted to one goal: enabling Scheme based programming style where C(++)
is usually required. Bigloo attempts to make Scheme practical by offering features usually presented by traditional
programming languages but not offered by Scheme and functional programming. Bigloo compiles Scheme modules
and delivers small and fast stand-alone binary executables. It enables full connections between Scheme and C
programs, between Scheme and Java programs, and between Scheme and C# programs.
• Project Home Page: http://www-sop.inria.fr/mimosa/fp/Bigloo/
• Download Location: ftp://ftp-sop.inria.fr/mimosa/fp/Bigloo/

404
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

C--
C-- is a portable assembly language that can be generated by a front end and implemented by any of several code
generators. It serves as an interface between high-level compilers and retargetable, optimizing code generators.
Authors of front ends and code generators can cooperate easily.
• Project Home Page: http://www.cminusminus.org/
• Download Location: http://www.cminusminus.org/code.html

Caml
Caml is a general-purpose programming language, designed with program safety and reliability in mind. It is very
expressive, yet easy to learn and use. Caml supports functional, imperative, and object-oriented programming styles.
It has been developed and distributed by INRIA, France's national research institute for computer science, since 1985.
The Objective Caml system is the main implementation of the Caml language. It features a powerful module system
and a full-fledged object-oriented layer. It comes with a native-code compiler that supports numerous architectures,
for high performance; a bytecode compiler, for increased portability; and an interactive loop, for experimentation
and rapid development.
• Project Home Page: http://caml.inria.fr/
• Download Location: http://caml.inria.fr/pub/distrib/

Cayenne
Cayenne is a simple(?) functional language with a powerful type system. The basic types are functions, products, and
sums. Functions and products use dependent types to gain additional power. There are very few building blocks in the
language, but a lot of “syntactic sugar” to make it more readable. There is no separate module language in Cayenne
since the dependent types allow the normal expression language to be used at the module level as well. The design of
Cayenne has been heavily influenced by Haskell and constructive type theory and with some things borrowed from
Java. The drawback of such a powerful type system is that the type checking becomes undecidable.
• Project Home Page: http://www.cs.chalmers.se/~augustss/cayenne/
• Download Location: http://www.cs.chalmers.se/~augustss/cayenne/get.html

Ch
Ch is an embeddable C/C++ interpreter for cross-platform scripting, shell programming, 2D/3D plotting, numerical
computing, and embedded scripting.
• Project Home Page: http://www.softintegration.com/
• Download Location: http://www.softintegration.com/products/chstandard/download/

Clean
Clean is a general purpose, state-of-the-art, pure and lazy functional programming language designed for making
real-world applications. Clean is the only functional language in the world which offers uniqueness typing. This type
system makes it possible in a pure functional language to incorporate destructive updates of arbitrary data structures
(including arrays) and to make direct interfaces to the outside imperative world. The type system makes it possible
to develop efficient applications.
• Project Home Page: http://www.cs.ru.nl/~clean/
• Download Location: http://www.cs.ru.nl/~clean/Download/download.html

405
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

CORN
CORN is designed for modeling concurrency and advanced computation. It provides lazy evaluation between
concurrently worked threads, with object-oriented and functional style of semantic. This language can be also used
for parallel computation.
• Project Home Page: http://corn.telefonia.pl/
• Download Location: http://corn.telefonia.pl/download/download.html

Cyclone
Cyclone is a programming language based on C that is safe, meaning that it rules out programs that have buffer
overflows, dangling pointers, format string attacks, and so on. High-level, type-safe languages, such as Java, Scheme,
or ML also provide safety, but they don't give the same control over data representations and memory management
that C does (witness the fact that the run-time systems for these languages are usually written in C.) Furthermore,
porting legacy C code to these languages or interfacing with legacy C libraries is a difficult and error-prone process.
The goal of Cyclone is to give programmers the same low-level control and performance of C without sacrificing
safety, and to make it easy to port or interface with legacy C code.
• Project Home Page: http://www.research.att.com/projects/cyclone/
• Download Location: http://www.eecs.harvard.edu/~greg/cyclone/software/

D
D is a general purpose systems and applications programming language. It is a higher level language than C++, but
retains the ability to write high performance code and interface directly with the operating system APIs and with
hardware. D is well suited to writing medium to large scale million line programs with teams of developers. It is easy
to learn, provides many capabilities to aid the programmer, and is well suited to aggressive compiler optimization
technology. D is not a scripting language, nor an interpreted language. It doesn't come with a VM, a religion, or
an overriding philosophy. It's a practical language for practical programmers who need to get the job done quickly,
reliably, and leave behind maintainable, easy to understand code. D is the culmination of decades of experience
implementing compilers for many diverse languages, and attempting to construct large projects using those languages.
It draws inspiration from those other languages (most especially C++) and tempers it with experience and real world
practicality.
• Project Home Page: http://www.digitalmars.com/d/
• Download Location: ftp://ftp.digitalmars.com/

DMDScript
DMDScript is Digital Mars' implementation of the ECMA 262 scripting language. Netscape's implementation
is called JavaScript, Microsoft's implementation is called JScript. DMDScript is much faster than other
implementations, which you can verify with the included benchmark.
• Project Home Page: http://www.digitalmars.com/dscript/index.html
• Download Location: ftp://ftp.digitalmars.com/

DotGNU Portable.NET
DotGNU Portable.NET goal is to build a suite of free software tools to build and execute .NET applications, including
a C# compiler, assembler, disassembler, and runtime engine. While the initial target platform was GNU/Linux, it is
also known to run under Windows, Solaris, NetBSD, FreeBSD, and MacOS X. The runtime engine has been tested on
the x86, PowerPC, ARM, Sparc, PARISC, s390, Alpha, and IA-64 processors. DotGNU Portable.NET is part of the

406
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

DotGNU project, built in accordance with the requirements of the GNU Project. DotGNU Portable.NET is focused
on compatibility with the ECMA specifications for CLI. There are other projects under the DotGNU meta-project to
build other necessary pieces of infrastructure, and to explore non-CLI approaches to virtual machine implementation.
• Project Home Page: http://www.southern-storm.com.au/portable_net.html
• Download Location: http://www.southern-storm.com.au/portable_net.html#download

Dylan
Dylan is an advanced, object-oriented, dynamic language which supports rapid program development. When needed,
programs can be optimized for more efficient execution by supplying more type information to the compiler. Nearly
all entities in Dylan (including functions, classes, and basic data types such as integers) are first class objects.
Additionally, Dylan supports multiple inheritance, polymorphism, multiple dispatch, keyword arguments, object
introspection, macros, and many other advanced features... --Peter Hinely.
• Project Home Page: http://www.gwydiondylan.org/
• Download Location: http://www.gwydiondylan.org/downloading.phtml

E
E is a secure distributed Java-based pure-object platform and p2p scripting language. It has two parts: ELib and the E
Language. Elib provides the stuff that goes on between objects. As a pure-Java library, ELib provides for inter-process
capability-secure distributed programming. Its cryptographic capability protocol enables mutually suspicious Java
processes to cooperate safely, and its event-loop concurrency and promise pipelining enable high performance
deadlock free distributed pure-object computing. The E Language can be used to express what happens within an
object. It provides a convenient and familiar notation for the ELib computational model, so you can program in one
model rather than two. Under the covers, this notation expands into Kernel-E, a minimalist lambda-language much
like Scheme or Smalltalk. Objects written in the E language are only able to interact with other objects according
to ELib's semantics, enabling object granularity intra-process security, including the ability to safely run untrusted
mobile code (such as caplets).
• Project Home Page: http://www.erights.org/
• Download Location: http://www.erights.org/download/

elastiC
elastiC is a portable high-level object-oriented interpreted language with a C like syntax. Its main characteristics
are: open source, interpreted, has portable bytecode compilation, dynamic typing, automatic real very fast garbage
collection, object oriented with meta-programming support (a la Smalltalk), functional programming support
(Scheme-like closures with lexical scoping, and eval-like functionality), hierarchical namespaces, a rich set of useful
built-in types (dynamic arrays, dictionaries, symbols, ...), extensibile with C (you can add functions, types, classes,
methods, packages, ...), embeddable in C. elastiC has been strongly influenced by C, Smalltalk, Scheme and Python
and tries to merge the best characteristics of all these languages, while still coherently maintaining its unique
personality.
• Project Home Page: http://www.elasticworld.org/
• Download Location: http://www.elasticworld.org/download.html

Erlang/OTP
Erlang/OTP is a development environment based on Erlang. Erlang is a programming language which has many
features more commonly associated with an operating system than with a programming language: concurrent
processes, scheduling, memory management, distribution, networking, etc. The initial open-source Erlang release

407
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

contains the implementation of Erlang, as well as a large part of Ericsson's middleware for building distributed
high-availability systems. Erlang is characterized by the following features: robustness, soft real-time, hot code
upgrades and incremental code loading.
• Project Home Page: http://www.erlang.org/
• Download Location: http://www.erlang.org/download.html

Euphoria
Euphoria is a simple, flexible, and easy-to-learn programming language. It lets you quickly and easily develop
programs for Windows, DOS, Linux and FreeBSD. Euphoria was first released in 1993. Since then Rapid Deployment
Software has been steadily improving it with the help of a growing number of enthusiastic users. Although Euphoria
provides subscript checking, uninitialized variable checking and numerous other run-time checks, it is extremely fast.
People have used it to develop high-speed DOS games, Windows GUI programs, and Linux X Windows programs.
It is also very useful for CGI (Web-based) programming.
• Project Home Page: http://www.rapideuphoria.com/
• Download Location: http://www.rapideuphoria.com/v20.htm

Felix
Felix is an advanced Algol like procedural programming language with a strong functional subsystem. It features
ML style static typing, first class functions, pattern matching, garbage collection, polymorphism, and has built in
support for high performance microthreading, regular expressions and context free parsing. The system provides a
scripting harness so the language can be used like other scripting languages such as Python and Perl, but underneath
it generates native code to obtain high performance. A key feature of the system is that it uses the C/C++ object
model, and provides an advanced binding sublanguage to support integration with C/C++ at both the source and
object levels, both for embedding C/C++ data types and functions into Felix, and for embedding Felix into exitsing
C++ architectures. The Felix compiler is written in Objective Caml, and generates ISO C++ which should compile
on any platform.
• Project Home Page: http://felix.sourceforge.net/
• Download Location: http://felix.sourceforge.net/current/www/download.html

ferite
ferite is a scripting language and engine all in one manageable chunk. It is designed to be easily extended in terms
of API, and to be used within other applications making them more configurable and useful to the end user. It has a
syntax similar to a number of other languages but remains clean and its own language.
• Project Home Page: http://www.ferite.org/
• Download Location: http://www.ferite.org/download.html

Forth
Forth is a stack-based, extensible language without type-checking. It is probably best known for its "reverse Polish"
(postfix) arithmetic notation, familiar to users of Hewlett-Packard calculators. Forth is a real-time programming
language originally developed to control telescopes. Forth has many unique features and applications: it can compile
itself into a new compiler, reverse-polish coding, edit time error checking and compiling (similar to BASIC),
extremely efficient thread based language, can be used to debug itself, extensible; thus can become what ever you need
it to be. The links below lead to the website of the Forth Interest Group (FIG), a world-wide, non-profit organization
for education in and the promotion of the Forth computer language. Another worthwhile website dedicated to the
Forth community is http://wiki.forthfreak.net/.

408
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

• Project Home Page: http://www.forth.org/

• Download Location: http://www.forth.org/compilers.html

GNU Smalltalk
GNU Smalltalk is a free implementation of the Smalltalk-80 language which runs on most versions on Unix and, in
general, everywhere you can find a POSIX-compliance library. An uncommon feature of it is that it is well-versed
to scripting tasks and headless processing. See http://www.gnu.org/software/smalltalk/gst-manual/gst_1.html#SEC1
for a more detailed explanation of GNU Smalltalk.
• Project Home Page: http://www.gnu.org/software/smalltalk/
• Download Location: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/smalltalk/

Haskell
Haskell is a computer programming language. In particular, it is a polymorphicly typed, lazy, purely functional
language, quite different from most other programming languages. The language is named for Haskell Brooks Curry,
whose work in mathematical logic serves as a foundation for functional languages. Haskell is based on lambda
calculus. There are many implementations of Haskell, among them:
• GHC: http://www.haskell.org/ghc/
• HBC: http://www.cs.chalmers.se/~augustss/hbc/hbc.html
• Helium: http://www.cs.uu.nl/helium/
• Hugs: http://www.haskell.org/hugs/
• nhc98: http://www.haskell.org/nhc98/

HLA (High Level Assembly)

The HLA language was developed as a tool to help teach assembly language programming and machine organization
to University students at the University of California, Riverside. The basic idea was to teach students assembly
language programming by leveraging their knowledge of high level languages like C/C++ and Pascal/Delphi. At the
same time, HLA was designed to allow advanced assembly language programmers write more readable and more
powerful assembly language code.
• Project Home Page: http://webster.cs.ucr.edu/AsmTools/HLA/
• Download Location: http://webster.cs.ucr.edu/AsmTools/HLA/dnld.html

Icon
Icon is a high-level, general-purpose programming language with a large repertoire of features for processing data
structures and character strings. It is an imperative, procedural language with a syntax reminiscent of C and Pascal,
but with semantics at a much higher level.
• Project Home Page: http://www.cs.arizona.edu/icon/
• Download Location: ftp://ftp.cs.arizona.edu/icon/

Io
Io is a small, prototype-based programming language. The ideas in Io are mostly inspired by Smalltalk (all values are
objects), Self (prototype-based), NewtonScript (differential inheritance), Act1 (actors and futures for concurrency),
LISP (code is a runtime inspectable/modifiable tree) and Lua (small, embeddable).
• Project Home Page: http://www.iolanguage.com/about/
• Download Location: http://www.iolanguage.com/downloads/

409
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

J
J is a modern, high-level, general-purpose, high-performance programming language. It is portable and runs on
Windows, Unix, Mac, and PocketPC handhelds, both as a GUI and in a console. True 64-bit J systems are available
for XP64 or Linux64, on AMD64 or Intel EM64T platforms. J systems can be installed and distributed for free.
• Project Home Page: http://www.jsoftware.com/
• Download Location: http://www.jsoftware.com/download/

Jamaica
Jamaica, the JVM Macro Assembler, is an easy-to-learn and easy-to-use assembly language for JVM bytecode
programming. It uses Java syntax to define a JVM class except for the method body that takes bytecode instructions,
including Jamaica's built-in macros. In Jamaica, bytecode instructions use mnemonics and symbolic names for all
variables, parameters, data fields, constants and labels.
• Project Home Page: http://www.judoscript.com/jamaica.html
• Download Location: http://www.judoscript.com/download.html

Joy
Joy is a purely functional programming language. Whereas all other functional programming languages are based
on the application of functions to arguments, Joy is based on the composition of functions. All such functions take a
stack as an argument and produce a stack as a value. Consequently much of Joy looks like ordinary postfix notation.
However, in Joy a function can consume any number of parameters from the stack and leave any number of results on
the stack. The concatenation of appropriate programs denotes the composition of the functions which the programs
denote.
• Project Home Page: http://www.latrobe.edu.au/philosophy/phimvt/joy.html

Judo
Judo is a practical, functional scripting language. It is designed to cover the use cases of not only
algorithmic/object-oriented/multi-threaded programming and Java scripting but also a number of major application
domain tasks, such as scripting for JDBC, WSDL, ActiveX, OS, multiple file/data formats, etc. Despite its rich
functionality, the base language is extremely simple, and domain support syntax is totally intuitive to domain experts,
so that even though you have never programmed in Judo, you would have little trouble figuring out what the code does.
• Project Home Page: http://www.judoscript.com/home.html
• Download Location: http://www.judoscript.com/download.html

JWIG
JWIG is a Java-based high-level programming language for development of interactive Web services. It contains an
advanced session model, a flexible mechanism for dynamic construction of XML documents, in particular XHTML,
and a powerful API for simplifying use of the HTTP protocol and many other aspects of Web service programming. To
support program development, JWIG provides a unique suite of highly specialized program analyses that at compile
time verify for a given program that no runtime errors can occur while building documents or receiving form input,
and that all documents being shown are valid according to the document type definition for XHTML 1.0. The main
goal of the JWIG project is to simplify development of complex Web services, compared to alternatives, such as,
Servlets, JSP, ASP, and PHP. JWIG is a descendant of the <bigwig> research language.
• Project Home Page: http://www.brics.dk/JWIG/
• Download Location: http://www.brics.dk/JWIG/download.html

410
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Lava
Lava is a name unfortunately chosen for several unrelated software development languages/projects. So it doesn't
appear as though BLFS has a preference for one over another, the project web sites are listed below, without
descriptions of the capabilities or features for any of them.
• Project Home Page: http://lavape.sourceforge.net/index.htm
• Project Home Page: http://javalab.cs.uni-bonn.de/research/darwin/#The%20Lava%20Language
• Project Home Page: http://www.md.chalmers.se/~koen/Lava/
• Project Home Page: http://members.tripod.com/mathias/IavaHomepage.html

Lua
Lua is a powerful light-weight programming language designed for extending applications. It is also frequently used
as a general-purpose, stand-alone language. It is free software. Lua combines simple procedural syntax with powerful
data description constructs based on associative arrays and extensible semantics. It is dynamically typed, interpreted
from bytecodes, and has automatic memory management with garbage collection, making it ideal for configuration,
scripting, and rapid prototyping. A fundamental concept in the design of Lua is to provide meta-mechanisms for
implementing features, instead of providing a host of features directly in the language. For example, although Lua
is not a pure object-oriented language, it does provide meta-mechanisms for implementing classes and inheritance.
Lua's meta-mechanisms bring an economy of concepts and keep the language small, while allowing the semantics
to be extended in unconventional ways. Extensible semantics is a distinguishing feature of Lua. Lua is a language
engine that you can embed into your application. This means that, besides syntax and semantics, it has an API that
allows the application to exchange data with Lua programs and also to extend Lua with C functions. In this sense,
it can be regarded as a language framework for building domain-specific languages. Lua is implemented as a small
library of C functions, written in ANSI C, and compiles unmodified in all known platforms. The implementation
goals are simplicity, efficiency, portability, and low embedding cost. The result is a fast language engine with small
footprint, making it ideal in embedded systems too.
• Project Home Page: http://www.lua.org/
• Download Location: http://www.lua.org/download.html

Mercury
Mercury is a new logic/functional programming language, which combines the clarity and expressiveness of
declarative programming with advanced static analysis and error detection features. Its highly optimized execution
algorithm delivers efficiency far in excess of existing logic programming systems, and close to conventional
programming systems. Mercury addresses the problems of large-scale program development, allowing modularity,
separate compilation, and numerous optimization/time trade-offs.
• Project Home Page: http://www.cs.mu.oz.au/research/mercury/
• Download Location: http://www.cs.mu.oz.au/research/mercury/download/release.html

Mono
Mono provides the necessary software to develop and run .NET client and server applications on Linux, Solaris,
Mac OS X, Windows, and Unix. Sponsored by Novell, the Mono open source project has an active and enthusiastic
contributing community and is positioned to become the leading choice for development of Linux applications.
• Project Home Page: http://www.mono-project.com/Main_Page
• Download Location: http://go-mono.com/sources/

411
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

MPD
MPD is a variant of the SR programming language. SR has a Pascal-like syntax and uses guarded commands for
control statements. MPD has a C-like syntax and C-like control statements. However, the main components of
the two languages are the same: resources, globals, operations, procs, procedures, processes, and virtual machines.
Moreover, MPD supports the same variety of concurrent programming mechanisms as SR: co statements, semaphores,
call/send/forward invocations, and receive and input statements.
• Project Home Page: http://www.cs.arizona.edu/mpd/
• Download Location: http://www.cs.arizona.edu/mpd/download/

Nemerle
Nemerle is a high-level statically-typed programming language for the .NET platform. It offers functional,
object-oriented and imperative features. It has a simple C#-like syntax and a powerful meta-programming
system. Features that come from the functional land are variants, pattern matching, type inference and parameter
polymorphism (aka generics). The meta-programming system allows great compiler extensibility, embedding domain
specific languages, partial evaluation and aspect-oriented programming.
• Project Home Page: http://nemerle.org/Main_Page
• Download Location: http://nemerle.org/Download

Octave
GNU Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical computations. It provides a convenient
command line interface for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically, and for performing other numerical
experiments using a language that is mostly compatible with Matlab. It may also be used as a batch-oriented
language. Octave has extensive tools for solving common numerical linear algebra problems, finding the roots of
nonlinear equations, integrating ordinary functions, manipulating polynomials, and integrating ordinary differential
and differential-algebraic equations. It is easily extensible and customizable via user-defined functions written in
Octave's own language, or using dynamically loaded modules written in C++, C, Fortran, or other languages.
• Project Home Page: http://www.octave.org/
• Download Location: http://www.octave.org/download.html

OO2C (Optimizing Oberon-2 Compiler)

OO2C is an Oberon-2 development platform. It consists of an optimizing compiler, a number of related tools, a set
of standard library modules and a reference manual. Oberon-2 is a general-purpose programming language in the
tradition of Pascal and Modula-2. Its most important features are block structure, modularity, separate compilation,
static typing with strong type checking (also across module boundaries) and type extension with type-bound
procedures. Type extension makes Oberon-2 an object-oriented language.
• Project Home Page: http://ooc.sourceforge.net/
• Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/ooc/

Ordered Graph Data Language (OGDL)

OGDL is a structured textual format that represents information in the form of graphs, where the nodes are strings
and the arcs or edges are spaces or indentation.
• Project Home Page: http://ogdl.sourceforge.net/
• Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/ogdl/

412
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Pike
Pike is a dynamic programming language with a syntax similar to Java and C. It is simple to learn, does not require
long compilation passes and has powerful built-in data types allowing simple and really fast data manipulation. Pike
is released under the GNU GPL, GNU LGPL and MPL.
• Project Home Page: http://pike.ida.liu.se/
• Download Location: http://pike.ida.liu.se/download/pub/pike

Pyrex
Pyrex is a language specially designed for writing Python extension modules. It's designed to bridge the gap between
the nice, high-level, easy-to-use world of Python and the messy, low-level world of C. Pyrex lets you write code that
mixes Python and C data types any way you want, and compiles it into a C extension for Python.
• Project Home Page: http://www.cosc.canterbury.ac.nz/~greg/python/Pyrex/

Q
Q is a functional programming language based on term rewriting. Thus, a Q program or “script” is simply a collection
of equations which are used to evaluate expressions in a symbolic fashion. The equations establish algebraic identities
and are interpreted as rewriting rules in order to reduce expressions to “normal forms”.
• Project Home Page: http://q-lang.sourceforge.net/
• Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/q-lang/

R
R is a language and environment for statistical computing and graphics. It is a GNU project similar to the S language
and environment which was developed at Bell Laboratories (formerly AT&T, now Lucent Technologies) by John
Chambers and colleagues. R can be considered as a different implementation of S. There are some important
differences, but much code written for S runs unaltered under R. R provides a wide variety of statistical (linear
and nonlinear modelling, classical statistical tests, time-series analysis, classification, clustering, ...) and graphical
techniques, and is highly extensible. The S language is often the vehicle of choice for research in statistical
methodology, and R provides an Open Source route to participation in that activity.
• Project Home Page: http://www.r-project.org/
• Download Location: http://cran.r-project.org/mirrors.html

Regina Rexx
Regina is a Rexx interpreter that has been ported to most Unix platforms (Linux, FreeBSD, Solaris, AIX, HP-UX, etc.)
and also to OS/2, eCS, DOS, Win9x/Me/NT/2k/XP, Amiga, AROS, QNX4.x, QNX6.x BeOS, MacOS X, EPOC32,
AtheOS, OpenVMS, SkyOS and OpenEdition. Rexx is a programming language that was designed to be easy to use
for inexperienced programmers yet powerful enough for experienced users. It is also a language ideally suited as a
macro language for other applications.
• Project Home Page: http://regina-rexx.sourceforge.net/
• Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/regina-rexx

Serp
Serp is an open source framework for manipulating Java bytecode. The goal of the Serp bytecode framework is to
tap the full power of bytecode modification while lowering its associated costs. The framework provides a set of
high-level APIs for manipulating all aspects of bytecode, from large-scale structures like class member fields to the

413
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

individual instructions that comprise the code of methods. While in order to perform any advanced manipulation,
some understanding of the class file format and especially of the JVM instruction set is necessary, the framework
makes it as easy as possible to enter the world of bytecode development.
• Project Home Page: http://serp.sourceforge.net/
• Download Location: http://serp.sourceforge.net/files/

Small Device C Compiler (SDCC)

SDCC is a Freeware, retargetable, optimizing ANSI-C compiler that targets the Intel 8051, Maxim 80DS390 and the
Zilog Z80 based MCUs. Work is in progress on supporting the Motorola 68HC08 as well as Microchip PIC16 and
PIC18 series. The entire source code for the compiler is distributed under GPL.
• Project Home Page: http://sdcc.sourceforge.net/
• Download Location: http://sdcc.sourceforge.net/snap.php#Source

SmartEiffel (The GNU Eiffel Compiler)

SmartEiffel claims to be “the fastest and the slimmest multi-platform Eiffel compiler on Earth”. Eiffel is
an object-oriented programming language which emphasizes the production of robust software. Its syntax is
keyword-oriented in the ALGOL and Pascal tradition. Eiffel is strongly statically typed, with automatic memory
management (typically implemented by garbage collection). Distinguishing characteristics of Eiffel include Design
by contract (DbC), liberal use of inheritance including multiple inheritance, a type system handling both value and
reference semantics, and generic classes. Eiffel has a unified type system—all types in Eiffel are classes, so it is
possible to create subclasses of the basic classes such as INTEGER. Eiffel has operator overloading, including the
ability to define new operators, but does not have method overloading.
• Project Home Page: http://smarteiffel.loria.fr/
• Download Location: ftp://ftp.loria.fr/pub/loria/SmartEiffel/

Squeak
Squeak is an open, highly-portable Smalltalk implementation whose virtual machine is written entirely in Smalltalk,
making it easy to debug, analyze, and change. To achieve practical performance, a translator produces an equivalent
C program whose performance is comparable to commercial Smalltalks. Other noteworthy aspects of Squeak include:
real-time sound and music synthesis written entirely in Smalltalk, extensions of BitBlt to handle color of any depth
and anti-aliased image rotation and scaling, network access support that allows simple construction of servers and
other useful facilities, it runs bit-identical on many platforms (Windows, Mac, Unix, and others), a compact object
format that typically requires only a single word of overhead per object and a simple yet efficient incremental garbage
collector for 32-bit direct pointers efficient bulk-mutation of objects.
• Project Home Page: http://www.squeak.org/
• Download Location: http://www.squeak.org/Download/

SR (Synchronizing Resources)
SR is a language for writing concurrent programs. The main language constructs are resources and operations.
Resources encapsulate processes and variables they share; operations provide the primary mechanism for process
interaction. SR provides a novel integration of the mechanisms for invoking and servicing operations. Consequently,
all of local and remote procedure call, rendezvous, message passing, dynamic process creation, multicast, and
semaphores are supported. SR also supports shared global variables and operations.
• Project Home Page: http://www.cs.arizona.edu/sr/index.html

414
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

• Download Location: ftp://ftp.cs.arizona.edu/sr/

Standard ML
Standard ML is a safe, modular, strict, functional, polymorphic programming language with compile-time type
checking and type inference, garbage collection, exception handling, immutable data types and updatable references,
abstract data types, and parametric modules. It has efficient implementations and a formal definition with a proof of
soundness. There are many implementations of Standard ML, among them:
• ML Kit: http://www.it-c.dk/research/mlkit/
• MLton: http://mlton.org/
• Moscow ML: http://www.dina.kvl.dk/~sestoft/mosml.html
• Poly/ML: http://www.polyml.org/
• Standard ML of New Jersey: http://www.smlnj.org/

Steel Bank Common Lisp (SBCL)

SBCL is an open source (free software) compiler and runtime system for ANSI Common Lisp. It provides an
interactive environment including an integrated native compiler, a debugger, and many extensions. SBCL runs on
a number of platforms.
• Project Home Page: http://www.sbcl.org/
• Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/sbcl/

Tiny C Compiler (TCC)

Tiny C Compiler is a small C compiler that can be used to compile and execute C code everywhere, for example on
rescue disks (about 100KB for x86 TCC executable, including C preprocessor, C compiler, assembler and linker).
TCC is fast. It generates optimized x86 code, has no byte code overhead and compiles, assembles and links several
times faster than GCC. TCC is versatile, any C dynamic library can be used directly. It is heading toward full ISOC99
compliance and can compile itself. The compiler is safe as it includes an optional memory and bound checker. Bound
checked code can be mixed freely with standard code. TCC compiles and executes C source directly. No linking or
assembly necessary. A full C preprocessor and GNU-like assembler is included. It is C script supported; just add
“#!/usr/local/bin/tcc -run” on the first line of your C source, and execute it directly from the command line. With
libtcc, you can use TCC as a backend for dynamic code generation.
• Project Home Page: http://www.tinycc.org/
• Download Location: http://fabrice.bellard.free.fr/tcc/

TinyCOBOL
TinyCOBOL is a COBOL compiler being developed by members of the free software community. The mission is to
produce a COBOL compiler based on the COBOL 85 standards. TinyCOBOL is available for the Intel architecture
(IA32) and compatible processors on the following platforms: BeOS, FreeBSD, Linux and MinGW on Windows.
• Project Home Page: http://tinycobol.org/
• Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/tiny-cobol/

Yorick
Yorick is an interpreted programming language, designed for postprocessing or steering large scientific simulation
codes. Smaller scientific simulations or calculations, such as the flow past an airfoil or the motion of a drumhead, can
be written as standalone yorick programs. The language features a compact syntax for many common array operations,

415
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

so it processes large arrays of numbers very efficiently. Unlike most interpreters, which are several hundred times
slower than compiled code for number crunching, Yorick can approach to within a factor of four or five of compiled
speed for many common tasks. Superficially, Yorick code resembles C code, but Yorick variables are never explicitly
declared and have a dynamic scoping similar to many Lisp dialects. The “unofficial” home page for Yorick can be
found at http://www.maumae.net/yorick.
• Project Home Page: ftp://ftp-icf.llnl.gov/pub/Yorick/doc/index.html
• Download Location: ftp://ftp-icf.llnl.gov/pub/Yorick/doc/download.html

ZPL
ZPL is an array programming language designed from first principles for fast execution on both sequential and parallel
computers. It provides a convenient high-level programming medium for supercomputers and large-scale clusters
with efficiency comparable to hand-coded message passing. It is the perfect alternative to using a sequential language
like C or Fortran and a message passing library like MPI.
• Project Home Page: http://www.cs.washington.edu/research/zpl/home/index.html
• Download Location: http://www.cs.washington.edu/research/zpl/download/download.html

Programming Libraries and Bindings

Boost
Boost provides free peer-reviewed portable C++ source libraries. The emphasis is on libraries which work well with
the C++ Standard Library. The libraries are intended to be widely useful, and are in regular use by thousands of
programmers across a broad spectrum of applications, platforms and programming environments.
• Project Home Page: http://www.boost.org/
• Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/boost/

Byte Code Engineering Library (BCEL)

BECL is intended to give users a convenient possibility to analyze, create, and manipulate (binary) Java class files
(those ending with .class). Classes are represented by objects which contain all the symbolic information of the
given class: methods, fields and byte code instructions, in particular. Such objects can be read from an existing file,
be transformed by a program (e.g., a class loader at run-time) and dumped to a file again. An even more interesting
application is the creation of classes from scratch at run-time. The Byte Code Engineering Library may be also useful
if you want to learn about the Java Virtual Machine (JVM) and the format of Java .class files. BCEL is already
being used successfully in several projects such as compilers, optimizers, obsfuscators, code generators and analysis
tools.
• Project Home Page: http://jakarta.apache.org/bcel/index.html
• Download Location: http://jakarta.apache.org/site/downloads/downloads_bcel.cgi/

Choco
Choco is a Java library for constraint satisfaction problems (CSP), constraint programming (CP) and
explanation-based constraint solving (e-CP). It is built on a event-based propagation mechanism with backtrackable
structures.
• Project Home Page: http://choco.sourceforge.net/

416
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

• Download Location: http://choco.sourceforge.net/download.html

FFTW (Fastest Fourier Transform in the West)

FFTW is a C subroutine library for computing the discrete Fourier transform (DFT) in one or more dimensions, of
arbitrary input size, and of both real and complex data (as well as of even/odd data, i.e., the discrete cosine/sine
transforms or DCT/DST).
• Project Home Page: http://www.fftw.org/
• Download Location: http://www.fftw.org/download.html

GOB (GObject Builder)

GOB (GOB2 anyway) is a preprocessor for making GObjects with inline C code so that generated files are not edited.
Syntax is inspired by Java and Yacc or Lex. The implementation is intentionally kept simple, and no C actual code
parsing is done.
• Project Home Page: http://www.5z.com/jirka/gob.html
• Download Location: http://ftp.5z.com/pub/gob/

GTK+/GNOME Language Bindings (wrappers)

GTK+/GNOME language bindings allow GTK+ to be used from other programming languages, in the style of those
languages.
• Project Home Page: http://www.gtk.org/bindings.html

gtkmm

gtkmm is the official C++ interface for the popular GUI library GTK+. Highlights include typesafe callbacks, widgets
extensible via inheritance and a comprehensive set of widgets. You can create user interfaces either in code or with
the Glade designer, using libglademm.
• Project Home Page: http://www.gtkmm.org/
• Download Location: http://www.gtkmm.org/download.shtml

Java-GNOME

Java-GNOME is a set of Java bindings for the GNOME and GTK+ libraries that allow GNOME and GTK+
applications to be written in Java. The Java-GNOME API has been carefully designed to be easy to use, maintaining
a good OO paradigm, yet still wrapping the entire functionality of the underlying libraries. Java-GNOME can be used
with the Eclipse development environment and Glade user interface designer to create applications with ease.
• Project Home Page: http://java-gnome.sourceforge.net/cgi-bin/bin/view
• Download Location: http://java-gnome.sourceforge.net/cgi-bin/bin/view/Main/GetJavaGnome#Source_Code

gtk2-perl

gtk2-perl is the collective name for a set of perl bindings for GTK+ 2.x and various related libraries. These modules
make it easy to write GTK and GNOME applications using a natural, perlish, object-oriented syntax.
• Project Home Page: http://gtk2-perl.sourceforge.net/
• Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/gtk2-perl

417
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

PyGTK
PyGTK provides a convenient wrapper for the GTK library for use in Python programs, and takes care of many of
the boring details such as managing memory and type casting. When combined with PyORBit and gnome-python,
it can be used to write full featured GNOME applications.
• Project Home Page: http://www.pygtk.org/
• Download Location: http://www.pygtk.org/downloads.html

KDE Language Bindings

KDE and most KDE applications are implemented using the C++ programming language, however there are number
of bindings to other languages are available. These include scripting languages like Perl, Python and Ruby, and
systems programming languages such as Java and C#.
• Project Home Page: http://developer.kde.org/language-bindings/

Numerical Python (Numpy)

Numerical Python adds a fast array facility to the Python language.
• Project Home Page: http://numeric.scipy.org/
• Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/numpy/

Perl Scripts and Additional Modules

There are many Perl scripts and additional modules located on the Comprehensive Perl Archive Network (CPAN)
web site. Here you will find “All Things Perl”.
• Project Home Page: http://cpan.org/

SWIG
SWIG is a software development tool that connects programs written in C and C++ with a variety of high-level
programming languages. SWIG is used with different types of languages including common scripting languages
such as Perl, Python, Tcl/Tk and Ruby. The list of supported languages also includes non-scripting languages such
as C#, Common Lisp (Allegro CL), Java, Modula-3 and OCAML. Also several interpreted and compiled Scheme
implementations (Chicken, Guile, MzScheme) are supported. SWIG is most commonly used to create high-level
interpreted or compiled programming environments, user interfaces, and as a tool for testing and prototyping C/C++
software. SWIG can also export its parse tree in the form of XML and Lisp s-expressions.
• Project Home Page: http://www.swig.org/
• Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/swig/

Integrated Development Environments

A-A-P
A-A-P makes it easy to locate, download, build and install software. It also supports browsing source code, developing
programs, managing different versions and distribution of software and documentation. This means that A-A-P is
useful both for users and for developers.
• Project Home Page: http://www.a-a-p.org/index.html

418
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

• Download Location: http://www.a-a-p.org/download.html

Anjuta
Anujuta is a versatile Integrated Development Environment (IDE) for C and C++ on GNU/Linux. It has been written
for GTK/GNOME and features a number of advanced programming facilities. These include project management,
application wizards, an on-board interactive debugger, and a powerful source editor with source browsing and syntax
highlighting.
• Project Home Page: http://www.anjuta.org/
• Download Location: http://www.anjuta.org/downloads

Eclipse
Eclipse is an open source community whose projects are focused on providing an extensible development platform and
application frameworks for building software. Eclipse contains many projects, including an Integrated Development
Environment (IDE) for Java.
• Project Home Page: http://www.eclipse.org/
• Download Location: http://www.eclipse.org/downloads/

Mozart
The Mozart Programming System is an advanced development platform for intelligent, distributed applications.
Mozart is based on the Oz language, which supports declarative programming, object-oriented programming,
constraint programming, and concurrency as part of a coherent whole. For distribution, Mozart provides a true
network transparent implementation with support for network awareness, openness, and fault tolerance. Security
is upcoming. It is an ideal platform for both general-purpose distributed applications as well as for hard problems
requiring sophisticated optimization and inferencing abilities.
• Project Home Page: http://www.mozart-oz.org/
• Download Location: http://www.mozart-oz.org/download/view.cgi

Other Development Tools

cachecc1
cachecc1 is a GCC cache. It can be compared with the well known ccache package. It has some unique features
including the use of an LD_PRELOADed shared object to catch invocations to cc1, cc1plus and as, it transparently
supports all build methods, it can cache GCC bootstraps and it can be combined with distcc to transparently distribute
compilations.
• Project Home Page: http://cachecc1.sourceforge.net/
• Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/cachecc1

ccache
ccache is a compiler cache. It acts as a caching pre-processor to C/C++ compilers, using the -E compiler switch and
a hash to detect when a compilation can be satisfied from cache. This often results in 5 to 10 times faster speeds in
common compilations.
• Project Home Page: http://ccache.samba.org/
• Download Location: http://samba.org/ftp/ccache/

419
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

DDD (GNU Data Display Debugger)

GNU DDD is a graphical front-end for command-line debuggers such as GDB, DBX, WDB, Ladebug, JDB, XDB,
the Perl debugger, the Bash debugger, or the Python debugger. Besides “usual” front-end features such as viewing
source texts, DDD has an interactive graphical data display, where data structures are displayed as graphs..
• Project Home Page: http://www.gnu.org/software/ddd/
• Download Location: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/ddd/

distcc
distcc is a program to distribute builds of C, C++, Objective C or Objective C++ code across several machines on a
network. distcc should always generate the same results as a local build, is simple to install and use, and is usually
much faster than a local compile. distcc does not require all machines to share a filesystem, have synchronized clocks,
or to have the same libraries or header files installed. They can even have different processors or operating systems,
if cross-compilers are installed.
• Project Home Page: http://distcc.samba.org/
• Download Location: http://distcc.samba.org/download.html

Exuberant Ctags
Exuberant Ctags generates an index (or tag) file of language objects found in source files that allows these items to be
quickly and easily located by a text editor or other utility. A tag signifies a language object for which an index entry
is available (or, alternatively, the index entry created for that object). Tag generation is supported for the following
languages: Assembler, AWK, ASP, BETA, Bourne/Korn/Zsh Shell, C, C++, COBOL, Eiffel, Fortran, Java, Lisp,
Lua, Make, Pascal, Perl, PHP, Python, REXX, Ruby, S-Lang, Scheme, Tcl, Vim, and YACC. A list of editors and
tools utilizing tag files may be found at http://ctags.sourceforge.net/tools.html.
• Project Home Page: http://ctags.sourceforge.net/
• Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/ctags/

GDB (GNU Debugger)

GDB is the GNU Project debugger. It allows you to see what is going on “inside” another program while it executes.
It also allows you to see what another program was doing at the moment it crashed.
• Project Home Page: http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/
• Download Location: ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gdb/

gocache (GNU Object Cache)

ccache is a clone of ccache, with the goal of supporting compilers other than GCC and adding additional features.
Embedded compilers will especially be in focus.
• Project Home Page: http://sourceforge.net/projects/gocache/
• Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/gocache/

OProfile
OProfile is a system-wide profiler for Linux systems, capable of profiling all running code at low overhead. OProfile
is released under the GNU GPL. It consists of a kernel driver and a daemon for collecting sample data, and several
post-profiling tools for turning data into information. OProfile leverages the hardware performance counters of the

420
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

CPU to enable profiling of a wide variety of interesting statistics, which can also be used for basic time-spent profiling.
All code is profiled: hardware and software interrupt handlers, kernel modules, the kernel, shared libraries, and
applications. OProfile is currently in alpha status; however it has proven stable over a large number of differing
configurations. It is being used on machines ranging from laptops to 16-way NUMA-Q boxes.
• Project Home Page: http://oprofile.sourceforge.net/news/
• Download Location: http://oprofile.sourceforge.net/download/

SCons
SCons is an Open Source software construction tool, i.e, a next-generation build tool. Think of SCons as an improved,
cross-platform substitute for the classic make utility with integrated functionality similar to Autoconf/Automake and
compiler caches such as ccache.
• Project Home Page: http://scons.sourceforge.net/
• Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/scons/

strace
strace is a system call tracer, i.e., a debugging tool which prints out a trace of all the system calls made by another
process or program.
• Project Home Page: http://www.liacs.nl/~wichert/strace/
• Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/strace/

Valgrind
Valgrind is a collection of five tools: two memory error detectors, a thread error detector, a cache profiler and a heap
profiler used for debugging and profiling Linux programs. Features include automatic detection of many memory
management and threading bugs as well as detailed profiling to speed up and reduce memory use of your programs.
• Project Home Page: http://valgrind.org/
• Download Location: http://valgrind.org/downloads/source_code.html

421
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Part IV. Basic Networking

 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 13. Connecting to a Network

The LFS book covers setting up networking by connecting to a LAN with a static IP address. There are other methods
used to obtain an IP address and connect to a LAN and other networks (such as the Internet). The most popular
methods (DHCP and PPP) are covered in this chapter.
DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. It is a protocol used by many sites to automatically provide
information such as IP addresses, subnet masks and routing information to computers. If your network uses DHCP,
you will need a DHCP client in order to connect to it.
PPP stands for Potint-to-Point Protocol. It is data link protocol commonly used for establishing an authenticated IP
connections over a phone line with a modem, or over radio waves with a cellular phone. There is also a variant
(PPPoE) that works over Ethernet and is used by cable providers to authenticate the Internet connections.

423
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

PPP-2.4.4
Introduction to PPP
The PPP package contains the pppd daemon and the chat program. This is used for connecting to other machines;
often for connecting to the Internet via a dial-up or PPPoE connection to an ISP.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://samba.org/ftp/ppp/ppp-2.4.4.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/ppp-2.4.4.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 183800762e266132218b204dfb428d29
• Download size: 673 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 5.6 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

PPP Dependencies
Optional
libpcap-0.9.6 (needed to do PPP filtering), Linux-PAM-0.99.10.0 (to authenticate incoming calls using PAM), and
Linux ATM (to build the pppoatm.so plugin)

Installation of PPP
Note
PPP support (CONFIG_PPP), the asynchronous line discipline (CONFIG_PPP_ASYNC), the driver for
your serial port device and/or the PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE) protocol driver (CONGIG_PPPOE) must
be compiled into the kernel or loaded as kernel modules. Udev doesn't load the ppp_generic and pppoe
modules automatically, they must be mentioned in the /etc/sysconfig/modules file.

Create (as root) the group for users who may run PPP:
groupadd -g 52 pppusers
Install PPP by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
make install-etcppp &&
install -d /etc/ppp/peers &&
install -m755 scripts/{pon,poff,plog} /usr/bin &&
install -m644 scripts/pon.1 /usr/share/man/man1

Command Explanations
make install-etcppp: This command puts example configuration files in /etc/ppp.

424
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

install -d /etc/ppp/peers: This command creates a directory for PPP peer description files.
USE_PAM=y: Add this argument to the make command to compile in support for PAM, usually needed for
authenticating inbound calls against a central database.

HAVE_INET6=y: Add this argument to the make command to compile in support for IPv6.

CBCP=y: Add this argument to the make command to compile in support for Microsoft proprietary Callback Control
Protocol.

Configuring PPP
Config Files
/etc/ppp/*

Configuration Information
The PPP daemon requires some configuration. The main trick is scripting the connection. For dialup and GPRS
connections, this can be done either using the chat program which comes with this package, or by using external
tools such as WvDial or KPPP from kdenetwork-3.5.9. The text below explains how to set up dialup and GPRS
and PPPoE connections using only tools provided with the PPP package. All configuration steps in this section are
executed as root user.

Add the users who may run PPP to the pppusers group:

usermod -a -G pppusers <username>

Setting the passwords

Warning
Instructions in this section result in your password appearing on the screen in a visible clear-text form.
Make sure that nobody else looks at the screen.

Passwords are stored in /etc/ppp/pap-secrets and /etc/ppp/chap-secrets files, depending on the

authentication method used by the ISP. If in doubt, place the password into both files. E.g., if the username given by
the ISP is “jdoe”, the password is “guessit”, the ISP uses PAP and the user wants to name this account “dialup” in
order to distinguish it from other PPP accounts, the following file has to be created:

touch /etc/ppp/pap-secrets
chmod 600 /etc/ppp/pap-secrets
cat >>/etc/ppp/pap-secrets <<"EOF"
# username remotename password IP for the peer
jdoe dialup guessit *
EOF

425
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

DNS Server Configuration

If you don't run your own caching DNS server, create a simple ip-up script (to be called by pppd automatically once
the connection is brought up) that populates the /etc/resolv.conf file with nameservers specified by the ISP.

cat >/etc/ppp/ip-up <<"EOF"

#!/bin/sh
if [ "$USEPEERDNS" = "1" ] && [ -s /etc/ppp/resolv.conf ]
then
install -m 644 /etc/ppp/resolv.conf /etc/resolv.conf
fi
EOF
chmod 755 /etc/ppp/ip-up

If you use a caching DNS server such as BIND-9.4.1-P1 or Pdnsd, the script above is wrong for you. In such case,
write your own script that tells your caching nameserver to forward queries to upstream DNS servers specified in the
$DNS1 and $DNS2 environment variables.

Dialup Modem Connection

Dialup connections are established with the help of a modem connected to a computer and the telephone line. The
modem dials a telephone number of the ISP's modem, and they exchange data using the signal frequencies 300-4000
Hz. Typical data transfer rate is 40-50 kilobits per second, and the gateway ping time (latency) is up to 300-400 ms.
In order to configure the dialup connection, it is required to know the telephone number of the ISP's modem pool,
the username and the password.

426
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

In order to configure a dialup connection, two files have to be created: a chat script that automates the connection
procedure (common for all dialup accounts), and a peer file that provides configuration information about a specific
connection to pppd:

cat >/etc/ppp/dialup.chat <<"EOF"

ABORT BUSY ABORT 'NO CARRIER' ABORT VOICE ABORT 'NO DIALTONE'
ABORT 'NO DIAL TONE' ABORT 'NO ANSWER' ABORT DELAYED
ABORT ERROR ABORT BLACKLISTED

TIMEOUT 5
'' AT
# \T is the phone number, passed from /etc/ppp/peers/dialup
OK-+++\dATH0-OK ATD\T
TIMEOUT 75
CONNECT \d\c
EOF

cat >/etc/ppp/peers/dialup <<"EOF"

# Your username at the ISP
user "jdoe"
# What should be in the second column in /etc/ppp/*-secrets
remotename "dialup"
# Replace TTTTTTT with the ISP phone number
connect "/usr/sbin/chat -T TTTTTTT -f /etc/ppp/dialup.chat"

# Specify your modem serial port and speed below

/dev/ttyS0
115200

# The settings below usually don't need to be changed

updetach
noauth
hide-password
debug
lock
defaultroute
noipdefault
usepeerdns
EOF

The first three lines of the /etc/ppp/dialup.chat file abort the script when it receives an indication of an error
from the modem. Then the timeout is set to 5 seconds and the script checks that the modem responds to the dummy
AT command at all. If not, measures are taken to dewedge it (by interrupting the data transfer and going on hook).
Then the telephone number is dialed, and the script waits for the answer for 75 seconds. The serial connection is
considered established when the modem sends the string CONNECT.

427
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GPRS and EDGE Connections

GPRS and EDGE connections are established with the help of a cellular phone connected to a computer via serial or
USB cable, or using Bluetooth. The phone exchanges data packets with the nearest base station, which can be up to
35 kilometers away. The maximum possible data transfer rate is 170 kilobits per second for GPRS and 474 kilobits
per second for EDGE, but many cellular operators impose lower limits, such as 64 kilobits per second. The gateway
ping time is 900 ms for GPRS, which makes playing many online games impossible and causes connection to ICQ
to be unreliable. In order to configure a GPRS or EDGE connection, it is required to know the access point name
(APN) and, rarely, the username and the password. In most cases, billing is based on the telephone number, and the
username/password pair is not needed, as assumed in the example below.

428
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

In order to configure a GPRS connection, two files have to be created: a chat script that automates the connection
procedure (common for all GPRS accounts), and a peer file that provides configuration information about a specific
connection to pppd:

cat >/etc/ppp/gprs.chat <<"EOF"

ABORT BUSY ABORT 'NO CARRIER' ABORT VOICE ABORT 'NO DIALTONE'
ABORT 'NO DIAL TONE' ABORT 'NO ANSWER' ABORT DELAYED
ABORT ERROR ABORT BLACKLISTED

TIMEOUT 5
'' AT
OK-+++\dATH0-OK ATZ
# \T is the APN, passed from /etc/ppp/peers/gprs
# This example stores the APN as profile #1 in the phone.
# The "telephone number", *99***<profile_number>#, is always the same.
# If you want to store this as profile #2, change 1 to 2 in the
# following two lines.
OK AT+CGDCONT=1,"IP","\T"
OK "ATD*99***1#"
CONNECT \d\c
EOF

cat >/etc/ppp/peers/gprs <<"EOF"

# Replace inet.example.com with the proper APN for your provider
connect "/usr/sbin/chat -T inet.example.com -f /etc/ppp/gprs.chat"

# Specify your cellphone serial port and speed below

# Note: you must manually send some vendor-specific AT commands
# to certain old cellular phones (such as Sony-Ericsson T200)
# in order to achieve connection speed more than 9600 bits ber second.
/dev/ttyS1
115200

# The settings below usually don't need to be changed

noccp
noauth
updetach
debug
lock
defaultroute
noipdefault
usepeerdns
EOF

429
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

PPPoE connections
PPPoE connections are established over Ethernet, typically between a computer and an ADSL router (usually installed
in the same room) that forwards the packets down the telephone line using frequencies 25-2500 kHz, thus not
interfering with voice calls. Although the router can, in theory, forward any Ethernet packet, PPP encapsulation is
used for password-based authentication, so that the ISP can limit the bandwidth and charge money according to the
chosen tariff. The maximum data transfer rate on ADSL is 24 megabits per second, and the gateway ping time is
typically less than 10 ms. In order to configure a PPPoE connection, it is required to know the username, the password,
and, sometimes, the service name and/or the access concentrator name.
In order to configure a PPPoE connection, only the peer file has to be created:
cat >/etc/ppp/peers/adsl <<"EOF"
plugin rp-pppoe.so
# Ethernet interface name
eth0
# Your username at the ISP
user "jdoe"
# What should be in the second column in /etc/ppp/*-secrets
remotename "adsl"
# If needed, specify the service and the access concentrator name
# rp_pppoe_service "internet"
# rp_pppoe_ac "ac1"

# The settings below usually don't need to be changed

noauth
hide-password
updetach
debug
defaultroute
noipdefault
usepeerdns
EOF

Establishing the connection manually

In order to establish a PPP connection described by the /etc/ppp/peers/peername file, run, as root or as a
member of the pppusers group:
pon peername
In order to tear the connection down, run:
poff peername

Bringing up PPPoE connection at boot time

If your service provider does not charge by the minute, it is usually good to have a bootscript handle the connection
for you. You can, of course, choose not to install the following script, and start your connection manually with the
pon command, as described above. If you wish your PPPoE connection to be brought up at boot time, run:
make install-service-pppoe

430
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

The above command installs the pppoe service script and the /etc/ppp/peers/pppoe file with some settings
that make sense for most PPPoE connections. The bootscript calls pppd with the the following options:

pppd call pppoe ${1} linkname ${1} ${PPP_OPTS}

Here “${1}” is the network interface name, “linkname ${1}” is added for creation of the /var/run/ppp-${1}.
pid file with the pppd process ID (to be used when bringing the connection down), and the “${PPP_OPTS}” variable
contains user-specified options such as “user” and “remotename”.
Now create the config file for use with the pppoe service script:

install -v -d /etc/sysconfig/network-devices/ifconfig.eth0 &&

cat > /etc/sysconfig/network-devices/ifconfig.eth0/pppoe << "EOF"
ONBOOT="yes"
SERVICE="pppoe"
PPP_OPTS="user jdoe remotename adsl"
EOF

Note
Instead of specifying additional options in the $PPP_OPTS variable, you can also edit the
/etc/ppp/peers/pppoe file, but then your configuration will be lost when upgrading BLFS
bootscripts.

Contents
Installed Programs: chat, pon, poff, plog, pppd, pppdump, pppoe-discovery and pppstats
Installed Libraries: Several plugin modules installed in /usr/lib/pppd/2.4.4
Installed Directories: /etc/ppp, /usr/include/pppd and /usr/lib/pppd

Short Descriptions
chat defines a conversational exchange between the computer and the modem. Its primary purpose is to
establish the connection between the Point-to-Point Protocol Daemon (PPPD) and the remote pppd
process.
pon is the script that establishes a PPP connection
poff is the script that tears a PPP connection down.
plog is a script that prints the tail of the PPP log.
pppd is the Point to Point Protocol daemon.
pppdump is used to convert PPP record files to a readable format.
pppstats is used to print PPP statistics.

431
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

dhcpcd-3.0.19
Introduction to dhcpcd
dhcpcd is an implementation of the DHCP client specified in RFC2131. This is useful for connecting your computer
to a network which uses DHCP to assign network addresses.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://download.berlios.de/dhcpcd/dhcpcd-3.0.19.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.osuosl.org/pub/gentoo/distfiles/dhcpcd-3.0.19.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 90d6df62d663bdea65d5905023377b39
• Download size: 32.5 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 0.3 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Installation of dhcpcd
Install dhcpcd by running the following commands:

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Configuring dhcpcd
Config Files
/etc/dhcpcd.sh

Configuration Information
To configure dhcpcd, you need to first install the network service script,
/etc/sysconfig/network-devices/services/dhcpcd included in the blfs-bootscripts-20080816
package (as user root):

make install-service-dhcpcd

Whenever dhcpcd configures or shuts down a network interface, it executes the script /etc/dhcpcd.sh. This
script can be customized to perform additional actions for the network interface. See the man page of dhcpcd for
more details. An example file is shipped in the tarball which can be used to send the interface details to syslog.

432
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Finally, as the root user create the /etc/sysconfig/network-devices/ifconfig.eth0/dhcpcd

configuration file using the following commands. Adjust appropriately for additional interfaces:

install -v -d /etc/sysconfig/network-devices/ifconfig.eth0 &&

cat > /etc/sysconfig/network-devices/ifconfig.eth0/dhcpcd << "EOF"
ONBOOT="yes"
SERVICE="dhcpcd"
DHCP_START="<insert appropriate start options here>"
DHCP_STOP="-k <insert additional stop options here>"

# Set PRINTIP="yes" to have the script print

# the DHCP assigned IP address
PRINTIP="no"

# Set PRINTALL="yes" to print the DHCP assigned values for

# IP, SM, DG, and 1st NS. This requires PRINTIP="yes".
PRINTALL="no"
EOF

For more information on the appropriate DHCP_START and DHCP_STOP values, examine the man page for dhcpcd.

Note
The default behavior of dhcpcd is to overwrite (after making backup copies) /etc/resolv.conf,
/etc/yp.conf and /etc/ntp.conf with new files containing information from the DHCP server. If
this is undesirable, review the dhcpcd man page for switches to add to the DHCP_START value.

Contents
Installed Program: dhcpcd
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directory: None

Short Descriptions
dhcpcd is an implementation of the DHCP client specified in RFC2131 (when -r option is not specified) and
RFC1541 (when -r option is specified).

433
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

DHCP-3.0.6 Client Configuration

The DHCP package comes with both a client (dhclient) and a server program for using DHCP. If you want to install
this package, the instructions can be found at DHCP-3.0.6. Note that if you only want to use the client, you do not
need to run the server and so do not need the startup script and links provided for the server daemon. You only need
to run the DHCP server if you're providing this service to a network, and it's likely that you'll know if that's the case;
if it isn't, don't run the server! Once you have installed the package, return here for information on how to configure
the client (dhclient).

Configuring DHCP Client

To configure dhclient, you need to first install the network service script,
/etc/sysconfig/network-devices/services/dhclient included in the blfs-bootscripts-20080816
package (as root):

make install-service-dhclient

Next, create the /etc/sysconfig/network-devices/ifconfig.eth0/dhclient configuration file

with the following commands as the root user. Adjust as necessary for additional interfaces:

install -v -d /etc/sysconfig/network-devices/ifconfig.eth0 &&

cat > /etc/sysconfig/network-devices/ifconfig.eth0/dhclient << "EOF"
ONBOOT="yes"
SERVICE="dhclient"
DHCP_START="-q <add additional start parameters here>"
DHCP_STOP="-q -r <add additional stop parameters here>"

# Set PRINTIP="yes" to have the script print

# the DHCP assigned IP address
PRINTIP="no"

# Set PRINTALL="yes" to print the DHCP assigned values for

# IP, SM, DG, and 1st NS. This requires PRINTIP="yes".
PRINTALL="no"
EOF

For more information on the appropriate DHCP_START and DHCP_STOP values, examine the man page for dhclient.

Finally, you should create the /etc/dhclient.conf file using the following commands as the root user:

434
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Note
You'll need to add a second interface definition to the file if you have more than one interface.

cat > /etc/dhclient.conf << "EOF"

# dhclient.conf

interface "eth0"{
prepend domain-name-servers 127.0.0.1;
request subnet-mask, broadcast-address, time-offset, routers,
domain-name, domain-name-servers, host-name;
require subnet-mask, domain-name-servers;
}
# end dhclient.conf
EOF

435
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 14. Networking Libraries

These applications are support libraries for other applications in the book. It is unlikely that you would just install these
libraries, you will generally find that you will be referred to this chapter to satisfy a dependency of other applications.

436
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

cURL-7.16.3
Introduction to cURL
The cURL package contains curl and its support library. This is useful for transferring files with URL syntax. This
ability to both download and redirect files can be incorporated into other programs to support functions like streaming
media.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://curl.haxx.se/download/curl-7.16.3.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://gd.tuwien.ac.at/utils/archivers/curl/curl-7.16.3.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: ed55dfa8946ad53f245fae5db3a9d0ca
• Download size: 1.6 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 33 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (additional 0.9 SBU to run the test suite)

cURL Dependencies

Optional
pkg-config-0.22, OpenSSL-0.9.8g or GnuTLS-1.6.3, OpenLDAP-2.3.39, libidn-0.6.14, MIT Kerberos V5-1.6 or
Heimdal-1.1, krb4, SPNEGO, and c-ares

Optional for Running the Test Suite

Stunnel-4.21 (for the HTTPS and FTPS tests)

Installation of cURL
Install cURL by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

To test the results, issue: make check. Note that if you have Stunnel and TCP Wrapper installed and you wish to
perform the HTTPS tests, you'll need to have an unrestrictive /etc/hosts.deny file.
Now, as the root user:

make install &&

find docs -name "Makefile*" -o -name "*.1" -o -name "*.3" | xargs rm &&
install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/curl-7.16.3 &&
cp -v -R docs/* /usr/share/doc/curl-7.16.3

Command Explanations
--with-gssapi: This parameter adds Kerberos 5 support to libcurl.
find docs -name "Makefile*" -o -name "*.1" -o -name "*.3" | xargs rm: This command removes man files from
the source tree that have already been installed by the make install command.

437
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: curl and curl-config
Installed Library: libcurl.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /usr/include/curl, /usr/share/curl and /usr/share/doc/curl-7.16.3

Short Descriptions
curl is a client that can get documents from or send documents to any of the following protocols:
HTTP, HTTPS (needs OpenSSL-0.9.8g), FTP, GOPHER, DICT, TELNET, LDAP (needs
OpenLDAP-2.3.39 at run time) or FILE.
curl-config prints information about the last compile, like libraries linked to and prefix setting.
libcurl.{so,a} provides the API functions required by curl and other programs.

438
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GNet-2.0.7
Introduction to GNet
The GNet package contains a simple network library. This is useful for supporting TCP sockets, UDP and IP multicast,
asynchronous DNS lookup, and more.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://gnetlibrary.org/src/gnet-2.0.7.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: 3a7a40411775688fe4c42141ab007048
• Download size: 595 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 7.6 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

GNet Dependencies
Required
GLib-1.2.10 or GLib-2.12.12

Installation of GNet
Install GNet by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Library: libgnet-2.0.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /usr/include/gnet-2.0, /usr/lib/gnet-2.0 and /usr/share/doc/libgnet2.0-dev or
/usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gnet

Short Descriptions
libgnet-2.0.{so,a} is a simple network library written in C. It is object-oriented and built upon GLib. It is
intended to be easy to use and port.

439
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libsoup-2.2.100
Introduction to libsoup
The libsoup package contains an HTTP library implementation in C. This is useful for accessing HTTP servers in
a completely asynchronous mode.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libsoup/2.2/libsoup-2.2.100.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libsoup/2.2/libsoup-2.2.100.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 936e29d705aab0483b9a5b8860f68c13
• Download size: 508 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

libsoup Dependencies
Required
GLib-2.12.12 and libxml2-2.6.31

Optional
GTK-Doc-1.8, Apache-2.2.8 (required to run the test suite), PHP-5.2.3 compiled with XMLRPC-EPI support (only
used for the XMLRPC regression tests), and GnuTLS-1.6.3

Installation of libsoup
Install libsoup by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
To test the results, issue make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Command Explanations
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Library: libsoup-2.2.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /usr/include/libsoup-2.2 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/libsoup

Short Descriptions
libsoup-2.2.{so,a} provides functions for asynchronous HTTP connections.

440
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libpcap-0.9.6
Introduction to libpcap
libpcap provides functions for user-level packet capture, used in low-level network monitoring.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/BLFS/6.3/l/libpcap-0.9.6.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/libpcap-0.9.6.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 2e1b5e983654c1d5991450e3e0e525ca
• Download size: 438 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 4 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

libpcap Dependencies
Optional
Software distribution for the DAG and Septel range of passive network monitoring cards.

Installation of libpcap
Install libpcap by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/libpcap-0.9.6 &&
install -v -m644 doc/* /usr/share/doc/libpcap-0.9.6

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Library: libpcap.a
Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/libpcap-0.9.6

Short Descriptions
libpcap.a is a library used for user-level packet capture.

441
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 15. Text Web Browsers

People who are new to Unix-based systems tend to ask the question "Why on earth would I want a text-mode
browser? I'm going to compile X and use Konqueror/Mozilla/Whatever!". Those who have been around systems for
a while know that when (not if) you manage to mess up your graphical browser install and you need to look up some
information on the web, a console based browser will save you. Also, there are quite a few people who prefer to
use one of these browsers as their principle method of browsing; either to avoid the clutter and bandwidth which
accompanies images or because they may use a text-to-speech synthesizer which can read the page to them (of use
for instance to partially sighted or blind users). In this chapter you will find installation instructions for three console
web browsers:

442
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Links-2.1pre33
Introduction to Links
Links is a text and graphics mode WWW browser. It includes support for rendering tables and frames, features
background downloads, can display colors and has many other features.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://links.twibright.com/download/links-2.1pre33.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/links-2.1pre33.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 8c4bc1ebbf4962d290df8218bfc21413
• Download size: 4.1 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 25 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Recommended patch: ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/links-2.1pre33-utf8.diff.bz2

Do I Need the Patch?

In text mode, unpatched Links cannot be configured to use UTF-8 or other multibyte encodings for the terminal
input/output. This limitation renders Links useless as a text-based browser in multibyte locales. See general discussion
of this type of issue in the Needed Encoding Not a Valid Option section on the Locale Related Issues page.
The patch adds the “UTF-8 I/O” configuration option. With this option enabled, Links first renders the page using an
8-bit character set configured by the user, and then converts from this character set to UTF-8. The opposite conversion
is applied to user input. This approach works if there is an 8-bit character set that contains all the characters that the
user considers to be important. Such character set does not exist, e.g., for Chinese hieroglyphs, or when it is required
to display both Cyrillic and Greek characters.

Do I Have to Enable Graphics Support?

In graphical mode, Links displays text correctly even in UTF-8 locales, if all characters exist in the built-in font
used by Links. This font contains Basic Latin, Latin-1 Supplement (without superscripts and vulgar fractions),
Latin Extended-A, Latin Extended-B (partially), Greek, Cyrillic and Hebrew characters. Form submission in
non-ISO-8859-1 locales is handled correctly when running in X11-based graphical mode. Input handlers for other
graphics drivers (fb, directfb, svgalib) either misinterpret non-ASCII characters, or don't allow them at all.
The patch has no effect on Links behavior in graphical mode.

Links Dependencies
Recommended
GPM-1.20.1 (if mouse support is desired) and OpenSSL-0.9.8g

Optional
Support for graphical mode requires at least one of GPM-1.20.1 (to be used with a framebuffer-based console),
SVGAlib, DirectFB, and X Window System

443
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

For decoding various image formats Links can utilize libpng-1.2.29, libjpeg-6b, and LibTIFF-3.8.2

Installation of Links
If desired, apply the patch:
bzcat ../links-2.1pre33-utf8.diff.bz2 | patch -p1 &&
cd intl &&
./gen-intl && ./synclang &&
cd ..
Install Links by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/links-2.1pre33 &&
install -v -m644 doc/links_cal/* KEYS BRAILLE_HOWTO \
/usr/share/doc/links-2.1pre33

Command Explanations
./gen-intl && ./synclang: These commands regenerate the language table.
--enable-graphics: This switch enables support for graphics mode.

Configuring Links
Config Files
~/.links/*

Configuration Information
Links stores its configuration in per-user files in the ~/.links directory. These files are created automatically when
links is run for the first time.
For the correct display of non-ASCII characters, Links has to be configured through the menu (accessible by pressing
the ESC key), as follows:
• If running Links in the text mode in a UTF-8 based locale, go to the “Setup > Terminal options” menu item and
check the “UTF-8 I/O” box.
• If running Links in the text mode, go to the “Setup > Character set” menu item and select the character set that
matches your locale or, if you use UTF-8 based locale, the character set that contains all characters that you want
Links to be able to display.
• Optionally, go to the “Setup > Language” menu and select the user interface language.
• Finally, select the “Setup > Save options” menu item.

444
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Program: links
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: /usr/share/doc/links-2.1pre33

Short Descriptions
links is a text and graphics mode WWW browser.

445
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Lynx-2.8.6rel.5
Introduction to Lynx
Lynx is a text based web browser.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://lynx.isc.org/current/lynx2.8.6rel.5.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://lynx.isc.org/current/lynx2.8.6rel.5.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: bd44c57d28fd3e4c9db1cd492d403600
• Download size: 2.2 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 26 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

Lynx Dependencies
Optional
OpenSSL-0.9.8g or GnuTLS-1.6.3 (experimental), Zip-2.32, UnZip-5.52, an MTA (that provides a sendmail
command), and sharutils (for a uudecode program)

Installation of Lynx
Install Lynx by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc/lynx \
--datadir=/usr/share/doc/lynx-2.8.6rel.5 \
--with-zlib \
--with-bzlib \
--with-screen=ncursesw \
--enable-locale-charset &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install-full &&
chgrp -v -R root /usr/share/doc/lynx-2.8.6rel.5/lynx_doc

Command Explanations
--sysconfdir=/etc/lynx: This parameter is used so that the configuration files are located in /etc/lynx
instead of /usr/etc.
--datadir=/usr/share/doc/lynx-2.8.6rel.5: This parameter is used so that the documentation files
are installed into /usr/share/doc/lynx-2.8.6rel.5 instead of /usr/share/lynx_{doc,help}.
--with-zlib: This enables support for linking libz into Lynx.
--with-bzlib: This enables support for linking libbz2 into Lynx.

446
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--with-screen=ncursesw: This switch enables the use of advanced wide-character support present in the
system NCurses library. This is needed for proper display of characters and line wrapping in multibyte locales.
--enable-locale-charset: This switch allows Lynx to deduce the proper character encoding for terminal
output from the current locale. A configuration step is still needed (see below), but unlike the situation without
this switch, the configuration step becomes the same for all users (without the switch one must specify the display
character set explicitly). This is important for environments such as a LiveCD, where the amount of system-specific
configuration steps has to be reduced to the minimum.
--enable-nls: This switch allows Lynx to print translated messages (such as questions about cookies and SSL
certificates).
--with-ssl: This enables support for linking SSL into Lynx.
--with-gnutls: This enables experimental support for linking GnuTLS into Lynx.
make install-full: In addition to the standard installation, this target installs the documentation and help files.
chgrp -v -R root /usr/share/doc/lynx-2.8.6rel.5/lynx_doc: This command corrects the improper group ownership
of installed documentation files.

Configuring Lynx
Config Files
/etc/lynx/lynx.cfg

Configuration Information
The proper way to get the display character set is to examine the current locale. However, Lynx does not do this by
default. Change this setting:
sed -i 's/#\(LOCALE_CHARSET\):FALSE/\1:TRUE/' /etc/lynx/lynx.cfg
The built-in editor in Lynx Breaks Multibyte Characters. This issue manifests itself in multibyte locales, e.g., as the
Backspace key not erasing non-ASCII characters properly, and as incorrect data being sent to the network when one
edits the contents of text areas. The only solution to this problem is to configure Lynx to use an external editor (bound
to the “Ctrl+X e” key combination by default):
sed -i 's/#\(DEFAULT_EDITOR\):/\1:vi/' /etc/lynx/lynx.cfg
Lynx handles the following values of the DEFAULT_EDITOR option specially by adding cursor-positioning
arguments: “emacs”, “jed”, “jmacs”, “joe”, “jove”, “jpico”, “jstar”, “pico”, “rjoe”, “vi” (but not “vim”: in order to
position the cursor in Vim-7.1, set this option to “vi”).
By default, Lynx doesn't save cookies between sessions. Change this setting:
sed -i 's/#\(PERSISTENT_COOKIES\):FALSE/\1:TRUE/' /etc/lynx/lynx.cfg
Many other system-wide settings such as proxies can also be set in the /etc/lynx/lynx.cfg file.

Contents
Installed Program: lynx
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: /etc/lynx and /usr/share/doc/lynx-2.8.6rel.5

447
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
lynx is a general purpose, text-based, distributed information browser for the World Wide Web.

448
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

W3m-0.5.2
Introduction to W3m
w3m is primarily a pager but it can also be used as a text-mode WWW browser.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/w3m/w3m-0.5.2.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: ba06992d3207666ed1bf2dcf7c72bf58
• Download size: 1.9 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 20 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

W3m Dependencies
Required
GC-6.8

Optional
pkg-config-0.22, GPM-1.20.1, OpenSSL-0.9.8g, Imlib2-1.4.0, GTK+-2.10.13, Imlib (not recommended: obsolete,
abandoned upstream, buggy, and gives no additional functionality as compared to other image loading libraries),
GDK Pixbuf-0.22, Compface-1.5.2, nkf, a Mail User Agent and an External Browser

Installation of W3m
Install w3m by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--libexecdir=/usr/lib \
--sysconfdir=/etc &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m644 -D doc/keymap.default /etc/w3m/keymap &&
install -v -m644 doc/menu.default /etc/w3m/menu &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/w3m-0.5.2 &&
install -v -m644 doc/{HISTORY,READ*,keymap.*,menu.*,*.html} \
/usr/share/doc/w3m-0.5.2

Configuring W3m
Config Files
/etc/w3m/* and ~/.w3m/*

449
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: w3m and w3mman
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: /usr/lib/w3m, /usr/share/w3m and usr/share/doc/w3m-0.5.2

Short Descriptions
w3m is a text based web browser and pager.
w3mman is an interface to the on-line reference manuals in w3m.

450
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 16. Basic Networking Programs

These applications are generally client applications used to access the appropriate server across the building or across
the world. Tcpwrappers and portmap are support programs for daemons that you may have running on your machine.

451
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

CVS-1.11.22
Introduction to CVS
CVS is the Concurrent Versions System. This is a version control system useful for projects using a central repository
to hold files and then track all changes made to those files. These instructions install the client used to manipulate the
repository, creation of a repository is covered at Running a CVS Server.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/non-gnu/cvs/source/stable/1.11.22/cvs-1.11.22.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/non-gnu/cvs/source/stable/1.11.22/cvs-1.11.22.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: f24043a640509aff1aa28871dd345762
• Download size: 2.9 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 32.3 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (additional ~20 SBU to run the test suite)

Additional Downloads
• Recommended patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/cvs-1.11.22-zlib-1.patch

CVS Dependencies

Optional
GDBM-1.8.3, Tcsh-6.15.00, OpenSSH-4.7p1, krb4, MIT Kerberos V5-1.6 or Heimdal-1.1 (for the GSSAPI libraries),
AFPL Ghostscript-8.53 or ESP Ghostscript-8.15.4, and an MTA (that provides a sendmail command)
CVS will invoke a default text editor to create a commit message if the -m "Commit message" parameter was
not used when changes are committed to a respository. CVS looks for the following text editors, in the order shown
below, during configuration to determine the default. This default can always be overridden by the CVSEDITOR or
EDITOR environment variables and can be specified directly by passing the --with-editor=<desired text
editor> parameter to the configure script.
• Vim-7.1
• Emacs-22.1
• nano-2.0.7
• Pine-4.64 (for Pico)

Installation of CVS
By default CVS is statically linked against the Zlib library included in its source tree. This makes it exposed to
possible security vulnerabilities in that library. If you want to modify CVS to use the system shared Zlib library,
apply the following patch:

patch -Np1 -i ../cvs-1.11.22-zlib-1.patch

Install CVS by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

452
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

If you have teTeX-3.0 installed and wish to create DVI, Postscript, HTML or text docs from the documentation source
files, issue the following command:

make -C doc html txt dvi ps

To test the results, issue: make check. This will take quite a while. If you don't have rsh configured for access to the
host you are building on (or you didn't pass the --with-rsh= parameter to the configure script, some tests may
fail. If you passed the --with-rsh=ssh parameter to enable ssh as the default remote shell program, you'll need
to issue the following command so that the tests will complete without any failures:

sed -e 's/rsh};/ssh};/' \
-e 's/g=rw,o=r$/g=r,o=r/' \
-i src/sanity.sh

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/cvs-1.11.22 &&
install -v -m644 FAQ README /usr/share/doc/cvs-1.11.22 &&
install -v -m644 doc/*.pdf /usr/share/doc/cvs-1.11.22

If you created any additional documentation, install it by issuing the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m644 doc/*.{ps,dvi,txt} /usr/share/doc/cvs-1.11.22 &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/cvs-1.11.22/html/cvs{,client} &&
install -v -m644 doc/cvs.html/* \
/usr/share/doc/cvs-1.11.22/html/cvs &&
install -v -m644 doc/cvsclient.html/* \
/usr/share/doc/cvs-1.11.22/html/cvsclient

Configuring CVS
Config Files
~/.cvsrc, ~/.cvswrappers, and ~/.cvspass.

Configuration Information
~/.cvsrc is the main CVS configuration file. This file is used by users to specify defaults for different cvs
commands. For example, to make all cvs diff commands run with -u, a user would add diff -u to their .cvsrc
file.
~/.cvswrappers specifies wrappers to be used in addition to those specified in the CVSROOT/cvswrappers
file in the repository.
~/.cvspass contains passwords used to complete logins to servers.

Contents
Installed Programs: cvs, cvsbug, and rcs2log
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: /usr/share/cvs and /usr/share/doc/cvs-1.11.22

453
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
cvs is the main program file for the concurrent versions system.
cvsbug is used to send problem reports about CVS to a central support site.
rcs2log is a symlink to the contributed RCS to Change Log generator.

454
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Inetutils-1.5
Introduction to Inetutils
The Inetutils package contains network clients and servers.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/gnu/gnusrc/inetutils/inetutils-1.5.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/inetutils/inetutils-1.5.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: aeacd11d19bf25c89d4eff38346bdfb9
• Download size: 1.3 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

Inetutils Dependencies
Optional
Linux-PAM-0.99.10.0, TCP Wrapper-7.6, krb4, and Heimdal-1.1 or MIT Kerberos V5-1.6

Installation of Inetutils
Install Inetutils by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--libexecdir=/usr/sbin \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
--disable-logger \
--disable-syslogd &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
mv -v /usr/bin/ping{,6} /bin

Command Explanations
--disable-logger: This switch prevents Inetutils installing a logger program, which is installed in the LFS
book.
--disable-syslogd: This switch prevents Inetutils installing a system log daemon, which is installed in the
LFS book.
--disable-whois: This switch will prevent Inetutils installing an outdated whois client. Add this option if you
plan on installing Whois-4.7.26.
--disable-ifconfig: This switch will prevent Inetutils installing an ifconfig command. Use this parameter if
you have Net-Tools installed and wish to keep its version of ifconfig.

455
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--with-wrap: This switch makes Inetutils compile against tcp-wrappers. Add this option if you want to utilize
tcp-wrappers.
--with-pam: This switch makes Inetutils link against Linux-PAM libraries. Add this option if you want to utilize
PAM.
--disable-servers: Some of the servers included with Inetutils are insecure in nature and in some cases
better alternatives exist. You can choose this switch to enable only the servers you need, avoiding the installation
of unneeded servers.

Contents
A list of the installed programs not included here, along with their short descriptions can be found at ../../../../lfs/view/6.
3/chapter06/inetutils.html#contents-inetutils.
Installed Programs: ftpd, ifconfig, inetd, ping6, rexecd, rlogind, rshd, talkd, telnetd, tftpd, uucpd and whois
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
ftpd is a DARPA Internet File Transfer Protocol Server.
inetd is an Internet super-server. Note that the xinetd-2.3.14 package provides a much better server that does
the same thing.
rexecd is a remote execution server.
rlogind is a remote login server.
rshd is a remote shell server.
talkd is a remote user communication server.
telnetd is a DARPA TELNET protocol server.
tftpd is an Internet Trivial File Transfer Protocol server.
uucpd is a server for supporting UUCP connections over networks.
whois is a client for the whois directory service. Note that the Whois-4.7.26 package provides a much better
client.

456
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

NcFTP-3.2.1
Introduction to NcFTP
The NcFTP package contains a powerful and flexible interface to the Internet standard File Transfer Protocol. It is
intended to replace or supplement the stock ftp program.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/infosys/clients/ftp/ncftp/ncftp-3.2.1-src.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.ncftp.com/ncftp/ncftp-3.2.1-src.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: d82cdfe0d5448172c03b434607414fb8
• Download size: 409 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 9.8 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Installation of NcFTP
There are two ways to build NcFTP. The first (and optimal) way builds most of the functionality as a shared library and
then builds and installs the program linked against this library. The second method simply links all of the functionality
into the binary statically. This doesn't make the dynamic library available for linking by other applications. You need
to choose which method best suits you. Note that the second method does not create an entirely statically linked
binary; only the libncftp parts are statically linked in, in this case. Be aware that building and using the shared
library is covered by the Clarified Artistic License; however, developing applications that utilize the shared library
is subject to a different license.
To install NcFTP using the first (and optimal) method, run the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make -C libncftp shared &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make -C libncftp soinstall &&

make install

To install NcFTP using the second method (with the libncftp functionality linked in statically) run the following
commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

457
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Command Explanations
make -C ... && make -C ...: These commands make and install the dynamic library libncftp which is then used
to link against when compiling the main program.

Configuring NcFTP
Config Files
/etc/ncftp.* and ~/.ncftp/*; especially /etc/ncftp.prefs_v3 and ~/.ncftp/prefs_v3

Configuration Information
Most NcFTP configuration is done while in the program, and the configuration files are dealt with automatically. One
exception to this is ~/.ncftp/prefs_v3. There are various options to alter in there, including:

yes-i-know-about-NcFTPd=yes

This disables the splash screen advertising the NcFTPd server.

There are other options in the prefs_v3 file. Most of these are self-explanatory. Global defaults can be set in
/etc/ncftp.prefs_v3.

Contents
Installed Programs: ncftp, ncftpbatch, ncftpbookmarks, ncftpget, ncftpls, ncftpput, and ncftpspooler
Installed Library: libncftp.so
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
ncftp is a browser program for File Transfer Protocol.
ncftpbatch is an individual batch FTP job processor.
ncftpbookmarks is the NcFTP Bookmark Editor (NCurses-based).
ncftpget is an internet file transfer program for scripts used to retrieve files.
ncftpls is an internet file transfer program for scripts used to list files.
ncftpput is an internet file transfer program for scripts used to transfer files.
ncftpspooler is a global batch FTP job processor daemon.

458
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Net-tools-1.60
Introduction to Net-tools
The Net-tools package is a collection of programs for controlling the network subsystem of the Linux kernel.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.tazenda.demon.co.uk/phil/net-tools/net-tools-1.60.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/distributions/rootlinux/rootlinux/ports/base/net-tools/net-tools-
1.60.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 888774accab40217dde927e21979c165
• Download size: 194 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 4.3 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/net-tools-1.60-gcc34-3.patch
• Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/net-tools-1.60-kernel_headers-2.patch
• Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/net-tools-1.60-mii_ioctl-1.patch

Installation of Net-tools
Note
The Net-tools package installs a hostname program which will overwrite the existing program installed by
Coreutils during a base LFS installation. If, for whatever reason, you need to reinstall the Coreutils package
after installing Net-tools, you should apply the coreutils-6.9-suppress_hostname-1.patch
patch (after the other patches) if you wish to preserve the Net-tools hostname program.

The instructions below automate the configuration process by piping yes to the make config command. If you wish
to run the interactive configuration process (by changing the instruction to just make config), but you are not sure
how to answer all the questions, then just accept the defaults. This will be just fine in the majority of cases. What
you're asked here is a bunch of questions about which network protocols you've enabled in your kernel. The default
answers will enable the tools from this package to work with the most common protocols: TCP, PPP, and several
others. You still need to actually enable these protocols in the kernel—what you do here is merely tell the package
to include support for those protocols in its programs, but it's up to the kernel to make the protocols available.
Install Net-tools by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../net-tools-1.60-gcc34-3.patch &&
patch -Np1 -i ../net-tools-1.60-kernel_headers-2.patch &&
patch -Np1 -i ../net-tools-1.60-mii_ioctl-1.patch &&
yes "" | make config &&
sed -i -e 's|HAVE_IP_TOOLS 0|HAVE_IP_TOOLS 1|g' \
-e 's|HAVE_MII 0|HAVE_MII 1|g' config.h &&
sed -i -e 's|# HAVE_IP_TOOLS=0|HAVE_IP_TOOLS=1|g' \
-e 's|# HAVE_MII=0|HAVE_MII=1|g' config.make &&
make

459
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make update

Command Explanations
yes "" | make config: Piping yes to make config skips the interactive configuration and accepts the defaults.
sed -i -e ...: These two seds change the configuration files to force building the ipmaddr, iptunnel and mii-tool
programs.

Contents
Installed Programs: arp, dnsdomainname, domainname, hostname, ifconfig, ipmaddr, iptunnel, mii-tool,
nameif, netstat, nisdomainname, plipconfig, rarp, route, slattach, and ypdomainname
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
arp is used to manipulate the kernel's ARP cache, usually to add or delete an entry, or to dump
the entire cache.
dnsdomainname reports the system's DNS domain name.
domainname reports or sets the system's NIS/YP domain name.
hostname reports or sets the name of the current host system.
ifconfig is the main utility for configuring network interfaces.
ipmaddr adds, deletes and shows an interface's multicast addresses.
iptunnel adds, changes, deletes and shows an interface's tunnels.
mii-tool checks or sets the status of a network interface's Media Independent Interface (MII) unit.
nameif names network interfaces based on MAC addresses.
netstat is used to report network connections, routing tables, and interface statistics.
nisdomainname does the same as domainname.
plipconfig is used to fine tune the PLIP device parameters, to improve its performance.
rarp is used to manipulate the kernel's RARP table.
route is used to manipulate the IP routing table.
slattach attaches a network interface to a serial line. This allows you to use normal terminal lines for
point-to-point links to other computers.
ypdomainname does the same as domainname.

460
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

NFS Utilities-1.1.2 Client

The NFS Utilities package provides NFS server functionality as well as client software such as mount.nfs or
umount.nfs. If you want to install it, the instructions can be found in Chapter 19 – NFS Utilities-1.1.2. Note that if
you only want to use the client, you do not need to run the server and so do not need the startup script and links. In
accordance with good practice, only run the server if you actually need it (and if you don't know whether you need
it or not, it's likely that you don't!).

461
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

NTP-4.2.4p0
Introduction to NTP
The NTP package contains a client and server to keep the time synchronized between various computers over a
network. This package is the official reference implementation of the NTP protocol.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~ntp/ntp_spool/ntp4/ntp-4.2/ntp-4.2.4p0.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: 6f381e3764eac481bed9cf7e4d508952
• Download size: 3.3 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 27.2 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

NTP Dependencies

Optional

OpenSSL-0.9.8g

Installation of NTP
Install NTP by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc \

--with-binsubdir=sbin &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/ntp-4.2.4p0 &&
cp -v -R html/* /usr/share/doc/ntp-4.2.4p0/

Command Explanations
--with-binsubdir=sbin: This parameter places the administrative programs in /usr/sbin.

Configuring NTP
Config Files
/etc/ntp.conf

462
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Configuration Information
The following configuration file defines various NTP servers with open access from different continents. It also
creates a drift file where ntpd stores the frequency offset and a pid file to store the ntpd process ID. Since the
documentation included with the package is sparse, visit the NTP website at http://www.ntp.org/ and http://www.
pool.ntp.org/ for more information.

cat > /etc/ntp.conf << "EOF"

# Africa
server tock.nml.csir.co.za

# Asia
server 0.asia.pool.ntp.org

# Australia
server 0.oceania.pool.ntp.org

# Europe
server 0.europe.pool.ntp.org

# North America
server 0.north-america.pool.ntp.org

# South America
server 2.south-america.pool.ntp.org

driftfile /var/cache/ntp.drift
pidfile /var/run/ntpd.pid
EOF

Synchronizing the Time

There are two options. Option one is to run ntpd continuously and allow it to synchronize the time in a gradual
manner. The other option is to run ntpd periodically (using cron) and update the time each time ntpd is scheduled.
If you choose Option one, then install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/ntp init script included in the
blfs-bootscripts-20080816 package.

make install-ntp

If you prefer to run ntpd periodically, add the following command to root's crontab:

ntpd -q

Execute the following command if you would like to set the hardware clock to the current system time at shutdown
and reboot:

ln -v -sf ../init.d/setclock /etc/rc.d/rc0.d/K46setclock &&

ln -v -sf ../init.d/setclock /etc/rc.d/rc6.d/K46setclock

The other way around is already set up by LFS.

463
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: ntp-keygen, ntp-wait, ntpd, ntpdate, ntpdc, ntpq, ntptime, ntptrace, sntp and tickadj
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/ntp-4.2.4p0

Short Descriptions
ntp-keygen generates cryptographic data files used by the NTPv4 authentication and identification schemes.
ntp-wait is useful at boot time, to delay the boot sequence until ntpd has set the time.
ntpd is a NTP daemon that runs in the background and keeps the date and time synchronized based on
response from configured NTP servers. It also functions as a NTP server.
ntpdate is a client program that sets the date and time based on the response from an NTP server. This
command is deprecated.
ntpdc is used to query the NTP daemon about its current state and to request changes in that state.
ntpq is an utility program used to monitor ntpd operations and determine performance.
ntptime reads and displays time-related kernel variables.
ntptrace traces a chain of NTP servers back to the primary source.
sntp is a Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) client.
tickadj reads, and optionally modifies, several timekeeping-related variables in older kernels that do not
have support for precision timekeeping.

464
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

OpenSSH-4.7p1 Client
The ssh client is a secure replacement for telnet. If you want to install it, the instructions can be found in Chapter 21
– OpenSSH-4.7p1. Note that if you only want to use the client, you do not need to run the server and so do not need
the startup script and links. In accordance with good practice, only run the server if you actually need it (and if you
don't know whether you need it or not, it's likely that you don't!).

465
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Portmap-6.0
Introduction to Portmap
The portmap package is a more secure replacement for the original SUN portmap package. Portmap is used to forward
RPC requests to RPC daemons such as NFS and NIS.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://neil.brown.name/portmap/portmap-6.0.tgz
•
• Download MD5 sum: ac108ab68bf0f34477f8317791aaf1ff
• Download size: 21 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 268 KB
• Estimated build time: 0.01 SBU

Portmap Dependencies
Required
TCP Wrapper-7.6

Installation of Portmap
Portmap runs as a daemon with a uid of 1. This uid is only configurable at compile time and is used as default. To
set up a user to match this uid, as the root user, issue:
useradd -u 1 -g 1 -d /dev/null -s /bin/false bin
Install portmap with the following commands:
make
If you want the portmap daemon to use a uid/gid other than the defaults, pass DAEMON_UID=x and
DAEMON_GID=y as shown below:
make DAEMON_UID=x DAEMON_GID=y
Now, as the root user:
make install

Note
The above installation places executable portmap in /sbin. You may choose to move the file to
/usr/sbin. If you do, remember to modify the bootscript also.

Configuring Portmap
Boot Script
Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/portmap init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20080816 package.
make install-portmap

466
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: pmap_dump, pmap_set, and portmap
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
pmap_dump saves the port mapping table to an ASCII file.
pmap_set restores the port mapping table from an ASCII file.
portmap is an RPC port mapper.

467
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Rsync-3.0.2 Client
rsync is a utility for fast incremental file transfers. If you want to install it, the instructions can be found in Chapter
24 – rsync-3.0.2. Note that if you only want to use the client, you do not need to run the server and so do not need
the startup script and links. In accordance with good practice, only run the server if you actually need it (and if you
don't know whether you need it or not, it's likely that you don't!).

Samba-3.0.30 Client
The Samba client utilities are used to transfer files to and from, mount SMB shares located on or use printers attached
to Windows and other SMB servers. If you want to install these utilities, the instructions can be found in Chapter 21
– Samba-3.0.30. After performing the basic installation, configure the utilities using the configuration section titled
“Scenario 1: Minimal Standalone Client-Only Installation”.
Note that if you only want to use these client utilities, you do not need to run the server daemons and so do not need
the startup script and links. In accordance with good practice, only run the server daemons if you actually need them.
You'll find an explanation of the services provided by the server daemons in the Samba-3.0.30 instructions.

468
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Subversion-1.4.4
Introduction to Subversion
Subversion is a version control system that is designed to be a compelling replacement for CVS in the open source
community. It extends and enhances CVS' feature set, while maintaining a similar interface for those already familiar
with CVS. These instructions install the client and server software used to manipulate a Subversion repository.
Creation of a repository is covered at Running a Subversion Server.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://subversion.tigris.org/downloads/subversion-1.4.4.tar.bz2
•
• Download MD5 sum: d4aa5aeb09acb3307841022d279ab895
• Download size: 4.7 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 109 MB (additional 74 MB to install all bindings and 405 MB to run all test
suites)
• Estimated build time: 1.5 SBU (add 1.7 SBU for bindings and 2.2 SBU to run test suites)

Subversion Dependencies

Required

Apache-2.2.8 (for the APR only) or Apache Portable Runtime or Subversion dependencies (see the INSTALL file
for information on how to utilize this package)
If you require the Berkeley DB back-end hooks in Subversion to build or support BDB based repositories, you must
have Berkeley DB linked into the APR-util library. There is information in the Apache-2.2.8 instructions that shows
the required parameters to pass to the configure script when building any of the APR-util packages.

Optional

Python-2.5.2 (required to run the test suite), Apache-2.2.8 (if you have Apache Portable Runtime installed), neon*,
and serf
* The configure script will warn that the installed neon version is not supported if the version is greater than 0.26.2.
You can circumvent this warning by passing --disable-neon-version-check to the configure command.
Note that this may or may not work, depending on the version of neon you have installed, but neon-0.26.3 is known
to work.

Optional to Build the Java Bindings

JDK-6 Update 5 or Dante or Jikes, and JUnit-4.3.1 (to test the Java bindings)

Optional to Build the SWIG Bindings

SWIG**, Python-2.5.2, and Ruby-1.8.6-p111

** The configure script will issue warnings if the installed version of SWIG is greater than 1.3.29, but will attempt
to use it anyway if you build the SWIG bindings. Versions of SWIG up to 1.3.31 are known to work.

469
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Installation of Subversion
Install Subversion by running the following commands:
sed -i 's/@SVN_APR_INCLUDES@/& @CPPFLAGS@/' \
subversion/bindings/swig/perl/native/Makefile.PL.in

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make
If you have Doxygen-1.5.2 installed and you wish to build the API documentation, issue: doxygen doc/doxygen.conf.
If you passed the --enable-javahl parameter to configure and wish to build the Java bindings, issue the
following command:
make javahl
If you have the necessary dependencies installed and you wish to build the Perl, Python and/or Ruby bindings, issue
any or all of the following commands:
make swig-pl &&
make swig-py &&
make swig-rb
To test the results, issue: make check.
To test the results of the Java bindings build, issue make check-javahl. Note you must have the JUnit testing
framework installed.
To test the results of any or all of the SWIG bindings, you can use the following commands:
make check-swig-pl &&
make check-swig-py &&
make check-swig-rb
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/subversion-1.4.4 &&
cp -v -R doc/* /usr/share/doc/subversion-1.4.4
If you built the Java bindings, issue the following command as the root user to install them:
make install-javahl
If you built any of the SWIG bindings, issue any or all of the following commands as the root user to install them:
make install-swig-pl &&

make install-swig-py &&

echo /usr/lib/svn-python \
> /usr/lib/python2.5/site-packages/subversion.pth &&

make install-swig-rb

470
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Command Explanations
sed -i '...' .../Makefile.PL.in: This command is used to fix a problem with compiling the Perl bindings. It can be
ommitted if you're not building the bindings.
--with-neon=<prefix>: This option should be used if you wish to use a system-installed version of neon.
--with-apr=<prefix> --with-apr-util=<prefix>: These options should be used if you wish to use
the system-installed version of the APR. Ensure you identify the correct installation prefix.
--with-apxs=/usr/sbin/apxs: This option should be used to identify the system-installed version of the
apxs command installed during the Apache HTTPD installation as apxs might not be in an unprivileged user's PATH
and won't be properly discovered.
--with-installbuilddir=/usr/lib/apr-0: This parameter is used (and only has an effect if you
used the Subversion dependencies package) to force the installation of some APR-related support programs to
/usr/lib/apr-0 instead of /usr/build.

Configuring Subversion
Config Files
~/.subversion/config and /etc/subversion/config

Configuration Information
/etc/subversion/config is the Subversion system-wide configuration file. This file is used to specify defaults
for different svn commands.
~/.subversion/config is the user's personal configuration file. It is used to override the system-wide defaults
set in /etc/subversion/config.

Contents
Installed Programs: svn, svnadmin, svndumpfilter, svnlook, svnserve, svnsync and svnversion
Installed Libraries: libsvn*.{so,a} and optionally, a Java library, the mod_dav_svn.so, and
mod_authz_svn.so Apache HTTP DSO modules and various Perl, Python and Ruby
modules
Installed Directories: /usr/include/subversion-1, /usr/lib/perl5/site_perl/5.8.8/i686-linux/auto/SVN
(optional), /usr/lib/perl5/site_perl/5.8.8/i686-linux/SVN (optional),
/usr/lib/ruby/site_ruby/x.x/i686-linux/svn, /usr/lib/svn-javahl (optional),
/usr/lib/svn-python (optional) and /usr/share/doc/subversion-1.4.4

Short Descriptions
svn is a command-line client program used to access Subversion repositories.
svnadmin is a tool for creating, tweaking or repairing a Subversion repository.
svndumpfilter is a program for filtering Subversion repository dumpfile format streams.
svnlook is a tool for inspecting a Subversion repository.
svnserve is a custom standalone server program, able to run as a daemon process or invoked by SSH.
svnversion is used to report the version number and state of a working Subversion repository copy.

471
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

neon-config is a script which provides information about an installed copy of the neon library.
libsvn_*.{so,a} are the support libraries used by the Subversion programs.
libneon.{so,a} is used as a high-level interface to common HTTP and WebDAV methods.
mod_authz_svn.so is a plug-in module for the Apache HTTP server, used to authenticate users to a Subversion
repository over the Internet or an intranet.
mod_dav_svn.so is a plug-in module for the Apache HTTP server, used to make a Subversion repository
available to others over the Internet or an intranet.

472
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

TCP Wrapper-7.6
Introduction to TCP Wrapper
The TCP Wrapper package provides daemon wrapper programs that report the name of the client requesting network
services and the requested service.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://files.ichilton.co.uk/nfs/tcp_wrappers_7.6.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.porcupine.org/pub/security/tcp_wrappers_7.6.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: e6fa25f71226d090f34de3f6b122fb5a
• Download size: 97 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 1.09 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required Patch (Fixes some build issues and adds building a shared library): http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/
patches/blfs/6.3/tcp_wrappers-7.6-shared_lib_plus_plus-1.patch

Installation of TCP Wrapper

Install TCP Wrapper with the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../tcp_wrappers-7.6-shared_lib_plus_plus-1.patch &&

sed -i -e "s,^extern char \*malloc();,/* & */," scaffold.c &&
make REAL_DAEMON_DIR=/usr/sbin STYLE=-DPROCESS_OPTIONS linux

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
sed -i -e ... scaffold.c: This command removes an obsolete C declaration which causes the build to fail if using GCC
>= 3.4.x.

Configuring TCP Wrapper

Config Files
/etc/hosts.allow and /etc/hosts.deny
File protections: the wrapper, all files used by the wrapper, and all directories in the path leading to those files, should
be accessible but not writable for unprivileged users (mode 755 or mode 555). Do not install the wrapper set-uid.
As the root user, perform the following edits on the /etc/inetd.conf configuration file:

finger stream tcp nowait nobody /usr/sbin/in.fingerd in.fingerd

473
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

becomes:

finger stream tcp nowait nobody /usr/sbin/tcpd in.fingerd

Note
The finger server is used as an example here.

Similar changes must be made if xinetd is used, with the emphasis being on calling /usr/sbin/tcpd instead of calling
the service daemon directly, and passing the name of the service daemon to tcpd.

Contents
Installed Programs: tcpd, tcpdchk, tcpdmatch, try-from, and safe_finger
Installed Library: libwrap.{so,a}
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
tcpd is the main access control daemon for all Internet services, which inetd or xinetd will run
instead of running the requested service daemon.
tcpdchk is a tool to examine a tcpd wrapper configuration and report problems with it.
tcpdmatch is used to predict how the TCP wrapper would handle a specific request for a service.
try-from can be called via a remote shell command to find out if the host name and address are properly
recognized.
safe_finger is a wrapper for the finger utility, to provide automatic reverse name lookups.
libwrap.{so,a} contains the API functions required by the TCP Wrapper programs as well as other programs
to become “TCP Wrapper-aware”.

474
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Wget-1.10.2
Introduction to Wget
The Wget package contains a utility useful for non-interactive downloading of files from the Web.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/wget/wget-1.10.2.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/wget/wget-1.10.2.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 795fefbb7099f93e2d346b026785c4b8
• Download size: 1.2 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 8.7 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Wget Dependencies

Optional
OpenSSL-0.9.8g and Dante

Installation of Wget
Install Wget by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--sysconfdir=/etc: This relocates the configuration file from /usr/etc to /etc.

Configuring Wget
Config Files
/etc/wgetrc and ~/.wgetrc
There are no changes required to these files.

Contents
Installed Program: wget
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: None

475
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
wget retrieves files from the Web using the HTTP, HTTPS and FTP protocols. It is designed to be non-interactive,
for background or unattended operations.

476
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Wireless Tools-28
Introduction to Wireless Tools
The Wireless Extension (WE) is a generic API in the Linux kernel allowing a driver to expose configuration and
statistics specific to common Wireless LANs to user space. A single set of tools can support all the variations of
Wireless LANs, regardless of their type as long as the driver supports Wireless Extensions. WE parameters may also
be changed on the fly without restarting the driver (or Linux).
The Wireless Tools (WT) package is a set of tools allowing manipulation of the Wireless Extensions. They use a
textual interface to support the full Wireless Extension.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.hpl.hp.com/personal/Jean_Tourrilhes/Linux/wireless_tools.28.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: 599c94497f9c9073c7b052d3dcb7cd16
• Download size: 249 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 1.7 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Kernel Configuration
To use Wireless Tools, the kernel must have the appropriate drivers and other support available. The appropriate bus
must also be available. For many laptops, the PCMCIA bus (CONFIG_PCCARD) needs to be built. In some cases,
this bus support will also need to be built for embedded wireless cards. The appropriate bridge support also needs to
be built. For many modern laptops, the CardBus host bridge (CONFIG_YENTA) will be needed.
In addition to the bus, the actual driver for the specific wireless card must also be available. There are many wireless
cards and they don't all work with Linux. The first place to look for card support is the kernel. The drivers are located in
Device Drivers # Network Device Support # Wireless LAN (non-hamradio). There are also external drivers available
for some very common cards. For more information, look at the user notes.
After the correct drivers are loaded, the interface will appear in /proc/net/wireless.

Installation of Wireless Tools

To install Wireless Tools, use the following commands:

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make PREFIX=/usr install

Contents
Installed Programs: ifrename, iwconfig, iwevent, iwgetid, iwlist, iwpriv, and iwspy
Installed Library: libiw.so
Installed Directories: None

477
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
ifrename renames network interfaces based on various static criteria.
iwconfig configures a wireless network interface.
iwevent displays wireless events generated by drivers and setting changes.
iwgetid reports ESSID, NWID or AP/Cell Address of wireless networks.
iwlist gets detailed wireless information from a wireless interface.
iwpriv configures optional (private) parameters of a wireless network interface.
iwspy gets wireless statistics from specific node.
libiw.so contains functions required by the wireless programs and provides an API for other programs.

478
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Other Networking Programs

NCPFS contains client and administration tools for use with Novell networks. See the User Notes for details.

479
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 17. Basic Networking Utilities

This chapter contains some tools that come in handy when the network needs investigating.

480
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Traceroute-1.4a12
Introduction to Traceroute
The Traceroute package contains a program which is used to display the network route that packets take to reach
a specified host. This is a standard network troubleshooting tool. If you find yourself unable to connect to another
system, traceroute can help pinpoint the problem.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/platform/sun/packages/solaris/freeware/SOURCES/traceroute-1.4a12.
tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.ee.lbl.gov/traceroute-1.4a12.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 964d599ef696efccdeebe7721cd4828d
• Download size: 74 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 540 KB
• Estimated build time: 0.01 SBU

Installation of Traceroute
Install Traceroute by running the following commands:

sed -i -e 's/-o bin/-o root/' Makefile.in &&

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

make install-man

Command Explanations
sed 's/-o bin/-o root/' Makefile.in: Adjusts the Makefile so that the program is installed with user root owning
the files instead of user bin (which doesn't exist on a default LFS system).
make install: Installs traceroute with SUID set to root in the /usr/sbin directory. This makes it possible for
all users to execute traceroute. For absolute security, turn off the SUID bit in traceroute's file permissions with
the command:

chmod -v 0755 /usr/sbin/traceroute

The risk is that if a security problem such as a buffer overflow was ever found in the Traceroute code, a regular user
on your system could gain root access if the program is SUID root. Of course, removing the SUID permission
also makes it impossible for users other than root to utilize traceroute, so decide what's right for your individual
situation.
The goal of BLFS is to be completely FHS compliant, so if you do leave the traceroute binary SUID root, then
you should move traceroute to /usr/bin with the following command:

mv -v /usr/sbin/traceroute /usr/bin

481
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

This ensures that the binary is in the path for non-root users.

Contents
Installed Program: traceroute
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
traceroute does basically what it says: it traces the route your packets take from the host you are working on
to another host on a network, showing all the intermediate hops (gateways) along the way.

482
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Nmap-4.20
Introduction to Nmap
Nmap is a utility for network exploration and security auditing. It supports ping scanning, port scanning and TCP/IP
fingerprinting.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/BLFS/6.3/n/nmap-4.20.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/nmap-4.20.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: ea50419f99472200c4184a304e3831ea
• Download size: 2.1 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 21 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Nmap Dependencies
Optional
OpenSSL-0.9.8g, PCRE-7.6, libpcap-0.9.6, GTK+-2.10.13 (for building the graphical front-end), and libdnet

Installation of Nmap
Install Nmap by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Programs: nmap and optionally, nmapfe and xnmap
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directory: /usr/share/nmap

Short Descriptions
nmap is a utility for network exploration and security auditing. It supports ping scanning, port scanning and
TCP/IP fingerprinting.
nmapfe is the graphical front end to nmap.
xnmap is a symbolic link to nmapfe.

483
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Whois-4.7.26
Introduction to Whois
Whois is a client-side application which queries the whois directory service for information pertaining to a particular
domain name.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/BLFS/6.3/w/whois_4.7.26.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: f069304ae912ff4fdec59f33de405076
• Download size: 67 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 1 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Installation of Whois
Install Whois by running the following commands:

make

This package does not come with a test suite (that works).
Now, as the root user:

make prefix=/usr install

Contents
Installed Program: whois
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
whois is a client-side application which queries the whois directory service for information pertaining to a
particular domain name.

484
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

BIND Utilities-9.4.1-P1
Introduction to BIND Utilities
BIND Utilities is not a separate package, it is a collection of the client side programs that are included with
BIND-9.4.1-P1. The BIND package includes the client side programs nslookup, dig and host. If you install BIND
server, these programs will be installed automatically. This section is for those users who don't need the complete
BIND server, but need these client side applications.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/infosys/servers/isc/bind9/9.4.1-P1/bind-9.4.1-P1.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.isc.org/isc/bind9/9.4.1-P1/bind-9.4.1-P1.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 44e0514e6105ddaa235394045d9aeb0c
• Download size: 6.1 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 63 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU

BIND Utilities Dependencies

Optional
OpenSSL-0.9.8g

Installation of BIND Utilities

Install BIND Utilities by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make -C lib/dns &&
make -C lib/isc &&
make -C lib/bind9 &&
make -C lib/isccfg &&
make -C lib/lwres &&
make -C bin/dig
This portion of the package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make -C bin/dig install

Command Explanations
make -C lib/...: These commands build the libraries that are needed for the client programs.
make -C bin/dig: This command builds the client programs.

Contents
Installed Programs: dig, host, and nslookup
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: None

485
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
See the program descriptions in the BIND-9.4.1-P1 section.

486
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Wireshark-0.99.6
Introduction to Wireshark
The Wireshark package contains a network protocol analyzer, also known as a “sniffer”. This is useful for analyzing
data captured “off the wire” from a live network connection, or data read from a capture file. Wireshark provides
both a graphical and TTY-mode front-end for examining captured network packets from over 500 protocols, as well
as the capability to read capture files from many other popular network analyzers.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.wireshark.org/download/src/all-versions/wireshark-0.99.6.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/6.3/w/wireshark-0.99.6.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: e57a8c8b364c38df3da97e2ee9f0d0bc
• Download size: 11.8 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 449 MB
• Estimated build time: 6.4 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Additional Documentation: http://www.wireshark.org/docs/
From this page you can download many different docs in a variety of formats.

Wireshark dependencies
Required
GLib-1.2.10 or GLib-2.12.12 (to build the TTY-mode front-end only)
Note that if you don't have Gtk+ installed, you will need to pass --disable-wireshark to the configure
command.
Recommended
libpcap-0.9.6 (required to capture data)
Optional
pkg-config-0.22, GTK+-1.2.10 or GTK+-2.10.13 (to build the GUI front-end), OpenSSL-0.9.8g, Heimdal-1.1 or MIT
Kerberos V5-1.6, Python-2.5.2, PCRE-7.6, GnuTLS-1.6.3, Net-SNMP, adns, and Lua

Kernel Configuration
The kernel must have the Packet protocol enabled for Wireshark to capture live packets from the network. Enable
the Packet protocol by choosing “Y” in the “Networking” – “Packet socket” configuration parameter. Alternatively,
build the af_packet.ko module by choosing “M” in this parameter.

Installation of Wireshark
Install Wireshark by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--enable-threads &&
make

487
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:
make install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/wireshark-0.99.6 &&

install -v -m644 FAQ README{,.linux} doc/README.* doc/*.{pod,txt} \
/usr/share/doc/wireshark-0.99.6 &&
pushd /usr/share/doc/wireshark-0.99.6 &&
for FILENAME in ../../wireshark/*.html; do \
ln -s -v $FILENAME .
done &&
popd &&

install -v -m644 -D wireshark.desktop \

/usr/share/applications/wireshark.desktop &&
install -v -m644 -D image/wsicon48.png \
/usr/share/pixmaps/wireshark.png &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/pixmaps/wireshark &&
install -v -m644 image/*.{png,ico,xpm,bmp} \
/usr/share/pixmaps/wireshark
If you downloaded any of the documentation files from the page listed in the 'Additional Downloads', install them
by issuing the following commands as the root user:
install -v -m644 <Downloaded_Files> /usr/share/doc/wireshark-0.99.6

Command Explanations
--enable-threads: This parameter enables the use of threads in wireshark.
--with-ssl: This parameter is required if you are linking Kerberos libraries into the build so that the OpenSSL
libcrypto library is found.

Configuring Wireshark
Config Files
/etc/wireshark.conf and ~/.wireshark/*

Configuration Information
Though the default configuration parameters are very sane, reference the configuration section of the Wireshark
User's Guide for configuration information. Most of Wireshark's configuration can be accomplished using the menu
options of the wireshark graphical interface.

Note
If you want to look at packets, make sure you don't filter them out with iptables-1.3.8. If you want to exclude
certain classes of packets, it is more efficient to do it with iptables than it is with Wireshark.

488
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: capinfos, dftest, dumpcap, editcap, idl2wrs, mergecap, randpkt, text2pcap, tshark and
wireshark
Installed Libraries: libwireshark.so, libwiretap.so and numerous dissector plugin modules
Installed Directories: /usr/lib/wireshark, /usr/share/doc/wireshark-0.99.6, /usr/share/pixmaps/wireshark and
/usr/share/wireshark

Short Descriptions
capinfos reads a saved capture file and returns any or all of several statistics about that file. It is able
to detect and read any capture supported by the Wireshark package.
dftest is a display-filter-compiler test program.
dumpcap is a network traffic dump tool. It lets you capture packet data from a live network and write
the packets to a file.
editcap edits and/or translates the format of capture files. It knows how to read libpcap capture files,
including those of tcpdump, Wireshark and other tools that write captures in that format.
idl2wrs takes a user specified CORBA IDL file and generates “C” source code that can be used to
create an Wireshark plugin.
mergecap combines multiple saved capture files into a single output file.
randpkt creates random-packet capture files.
text2pcap reads in an ASCII hex dump and writes the data described into a libpcap-style capture file.
tshark is a TTY-mode network protocol analyzer. It lets you capture packet data from a live network
or read packets from a previously saved capture file.
wireshark is a GUI network protocol analyzer. It lets you interactively browse packet data from a live
network or from a previously saved capture file.
libwireshark.so contains functions used by the Wireshark programs to perform filtering and packet capturing.
libwiretap.so is a library being developed as a future replacement for libpcap, the current standard
Unix library for packet capturing. For more information, see the README file in the source
wiretap directory.

489
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 18. Mail/News Clients

Mail Clients help you retrieve (Fetchmail), sort (Procmail), read and compose responses (Heirloom mailx, Mutt, Pine,
Kmail, Balsa, Evolution, SeaMonkey) to email.
News clients also help you retrieve, sort, read and compose responses, but these messages travel through USENET
(a worldwide bulletin board system) using the Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP).

490
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Heirloom mailx-12.2
Introduction to Heirloom mailx
The Heirloom mailx package (formerly known as the Nail package) contains mailx, a command-line Mail
User Agent derived from Berkeley Mail which is intended to provide the functionality of the POSIX mailx
command with additional support for MIME messages, IMAP (including caching), POP3, SMTP, S/MIME, message
threading/sorting, scoring, and filtering. Heirloom mailx is especially useful for writing scripts and batch processing.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/heirloom/mailx-12.2.tar.bz2
•
• Download MD5 sum: c13c24db8fb5f5d10b7ad148647f9909
• Download size: 269 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 3.2 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Heirloom mailx Dependencies

Optional
OpenSSL-0.9.8g or NSS-3.11.7, Heimdal-1.1 or MIT Kerberos V5-1.6 (for IMAP GSSAPI authentication), and an
MTA

Installation of Heirloom mailx

Install Heirloom mailx by running the following commands.
make SENDMAIL=/usr/sbin/sendmail
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make PREFIX=/usr UCBINSTALL=/usr/bin/install install &&
ln -v -sf mailx /usr/bin/mail &&
ln -v -sf mailx /usr/bin/nail &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/mailx-12.2 &&
install -v -m644 README mailx.1.html /usr/share/doc/mailx-12.2

Command Explanations
make SENDMAIL=/usr/sbin/sendmail: This changes the default MTA path of /usr/lib/sendmail.
make PREFIX=/usr UCBINSTALL=/usr/bin/install install: This changes the default installation path of
/usr/local and the default install command path of /usr/ucb.

Configuring Heirloom mailx

Config Files
/etc/nail.rc, ~/.mailrc and ~/.nailrc

491
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: mail, mailx and nail
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
mailx is a command-line mail user agent compatible with the mailx command found on commercial Unix
versions.
mail is a symbolic link to mailx.
nail is a symbolic link to mailx.

492
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Procmail-3.22
Introduction to Procmail
The Procmail package contains an autonomous mail processor. This is useful for filtering and sorting incoming mail.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.procmail.org/procmail-3.22.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.procmail.net/pub/procmail/procmail-3.22.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 1678ea99b973eb77eda4ecf6acae53f1
• Download size: 226 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 1.7 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.08 SBU

Installation of Procmail
This package does not come with a test suite.
Install Procmail by running the following commands as the root user:
make LOCKINGTEST=/tmp install &&
make install-suid

Command Explanations
make LOCKINGTEST=/tmp install: This prevents make from asking you where to test file-locking patterns.
make install-suid: Modifies permissions of the installed files.

Configuring Procmail
Config Files
/etc/procmailrc and ~/.procmailrc

Configuration Information
Recipes have to be written and placed in your ~/.procmailrc for execution. The procmailex man page is
the starting place to learn how to write recipes. For additional information, see also http://pm-doc.sourceforge.
net/pm-tips.html.

Contents
Installed Programs: formail, lockfile, mailstat and procmail
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
formail is a filter that can be used to format mail into mailbox format.
lockfile is a utility that can lock a file for single use interactively or in a script.

493
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

mailstat prints a summary report of mail that has been filtered by procmail since the last time mailstat was ran.
procmail is an autonomous mail processor. It performs all the functions of an MDA (Mail Delivery Agent).

494
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Fetchmail-6.3.8
Introduction to Fetchmail
The Fetchmail package contains a mail retrieval program. It retrieves mail from remote mail servers and forwards it
to the local (client) machine's delivery system, so it can then be read by normal mail user agents.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://download2.berlios.de/fetchmail/fetchmail-6.3.8.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/fetchmail-6.3.8.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 66b97500b0a1e3c0916b3b5314f597f5
• Download size: 1.3 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 8.9 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/fetchmail-6.3.8-security_fixes-1.patch

Fetchmail Dependencies

Required

OpenSSL-0.9.8g and a local MDA (Procmail-3.22)

Optional

Python-2.5.2 and Tk-8.4.18

Installation of Fetchmail
Install Fetchmail by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../fetchmail-6.3.8-security_fixes-1.patch &&

./configure --prefix=/usr --with-ssl --enable-fallback=procmail &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--with-ssl: This enables SSL support, so that you can handle connections to secure POP3 and IMAP servers.
--enable-fallback=procmail: This tells Fetchmail to hand incoming mail to Procmail for delivery, if the
port 25 mail server is not present or not responding.

495
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Configuring Fetchmail
Config Files
~/.fetchmailrc

Configuration Information
cat > ~/.fetchmailrc << "EOF"
set logfile /var/log/fetchmail.log
set no bouncemail
set postmaster root

poll SERVERNAME :
user <username> pass <password>;
mda "/usr/bin/procmail -f %F -d %T";
EOF

chmod -v 0600 ~/.fetchmailrc

This is an example configuration that should suffice for most people. You can add as many users and servers as you
need using the same syntax.
man fetchmail: Look for the section near the bottom named CONFIGURATION EXAMPLES. It gives some quick
examples. There are countless other config options once you get used to it.

Contents
Installed Program: fetchmail and fetchmailconf
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
fetchmail when executed as a user, this will source ~/.fetchmailrc and download the appropriate
mail.
fetchmailconf it will assist you in setting up and editing a ~/.fetchmailrc configuration file, by using a
Tk GUI interface. It requires Python and it must have the Tkinker module available.

496
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Mutt-1.5.17
Introduction to Mutt
The Mutt package contains a Mail User Agent. This is useful for reading, writing, replying to, saving, and deleting
your email.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/mutt/mutt-1.5.17.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.mutt.org/mutt/devel/mutt-1.5.17.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 49387458be0cb52b85ae0d73af699aae
• Download size: 3.5 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 25.4 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

Mutt Dependencies
Optional
GnuPG-1.4.7 or GnuPG-2.0.8, OpenSSL-0.9.8g or GnuTLS-1.6.3, an MTA (that provides a sendmail command),
Aspell-0.60.5, MIT Kerberos V5-1.6 or Heimdal-1.1, Cyrus SASL-2.1.22, S-Lang-2.1.3, libidn-0.6.14, GDBM-1.8.3
or QDBM, and GDB

Optional (To Regenerate HTML Documentation)

libxslt-1.1.22 and either Lynx-2.8.6rel.5, w3m or ELinks

Optional (To Generate PDF Manual)

JadeTeX-3.13 and DocBook DSSSL Stylesheets-1.79

Installation of Mutt
Note
This version of Mutt is a development release. The BLFS staff has determined that it provides a stable
program and fixes two issues in the current stable version of Mutt: a segmentation fault that occurs under
certain conditions and a compilation problem when building with GCC-4.1.2. To find the current stable
release, please refer to the Mutt home page.

Caution
If you choose to link Mutt against GnuTLS-1.6.3, you won't have SSL client certificate support. Specifically
the ssl_client_cert configuration variable is recognized as invalid. That means you will lose the
ability to use mutt via SMTP over TLS or in the case when a client certification is required for authentication
on an IMAP server. For these reasons it is recommended to link Mutt against OpenSSL-0.9.8g if you want
SSL/TLS support.

Mutt requires a group named mail. You can add this group, if it does not exist, with this command:
groupadd -g 34 mail

497
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

If you did not install an MTA, such as Postfix-2.5.1 or Sendmail-8.14.1, you need to modify the ownership of
/var/mail with this command:

chgrp -v mail /var/mail

Install Mutt by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc \

--with-docdir=/usr/share/doc/mutt-1.5.17 \
--enable-pop --enable-imap \
--enable-hcache --without-qdbm \
--without-gdbm --with-bdb &&
make

If you have the necessary dependencies installed and would like to rebuild the HTML documentation, issue the
following commands:

make -C doc clean &&

make -C doc

To generate the PDF manual with JadeTeX-3.13, run the following command:

make -C doc manual.pdf

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you generated the PDF manual, install it and the source TeX file by issuing the following command as the root
user:

install -v -m644 doc/manual.{pdf,tex} \

/usr/share/doc/mutt-1.5.17

Command Explanations
--enable-pop: This switch enables POP3 support.
--enable-imap: This switch enables IMAP support.
--enable-hcache: This switch enables header caching.
--without-qdbm: This switch disables QDBM as the header cache backend.
--without-gdbm: This switch disables GDBM as the header cache backend.
--with-bdb: This switch enables Berkeley DB as the header cache backend.
--enable-smtp: This switch enables SMTP relay support.
--with-ssl: This parameter adds SSL/TLS support from OpenSSL-0.9.8g in POP3/IMAP/SMTP if they are
enabled.

498
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--with-sasl: This parameter adds authentication support from Cyrus SASL-2.1.22 in POP3/IMAP/SMTP if they
are enabled. Depending on the server configuration, this may not be needed for POP3 or IMAP. However, it is needed
for SMTP authentication.

Configuring Mutt
Config Files
/etc/Muttrc, ~/.muttrc, /etc/mime.types, ~/.mime.types

Configuration Information
No changes in these files are necessary to begin using Mutt. When you are ready to make changes, the man page
for muttrc is a good starting place.
In order to utilize GnuPG, use the following command:

cat /usr/share/doc/mutt-1.5.17/samples/gpg.rc >> ~/.muttrc

Contents
Installed Programs: flea, mutt, mutt_dotlock, muttbug, pgpewrap, pgpring, and smime_keys
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: /usr/share/doc/mutt-1.5.17

Short Descriptions
flea is a bug submitter for Mutt.
mutt is a Mail User Agent (MUA) which enables you to read, write and delete your email.
mutt_dotlock implements the mail spool file lock.
muttbug is a script that executes flea.
pgpewrap prepares a command line for the GnuPG-1.4.7 utilities.
pgpring is a key ring dumper for PGP. It is not needed for GnuPG-1.4.7.
smime_keys manages a keystore for S/MIME certificates.

499
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Pine-4.64
Introduction to Pine
The Pine package contains the Pine Mail User Agent and several server daemons for various mail protocols, in
addition to some nice file and directory editing/browsing programs.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://mirror.sit.wisc.edu/pub/net/mail/pine/pine4.64.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.cac.washington.edu/pine/pine4.64.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 39ca07b3d305b4cd0d6aaf4585123275
• Download size: 3.0 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 64 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Recommended Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/pine-4.64-utf8-1.patch

Pine Dependencies
Required
OpenSSL-0.9.8g

Optional
OpenLDAP-2.3.39 and MIT Kerberos V5-1.6

Installation of Pine
Install Pine by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../pine-4.64-utf8-1.patch &&
sed -i "s@/usr/local/lib/pine@/etc/pine@g" \
$(grep -lr /usr/local/lib/pine *) &&
./build DEBUG=-O MAILSPOOL=/var/mail \
SSLDIR=/usr SSLCERTS=/etc/ssl/certs slx
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
install -v -m644 doc/*.1 /usr/share/man/man1 &&
install -v -p -m644 doc/tech-notes/*.html /usr/share/doc/pine4.64 &&
install -v -m755 \
bin/{pine,imapd,ipop2d,ipop3d,mailutil,mtest,pico,pilot,rpdump,rpload} \
/usr/bin

Command Explanations
patch -Np1 -i ../pine-4.64-utf8-1.patch: This patch enables Pine UTF-8 and charset conversion.

500
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

sed -i "s@/usr/ ... /lib/pine *): This sed will make Pine use /etc for configuration files. It also alters the
documentation to reflect that.
The build procedure for Pine is somewhat unusual, in that options usually passed as ./configure options or housed in
$CFLAGS must all be passed on the command line to the ./build script.
./build slx: Pine offers quite a few target platforms, slx specifies Linux using -lcrypt to get the crypt function.
See the doc/pine-ports file for more information and other authentication options.
DEBUG=-O: This flag compiles an optimized version of pine and pico that produces no debug files.
MAILSPOOL=/var/mail: Location of mail spool files, /var/mail.
SSLDIR=/usr SSLCERTS=/etc/ssl/certs: Location of OpenSSL files.

Configuring Pine
Config Files
~/.pinerc

Configuration Information
The pine executable needs no global configuration to use. Users set Pine options in ~/.pinerc using an internal
configuration menu.

Contents
Installed Programs: imapd, ipop2d, ipop3d, mtest, pico, pilot, pine, rpdump, and rpload
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: /usr/share/doc/pine4.64

Short Descriptions
imapd is the IMAP server daemon.
ipop2d is an IMAP to POP2 conversion server.
ipop3d is an IMAP to POP3 conversion server.
metest is a minimal IMAP mail user agent, used for debugging.
pico is a stand-alone editor, similar to the Pine internal message composer.
pilot is a file and directory navigator and browser.
pine is the Pine mail user agent.
rpdump is used to copy data from remote Pine configuration files or address books into a local file.
rpload is the Pine remote data utility, used to convert local Pine configuration files or address books into remote
configurations or address books.

501
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

TIN-1.8.3
Introduction to TIN
TIN is a threaded NNTP and spool based console-mode UseNet newsreader. It supports threading, scoring, different
charsets, and many other useful things. It has also support for different languages.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/infosys/newsreaders/tin/v1.8/tin-1.8.3.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.tin.org/pub/news/clients/tin/v1.8/tin-1.8.3.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: e6ed45205020665c097556822b0d575b
• Download size: 1.4 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 12.4 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

TIN Dependencies

Optional
PCRE-7.6, libidn-0.6.14, an MTA that provides the sendmail command or Heirloom mailx-12.2, GnuPG-1.4.7,
Aspell-0.60.5, INN, UUDeview, Socks, Metamail, and Dmalloc or dbmalloc

Installation of TIN
Install TIN by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --with-screen=ncursesw \

--enable-nntp-only --disable-printing &&
make build

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

make install_sysdefs &&
rm -vf doc/*.? &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/tin-1.8.3 &&
install -v -m644 doc/* /usr/share/doc/tin-1.8.3

Command Explanations
--with-screen=ncursesw: This switch forces the use of wide-character functions from the ncursesw library
(for UTF-8 and Asian languages support).
--enable-nntp-only: Reading news from a local spool is disabled with this switch. Don't use this if you have
installed INN and want to use its spool.
--disable-printing: This switch disables printing since TIN cannot send non-ASCII text to the printer
correctly. Remove this switch if you can tolerate this limitation.

502
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--with-editor: This switch sets the default editor used by TIN. The default is vi.

Configuring TIN
Config Files
/etc/tin/tinrc, ~/.tin/tinrc, ~/.newsrc, /etc/tin/tin.defaults, /etc/tin/mime.
types, /etc/tin/keymap and /etc/mailcap

Configuration Information
Set some global defaults for TIN by running the following commands as the root user:

cat > /etc/tin/tinrc << "EOF"

use_mouse=ON
getart_limit=100
translit=ON
EOF

Now, as an unprivileged user, subscribe to some newsgroups, specify the news server, and run tin:

cat >> ~/.newsrc << "EOF"

gmane.linux.lfs.devel:
gmane.linux.lfs.beyond.devel:
EOF
export NNTPSERVER=news.gmane.org
tin -Q

For printing, TIN executes the lpr command. This can be provided by CUPS-1.2.12 or LPRng-3.8.28.
If you do not have the metamail program, TIN will use an internal parser for multipart MIME articles. Alternatively,
you can use Mutt for MIME parsing through the metamutt shell script. This requires both the Mutt-1.5.17 and
Procmail-3.22 programs. To use metamutt, set metamail_prog=metamutt in tin.

Contents
Installed Programs: tin, rtin, tinews.pl, metamutt, opt-case.pl, w2r.pl, and url_handler.sh
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directory: /etc/tin

Short Descriptions
tin is a UseNet news reader.
rtin is a symbolic link to tin.
tinews.pl posts and signs an article via NNTP.
metamutt is a replacement of metamail using Mutt.
opt-case.pl optimizes case insensitive regexp filters for tin.
w2r.pl converts tin wildmat filters to tin regexp filters.
url_handler.sh calls a web browser for viewing hyperlinks.

503
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Other Mail and News Programs

Pan-0.14.2 is a GTK2 based newsreader program.
knode is a Qt based newsreader program from kdepim-3.5.9.
kmail is a Qt based mail client from kdepim-3.5.9.
Balsa-2.3.22 is a GTK2 based mail client.
SeaMonkey-1.1.9 includes both a mail client and newsreader in its installation.
Thunderbird-2.0.0.12 is a mail/news client based on the Mozilla code base.
Evolution-2.10.3 includes a GTK2 based mail client.

504
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Part V. Servers
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 19. Major Servers

Major servers are the programs that provide content or services to users or other programs.

506
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Apache-2.2.8
Introduction to Apache
The Apache package contains an open-source HTTP server. It is useful for creating local intranet web sites or running
huge web serving operations.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://archive.apache.org/dist/httpd/httpd-2.2.8.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://apache.mirrors.pair.com/httpd/httpd-2.2.8.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 76d2598a4797163d07cd50e5304aa7cd
• Download size: 4.6 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 83 MB
• Estimated build time: 2.1 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/httpd-2.2.8-config-1.patch

Apache Dependencies
Optional
OpenSSL-0.9.8g, OpenLDAP-2.3.39, PCRE-7.6, APR, APR-util, and distcache

Optional (Only if Using the Bundled APR-util)

pkg-config-0.22, expat-2.0.1, GDBM-1.8.3, PostgreSQL-8.2.4, and SQLite
Though you can install APR and APR-util as separate components, it is recommended to use the bundled versions
that come with the Apache HTTPD tarball.

Installation of Apache
For security reasons, running the server as an unprivileged user and group is strongly encouraged. Create the following
group and user using the following commands (as root):
groupadd -g 25 apache &&
useradd -c "Apache Server" -d /dev/null -g apache \
-s /bin/false -u 25 apache

Note
The above command directs the Apache user's home directory to /dev/null. This may not work for
some add-ons such as ViewVC, a browser interface for CVS and Subversion version control repositories.
See the User Notes for details for specific applications.

The following patch modifies the layout of destination directories and among them, the build directory at
/usr/lib/apache/build. This will allow the modules added to Apache to be configured without errors. Apply
the patch:
patch -Np1 -i ../httpd-2.2.8-config-1.patch

507
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Note
You may wish to review the output from ./configure --help and include whatever parameters are necessary
to the configure command below to build the modules required for your installation. There are as many
as 62 additional parameters you can add to the configure command to build additional modules. Some
of the extra parameters which aren't described or mentioned in the --help information are listed in the
“Command Explanations” section below.
If you are using the bundled version of APR-util and you are going to install Subversion with Berkeley DB
back-end support, ensure you use the parameters shown in the “Command Explanations” section below.

Build and install Apache by running the following commands:

./configure --enable-layout=FHS --enable-mods-shared=all &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
chown -v root:root /usr/lib/apache/httpd.exp \
/usr/sbin/{apxs,apachectl,dbmmanage,envvars{,-std}} \
/usr/share/man/man1/{dbmmanage,ht{dbm,digest,passwd}}.1 \
/usr/share/man/man8/{ab,apachectl,apxs,htcacheclean,httpd}.8 \
/usr/share/man/man8/{logresolve,rotatelogs,suexec}.8 &&
chown -v -R apache:apache /srv/www

Command Explanations
--enable-mods-shared=all: The modules should be compiled and used as Dynamic Shared Objects (DSOs)
so they can be included and excluded from the server using the run-time configuration directives.
--enable-ssl: Use this parameter to create the mod_ssl module and enable SSL support. This parameter is
mentioned as one of many parameters which can be passed to the configure command to create additional DSO
modules.
--with-pcre: Add this parameter to use the system installed version of the PCRE library.
--with-z: Add this parameter to use the system installed version of the Zlib library.
--with-ldap: This parameter is required if you passed the --enable-authnz-ldap or --enable-ldap
options to configure and enabled the OpenLDAP modules.
--with-dbm=db45 --with-berkeley-db: Use these parameters if you require Berkeley DB support in the
bundled version of APR-util (required for Berkeley DB back-end support in Subversion).
chown root:root ...: This command changes the ownership of some installed files, the result of building the package
as a user other than root.
chown -R apache:apache /srv/www: By default, the installation process installs files (documentation, error
messages, default icons, etc.) with the ownership of the user that extracted the files from the tar file. If you want
to change the ownership to another user, you should do so at this point. The only requirement is that the document
directories need to be accessible by the httpd process with (r-x) permissions and files need to be readable (r--) by
the apache user.

508
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Configuring Apache
Config Files
/etc/apache/*

Configuration Information
The main configuration file is named /etc/apache/httpd.conf. Modify it so that the HTTP server runs as
the dedicated user and group:

sed -i -e "s/User daemon/User apache/" \

-e "s/Group daemon/Group apache/" \
/etc/apache/httpd.conf
See http://httpd.apache.org/docs-2.2/configuring.html for detailed instructions on customizing your Apache HTTP
server configuration file.
There's a problem with the ISAPI DSO module caused from compiling with GCC-4.1.2. If you included the parameter
to build the module, comment out the module's load command in the configuration file with the following command:

sed -i "s/^LoadModule isapi_module/# &/" \

/etc/apache/httpd.conf

Boot Script
If you want the Apache server to start automatically when the system is booted, install the /etc/rc.d/init.
d/apache init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20080816 package.

make install-apache

Contents
Installed Programs: ab, apachectl, apr-config, apu-config, apxs, checkgid, dbmmanage, htdbm, htdigest,
htpasswd, httpd, instdso.sh, logresolve, and rotatelogs
Installed Libraries: libapr-1.{so,a}, libaprutil-1.{so,a}, and /usr/lib/apache/*.so
Installed Directories: /etc/apache, /srv/www, /usr/include/apache, /usr/lib/apache, and /var/log/apache

Short Descriptions
ab is a tool for benchmarking your Apache HTTP server.
apachectl is a front end to the Apache HTTP server which is designed to help the administrator control the
functioning of the Apache httpd daemon.
apxs is a tool for building and installing extension modules for the Apache HTTP server.
dbmanage is used to create and update the DBM format files used to store usernames and passwords for basic
authentication of HTTP users.
htdigest is used to create and update the flat-files used to store usernames, realms and passwords for digest
authentication of HTTP users.
htpasswd is used to create and update the flat-files used to store usernames and passwords for basic
authentication of HTTP users.

509
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

httpd is the Apache HTTP server program.

instdso.sh is a script which installs Apache DSO modules.
logresolve is a post-processing program to resolve IP-addresses in Apache's access log files.
rotatelogs is a simple program for use in conjunction with Apache's piped log file feature.

510
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

BIND-9.4.1-P1
Introduction to BIND
The BIND package provides a DNS server and client utilities. If you are only interested in the utilities, refer to the
BIND Utilities-9.4.1-P1.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/infosys/servers/isc/bind9/9.4.1-P1/bind-9.4.1-P1.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.isc.org/isc/bind9/9.4.1-P1/bind-9.4.1-P1.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 44e0514e6105ddaa235394045d9aeb0c
• Download size: 6.1 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 98 MB
• Estimated build time: 1.9 SBU (additional 11 minutes, processor independent, to run the complete test suite)

Additional Downloads
• Optional patch (if net-tools is not installed): http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/bind-9.4.1-P1-
use_iproute2-1.patch

BIND Dependencies
Optional
OpenSSL-0.9.8g
Optional (to run the test suite)
Net-DNS-0.57 and Net-tools-1.60 (you may omit net-tools by using the optional patch to utilize iproute2)
Optional (to rebuild documentation)
teTeX-3.0 and libxslt-1.1.22

Installation of BIND
If you have chosen not to install net-tools, apply the iproute2 patch with the following command:
patch -Np1 -i ../bind-9.4.1-P1-use_iproute2-1.patch
Install BIND by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
--mandir=/usr/share/man \
--enable-threads \
--with-libtool &&
sed -i "[email protected]@199.7.83.42@" \
lib/dns/rootns.c &&
make
Issue the following commands to run the complete suite of tests. First, as the root user, set up some test interfaces:
bin/tests/system/ifconfig.sh up

511
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now run the test suite as an unprivileged user:

make check 2>&1 | tee check.log
Again as root, clean up the test interfaces:
bin/tests/system/ifconfig.sh down
Issue the following command to check that all 148 tests ran successfully:
grep "R:PASS" check.log | wc -l
Finally, install the package as the root user:
make install &&
chmod 755 /usr/lib/lib{bind9,isc{,cc,cfg},lwres,dns}.so.*.?.? &&

cd doc &&
install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/bind-9.4.1-P1/{arm,draft,misc,rfc} &&
install -v -m644 arm/*.html \
/usr/share/doc/bind-9.4.1-P1/arm &&
install -v -m644 draft/*.txt \
/usr/share/doc/bind-9.4.1-P1/draft &&
install -v -m644 rfc/* \
/usr/share/doc/bind-9.4.1-P1/rfc &&
install -v -m644 \
misc/{dnssec,ipv6,migrat*,options,rfc-compliance,roadmap,sdb} \
/usr/share/doc/bind-9.4.1-P1/misc

Command Explanations
--sysconfdir=/etc: This parameter forces BIND to look for configuration files in /etc instead of /usr/etc.
--enable-threads: This parameter enables multi-threading capability.
--with-libtool: This parameter forces the building of dynamic libraries and links the installed binaries to these
libraries.
sed -i "[email protected]@199.7.83.42@" lib/dns/rootns.c: Use updated address for L.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
chmod 755 /usr/lib/{lib{bind9,isc{,cc,cfg},lwres,dns}.so.*.?.?}: Enable the execute bit to prevent a warning when
using ldd to check library dependencies.
cd doc; install ...: These commands install additional package documentation. Omit any or all of these commands
if desired.

Configuring BIND
Config files
named.conf, root.hints, 127.0.0, rndc.conf and resolv.conf

Configuration Information
BIND will be configured to run in a chroot jail as an unprivileged user (named). This configuration is more secure
in that a DNS compromise can only affect a few files in the named user's HOME directory.

512
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Create the unprivileged user and group named:

groupadd -g 20 named &&
useradd -c "BIND Owner" -g named -s /bin/false -u 20 named &&
install -d -m770 -o named -g named /srv/named
Set up some files, directories and devices needed by BIND:
cd /srv/named &&
mkdir -p dev etc/namedb/slave var/run &&
mknod /srv/named/dev/null c 1 3 &&
mknod /srv/named/dev/random c 1 8 &&
chmod 666 /srv/named/dev/{null,random} &&
mkdir /srv/named/etc/namedb/pz &&
cp /etc/localtime /srv/named/etc
Then, generate a key for use in the named.conf and rdnc.conf files using the rndc-confgen command:
rndc-confgen -r /dev/urandom -b 512 | \
grep -m 1 "secret" | cut -d '"' -f 2
Create the named.conf file from which named will read the location of zone files, root name servers and secure
DNS keys:
cat > /srv/named/etc/named.conf << "EOF"
options {
directory "/etc/namedb";
pid-file "/var/run/named.pid";
statistics-file "/var/run/named.stats";

};
controls {
inet 127.0.0.1 allow { localhost; } keys { rndc_key; };
};
key "rndc_key" {
algorithm hmac-md5;
secret "<Insert secret from rndc-confgen's output here>";
};
zone "." {
type hint;
file "root.hints";
};
zone "0.0.127.in-addr.arpa" {
type master;
file "pz/127.0.0";
};

// Bind 9 now logs by default through syslog (except debug).

// These are the default logging rules.

513
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

logging {
category default { default_syslog; default_debug; };
category unmatched { null; };

channel default_syslog {
syslog daemon; // send to syslog's daemon
// facility
severity info; // only send priority info
// and higher
};

channel default_debug {
file "named.run"; // write to named.run in
// the working directory
// Note: stderr is used instead
// of "named.run"
// if the server is started
// with the '-f' option.
severity dynamic; // log at the server's
// current debug level
};

channel default_stderr {
stderr; // writes to stderr
severity info; // only send priority info
// and higher
};

channel null {
null; // toss anything sent to
// this channel
};
};

EOF

514
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Create the rndc.conf file with the following commands:

cat > /etc/rndc.conf << "EOF"

key rndc_key {
algorithm "hmac-md5";
secret
"<Insert secret from rndc-confgen's output here>";
};
options {
default-server localhost;
default-key rndc_key;
};
EOF

The rndc.conf file contains information for controlling named operations with the rndc utility.

Create a zone file with the following contents:

cat > /srv/named/etc/namedb/pz/127.0.0 << "EOF"

$TTL 3D
@ IN SOA ns.local.domain. hostmaster.local.domain. (
1 ; Serial
8H ; Refresh
2H ; Retry
4W ; Expire
1D) ; Minimum TTL
NS ns.local.domain.
1 PTR localhost.
EOF

Create the root.hints file with the following commands:

515
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Note
Caution must be used to ensure there are no leading spaces in this file.

cat > /srv/named/etc/namedb/root.hints << "EOF"

. 6D IN NS A.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
. 6D IN NS B.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
. 6D IN NS C.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
. 6D IN NS D.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
. 6D IN NS E.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
. 6D IN NS F.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
. 6D IN NS G.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
. 6D IN NS H.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
. 6D IN NS I.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
. 6D IN NS J.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
. 6D IN NS K.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
. 6D IN NS L.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
. 6D IN NS M.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
A.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN A 198.41.0.4
B.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN A 192.228.79.201
C.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN A 192.33.4.12
D.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN A 128.8.10.90
E.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN A 192.203.230.10
F.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN A 192.5.5.241
G.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN A 192.112.36.4
H.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN A 128.63.2.53
I.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN A 192.36.148.17
J.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN A 192.58.128.30
K.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN A 193.0.14.129
L.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN A 199.7.83.42
M.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN A 202.12.27.33
EOF

The root.hints file is a list of root name servers. This file must be updated periodically with the dig utility.
A current copy of root.hints can be obtained from ftp://rs.internic.net/domain/named.root. Consult the BIND 9
Administrator Reference Manual for details.
Create or modify resolv.conf to use the new name server with the following commands:

Note
Replace <yourdomain.com> with your own valid domain name.

cp /etc/resolv.conf /etc/resolv.conf.bak &&

cat > /etc/resolv.conf << "EOF"
search <yourdomain.com>
nameserver 127.0.0.1
EOF

516
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Set permissions on the chroot jail with the following command:

chown -R named.named /srv/named

Boot Script
To start the DNS server at boot, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/bind init script included in the
blfs-bootscripts-20080816 package.
make install-bind
Now start BIND with the new boot script:
/etc/rc.d/init.d/bind start

Testing BIND
Test out the new BIND 9 installation. First query the local host address with dig:
dig -x 127.0.0.1
Now try an external name lookup, taking note of the speed difference in repeated lookups due to the caching. Run
the dig command twice on the same address:
dig www.linuxfromscratch.org &&
dig www.linuxfromscratch.org
You can see almost instantaneous results with the named caching lookups. Consult the BIND Administrator Reference
Manual located at doc/arm/Bv9ARM.html in the package source tree, for further configuration options.

Contents
Installed Programs: dig, dnssec-keygen, dnssec-signzone, host, isc-config.sh, lwresd, named,
named-checkconf, named-checkzone, nslookup, nsupdate, rndc, and rndc-confgen
Installed Libraries: libbind9.{so,a}, libdns.{so,a}, libisc.{so,a}, libisccc.{so,a}, libisccfg.{so,a}, and
liblwres.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /srv/named, /usr/include/bind9, /usr/include/dns, /usr/include/dst, /usr/include/isc,
/usr/include/isccc, /usr/include/isccfg, /usr/include/lwres, and
/usr/share/doc/bind-9.4.1-P1

Short Descriptions
dig interrogates DNS servers.
dnssec-keygen is a key generator for secure DNS.
dnssec-signzone generates signed versions of zone files.
host is a utility for DNS lookups.
lwresd is a caching-only name server for local process use.
named is the name server daemon.
named-checkconf checks the syntax of named.conf files.
named-checkzone checks zone file validity.

517
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

nslookup is a program used to query Internet domain nameservers.

nsupdate is used to submit DNS update requests.
rndc controls the operation of BIND.
rndc-confgen generates rndc.conf files.

518
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

NFS Utilities-1.1.2
Introduction to NFS Utilities
The NFS Utilities package contains the userspace server and client tools necessary to use the kernel's NFS abilities.
NFS is a protocol that allows sharing file systems over the network.

Package information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/nfs/nfs-utils-1.1.2.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: 76ee9274c2b867839427eba91b327f03
• Download size: 778 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 8.2 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

NFS Utilities Dependencies

Required
portmap-6.0 (Runtime dependency)
Optional
TCP Wrapper-7.6
Optional for NFSv4 Support
pkg-config-0.22, libevent, and libnsfidmap
Optional for GSS (RPC Security) Support
pkg-config-0.22, MIT Kerberos V5-1.6 or Heimdal-1.1 or libgssapi, and librpcsecgss
Optional for SPKM-3 Support
SPKM-3

Kernel Configuration
Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:
File systems:
Network File Systems:
NFS File System Support: M or Y
NFS Server Support: M or Y
Select the appropriate sub-options that appear when the above options are selected.

Installation of NFS Utilities

Before you compile the program, ensure that the nobody user and nogroup group have been created. You can add
them by running the following commands as the root user:
groupadd -g 99 nogroup &&
useradd -c "Unprivileged Nobody" -d /dev/null -g nogroup \
-s /bin/false -u 99 nobody

519
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Note
The classic uid and gid values are 65534 which is also -2 when interpreted as a signed 16-bit number. These
values impact other files on some filesystems that do not have support for sparse files. The nobody and
nogroup values are relatively arbitrary. The impact on a server is nil if the exports file is configured
correctly. If it is misconfigured, an ls -l or ps listing will show a uid or gid number of 65534 instead of a
name. The client uses nobody only as the user running rpc.statd.

Install NFS Utilities by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-nfsv4 \
--disable-gss &&
make

If your /usr directory is NFS mounted, you should install the executables in /sbin by passing an additional
parameter --sbindir=/sbin to the above ./configure command.
This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--disable-nfsv4: Disables support for NFS version 4.

--disable-gss: Disables support for RPCSEC GSS (RPC Security).

Configuring NFS Utilities

Server Configuration
/etc/exports contains the exported directories on NFS servers. Refer to the exports.5 manual page for the
syntax of this file. Also refer to the "NFS HowTo" available at http://nfs.sourceforge.net/nfs-howto/ for information
on how to configure the servers and clients in a secure manner. For example, for sharing the /home directory over
the local network, the following line may be added:

/home <192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0>(rw,subtree_check,anonuid=99,anongid=99)

Boot Script

Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/nfs-server init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20080816 package to

start the server at boot.

make install-nfs-server

520
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now create the /etc/sysconfig/nfs-server configuration file:

cat > /etc/sysconfig/nfs-server << "EOF"

PORT="2049"
PROCESSES="8"
QUOTAS="no"
KILLDELAY="10"
EOF

tcpwrappers Configuration

If you have TCP Wrapper-7.6 installed and there is a restrictive /etc/hosts.deny file, ensure you have an entry
in the /etc/hosts.allow file for access from the portmap daemon. See the man page in section 5 for hosts_access
for details on creating appropriate rules.

Client Configuration
/etc/fstab contains the directories that are to be mounted on the client. Alternately the partitions can be mounted
by using the mount command with the proper options. To mount the /home and /usr partitions, add the following
to the /etc/fstab:

<server-name>:/home /home nfs rw,_netdev,rsize=8192,wsize=8192 0 0

<server-name>:/usr /usr nfs ro,_netdev,rsize=8192 0 0

Boot Script

Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/nfs-client init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20080816 package to

start the client services at boot.

make install-nfs-client

To automatically mount nfs filesystems, clients will also need to install the netfs bootscript as described in
Configuring for Network Filesystems.

Contents
Installed Programs: exportfs, mount.nfs, mount.nfs4, nfsstat, rpc.mountd, rpc.nfsd, rpc.statd, rpcdebug,
showmount, sm-notify, start-statd and umount.nfs as well as umount.nfs4
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: /var/lib/nfs

Short Descriptions
exportfs maintains a list of NFS exported file systems.
mount.nfs Used to mount a network share using NFS
mount.nfs4 Used to mount a network share using NFSv4
nfsstat prints NFS statistics.
rpc.mountd implements the NFS mount protocol on an NFS server.
rpc.nfsd implements the user level part of the NFS service on the server.

521
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

rpc.statd is used by the NFS file locking service. Run on both sides, client as well as server, when you want
file locking enabled.
rpcdebug sets or clears the kernel's NFS client and server debug flags.
showmount displays mount information for an NFS server.
sm-notify is used to send Network Status Monitor reboot messages.
start-statd is a script called by nfsmount when mounting a filesystem with locking enabled, if statd does not
appear to be running. It can be customised with whatever flags are appropriate for the site.
umount.nfs Used to unmount a network share using NFS
umount.nfs4 Used to unmount a network share using NFSv4

522
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

OpenSSH-4.7p1
Introduction to OpenSSH
The OpenSSH package contains ssh clients and the sshd daemon. This is useful for encrypting authentication and
subsequent traffic over a network.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://sunsite.ualberta.ca/pub/OpenBSD/OpenSSH/portable/openssh-4.7p1.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.openbsd.org/pub/OpenBSD/OpenSSH/portable/openssh-4.7p1.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 50a800fd2c6def9e9a53068837e87b91
• Download size: 968 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 16.2 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (additional 1.2 SBU to run the test suite)

OpenSSH Dependencies
Required
OpenSSL-0.9.8g
Optional
Linux-PAM-0.99.10.0, TCP Wrapper-7.6, X Window System, MIT Kerberos V5-1.6 or Heimdal-1.1, Net-tools-1.60,
Sysstat-7.0.4, libedit (provides a command-line history feature to sftp), OpenSC, and libsectok

Installation of OpenSSH
OpenSSH runs as two processes when connecting to other computers. The first process is a privileged process and
controls the issuance of privileges as necessary. The second process communicates with the network. Additional
installation steps are necessary to set up the proper environment, which are performed by issuing the following
commands as the root user:
install -v -m700 -d /var/lib/sshd &&
chown -v root:sys /var/lib/sshd &&
groupadd -g 50 sshd &&
useradd -c 'sshd PrivSep' -d /var/lib/sshd -g sshd \
-s /bin/false -u 50 sshd
OpenSSH is very sensitive to changes in the linked OpenSSL libraries. If you recompile OpenSSL, OpenSSH may
fail to startup. An alternative is to link against the static OpenSSL library. To link against the static library, execute
the following command:
sed -i 's@-lcrypto@/usr/lib/libcrypto.a -ldl@' configure
Install OpenSSH by running the following commands:
sed -i 's@ -ldes@@' configure &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc/ssh --datadir=/usr/share/sshd \
--libexecdir=/usr/lib/openssh --with-md5-passwords \
--with-privsep-path=/var/lib/sshd \
--with-xauth=/usr/bin/xauth &&
make

523
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

If you linked tcp_wrappers into the build using the --with-tcp-wrappers parameter, ensure you add 127.0.0.1
to the sshd line in /etc/hosts.allow if you have a restrictive /etc/hosts.deny file, or the test suite will
fail. Additionally, the testsuite requires an installed copy of scp to complete the mulitplexing tests. To run the test
suite, issue the following commnds as the root user:

if test -f /usr/bin/scp
then
mv /usr/bin/scp /usr/bin/scp-bak
fi &&
cp scp /usr/bin/scp &&
make tests 2>&1 | tee check.log
grep "FATAL" check.log

If the above command produces no 'FATAL' errors, then proceed with the installation, again as the root user:

rm /usr/bin/scp &&
if test -f /usr/bin/scp-bak
then
rm /usr/bin/scp-bak
fi &&
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/openssh-4.7p1 &&
install -v -m644 INSTALL LICENCE OVERVIEW README* WARNING.RNG \
/usr/share/doc/openssh-4.7p1

Command Explanations
sed -i 's@ -ldes@@' configure: This command fixes a build crash if you used the --with-kerberos5 parameter
and you built the Heimdal package in accordance with the BLFS instructions. The command is harmless in all other
instances.
--sysconfdir=/etc/ssh: This prevents the configuration files from being installed in /usr/etc.
--datadir=/usr/share/sshd: This switch puts the Ssh.bin file (used for SmartCard authentication) in
/usr/share/sshd.
--with-md5-passwords: This is required with the default configuration of Shadow password suite in LFS.
--libexecdir=/usr/lib/openssh: This parameter changes the installation path of some programs to
/usr/lib/openssh instead of /usr/libexec.
--with-pam: This parameter enables Linux-PAM support in the build.
--with-xauth=/usr/bin/xauth: Set the default location for the xauth binary for X authentication. Change
the location if xauth will be installed to a different path. This can also be controlled from sshd_config with the
XAuthLocation keyword. You can omit this switch if Xorg is already installed.

Configuring OpenSSH
Config Files
~/.ssh/*, /etc/ssh/ssh_config, and /etc/ssh/sshd_config

524
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

There are no required changes to any of these files. However, you may wish to view the /etc/ssh/ files and make
any changes appropriate for the security of your system. One recommended change is that you disable root login
via ssh. Execute the following command as the root user to disable root login via ssh:

echo "PermitRootLogin no" >> /etc/ssh/sshd_config

If you added LinuxPAM support, then you will need to add a configuration file for sshd. Issue the following commands
as the root user:

sed 's@d/login@d/sshd@g' /etc/pam.d/login > /etc/pam.d/sshd &&

chmod 644 /etc/pam.d/sshd

Additional configuration information can be found in the man pages for sshd, ssh and ssh-agent.

Boot Script
To start the SSH server at system boot, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/sshd init script included in the
blfs-bootscripts-20080816 package.

make install-sshd

Contents
Installed Programs: scp, sftp, sftp-server, slogin, ssh, sshd, ssh-add, ssh-agent, ssh-keygen, ssh-keyscan,
and ssh-keysign
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: /etc/ssh, /var/lib/sshd and /usr/share/doc/openssh-4.7p1

Short Descriptions
scp is a file copy program that acts like rcp except it uses an encrypted protocol.
sftp is an FTP-like program that works over SSH1 and SSH2 protocols.
sftp-server is an SFTP server subsystem. This program is not normally called directly by the user.
slogin is a symlink to ssh.
ssh is an rlogin/rsh-like client program except it uses an encrypted protocol.
sshd is a daemon that listens for ssh login requests.
ssh-add is a tool which adds keys to the ssh-agent.
ssh-agent is an authentication agent that can store private keys.
ssh-keygen is a key generation tool.
ssh-keyscan is a utility for gathering public host keys from a number of hosts.
ssh-keysign is used by ssh to access the local host keys and generate the digital signature required during
hostbased authentication with SSH protocol version 2. This program is not normally called directly
by the user.

525
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

ProFTPD-1.3.0
Introduction to ProFTPD
The ProFTPD package contains a secure and highly configurable FTP daemon. This is useful for serving large file
archives over a network.

Package Information
•
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.proftpd.org/distrib/source/proftpd-1.3.0.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: fae47d01b52e035eb6b7190e74c17722
• Download size: 1.3 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 12.2 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

ProFTPD Dependencies

Optional

Linux-PAM-0.99.10.0

Installation of ProFTPD
For security reasons, you should install ProFTPD using an unprivileged user and group. As the root user:

groupadd -g 46 proftpd &&

useradd -c proftpd -d /srv/ftp -g proftpd \
-s /usr/bin/proftpdshell -u 46 proftpd &&
install -v -d -m775 -o proftpd -g proftpd /srv/ftp &&
ln -v -s /bin/false /usr/bin/proftpdshell &&
echo /usr/bin/proftpdshell >> /etc/shells

Install ProFTPD as an unprivileged user by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc \

--localstatedir=/var/run &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
install -v -d -m775 -o proftpd -g proftpd /srv/ftp: Create the home directory for ProFTPD.
ln -v -s /bin/false /usr/bin/proftpdshell: Set the default shell as a link to an invalid shell.
echo /usr/bin/proftpdshell >> /etc/shells: Fake a valid shell for compatibility purposes.

526
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Note
The above two commands can be omitted if the following directive is placed in the configuration file:

RequireValidShell off

By default, proftpd will require that users logging in have valid shells. The RequireValidShell directive
turns off this requirement. This is only recommended if you are setting up your FTP server exclusively for
anonymous downloads.

--sysconfdir=/etc: This prevents the configuration files from going to /usr/etc.

--localstatedir=/var/run: This uses /var/run instead of /usr/var for lock files.

Configuring ProFTPD
Config Files
/etc/proftpd.conf

Configuration Information
This is a simple, download-only sample configuration. See the ProFTPD documentation in
/usr/share/doc/proftpd and consult the website at http://www.proftpd.org/ for example configurations.

cat > /etc/proftpd.conf << "EOF"

# This is a basic ProFTPD configuration file
# It establishes a single server and a single anonymous login.

ServerName "ProFTPD Default Installation"

ServerType standalone
DefaultServer on

# Port 21 is the standard FTP port.

Port 21
# Umask 022 is a good standard umask to prevent new dirs and files
# from being group and world writable.
Umask 022

# To prevent DoS attacks, set the maximum number of child processes

# to 30. If you need to allow more than 30 concurrent connections
# at once, simply increase this value. Note that this ONLY works
# in standalone mode, in inetd mode you should use an inetd server
# that allows you to limit maximum number of processes per service
# (such as xinetd)
MaxInstances 30

# Set the user and group that the server normally runs at.
User proftpd
Group proftpd

527
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

# Normally, files should be overwritable.

<Directory /*>
AllowOverwrite on
</Directory>

# A basic anonymous configuration, no upload directories.

<Anonymous ~proftpd>
User proftpd
Group proftpd
# Clients should be able to login with "anonymous" as well as "proftpd"
UserAlias anonymous proftpd

# Limit the maximum number of anonymous logins

MaxClients 10

# 'welcome.msg' should be displayed at login, and '.message' displayed

# in each newly chdired directory.
DisplayLogin welcome.msg
DisplayFirstChdir .message

# Limit WRITE everywhere in the anonymous chroot

<Limit WRITE>
DenyAll
</Limit>
</Anonymous>
EOF

Boot Script
Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/proftpd init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20080816 package.

make install-proftpd

Contents
Installed Programs: ftpcount, ftpdctl, ftptop, ftpwho, ftpshut, proftpd
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directory: /var/run/proftpd

Short Descriptions
proftpd is the FTP daemon.
ftpcount shows the current number of connections.
ftpshut shuts down all proftpd servers at a given time.
ftptop displays running status on connections.
ftpwho shows current process information for each session.

528
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Samba-3.0.30
Introduction to Samba
The Samba package provides file and print services to SMB/CIFS clients and Windows networking to Linux clients.
Samba can also be configured as a Windows NT 4.0 Domain Controller replacement (with caveats working with NT
PDC's and BDC's), a file/print server acting as a member of a Windows NT 4.0 or Active Directory domain and a
NetBIOS (rfc1001/1002) nameserver (which amongst other things provides LAN browsing support).

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://us1.samba.org/samba/ftp/stable/samba-3.0.30.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://us5.samba.org/pub/samba-ftp/samba-3.0.30.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: d647ec1f34414fa8691f74536dcccfb5
• Download size: 20 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 238 MB
• Estimated build time: 2.3 SBU (additional 1.0 SBU to run the test suite)

Samba Dependencies

Optional

popt-1.10.4, Linux-PAM-0.99.10.0, CUPS-1.2.12, OpenLDAP-2.3.39, Gamin-0.1.9, Heimdal-1.1 or MIT Kerberos

V5-1.6, Python-2.5.2 (to build Samba API bindings for the Python installation), libacl (requires libattr), and Valgrind
(optionally used by the test suite)

Installation of Samba
Note
If you wish to run the test suite after the binaries are built, you must add the
--enable-socket-wrapper parameter to the configure script below. You may want to run configure
with the --help parameter first. There may be other parameters needed to take advantage of optional
dependencies.

Install Samba by running the following commands:

cd source &&

./configure \
--prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
--with-piddir=/var/run \
--with-pammodulesdir=/lib/security \
--with-fhs \
--with-smbmount &&
make

529
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

You must become the root user to run the test framework. To run the tests, issue: make test. If you have Linux-PAM
installed and built the PAM library modules, you can perform a dlopen test by issuing: make test_pam_modules.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
mv -v /usr/lib/samba/libsmbclient.so /usr/lib &&
ln -v -sf ../libsmbclient.so /usr/lib/samba &&
ln -v -sf libsmbclient.so /usr/lib/libsmbclient.so.0 &&

chmod -v 644 /usr/include/lib{smbclient,msrpc}.h &&

install -v -m755 nsswitch/libnss_win{s,bind}.so /lib &&

ln -v -sf libnss_winbind.so /lib/libnss_winbind.so.2 &&
ln -v -sf libnss_wins.so /lib/libnss_wins.so.2 &&

install -v -m644 ../examples/smb.conf.default /etc/samba &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/samba-3.0.30 &&

install -v -m644 ../docs/*.pdf /usr/share/doc/samba-3.0.30 &&
ln -v -s ../../samba/swat /usr/share/doc/samba-3.0.30
If you passed the --with-python option to the configure script, issue the following command as the root user
to install the Python extensions:
make python_install

Command Explanations
--sysconfdir=/etc: Sets the configuration file directory to avoid the default of /usr/etc.
--localstatedir=/var: Sets the variable data directory to avoid the default of /usr/var.
--with-fhs: Assigns all other file paths in a manner compliant with the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (FHS).
--with-smbmount: Orders the creation of an extra binary for use by the mount command so that mounting remote
SMB (Windows) shares becomes no more complex than mounting remote NFS shares.
--with-pam: Use this parameter to link Linux-PAM into the build. This also builds the pam_winbind.so and
pam_smbpass.so PAM modules. You can find instructions on how to configure and use the pam_winbind.
somodule by running man winbindd.
mv -v /usr/lib/samba/libsmbclient.so ...; ln -v -sf ../libsmbclient.so ...: The libsmbclient.so library is needed
by other packages. This command moves it to a location where other packages can find it.
install -v -m755 nsswitch/libnss_win{s,bind}.so /lib: The nss libraries are not installed by default. If you intend to
use winbindd for domain auth, and/or WINS name resolution, you need these libraries.
ln -v -sf libnss_winbind.so /lib/libnss_winbind.so.2 and ln -v -sf libnss_wins.so /lib/libnss_wins.so.2: These
symlinks are required by glibc to use the NSS libraries.
install -v -m644 ../examples/smb.conf.default /etc/samba: This copies a default smb.conf file into
/etc/samba. This sample configuration will not work until you copy it to /etc/samba/smb.conf and make
the appropriate changes for your installation. See the configuration section for minimum values which must be set.

530
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Configuring Samba
Config Files
/etc/samba/smb.conf

Mounting Shares by Unprivileged Users

If it is desired for unprivileged users to directly mount (and unmount) SMB and CIFS shares, the smbmnt,
smbumount, mount.cifs and umount.cifs commands must be setuid root. Note that users can only mount
SMB/CIFS shares on a mount point owned by that user (requires write access also). If desired, change these programs
to setuid root by issuing the following command as the root user:
chmod -v 4755 /usr/bin/smb{mnt,umount} \
/usr/sbin/{,u}mount.cifs

Printing to SMB Clients

If you use CUPS for print services, and you wish to print to a printer attached to an SMB client, you need to create
an SMB backend device. To create the device, issue the following command as the root user:
ln -v -sf /usr/bin/smbspool /usr/lib/cups/backend/smb

Configuration Information
Due to the complexity and the many various uses for Samba, complete configuration for all the package's capabilities
is well beyond the scope of the BLFS book. This section provides instructions to configure the /etc/samba/smb.
conf file for two common scenarios. The complete contents of /etc/samba/smb.conf will depend on the
purpose of Samba installation.

Note
You may find it easier to copy the configuration parameters shown below into an empty
/etc/samba/smb.conf file instead of copying and editing the default file as mentioned in the
“Command Explanations” section. How you create/edit the /etc/samba/smb.conf file will be left up
to you. Do ensure the file is only writeable by the root user (mode 644).

Scenario 1: Minimal Standalone Client-Only Installation

Choose this variant if you only want to transfer files using smbclient, mount Windows shares and print to Windows
printers, and don't want to share your files and printers to Windows machines.
A /etc/samba/smb.conf file with the following three parameters is sufficient:
[global]
workgroup = MYGROUP
dos charset = cp850
unix charset = ISO-8859-1
The values in this example specify that the computer belongs to a Windows workgroup named “MYGROUP”, uses
the “cp850” character set on the wire when talking to MS-DOS and MS Windows 9x, and that the filenames are
stored in the “ISO-8859-1” encoding on the disk. Adjust these values appropriately for your installation. The “unix
charset” value must be the same as the output of locale charmap when executed with the LANG variable set to your
preferred locale, otherwise the ls command may not display correct filenames of downloaded files.

531
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

There is no need to run any Samba servers in this scenario, thus you don't need to install the provided bootscripts.

Scenario 2: Standalone File/Print Server

Choose this variant if you want to share your files and printers to Windows machines in your workgroup in addition
to the capabilities described in Scenario 1.

In this case, the /etc/samba/smb.conf.default file may be a good template to start from. Also add “dos
charset” and “unix charset” parameters to the “[global]” section as described in Scenario 1 in order to prevent filename
corruption.

The following configuration file creates a separate share for each user's home directory and also makes all printers
available to Windows machines:

[global]
workgroup = MYGROUP
dos charset = cp850
unix charset = ISO-8859-1

[homes]
comment = Home Directories
browseable = no
writable = yes

[printers]
comment = All Printers
path = /var/spool/samba
browseable = no
guest ok = no
printable = yes

Other parameters you may wish to customize in the “[global]” section include:

server string =
security =
hosts allow =
load printers =
log file =
max log size =
socket options =
local master =

Reference the comments in the /etc/samba/smb.conf.default file for information regarding these
parameters.

Since the smbd and nmbd daemons are needed in this case, install the samba bootscript. Be sure to run smbpasswd
(with the -a option to add users) to enable and set passwords for all accounts that need Samba access, or use the
SWAT web interface (see below) to do the same. Using the default Samba passdb backend, any user you attempt to
add will also be required to exist in the /etc/passwd file.

532
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Advanced Requirements

More complex scenarios involving domain control or membership are possible if the right flags are passed to the
./configure script when the package is built. Such setups are advanced topics and cannot be adequately covered in
BLFS. Many complete books have been written on these topics alone. It should be noted, however, that a Samba BDC
cannot be used as a fallback for a Windows PDC, and conversely, a Windows BDC cannot be used as a fallback for
a Samba PDC. Also in some domain membership scenarios, the winbindd daemon and the corresponding bootscript
are needed.

There is quite a bit of documentation available which covers many of these advanced configurations. Point your web
browser to the links below to view some of the documentation included with the Samba package:

• Using Samba, 2nd Edition; a popular book published by O'Reilly file:///usr/share/samba/swat/using_samba/toc.

html
• The Official Samba HOWTO and Reference Guide file:///usr/share/samba/swat/help/Samba-HOWTO-
Collection/index.html
• Samba-3 by Example file:///usr/share/samba/swat/help/Samba-Guide/index.html
• The Samba-3 man Pages file:///usr/share/samba/swat/help/samba.7.html

Configuring SWAT
The built in SWAT (Samba Web Administration Tool) utility can be used for basic configuration of the Samba
installation, but because it may be inconvenient, undesirable or perhaps even impossible to gain access to the console,
BLFS recommends setting up access to SWAT using Stunnel. Without Stunnel, the root password is transmitted in
clear text over the wire, and is considered an unacceptable security risk. After considering the security implications
of using SWAT without Stunnel, and you still wish to implement SWAT without it, instructions are provided at this
end of this section.

Setting up SWAT using Stunnel

First install, or ensure you have already installed, the Stunnel-4.21 package.

Next you must add entries to /etc/services and modify the inetd/xinetd configuration.

Add swat and swat_tunnel entries to /etc/services with the following commands issued as the root user:

echo "swat 904/tcp" >> /etc/services &&

echo "swat_tunnel 905/tcp" >> /etc/services

If inetd is used, the following command will add the swat_tunnel entry to /etc/inetd.conf (as user root):

echo "swat_tunnel stream tcp nowait.400 root /usr/sbin/swat swat" \

>> /etc/inetd.conf

Issue a killall -HUP inetd to reread the changed inetd.conf file.

533
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

If you use xinetd, the following command will create the Samba file as /etc/xinetd.d/swat_tunnel (you
may need to modify or remove the “only_from” line to include the desired host[s]):

cat >> /etc/xinetd.d/swat_tunnel << "EOF"

# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/swat_tunnel

service swat_tunnel
{
port = 905
socket_type = stream
wait = no
only_from = 127.0.0.1
user = root
server = /usr/sbin/swat
log_on_failure += USERID
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/swat_tunnel
EOF

Issue a killall -HUP xinetd to read the new /etc/xinetd.d/swat_tunnel file.

Next, you must add an entry for the swat service to the /etc/stunnel/stunnel.conf file (as user root):

cat >> /etc/stunnel/stunnel.conf << "EOF"

[swat]
accept = 904
connect = 905
TIMEOUTclose = 1

EOF

Restart the stunnel daemon using the following command as the root user:

/etc/rc.d/init.d/stunnel restart

SWAT can be launched by pointing your web browser to https://<CA_DN_field>:904. Substitute the
hostname listed in the DN field of the CA certificate used with Stunnel for <CA_DN_field>.

Setting up SWAT without Stunnel

Warning
BLFS does not recommend using these procedures because of the security risk involved. However, in
a home network environment and disclosure of the root password is an acceptable risk, the following
instructions are provided for your convenience.

Add a swat entry to /etc/services with the following command issued as the root user:

echo "swat 904/tcp" >> /etc/services

534
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

If inetd is used, the following command issued as the root user will add a swat entry to the /etc/inetd.conf
file:

echo "swat stream tcp nowait.400 root /usr/sbin/swat swat" \

>> /etc/inetd.conf

Issue a killall -HUP inetd to reread the changed inetd.conf file.

If xinetd is used, the following command issued as the root user will create an /etc/xinetd.d/swat file:

cat >> /etc/xinetd.d/swat << "EOF"

# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/swat

service swat
{
port = 904
socket_type = stream
wait = no
only_from = 127.0.0.1
user = root
server = /usr/sbin/swat
log_on_failure += USERID
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/swat
EOF

Issue a killall -HUP xinetd to read the new /etc/xinetd.d/swat file.

SWAT can be launched by pointing your web browser to http://localhost:904.

Note
If you linked Linux-PAM into the Samba build, you'll need to create an /etc/pam.d/samba file.

Boot Script
For your convenience, boot scripts have been provided for Samba. There are two included in the
blfs-bootscripts-20080816 package. The first, samba, will start the smbd and nmbd daemons needed to provide
SMB/CIFS services. The second script, winbind, starts the winbindd daemon, used for providing Windows domain
services to Linux clients.
The default Samba installation uses the nobody user for guest access to the server. This can be overridden by setting
the guest account = parameter in the /etc/samba/smb.conf file. If you utilize the guest account =
parameter, ensure this user exists in the /etc/passwd file. To use the default user, issue the following commands
as the root user:

groupadd -g 99 nogroup &&

useradd -c "Unprivileged Nobody" -d /dev/null -g nogroup \
-s /bin/false -u 99 nobody

535
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Install the samba script with the following command issued as the root user:

make install-samba

If you also need the winbind script:

make install-winbind

Contents
Installed Programs: eventlogadm, findsmb, mount.cifs, mount.smbfs, net, nmbd, nmblookup, ntlm_auth,
pdbedit, profiles, rpcclient, smbcacls, smbclient, smbcontrol, smbcquotas, smbd,
smbget, smbmnt, smbmount, smbpasswd, smbspool, smbstatus, smbtar, smbtree,
smbumount, swat, tdbbackup, tdbdump, tdbtool, testparm, unmount.cifs, wbinfo and
winbindd
Installed Libraries: libnss_winbind.so, libnss_wins.so, libsmbclient.so, libmsrpc.so, the pam_winbind.so
and pam_smbpass.so PAM libraries, and assorted character set, filesystem and support
modules.
Installed Directories: /etc/samba, /usr/lib/python2.5/site-packages/samba, /usr/lib/samba,
/usr/share/doc/samba-3.0.30, /usr/share/samba, /var/lib/samba and /var/log/samba

Short Descriptions
eventlogadm is used to write records to eventlogs from STDIN, add the specified source and DLL eventlog
registry entries and display the active eventlog names (from smb.conf).
findsmb lists information about machines that respond to SMB name queries on a subnet.
mount.cifs mounts a Linux CIFS filesystem. It is usually invoked indirectly by the mount command when
using the -t cifs option.
mount.smbfs is a symlink to smbmount which provides /bin/mount with a way to mount remote Windows (or
Samba) fileshares.
net is a tool for administration of Samba and remote CIFS servers, similar to the net utility for
DOS/Windows.
nmbd is the Samba NetBIOS name server.
nmblookup is used to query NetBIOS names and map them to IP addresses.
ntlm_auth is a tool to allow external access to Winbind's NTLM authentication function.
pdbedit is a tool used to manage the SAM database.
profiles is a utility that reports and changes SIDs in Windows registry files. It currently only supports
Windows NT.
rpcclient is used to execute MS-RPC client side functions.
smbcacls is used to manipulate Windows NT access control lists.
smbclient is a SMB/CIFS access utility, similar to FTP.
smbcontrol is used to control running smbd, nmbd and winbindd daemons.
smbcquotas is used to manipulate Windows NT quotas on SMB file shares.
smbd is the main Samba daemon which provides SMB/CIFS services to clients.

536
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

smbget is a simple utility with wget-like semantics, that can download files from SMB servers. You can
specify the files you would like to download on the command-line.
smbmnt is a helper application used by the smbmount program to do the actual mounting of SMB shares. It
can be installed setuid root if you want unprivileged users to be able to mount their SMB shares.
smbmount is usually invoked as mount.smbfs by the mount command when using the -t smbfs option,
mounts a Linux SMB filesystem.
smbpasswd changes a user's Samba password.
smbspool sends a print job to an SMB printer.
smbstatus reports current Samba connections.
smbtar is a shell script used for backing up SMB/CIFS shares directly to Linux tape drives or a file.
smbtree is a text-based SMB network browser.
smbumount is used by unprivileged users to unmount SMB filesystems, provided that it is setuid root.
swat is the Samba Web Administration Tool.
tdbbackup is a tool for backing up or validating the integrity of Samba .tdb files.
tdbdump is a tool used to print the contents of a Samba .tdb file.
tdbtool is a tool which allows simple database manipulation from the command line.
testparm checks an smb.conf file for proper syntax.
umount.cifs is used by normal, non-root users, to unmount their own Common Internet File System (CIFS)
mounts.
wbinfo queries a running winbindd daemon.
winbindd resolves names from Windows NT servers.

537
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

vsftpd-2.0.5
Introduction to vsftpd
The vsftpd package contains a very secure and very small FTP daemon. This is useful for serving files over a network.

Package Information
•
• Download (FTP): ftp://vsftpd.beasts.org/users/cevans/vsftpd-2.0.5.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 146062e8b2f93af43ff6c2c770feea94
• Download size: 152 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 1.5 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

vsftpd Dependencies
Optional
Linux-PAM-0.99.10.0, OpenSSL-0.9.8g, TCP Wrapper-7.6, and libcap

Installation of vsftpd
For security reasons, running vsftpd as an unprivileged user and group is encouraged. Also, a user should be created
to map anonymous users. As the root user, create the needed directories, users, and groups with the following
commands:
install -v -d -m 0755 /var/ftp/empty &&
install -v -d -m 0755 /home/ftp &&
groupadd -g 47 vsftpd &&
useradd -d /dev/null -c "vsftpd User" -g vsftpd -s /bin/false \
-u 47 vsftpd &&
groupadd -g 45 ftp &&
useradd -c anonymous_user -d /home/ftp -g ftp -s /bin/false -u 45 ftp
Build vsftpd as an unprivileged user using the following command:
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Once again, become the root user and install vsftpd with the following commands:
install -v -m 755 vsftpd /usr/sbin/vsftpd &&
install -v -m 644 vsftpd.8 /usr/share/man/man8 &&
install -v -m 644 vsftpd.conf.5 /usr/share/man/man5 &&
install -v -m 644 vsftpd.conf /etc

Command Explanations
install -v -d ...: This creates the directory that anonymous users will use (/home/ftp) and the directory the daemon
will chroot into (/var/ftp/empty).

538
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Note
/home/ftp should not be owned by the user vsftpd, or the user ftp.

echo "#define VSF_BUILD_TCPWRAPPERS" >>builddefs.h: Use this prior to make to add support for
tcpwrappers.
echo "#define VSF_BUILD_SSL" >>builddefs.h: Use this prior to make to add support for SSL.
install -v -m ...: The Makefile uses non-standard installation paths. These commands install the files in /usr
and /etc.

Configuring vsftpd
Config Files
/etc/vsftpd.conf

Configuration Information
vsftpd comes with a basic anonymous-only configuration file that was copied to /etc above. While still as root, this
file should be modified because it is now recommended to run vsftpd in standalone mode as opposed to inetd/xinetd
mode. Also, you should specify the privilege separation user created above. Finally, you should specify the chroot
directory. man vsftpd.conf will give you all the details.

cat >> /etc/vsftpd.conf << "EOF"

background=YES
listen=YES
nopriv_user=vsftpd
secure_chroot_dir=/var/ftp/empty
EOF

Boot Script
Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/vsftpd init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20080816 package.

make install-vsftpd

Contents
Installed Program: vsftpd
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: /var/ftp, /var/ftp/empty, /home/ftp

Short Descriptions
vsftpd is the FTP daemon.

539
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

xinetd-2.3.14
Introduction to xinetd
xinetd is the eXtended InterNET services daemon, a secure replacement for inetd.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.xinetd.org/xinetd-2.3.14.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/xinetd-2.3.14.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 567382d7972613090215c6c54f9b82d9
• Download size: 301 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 4.4 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

xinetd Dependencies

Optional

TCP Wrapper-7.6 and Avahi

Installation of xinetd
Install xinetd by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --with-loadavg &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Configuring xinetd
Config Files
/etc/xinetd.conf and /etc/xinetd.d/*

540
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Configuration Information
Ensure the path to all daemons is /usr/sbin, rather than the default path of /usr/etc, and install the xinetd
configuration files by running the following commands as the root user:

cat > /etc/xinetd.conf << "EOF"

# Begin /etc/xinetd
# Configuration file for xinetd
#

defaults
{
instances = 60
log_type = SYSLOG daemon
log_on_success = HOST PID USERID
log_on_failure = HOST USERID
cps = 25 30
}

# All service files are stored in the /etc/xinetd.d directory

#
includedir /etc/xinetd.d
# End /etc/xinetd
EOF
All of the following files have the statement, "disable = yes". To activate any of the services, this statement will need
to be changed to "disable = no".

Note
The following files are listed to demonstrate classic xinetd applications. In many cases, these applications
are not needed. In some cases, the applications are considered security risks. For example, telnet, rlogin,
rexec, and rsh transmit unencrypted usernames and passwords over the network and can be easily replaced
with a more secure alternative: ssh.

install -v -d -m755 /etc/xinetd.d &&

cat > /etc/xinetd.d/login << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/login

service login
{
disable = yes
socket_type = stream
protocol = tcp
wait = no
user = root
server = /usr/sbin/in.rlogind
log_type = SYSLOG local4 info
}

541
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

# End /etc/xinetd.d/login
EOF
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/shell << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/shell

service shell
{
disable = yes
socket_type = stream
wait = no
user = root
instances = UNLIMITED
flags = IDONLY
log_on_success += USERID
server = /usr/sbin/in.rshd
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/shell
EOF
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/exec << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/exec

service exec
{
disable = yes
socket_type = stream
wait = no
user = root
server = /usr/sbin/in.rexecd
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/exec
EOF
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/comsat << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/comsat

service comsat
{
disable = yes
socket_type = dgram
wait = yes
user = nobody
group = tty
server = /usr/sbin/in.comsat
}

542
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

# End /etc/xinetd.d/comsat
EOF
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/talk << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/talk

service talk
{
disable = yes
socket_type = dgram
wait = yes
user = root
server = /usr/sbin/in.talkd
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/talk
EOF
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/ntalk << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/ntalk

service ntalk
{
disable = yes
socket_type = dgram
wait = yes
user = root
server = /usr/sbin/in.ntalkd
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/ntalk
EOF
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/telnet << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/telnet

service telnet
{
disable = yes
socket_type = stream
wait = no
user = root
server = /usr/sbin/in.telnetd
bind = 127.0.0.1
log_on_failure += USERID
}

service telnet
{
disable = yes

543
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

socket_type = stream
wait = no
user = root
# server = /usr/sbin/in.telnetd
bind = 192.231.139.175
redirect = 128.138.202.20 23
log_on_failure += USERID
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/telnet
EOF
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/ftp << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/ftp

service ftp
{
disable = yes
socket_type = stream
wait = no
user = root
server = /usr/sbin/in.ftpd
server_args = -l
instances = 4
log_on_success += DURATION USERID
log_on_failure += USERID
access_times = 2:00-8:59 12:00-23:59
nice = 10
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/ftp
EOF
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/tftp << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/tftp

service tftp
{
disable = yes
socket_type = dgram
wait = yes
user = root
server = /usr/sbin/in.tftpd
server_args = -s /tftpboot
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/tftp
EOF
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/finger << "EOF" &&

544
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/finger

service finger
{
disable = yes
socket_type = stream
wait = no
user = nobody
server = /usr/sbin/in.fingerd
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/finger
EOF
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/systat << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/systat

service systat
{
disable = yes
socket_type = stream
wait = no
user = nobody
server = /usr/bin/ps
server_args = -auwwx
only_from = 128.138.209.0
log_on_success = HOST
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/systat
EOF
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/netstat << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/netstat

service netstat
{
disable = yes
socket_type = stream
wait = no
user = nobody
server = /usr/ucb/netstat
server_args = -f inet
only_from = 128.138.209.0
log_on_success = HOST
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/netstat
EOF

545
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

cat > /etc/xinetd.d/echo << "EOF" &&

# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/echo

service echo
{
disable = yes
type = INTERNAL
id = echo-stream
socket_type = stream
protocol = tcp
user = root
wait = no
}

service echo
{
disable = yes
type = INTERNAL
id = echo-dgram
socket_type = dgram
protocol = udp
user = root
wait = yes
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/echo
EOF
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/chargen << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/chargen

service chargen
{
disable = yes
type = INTERNAL
id = chargen-stream
socket_type = stream
protocol = tcp
user = root
wait = no
}

service chargen
{
disable = yes
type = INTERNAL
id = chargen-dgram
socket_type = dgram

546
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

protocol = udp
user = root
wait = yes
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/chargen
EOF
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/daytime << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/daytime

service daytime
{
disable = yes
type = INTERNAL
id = daytime-stream
socket_type = stream
protocol = tcp
user = root
wait = no
}

service daytime
{
disable = yes
type = INTERNAL
id = daytime-dgram
socket_type = dgram
protocol = udp
user = root
wait = yes
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/daytime
EOF
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/time << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/time

service time
{
disable = yes
type = INTERNAL
id = time-stream
socket_type = stream
protocol = tcp
user = root
wait = no
}

547
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

service time
{
disable = yes
type = INTERNAL
id = time-dgram
socket_type = dgram
protocol = udp
user = root
wait = yes
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/time
EOF
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/rstatd << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/rstatd

service rstatd
{
disable = yes
type = RPC
flags = INTERCEPT
rpc_version = 2-4
socket_type = dgram
protocol = udp
server = /usr/sbin/rpc.rstatd
wait = yes
user = root
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/rstatd
EOF
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/rquotad << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/rquotad

service rquotad
{
disable = yes
type = RPC
rpc_version = 1
socket_type = dgram
protocol = udp
wait = yes
user = root
server = /usr/sbin/rpc.rstatd
}

548
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

# End /etc/xinetd.d/rquotad
EOF
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/rusersd << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/rusersd

service rusersd
{
disable = yes
type = RPC
rpc_version = 1-2
socket_type = dgram
protocol = udp
wait = yes
user = root
server = /usr/sbin/rpc.rusersd
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/rusersd
EOF
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/sprayd << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/sprayd

service sprayd
{
disable = yes
type = RPC
rpc_version = 1
socket_type = dgram
protocol = udp
wait = yes
user = root
server = /usr/sbin/rpc.sprayd
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/sprayd
EOF
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/walld << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/walld

service walld
{
disable = yes
type = RPC
rpc_version = 1
socket_type = dgram
protocol = udp

549
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

wait = yes
user = nobody
group = tty
server = /usr/sbin/rpc.rwalld
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/walld
EOF
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/irc << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/irc

service irc
{
disable = yes
socket_type = stream
wait = no
user = root
flags = SENSOR
type = INTERNAL
bind = 192.168.1.30
deny_time = 60
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/irc
EOF
The format of the /etc/xinetd.conf is documented in the xinetd.conf.5 man page. Further information
can be found at http://www.xinetd.org.

Boot Script
As the root user, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/xinetd init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20080816
package.
make install-xinetd
As the root user, use the new boot script to start xinetd:
/etc/rc.d/init.d/xinetd start
Checking the /var/log/daemon.log file should prove quite entertaining. This file may contain entries similar
to the following:
Aug 22 21:40:21 dps10 xinetd[2696]: Server /usr/sbin/in.rlogind is not
executable [line=29]
Aug 22 21:40:21 dps10 xinetd[2696]: Error parsing attribute server -
DISABLING SERVICE [line=29]
Aug 22 21:40:21 dps10 xinetd[2696]: Server /usr/sbin/in.rshd is not
executable [line=42]
These errors are because most of the servers xinetd is trying to control are not installed yet.

550
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: itox, xconv.pl, and xinetd
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: /etc/xinetd.d/

Short Descriptions
itox is a utility used for converting inetd.conf files to xinetd.conf format.
xconv.pl is a Perl script used for converting inetd.conf files to xinetd.conf format, similar to itox.
xinetd is the Internet services daemon.

551
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 20. Mail Server Software

MTAs are the programs which transport mail from one machine to the other. The traditional MTA is Sendmail,
however there are several other choices.
As well as SMTP servers there is a POP server (qpopper) and an IMAP server (Courier-IMAP).

552
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Exim-4.67
Introduction to Exim
The Exim package contains a Mail Transport Agent written by the University of Cambridge, released under the GNU
Public License.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.exim.org/ftp/exim4/exim-4.67.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.exim.org/pub/exim/exim4/exim-4.67.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 9ee83186d9ac99e5ff297112aa6fddf0
• Download size: 1.6 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 15 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Additional formats of the documentation (text-based docs are shipped with the sources) can be downloaded by
following the links shown at http://exim.org/docs.html.

Exim Dependencies

Required

Berkeley DB-4.5.20 (built in LFS) or GDBM-1.8.3 or TDB

Optional

X Window System, OpenLDAP-2.3.39, OpenSSL-0.9.8g or GnuTLS-1.6.3, Cyrus SASL-2.1.22, MySQL-5.0.41,

PostgreSQL-8.2.4, SQLite, TCP Wrapper-7.6, and Linux-PAM-0.99.10.0

Installation of Exim
Before building Exim, as the root user you should create the group and user exim which will run the exim daemon:

groupadd -g 31 exim &&

useradd -d /dev/null -c "Exim Daemon" -g exim -s /bin/false -u 31 exim

Install Exim with the following commands:

sed -e 's,^BIN_DIR.*$,BIN_DIRECTORY=/usr/sbin,' \
-e 's,^CONF.*$,CONFIGURE_FILE=/etc/exim.conf,' \
-e 's,^EXIM_USER.*$,EXIM_USER=exim,' \
-e 's,^EXIM_MONITOR,#EXIM_MONITOR,' src/EDITME > Local/Makefile &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

553
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m644 doc/exim.8 /usr/share/man/man8 &&
install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/exim-4.67 &&
install -v -m644 doc/* /usr/share/doc/exim-4.67 &&
ln -sv exim /usr/sbin/sendmail

Command Explanations
sed -e ... > Local/Makefile: Most of Exim's configuration options are compiled in using the directives in
Local/Makefile which is created from the src/EDITME file. This command specifies the minimum set of
options. Descriptions for the options are listed below.
BIN_DIRECTORY=/usr/sbin: This installs all of Exim's binaries and scripts in /usr/sbin.
CONFIGURE_FILE=/etc/exim.conf: This installs Exim's main configuration file in /etc.
EXIM_USER=exim: This tells Exim that after the daemon no longer needs root privileges, the process hands off
the daemon to the exim user.
#EXIM_MONITOR: This defers building the Exim monitor program, as it requires X Window System support, by
commenting out the EXIM_MONITOR line in the Makefile. If you wish to build the monitor program, omit this
sed command and issue the following command before building the package (modify Local/eximon.conf, if
necessary): cp exim_monitor/EDITME Local/eximon.conf.
ln -sv exim /usr/sbin/sendmail: Creates a link to sendmail for applications which need it. Exim will accept most
Sendmail command-line options.

Adding Additional Functionality

To utilize some or all of the dependency packages, you'll need to modify Local/Makefile to include the
appropriate directives and parameters to link additional libraries before you build Exim. Local/Makefile is
heavily commented with instructions on how to do this. Listed below is additional information to help you link these
dependency packages or add additional functionality.
If you wish to build and install the .info documentation, refer to http://exim.org/exim-html-4.67/doc/html/spec_
html/ch04.html#SECTinsinfdoc.
If you wish to build in Exim's interfaces for calling virus and spam scanning software directly from access control
lists, uncomment the WITH_CONTENT_SCAN=yes parameter and review the information found at http://exim.
org/exim-html-4.67/doc/html/spec_html/ch41.html.
To use a backend database other than Berkeley DB, see the instructions at http://exim.org/exim-html-4.
67/doc/html/spec_html/ch04.html#SECTdb.
For SSL functionality, see the instructions at http://exim.org/exim-html-4.67/doc/html/spec_html/ch04.
html#SECTinctlsssl and http://exim.org/exim-html-4.67/doc/html/spec_html/ch39.html.
For tcpwrappers functionality, see the instructions at http://exim.org/exim-html-4.67/doc/html/spec_html/ch04.
html#SECID27.
For information about adding authentication mechanisms to the build, see chapters 33-37 of http://exim.
org/exim-html-4.67/doc/html/spec_html/index.html.
For information about linking Linux-PAM, refer to the instructions http://exim.org/exim-html-4.67/doc/html/spec_
html/ch11.html#SECTexpcond.

554
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

For information about linking database engine libraries used for Exim name lookups, see the instructions at
http://exim.org/exim-html-4.67/doc/html/spec_html/ch09.html.
If you wish to add Readline support to Exim when invoked in “test expansion” (-be) mode, see the information in
the -be section of http://exim.org/exim-html-4.67/doc/html/spec_html/ch05.html#id2525974.
You may wish to modify the default configuration and send log files to syslog instead of the default
/var/spool/exim/log directory. See the information at http://exim.org/exim-html-4.67/doc/html/spec_
html/ch49.html.

Configuring Exim
Config Files
/etc/exim.conf and /etc/aliases

Configuration Information
A default (nothing but comments) /etc/aliases file is installed during the package installation if this file did not
exist on your system. Create the necessary aliases and start the Exim daemon using the following commands:
cat >> /etc/aliases << "EOF"
postmaster: root
MAILER-DAEMON: root
EOF
exim -v -bi &&
/usr/sbin/exim -bd -q15m

Note
To protect an existing /etc/aliases file, the command above appends these aliases to it. This file
should be checked and duplicate aliases removed, if present.

The /usr/sbin/exim -bd -q15m command starts the Exim daemon with a 15 minute interval in processing the mail
queue. Adjust this parameter to suit your desires.

Boot Script
To automate the running of exim at startup, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/exim init script included in the
blfs-bootscripts-20080816 package.
make install-exim
The bootscript also starts the Exim daemon and dispatches a queue runner process every 15 minutes. Modify the
-q<time interval> parameter in /etc/rc.d/init.d/exim, if necessary for your installation.

Contents
Installed Programs: exicyclog, exigrep, exim, exim-4.43-2, exim_checkaccess, exim_dbmbuild,
exim_dumpdb, exim_fixdb, exim_lock, exim_tidydb, eximstats, exinext, exipick,
exiqgrep, exiqsumm, exiwhat, and optionally, eximon, and eximon.bin
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: /usr/share/doc/exim-4.67 and /var/spool/exim

555
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
exicyclog cycles Exim log files.
exigrep searches Exim log files.
exim is a symlink to the exim-4.43-2 MTA daemon.
exim-4.43-2 is the Exim mail transport agent daemon.
exim_checkaccess states whether a given recipient address from a given host is acceptable or not.
exim_dbmbuild creates and rebuilds Exim databases.
exim_dumpdb writes the contents of Exim databases to the standard output.
exim_fixdb modifies data in Exim databases.
exim_lock locks a mailbox file.
exim_tidydb removes old records from Exim databases.
eximstats generates mail statistics from Exim log files.
exinext queries remote host retry times.
exipick selects messages based on various criteria.
exiqgrep is a utility for selective queue listing.
exiqsumm produces a summary of the messages in the mail queue.
exiwhat queries running Exim processes.
eximon is a start-up shell script for eximon.bin used to set the required environment variables
before running the program.
eximon.bin is a monitor program which displays current information in an X window, and also contains
a menu interface to Exim's command line administration options.

556
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Postfix-2.5.1
Introduction to Postfix
The Postfix package contains a Mail Transport Agent (MTA). This is useful for sending email to other users of your
host machine. It can also be configured to be a central mail server for your domain, a mail relay agent or simply a
mail delivery agent to your local Internet Service Provider (ISP).

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://postfix.energybeam.com/source/official/postfix-2.5.1.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.porcupine.org/mirrors/postfix-release/official/postfix-2.5.1.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 95a559c509081fdd07d78eafd4f4c3b4
• Download size: 3 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 97 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

Postfix Dependencies

Optional
PCRE-7.6, MySQL-5.0.41, PostgreSQL-8.2.4, OpenLDAP-2.3.39, OpenSSL-0.9.8g, Cyrus SASL-2.1.22, and cdb
or TinyCDB

Installation of Postfix
Configuring the Build
The Postfix source tree does not contain a configure script, rather the makefile in the top-level directory contains
a makefiles target that regenerates all the other makefiles in the build tree. If you wish to use additional software
such as a database back-end for virtual users, or TLS/SSL authentication, you will need to regenerate the makefiles
using one or more of the appropriate CCARGS and AUXLIBS settings listed below.
Here is an example that combines the TLS and Cyrus-SASL arguments:

make makefiles \
CCARGS='-DUSE_TLS -DUSE_SASL_AUTH -DUSE_CYRUS_SASL \
-DDEF_DAEMON_DIR=\"/usr/lib/postfix\" \
-DDEF_MANPAGE_DIR=\"/usr/share/man\" \
-DDEF_HTML_DIR=\"/usr/share/doc/postfix-2.5.1/html\" \
-DDEF_README_DIR=\"/usr/share/doc/postfix-2.5.1/README\" \
-I/usr/include/openssl -I/usr/include/sasl' \
AUXLIBS='-L/usr/lib -lssl -lcrypto -lsasl2'

Perl compatible regular expressions

To use PCRE with Postfix, use the following arguments:

CCARGS='-DHAS_PCRE -I/usr/include'
AUXLIBS='-L/usr/lib -lpcre'

557
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Cyrus-SASL

To use Cyrus-SASL with Postfix, use the following arguments:

CCARGS='-DUSE_SASL_AUTH -DUSE_CYRUS_SASL -I/usr/include/sasl'

AUXLIBS='-L/usr/lib -lsasl2'

Berkely DB

To use Berkely DB with Postfix, use the following arguments:

CCARGS='-DHAS_DB -I/usr/include'
AUXLIBS='-L/usr/lib -ldb'

OpenLDAP

To use OpenLDAP with Postfix, use the following arguments:

CCARGS='-DHAS_LDAP -I/usr/include'
AUXLIBS='-L/usr/lib -lldap -llber'

MySQL

To use MySQL with Postfix, use the following arguments:

CCARGS='-DHAS_MYSQL -I/usr/include/mysql'
AUXLIBS='-L/usr/lib -lmysqlclient -lz -lm'

PostgreSQL

To use PostgreSQL with Postfix, use the following arguments:

CCARGS='-DHAS_PGSQL -I/usr/include/postgresql'
AUXLIBS='-L/usr/lib -lpq -lz -lm'

CDB/TinyCDB

To use CDB or TinyCDB with Postfix, use the following arguments:

CCARGS='-DHAS_CDB'
AUXLIBS='</path/to/CDB>/libcdb.a'

StartTLS Authentication

To use OpenSSL with Postfix, use the following arguments:

CCARGS='-DUSE_TLS -I/usr/include/openssl/'
AUXLIBS='-L/usr/lib -lssl -lcrypto'

558
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Installing Postfix
Before you compile the program, you need to create users and groups that will be expected to be in place during the
installation. Add the users and groups with the following commands issued by the root user:
groupadd -g 32 postfix &&
groupadd -g 33 postdrop &&
useradd -c "Postfix Daemon User" -d /dev/null -g postfix \
-s /bin/false -u 32 postfix &&
chown -v postfix:postfix /var/mail
Install Postfix by running the following commands:
make makefiles \
CCARGS='-DDEF_DAEMON_DIR=\"/usr/lib/postfix\" \
-DDEF_MANPAGE_DIR=\"/usr/share/man\" \
-DDEF_HTML_DIR=\"/usr/share/doc/postfix-2.5.1/html\" \
-DDEF_README_DIR=\"/usr/share/doc/postfix-2.5.1/README\" \
<additional args>' \
<AUXLIBS='additional args'> &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
sh postfix-install -non-interactive

Command Explanations
make makefiles: This command rebuilds the makefiles throughout the source tree to use the options contained in
the CCARGS and AUXLIBS variables.
sh postfix-install -non-interactive: This keeps the install script from asking any questions, thereby accepting default
destination directories in all but the few cases mentioned in the 'make makefiles' command.

Configuring Postfix
Config Files
/etc/aliases, /etc/postfix/main.cf, and /etc/postfix/master.cf

Configuration Information
cat >> /etc/aliases << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/aliases

MAILER-DAEMON: postmaster
postmaster: root

root: LOGIN
# End /etc/aliases
EOF

559
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Note
To protect an existing /etc/aliases file, the above command appends these aliases to it if it exists.
This file should be checked and duplicate aliases removed, if present.

The /etc/aliases file that was just created or appended, the main.cf and the master.cf must be
personalized for your system. The aliases file needs your non-root login identity so mail addressed to root can
be forwarded to you at the user level. The main.cf file needs your fully qualified hostname. All of these edits can
be done with sed commands entered into the console with appropriate substitutions of your non-root login name for
<user> and your fully qualified hostname for <localhost.localdomain>. You will find the main.cf file
is self documenting, so load it into your editor to make the changes you need for your situation.

sed -i "s/LOGIN/<user>/" /etc/aliases &&

sed -i "s/#myhostname = host.domain.tld/myhostname = \
<localhost.localdomain>/" /etc/postfix/main.cf &&
/usr/bin/newaliases

If you have an existing configuration, you can run the postfix utility to add any necessary definitions to your existing
files. As the root user:

/usr/sbin/postfix upgrade-configuration

Before starting Postfix, you should check that your configuration and file permissions will work properly. Run the
following commands as the root user to check and start your Postfix server:

/usr/sbin/postfix check &&

/usr/sbin/postfix start

Boot Script
To automate the running of Postfix at startup, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/postfix init script included in
the blfs-bootscripts-20080816 package.

make install-postfix

Contents
Installed Programs: anvil, bounce, cleanup, discard, error, flush, lmtp, local, mailq, master, newaliases,
nqmgr, oqmgr, pickup, pipe, postalias, postcat, postconf, postdrop, postfix, postkick,
postlock, postlog, postmap, postqueue, postsuper, proxymap, qmgr, qmqpd, sendmail,
showq, smtp, smtpd, spawn, tlsmgr, trivial-rewrite, verify, and virtual
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: /etc/postfix, /usr/lib/postfix and /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.5.1

Short Descriptions
anvil Provides connection and rate request limiting.
bounce A daemon that maintains per-message log files with non-delivery status information.
cleanup A daemon that processes inbound mail, inserts it into the incoming mail queue, and informs
the queue manager of its arrival.

560
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

discard Processes delivery requests from the queue manager that cannot be delivered to the recipient.
error A daemon that processes non-delivery requests from the queue manager.
flush A daemon that maintains a record of deferred mail by destination.
lmtp A daemon that processes message delivery requests from the queue manager.
local A daemon that processes delivery requests from the queue manager to deliver mail to local
recipients.
mailq A symlink to sendmail.
master The resident process that runs Postfix daemons on demand.
newaliases A symlink to sendmail.
nqmgr A daemon that awaits the arrival of incoming mail and arranges for its delivery.
oqmgr The old style queue manager. This will be removed soon.
pickup A daemon that waits for hints that new mail has been dropped into the maildrop directory,
and feeds it into the cleanup daemon.
pipe A daemon that processes requests from the queue manager to deliver messages to external
commands.
postalias Creates or queries one or more Postfix alias databases, or updates an existing one.
postcat Prints the contents of the named files in human readable format.
postconf Displays or changes the value of Postfix configuration parameters.
postdrop Creates a file in the maildrop directory and copies it's standard input to the file.
postfix Controls the operation of the Postfix mail system.
postkick Sends requests to the specified service over a local transport channel.
postlock Locks a mail folder for exclusive use, and executes commands passed to it.
postlog A Postfix-compatible logging interface for use in, for example, shell scripts.
postmap Creates or queries one or more Postfix lookup tables, or updates an existing one.
postqueue The Postfix user interface for queue management.
postsuper The Postfix user interface for superuser queue management.
proxymap Provides read-only table lookup services to other Postfix processes.
qmgr A daemon that awaits the arrival of incoming mail and arranges for its delivery.
qmqpd A daemon that receives one message per connection, and pipes it through the cleanup
daemon, and places it into the incoming queue.
scache Maintains a connection cache used for sharing a connection multiple times.
sendmail The Postfix to Sendmail compatibility interface.
showq A daemon that reports the Postfix mail queue status.
smtp Looks up a list of mail exchanger addresses for the destination host, sorts the list by
preference, and connects to each listed address until it finds a server that responds.
smtpd Accepts network connection requests and performs zero or more SMTP transactions per
connection.

561
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

spawn Listens on a port as specified in the Postfix master.cf file and spawns an external
command whenever a connection is established.
tlsmgr Maintains the TLS session cache and acts as the PRNG manager.
trivial-rewrite A daemon that rewrites addresses to standard form.
verify Maintains a record of what recipient addresses are known to be deliverable or undeliverable.
virtual Delivers mail to virtual user's mail directories.

562
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Qpopper-4.0.9
Introduction to Qpopper
The Qpopper package contains a POP3 mail server.

Package Information
•
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.qualcomm.com/eudora/servers/unix/popper/qpopper4.0.9.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: de2cd15f95cfd00d0d080fd16287acad
• Download size: 2.7 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 9.1 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Qpopper Dependencies

Required
An MTA

Optional
OpenSSL-0.9.8g, GDBM-1.8.3, Linux-PAM-0.99.10.0, and MIT Kerberos V5-1.6 or Heimdal-1.1

Installation of Qpopper
Install Qpopper with the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-standalone &&

make

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -D -m644 GUIDE.pdf /usr/share/doc/qpopper-4.0.9/GUIDE.pdf

Command Explanations
--enable-standalone: This option gives the flexibility to run Qpopper in standalone mode.

Configuring Qpopper
Configuration Information
Update the Syslog configuration file and force the syslogd daemon to reread the new file so that Qpopper events
are logged:

echo "local0.notice;local0.debug /var/log/POP.log" >> \

/etc/syslog.conf &&
killall -HUP syslogd

563
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

If you want Qpopper to start automatically when the system is booted, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/qpopper
init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20080816 package.
make install-qpopper
This startup procedure uses a configuration file. The details of the configuration file can be found in the documentation
file GUIDE.pdf.
cat > /etc/mail/qpopper.conf << "EOF"
# Qpopper configuration file

set debug = false

set spool-dir = /var/spool/mail/

set temp-dir = /var/spool/mail/

set downcase-user = true

set trim-domain = true

set statistics = true

# End /etc/shells
EOF
If you use inetd, the following command will add the Qpopper entry to /etc/inetd.conf:
echo "pop3 stream tcp nowait root /usr/sbin/popper popper" >> \
/etc/inetd.conf &&
killall inetd || inetd
Issue a killall -HUP inetd to reread the changed inetd.conf file.
If you use xinetd, the following command will create the Qpopper file as /etc/xinetd.d/pop3:
cat >> /etc/xinetd.d/pop3 << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/pop3

service pop3
{
port = 110
socket_type = stream
protocol = tcp
wait = no
user = root
server = /usr/sbin/popper
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/pop3
EOF
Issue a killall -HUP xinetd to reread the changed xinetd.conf file.

564
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Program: popper
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
popper is the POP3 server daemon.

565
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Sendmail-8.14.1
Introduction to Sendmail
The Sendmail package contains a Mail Transport Agent (MTA).

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.sendmail.org/ftp/sendmail.8.14.1.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.sendmail.org/pub/sendmail/sendmail.8.14.1.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 462bc9e00fdbef3a71b046b967c9a157
• Download size: 2.0 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 19 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Sendmail Dependencies

Required

Procmail-3.22

Optional

OpenSSL-0.9.8g, OpenLDAP-2.3.39, TCP Wrapper-7.6, Cyrus SASL-2.1.22, nph, and AFPL Ghostscript-8.53 or
ESP Ghostscript-8.15.4 (for creating PDF documentation)

Installation of Sendmail
Before building Sendmail, create the required user, group and directory with the following commands issued as the
root user:

groupadd -g 26 smmsp &&

useradd -c "Sendmail Daemon" -g smmsp -d /dev/null \
-s /bin/false -u 26 smmsp &&
chmod -v 1777 /var/mail &&
install -v -m700 -d /var/spool/mqueue

Note: See the source tree sendmail/README file for information on linking optional packages into the build. Use
the example below, which adds support for tcpwrappers, SASL, StartTLS (OpenSSL) and OpenLDAP, as a starting
point. Of course, modify it to suit your particular needs.

cat >> devtools/Site/site.config.m4 << "EOF"

APPENDDEF(`confENVDEF',`-DSTARTTLS -DTCPWRAPPERS -DSASL -DLDAPMAP')
APPENDDEF(`confLIBS', `-lssl -lcrypto -lwrap -lsasl2 -lldap -llber')
APPENDDEF(`confINCDIRS', `-I/usr/include/sasl')
EOF

566
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Install Sendmail with the following commands:

cat >> devtools/Site/site.config.m4 << "EOF"
define(`confMANGRP',`root')
define(`confMANOWN',`root')
define(`confSBINGRP',`root')
define(`confUBINGRP',`root')
define(`confUBINOWN',`root')
EOF
cd sendmail &&
sh Build &&
cd ../cf/cf &&
cp generic-linux.mc sendmail.mc &&
sh Build sendmail.cf
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
install -v -d -m755 /etc/mail &&
sh Build install-cf &&

cd ../.. &&
sh Build install &&

install -v -m644 cf/cf/{submit,sendmail}.mc /etc/mail &&

cp -v -R cf/* /etc/mail &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/sendmail-8.14.1/{cf,sendmail} &&

install -v -m644 \
CACerts FAQ KNOWNBUGS LICENSE PGPKEYS README RELEASE_NOTES \
/usr/share/doc/sendmail-8.14.1 &&
install -v -m644 sendmail/{README,SECURITY,TRACEFLAGS,TUNING} \
/usr/share/doc/sendmail-8.14.1/sendmail &&
install -v -m644 cf/README /usr/share/doc/sendmail-8.14.1/cf &&

for manpage in sendmail editmap mailstats makemap praliases smrsh

do
install -v -m444 $manpage/$manpage.8 /usr/share/man/man8
done &&
install -v -m444 sendmail/aliases.5 /usr/share/man/man5 &&
install -v -m444 sendmail/mailq.1 /usr/share/man/man1 &&
install -v -m444 sendmail/newaliases.1 /usr/share/man/man1 &&
install -v -m444 vacation/vacation.1 /usr/share/man/man1
Install the Sendmail Installation and Operations Guide with the following commands:
cd doc/op &&
sed -i 's/groff/GROFF_NO_SGR=1 groff/' Makefile &&
make op.txt op.pdf

567
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now, as the root user:

install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/sendmail-8.14.1 &&

install -v -m644 op.ps op.txt op.pdf /usr/share/doc/sendmail-8.14.1 &&
cd ../..

Note: remove op.pdf from the make and install commands if you don't have Ghostscript installed.

Command Explanations
cat > devtools/Site/site.config.m4 << "EOF": This creates a configuration file changing some of the default settings.
sh Build; sh Build sendmail.cf; sh Build install-cf; sh Build install: Sendmail uses an m4 based build script to
create the various Makefiles. These commands build and install the package.
for manpage in...;do...;done; install ...: The man pages are installed already formatted and man displays them
somewhat garbled. These commands replace the formatted pages with pages man can display properly.

Configuring Sendmail
Config Files
/etc/mail/*

Configuration Information
Create the /etc/mail/local-host-names and /etc/mail/aliases files using the following commands
as the root user:

echo $(hostname) > /etc/mail/local-host-names

cat > /etc/mail/aliases << "EOF"
postmaster: root
MAILER-DAEMON: root

EOF
newaliases -v

Sendmail's primary configuration file, /etc/mail/sendmail.cf, is complex and not meant to be directly edited.
The recommended method for changing it is to modify /etc/mail/sendmail.mc and various m4 files, then run
the m4 macro processor from within /etc/mail as follows:

m4 m4/cf.m4 sendmail.mc > sendmail.cf

A full explanation of the files to modify, and the available parameters can be found in /etc/mail/README.

Boot Script
To automate the running of Sendmail at startup, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/sendmail init script included
in the blfs-bootscripts-20080816 package.

make install-sendmail

568
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Note
The -qNm option to sendmail, where N is number of minutes, controls how often Sendmail will process
the mail queue. A default of 5 minutes is used in the init script. Individual workstation users may want to
set this as low as 1 minute, large installations handling more mail may want to set it higher.

Contents
Installed Programs: editmap, hoststat, mailstats, mailq, makemap, newaliases, praliases, purgestat,
sendmail, smrsh, and vacation
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: /etc/mail, /usr/share/doc/sendmail-8.14.1, /var/spool/mqueue, and
/var/spool/clientmqueue

Short Descriptions
editmap queries and edits Sendmail map files.
hoststat prints Sendmail's persistent host status.
mailstats displays Sendmail statistics.
mailq prints a summary of outbound mail messages waiting for delivery.
makemap creates Sendmail map files.
newaliases rebuilds /etc/mail/aliases.db from the contents of /etc/mail/aliases.
praliases displays current Sendmail aliases.
purgestat causes Sendmail to clear (purge) all its host-status information.
sendmail is the Sendmail mail transport agent.
smrsh is a restricted shell for Sendmail.
vacation is an email auto responder.

569
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 21. Databases

This chapter includes databases that range from single-user read/write to industrial database servers with transaction
support. Generally, you will be sent here to satisfy dependencies to other applications although building a SQL server
on a base LFS system is entirely possible.

570
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Berkeley DB-4.5.20
Introduction to Berkeley DB
The Berkeley DB package contains programs and utilities used by many other applications for database related
functions. This package is also installed during LFS and may already exist on your system. It is listed here in BLFS
as well because you may need to reinstall it if you need the additional language bindings or the RPC server. If you
do reinstall Berkeley DB, ensure you use the 4.5.20 version used in the LFS book.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://download-east.oracle.com/berkeley-db/db-4.5.20.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/db-4.5.20.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: b0f1c777708cb8e9d37fb47e7ed3312d
• Download size: 9.2 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 94 MB (additional 100 MB to run parallel standard test suite)
• Estimated build time: 1.7 SBU (builds all bindings, add an additional 145 SBU to run parallel standard test suite)

Additional Downloads
• Required patch: http://www.oracle.com/technology/products/berkeley-db/db/update/4.5.20/patch.4.5.20.1
• Required patch: http://www.oracle.com/technology/products/berkeley-db/db/update/4.5.20/patch.4.5.20.2

Berkeley DB Dependencies

Optional

Tcl-8.4.18, JDK-6 Update 5, and sharutils (for the uudecode command)

Testing Berkeley DB
You may want to skip ahead to the section called “Installation of Berkeley DB”. The test suite can take up to 150
SBUs and has a few bugs causing a report of “Regression tests failed”. However, running the test suite is a very
exhaustive test of your hardware, perhaps pushing your machine harder (especially disk I/O) than it will ever see
during production use. Note that you must have Tcl installed to run the test suite.
Build for the Berkeley DB test by running the following commands:

patch -Np0 -i ../patch.4.5.20.1 &&

patch -Np0 -i ../patch.4.5.20.2 &&
cd build_unix &&
../dist/configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-test \
--enable-tcl \
--with-tcl=/usr/lib &&
make

To test the results, start tclsh:

tclsh

571
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

From the tclsh prompt (% ), run:

source ../test/test.tcl
run_parallel 5 run_std
exit

Clean up the source tree with the following command:

make realclean &&

cd ..

Installation of Berkeley DB
The installation commands below are identical to the commands used in the LFS book. If you installed Berkeley DB
in LFS, and you don't add anything to the configure script, you'll end up with exactly what you already have. The
additional parameters you can use are listed in the Command Explanations section below.

Note
If you plan on installing Berkeley DB with Java support, you should check the system for certain versions
of JDK-6 Update 5 and GMime-2.2.10. Specifically, if JDK-6 Update X and the uudecode program from
the GMime program is on the system, the build will fail (unless you run the modified ./configure command
shown below). You can run two commands (javac -version and uudecode --version) to determine what
versions are installed. You can also download and run a shell script from http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.
org/files/BLFS/6.3/jdk-uudecode-check.sh that will alert you to a non-working condition. If the identified
programs exist on the system, you must modify the ./configure command as shown below.

uudecode="no" ../dist/configure --(use the parameters shown below)

Install Berkeley DB by running the following commands:

patch -Np0 -i ../patch.4.5.20.1 &&

patch -Np0 -i ../patch.4.5.20.2 &&
cd build_unix &&
../dist/configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-compat185 \
--enable-cxx &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make docdir=/usr/share/doc/db-4.5.20 install &&

chown -v -R root:root \
/usr/bin/berkeley_db_svc \
/usr/bin/db_* \
/usr/include/db{,_185,_cxx}.h \
/usr/lib/libdb{{,_cxx}.a,{,_cxx,_java,_tcl}-4.5.{so,a,la}} \
/usr/share/doc/db-4.5.20

572
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Command Explanations
cd build_unix && ../dist/configure --prefix=/usr...: This replaces the normal ./configure command, as Berkeley
DB comes with various build directories for different platforms.
--enable-compat185: This switch enables building the DB-1.85 compatibility API.
--enable-cxx: This switch enables building C++ API libraries.
--enable-tcl --with-tcl=/usr/lib: Enables Tcl support in DB and creates the libdb_tcl libraries.
--enable-java: Enables Java support in DB and creates the libdb_java libraries.
--enable-rpc: Enables building the Berkeley DB RPC server.
make docdir=/usr/share/doc/db-4.5.20 install: This installs the documentation in the standard location instead of
/usr/docs.
chown -v -R root:root ...:This command changes the ownership of various installed files from the uid:gid of the
builder to root:root.

Contents
Only the program and libraries not installed in LFS are listed here, the others can be found at ../../../../lfs/view/6.
3/chapter06/db.html#contents-db as they were initially installed during the building of LFS.
Installed Program: berkeley_db_svc
Installed Libraries: libdb_java.{so,a}, libdb_tcl.{so,a} and db.jar
Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/db-4.5.20

Short Descriptions
berkeley_db_svc is the Berkeley DB RPC server.

573
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

MySQL-5.0.41
Introduction to MySQL
MySQL is a widely used and fast SQL database server. It is a client/server implementation that consists of a server
daemon and many different client programs and libraries.
There may be a more recent release available from the MySQL home page. You can check http://dev.mysql.com/ and
probably use the existing BLFS instructions. Note that versions other than the one shown in the download URLs have
not been tested in a BLFS environment.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/BLFS/6.3/m/mysql-5.0.41.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/6.3/m/mysql-5.0.41.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: b45cd6c89e35dfc1cdbe1a1f782aefbf
• Download size: 24 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 405 MB (additional 65 MB to run the test suite)
• Estimated build time: 6.0 SBU (Test suite is an additional 52 minutes, only partially CPU dependent)

MySQL Dependencies
Optional
OpenSSL-0.9.8g and TCP Wrapper-7.6

Installation of MySQL
For security reasons, running the server as an unprivileged user and group is strongly encouraged:
groupadd -g 40 mysql &&
useradd -c "MySQL Server" -d /dev/null -g mysql -s /bin/false \
-u 40 mysql
Build and install MySQL by running the following commands:
C_EXTRA_FLAGS=-fno-strict-aliasing \
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--libexecdir=/usr/sbin \
--localstatedir=/srv/mysql \
--enable-thread-safe-client \
--enable-assembler \
--enable-local-infile \
--with-unix-socket-path=/var/run/mysql/mysql.sock \
--without-debug \
--without-bench \
--without-readline \
--with-berkeley-db \
--with-extra-charsets=all &&
make testdir=/tmp/mysql

574
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

To test the results, issue: make test. Note that if you have a restrictive /etc/hosts.deny file, you will need to
add an appropriate entry to the /etc/hosts.allow file for the mysqld daemon, else many of the tests will fail.
Now, as the root user:

make testdir=/tmp/mysql install &&

rm -rf /tmp/mysql &&
cd /usr/lib &&
ln -v -sf mysql/libmysqlclient{,_r}.so* .

Tip
The only documentation shipped in the source tarball are mysql.info and manual.chm (Microsoft
Help format) files. You can download various formats of the MySQL Reference Manual from http://dev.
mysql.com/doc/.

Command Explanations
C_EXTRA_FLAGS=-fno-strict-aliasing: This environment variable adjusts the compiler optimization to
avoid failures in the testsuite and other operations.
--libexecdir=/usr/sbin: This switch installs the mysqld daemon and the mysqlmanager program in an
appropriate location.
--localstatedir=/srv/mysql: This switch forces MySQL to use /srv/mysql for database files and other
variable data.
--enable-thread-safe-client: This switch compiles a thread-safe MySQL client library.
--enable-assembler: This switch allows using assembler versions of some string functions.
--enable-local-infile: This switch enables the “LOAD DATA INFILE” SQL statement.
--with-unix-socket-path=/var/run/mysql: This switch puts the unix-domain socket into the
/var/run/mysql directory instead of the default /tmp.
--without-bench: This switch skips building the benchmark suite.
--without-readline: This switch forces the build to use the system copy of readline instead of the bundled
copy.
--with-berkeley-db: This switch enables using Berkeley DB tables as a back end.
--with-extra-charsets=all: This switch enables international character sets within the suite.
make testdir=...: This installs the test suite in /tmp/mysql. The test suite is not required, nor does it function
properly on an installed version of MySQL, so it is removed in the next step.
ln -v -sf mysql/libmysqlclient{,_r}.so* .: This command makes the MySQL shared libraries available to other
packages at run-time.
--with-openssl: This switch adds OpenSSL support to MySQL.
--with-libwrap: This switch adds tcpwrappers support to MySQL.

575
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Configuring MySQL
Config Files
/etc/my.cnf and ~/.my.cnf

Configuration Information
There are several default configuration files available in /usr/share/mysql which you can use. Create
/etc/my.cnf using the following command as the root user:

install -v -m644 /usr/share/mysql/my-medium.cnf /etc/my.cnf

You can now install a database and change the ownership to the unprivileged user and group (perform as the root
user):

mysql_install_db --user=mysql &&

chgrp -v mysql /srv/mysql{,/test,/mysql}

Further configuration requires that the MySQL server is running. Start the server using the following commands as
the root user:

install -v -m755 -o mysql -g mysql -d /var/run/mysql &&

mysqld_safe --user=mysql 2>&1 >/dev/null &

A default installation does not set up a password for the administrator, so use the following command as the root
user to set one. Replace <new-password> with your own.

mysqladmin -u root password <new-password>

Configuration of the server is now finished. Shut the server down using the following command as the root user:

mysqladmin -p shutdown

Boot Script
Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/mysql init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20080816 package as the root
user to start the MySQL server during system boot-up.

make install-mysql

576
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: comp_err, innochecksum, msql2mysql, my_print_defaults, myisam_ftdump,
myisamchk, myisamlog, myisampack, mysql, mysql_client_test, mysql_config,
mysql_convert_table_format, mysql_create_system_tables, mysql_explain_log,
mysql_find_rows, mysql_fix_extensions, mysql_fix_privilege_tables,
mysql_install_db, mysql_secure_installation, mysql_setpermission, mysql_tableinfo,
mysql_tzinfo_to_sql, mysql_waitpid, mysql_zap, mysqlaccess, mysqladmin,
mysqlbinlog, mysqlbug, mysqlcheck, mysqld, mysqld_multi, mysqld_safe,
mysqldump, mysqldumpslow, mysqlhotcopy, mysqlimport, mysqlmanager,
mysqlshow, mysqltest, mysqltestmanager, mysqltestmanager-pwgen,
mysqltestmanagerc, perror, replace, resolve_stack_dump, and resolveip
Installed Libraries: libdbug.a, libheap.a, libmyisam.a, libmyisammrg.a, libmysqlclient.{so,a},
libmysqlclient_r.{so,a}, libmystrings.a, libmysys.a, and libvio.a
Installed Directories: /srv/mysql, /usr/include/mysql, /usr/lib/mysql, /usr/share/mysql, and /var/run/mysql

Short Descriptions
Descriptions of all the programs and libraries would be several pages long. Instead, consult the mysql.info
documentation or the on-line reference manual at http://dev.mysql.com/doc/refman/5.0/en/index.html.
The Perl DBI modules must be installed for some of the MySQL support programs to function properly.

577
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

PostgreSQL-8.2.4
Introduction to PostgreSQL
PostgreSQL is an advanced object-relational database management system (ORDBMS), derived from the Berkeley
Postgres database management system.
There may be a more recent release available from the PostgreSQL home page. You can check http://www.postgresql.
org/ and probably use the existing BLFS instructions. Note that versions other than the one shown in the download
URLs have not been tested in a BLFS environment.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/BLFS/6.3/p/postgresql-8.2.4.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/6.3/p/postgresql-8.2.4.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: af7ec100a33c41bfb8d87b5e0ec2f44a
• Download size: 12.5 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 165 MB (additional 118 MB to run the testsuite)
• Estimated build time: 1.4 SBU

PostgreSQL Dependencies
Optional
Python-2.5.2, Tcl-8.4.18, OpenSSL-0.9.8g, OpenLDAP-2.3.39, Linux-PAM-0.99.10.0, krb4, MIT Kerberos V5-1.6
or Heimdal-1.1, and Bonjour

Optional (To Regenerate Documentation)

DocBook SGML DTD-4.5, DocBook DSSSL Stylesheets-1.79, OpenJade-1.3.2, and SGMLSpm-1.03ii

Installation of PostgreSQL
Install PostgreSQL with the following commands:
sed -i "s|dsssl-stylesheets|& \\\\\n sgml/docbook/&-1.79|" \
configure &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-thread-safety &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
chown -v root:root /usr/share/doc/postgresql/html/* &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/postgresql/{FAQ/html,TODO.detail} &&
install -v -m644 doc/TODO /usr/share/doc/postgresql &&
install -v -m644 doc/FAQ* /usr/share/doc/postgresql/FAQ &&
install -v -m644 doc/src/FAQ/* /usr/share/doc/postgresql/FAQ/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/TODO.detail/* \
/usr/share/doc/postgresql/TODO.detail

578
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Note
If you are upgrading an existing system and are going to install the new files over the old ones, then you
should back up your data, shut down the old server and follow the instructions in the official PostgreSQL
documentation.

Initialize a database cluster with the following commands issued by the root user:
install -v -m700 -d /srv/pgsql/data &&
groupadd -g 41 postgres &&
useradd -c "PostgreSQL Server" -g postgres -d /srv/pgsql/data \
-u 41 postgres &&
chown -v postgres /srv/pgsql/data &&
su - postgres -c '/usr/bin/initdb -D /srv/pgsql/data'
As the root user, start the database server with the following command:
su - postgres -c '/usr/bin/postmaster -D /srv/pgsql/data > \
/srv/pgsql/data/logfile 2>&1 &'
Still as user root, create a database and verify the installation:
su - postgres -c '/usr/bin/createdb test' &&
echo "create table t1 ( name varchar(20), state_province varchar(20) );" \
| (su - postgres -c '/usr/bin/psql test ') &&
echo "insert into t1 values ('Billy', 'NewYork');" \
| (su - postgres -c '/usr/bin/psql test ') &&
echo "insert into t1 values ('Evanidus', 'Quebec');" \
| (su - postgres -c '/usr/bin/psql test ') &&
echo "insert into t1 values ('Jesse', 'Ontario');" \
| (su - postgres -c '/usr/bin/psql test ') &&
echo "select * from t1;" | (su - postgres -c '/usr/bin/psql test')

Command Explanations
sed -i "s|dsssl-stylesheets|...": This command puts an extra line in the configure script so that the BLFS installed
version of the DSSSL stylesheets are discovered.
--enable-thread-safety: This switch makes the client libraries thread-safe by allowing concurrent threads
in libpq and ECPG programs to safely control their private connection handles.
chown -R root:root /usr/share/doc/postgresql/html/*: This command corrects the improper ownership of
documentation files.
groupadd ...; useradd ...: These commands add an unprivileged user and group to run the database server.
createdb test; create table t1; insert into t1 values...; select * from t1: Create a database, add a table to it, insert
some rows into the table and select them to verify that the installation is working properly.

Configuring PostgreSQL
Config Files
$PGDATA/pg_ident.con, $PGDATA/pg_hba.conf and $PGDATA/postgresql.conf

579
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

The PGDATA environment variable is used to distinguish database clusters from one another by setting it
to the value of the directory which contains the cluster desired. The three configuration files exist in every
PGDATA/ directory. Details on the format of the files and the options that can be set in each can be found in
file:///usr/share/doc/postgresql/html/index.html.

Boot Script
Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/postgresql init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20080816 package.

make install-postgresql

Contents
Installed Programs: clusterdb, createdb, createlang, createuser, dropdb, droplang, dropuser, ecpg, initdb,
ipcclean, pg_config, pg_controldata, pg_ctl, pg_dump, pg_dumpall, pg_resetxlog,
pg_restore, pltcl_delmod, pltcl_listmod, pltcl_loadmod, postgres, postmaster, psql,
reindexdb, and vacuumdb
Installed Libraries: libecpg.{so,a}, libecpg_compat.{so,a}, libpgport.a, libpgtypes.{so,a}, libpq.{so,a},
and various charset modules.
Installed Directories: /srv/pgsql, /usr/include/libpq, /usr/include/postgresql, /usr/lib/postgresql,
/usr/share/doc/postgresql, and /usr/share/postgresql

Short Descriptions
clusterdb is a utility for reclustering tables in a PostgreSQL database.
createdb creates a new PostgreSQL database.
createlang defines a new PostgreSQL procedural language.
createuser defines a new PostgreSQL user account.
dropdb removes a PostgreSQL database.
droplang removes a PostgreSQL procedural language.
dropuser removes a PostgreSQL user account.
ecpg is the embedded SQL preprocessor.
initdb creates a new database cluster.
ipcclean removes shared memory and semaphores left over by an aborted database server.
pg_config retrieves PostgreSQL version information.
pg_controldata returns information initialized during initdb, such as the catalog version and server locale.
pg_ctl controls stopping and starting the database server.
pg_dump dumps database data and metadata into scripts which are used to recreate the database.
pg_dumpall recursively calls pg_dump for each database in a cluster.
pg_resetxlog clears the write-ahead log and optionally resets some fields in the pg_control file.
pg_restore creates databases from dump files created by pg_dump.
pltcl_delmod is a support script used to delete a module from a PL/Tcl table. The command requires the
Pgtcl package to be installed also.

580
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

pltcl_listmod is a support script used to list the modules in a PL/Tcl table. The command requires the Pgtcl
package to be installed also.
pltcl_loadmod is a support script used to load a module into a PL/Tcl table. The command requires the Pgtcl
package to be installed also.
postgres is a single user database server, generally used for debugging.
postmaster is a multi-user database daemon.
psql is a console based database shell.
reindexdb is a utility for rebuilding indexes in a database.
vacuumdb compacts databases and generates statistics for the query analyzer.

581
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 22. Other Server Software

Here you will find many ways to share your machine with the rest of the world or your local network. Before installing
any packages in this chapter, you need to be sure you understand what the package does and how to set it up correctly.
It might also be helpful to learn about the consequences of an improper setup so that you can analyze the risks.

582
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

DHCP-3.0.6
Introduction to DHCP
The DHCP package contains both the client and server programs for DHCP. dhclient (the client) is useful for
connecting your computer to a network which uses DHCP to assign network addresses. dhcpd (the server) is useful
for assigning network addresses on your private network.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/infosys/servers/isc/dhcp/dhcp-3.0.6.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.isc.org/isc/dhcp/dhcp-3.0.6.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 724bad21ad8b638abadd5fcc07df1a0f
• Download size: 876 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 21 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/dhcp-3.0.6-client_dns-1.patch
• Optional Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/dhcp-3.0.6-iproute2-1.patch

DHCP Dependencies
Required
Net-tools-1.60 (you may omit net-tools by using the optional patch to utilize iproute2.

Kernel Configuration
You must have Packet Socket support (Device Drivers # Networking Support # Networking Options # Packet Socket)
compiled into the kernel.

Installation of DHCP
First fix a problem with always regenerating /etc/resolv.conf whether the DNS server has changed or not.
patch -Np1 -i ../dhcp-3.0.6-client_dns-1.patch
If you chose not to install net-tools, apply the iproute2 patch:
patch -Np1 -i ../dhcp-3.0.6-iproute2-1.patch
Install DHCP by running the following commands:
./configure &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make LIBDIR=/usr/lib INCDIR=/usr/include install

583
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Command Explanations
LIBDIR=/usr/lib INCDIR=/usr/include: This command installs the library and include files in /usr
instead of /usr/local.

Configuring DHCP
Config Files
/etc/dhclient.conf and /etc/dhcpd.conf

Configuration Information
Information on configuring the DHCP client can be found in Chapter 13, Connecting to a Network.
Note that you only need the DHCP server if you want to issue LAN addresses over your network. The DHCP client
doesn't need this script to be used. Also note that this script is coded for the eth1 interface, which may need to be
modified for your hardware configuration.
Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/dhcp init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20080816 package.
make install-dhcp
The lease file must exist on startup. The following command will satisfy that requirement:
touch /var/state/dhcp/dhcpd.leases
The following commands will create a base configuration file for a DHCP server. There are several options that you
may want to add (information that is passed back to the DHCP client) and those are covered in the man pages for
dhcp.conf.
cat > /etc/dhcpd.conf << "EOF"
default-lease-time 72000;
max-lease-time 144000;
ddns-update-style ad-hoc;

subnet <192.168.5.0> netmask <255.255.255.0> {

range <192.168.5.10> <192.168.5.240>;
option broadcast-address <192.168.5.255>;
option routers <192.168.5.1>;
}
EOF
All addresses should be changed to meet your circumstance.

Contents
Installed Programs: dhcpd, dhcrelay, dhclient, dhclient-script, and omshell
Installed Libraries: bdhcpctl.a, libomapi.a
Installed Directories: /var/state/dhcp, /usr/include/omapip, and /usr/include/isi-dhcp

Short Descriptions
dhclient is the implementation of the DHCP client.

584
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

dhcpd implements Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) and Internet Bootstrap Protocol (BOOTP)
requests for network addresses.
dhcrelay provides a means to accept DHCP and BOOTP requests on a subnet without a DHCP server and relay
them to a DHCP server on another subnet.
omshell provides an interactive way to connect to, query, and possibly change, the ISC DHCP Server's state
via OMAPI, the Object Management API.

585
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Leafnode-1.11.5
Introduction to Leafnode
Leafnode is an NNTP server designed for small sites to provide a local USENET spool.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/leafnode/leafnode-1.11.5.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gwdg.de/pub/linux/mirrors/sunsite/system/news/transport/leafnode-1.11.5.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 88552c5cc91cb27146c8906b2d33289d
• Download size: 428 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 6.2 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Leafnode Dependencies

Required

PCRE-7.6 and TCP Wrapper-7.6

Recommended

xinetd-2.3.14 and Fcron-3.0.3

Installation of Leafnode
As the root user, create the group and user news, if not present:

groupadd -g 36 news &&

useradd -c "Leafnode News Server" -d /var/spool/news -g news \
-u 36 news

Install Leafnode by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
--localstatedir=/var --sysconfdir=/etc/leafnode \
--with-lockfile=/var/lock/leafnode/fetchnews.lck &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--localstatedir=/var: Change the default spool directory of /usr/var.

586
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--sysconfdir=/etc/leafnode: Leafnode reads its configuration data from a file called config which will
be created in /etc/leafnode to avoid any potential conflict with other packages.

make update: Run this command if you are upgrading from a very old version of Leafnode.

Configuring Leafnode
Config Files
/etc/leafnode/config, /etc/nntpserver, /etc/sysconfig/createfiles /etc/inetd.
conf or /etc/xinetd.conf or /etc/xinetd.d/nntp

Configuration Information
The /etc/leafnode/config file must be edited to reflect the name of the upstream NNTP provider. Copy the
example configuration file to /etc/leafnode/config and save the original for reference:

cp /etc/leafnode/config.example /etc/leafnode/config

Change the

server =

entry to reflect your news provider.

The /etc/nntpserver file must contain 127.0.0.1 to prevent news clients from reading news from the upstream
feed. Create this file using the following command:

cat > /etc/nntpserver << "EOF"

127.0.0.1

EOF

The /etc/rc.d/init.d/cleanfs script, part of the LFS bootscript package, will remove the /var/lock/leafnode
directory during the system boot sequence. Install the following line in the /etc/sysconfig/createfiles
file to re-create the directory:

/var/lock/leafnode dir 2775 news news

Leafnode may be configured to use inetd by adding an entry to the /etc/inetd.conf file with the following
command:

echo "nntp stream tcp nowait news /usr/sbin/tcpd /usr/sbin/leafnode" \

>> /etc/inetd.conf

Issue a killall -HUP inetd to reread the changed inetd.conf file.

587
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

If you use xinetd, the following command will create the Leafnode file as /etc/xinetd.d/nntp:

cat >> /etc/xinetd.d/nntp << "EOF"

# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/nntp

service nntp
{
flags = NAMEINARGS NOLIBWRAP
socket_type = stream
protocol = tcp
wait = no
user = news
server = /usr/sbin/tcpd
server_args = /usr/sbin/leafnode
instances = 7
per_source = 3
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/nntp
EOF

Issue a killall -HUP xinetd to reread the changed xinetd.conf file.

Add entries to the root or news user's crontab to run the fetchnews and texpire commands at the desired time
intervals.

Contents
Installed Programs: applyfilter, checkgroups, fetchnews, leafnode, leafnode-version, newsq, and texpire
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: /etc/leafnode, /var/lock/leafnode, and /var/spool/news

Short Descriptions
applyfilter filters newsgroup articles according to regular expressions.
checkgroups inserts newsgroup titles into the newsgroup database.
fetchnews sends posted articles to and retrieves new articles from an upstream news server.
leafnode is an NNTP server daemon.
leafnode-version prints the Leafnode version.
newsq shows articles waiting to be sent upstream.
texpire expires old articles and unread groups.

588
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

OpenLDAP-2.3.39
Introduction to OpenLDAP
The OpenLDAP package provides an open source implementation of the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/infosys/network/OpenLDAP/openldap-stable/openldap-stable-
20071118.tgz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.openldap.org/pub/OpenLDAP/openldap-stable/openldap-stable-20071118.tgz
• Download MD5 sum: e3fec2953c948f6990ccdc3af7bf7f18
• Download size: 3.6 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 94 MB
• Estimated build time: 1.2 SBU and approximately 30 minutes to run the tests (processor independent)

Note
The OpenLDAP stable releases are packaged without version numbers in the tarball names. You can
see the relationship between the version number and name of the tarball at http://www.openldap.
org/software/download/.

OpenLDAP Dependencies

Required

Berkeley DB-4.5.20 is recommended (built in LFS) or GDBM-1.8.3

Recommended

Cyrus SASL-2.1.22 and OpenSSL-0.9.8g

Optional

TCP Wrapper-7.6, unixODBC-2.2.12, GMP-4.2.2, OpenSLP, Pth-2.0.7, and one of MySQL-5.0.41, Oracle, or
PostgreSQL-8.2.4

589
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Installation of OpenLDAP
Install OpenLDAP by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--libexecdir=/usr/sbin \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/srv/ldap \
--disable-debug \
--enable-dynamic \
--enable-crypt \
--enable-modules \
--enable-rlookups \
--enable-backends \
--enable-overlays \
--disable-sql &&
make depend &&
make
To test the results, issue: make test. If you've enabled tcp_wrappers, ensure you add 127.0.0.1 to the slapd line in
the /etc/hosts.allow file if you have a restrictive /etc/hosts.deny file.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&

for LINK in lber ldap ldap_r; do

chmod -v 0755 /usr/lib/$(readlink /usr/lib/lib${LINK}.so)
done &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/openldap-2.3.39/{drafts,guide,rfc} &&

install -v -m644 doc/drafts/* /usr/share/doc/openldap-2.3.39/drafts &&
install -v -m644 doc/rfc/* /usr/share/doc/openldap-2.3.39/rfc &&
cp -v -R doc/guide/* /usr/share/doc/openldap-2.3.39/guide

Command Explanations
--libexecdir=/usr/sbin: Installs the slapd and slurpd daemon programs in /usr/sbin instead of
/usr/libexec.
--sysconfdir=/etc: Sets the configuration file directory to avoid the default of /usr/etc.
--localstatedir=/srv/ldap: Sets the directory to use for the LDAP directory database, replication logs and
run-time variable data.
--disable-debug: Disable debugging code.
--enable-dynamic: This forces the OpenLDAP libraries to be dynamically linked to the executable programs.
--enable-crypt: Enables crypt(3) passwords.
--enable-modules: Enables dynamic module support.
--enable-rlookups: This parameter enables reverse lookups of client hostnames.

590
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--enable-backends: This parameter enables all available backends.

--enable-overlays: This parameter enables all available overlays.
--disable-sql: This parameter explicity disables the sql backend. Omit this switch if a SQL server is installed.
--disable-bdb --disable-hdb --with-ldbm-api=gdbm: Pass these parameters to the configure
command if you wish to use GDBM instead of Berkeley DB as the primary backend database.
chmod -v 0755 ...: This command adds the executable bit to the shared libraries.

Note
You can run ./configure --help to see if there are other parameters you can pass to the configure command
to enable other options or dependency packages.

Configuring OpenLDAP
Config Files
/etc/openldap/*

Configuration Information
Configuring the slapd and slurpd servers can be complex. Securing the LDAP directory, especially if you are
storing non-public data such as password databases, can also be a challenging task. You'll need to modify the
/etc/openldap/slapd.conf and /etc/openldap/ldap.conf files to set up OpenLDAP for your
particular needs.
Resources to assist you with topics such as choosing a directory configuration, backend and database definitions,
access control settings, running as a user other than root and setting a chroot environment include:
• The slapd man page
• The slapd.conf man page
• The OpenLDAP 2.3 Administrator's Guide (also installed locally in /usr/share/doc/openldap-2.3.
39/guide/admin)
• Documents located at http://www.openldap.org/pub/

Utilizing GDBM
To utilize GDBM as the database backend, the “database” entry in /etc/openldap/slapd.conf must
be changed from “bdb” to “ldbm”. You can use both by creating an additional database section in
/etc/openldap/slapd.conf.

Mozilla Address Directory

By default, LDAPv2 support is disabled in the slapd.conf file. Once the database is properly set up and Mozilla
is configured to use the directory, you must add allow bind_v2 to the slapd.conf file.

Boot Script
To automate the startup of the LDAP server at system bootup, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/openldap init
script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20080816 package using the following command:
make install-openldap1

591
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Note: The init script you just installed only starts the slapd daemon. If you wish to also start the slurpd daemon at
system startup, install a modified version of the script using this command:
make install-openldap2

Note
The init script starts the daemons without any parameters. You'll need to modify the script to include the
parameters needed for your specific configuration. See the slapd and slurpd man pages for parameter
information.

Testing the Configuration

Start the LDAP server using the init script:
/etc/rc.d/init.d/openldap start
Verify access to the LDAP server with the following command:
ldapsearch -x -b '' -s base '(objectclass=*)' namingContexts
The expected result is:
# extended LDIF
#
# LDAPv3
# base <> with scope base
# filter: (objectclass=*)
# requesting: namingContexts
#

#
dn:
namingContexts: dc=my-domain,dc=com

# search result
search: 2
result: 0 Success

# numResponses: 2
# numEntries: 1

Contents
Installed Programs: ldapadd, ldapcompare, ldapdelete, ldapmodify, ldapmodrdn, ldappasswd, ldapsearch,
ldapwhoami, slapadd, slapcat, slapd, slapdn, slapindex, slappasswd, slaptest, and slurpd
Installed Libraries: liblber.{so,a}, libldap.{so,a}, and libldap_r.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /etc/openldap, /srv/ldap, and /usr/share/openldap

Short Descriptions
ldapadd opens a connection to an LDAP server, binds and adds entries.

592
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

ldapcompare opens a connection to an LDAP server, binds and performs a compare using specified
parameters.
ldapdelete opens a connection to an LDAP server, binds and deletes one or more entries.
ldapmodify opens a connection to an LDAP server, binds and modifies entries.
ldapmodrdn opens a connection to an LDAP server, binds and modifies the RDN of entries.
ldappasswd is a tool to set the password of an LDAP user.
ldapsearch opens a connection to an LDAP server, binds and performs a search using specified
parameters.
ldapwhoami opens a connection to an LDAP server, binds and displays whoami information.
slapadd is used to add entries specified in LDAP Directory Interchange Format (LDIF) to an LDAP
database.
slapcat is used to generate an LDAP LDIF output based upon the contents of a slapd database.
slapd is the stand-alone LDAP server.
slapdn checks a list of string-represented DNs based on schema syntax.
slapindex is used to regenerate slapd indices based upon the current contents of a database.
slappasswd is an OpenLDAP password utility.
slaptest checks the sanity of the slapd.conf file.
slurpd is the stand-alone LDAP replication server.
liblber.{so,a} is a set of lightweight Basic Encoding Rules routines. These routines are used by the
LDAP library routines to encode and decode LDAP protocol elements using the (slightly
simplified) Basic Encoding Rules defined by LDAP. They are not normally used directly
by an LDAP application program except in the handling of controls and extended
operations.
libldap.{so,a} supports the LDAP programs and provide functionality for other programs interacting with
LDAP.
libldap_r.{so,a} contains the functions required by the LDAP programs to produce the results from LDAP
requests.

593
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

rsync-3.0.2
Introduction to rsync
The rsync package contains the rsync utility. This is useful for synchronizing large file archives over a network.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/BLFS/6.3/r/rsync-3.0.2.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: fd4c5d77d8cb7bb86ab209076fa214d9
• Download size: 765 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 35 MB (includes installing all documentation)
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

rsync Dependencies
Optional
popt-1.10.4, libattr, and libacl

Installation of rsync
For security reasons, running the rsync server as an unprivileged user and group is encouraged. If you intend to run
rsync as a daemon, create the rsyncd user and group with the following commands issued by the root user:
groupadd -g 48 rsyncd &&
useradd -c "rsyncd Daemon" -d /home/rsync -g rsyncd \
-s /bin/false -u 48 rsyncd
Install rsync by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
If you have Doxygen-1.5.2 installed and wish to build HTML API documentation, issue doxygen.
If you have DocBook-utils-0.6.14 installed and wish to build the user documentation, issue any or all of the following
commands:
pushd doc &&
docbook2pdf rsync.sgml &&
docbook2ps rsync.sgml &&
docbook2dvi rsync.sgml &&
docbook2txt rsync.sgml &&
docbook2html --nochunks rsync.sgml &&
popd
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install

594
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

If you built the documentation, install it using the following commands as the root user:
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/rsync-3.0.2/api &&
install -v -m644 dox/html/* /usr/share/doc/rsync-3.0.2/api &&
install -v -m644 doc/rsync.* /usr/share/doc/rsync-3.0.2

Configuring rsync
Config Files
/etc/rsyncd.conf

Configuration Information
For client access to remote files, you may need to install the OpenSSH-4.7p1 package to connect to the remote server.
This is a simple download-only configuration to set up running rsync as a server. See the rsyncd.conf(5) man-page
for additional options (i.e., user authentication).
cat > /etc/rsyncd.conf << "EOF"
# This is a basic rsync configuration file
# It exports a single module without user authentication.

motd file = /home/rsync/welcome.msg

use chroot = yes

[localhost]
path = /home/rsync
comment = Default rsync module
read only = yes
list = yes
uid = rsyncd
gid = rsyncd

EOF
You can find additional configuration information and general documentation about rsync at http://rsync.samba.
org/documentation.html.

Boot Script
Note that you only want to start the rsync server if you want to provide an rsync archive on your local machine. You
don't need this script to run the rsync client.
Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/rsyncd init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20080816 package.
make install-rsyncd

Contents
Installed Program: rsync
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: Optionally, /usr/share/doc/rsync-3.0.2

595
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
rsync is a replacement for rcp (and scp) that has many more features. It uses the “rsync algorithm” which provides
a very fast method of syncing remote files. It does this by sending just the differences in the files across the
link, without requiring that both sets of files are present at one end of the link beforehand.

596
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Running a CVS Server

Running a CVS Server
This section will describe how to set up, administer and secure a CVS server.

CVS Server Dependencies

Required

CVS-1.11.22 and OpenSSH-4.7p1

Setting up a CVS Server.

A CVS server will be set up using OpenSSH as the remote access method. Other access methods, including :pserver:
and :server: will not be used for write access to the CVS repository. The :pserver: method sends clear text passwords
over the network and the :server: method is not supported in all CVS ports. Instructions for anonymous, read only
CVS access using :pserver: can be found at the end of this section.

Configuration of the CVS server consists of four steps:

1. Create a Repository.
Create a new CVS repository with the following commands:

mkdir /srv/cvsroot &&

chmod 1777 /srv/cvsroot &&
export CVSROOT=/srv/cvsroot &&
cvs init

2. Import Source Code Into the Repository.

Import a source module into the repository with the following commands, issued from a user account on the same
machine as the CVS repository:

cd <sourcedir> &&
cvs import -m "<repository test>" <cvstest> <vendortag> <releasetag>

3. Verify Local Repository Access.

Test access to the CVS repository from the same user account with the following command:

cvs co cvstest

4. Verify Remote Repository Access.

Test access to the CVS repository from a remote machine using a user account that has ssh access to the CVS server
with the following commands:

597
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Note
Replace <servername> with the IP address or host name of the CVS repository machine. You will be
prompted for the user's shell account password before CVS checkout can continue.

export CVS_RSH=/usr/bin/ssh &&

cvs -d:ext:<servername>:/srv/cvsroot co cvstest

Configuring CVS for Anonymous Read Only Access.

CVS can be set up to allow anonymous read only access using the :pserver: method by logging on as root and
executing the following commands:
(grep anonymous /etc/passwd || useradd anonymous -s /bin/false -u 98) &&
echo anonymous: > /srv/cvsroot/CVSROOT/passwd &&
echo anonymous > /srv/cvsroot/CVSROOT/readers
If you use inetd, the following command will add the CVS entry to /etc/inetd.conf:
echo "2401 stream tcp nowait root /usr/bin/cvs cvs -f \
--allow-root=/srv/cvsroot pserver" >> /etc/inetd.conf
Issue a killall -HUP inetd to reread the changed inetd.conf file.
If you use xinetd, the following command will create the CVS file as /etc/xinetd.d/cvspserver:
cat >> /etc/xinetd.d/cvspserver << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/cvspserver

service cvspserver
{
port = 2401
socket_type = stream
protocol = tcp
wait = no
user = root
passenv = PATH
server = /usr/bin/cvs
server_args = -f --allow-root=/srv/cvsroot pserver
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/cvspserver
EOF
Issue a /etc/rc.d/init.d/xinetd reload to reread the changed xinetd.conf file.
Testing anonymous access to the new repository requires an account on another machine that can reach the CVS
server via network. No account on the CVS repository is needed. To test anonymous access to the CVS repository,
log in to another machine as an unprivileged user and execute the following command:
cvs -d:pserver:anonymous@<servername>:/srv/cvsroot co cvstest

598
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Note
Replace <servername> with the IP address or hostname of the CVS server.

Command Explanations
mkdir /srv/cvsroot: Create the CVS repository directory.
chmod 1777 /srv/cvsroot: Set sticky bit permissions for CVSROOT.
export CVSROOT=/srv/cvsroot: Specify new CVSROOT for all cvs commands.
cvs init: Initialize the new CVS repository.
cvs import -m "repository test" cvstest vendortag releasetag: All source code modules must be imported into
the CVS repository before use, with the cvs import command. The -m flags specifies an initial descriptive entry
for the new module. The cvstest parameter is the name used for the module in all subsequent cvs commands.
The vendortag and releasetag parameters are used to further identify each CVS module and are mandatory
whether used or not.
(grep anonymous /etc/passwd || useradd anonymous -s /bin/false -u 98): Check for an existing anonymous user
and create one if not found.
echo anonymous: > /srv/cvsroot/CVSROOT/passwd: Add the anonymous user to the CVS passwd file, which
is unused for anything else in this configuration.
echo anonymous > /srv/cvsroot/CVSROOT/readers: Add the anonymous user to the CVS readers file, a list of
users who have read only access to the repository.

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: /srv/cvsroot

599
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Running a Subversion Server

Running a Subversion Server
This section will describe how to set up, administer and secure a Subversion server.

Subversion Server Dependencies

Required

Subversion-1.4.4 and OpenSSH-4.7p1

Setting up a Subversion Server.

The following instructions will install a Subversion server, which will be set up to use OpenSSH as the secure remote
access method, with svnserve available for anonymous access.
Configuration of the Subversion server consists of the following steps:

1. Setup Users, Groups, and Permissions

You'll need to be user root for the initial portion of configuration. Create the svn user and group with the following
commands:

groupadd -g 56 svn &&

useradd -c "SVN Owner" -d /home/svn -m -g svn -s /bin/false -u 56 svn

If you plan to have multiple repositories, you should have a group dedicated to each repository for ease of
administration. Create the svntest group for the test repository and add the svn user to that group with the
following commands:

groupadd -g 57 svntest &&

usermod -G svntest -a svn

Additionally you should set umask 002 while working with a repository so that all new files will be writable by
owner and group. This is made mandatory by creating a wrapper script for svn and svnserve:

mv /usr/bin/svn /usr/bin/svn.orig &&

mv /usr/bin/svnserve /usr/bin/svnserve.orig &&
cat >> /usr/bin/svn << "EOF"
#!/bin/sh
umask 002
/usr/bin/svn.orig "$@"
EOF
cat >> /usr/bin/svnserve << "EOF"
#!/bin/sh
umask 002
/usr/bin/svnserve.orig "$@"
EOF
chmod 0755 /usr/bin/svn{,serve}

600
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Note
If you use Apache for working with the repository over HTTP, even for anonymous access, you should
wrap /usr/sbin/httpd in a similar script.

2. Create a Subversion repository.

With subversion-1.1.0 and greater, a new type of repository data-store is available, FSFS. There is a tradeoff for
speed with the new backend, however, the repository can now be placed on a network mount, and any corruption
does not require an admin to recover the repository. For more information and comparison between FSFS and BDB,
see http://svnbook.red-bean.com/svnbook-1.1/ch05.html#svn-ch-5-sect-1.2.A.
Create a new Subversion repository with the following commands:

install -v -m 0755 -d /srv &&

install -v -m 0755 -o svn -g svn -d /srv/svn/repositories &&
svnadmin create --fs-type fsfs /srv/svn/repositories/svntest

Now that the repository is created, it should be populated with with something useful. You'll need to have a predefined
directory layout set up exactly as you want your repository to look. For example, here is a sample BLFS layout setup
with a root of svntest/. You'll need to setup a directory tree similar to the following:

svntest/ # The name of the repository

trunk/ # Contains the existing source tree
BOOK/
bootscripts/
edguide/
patches/
scripts/
branches/ # Needed for additional branches
tags/ # Needed for tagging release points

Once you've created your directory layout as shown above, you are ready to do the initial import:

svn import -m "Initial import." \

</path/to/source/tree> \
file:///srv/svn/repositories/svntest

Now change owner and group information on the repository, and add an unprivileged user to the svn and svntest
groups:

chown -R svn:svntest /srv/svn/repositories/svntest &&

chmod -R g+w /srv/svn/repositories/svntest &&
chmod g+s /srv/svn/repositories/svntest/db &&
usermod -G svn,svntest -a <username>

svntest is the group assigned to the svntest repository. As mentioned earlier, this eases administration of multiple
repositories when using OpenSSH for authentication. Going forward, you'll need to add your unprivileged user, and
any additional users that you wish to have write access to the repository, to the svn and svntest groups.

601
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

In addition, you'll notice that the new repository's db directory is set-groupID. If the reasoning is not immediately
obvious, when using any external authentication method (such as ssh), the sticky bit is set so that all new files will be
owned by the user, but group of svntest. Anyone in the svntest group can create files, but still give the entire
group write access to those files. This avoids locking out other users from the repository.

Now, return to an unprivileged user account, and take a look at the new repository using svnlook:

svnlook tree /srv/svn/repositories/svntest/

Note
You may need to log out and back in again to refresh your group memberships. 'su <username>' should
work as well.

3. Configure the Server

As mentioned previously, these instructions will configure the server to use only ssh for write access to the repository
and to provide anonymous access using svnserve. There are several other ways to provide access to the repository.
These additional configurations are best explained at http://svnbook.red-bean.com/.

Access configuration needs to be done for each repository. Create the svnserve.conf file for the svntest repository
using the following commands:

cp /srv/svn/repositories/svntest/conf/svnserve.conf \
/srv/svn/repositories/svntest/conf/svnserve.conf.default &&
cat > /srv/svn/repositories/svntest/conf/svnserve.conf << "EOF"
[general]
anon-access = read
auth-access = write
EOF

There is not a lot to the configuration file at all. You'll notice that only the general section is required. Take a look at
the svnserve.conf.default file for information on using svnserve's built-in authentication method.

4. Starting the Server

There are a couple of ways to start svnserve. The most common way is to start it as an inetd or xinetd process.
Alternately, you can use a bootscript to start the service at startup.

Note
If you do not wish to provide anonymous access to your svn repositories or use svnserve's built-in
authentication, you do not need to run svnserve.

If you use inetd, add a line to /etc/inetd.conf using the following commands:

cat >> /etc/inetd.conf << "EOF"

svn stream tcp nowait svn /usr/bin/svnserve svnserve -i
EOF

602
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

If you use xinetd, the following command will create the Subversion server file as /etc/xinetd.d/svn:

cat >> /etc/xinetd.d/svn << "EOF"

# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/svn

service svn
{
port = 3690
socket_type = stream
protocol = tcp
wait = no
user = svn
server = /usr/bin/svnserve
server_args = -i -r /srv/svn/repositories
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/svn
EOF

Finally, if you wish to simply start the server at startup, install the svn bootscript included in the
blfs-bootscripts-20080816 package.

make install-svn

603
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Part VI. X + Window Managers

 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 23. X Window System Environment

This chapter contains instructions to build and configure a graphical user environment.
Xorg-7.2 introduces a completely autotooled build system which means that the packages build and install using
the conventional configure, make and make install commands, but it requires installing more than 100 different
packages. Most large commercial distributions have decided to use the Xorg package.

Introduction to Xorg-7.2
Xorg is a freely redistributable, open-source implementation of the X Window System. This system provides
a client/server interface between display hardware (the mouse, keyboard, and video displays) and the desktop
environment, while also providing both the windowing infrastructure and a standardized application interface (API).

Xorg Download and Installation Instructions

Xorg-7.0.0 introduced a completely auto-tooled, modular build system. With the new modular build system, it is
no longer possible to download the entire package in a single file. In fact, there may be as many as 293 files that
need to be fetched from the download location. To assist with such a large task, installing Wget-1.10.2 is strongly
recommended for downloading the needed files. A complete wget file list is provided for each section that includes
multiple packages.

Given the number of packages available, deciding which packages you need to install for your particular setup may
seem a bit overwhelming at first. Take a look at this page and this thread to get an idea of what you will need. If
you are unsure, you should install all packages at the cost of extra disk space. To see which packages have changed
between releases of Xorg, see the upstream update and deprecated directories.

Note
Even if you intend to download only the necessary packages, you should download the wget file lists. The
list of files are ordered by dependency, and the package versions listed in the files are known to work well
with each other. Further, the wget file lists contain comments for specific packages that are deprecated or
are not recommended to install. Newer packages are likely intended for the next release of Xorg and have
already proved to be incompatible with current versions of software installed in BLFS. The installed size of
Xorg can be reduced considerably by installing only the packages that you will need and use, however, the
BLFS book cannot account for all dependencies and build options for the individual Xorg packages. The
instructions assume that all packages have been built. A wiki page containing dependency information is
under development. You are encouraged to add to these pages if you discover additional information that
may be helpful to other users who selectively install individual packages.

605
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Additionally, because of the large number of repetitive commands, you are encouraged to partially automate the build.
The commands below (or similar) can be entered at the command line to compile each group of packages (proto,
utils, libs, apps, drivers). The wiki links on each group's page contain specific commands to compile the entire group
of packages, based on the content of the wget files.
bash -e #exit on all errors
section=proto
version=7.2
mkdir $section
cd $section

# download and check packages

grep -v '^#' ../${section}-${version}.wget | wget -i- -c \
-B http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/${section}/
md5sum -c ../${section}-${version}.md5

# build packages
for package in $(grep -v '^#' ../${section}-${version}.wget)
do
packagedir=$(echo $package | sed 's/.tar.bz2//')
tar -xf $package
cd $packagedir
./configure $XORG_CONFIG
make
make install
cd ..
rm -rf $packagedir
rm -f $package
done 2>&1 | tee -a ../xorg-${section}-compile.log #log the entire loop
The above shell will exit immediately on error. If it runs to completion, you should manually exit the shell before
continuing on to the next set of instructions.

Setting up the Xorg Build Environment

First, you'll need to create a working directory:
mkdir xc &&
cd xc
As with previous releases of the X Window System, it may be desirable to install Xorg into an alternate prefix. This is
no longer common practice among Linux distributions. The common installation prefix for Xorg on Linux is /usr.
There is no standard alternate prefix, nor is there any exception in the current revision of the Filesystem Hierarchy
Standard for Release 7 of the X Window System. Alan Coopersmith of Sun Microsystems, has recently stated "At
Sun, we were using /usr/X11 and plan to stick with it." Only the /opt/* prefix or the /usr prefix adhere to
the current FHS guidelines.
Choose your installation prefix, and set the XORG_PREFIX variable with the following command:
export XORG_PREFIX="<PREFIX>"

606
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Throughout these instructions, you will use the following configure switches for all of the packages. Create the
XORG_CONFIG variable to use for this parameter substitution:

export XORG_CONFIG="--prefix=$XORG_PREFIX --sysconfdir=/etc \

--mandir=$XORG_PREFIX/share/man --localstatedir=/var"

Note
Make sure that you also add these variables to your personal or system-wide profile as they are used
throughout this book. See The Bash Shell Startup Files for more information.

If you've decided to use an alternate prefix, be sure to add $XORG_PREFIX/bin to your PATH environment
variable and $XORG_PREFIX/lib/pkgconfig to your PKG_CONFIG_PATH variable. For detailed
instructions, see The Bash Shell Startup Files. You should also add $XORG_PREFIX/lib to the /etc/ld.so.
conf file and $XORG_PREFIX/share/man as a MANDATORY_MANPATH in /etc/man_db.conf.
Packages in Xorg store their configuration files in $XORG_PREFIX/lib/X11 by default. This is strictly against
FHS guidelines. To simplify installation, create the proper installation directories in /etc/X11 and create symlinks
in $XORG_PREFIX/lib/X11 to satisfy the installation. Execute the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d \
/etc/X11/{app-defaults,fs,twm,xdm,xinit,xkb,xsm} &&

install -v -m755 -d $XORG_PREFIX/lib/X11 &&

for link in \
/etc/X11/{app-defaults,fs,twm,xdm,xinit,xkb,xsm}
do
ln -sv $link $XORG_PREFIX/lib/X11
done

607
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Xorg Protocol Headers

Introduction to Xorg Protocol Headers
The Xorg protocol headers provide the header files required to build the system, and to allow other applications to
build against the installed X Window system.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/proto/
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/proto/
• Download MD5 sum: http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/6.3/xorg/proto-7.2.md5
• Download size: 1.4 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 4.0 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required download list: http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/6.3/xorg/proto-7.2.wget

Downloading Xorg Protocol Headers

To download the needed files using wget, use the following commands:

mkdir proto &&

cd proto &&
grep -v '^#' ../proto-7.2.wget | wget -i- -c \
-B http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/proto/ &&
md5sum -c ../proto-7.2.md5

Installation of Xorg Protocol Headers

Install the Xorg protocol headers by running the following commands for each package to be installed.

./configure $XORG_CONFIG

These packages do not provide test suites.

Now as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $XORG_PREFIX/: include/X11, include/GL, and
lib/pkgconfig

608
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Xorg Utilities
Introduction to Xorg Utilities
The Xorg utility packages provide needed utilities, not for the Xorg installation itself, but for other applications that
make use of legacy X11R6 installation methods.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/util/
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/util/
• Download MD5 sum: http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/6.3/xorg/util-7.2.md5
• Download size: 664 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 5.2 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required download list: http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/6.3/xorg/util-7.2.wget

Xorg Utilities Dependencies

Required

pkg-config-0.22 and Xorg Protocol Headers

Downloading Xorg Utilities

To download the needed files using wget, use the following commands:

mkdir util &&

cd util &&
grep -v '^#' ../util-7.2.wget | wget -i- -c \
-B http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/util/ &&
md5sum -c ../util-7.2.md5

Installation of Xorg Utilities

Install the Xorg utilities by running the following commands for each package:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&

make

These packages do not provide test suites.

Now as the root user:

make install

609
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: ccmakedep, cleanlinks, gccmakedep, imake, lndir, makedepend, makeg, mergelib,
mkdirhier, mkhtmlindex, revpath, xmkmf
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $XORG_PREFIX/: bin, lib/X11/config, share/aclocal,
and share/man

Short Descriptions
ccmakedep creates dependencies in makefiles using a C compiler.
cleanlinks removes dangling symbolic links and empty directories.
gccmakedep creates dependencies in makefiles using gcc -M.
imake is a C preprocessor interface to the make utility.
lndir creates a shadow directory of symbolic links to another directory tree.
makedepend creates dependencies in makefiles.
makeg makes a debuggable executable.
mergelib merges one library into another.
mkdirhier makes a directory hierarchy.
mkhtmlindex generates index files for HTML man pages.
revpath generates a relative path that can be used to undo a changedirectory.
xmkmf creates a Makefile from an Imakefile.

610
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libXau-1.0.3
Introduction to libXau
The libXau package contains a library implementing the X11 Authorization Protocol. This is useful for restricting
client access to the display.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/lib/libXau-1.0.3.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/lib/libXau-1.0.3.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 75a9f2b85cd1617b5ca98c9095323853
• Download size: 224 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 2.0 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

libXau Dependencies
Required
Xorg Protocol Headers

Installation of libXau
Install libXau by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&

make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Library: libXau.{so,a}
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
libXau.{so,a} is the library of X authority database routines.

611
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libXdmcp-1.0.2
Introduction to libXdmcp
The libXdmcp package contains a library implementing the X Display Manager Control Protocol. This is useful for
allowing clients to interact with the X Display Manager.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/lib/libXdmcp-1.0.2.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/lib/libXdmcp-1.0.2.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 10facf2bc7cbd5e5c1a698b8a210a582
• Download size: 216 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 2.5 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

libXdmcp Dependencies
Required
Xorg Protocol Headers

Installation of libXdmcp
Install libXdmcp by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Library: libXdmcp.{so,a}
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
libXdmcp.{so,a} is the X Display Manager Control Protocol library.

612
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

xcb-proto-1.0
Introduction to xcb-proto
The xcb-proto package provides the XML-XCB protocol descriptions that libxcb uses to generate the majority of
its code and API.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://xcb.freedesktop.org/dist/xcb-proto-1.0.tar.bz2
•
• Download MD5 sum: d31407eaae7e52d100645217767a41aa
• Download size: 69.4 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 788 KB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

xcb-proto Dependencies
Optional (required to run the tests)
libxml2-2.6.31

Installation of xcb-proto
Install xcb-proto by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&

make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -dv -m755 ${XORG_PREFIX}/share/doc/xcb-proto-1.0 &&
install -v -m644 doc/* ${XORG_PREFIX}/share/doc/xcb-proto-1.0

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directory: $XORG_PREFIX/share/xcb

613
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libxcb-1.0
Introduction to libxcb
The libxcb package provides an interface to the X Window System protocol, which replaces the current Xlib interface.
Xlib can also use XCB as a transport layer, allowing software to make requests and receive responses with both.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://xcb.freedesktop.org/dist/libxcb-1.0.tar.bz2
•
• Download MD5 sum: 0eb951fd0fa9542dbe4fc3530b81a3b6
• Download size: 410 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 15.0 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required patch to workaround X11 locking bugs in other applications: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/
blfs/6.3/libxcb-1.0-sloppy_lock-1.patch

libxcb Dependencies

Required

libXau-1.0.3, libXdmcp-1.0.2, libpthread-stubs-0.1, xcb-proto-1.0, and libxslt-1.1.22

Optional

Doxygen-1.5.2 (to generate API documentation) and Check (to run tests)

Installation of libxcb
Install libxcb by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../libxcb-1.0-sloppy_lock-1.patch &&

./configure $XORG_CONFIG --docdir='${datadir}'/doc/libxcb-1.0 &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--docdir='${datadir}'/doc/libxcb-1.0: This parameter ensures the libxcb documentation is installed
to a versioned directory.
--without-doxygen: This switch can be used to disable the API documentation if Doxygen-1.5.2 is installed.

614
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Configuring libxcb
Configuration Information
The libxcb developers have decided to be strict in asserting locking bugs in X11 applications. This is different than
the behavior of libX11 when used on its own, and it will cause some applications to crash when they previously did
not. When an application has these types of bugs, it will crash with the following assertion:

xcb_xlib_lock: Assertion `!c->xlib.lock' failed.

The patch applied above to libxcb adds an environment variable, LIBXCB_ALLOW_SLOPPY_LOCK, to be set which
will allow the locking bugs to not crash the application. It is a workaround that is known to be needed in a few cases.
If it is found that these bugs affect an application in use, add the following to your system or personal profile:

export LIBXCB_ALLOW_SLOPPY_LOCK=1

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: libxcb.{so,a} and libxcb-*.{so,a}
Installed Directories: $XORG_PREFIX/include/xcb and $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libxcb-1.0

Short Descriptions
libxcb.{so,a} is an interface to the X Window System protocol.

615
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Xorg Libraries
Introduction to Xorg Libraries
The Xorg libraries provide library routines that are used within all X Window applications.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/lib/
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/lib/
• Download MD5 sum: http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/6.3/xorg/lib-7.2.md5
• Download size: 11.4 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 186 MB
• Estimated build time: 6.6 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required download list: http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/6.3/xorg/lib-7.2.wget
• Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/libX11-1.1.2-badargs-1.patch
• Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/libXfont-1.2.8-pcf_parser-1.patch

Xorg Libraries Dependencies

Required

Ed-0.8, Fontconfig-2.4.2, pkg-config-0.22, Xorg Protocol Headers, and libXdmcp-1.0.2

Optional

libxcb-1.0

Downloading Xorg Libraries

To download the needed files using wget, use the following commands:

mkdir lib &&

cd lib &&
grep -v '^#' ../lib-7.2.wget | wget -i- -c \
-B http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/lib/ &&
md5sum -c ../lib-7.2.md5

616
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Installation of Xorg Libraries

Install the libraries by running the following commands for each package:

case $(basename "$PWD") in

libX11-1.1.2 )
patch -Np1 -i ../../libX11-1.1.2-badargs-1.patch &&
sed -i 's/_XGet/XGet/' modules/im/ximcp/imDefLkup.c
;;
libXfont-1.2.8 )
patch -Np1 -i ../../libXfont-1.2.8-pcf_parser-1.patch &&
sed -i 's/(ft_isdigit/(isdigit/' src/FreeType/fttools.c
;;
esac &&
./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&
make

These packages do not provide test suites.

Now as the root user:

make install &&

ldconfig

Command Explanations
--without-xcb: By default, libX11 will use libxcb-1.0 for its transport layer. This parameter is necessary in the
./configure command if libxcb-1.0 is not installed.

patch -Np1 -i ../libX11-1.1.2-badargs-1.patch: This patch fixes an error with argument ordering in one of the
functions in libX11.

sed -i 's/_XGet/XGet/' modules/im/ximcp/imDefLkup.c: This command fixes a locking bug in libX11.

patch -Np1 -i ../libXfont-1.2.8-pcf_parser-1.patch: This patch fixes a security vulnerability in the PCF font parser
in libXfont.
sed -i 's/(ft_isdigit/(isdigit/' src/FreeType/fttools.c: In newer versions of Freetype2, the ft_isdigit macro has been
removed. This command replaces it with the compatible isdigit macro.

Configuration of Xorg Libraries

If you've chosen to install Xorg into /usr, then no further configuration is necessary and you can skip the rest of this
section. If you've opted for an alternate prefix, you should create two symlinks to satisfy the expected environment
of several packages. Execute the following commands as the root user:

ln -sv $XORG_PREFIX/lib/X11 /usr/lib/X11 &&

ln -sv $XORG_PREFIX/include/X11 /usr/include/X11

617
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: cxpm, makestrs, sxpm, xft-config
Installed Libraries: libAppleWM.{so,a}, libdmx.{so,a}, libfontenc.{so,a}, libFS.{so,a},
libICE.{so,a}, liboldX.{so,a}, libSM.{so,a}, libWindowsWM.{so,a},
libX11.{so,a}, libXaw6.{so,a}, libXaw7.{so,a}, libXaw8.{so,a}, libXaw.{so,a},
libXcomposite.{so,a}, libXcursor.{so,a}, libXdamage.{so,a}, libXevie.{so,a},
libXext.{so,a}, libXfixes.{so,a}, libXfontcache.{so,a}, libXfont.{so,a}, libXft.{so,a},
libXinerama.{so,a}, libXi.{so,a}, libxkbfile.{so,a}, libxkbui.{so,a}, libXmu.{so,a},
libXmuu.{so,a}, libXpm.{so,a}, libXprintAppUtil.{so,a}, libXprintUtil.{so,a},
libXp.{so,a}, libXrandr.{so,a}, libXrender.{so,a}, libXRes.{so,a}, libXss.{so,a},
libXTrap.{so,a}, libXt.{so,a}, libXtst.{so,a}, libXvMC.{so,a}, libXvMCW.{so,a},
libXv.{so,a}, libXxf86dga.{so,a}, libXxf86misc.{so,a}, and libXxf86vm.{so,a}

Short Descriptions
cxpm checks the format of an XPM file.
makestrs makes string table C source and header(s).
sxpm shows an XPM file and/or converts XPM 1 or 2 files to XPM 3.
xft-config reports Xft version, compiler, linker, and/or installation directory information.
libAppleWM.{so,a} is the Apple rootless window management extension.
libdmx.{so,a} is the X Window System DMX (Distributed Multihead X) extension library.
libfontenc.{so,a} is the X11 font encoding library.
libFS.{so,a} is the library interface to the X Font Server.
libICE.{so,a} is the X Inter Client Exchange Library.
liboldX.{so,a} is the interface library to X10 routines.
libSM.{so,a} is the X Session Management Library.
libWindowsWM.{so,a} is the WindowsWM Library based on AppleWM.
libX11.{so,a} is the Xlib Library.
libXaw6.{so,a} is the X Athena Widgets Library, version 6.
libXaw7.{so,a} is the X Athena Widgets Library, version 7.
libXaw8.{so,a} is the X Athena Widgets Library, version 8.
libXaw.{so,a} are symbolic links to the current X Athena Widgets Library, version 8.
libXcomposite.{so,a} is the X Composite Library.
libXcursor.{so,a} is the X Cursor management library.
libXdamage.{so,a} is the X Damage Library.
libXevie.{so,a} is the X Event Interception Extension (XEvIE) Library.
libXext.{so,a} is the Misc X Extension Library.
libXfixes.{so,a} a library to provide augmented versions of core protocol requests.
libXfontcache.{so,a} is the X-TrueType font cache extension client library.
libXfont.{so,a} is the X font library.

618
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libXft.{so,a} is the X FreeType interface library.

libXinerama.{so,a} is the Xinerama Library.
libXi.{so,a} is the X Input Extension Library.
libxkbfile.{so,a} is the xkbfile Library.
libxkbui.{so,a} is the xkbui Library.
libXmu.{so,a} is the X interface library for miscellaneous utilities not part of the Xlib standard.
libXmuu.{so,a} is the Mini Xmu Library.
libXpm.{so,a} is the X Pixmap Library.
libXprintAppUtil.{so,a} is the XprintAppUtil Library.
libXprintUtil.{so,a} is the XprintUtil Library.
libXp.{so,a} is the X Print Client Library.
libXrandr.{so,a} is the X Resize, Rotate and Reflection extension library.
libXrender.{so,a} is the X Render Library.
libXRes.{so,a} is the X-Resource extension client library.
libXss.{so,a} is the X11 Screen Saver extension client library.
libXTrap.{so,a} is the X Trap Library.
libXt.{so,a} is the X Toolkit Library.
libXtst.{so,a} is the Xtst Library.
libXvMC.{so,a} is the X-Video Motion Compensation Library.
libXvMCW.{so,a} is the XvMC Wrapper including the Nonstandard VLD extension.
libXv.{so,a} is the X Window System video extension library.
libXxf86dga.{so,a} is the client library for the XFree86-DGA extension.
libXxf86misc.{so,a} is the client library for the XFree86-Misc X extension.
libXxf86vm.{so,a} is the client library for the XFree86-VidMode X extension.

619
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Xbitmaps-1.0.1
Introduction to Xbitmaps
Xbitmaps provides static graphics needed by Xorg applications to draw screen elements.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/data/xbitmaps-1.0.1.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/data/xbitmaps-1.0.1.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: b28a9840cde3c38d7c09716372fea257
• Download size: 54 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 1.7 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Xbitmaps Dependencies
Required
Xorg Utilities

Installation of Xbitmaps
First, configure the Xbitmaps package by running the following command:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now install as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directory: $XORG_PREFIX/include/X11/bitmaps

620
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Xorg Applications
Introduction to Xorg Applications
The Xorg applications provide the expected applications available in previous X Window implementations.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/app/
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/app/
• Download MD5 sum: http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/6.3/xorg/app-7.2.md5
• Download size: 9.0 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 30.7 MB
• Estimated build time: 2.9 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required download list: http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/6.3/xorg/app-7.2.wget

Xorg Applications Dependencies

Required

xbitmaps-1.0.1, libpng-1.2.29, and Xorg Libraries

Recommended

MesaLib-6.5.2

Optional

Linux-PAM-0.99.10.0 (only used by XDM)

Downloading Xorg Applications

To download the needed files using wget, use the following commands:

mkdir app &&

cd app &&
grep -v '^#' ../app-7.2.wget | wget -i- -c \
-B http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/app/ &&
md5sum -c ../app-7.2.md5

Installation of Xorg Applications

Install the applications by running the following commands for each package:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&

make

These packages do not provide test suites.

621
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Programs: appres, atobm, bdftopcf, beforelight, bitmap, bmtoa, dga, editres, fontname.sh,
fontprop.sh, fonttosfnt, fslsfonts, fstobdf, iceauth, ico, listres, mkcfm, mkfontdir,
mkfontscale, oclock, rstart, rstartd, sessreg, setxkbmap, showfont, showrgb, smproxy,
startx, twm, viewres, x11perf, x11perfcomp, xauth, xauth_switch_to_sun-des-1, xbiff,
xcalc, xclipboard, xclock, xcmsdb, xconsole, xcursorgen, xcutsel, xdbedizzy, xditview,
xdm, xdmshell, xdpr, xdpyinfo, xdriinfo, xedit, xev, xeyes, xfd, xfontsel, xfs,
xfsinfo, xgamma, xgc, xhost, xinit, xkbbell, xkbcomp, xkbevd, xkbprint, xkbvleds,
xkbwatch, xkill, xload, xlogo, xlsatoms, xlsclients, xlsfonts, xmag, xman, xmessage,
xmh, xmodmap, xmore, xon, xphelloworld, xplsprinters, xpr, xprehashprinterlist,
xprop, xpsimplehelloworld, xpxthelloworld, xrandr, xrdb, xrefresh, xset, xsetmode,
xsetpointer, xsetroot, xsm, xstdcmap, xtrapchar, xtrapin, xtrapinfo, xtrapout,
xtrapproto, xtrapreset, xtrapstats, xvidtune, xvinfo, xwd, xwininfo, and xwud

Short Descriptions
appres lists the X application resource database.
atobm is a bitmap converter utility for the X Window System.
bdftopcf converts an X font from Bitmap Distribution Format to Portable Compiled
Format.
beforelight is a screensaver.
bitmap is a bitmap editor utility for the X Window System.
bmtoa is a bitmap converter utility for the X Window System.
dga is a test program for the XFree86-DGA extension.
editres is a dynamic resource editor for X Toolkit applications.
fontname.sh is a script used to generate the FONT properties.
fontprop.sh is a script used to generate the various XLFD font properties given an
XLFD-style font name.
fonttosfnt wraps a bitmap font in a sfnt (TrueType) wrapper.
fslsfonts lists fonts served by X font server.
fstobdf generates a BDF font from X font server.
iceauth is the ICE authority file utility.
ico animates an icosahedron or other polyhedron.
listres lists resources in widgets.
mkcfm creates summaries of font metric files in CID font directories.
mkfontdir creates an index of X font files in a directory.
mkfontscale creates an index of scalable font files for X.
oclock is a round X clock.

622
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

rstart is a sample implementation of a Remote Start client.

rstartd is a sample implementation of a Remote Start rsh helper.
sessreg manages utmp/wtmp entries for non-init clients.
setxkbmap sets the keyboard using the X Keyboard Extension.
showfont is a font dumper for X font server.
showrgb uncompiles an rgb color-name database.
smproxy is the Session Manager Proxy.
startx initializes an X session.
twm is the Tab Window Manager for the X Window System.
viewres is a graphical class browser for Xt.
x11perf is an X11 server performance test program.
x11perfcomp is an X11 server performance comparison program.
xauth is the X authority file utility.
xauth_switch_to_sun-des-1 switches the current Xserver's authentification to SUN-DES-1.
xbiff is a mailbox flag for X.
xcalc is a scientific calculator for X.
xclipboard is an X clipboard client.
xclock is an analog/digital clock for X.
xcmsdb is the Device Color Characterization utility for the X Color Management
System.
xconsole monitors system console messages with X.
xcursorgen creates an X cursor file from a collection of PNG images.
xcutsel interchanges between cut buffer and selection.
xdbedizzy is a demo of DBE creating a double buffered spinning scene.
xditview displays ditroff output.
xdm is the X Display Manager with support for XDMCP and a host chooser.
xdmshell is a simple program for running xdm from login.
xdpr dumps an X window directly to a printer.
xdpyinfo is a display information utility for X.
xdriinfo queries configuration information of DRI drivers.
xedit is a simple text editor for X.
xev prints contents of X events.
xeyes is a a follow the mouse X demo.
xfd displays all the characters in an X font.
xfontsel provides point and click selection of X11 font names.
xfs is the X font server.

623
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

xfsinfo is the X font server information utility.

xgamma alters a monitor's gamma correction through the X server.
xgc is an X graphics demo.
xhost is a server access control program for X.
xinit is the X Window System initializer.
xkbbell is an XKB utility program that raises a bell event.
xkbcomp compiles an XKB keyboard description.
xkbevd is the XKB event daemon.
xkbprint prints an XKB keyboard description.
xkbvleds shows the XKB status of keyboard LEDs.
xkbwatch monitors modifier keys and LEDs.
xkill kills a client by its X resource.
xload is a system load average display for X.
xlogo is the X Window System logo.
xlsatoms lists interned atoms defined on the server.
xlsclients lists client applications running on a display.
xlsfonts is a server font list displayer for X.
xmag magnifies parts of the screen.
xman is a manual page display program for the X Window System.
xmessage displays a message or query in a window.
xmh sends and reads mail with an X interface to MH.
xmodmap is a utility for modifying keymaps and pointer button mappings in X.
xmore is a plain text display program for the X Window System.
xon starts an X program on a remote machine.
xphelloworld sends a test page to an Xprint printer.
xplsprinters shows a list of Xprint printers and their attributes.
xpr prints an X window dump.
xprehashprinterlist recomputes the list of available printers.
xprop is a property displayer for X.
xpsimplehelloworld is a "Hello World"-like Xprint sample utility based on plain X11 rendering
calls.
xpxthelloworld is a "Hello World"-like Xprint sample utility based on the Xt toolkit.
xrandr is a primitive command line interface to RandR extension.
xrdb is the X server resource database utility.
xrefresh refreshes all or part of an X screen.
xset is the user preference utility for X.

624
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

xsetmode sets the mode for an X Input device.

xsetpointer sets an X Input device as the main pointer.
xsetroot is the root window parameter setting utility for X.
xsm is the X Session Manager.
xstdcmap is the X standard colormap utility.
xtrapchar parses ANSI character sequences to synthesize input events to X Window
servers using the XTrap server extension.
xtrapin tests the input transport to the XTrap server extension.
xtrapinfo displays general XTrap configuration information.
xtrapout tests the output transport from the XTrap extension to the XTrap client
library.
xtrapproto tests the XTrap protocol between a client and server.
xtrapreset queries the XTrap extension.
xtrapstats configures XTrap to collect usage statistics on all core input events and
requests.
xvidtune is the video mode tuner for Xorg.
xvinfo prints out X-Video extension adaptor information.
xwd dumps an image of an X window.
xwininfo is a window information utility for X.
xwud is an image displayer for X.

625
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

xcursor-themes-1.0.1
Introduction to xcursor-themes
The xcursor-themes package contains the redglass and whiteglass animated cursor themes.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/data/xcursor-themes-1.0.1.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/lib/xcursor-themes-1.0.1.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 014bad415e64c49994679cdb71a97e37
• Download size: 2.1 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 19.5 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

xcursor-themes Dependencies
Required
Xorg Applications

Installation of xcursor-themes
Install xcursor-themes by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Library: None
Installed Directories: $XORG_PREFIX/icons

626
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Xorg Fonts
Introduction to Xorg Fonts
The Xorg font packages provide needed fonts to the Xorg applications.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/font/
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/font/
• Download MD5 sum: http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/6.3/xorg/font-7.2.md5
• Download size: 13.0 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 100 MB
• Estimated build time: 2.0 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required download list: http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/6.3/xorg/font-7.2.wget

Required
Xorg Applications and xcursor-themes-1.0.1

Downloading Xorg Fonts

To download the needed files using wget, use the following commands:
mkdir font &&
cd font &&
grep -v '^#' ../font-7.2.wget | wget -i- -c \
-B http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/font/ &&
md5sum -c ../font-7.2.md5

Installation of Xorg Fonts

Run the following commands for each package:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&
make
These packages do not provide test suites.
Now as the root user:
make install
When all of the fonts have been installed, the system must be configured so that Fontconfig can find the TrueType fonts
since they are outside of the default search path of /usr/share/fonts. Make symlinks to the Xorg TrueType
font directories by running the following commands as the root user:
install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/fonts &&
ln -svn $XORG_PREFIX/lib/X11/fonts/OTF /usr/share/fonts/X11-OTF &&
ln -svn $XORG_PREFIX/lib/X11/fonts/TTF /usr/share/fonts/X11-TTF

627
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: bdftruncate and ucs2any
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: $XORG_PREFIX/fonts and /usr/share/fonts/X11-{TTF,OTF}

Short Descriptions
bdftruncate generates a truncated BDF font from an ISO 10646-1-encoded BDF font.
ucs2any generates BDF fonts containing subsets of ISO 10646-1 codepoints.

628
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

XKeyboardConfig-1.2
Introduction to XKeyboardConfig
The XKeyboardConfig package contains the keyboard configuration database for the X Window System.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://xlibs.freedesktop.org/xkbdesc/xkeyboard-config-1.2.tar.bz2
•
• Download MD5 sum: 667c582a54d5715d24110c20e8c4be38
• Download size: 573 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 9.2 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

XKeyboardConfig Dependencies
Required
Xorg Applications and XML::Parser-2.34

Optional
intltool-0.35.5

Installation of XKeyboardConfig
Install XKeyboardConfig by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG --with-xkb-rules-symlink=xorg &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -dv -m755 $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/xkeyboard-config-1.2 &&
install -v -m644 docs/{README,HOWTO}* \
$XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/xkeyboard-config-1.2

Command Explanations
--with-xkb-rules-symlink=xorg: By default, the XKB rules installed are named "base". This creates
symlinks named "xorg" to those rules, which is the default name used by Xorg.

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directory: $XORG_PREFIX/share/X11/xkb, $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/xkeyboard-config-1.2

629
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Luit-1.0.2
Introduction to Luit
Luit provides a filter for displaying and converting UTF-8 characters in text console windows.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/app/luit-1.0.2.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/app/luit-1.0.2.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: aacda46598ce3af8ca16e2a8132db1b2
• Download size: 97 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 1 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Luit Dependencies
Required
Xorg Fonts

Installation of Luit
Install luit with the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG \
--with-localealiasfile=$XORG_PREFIX/share/X11/locale/locale.alias &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--with-localealiasfile=$XORG_PREFIX/share/X11/locale/locale.alias: The default
location luit expects the locale.alias file is different than the location libX11 installs it to.

Contents
Installed Program: luit
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: None

Short Description
luit provides locale and ISO 2022 support for Unicode terminals.

630
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Xorg-Server-1.2.0
Introduction to Xorg-Server
The Xorg Server is the core of the X Window system.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/xserver/xorg-server-1.2.0.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/xserver/xorg-server-1.2.0.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: ea291c89e68832d570d9d5e007218bd6
• Download size: 5.7 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 425 MB
• Estimated build time: 4.9 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/xorg-server-1.2.0-security-1.patch

Xorg Server Dependencies

Required
Xorg Fonts and xkeyboard-config-1.2

Optional
MesaLib-6.5.2

Installation of Xorg Server

Note
If you intend to build with Mesa, you must have the Mesa source directory available when building the
Xorg-server.

Multiple security vulnerabilities have been identified in the xorg-server package. Apply a patch to fix these
vulnerabilities with the following command:

patch -Np1 -i ../xorg-server-1.2.0-security-1.patch

Install the server by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG \
--with-mesa-source=</absolute/path/to>/Mesa-6.5.2 \
--with-module-dir=$XORG_PREFIX/lib/X11/modules \
--with-dri-driver-path=$XORG_PREFIX/lib/X11/modules/dri \
--with-xkb-output=/var/lib/xkb \
--enable-install-setuid &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.

631
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--with-mesa-source=...: This switch directs the build system to the location of the Mesa source directory.
This must be an absolute path. If you wish to build without Mesa, omit this switch.
--with-module-dir=...: This parameter sets the destination for the installed modules.
--with-dri-driver-path=...: This is the location of the Mesa DRI drivers.
--enable-install-setuid: The Xorg binary must run as the root user. This switch ensures that the binary is
installed setuid when make is run by an unprivileged user.
--disable-glx: Disable building of the GLX extension. This parameter is required if building without Mesa.
--disable-dri: Disable building of the DRI extension. This parameter is required if building without Mesa.
--disable-xprint: Disable building of the Xprint extension and server. This parameter is required if building
without Mesa.

Contents
Installed Programs: cvt, dmxaddinput, dmxaddscreen, dmxreconfig, dmxresize, dmxrminput,
dmxrmscreen, dmxtodmx, dmxwininfo, getconfig, getconfig.pl, gtf, inb, inl, inw,
ioport, outb, outl, outw, pcitweak, scanpci, vdltodmx, X, Xdmx, xdmx, xdmxconfig,
Xnest, Xorg, xorgcfg, xorgconfig and Xvfb
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: /var/lib/xkb and the following subdirectories of $XORG_PREFIX/: include/xorg,
include/X11/pixmaps, lib/X11/{getconfig,modules} and lib/xserver

Short Descriptions
cvt calculates VESA CVT mode lines.
dmxaddinput adds an input device to an Xdmx server.
dmxaddscreen adds a screen to an Xdmx server.
dmxreconfig refreshes the screen attributes in an Xdmx server.
dmxresize resizes an Xdmx desktop.
dmxrminput removes an input device from an Xdmx server.
dmxrmscreen removes a screen from an Xdmx server.
dmxtodmx is a dmx configuration file parser and printer.
dmxwininfo queries a window's attributes on an Xdmx server.
getconfig a wrapper script around getconfig.pl.
getconfig.pl gets configuration information for the Xorg server.
gtf calculates VESA GTF mode lines.
inb is a symbolic link to ioport.

632
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

inl is a symbolic link to ioport.

inw is a symbolic link to ioport.
ioport sets input and output ports for the X server.
outb is a symbolic link to ioport.
outl is a symbolic link to ioport.
outw is a symbolic link to ioport.
pcitweak reads or writes the PCI config space.
scanpci scans and probes the PCI buses.
vdltodmx is a VDL format dmx configuration file parser and printer.
X is a symbolic link to Xorg.
Xdmx is the Distributed Multi-head X server.
xdmx prints information about the Xdmx server.
xdmxconfig is a graphical configuration tool for Xdmx configuration files.
Xnest is a nested X server.
Xorg is the X11R7 X Server.
xorgcfg is a graphical configuration tool for Xorg.
xorgconfig generates an xorg.conf file.
Xvfb is the virtual framebuffer X server for X Version 11.

633
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Xorg Drivers
Introduction to Xorg Drivers
The Xorg drivers provide the means for the xserver to take advantage of installed hardware.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/driver/
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/driver/
• Download MD5 sum: http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/6.3/xorg/driver-7.2.md5
• Download size: 16.7 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 60.3 MB
• Estimated build time: 6.9 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required download list: http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/6.3/xorg/driver-7.2.wget

Xorg Drivers Dependencies

Required

Xorg-Server-1.2.0

Optional

MesaLib-6.5.2

Downloading Xorg Drivers

To download the needed files using wget, use the following commands:

mkdir driver &&

cd driver &&
grep -v '^#' ../driver-7.2.wget | wget -i- -c \
-B http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/driver/ &&
md5sum -c ../driver-7.2.md5

Installation of Xorg Drivers

Warning
It is very important not to build display drivers that cannot be used with your hardware. For instance, do
not build Sun drivers for an x86 PC as the Sun drivers will expect to see SPARC symbols exported from
the kernel. Failure to follow this warning will result in a display lockup, which requires a hard reboot, when
configuring Xorg for the first time. For this reason, these drivers have been commented out in the wget file.

634
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Install the drivers by running the following commands for each package:

case $(basename "$PWD") in

xf86-input-evdev-[0-9]* | xf86-video-ati-[0-9]* | \
xf86-video-fbdev-[0-9]* | xf86-video-glint-[0-9]* | \
xf86-video-newport-[0-9]* )
sed -i -e "s/\xc3\xb8/\\\\[\/o]/" \
-e "s/\xc3\xa4/\\\\[:a]/" \
-e "s/\xc3\x9c/\\\\[:U]/" man/*.man
;;
esac &&
./configure $XORG_CONFIG \
--with-xorg-module-dir=$XORG_PREFIX/lib/X11/modules &&
make

These packages do not provide test suites.

Now as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
sed -i ... man/*.man: A few packages install man pages in UTF-8 encoding, and they will not display correctly using
Man-DB. This command converts the offending characters to ones that man can properly display.
--with-xorg-module-dir=...: This switch ensures that the drivers are installed into the correct directory.

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: libI810XvMC.so, libviaXvMC.so, and libviaXvMCPro.so
Installed Directories: $XORG_PREFIX/lib/X11/modules/{drivers,input}

Short Descriptions
libI810XvMC.so is the X-Video Motion Compensation client library for the Intel i810 video driver.
libviaXvMC.so is the X-Video Motion Compensation client library for the VIA Unichrome video driver.
libviaXvMCPro.so is the X-Video Motion Compensation client library for the VIA Unichrome Pro video
driver.

X Window System Components

Creating an X11R6 Compatibility Symlink
Until recently (relatively speaking) almost every X Window installation you performed or came across was installed
in the /usr/X11R6 directory. That was the standard for years. Developers picked up on this and wrote their package
installation scripts looking for X in the standard location. Things have changed and the trend is to now install X in
/usr. Some people want to install it in a custom location.

635
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Many package developers have not caught up to the change and their packages are still trying to find X in
/usr/X11R6 and subsequently fail when you try to build the package. Though for most packages it is not difficult to
'hack' the installation script to fix the problem, that is not the long term solution to the problem. Upstream developers
need to modernize their installation scripts and eliminate the problem altogether.
Until then, you can create a symbolic link to satisfy the /usr/X11R6 requirement so that you won't be
inconvenienced with a package build failure due to this known issue. If you wish to create the symlink, issue the
following command as the root user (ensure you modify <$XORG_PREFIX> appropriately):
ln -vsf <$XORG_PREFIX> /usr/X11R6

Configuring The X Window System

If you've installed the X Window System in any prefix other than /usr, become the root user and update the library
linker's cache by adding /usr/X11R6/lib to /etc/ld.so.conf and running ldconfig.
Additionally, while still the root user, ensure /usr/X11R6/bin and /usr/X11R6/lib/pkgconfig are
added to the PATH and PKG_CONFIG_PATH environment variables, respectively. Instructions for doing this are
described in the section The Bash Shell Startup Files.
Ensure you replace /usr/X11R6 with $XORG_PREFIX in the previous two paragraphs if you did not create the
compatibility symlink in the previous step.
As the root user create a basic X Window System configuration file with the following command:
cd ~ &&
Xorg -configure
The screen will go black and you may hear some clicking of the monitor. This command will create a file in your
home directory, xorg.conf.new for Xorg, or XF86Config.new for XFree86.
Edit the newly created configuration file to suit your system. The details of the files are located in the xorg.conf.
5x man page. Some things you may want to do are:
• Section "Files". Change the order of the font paths searched. You may want to put 100dpi fonts ahead of
75dpi fonts if your system normally comes up closer to 100 dots per inch. You may want to remove some font
directories completely.
• Section "Module". If you are going to install NVIDIA drivers, remove the "dri" line.
• Sections "InputDevice". You may want to change the keyboard autorepeat rate by adding Option
"Autorepeat" "250 30".
• Section "Monitor". Specify the VertRefresh and HorizSync values if the system does not automatically
detect the monitor and its values.
• Section "Device". You may want to set some of the options available for your selected video driver. A
description of the driver parameters is in the man page for your driver.
• Section "Screen". Add a DefaultDepth statement such as: DefaultDepth 24. In the SubSection for your
default depth, add a modes line such as: Modes "1600x1200" "1280x1024" "1024x768". The first
mode listed will normally be the starting resolution.
Test the system with the following command:
X -config ~/xorg.conf.new

636
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

You will only get a gray background with an X-shaped mouse cursor, but it confirms the system is working. Exit
with Control+Alt+Backspace. If the system does not work, take a look at /var/log/Xorg.0.log to see what
went wrong.

As the root user, create the configuration directory and move the configuration file to the new directory:

install -v -m644 -D ~/xorg.conf.new /etc/X11/xorg.conf

As the root user, create .xinitrc:

cat > ~/.xinitrc << "EOF"

# Begin .xinitrc file
xterm -g 80x40+0+0 &
xclock -g 100x100-0+0 &
twm
EOF

This provides an initial screen with a small clock that is managed by a simple window manager, Tab Window
Manager. For details of twm, see the man page.

Note
Both the default, and the BLFS configuration for Xorg include xterm. Xorg's modular distribution no longer
includes xterm, and as a result, the startx command will fail if you have not installed xterm-231 when using
the modular X Window System. You can remove the xterm line in the above config file to test the xserver,
or install one of the other terminal emulators and make appropriate changes.

When needed, the X Window System creates the directory /tmp/.ICE-unix if it does not exist. If this directory
is not owned by root, the X Window System delays startup by a few seconds and also appends a warning to the
logfile. This also affects startup of other applications. To improve performance, it is advisable to manually create the
directory before the X Window System uses it. Add the file creation to /etc/sysconfig/createfiles that
is sourced by the /etc/rc.d/init.d/cleanfs startup script.

cat >> /etc/sysconfig/createfiles << "EOF"

/tmp/.ICE-unix dir 1777 root root
EOF

Start X with:

startx

and a basic functional X Window System should be displayed.

637
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Checking Direct Rendering Infrastructure (DRI) Installation

DRI is a framework for allowing software to access graphics hardware in a safe and efficient manner. It is installed
in X by default if you have a supported video card. To enable direct rendering using the OpenGL implementation
from MesaLib-6.5.2 (built separately with Xorg-7.2 ), the "glx" and "dri" modules must be loaded. Additionally, the
created device nodes in /dev/dri must have proper permissions for your users. A sample xorg.conf file might
look like this:
Section "Module"
...
Load "glx"
Load "dri"
...
EndSection
...
Section "DRI"
Group "video"
Mode 0660
EndSection
The DRI devices are not accessible for any user except root and members of the video group. Add any users that
might use X to that group:
usermod -a -G video <username>

Note
DRI configuration may differ if you are using alternate drivers, such as those from NVIDIA or ATI.

To check if DRI is installed properly, check the log file /var/log/Xorg.0.log for statements like:
(II) R128(0): Direct rendering enabled
If you elected to install the Mesa-Demos package when installing MesaLib-6.5.2, from an xterm, run glxinfo and
look for the phrase:
direct rendering: Yes
If direct rendering is not enabled, you can add verbosity by running LIBGL_DEBUG=verbose glxinfo. This will
show the drivers, device nodes and files used by the DRI system.
Again, if you have added the Mesa-Demos package, you can also run the test program glxgears. This program brings
up a window with three gears turning. The xterm will display how many frames were drawn every five seconds, so
this is a reasonable benchmark. The window is scalable, and the frames drawn per second is highly dependent on
the size of the window.
For troubleshooting problems, check the DRI Users Guide at http://dri.sourceforge.net/doc/DRIuserguide.html.

Setting up Fonts
There are two font systems in the X Window System. The first is the core X font protocol, and the second is Xft.
Toolkits that use the core X font protocol include Xt, Xaw, Motif clones and GTK+-1.2. Toolkits that use Xft include
GTK+-2 and Qt and use Fontconfig for control. Both font systems should be configured for proper font coverage
in the X Window System.

638
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Core X Font Protocol

The core X font protocol finds fonts from the server configuration file (xorg.conf). If no font paths exist in the
configuration file, the server will fall back to an internal hard-coded path. Assuming the prefix for your X installation is
/usr/X11R6, the core fonts will reside in subdirectories of /usr/X11R6/lib/X11/fonts. For each directory
in the path, the server reads three files:
• fonts.dir - maps font files to font names; updated with mkfontdir
• fonts.alias - defines aliases (such as "9x18") for existing fonts
• fonts.scale - lists scalable fonts; updated with mkfontscale
The core X fonts protocol uses names such as
-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--13-120-75-75-c-80-iso8859-1. These fonts are rendered by the
X server without antialiasing. The server itself uses the "cursor" font for painting the mouse cursor, and the protocol
specification requires the font "fixed" to be available.
Scalable fonts, such as Type1 and TrueType, are read from fonts.scale files by the server. The core X font
system uses the "freetype" module for non-antialiased rendering of these fonts. Ensure that the "freetype" module is
loaded in the xorg.conf file by adding it to the "Module" section:

Section "Module"
...
Load "freetype"
...
EndSection

The character set used is part of the font name, e.g. "-iso8859-1". It is important that applications which support a
non-English interface specify the character set correctly so that the proper glyphs are used. This can be controlled
through the X resources, which will be described later.
In some cases, applications rely upon the fonts named "fixed" or something like "9x18". In these cases, it is important
that the fonts.alias file specifies the correct character set. Users of ISO-8859-X encodings where X != 1 should
modify the /usr/lib/X11/fonts/misc/fonts.alias file by replacing the "iso8859-1" string with the
proper encoding name. This is accomplished by running the following command as the root user, substituting the
proper value for <X>:

sed -i 's,iso8859-1\( \|$\),iso8859-<X>\1,g' \

/usr/lib/X11/fonts/{75dpi,100dpi,misc}/fonts.alias

Users of Cyrillic fonts have properly defined aliases in /usr/lib/X11/fonts/cyrillic/fonts.alias.

However, this file will not be used unless the /usr/lib/X11/fonts/cyrillic directory is first in the font
search path. Otherwise, the /usr/lib/X11/fonts/misc/fonts.alias file will be used.

Xft Font Protocol

Xft provides antialiased font rendering through Freetype, and fonts are controlled from the client side using
Fontconfig. The default search path is /usr/share/fonts and ~/.fonts. Fontconfig searches directories in
its path recursively and maintains a cache of the font characteristics in fonts.cache-1 files in each directory. If
the cache appears to be out of date, it is ignored, and information is (slowly) fetched from the fonts themselves. This
cache can be regenerated using the fc-cache command at any time. You can see the list of fonts known by Fontconfig
by running the command fc-list.

639
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

The X fonts were not installed in a location known to Fontconfig. This prevents Fontconfig from using the poorly
rendered Type 1 fonts or the non-scalable bitmapped fonts. Symlinks were created from the OTF and TTF X
font directories to /usr/share/fonts/X11-{OTF,TTF}. This allows Fontconfig to use the OpenType and
TrueType fonts provided by X (which are scalable and of higher quality).

Fontconfig uses names such as "Monospace 12" to define fonts. Applications generally use generic font names such
as "Monospace", "Sans" and "Serif". Fontconfig resolves these names to a font that has all characters that cover
the orthography of the language indicated by the locale settings. Knowledge of these font names is included in
/etc/fonts/fonts.conf. Fonts that are not listed in this file are still usable by Fontconfig, but they will not
be accessible by the generic family names.

Standard scalable fonts that come with X provide very poor Unicode coverage. You may notice in applications that
use Xft that some characters appear as a box with four binary digits inside. In this case, a font set with the available
glyphs has not been found. Other times, applications that don't use other font families by default and don't accept
substitutions from Fontconfig will display blank lines when the default font doesn't cover the orthography of the user's
language. This happens, e.g., with Fluxbox in the ru_RU.KOI8-R locale.

In order to provide greater Unicode coverage, it is recommended that you install these fonts:
• DejaVu fonts - These fonts are replacements for the Bitstream Vera fonts and provide Latin-based scripts with
accents and Cyrillic glyphs. The DejaVu fonts by are not aliased to the generic family names by default, so /
etc/fonts/fonts.conf will have to be edited for it to be recognized by the generic names such as "Sans".
This will be described below.
• FreeFont - This set of fonts covers nearly every non-CJK character, but is not visually pleasing. Fontconfig will
use it as a last resort to substitute generic font family names.
• Microsoft Core fonts - These fonts provide slightly worse Unicode coverage than FreeFont, but are better hinted.
Be sure to read the license before using them. These fonts are listed in the /etc/fonts/fonts.conf aliases
by default.
• Firefly New Sung font - This font provides Chinese coverage. This font is not listed in the /etc/fonts/
fonts.conf aliases by default.
• Arphic fonts - A similar set of Chinese fonts to the Firefly New Sung font. These fonts are listed in the /etc/
fonts/fonts.conf aliases by default.
• Kochi fonts - These provide Japanese characters, and they are listed in the aliases in /etc/fonts/fonts.
conf by default.
• Baekmuk fonts - These fonts provide Korean coverage, and they are listed in the aliases in /etc/fonts/
fonts.conf by default.

The list above will not provide complete Unicode coverage. For more information, please visit the Unicode Font
Guide.

As an example, consider the installation of the DejaVu fonts. From the unpacked source directory, run the following
commands as the root user:

install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/fonts/dejavu &&

install -v -m644 *.ttf /usr/share/fonts/dejavu &&
fc-cache -v /usr/share/fonts/dejavu

640
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Setting up Keyboards
In this version of X, non-Latin keyboard layouts do not include Latin configurations as was previous practice. To
set up a keyboard for Latin and non-Latin input, change the XkbLayout keyboard driver option in the InputDevice
section of the xorg.conf file. For example:

Section "InputDevice"
Identifier "Keyboard0"
Driver "kbd"
Option "XkbModel" "pc105"
Option "XkbLayout" "en_US,ru"
Option "XkbOptions" "grp:switch,grp:alt_shift_toggle,grp_led:scroll"
EndSection

In this example, you can use the Alt+Shift combination to switch between keyboard layouts and use the Scroll Lock
LED to indicate when the second layout is active.

Setting up XDM
xdm provides a graphical logon capability and is normally set up in /etc/inittab. Most of the information you
need to customize xdm is found in its man page. To execute xdm during bootup, change the initdefault level to 5
and add the following lines to /etc/inittab:

# Run xdm as a separate service

x:5:respawn:/usr/X11R6/bin/xdm -nodaemon

If Linux-PAM is installed on your system, you should create a PAM entry for xdm by duplicating the login entry
using the following command:

cp -v /etc/pam.d/login /etc/pam.d/xdm

Using X Resources
There are many options that can be set in X and X clients via resources. Typically resources are set in the ~/.
Xresources file.
The layout of the ~/.Xresources file consists of a list of specifications in the form of

object.subobject[.subobject...].attribute: value

Components of a resource specification are linked together by either tight, represented by a dot (.), or loose,
represented by an asterisk (*), bindings. A tight binding indicates that the components on either side of the dot must
be directly next to each other as defined in a specific implementation. An asterisk is a wildcard character that means
that any number of levels in a defined hierarchy can be between the components. For example, X offers two special
cursors: redglass and whiteglass. To use one of these resources, you need to add the following line:

Xcursor.theme: whiteglass

However, you can specify the background for all clients with:

*background: blue

641
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

More specific resource variables will override less specific names.

Resource definitions can be found in the man pages for each respective client.
In order to load your resources, the xrdb program must be called with the appropriate parameters. Typically, the first
time resources are loaded, you use:

xrdb -load <filename>

To add resources to X's database in memory, use:

xrdb -merge <filename>

The xrdb instruction is usually placed in ~/.xinitrc or ~/.xsession. To get more information, see the xrdb
man page.

Additional X Window System Configuration

Below you will find information on fine tuning the components of the X Window System. The documentation links
are specifically for XFree86, which has been retired in BLFS, however, the information contained in those documents
usually pertains to Xorg as well. Detailed descriptions are also located in the xorg.conf man page.

Setting up X Input Devices

Keyboards
The following external links provide a good introduction to setting up various keyboards.
The XKB Configuration Guide
How to further enhance XKB configuration

Mice
Multi-button mice can be used to their full potential by mapping the additional buttons to X button events. Wheel
mice are a common example. The ordinary ones contain two buttons, and a scroll wheel that doubles as a third button.
As far as X is concerned, there are 5 buttons as it counts the 'scroll up' and 'scroll down' functions (internally they are
buttons). Here is an example 'InputDevice' section for a typical PS/2 wheel mouse:

Section "InputDevice"
Identifier "Mouse 0"
Driver "mouse"
Option "Device" "/dev/input/mice"
Option "Protocol" "IMPS/2"
Option "ZAxisMapping" "4 5"
Option "Buttons" "5"
EndSection

Button assignments differ for every mouse type. On more exotic mice, you may find that the rocker wheel buttons are
6 and 7. Simply add those values to the ZAxisMapping option, and set the Buttons option appropriately to enable
side to side scrolling. Additional information on button assignment can be found in the following XFree86 document:

642
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Mouse Support in XFree86

Fine Tuning Display Settings

The 'Monitor' Section
One or more monitor sections specify the characteristics of your monitor(s). Usually, the setup program can probe
your monitor and setup a monitor properly, however, this does not always work. The most common entries that
need to be updated are HorizSync and VertRefresh. If the configuration program does not set these properly,
you will notice a resolution much lower than desired. The default HorizSync setting is 28-33kHz which is very
conservative. The default VertRefresh is 43-72Hz. Consult your monitor documentation or search online for the
proper settings for your monitor.
It is also possible to control many detailed timing characteristics of a monitor with a Modeline setting. Most users
will not need to do this, but details are in the man page referenced above.

Warning
Incorrect monitor settings can destroy your monitor or even set it on fire! For most newer monitors, the
result of overly aggressive settings is a blank screen, but older monitors do not all have built in safeguards.

Other items that may be of interest in this section is the DPMS and associated StandbyTime, SuspendTime, and
OffTime options. These parameters control the energy saving features of your monitor. They may also be controlled
at runtime with the xset command or via a graphical interface such as KDE's Control Center.
A typical monitor section will normally look like:

Section "Monitor"
DisplaySize 400 300 # mm
Identifier "Monitor0"
VendorName "VSC"
ModelName "G810-2"
HorizSync 30.0 - 92.0
VertRefresh 50.0 - 180.0
Option "DPMS"
Option "StandbyTime" "10"
Option "SuspendTime" "20"
Option "OffTime" "30"
EndSection

The 'Device' Section

This section basically controls your video card. The key entry is the Driver setting. This can be a driver from the
X distribution you are using, from the kernel source, or a proprietary driver for devices such as a Nvidia graphics
adaptor. The driver often is a kernel module or built into the kernel itself, but there are also separate non-kernel
components usually found in the /usr/X11R6/lib/modules/drivers/ directory. These were either built
with the X server or installed via external (i.e., proprietary) programs.
There are many options for device drivers and most are specific to the driver being used. Documentation for many
drivers can be found at the XFree86 Driver Manual Pages.

643
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

A typical Device section will look like:

Section "Device"
Identifier "Videocard0"
Driver "radeon"
VendorName "Videocard vendor"
BoardName "ATI Radeon 7500"
EndSection

Display Layouts
Within the X Window System configuration file there may be multiple layout sections like:

Section "ServerLayout"
Identifier "X.org Configured"
Screen 0 "Screen0" 0 0
InputDevice "Mouse0" "CorePointer"
InputDevice "Keyboard0" "CoreKeyboard"
EndSection

The default layout is the first, but if you have special needs, you can create others with different configurations. The
Identifier line in each section is the key. Different layouts can be created using different Screen and InputDevice
sections.
After the configuration file is updated, an alternate configuration can be specified on the startx line. For instance, to
start X with an alternate layout with an Identifier of "layout2", use the following command line:

startx -- -layout layout2

644
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 24. X Libraries

This chapter does not contain libraries that are required to run X. It does contain libraries that enhance X. In some
cases the enhancement is as simple as font support. In others it is as complex as libraries that sit between X and
applications that run on X whose purpose is to standardize the look and feel and inter-process communications for
different applications. They also assist programmers by supplying common elements.

645
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Qt-3.3.8b
Introduction to Qt
The Qt package contains a C++ GUI library. This is useful for creating graphical applications or executing graphical
applications that are dynamically linked to the Qt library. One of the major users of Qt is KDE.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.silug.org/mirrors/ftp.trolltech.com/qt/source/qt-x11-free-3.3.8b.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.trolltech.com/qt/source/qt-x11-free-3.3.8b.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 9f05b4125cfe477cc52c9742c3c09009
• Download size: 16.5 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 261 MB
• Estimated build time: 11 SBU (full), 7.5 SBU (sub-tools)

Qt Dependencies
Required
X Window System

Recommended
libjpeg-6b and libmng-1.0.9
Note: if for whatever reason you do not have the recommended libraries installed on your system, you must remove
the corresponding -system-<library> and -plugin-imgfmt-<library> parameters from the configure
commands shown in the instructions below.

Optional
NAS-1.9, CUPS-1.2.12, MySQL-5.0.41, PostgreSQL-8.2.4, unixODBC-2.2.12, SQLite and Firebird

Installation of Qt
This package (unfortunately) expects the X Window system to be installed in the /usr/X11R6 directory. If you're
using a recent version of Xorg and it is installed in any other location, ensure you have followed the instructions in
the Creating an X11R6 Compatibility Symlink section.
There are several ways to install a complicated package such as Qt. The files are not completely position independent.
Installation procedures execute the program pkg-config to determine the location of package executables, libraries,
headers, and other files. For Qt, pkg-config will look for the file lib/pkgconfig/qt-mt.pc which must be
modified if relocating the package. This file is set up correctly by the build process.
The default installation places the files in /usr/local/qt/. Many commercial distributions place the files in the
system's /usr hierarchy. The package can also be installed in an arbitrary directory.
This section will demonstrate two different methods.

Warning
Building Qt in a chroot environment may fail.

646
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Note
The build time for Qt is quite long. If you want to save some time and don't want the tutorials and examples,
change the first make command to:

make sub-tools

Method 1 - Installing in the '/usr' Hierarchy

The advantage of this method is that no updates to the /etc/ld.so.conf or /etc/man_db.conf files are
required. The package files are distributed within several subdirectories of the /usr hierarchy. This is the method
that most commercial distributions use.

Note
If Qt is being reinstalled, run the following commands from a console or non-Qt based window manager.
It overwrites Qt libraries that should not be in use during the install process.

sed -i '/QMAKE_RPATH/d' mkspecs/linux*/qmake.conf &&

bash
export PATH=$PWD/bin:$PATH &&
export LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$PWD/lib:$LD_LIBRARY_PATH &&

./configure -prefix /usr \

-docdir /usr/share/doc/qt \
-headerdir /usr/include/qt \
-plugindir /usr/lib/qt/plugins \
-datadir /usr/share/qt \
-translationdir /usr/share/qt/translations \
-sysconfdir /etc/qt \
-qt-gif \
-system-zlib \
-system-libpng \
-system-libjpeg \
-system-libmng \
-plugin-imgfmt-png \
-plugin-imgfmt-jpeg \
-plugin-imgfmt-mng \
-no-exceptions \
-thread \
-tablet &&

make &&
exit

This package does not come with a test suite.

647
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

ln -v -sf libqt-mt.so /usr/lib/libqt.so &&
ln -v -snf ../../bin /usr/share/qt/bin &&
ln -v -snf ../../include/qt /usr/share/qt/include &&
ln -v -snf ../../lib /usr/share/qt/lib &&
cp -v -r doc/man /usr/share &&
cp -v -r examples /usr/share/doc/qt

Method 2 - Installing in '/opt'

This is the method recommended by the Qt developers. It has the advantage of keeping all the package files
consolidated in a dedicated directory hierarchy. By using this method, an update can be made without overwriting a
previous installation and users can easily revert to a previous version by changing one symbolic link.
The Qt developers use a default location of /usr/local/qt/, however this procedure puts the files in
/opt/qt-3.3.8b/ and then creates a symbolic link to /opt/qt/.

bash
export QTDIR=$PWD &&
export LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$PWD/lib:$LD_LIBRARY_PATH &&
export PATH=$PWD/bin:$PATH &&

./configure -prefix /opt/qt-3.3.8b \

-sysconfdir /etc/qt \
-qt-gif \
-system-zlib \
-system-libpng \
-system-libjpeg \
-system-libmng \
-plugin-imgfmt-png \
-plugin-imgfmt-jpeg \
-plugin-imgfmt-mng \
-no-exceptions \
-thread \
-tablet &&

make &&
exit

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

ln -v -sfn qt-3.3.8b /opt/qt &&
ln -v -s libqt-mt.so /opt/qt/lib/libqt.so &&
cp -v -r doc/man examples /opt/qt/doc

648
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Command Explanations
sed -i '/QMAKE_RPATH/d' mkspecs/linux*/qmake.conf: In Method 1, Qt is being installed into the standard
system directories. The runtime library search path does not need to be set in this case.
bash: This command enters a sub-shell to isolate environment changes.
export QTDIR=$PWD: This command defines where the root of the Qt directory is located.
export LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$PWD/lib:$LD_LIBRARY_PATH: This command allows the not yet installed
Qt libraries to be used by the not yet installed Qt programs.
export PATH=$PWD/bin:$PATH: This command allows the build process to find supporting executables.
-qt-gif: This switch adds support for gif files to the libraries.
-system-zlib -system-libpng -system-libjpeg -system-mng: These switches force the build
instructions to use the shared libraries that are on your system instead of creating a custom set of support libraries
for these functions.
-plugin-imgfmt-png -plugin-imgfmt-jpeg -plugin-imgfmt-mng: These switches enable
run-time linking of the referenced libraries.
If you pass the -plugin-sql-<driver> or -qt-sql-<driver> switch to the configure command, you
must also pass -I</path/to/sql/headers> so make can find the appropriate header files. For instance,
building in MySQL support (as opposed to building the plugin) will need to use -I/usr/include/mysql
-qt-sql-mysql.

Note
To check if mysql is autotetected properly, examine the output of ./configure -I/usr/include/mysql -help.
Other database support will require similar configure parameters.

-no-exceptions: This switch disables the exceptions coding generated by the C++ compiler.
-thread: This switch adds support for multi-threading.
ln -v -sf libqt-mt.so /usr/lib/libqt.so: This command allows configure scripts to find a working Qt installation.
ln -v -snf ../../bin /usr/share/qt/bin: This command and the following two allow the /usr style installation to
mimic the /opt style installation by making all binaries, headers and libraries available from a single directory,
/usr/share/qt.
cp -v -r doc/man examples /usr/share (or /opt/qt/doc): This command installs the man pages and examples which
are missed by make install.
exit: This command returns to the parent shell and eliminates the environment variables set earlier.

Configuring Qt
Configuration Information
The QTDIR environment variable needs to be set when building packages that depend on Qt. Add the following to
the .bash_profile initialization script for each user that builds packages using the Qt libraries. Alternatively,
the variable can be set in the system wide /etc/profile file.

649
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

For Method 1 (This is optional, only set this if an application is unable to find the installed libraries or headers):
export QTDIR=/usr/share/qt
or for Method 2:
export QTDIR=/opt/qt
If you installed Qt using Method 2, you also need to update the following configuration files so that Qt is correctly
found by other packages and system processes.
Update the /etc/ld.so.conf and /etc/man_db.conf files:
cat >> /etc/ld.so.conf << "EOF" &&
# Begin qt addition to /etc/ld.so.conf

/opt/qt/lib

# End qt addition
EOF
ldconfig &&
cat >> /etc/man_db.conf << "EOF"
# Begin qt addition to man_db.conf

MANDATORY_MANPATH /opt/qt/doc/man

# End qt addition to man_db.conf

EOF
Update the PKG_CONFIG_PATH environment variable in your ~/.bash_profile or /etc/profile with the
following:
PKG_CONFIG_PATH=$PKG_CONFIG_PATH:/opt/qt/lib/pkgconfig
If you want the Qt executables in your shell search path, update the PATH environment variable in your ~/.bash_
profile or /etc/profile to include /opt/qt/bin.
As with most libraries, there is no explicit configuration to do. After updating /etc/ld.so.conf as explained
above, run /sbin/ldconfig so that ldd can find the shared libraries.

Contents
Installed Programs: assistant, designer, linguist, lrelease, lupdate, moc, qm2ts, qmake, qtconfig, and uic
Installed Libraries: libqt-mt.so, libqt.so libqui.so, libdesignercore.a, libeditor.a, and libqassistantclient.a
Installed Directories: /opt/qt-3.3.8b or /usr/lib/qt, /usr/share/qt, /usr/share/doc/qt, /usr/include/qt, and /etc/qt

Short Descriptions
assistant is a tool for presenting on-line documentation.
designer is a full-fledged GUI builder. It includes powerful features such as preview mode, automatic widget
layout, support for custom widgets, and an advanced property editor.
linguist provides support for translating applications into local languages.

650
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

lrelease is a simple command line tool. It reads a Qt project file and produces message files used by the
application.
lupdate reads a Qt project file, finds the translatable strings in the specified source, header and Qt Designer
interface files, and produces or updates the translation files listed in the project file.
moc generates Qt meta object support code.
qm2ts is a tool for converting Qt message file formats.
qmake qmake uses information stored in project files to determine what should go in the makefiles it
generates.
qtconfig is used to customize the appearance of Qt applications.
uic is a Qt user interface compiler.

651
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Qt-4.3.4
Introduction to Qt4
The Qt4 package contains several C++ libraries with both GUI and non-GUI components. One of the major users
of Qt4 is KDE4.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.silug.org/mirrors/ftp.trolltech.com/qt/source/qt-x11-opensource-src-4.3.4.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.trolltech.com/qt/source/qt-x11-opensource-src-4.3.4.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 9499101ec54eb7b0de195b3c5e3ffa93
• Download size: 42 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 1914 MB (full), 608 (essential)
• Estimated build time: 26 SBU (full), 13.5 SBU (essential)

Qt Dependencies

Required

X Window System

Recommended

libjpeg-6b, libmng-1.0.9, LibTIFF-3.8.2, and libpng-1.2.29

Optional

NAS-1.9, D-BUS-1.0.2, GLib-2.12.12, OpenSSL-0.9.8g, CUPS-1.2.12, MySQL-5.0.41, PostgreSQL-8.2.4,

unixODBC-2.2.12, and SQLite

Installation of Qt4
There are several ways to install a complicated package such as Qt4. The files are not completely position independent.
Installation procedures execute the program pkg-config to determine the location of package executables, libraries,
headers, and other files. For Qt4, pkg-config will look for the appropriate lib/pkgconfig/Qt*.pc files which
must be modified if relocating the package. These files are set up correctly by the build process.
The default installation places the files in /usr/local/qt/. Many commercial distributions place the files in the
system's /usr hierarchy. The package can also be installed in an arbitrary directory.
The advantage of this method is that no updates to the /etc/ld.so.conf or /etc/man_db.conf files are
required. The package files are distributed within several subdirectories of the /usr hierarchy. This is the method
that most commercial distributions use.

Note
If Qt4 is being reinstalled and the /usr directory is used as the prefix, run the following commands from
a console or non-Qt4 based window manager. It overwrites Qt4 libraries that should not be in use during
the install process.

652
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Note
The build time and space required for the full Qt4 is quite long. The instructions below do not build the
tutorials and examples. Removing the -nomake lines will create a complete build.

The method recommended by the Qt4 developers does not use the /usr directory prefix. It has the advantage of
keeping all the package files consolidated in a dedicated directory hierarchy. By using this method, an update can
be made without overwriting a previous installation and users can easily revert to a previous version by changing
one symbolic link.

The Qt4 developers use a default location of /usr/local/qt/, however the procedure below puts the files in
/opt/qt-4.3.4/ and then creates a symbolic link to /opt/qt/.

Install Qt4 by running the following commands:

./configure -prefix /opt/qt-4.3.4 \

-release \
-nomake examples \
-nomake demos \
-no-separate-debug-info &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you installed Qt4 in the /opt directory, again as the root user issue:

ln -v -sfn qt-4.3.4 /opt/qt

Command Explanations
-release, -no-separate-debug-info: These switches minimizes the time and space used to build Qt4
by not adding debug information to the libraries.
-nomake examples, -nomake demos: These switches disable building programs that are only of interest
to a Qt4 developer.

There are several optional directories that can be specified in the ./configure line. These include -bindir,
-libdir, -docdir, and -headerdir. For a complete list, run ./configure -help.

-plugin-sql-<driver> or -qt-sql-<driver>: These switches build SQL support into the Qt4 libraries.

Note
To check if mysql is autotetected properly, examine the output of ./configure -qt-sql-mysql -help. Other
database support will require similar configure parameters.

653
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Configuring Qt4
Configuration Information
If you installed Qt4 in a location other than /usr, you also need to update the following configuration files so that Qt4
is correctly found by other packages and system processes.
Update the /etc/ld.so.conf and /etc/man_db.conf files:
cat >> /etc/ld.so.conf << "EOF" &&
# Begin qt addition to /etc/ld.so.conf

/opt/qt/lib

# End qt addition
EOF
ldconfig &&
cat >> /etc/man_db.conf << "EOF"
# Begin qt addition to man_db.conf

MANDATORY_MANPATH /opt/qt/doc/man

# End qt addition to man_db.conf

EOF
Update the PKG_CONFIG_PATH environment variable in your ~/.bash_profile or /etc/profile with the
following:
PKG_CONFIG_PATH=$PKG_CONFIG_PATH:/opt/qt/lib/pkgconfig
If you want the Qt4 executables in your shell search path, update the PATH environment variable in your ~/.bash_
profile or /etc/profile to include /opt/qt/bin.
As with most libraries, there is no explicit configuration to do. After updating /etc/ld.so.conf as explained
above, run /sbin/ldconfig so that ldd can find the shared libraries.

Contents
Installed Programs: assistant, designer, linguist, lrelease, lupdate, moc, pixeltool, qmake, qt3to4, qtconfig,
qtdemo, rcc, uic, and uic3
Installed Libraries: libQt3Support.so, libQtAssistantClient.so, libQtCore.so, libQtDesigner.so,
libQtDesignerComponents.so, libQtGui.so, libQtNetwork.so, libQtOpenGL.so,
libQtScript.so, libQtSql.so, libQtSvg.so, libQtTest.so, and libQtXml.so
Installed Directories: /opt/qt-4.3.4

Short Descriptions
assistant is a tool for presenting on-line documentation.
designer is a full-fledged GUI builder. It includes powerful features such as preview mode, automatic widget
layout, support for custom widgets, and an advanced property editor.
linguist provides support for translating applications into local languages.

654
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

lrelease is a simple command line tool. It reads a Qt project file and produces message files used by the
application.
lupdate reads a Qt project file, finds the translatable strings in the specified source, header and Qt Designer
interface files, and produces or updates the translation files listed in the project file.
moc generates Qt meta object support code.
pixeltool is a desktop magnifier and as you move your mouse around the screen it will show the magnified
contents in its window.
qmake qmake uses information stored in project files to determine what should go in the makefiles it
generates.
qt3to4 qt3to4 is a tool to help update Qt3 code to Qt4.
qtconfig is used to customize the appearance of Qt applications.
qtdemo is a portal into various demonstrations of Qt applications.
rcc is a resource compiler used in conjucntion with designer.
uic is a Qt user interface compiler.
uic3 is a tool to generate Qt4 code out of user interface files generated by the Qt3 version of designer.

655
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GTK+-1.2.10
Introduction to GTK+
The GTK+ package contains GTK+ Libraries. This is useful for creating graphical user interfaces for applications.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/graphics/gimp/gtk/v1.2/gtk+-1.2.10.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk/v1.2/gtk+-1.2.10.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 4d5cb2fc7fb7830e4af9747a36bfce20
• Download size: 2.8 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 51.1 MB
• Estimated build time: 1.01 SBU

GTK+ Dependencies
Required
GLib-1.2.10, and X Window System

Installation of GTK+
Install GTK+ by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/gtk+-1.2.10/{html,text} &&
install -v -m644 docs/html/* /usr/share/doc/gtk+-1.2.10/html &&
install -v -m644 docs/text/* /usr/share/doc/gtk+-1.2.10/text

Command Explanations
--sysconfdir=/etc: This installs the configuration files into /etc instead of /usr/etc.
--with-xinput=xfree: This configuration flag is necessary to utilize alternative input devices.

Contents
Installed Program: gtk-config
Installed Libraries: libgdk.{so,a} and libgtk.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /etc/gtk, /usr/include/gtk-1.2, and /usr/share/themes

Short Descriptions
gtk-config is a tool used by configure scripts to determine the compiler and linker flags that should be
used to compile and link programs that use GTK+.

656
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libgtk.{so,a} (GIMP Tool Kit) is a library for creating graphical user interfaces similar to the Motif “look
and feel”.
libgdk.{so,a} is designed as a wrapper library that lies on top of Xlib. It performs many common and desired
operations for a programmer instead of the programmer having to explicitly ask for such
functionality from Xlib directly.

657
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

cairo-1.4.14
Introduction to cairo
cairo is a 2D graphics library with support for multiple output devices. Currently supported output targets include
the X Window System, win32, image buffers, PostScript, PDF and SVG. Experimental backends include OpenGL
(through glitz), Quartz and XCB file output. cairo is designed to produce consistent output on all output media while
taking advantage of display hardware acceleration when available (e.g., through the X Render Extension). The cairo
API provides operations similar to the drawing operators of PostScript and PDF. Operations in cairo include stroking
and filling cubic Bézier splines, transforming and compositing translucent images, and antialiased text rendering. All
drawing operations can be transformed by any affine transformation (scale, rotation, shear, etc.).

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://cairographics.org/releases/cairo-1.4.14.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: e8c442ff821c0719a69508fecba9038f
• Download size: 3.2 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 34 MB (additional 62 MB to run the test suite)
• Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (additional 2.5 SBU to run the test suite)

cairo Dependencies
Required
X Window System and pkg-config-0.22

Optional
glitz, DirectFB, Open Quartz, libxcb-1.0 (also requires xcb-util), and GTK-Doc-1.8

Optional (to provide extended test suite coverage)

GTK+-2.10.13 (for testing the PDF backend), Poppler-0.5.4 (for testing the PDF backend), librsvg-2.16.1 (for testing
the SVG backend).
Note that the GTK, Poppler and librsvg packages are circular in that using them for test suite coverage requires
installing cairo first, then installing the desired package(s), then installing cairo again.

Installation of cairo
Install cairo by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check. Note that as many as 16 of the tests are known to fail for unknown reasons.
If you do not have a gs binary in your path, many (up to 87 of the 124) of the tests will fail. Also, to enhance test
coverage, the tests should be run with an available X Window screen (e.g. from a local xterm or equivalent window).
Now, as the root user:
make install

658
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Command Explanations
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: libcairo.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /usr/include/cairo and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/cairo

Short Descriptions
libcairo.{so,a} contains the 2D graphics functions required for rendering to the various output targets.

659
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Pango-1.16.4
Introduction to Pango
The Pango package contains the libpango libraries. These are useful for the layout and rendering of text.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/pango/1.16/pango-1.16.4.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/pango/1.16/pango-1.16.4.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 025e2ac5e40cac163aae4653aeef559c
• Download size: 1.3 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 28 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU

Pango Dependencies
Required
GLib-2.12.12 and one of cairo-1.4.14 or X Window System or Fontconfig-2.4.2
cairo is not required to build Pango, but it is highly recommended that you install cairo before building Pango. If you
don't build Pango with a cairo backend, then GTK+-2 will not build.

Optional
LibThai

Optional (If cairo is Not Installed)

X Window System

Optional (To Rebuild the API Documentation)

GTK-Doc-1.8

Installation of Pango
Install Pango by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&

make

To test the results, issue: make check. Note that the “testboundries” test could fail if you have LibThai installed.
Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--sysconfdir=/etc: This switch installs the configuration files into /etc instead of /usr/etc.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

660
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Configuring Pango
Config Files
/etc/pango/pangorc, ~/.pangorc, and the file specified in the environment variable PANGO_RC_FILE

Configuration Information
The Pango module path is specified by the key Pango/ModulesPath in the Pango config database, which is read
from the config files listed above.

Contents
Installed Programs: pango-querymodules and pango-view
Installed Libraries: libpango*-1.0.so and Pango loadable modules.
Installed Directories: /etc/pango, /usr/include/pango-1.0, /usr/lib/pango, and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/pango

Short Descriptions
pango-querymodules is a module registration utility that collects information about Pango loadable modules.
Pango libraries contain low level layout rendering routines, a high level driver for laying out entire
blocks of text, and routines to assist in editing internationalized text.

661
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

ATK-1.18.0
Introduction to ATK
The ATK package contains the ATK libraries. They are useful for allowing accessibility solutions to be available
for all GTK2 applications.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/atk/1.18/atk-1.18.0.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/atk/1.18/atk-1.18.0.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 9fc33ec48fd32933f7f630479dfad667
• Download size: 655 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 10 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

ATK Dependencies
Required
GLib-2.12.12

Optional
GTK-Doc-1.8

Installation of ATK
Install ATK by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Command Explanations
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Library: libatk-1.0.so
Installed Directories: /usr/include/atk-1.0 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/atk

Short Descriptions
atklib-1.0.so contains functions that are used by assistive technologies in order to interact with the desktop
and applications.

662
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GTK+-2.10.13
Introduction to GTK+
The GTK+ package contains GTK+ libraries. These are useful for creating graphical user interfaces for applications.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtk+/2.10/gtk+-2.10.13.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk/v2.10/gtk+-2.10.13.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: d0af87715f3b0f05bf38a3312a528012
• Download size: 15.1 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 240 MB (includes building the experimental backends)
• Estimated build time: 3.1 SBU (includes building the experimental backends)

GTK+ Dependencies
Required
cairo-1.4.14, Pango-1.16.4, and ATK-1.18.0

Recommended
LibTIFF-3.8.2 and libjpeg-6b
Though not required, the GTK developers expect libtiff and libjpeg to be installed. Other packages also expect
GTK+-2 to be built with support for these graphics packages as well.

Optional
CUPS-1.2.12, GTK-Doc-1.8, and DocBook-utils-0.6.14

Installation of GTK+
Install GTK+ by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&

make
To test the results, issue: make check. Note that you must run the tests from a session with X Window Display
capability (i.e., not a text-based terminal/console) as the tests attempt to open an X window.
Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/gtk+-2.10.13/{faq,tutorial} &&
cp -v -R docs/faq/html/* /usr/share/doc/gtk+-2.10.13/faq &&
cp -v -R docs/tutorial/html/* /usr/share/doc/gtk+-2.10.13/tutorial &&
install -v -m644 docs/*.txt /usr/share/doc/gtk+-2.10.13

Command Explanations
--sysconfdir=/etc: This switch installs the configuration files into /etc instead of /usr/etc.

663
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--enable-gtk-doc: This switch will rebuild the API documentation during the make command. Ensure you
really want to rebuild this documentation (and end up with what is already shipped in the source tree) as it takes a
very long time.
--without-libtiff: Use this switch if you don't have libtiff installed.
--without-libjpeg: Use this switch if you don't have libjpeg installed.

Contents
Installed Programs: gdk-pixbuf-csource, gdk-pixbuf-query-loaders, gtk-demo, gtk-query-immodules-2.0,
and gtk-update-icon-cache
Installed Libraries: libgdk_pixbuf-2.0.so, libgdk-x11-2.0.so, libgtk-x11-2.0.so, libgdk_pixbuf_xlib-2.0.so,
and numerous engine, module, and loader plugins
Installed Directories: /etc/gtk-2.0, /usr/include/gtk-2.0, /usr/lib/gtk-2.0, /usr/share/doc/gtk+-2.10.13,
/usr/share/gtk-2.0, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/{gdk,gdk-pixbuf,gtk},
/usr/share/themes/Default/gtk*, /usr/share/themes/Emacs and
/usr/share/themes/Raleigh

Short Descriptions
gdk-pixbuf-csource generates C code containing images, useful for compiling images directly into
programs.
gdk-pixbuf-query-loaders collects information about loadable modules for gdk-pixbuf and writes it to
standard output.
gtk-query-immodules-2.0 collects information about loadable input method modules for GTK+ and
writes it to standard output.
gtk-update-icon-cache creates mmap()able cache files for icon themes.
GTK+ Libraries provide an API to implement graphical user interfaces.

664
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

LessTif-0.95.0
Introduction to LessTif
The LessTif package contains an Open Source version of OSF/Motif®.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/lesstif/lesstif-0.95.0.tar.bz2
•
• Download MD5 sum: ab895165c149d7f95843c7584b1c7ad4
• Download size: 2.4 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 160 MB (includes building and running the test suite)
• Estimated build time: 4.1 SBU (includes building the test suite)

Additional Downloads
• Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/lesstif-0.95.0-testsuite_fix-1.patch

LessTif Dependencies
Required
X Window System

Optional
Lynx-2.8.6rel.5 or Links-2.1pre33 (used to generate the INSTALL documentation file) and Dmalloc

Installation of LessTif
Install LessTif by running the following commands:
sed -i -e '/ShellP/d' \
-e '/XMLIBEXPORT extern Cardinal/i#include <X11/ShellP.h>\n' \
include/Motif-2.1/Xm/VendorSP.h &&

patch -Np1 -i ../lesstif-0.95.0-testsuite_fix-1.patch &&

./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc/X11 \
--disable-debug \
--enable-production \
--with-xdnd &&
sed -i "s@libdir)/X11/mwm@sysconfdir)/mwm@" clients/Motif-2.1/mwm/Makefile &&
make rootdir=/usr/share/doc/lesstif-0.95.0
This package requires that it is installed before the test suite is run. The commands to run the tests are located a bit
later in the instructions.
Now, as the root user:
make rootdir=/usr/share/doc/lesstif-0.95.0 install &&
ldconfig

665
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Applicatons that utilize Xorg libraries often, and incorrectly, expect to find configuration files in $XORG_
PREFIX/lib/X11. While still the root user, create a compatibility symlink with the following command:
ln -v -sf /etc/X11/mwm $XORG_PREFIX/lib/X11

Command Explanations
sed -i -e '...' -e '...' include/Motif-2.1/Xm/VendorSP.h: This command moves one line in the header file to avoid
C++ compilation problems.
--disable-debug: Do not generate debugging information.
--enable-production: Build the release version of the LessTif libraries.
--with-xdnd: Enable XDND GNOME compatibility support.
rootdir=/usr/share/doc/lesstif-0.95.0: This installs the documentation into an appropriate directory
instead of the non-FHS compliant /usr/LessTif directory.
sed -i "s@libdir)/X11/mwm@sysconfdir)/mwm@" clients/Motif-2.1/mwm/Makefile: This corrects the
installation prefix for the mwm directory for FHS compliance.

Testing LessTif
It is advisable to test the installation of LessTif using the included test suite. It is not required to install any of the
resulting binaries to validate the installation. Issue the following commands to build the test suite:
cd test &&
./configure &&
make
To run the tests, issue the following commands:
cd Xm &&
./testall *
You may need to manually close four of the test windows. The first one is from test28 in the list directory. The
second one is from test10 in the menushell directory. You should click on the button in the window and choose
“exit” (do it twice) to finish the test. The third test is from test20 in the PushButton and the last one is from test24
in the scrolledwindow directory.
As many as 101 tests are known to fail. The patch applied at the beginning of the installation created a file used to
compare known failures to the failures from the test run. This file was created from an installation using the current
LFS book and should be a fairly accurate representation of the failures you'll encounter. You could see some minor
variances, however.

Configuring LessTif
Config Files
/etc/X11/mwm/system.mwmrc and ~/.mwmrc

Configuration Information
The config files are used to customize the behavior of the mwm window manager. Information about customizing
these files can be found in the mwmrc(5) man page.

666
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: motif-config, mwm, mxmkmf, uil, and xmbind
Installed Libraries: libDtPrints.so, libMrm.so, libUil.so, and libXm.so
Installed Directories: /etc/X11/mwm, /usr/include/Xm, /usr/include/Mrm, /usr/include/uil, /usr/include/Dt,
/usr/lib/LessTif, and /usr/share/doc/lesstif-0.95.0

Short Descriptions
motif-config is used to find out configuration information for packages needing to link to the LessTif libraries.
mwm is a window manager that adheres largely to the Motif mwm specification.
mxmkmf is the LessTif version of xmkmf which creates a Makefile from an Imakefile.
uil is a user interface language compiler which translates a plain text description of the user interface
of a Motif application into a machine-readable form.
xmbind configures the virtual key bindings of LessTif applications.
libXm.so is an OSF/Motif® source code compatible library for the X Window System. You can download
an excellent reference guide (mainly for programmers) for the Motif-2.1 specification from
http://unc.dl.sourceforge.net/lesstif/6B_book.pdf.

667
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

startup-notification-0.9
Introduction to startup-notification
The startup-notification package contains startup-notification libraries. These are useful for building a
consistent manner to notify the user through the cursor that the application is loading.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/startup-notification/0.9/startup-notification-0.9.tar.
bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/startup-notification/0.9/startup-notification-0.9.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 624b42f1fac5a12c543a079e2cd3b366
• Download size: 226 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 4 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

startup-notification Dependencies
Required
X Window System

Installation of startup-notification
Install startup-notification by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m644 -D doc/startup-notification.txt \
/usr/share/doc/startup-notification-0.9/startup-notification.txt

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Library: libstartup-notification-1.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /usr/include/startup-notification-1.0 and /usr/share/doc/startup-notification-0.9

Short Descriptions
libstartup-notification-1.{so,a} provides the functions to assist applications in communicating
with the cursor system to provide feedback to the user that the
application is loading.

668
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libwnck-2.18.3
Introduction to libwnck
The libwnck package contains a Window Navigator Construction Kit.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libwnck/2.18/libwnck-2.18.3.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libwnck/2.18/libwnck-2.18.3.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 1badcbb50e7bc59865f72ec270c15125
• Download size: 482 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

libwnck Dependencies
Required
GTK+-2.10.13 and XML::Parser-2.34

Optional
startup-notification-0.9, intltool-0.35.5, and GTK-Doc-1.8

Installation of libwnck
Install libwnck by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Library: libwnck-1.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /usr/include/libwnck-1.0 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/libwnck

Short Descriptions
libwnck-1.{so,a} contains functions for writing pagers and task lists.

669
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

shared-mime-info-0.21
Introduction to shared-mime-info
The shared-mime-info package contains a MIME database. This allows central updates of MIME information for all
supporting applications.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://freedesktop.org/~hadess/shared-mime-info-0.21.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/svn/s/shared-mime-info-0.21.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: e1965e129a473683ba395ebc02206367
• Download size: 439 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 9 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

shared-mime-info Dependencies
Required
GLib-2.12.12, libxml2-2.6.31, and XML::Parser-2.34

Optional
intltool-0.35.5

Installation of shared-mime-info
Install shared-mime-info by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Configuring shared-mime-info
Configuration Information
Some applications (including GNOME-2) require a properly set environment variable to locate the MIME database.
Satisfy this requirement by setting the following variable in your local shell profile, or the system-wide profile:
XDG_DATA_DIRS=/usr/share
export XDG_DATA_DIRS

Contents
Installed Program: update-mime-database
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directory: /usr/share/mime

670
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
update-mime-database assists in adding MIME data to the database.

671
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

hicolor-icon-theme-0.10
Introduction to hicolor-icon-theme
The hicolor-icon-theme package contains a default fallback theme for implementations of the icon theme
specification.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://icon-theme.freedesktop.org/releases/hicolor-icon-theme-0.10.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/hicolor-icon-theme-0.10.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 3534f7b8e59785c7d5bfa923e85510a7
• Download size: 33 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 2 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Installation of hicolor-icon-theme
Install hicolor-icon-theme by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: /usr/share/icons/hicolor

Short Descriptions
/usr/share/icons/hicolor/* contains icon definitions used as defaults.

672
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libxklavier-3.2
Introduction to libxklavier
The libxklavier package contains a utility library for X keyboard.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/gswitchit/libxklavier-3.2.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: 8f89a65b2d0aa8f8f5979c7d9de3d051
• Download size: 466 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 8 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

libxklavier Dependencies
Required
GLib-2.12.12, X Window System, and libxml2-2.6.31

Optional
GTK-Doc-1.8

Installation of libxklavier
Install libxklavier by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Command Explanations
--with-xkb-base=$XORG_PREFIX/share/X11/xkb: Use this parameter if the $XORG_PREFIX is
anything other than /usr.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Library: libxklavier.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /usr/include/libxklavier, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/libxklavier and /usr/share/libxklavier

Short Descriptions
libxklavier.{so,a} contains XKB utility functions.

673
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

freeglut-2.4.0
Introduction to freeglut
freeglut is intended to be a 100% compatible, completely opensourced clone of the GLUT library. GLUT is a window
system independent toolkit for writing OpenGL programs, implementing a simple windowing API, which makes
learning about and exploring OpenGL programming very easy.
If you built the GLUT library during an installation of MesaLib-6.5.2, you do not need to install this package.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/freeglut/freeglut-2.4.0.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: 6d16873bd876fbf4980a927cfbc496a1
• Download size: 459 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 7.6 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

freeglut Dependencies
Required
X Window System

Installation of freeglut
Install freeglut by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/freeglut-2.4.0 &&
install -v -m644 doc/freeglut_user_interface.html \
/usr/share/doc/freeglut-2.4.0

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: libglut.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /usr/share/doc/freeglut-2.4.0

Short Descriptions
libglut.{so,a} contains functions that implement the OpenGL Utility Toolkit.

674
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GOffice-0.6.1
Introduction to GOffice
The GOffice package contains a library of GLib/GTK document centric objects and utilities. This is useful for
performing common operations for document centric applications that are conceptually simple, but complex to
implement fully. Some of the operations provided by the GOffice library include support for plugins, load/save
routines for application documents and undo/redo functions.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/goffice/0.6/goffice-0.6.1.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/goffice/0.6/goffice-0.6.1.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: a8aa21d089a0ae6f62cb2a9bb70e83db
• Download size: 3.0 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 53 MB
• Estimated build time: 1.0 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/goffice-0.6.1-gtkdoc_rebase-1.patch

GOffice Dependencies

Required

libgsf-1.14.7, Pango-1.16.4, PCRE-7.6, and which-2.19

Recommended (for the User Interface functionality)

libglade-2.6.1 and libgnomeprint-2.18.0

Note: not installing the recommended dependencies can render the GOffice package incapable of supporting
applications which depend on it. If, for whatever reason, you elect not to install the recommended dependencies, you
must add the --without-gtk parameter to the configure command in the instructions below.

Optional

intltool-0.35.5, GTK-Doc-1.8, and libgnomeui-2.18.1 (with libgsf built to support GNOME by creating the
libgsf-gnome-1 library)

Installation of GOffice
Install GOffice by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../goffice-0.6.1-gtkdoc_rebase-1.patch &&

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

675
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: libgoffice-0.so and numerous support plugins
Installed Directories: /usr/include/libgoffice-0.4, /usr/lib/goffice,
/usr/share/{gtk-doc/html/goffice,{pixmaps/}goffice}

Short Descriptions
libgoffice-0.so contains API functions to provide support for document centric objects and utilities.

676
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

MesaLib-6.5.2
Introduction to MesaLib
Mesa is an OpenGL compatible 3-D graphics library.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/mesa3d/MesaLib-6.5.2.tar.bz2
•
• Download MD5 sum: e4d894181f1859651658b3704633e10d
• Download size (including recommended download): 3.1 MB
• Estimated disk space required (including recommended download): 172 MB
• Estimated build time (including recommended download): 1.6 SBU

Additional Downloads
Recommended demonstration and diagnostic utilities for verifying OpenGL operation

• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/mesa3d/MesaDemos-6.5.2.tar.bz2

• Download MD5 sum: e870efe98d3a50be01ab211b9b2e25d9
• Download size: 1.3 MB
Optional GLUT library (see also freeglut-2.4.0)

• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/mesa3d/MesaGLUT-6.5.2.tar.bz2

• Download MD5 sum: e84edbb11c69c8e408dfadd2ed08e95b
• Download size: 306 KB

MesaLib Dependencies

Required
Xorg Libraries, Xorg Utilities, libdrm-2.3.0, and expat-2.0.1

Installation of MesaLib
Extract all three tarballs from the same top-level directory as they all will extract to the Mesa-6.5.2 directory.
Install MesaLib by running the following command:

make linux-dri-x86 OPT_FLAGS="-O2 -fno-strict-aliasing" \

DRI_DRIVER_INSTALL_DIR=${XORG_PREFIX}/lib/X11/modules/dri \
X11_INCLUDES=-I${XORG_PREFIX}/include \
EXTRA_LIB_PATH=-L${XORG_PREFIX}/lib

If you downloaded and extracted the Demos package, build the programs with the following commands:

sed -i 's@-l$(GLUT_LIB)@@g' configs/default &&

make -C progs/xdemos PROGS='glxinfo glxgears'

This package does not come with a test suite.

677
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now, as the root user:

make install INSTALL_DIR=${XORG_PREFIX} \

DRI_DRIVER_INSTALL_DIR=${XORG_PREFIX}/lib/X11/modules/dri &&
install -dv ${XORG_PREFIX}/share/doc/MesaLib-6.5.2 &&
install -v -m644 docs/* ${XORG_PREFIX}/share/doc/MesaLib-6.5.2

If you built the demo programs, install them using the following command as the root user:

install -v -m755 progs/xdemos/glx{info,gears} ${XORG_PREFIX}/bin

Finally, if installing to any prefix other than /usr, you should create symlinks to the GL headers in /usr/include.
Execute the following command as the root user:

ln -s -v ${XORG_PREFIX}/include/GL /usr/include

Tip
Do not remove the Mesa source tree yet, it will be required to build the Xorg-Server-1.2.0.

Command Explanations
make ... linux-dri-x86: The linux-dri-x86 target is specified to use a few other helpful flags in addition to the
defaults. See the other targets in the configs directory if your architecture is not x86.
OPT_FLAGS="-O2 -fno-strict-aliasing": A bug where OpenGL applications are shifted to the left by
50% can be worked around by adding -fno-strict-aliasing to the compiler flags.
DRI_DRIVER_INSTALL_DIR=${XORG_PREFIX}/lib/X11/modules/dri: This setting specifies the
location that the DRI modules will be installed to. This path is also built into libGL.so.
sed -i 's@-l$(GLUT_LIB)@@g' configs/default: Disables linking against the GLUT libraries for the demo
programs, omit this command if you downloaded and extracted the GLUT tarball.
make ... PROGS='glxinfo glxgears': Only builds the glxinfo and glxgears programs.

Contents
Installed Programs glxgears and glxinfo
(optional):
Installed Libraries: libGL.so, libGLU.so, libGLw.so, *_dri.so and optionally, libglut.so
Installed Directories: $XORG_PREFIX/lib/modules/dri and $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/MesaLib-6.5.2

Short Descriptions
glxgears is a GL demo useful for troubleshooting graphics problems.
glxinfo is a diagnostic program that displays information about the graphics hardware and installed GL
libraries.
libGL.so is the main OpenGL library.
libGLU.so is the OpenGL Utility library.
libGLw.so is the Xt/Motif OpenGL drawing area widget library.

678
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libglut.so is the OpenGL Utility Toolkit (GLUT) library.

679
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 25. Window Managers

Introduction
Window Managers and Desktop Environments are the primary user interfaces into the X Window System. A window
manager is a program that controls the appearance of windows and provides the means by which the user can interact
with them. A Desktop Environment provides a more complete interface to the operating system, and provides a range
of integrated utilities and applications.
There are many Window Managers available. Some of the more well known ones include fvwm2, Window Maker,
AfterStep, Enlightenment, Sawfish, and Blackbox.
The Desktop Environments available for Linux are GNOME, KDE, and XFce.
Choosing a Window Manager or Desktop Environment is highly subjective. The choice depends on the look and feel
of the packages, the resources (RAM, disk space) required, and the utilities included. One web site that provides a
very good summary of what is available, screenshots, and their respective features is Window Managers for X.
In this chapter, the installation instructions of several Window Managers and one lightweight Desktop Environment
are presented. Later in the book, both KDE and GNOME have their own sections.

680
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

sawfish-1.3
Introduction to sawfish
The sawfish package contains a window manager. This is useful for organizing and displaying windows where all
window decorations are configurable and all user-interface policy is controlled through the extension language.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/sawmill/sawfish-1.3.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: 9e5ce5e76c60acecdb1889c1f173295a
• Download size: 1.5 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 17.5 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.26 SBU

sawfish Dependencies

Required
rep-gtk-0.18 and EsounD-0.2.37

Installation of sawfish
Install sawfish by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --libexec=/usr/sbin \

--infodir=/usr/share/info --disable-themer &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--disable-themer: This option prevents building the sawfish themer. This program was not migrated to GTK-2.
--with-audiofile: This command directs sawfish to use libaudiofile for sound manipulation.
--with-esd: This command directs sawfish to use the Enlightened Sound Daemon.

Configuring sawfish
Configuration Information
Be sure to backup your current .xinitrc before proceeding.

cat >> ~/.xinitrc << "EOF"

exec sawfish
EOF

681
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: sawfish, sawfish-client, and sawfish-ui
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directory: /usr/share/sawfish, /usr/sbin/sawfish, and /usr/lib/rep/*/

Short Descriptions
sawfish is the extensible window manager using a Lisp-based scripting language.
sawfish-client allows you to connect to a window manager process and evaluate arbitrary Lisp forms.
sawfish-ui is the sawfish configurator.

682
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Fluxbox-0.9.15.1
Introduction to Fluxbox
The Fluxbox package contains a window manager.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/fluxbox/fluxbox-0.9.15.1.tar.bz2
•
• Download MD5 sum: 098eb36a09338aabb63b938a5eab9ef6
• Download size: 670 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 50.3 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU

Fluxbox Dependencies
Required
X Window System

Optional
Imlib2-1.4.0 Image display library

Installation of Fluxbox
Install Fluxbox by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Command Explanations
--enable-imlib2: Use this option if you wish to use other image formats in addition to xpm.

Configuring Fluxbox
Config Files
~/.fluxbox/init, ~/.fluxbox/keys, and ~/.fluxbox/menu

Configuration Information
If Fluxbox is the only Window Manager you want to use, you can start it with an .xinitrc file in your home folder.
Be sure to backup your current .xinitrc before proceeding.
echo startfluxbox > ~/.xinitrc

683
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Or alternatively, if you use a login manager like GDM-2.18.3 or kdm and would like to be able to choose Fluxbox
at the login prompt, create a fluxbox.desktop file like this.
As root:
cat > /usr/share/xsessions/fluxbox.desktop << "EOF"
[Desktop Entry]
Encoding=UTF-8
Name=Fluxbox
Comment=This session logs you into Fluxbox
Exec=startfluxbox
Type=Application
EOF
If you didn't install GDM-2.18.3 or kdm in /usr, then change that command to fit the prefix you chose.
Now create the Fluxbox configuration files:
mkdir -v ~/.fluxbox &&
cp -v /usr/share/fluxbox/init ~/.fluxbox/init &&
cp -v /usr/share/fluxbox/keys ~/.fluxbox/keys
Now if you have which-2.19 installed:
cd ~/.fluxbox &&
fluxbox-generate_menu
otherwise:
cp -v /usr/share/fluxbox/menu ~/.fluxbox/menu
Menu items are added by editing ~/.fluxbox/menu. The syntax is explained on the fluxbox man page.
If you want to use an image as your desktop background, copy the theme you like into ~/.fluxbox. Then add a
line to make it use the correct image. In the following command, change <theme> for the name of the theme you
want and change </path/to/nice/image.xpm> to point to the actual image you want to use.
cp /usr/share/fluxbox/styles/<theme> ~/.fluxbox/theme &&
sed -i 's,\(session.styleFile:\).*,\1 ~/.fluxbox/theme,' \
~/.fluxbox/init &&
echo "background.pixmap: </path/to/nice/image.xpm>" >> ~/.fluxbox/theme
In some locales the font specified in the theme may not contain the needed characters. This results in menus with
blank items. You can fix this by editing ~/.fluxbox/theme with a text editor and altering it so that it names
a suitable font.

Contents
Installed Programs: fluxbox, fbsetbg, fbsetroot, fluxbox-generate_menu, startfluxbox, and fbrun
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directory: /usr/share/fluxbox and ~/.fluxbox

Short Descriptions
fluxbox is a window manager for X11 based on Blackbox 0.61.0.

684
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

fbsetbg is a utility that sets the background image. It requires which to find one of: display,
Esetroot, wmsetbg, xv, qiv or xsri.
fbsetroot is a utility to change root window appearance based on the Blackbox application
bsetroot.
fluxbox-generate_menu is a utility that generates a menu by scanning your PATH. It requires which to
function properly.
startfluxbox is a session startup script that allows for command executions prior to fluxbox
starting.
fbrun displays a run dialog window.

685
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Metacity-2.18.5
Introduction to Metacity
The Metacity package contains a window manager. This is useful for organizing and displaying windows.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/metacity/2.18/metacity-2.18.5.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/metacity/2.18/metacity-2.18.5.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 7928172bf41f6b63976a62554a699674
• Download size: 1.9 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 61 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU

Metacity Dependencies
Required
GTK+-2.10.13 and XML::Parser-2.34

Optional
startup-notification-0.9 (recommended if you are installing GNOME-2), GConf-2.18.0.1 (recommended if you are
installing GNOME-2), intltool-0.35.5, and libcm

Installation of Metacity
Install Metacity by running the following commands:
./configure \
--prefix=/usr \
--libexecdir=/usr/lib/metacity \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--with-gconf-schema-file-dir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3/gconf/schemas &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/metacity-2.18.5 &&
install -v -m644 README rationales.txt doc/*.txt \
/usr/share/doc/metacity-2.18.5

Command Explanations
--with-gconf-schema-file-dir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3/gconf/schemas: Omit this parameter if
you are not installing Metacity for a GNOME-2 installation.
--enable-compositor: You must use this parameter (and have libcm installed) to build the Metacity composite
manager.

686
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Configuring Metacity
Configuration Information
To automatically start the Metacity window manager when you issue the startx command, append to (or create) .
xinitrc using the command below (not required if you are installing Metacity for a GNOME-2 installation). Ensure
you backup your current ~/.xinitrc before proceeding:

cat >> ~/.xinitrc << "EOF"

xterm &
exec metacity
EOF

Contents
Installed Programs: metacity, metacity-message, metacity-theme-viewer and metacity-window-demo
Installed Library: libmetacity-private.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /usr/include/metacity-1, /usr/lib/metacity, /usr/share/doc/metacity-2.18.5,
/usr/share/gnome/wm-properties, /usr/share/metacity and the following subdirectories
of /usr/share/themes/: AgingGorilla Atlanta Bright Crux/metacity-1 Esco Metabox
Simple/metacity-1}

Short Descriptions
metacity is a window manager used mainly by GNOME.
metacity-theme-viewer allows you to preview any installed Metacity theme. When designing a new
Metacity theme, you can use metacity-theme-viewer to measure the performance
of a window frame option, and to preview the option.
metacity-window-demo demonstrates various kinds of windows that window managers and window
manager themes should handle.

687
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Other Window Managers

twm is the Tab Window Manager. This is the default window manager installed by the X Window System packages.
mwm is the Motif® Window Manager. It is an OSF/Motif® clone packaged and installed with LessTif-0.95.0.

688
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Part VII. KDE

 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Introduction to KDE
KDE is a comprehensive desktop environment that builds on an X Window System and Qt to provide a window
manager and many user tools, including a browser, word processor, spreadsheet, presentation package, games, and
numerous other utilities. It provides extensive capabilities for customization.
The KDE instructions are divided into three parts. The first part, the core packages, are needed for the rest of KDE
to work. The second part presents additional packages which provide functionality in various areas (multimedia,
graphics, etc.) The third part provides resources for software and web developers.
There are two alternatives for installing KDE. Option one, that is used by most of the commercial distributions, is
to install KDE in the standard system prefix: /usr. This option allows the use of KDE without the need for any
additional configuration such as modification of various environment variables or configuration files. Option two is
to install it in a unique prefix such as /opt/kde or /opt/kde-3.5.9. This option allows for easy removal of
the KDE version or maintenance of multiple versions for testing.

Tip
All the KDE packages are comprised of various components. The default is to install most of the
components. If specific components are to be eliminated, the official way is to set the variable DO_NOT_
COMPILE. This comes in handy when there are problems compiling a particular component.

DO_NOT_COMPILE="component1 component2" \
./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX ...

The core KDE packages also honor this variable, but omitting components from the core packages is not
advisable since it may result in an incomplete KDE installation.

Note
In each of the packages, one other option to configure can be added: --enable-final. This option can
speed up the build process, but requires a lot of memory. If you have less than 256MB of RAM, this option
may cause swapping and significantly slow compilation.
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 26. KDE Core Packages

KDE Pre-installation Configuration
Based on your preference, set KDE_PREFIX.

One option is to put KDE into the /usr hierarchy. This creates a simpler setup but is more difficult to try multiple
versions of KDE.

export KDE_PREFIX=/usr

A method of building multiple versions installs KDE in the /opt hierarchy:

export KDE_PREFIX=/opt/kde-3.5.9

Remember to execute ldconfig after installation of libraries to update the library cache.

If you are not installing KDE in /usr, you will need to make some configuration changes:
You should consider installing the desktop-file-utils-0.13 package. Though not required, this package will allow you
to easily use existing .desktop files in /usr/share/applications (and any other locations identified by
XDG_DATA_DIRS), and automatically add these applications to the KDE menu system.

Add to your system or personal profile:

export PATH=$PATH:/opt/kde-3.5.9/bin
export PKG_CONFIG_PATH=$PKG_CONFIG_PATH:/opt/kde-3.5.9/lib/pkgconfig

Add to your /etc/ld.so.conf:

cat >> /etc/ld.so.conf << "EOF"

# Begin kde addition to /etc/ld.so.conf

/opt/kde-3.5.9/lib

# End kde addition

EOF

Add to your /etc/man_db.conf:

cat >> /etc/man_db.conf << "EOF"

# Begin kde addition to man_db.conf

MANDATORY_MANPATH /opt/kde-3.5.9/man

# End kde addition to man_db.conf

EOF

691
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Tip
If you prefer installing KDE in /opt, one trick to avoid the above configuration changes every time you
install a new version is to replace /opt/kde-3.5.9 with /opt/kde and to create a symlink from
/opt/kde-3.5.9 to /opt/kde.

ln -v -sf kde-3.5.9 /opt/kde

692
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

aRts-1.5.9
Introduction to aRts
The Analog Real-time Synthesizer (aRts) provides sound support for KDE and necessary libraries for kdelibs.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.9/src/arts-1.5.9.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.9/src/arts-1.5.9.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 62a5e4d522314bab19288e4702480c93
• Download size: 951 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 30 MB
• Estimated build time: 1.3 SBU

aRts Dependencies

Required

Qt-3.3.8b and GLib-2.12.12

Recommended

libjpeg-6b

Optional

libvorbis-1.2.0, ALSA-1.0.13, Audio File-0.2.6, libmad-0.15.1b, EsounD-0.2.37, NAS-1.9, MAS, and JACK

Installation of aRts
Install aRts by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX --disable-debug \

--disable-dependency-tracking &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite that works with GCC-4.1.2.
Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$KDE_PREFIX: This option tells the process to install the package in $KDE_PREFIX. aRts is installed
here as it's required before installing KDE.
--disable-debug: This option causes the package to be compiled without debugging code.
--disable-dependency-tracking: This option speeds up one time builds.

693
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: artsd, artswrapper, artsshell, artsplay, artsdsp, artscat, artscontrol, artsc-config, and
mcopidl
Installed Libraries: aRts libraries
Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $KDE_PREFIX/: bin, include/arts, include/artsc, and
lib/mcop

Short Descriptions
artsd is a daemon that provides access to the sound hardware resources.
artswrapper is a small wrapper program which simply sets real-time priority (running as root) and then
executes artsd as a non-root user.
artsshell is intended as a utility to perform miscellaneous functions related to the sound server.
artsplay is a simple utility to play a sound file.
artsdsp provides an interim solution that allows most of legacy sound applications to run unchanged.
artscat is a simple utility to send raw audio data to the sound server.
artscontrol is a graphical utility for performing a number of tasks related to the sound server.
artsc-config is a utility to assist developers using the aRts C API.
mcopidl is the Interface Definition Language (IDL) file compiler for MCOP, the Multimedia
Communication Protocol used by aRts.
aRts Libraries contains functions that support aRts programs.
To find out information about aRts and the various programs included in the package, see The aRts Handbook. For
information in languages other then English, see the KDE Documentation and navigate to the aRts documentation
in your language.

694
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Kdelibs-3.5.9
Introduction to Kdelibs
This package includes programs and libraries that are central to the development and execution of a KDE program,
as well as internationalization files for these libraries, miscellaneous HTML documentation, theme modules and
regression tests.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.9/src/kdelibs-3.5.9.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.9/src/kdelibs-3.5.9.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 55e5f00874933d1a7ba7c95e369a205e
• Download size: 15.0 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 276 MB (additional 431 MB for API docs)
• Estimated build time: 15 SBU (additional 1.25 SBU for API docs)

Kdelibs Dependencies

Required

Qt-3.3.8b

Recommended

aRts-1.5.9, libjpeg-6b, libart_lgpl-2.3.19, libxml2-2.6.31, libxslt-1.1.22, PCRE-7.6, Gamin-0.1.9, OpenSSL-0.9.8g,

and libidn-0.6.14

Optional

LibTIFF-3.8.2, Aspell-0.60.5, CUPS-1.2.12, ALSA-1.0.13, Heimdal-1.1 or MIT Kerberos V5-1.6, OpenEXR, JasPer,
Lua (version < 5.1), mDNSResponder, LibThai, Hspell, libacl (requires libattr), sudo-1.6.9p15, Graphviz-2.12, and
Doxygen-1.5.2

Run-Time Dependencies
The KDE libraries access other programs at run time. One additional package that has not been mentioned already is
pmount. This enables auto-mounting of hotplugged devices at /media/[device_name] for any user without any fstab
modification. It is needed to enable the full integration of KDE with HAL-0.5.9.1.

Installation of Kdelibs
Install kdelibs with:

./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX \
--sysconfdir=/etc/kde \
--disable-debug \
--disable-dependency-tracking &&
LD_LIBRARY_PATH="$QTDIR/lib" make

695
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Note
If you wish to create the API documentation and you have Doxygen and Graphviz installed, make apidox
must be done before make install. This applies to all packages which can utilize Doxygen.
The make apidox command generates a lot of errors and warnings. In some cases it complains that Helvetica
fonts are missing and substitutes a font that does not fit boxes properly. You can add the font by downloading
the URW Fonts and unpacking them into ~/.fonts. fc-cache should also be run to update the font
properties on your system.
The documents generated are HTML and are found in $KDE_
PREFIX/share/doc/HTML/en/kdelibs-apidocs.

This package does not come with a test suite that works with GCC-4.1.2.
Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$KDE_PREFIX: This option tells the process to install the package in $KDE_PREFIX.
--disable-debug: This option causes the package to be compiled without debugging code.
--disable-dependency-tracking: This option speeds up one time builds.
--sysconfdir=/etc/kde: This option places configuration files in compliance with the Filesystem Hierarchy
Standard. If you omit this parameter, the configuration files will be placed in $KDE_PREFIX/etc which may be
desirable if you have multiple versions of KDE installed.
LD_LIBRARY_PATH="$QTDIR/lib" make: A bug in the kdelibs build system prevents Qt from being found
by the Makefiles if Qt was installed in /opt. Setting LD_LIBRARY_PATH works around the problem.

Contents
Installed Programs: Numerous KDE support programs: artsmessage, checkXML, cupsdconf,
cupsdoprint, dcop, dcopclient, dcopfind, dcopidl, dcopidl2cpp, dcopidlng,
dcopobject, dcopquit, dcopref, dcopserver, dcopserver_shutdown, dcopstart,
filesharelist, fileshareset, imagetops, kab2kabc, kaddprinterwizard, kbuildsycoca,
kcmshell, kconf_update, kconfig_compiler, kcookiejar, kde-config, kde-menu, kded,
kdeinit, kdeinit_shutdown, kdeinit_wrapper, kdesu_stub, kdontchangethehostname,
kdostartupconfig, kfile, kfmexec, kgrantpty, khotnewstuff, kinstalltheme,
kio_http_cache_cleaner, kio_uiserver, kioexec, kioslave, klauncher, kmailservice,
kpac_dhcp_helper, ksendbugmail, kshell, kstartupconfig, ksvgtopng, ktelnetservice,
ktradertest, kunittestmodrunner, kwrapper, lnusertemp, make_driver_db_cups,
make_driver_db_lpr, makekdewidgets, meinproc, preparetips, and start_kdeinit
Installed Libraries: Numerous KDE libraries and helper modules
Installed Directories: /etc/kde and the following subdirectories of $KDE_PREFIX/: include/{dnssd, dom,
kabc, kate, kdeprint, kdesu, khexedit, kio, kjs, kmdi, kmediaplayer, knewstuff,
kparts, kresources, ksettings, kspell2, ktexteditor, kunittest, libkmid}, lib/kde3, and
share/{applications, apps, autostart, config, doc, emoticons, icons, mimelnk, services}

696
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
KDE Support Programs are essential support programs needed by other KDE applications.
KDE Libraries contain essential functions that are needed by KDE applications.
The number of programs and libraries installed by kdelibs prohibits an explanation of each one in this section. Instead,
see the KDE Documentation.

697
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Kdebase-3.5.9
Introduction to Kdebase
kdebase is the last mandatory package required for the K Desktop Environment. It provides various applications,
infrastructure files and libraries.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.9/src/kdebase-3.5.9.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.9/src/kdebase-3.5.9.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: c8c35389a238aa1b73e68ef5298eadf8
• Download size: 24.0 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 273 MB (additional 17 MB for API docs)
• Estimated build time: 11 SBU (additional 8.4 SBU for API docs)

Kdebase Dependencies
Required
kdelibs-3.5.9

Recommended
libjpeg-6b, libart_lgpl-2.3.19, libxml2-2.6.31, OpenSSL-0.9.8g, and JDK-6 Update 5

Optional
libusb-0.1.12, Linux-PAM-0.99.10.0, OpenLDAP-2.3.39, Cyrus SASL-2.1.22, Samba-3.0.30, HAL-0.5.9.1 and
D-Bus Qt3 Bindings-0.62, Heimdal-1.1 or MIT Kerberos V5-1.6, krb4, OpenEXR, libraw1394, lm_sensors (requires
Sysfs Utilities), mDNSResponder, sudo-1.6.9p15, Graphviz-2.12, and Doxygen-1.5.2

Run-Time Dependencies
Note that there are two additional packages you can install that are used at run-time for konqueror ioslave protocols.
You can install the Mtools package to enable the “floppy” ioslave protocol. This will allow easy access to the floppy
disk drives on your system. The hfsplus package can be installed to access HFS+ partitions on a Mac OS system
using the “mac” ioslave.
One additional package that can be used at run time is PCI Utilities-2.2.3. This enables the KDE Info Center to use
lspci for its "pci" info section.
Another package usable at run time is htdig. The enables khelpcenter to create a search index for the KDE application
manuals.

Installation of Kdebase
Note
You should ensure a nogroup group exists on your system before performing the configure command,
as kdebase installs a program ($KDE_PREFIX/bin/kdesud) with group ownership of nogroup.

This package does not come with a test suite.

698
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Install kdebase with:

./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX --sysconfdir=/etc/kde \
--disable-debug --disable-dependency-tracking &&
LD_LIBRARY_PATH="$KDE_PREFIX/lib" make

Note
If you wish to create the API documentation and you have Doxygen and Graphviz installed, make apidox
must be done before make install.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
LD_LIBRARY_PATH="$KDE_PREFIX/lib" make: A bug in the kdebase build system prevents kdelibs from
being found by the Makefiles when kdelibs is installed in /opt. Setting LD_LIBRARY_PATH works around the
problem.

Configuring Kdebase
Configuration Information
There is no real configuration necessary for this package other than to ensure you follow the steps outlined in the last
section of this chapter, the section called “Configuring the Core KDE Packages”.

Contents
Installed Programs: appletproxy, drkonqi, extensionproxy, genkdmconf, kaccess, kappfinder,
kapplymousetheme, kasbar, kate, kblankscrn.kss, kbookmarkmerger, kcheckpass,
kcheckrunning, kcminit, kcminit_startup, kcontrol, kcontroledit, kdcop, kdebugdialog,
kdeeject, kdeinstallktheme, kdepasswd, kdeprintfax, kdesktop, kdesktop_lock,
kdesu, kdesud, kdialog, kdm, kdm_config, kdm_greet, kdmctl, keditbookmarks,
keditfiletype, kfind, kfmclient, kfontinst, kfontview, khc_docbookdig.pl, khc_htdig.pl,
khc_htsearch.pl, khc_indexbuilder, khc_mansearch.pl, khelpcenter, khotkeys, kicker,
kinfocenter (link to kcontrol), kio_media_mounthelper, kio_system_documenthelper,
kjobviewer, klipper, klocaldomainurifilterhelper, kmenuedit, knetattach, kompmgr,
konqueror, konsole, kpager, kpersonalizer, kpm, kprinter, krandom.kss, krandrtray,
krdb, kreadconfig, krootimage, ksmserver, ksplash, ksplashsimple, kstart, ksysguard,
ksysguardd, ksystraycmd, ktip, ktrash, kwebdesktop, kwin, kwin_killer_helper,
kwin_rules_dialog, kwrite, kwriteconfig, kxkb, nspluginscan, nspluginviewer, and
startkde
Installed Libraries: Numerous KDE support libraries, helper modules, and kioslaves
Installed Directories: /etc/xdg/menus/applications-merged and the following subdirectories of
$KDE_PREFIX/: include/{kate, ksgrd, ksplash, kwin}, lib/kconf_update_bin,
share/{applnk, apps/{too many to list}, config, config.kcfg, desktop-directories,
doc/kdm, fonts, /mimelnk/{fonts, media, print}, services/{searchproviders,
useragentstrings}, sounds, templates, wallpapers, and /var/lib/kdm

699
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
kate is a programmer's text editor for KDE.
kcontrol is the KDE Control Center.
kdebugdialog is a dialog box for managing diagnostic messages at runtime.
kdesu is a graphical front end for the Unix su command.
kdm is the KDE display manager (a replacement for xdm).
kfind is a utility to find files.
khelpcenter is the KDE help tool.
kicker is the KDE control panel.
kinfocenter provides a centralized and convenient overview of your KDE and system settings.
kioslaves are support modules designed to be intimately familiar with a certain protocol, so that a standard
interface (most often these are used by konqueror) can be used to get at data from any number
of places. Examples are the http and ftp kioslaves, which will retrieve data from an http or ftp
server respectively.
klipper is a clipboard utility.
kmenuedit is a utility to rearrange or add items to the K-menu.
konqueror is a filesystem and web browser.
konsole is a highly configurable X terminal emulator.
kpager provides a thumbnail view of all virtual desktops.
kprinter is the printing module in KDE. It manages the actual printing from KDE applications. It handles
print job administration and handles printer and print system management.
ksplash is a splash screen that shows the progress of an application that is loading.
ksysguard is a network enabled task manager and system monitor application, with the additional
functionality of top.
kwrite is a text editor for KDE.
kxkb is a keyboard layout switching utility based on the X11 xkb extension.

700
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Configuring the Core KDE Packages

Back up your existing ~/.xinitrc file and create a new .xinitrc file to start KDE:

echo "exec startkde" > ~/.xinitrc

If you have D-BUS-1.0.2 installed, you can start the D-BUS session daemon here as well. Starting the session daemon
here has the added bonus that it will exit when you log out of your KDE session. If you wish to start the daemon here,
use the following command instead of the one shown above:

echo "exec dbus-launch --exit-with-session startkde" >> ~/.xinitrc

Note
Check the ~/.xinitrc file and ensure you have no other window managers or other X applications
mentioned before KDE.

If you installed the desktop-file-utils-0.13 package, ensure the XDG_DATA_DIRS and XDG_CONFIG_DIRS
environment variables are configured properly as explained in that package and update the MIME-type application
database (as root):

update-desktop-database

Ensure all libraries can be found with (as root):

ldconfig

At this point you can bring up KDE with:

startx

701
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 27. KDE Additional Packages

Each of the packages in this chapter depend on the base KDE installation procedures, but each is an independent
group of programs that can be optionally installed. Few users will want to install every package, but instead review
and install only the ones desired.

702
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Kdeadmin-3.5.9
Introduction to Kdeadmin
Kdeadmin provides several KDE clients useful for managing a system. Clients include programs for managing users,
initialization files, cron, and network connections.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.9/src/kdeadmin-3.5.9.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.9/src/kdeadmin-3.5.9.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: e6607ea27b332616d20f4564656cb885
• Download size: 2.1 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 25 MB
• Estimated build time: 1.1 SBU

Kdeadmin Dependencies
Required
kdebase-3.5.9

Recommended
libjpeg-6b and libxml2-2.6.31

Optional
Linux-PAM-0.99.10.0 and LILO

Run-Time Dependencies
kcron requires a cron implementation, such as Vixie Cron, at run time. It is not compatible with Fcron-3.0.3.

Installation of Kdeadmin
Install kdeadmin with:

./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX --disable-debug \

--disable-dependency-tracking &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Programs: kcron, kdat, kpackage, ksysv, and kuser
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: None

703
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
kcron is a task scheduler.
kdat is a tar-based tape archiver.
kpackage is a package manager.
ksysv is a Sys V-Init editor.
kuser is a graphical user manager.

704
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Kdenetwork-3.5.9
Introduction to Kdenetwork
Kdenetwork provides several KDE applications useful in a networking environment. Applications include clients for
chat, PPP, news, instant messages, and similar programs.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.9/src/kdenetwork-3.5.9.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.9/src/kdenetwork-3.5.9.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 0ec1d4ccd550510821a622eb91b893e8
• Download size: 9.0 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 194 MB (additional 26 MB for API docs)
• Estimated build time: 12 SBU (additional 0.2 SBU for API docs

Kdenetwork Dependencies
Required
kdebase-3.5.9
Recommended
libjpeg-6b, libxml2-2.6.31, libxslt-1.1.22, and OpenSSL-0.9.8g
Optional
PPP-2.4.4, XMMS-1.2.10, Graphviz-2.12, Doxygen-1.5.2, Wireless Tools-28, Speex-1.0.5, ALSA-1.0.13, gsmlib,
Meanwhile, OpenSLP, libgadu, and Valgrind

Installation of Kdenetwork
Install kdenetwork with:
./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX --disable-debug \
--disable-dependency-tracking &&
make

Note
If you wish to create the API documentation and you have Doxygen and Graphviz installed, make apidox
must be done before make install.

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:
make install

Configuring Kdenetwork
Config Files
/etc/lisarc and ~/.lisarc

705
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Configuration Information
To utilize the LAN Browser of konqueror you will need to create the /etc/lisarc file and start the lisa daemon.
Create /etc/lisarc by filling out the information in the “Guided LISa Setup” section of the “LISa Daemon” tab
on the “Control Center” — “Internet & Network” — “Local Network Browsing” dialog box.
Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/lisa init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20080816 package.

make install-lisa

There is no explicit configuration for the rest of the kdenetwork package, however some individual programs need
to be set up with user information.

Contents
Installed Programs: kdict, kget, knewsticker, kopete, kpf, kppp, krdc, krfb, ksirc, ktalkd, kwifimanager, and
lisa
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
kdict is a graphical client for the Dictionary Server Protocol (DICT).
kget allows you to group downloads.
knewsticker is a news applet for the KDE Application Launcher Panel.
kopete is KDE's multi-protocol instant messenger client.
kpf allows you to share files over a network.
kppp is a dial-up utility.
krdc is a client application that allows you to view or even control the desktop session on another
machine that is running a compatible (VNC) server.
krfb is a server application that allows you to share your current session with a user on another
machine, who can use a VNC client to view or even control the desktop.
ksirc is a chat client.
ktalkd is an enhanced talk daemon—a program to handle incoming talk requests, announce them and
allow you to respond to them using a talk client.
kwifimanager is used to configure and monitor wireless LAN cards.
lisa is intended to provide a kind of network neighborhood, but only relying on the TCP/IP protocol
stack.

706
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Kdepim-3.5.9
Introduction to Kdepim
Kdepim provides several KDE programs for managing personal information. Programs include a contact manager,
calendar, mail utilities, newsreader, X.509 certificat manager, and sticky notes.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.9/src/kdepim-3.5.9.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.9/src/kdepim-3.5.9.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: ba27b06599556c572a26f03608471ee2
• Download size: 14.0 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 281 MB (additional 251 MB for API docs)
• Estimated build time: 22 SBU (additional 1 SBU for API docs)

Kdepim Dependencies

Required
kdebase-3.5.9

Recommended
libjpeg-6b, libxml2-2.6.31, GnuPG-1.4.7 or GnuPG-2.0.8, and OpenSSL-0.9.8g

Optional
kdeaccessibility-3.5.9, kdemultimedia-3.5.9, Cyrus SASL-2.1.22, pilot-link-0.12.2, GPGME (requires
GnuPG-2.0.8), OpenSync, libmal, gnokii, BlueZ, Boost, Graphviz-2.12, and Doxygen-1.5.2

Installation of Kdepim
Install kdepim with:

./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX --disable-debug \

--disable-dependency-tracking &&
sed -i "s@ \*/@&\n#define HAVE_FOPENCOOKIE@" \
libkdenetwork/libgpgme-copy/{assuan,gpgme}/funopen.c &&
make

Note
If you wish to create the API documentation and you have Doxygen and Graphviz installed, make apidox
must be done before make install.

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

707
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: akregator, kaddressbook, kalarm, kandy, karm, kitchensync, kleopatra, kmail, knode,
knotes, konsolekalendar, kontact, korganizer, korn, kpilot, ktnef, kwatchgnupg, and
supporting programs
Installed Libraries: Numerous kdepim specific libraries
Installed Directories: Numerous subdirectories in $KDE_PREFIX/{include,share}

Short Descriptions
akregator is a program to read RSS and other online news feeds.
kaddressbook is the KDE address book.
kalarm is a system to provide reminder messages.
kandy is a program to synchronize mobile phone numbers.
karm is a personal time tracker.
kitchensync is the universal syncing tool and framework for kde.
kleopatra is a tool for managing X.509 certificates in a GpgSM keybox and for retrieving certificates
from LDAP servers.
kmail is KDE's email client.
knode is the KDE newsreader.
knotes is a popup notes utility.
konsolekalendar is a command line interface to KDE calendars.
kontact is the integrated solution to personal information management (PIM) needs.
korganizer is a personal calendar/todo system.
korn is a KDE mail checker that has the capabilities to dock itself to kicker.
kpilot is a program to synchronize a Palm-Pilot.
ktnef allows handling mail attachments using the TNEF format. Those attachments are usually
found in mails coming from Microsoft® mail servers and embed the mail properties as well
as the actual attachments.
kwatchgnupg is simpleGnuPG log viewer.

708
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Kdemultimedia-3.5.9
Introduction to Kdemultimedia
Kdemultimedia provides several KDE programs to work with sound. Programs include applications for a jukebox, a
soundcard mixer, a midi and karaoke player, and a recording application for aRts.
In this version of Kdemultimedia, some of the functionality provided by the package has been moved into a separate
project named Akode. In order for Kdemultimedia to provide the removed functionality, you must install the Akode
package first. Instructions to install Akode follow. If you wish to skip the Akode installation, go straight to the
Kdemultimedia Instructions.

Akode-2.0.2
Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.kde-apps.org/CONTENT/content-files/30375-akode-2.0.2.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/6.3/a/30375-akode-2.0.2.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 659ced0c9c735cb3e55b9138ff02342c
• Download size: 462 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 6.5 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Reqiured patch (for FFmpeg support): http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/akode-2.0.2-FFmpeg_
fixes-1.patch

Akode Dependencies

Optional

pkg-config-0.22, FLAC-1.2.1, Speex-1.0.5, libmad-0.15.1b, ALSA-1.0.13, libvorbis-1.2.0, Secret Rabbit Code (a.k.a.
libsamplerate), PulseAudio, JACK, and FFmpeg-svn_20070606 (support is experimental)

Installation of Akode
Install Akode by issuing the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX --without-ffmpeg \

--disable-debug --disable-dependency-tracking &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

709
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Command Explanations
--without-ffmpeg: This option disables the experimental FFmpeg support in Akode, as the build fails if it is
enabled. You can install the patch listed above and remove this switch to enable the experimental FFmpeg support,
however, the functionality of Akode built with FFmpeg support has not been tested by the BLFS editors. To install
the patch, issue the following command before beginning the build:

patch -Np1 -i ../akode-2.0.2-FFmpeg_fixes-1.patch

Resuming the Kdemultimedia Instructions

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.9/src/kdemultimedia-3.5.9.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.9/src/kdemultimedia-3.5.9.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: fdfafe38d2c7e3019dafc80c177add15
• Download size: 6.1 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 125 MB (additional 1 MB for API docs)
• Estimated build time: 9.8 SBU (additional 0.2 SBU for API docs)

Kdemultimedia Dependencies
Required
kdebase-3.5.9

Recommended
libjpeg-6b, libxml2-2.6.31, and ALSA-1.0.13

Optional
Akode-2.0.2, CDParanoia-III-9.8, LAME-3.97, Audio File-0.2.6, libvorbis-1.2.0, xine Libraries-1.1.12, FLAC-1.2.1
(built with libogg-1.1.3 support), GStreamer-0.10.13, Theora, TagLib, TunePimp (requires libmusicbrainz-2.1.5),
Graphviz-2.12, and Doxygen-1.5.2

Installation of Kdemultimedia
Install kdemultimedia with:

./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX --sysconfdir=/etc/kde \

--disable-debug --disable-dependency-tracking &&
make

Note
If you wish to create the API documentation and you have Doxygen and Graphviz installed, make apidox
must be done before make install.

Now, as the root user:

make install

710
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: artsbuilder, artscontrol, juk, kaboodle, kaudiocreator, kmid, kmix, kmixctrl, krec,
kscd, midisend, mpeglibartsplay, noatun, workman2cddb.pl, yaf-cdda, yaf-mpgplay,
yaf-splay, yaf-tplay, yaf-vorbis, and yaf-yuv
Installed Libraries: Numerous kdemultimedia specific libraries
Installed Directories: The following subdirectories in $KDE_PREFIX: include/{libkcddb, mpeglib, noatun},
lib/mcop/Noatun, and share/apps/{too many to list}

Short Descriptions
artsbuilder is a tool to create new structures of small connected aRts modules.
juk is a jukebox, tagger, and music collection manager.
kaboodle is a multimedia player.
kaudiocreator is a front-end tool for ripping audio CDs and encoding the wav files.
kmid is a midi/karaoke player.
kmix is a sound mixer.
krec is a recording frontend for aRts.
kscd is a CD player.
noatun is another multimedia player.

711
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Kdegraphics-3.5.9
Introduction to Kdegraphics
Kdegraphics provides KDE programs to manage the video display and graphical output. Applications include PDF,
DVI, and Postscript viewers, an application to adjust monitor gamma correction, a 3D modeling application to
generate POV-Ray scenes, and a scanner application.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.9/src/kdegraphics-3.5.9.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.9/src/kdegraphics-3.5.9.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 3d75e27180573a4e077e0245055891a5
• Download size: 7.1 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 150 MB (additional 37 MB for API docs)
• Estimated build time: 7.5 SBU (additional 0.6 SBU for API docs)

Kdegraphics Dependencies
Required
kdebase-3.5.9

Recommended
libjpeg-6b, libxml2-2.6.31, and libart_lgpl-2.3.19

Optional
LibTIFF-3.8.2, Imlib (not recommended: obsolete, abandoned upstream, buggy, needed only for the kuickshow
image viewer, to which kview is a better alternative), little cms-1.16, Poppler-0.5.4 (libpoppler-qt.so must
have been built), SANE-1.0.18, teTeX-3.0, FriBidi-0.10.8, libgphoto2, t1lib, OpenEXR, libpaper, KADMOS (a
commercial OCR engine), Graphviz-2.12, and Doxygen-1.5.2

Run-Time Dependencies
The kooka utility is a scanning and OCR program. In order for kooka to utilize the OCR capabilities, you must
install an OCR engine. kooka provides full OCR support using the KADMOS and GOCR engines and partial support
using the Ocrad engine.
The kghostview program requires a ghostscript interpreter from AFPL Ghostscript-8.53 or ESP Ghostscript-8.15.4
to process PS or PDF files.
The kpovmodeler program requires POV-Ray to render 3D scenes.

Installation of Kdegraphics
Install kdegraphics with:

./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX --disable-debug \

--disable-dependency-tracking &&
make

712
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Note
If you wish to create the API documentation and you have Doxygen and Graphviz installed, make apidox
must be done before make install.

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Programs: kcolorchooser, kcoloredit, kdvi, kfax, kfaxview, kghostview, kiconedit, kolourpaint,
kooka, kpdf, kpovmodeler, kruler, ksnapshot, kuickshow, kview, kviewshell,
mrmlsearch, printnodetest, svgdisplay, and xf86gammacfg
Installed Libraries: kio_kamera and several other kdegraphics specific libraries and support modules
Installed Directories: The following subdirectories in $KDE_PREFIX: include/{svg, kviewshell,
libtext2path-0.1}, share/applnk/Graphics, share/apps/{too many to list}, and
share/config/magic

Short Descriptions
kcolorchooser is a color chooser for a given pallette.
kcoloredit is a color pallette editor.
kdvi is a DVI viewer.
kfax is a FAX viewer.
kfaxview is a FAX previewer used with kviewshell.
kghostview is a PS/PDF viewer.
kiconedit is an icon editor.
kolourpaint is a paint program.
kooka is a raster image scan program.
kpdf is a PDF viewer.
kpovmodeler is a graphical 3D modeler, which can generate scenes for POV-Ray.
kruler is a screen ruler.
ksnapshot is a screen capture program.
kuickshow is an image viewer.
kview is another image viewer.
kviewshell is a generic framework for the KDE viewer applications.
xf86gammacfg is a simple tool for monitor gamma correction.
kio_kamera is an ioslave that allows you to view and download images from a digital camera using the
kamera:/ URL in konqueror.

713
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Kdeutils-3.5.9
Introduction to Kdeutils
Kdeutils provides KDE programs for miscellaneous tasks. Programs include a calculator, a note taker, a basic editor,
a floppy disk manager, and a binary editor.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.9/src/kdeutils-3.5.9.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.9/src/kdeutils-3.5.9.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: dbe5ddff57141f27778601df5571e182
• Download size: 3.0 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 64 MB (additional 8 MB for API docs)
• Estimated build time: 3.7 SBU (additional 0.2 SBU for API docs)

Kdeutils Dependencies
Required
kdebase-3.5.9

Recommended
libjpeg-6b, libxml2-2.6.31, and GMP-4.2.2 (required for KCalc)

Optional
Net-SNMP, tpctl (for Thinkpad support), Python-2.5.2, XMMS-1.2.10, Graphviz-2.12, and Doxygen-1.5.2

Run-Time Dependencies
Several programs included in kdeutils are frontends for other software, and so require these external programs to
be present at run time. kgpg requires GnuPG-1.4.7 or GnuPG-2.0.8, kdessh requires OpenSSH-4.7p1, while irkick
requires LIRC. The ark program will require appropriate utilities to handle various archives, including Zip-2.32,
UnZip-5.52, JDK-6 Update 5 (for the jar program), Unrar-3.7.8, rar (binary only shareware), p7zip, zoo, and
ncompress.

Installation of Kdeutils
Install kdeutils with:
./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX --disable-debug \
--disable-dependency-tracking &&
make

Note
If you wish to create the API documentation and you have Doxygen and Graphviz installed, make apidox
must be done before make install.

This package does not come with a test suite.

714
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now, as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Programs: ark, irkick, kcalc, kcharselect, kdessh, kdf, kedit, kfloppy, kgpg, khexedit,
kjots, klaptop_acpi_helper, klaptop_check, kregexpeditor, ktimer, kwalletmanager,
kwikdisk, and superkaramba
Installed Libraries: Several kdeutils specific libraries
Installed Directories: Several subdirectories in $KDE_PREFIX/share

Short Descriptions
ark is an archiving tool.
irkick is the infrastructure for KDE's Infrared Remote Control functionality; irkick is the server
component of that infrastructure.
kcalc is a scientific calculator.
kcharselect is a character selector applet.
kdessh is a graphical interface to OpenSSH-4.7p1
kdf is a disk usage viewer.
kedit is a text editor.
kfloppy is a floppy formatter.
kgpg a simple graphical interface for GnuPG-1.4.7.
khexedit is a binary editor.
kjots is a note taker.
kregexpeditor is an editor for editing regular expressions in a graphical style (in contrast to the ASCII
syntax).
ktimer is a task scheduler.
kwalletmanager provides a secure way to manage passwords.
superkaramba is a tool to create interactive widgets on a KDE desktop.

715
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Kdeedu-3.5.9
Introduction to Kdeedu
Kdeedu provides KDE programs useful in learning. Programs include a touch typing tutor, a program to help
revise/teach Latin, a desktop planetarium, an application to study Spanish verbforms, and the classic hangman game
for children.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.9/src/kdeedu-3.5.9.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.9/src/kdeedu-3.5.9.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: cbdabe916ce6fa300f8dab972c5cb4a4
• Download size: 29.0 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 205 MB
• Estimated build time: 6.5 SBU

Kdeedu Dependencies

Required

kdebase-3.5.9

Recommended

libjpeg-6b and libxml2-2.6.31

Optional

libusb-0.1.12, Boost.Python, OCaml, and FaCiLe module for OCaml.

Installation of Kdeedu
Install kdeedu with:

./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX --disable-debug \

--disable-dependency-tracking &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Programs: flashkard, kalzium, kbruch, keduca, khangman, kig, kiten, klettres, kmathtool,
kmessedwords, kmplot, kpercentage, kstars, ktouch, kverbos, and kvoctrain
Installed Libraries: Several kdeedu specific libraries
Installed Directories: Several subdirectories of $KDE_PREFIX/share

716
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
kalzium is a program which shows you the Periodic System of Elements.
kbruch is a small program to generate tasks with fractions.
keduca is flash card application, which allows you to make interactive form based tests..
khangman is the classical hangman game for children, adapted for KDE.
kig is a KDE application for Interactive Geometry.
kiten is a Japanese reference/study tool for KDE.
klettres is an alphabet tutor (French).
kmessedwords is a simple mind-training word game.
kmplot is a mathematical function plotter for KDE.
kpercentage is a small math application that will help pupils to improve their skills in calculating percentages.
kstars is a desktop planetarium.
ktouch is a touch typing tutor.
kverbos is an application specially designed to study Spanish verb forms.
kvoctrain is a vocabulary trainer.

717
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Kdeaccessibility-3.5.9
Introduction to Kdeaccessibility
Kdeaccessibility provides KDE programs to aid handicapped users. Programs include a screen magnifier, a text to
speech plugin service to allow an application to speak using the DCOP interface, and an application for computer
speech for mute users.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.9/src/kdeaccessibility-3.5.9.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.9/src/kdeaccessibility-3.5.9.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 79c7fa53ec60ad51fbdb16aac56d85a1
• Download size: 8.4 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 57 MB
• Estimated build time: 2.1 SBU

Kdeaccessibility Dependencies
Required
kdebase-3.5.9

Recommended
libjpeg-6b, libxml2-2.6.31, and ALSA-1.0.13

Optional
Akode-2.0.2

Run-Time Dependencies
Several KDE accessibility programs access other programs at run time for rendering speech from text. These include
FreeTTS-1.2.1, Festival, Festival Lite, Epos, or MBROLA with optionally Txt2pho.

Installation of Kdeaccessibility
Install kdeaccessibility with:
./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX --disable-debug \
--disable-dependency-tracking &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Contents
Installed Programs: kmag, kmousetool, and kmouth
Installed Libraries: kdeaccessibility support libraries
Installed Directories: None

718
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
kmag is a screen magnifier for KDE.
kmousetool is a utility which clicks the mouse whenever the mouse cursor pauses briefly.
kmouth is an application that enables persons that cannot speak to let their computers speak.

719
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Kdetoys-3.5.9
Introduction to Kdetoys
Kdetoys includes KDE applications for a world clock, an applet showing the phases of the moon, and the ability to
track weather stations.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.9/src/kdetoys-3.5.9.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.9/src/kdetoys-3.5.9.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 10fd55e004a582f87eed6796811bb3b8
• Download size: 3.2 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 21 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.9 SBU

Kdetoys Dependencies

Required
kdebase-3.5.9

Recommended
libjpeg-6b and libxml2-2.6.31

Installation of Kdetoys
Install kdetoys with:

./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX --disable-debug \

--disable-dependency-tracking &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Programs: amor, kmoon, kodo, kteatime, ktux, kweather, and kworldclock
Installed Libraries: kdetoys support libraries
Installed Directories: Support subdirectories in $KDE_PREFIX/share

Short Descriptions
amor Amusing Misuse of Resources.
kmoon is a Moon phase indicator.
kodo measures your desktop mileage.

720
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

kteatime times your tea brewing.

ktux small Tux crossing stars.
kworldclock shows which parts of the world are currently experiencing daylight, and which parts are currently
in night. It also shows the current time in a range of cities around the world.

721
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Kdegames-3.5.9
Introduction to Kdegames
Kdegames provides many interesting games.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.9/src/kdegames-3.5.9.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.9/src/kdegames-3.5.9.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 472385f21a692270fb5643d7617c7ff3
• Download size: 11.0 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 98 MB (additional 13 MB for API docs)
• Estimated build time: 3.2 SBU (additional 0.6 SBU for API docs)

Kdegames Dependencies
Required
kdebase-3.5.9

Recommended
libjpeg-6b and libxml2-2.6.31

Optional
Graphviz-2.12 and Doxygen-1.5.2

Installation of Kdegames
Install kdegames with:
./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX --disable-debug \
--disable-dependency-tracking &&
make

Note
If you wish to create the API documentation and you have Doxygen and Graphviz installed, make apidox
must be done before make install.

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:
make install

Contents
Installed Programs: a compilation of various games
Installed Libraries: Support libraries for kdegames
Installed Directories: Subdirectories of $KDE_PREFIX/{include,share}

722
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Kdeartwork-3.5.9
Introduction to Kdeartwork
Kdeartwork provides additional KDE themes, screensavers, sounds, wallpapers, widget styles, and window styles.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.9/src/kdeartwork-3.5.9.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.9/src/kdeartwork-3.5.9.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: ec526eba38421fd3b143682b8d683c86
• Download size: 16.0 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 99 MB
• Estimated build time: 1.5 SBU

Kdeartwork Dependencies
Required
kdebase-3.5.9

Recommended
libjpeg-6b, libxml2-2.6.31, and libart_lgpl-2.3.19

Optional
XScreenSaver-5.03

Installation of Kdeartwork
Install kdeartwork with:

./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX --disable-debug \

--disable-dependency-tracking &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Objects: additional themes, screensavers, sounds, backgrounds, and widget styles for KDE
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: None

723
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Kdeaddons-3.5.9
Introduction to Kdeaddons
Kdeaddons provides additional plugins for konqueror, kate, and kicker.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.9/src/kdeaddons-3.5.9.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.9/src/kdeaddons-3.5.9.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: eaa3832a25b483d1a9613f75991c3d7b
• Download size: 1.7 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 48 MB
• Estimated build time: 5.7 SBU

Kdeaddons Dependencies
Required
kdebase-3.5.9

Recommended
libjpeg-6b and libxml2-2.6.31

Optional
kdenetwork-3.5.9, kdemultimedia-3.5.9, kdepim-3.5.9, kdegames-3.5.9, XMMS-1.2.10, and SDL-1.2.11

Installation of Kdeaddons
Install kdeaddons with:

./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX --disable-debug \

--disable-dependency-tracking &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Programs: Miscellaneous KDE support programs
Installed Libraries: Additional plugins, libraries, and scripts for KDE applications
Installed Directories: None

724
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Kde-i18n-3.5.9
Introduction to Kde-i18n
Kde-i18n is a set of internationalization packages to customize KDE for different languages and locales around the
world.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.9/src/kde-i18n/
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.9/src/kde-i18n/
• Download MD5 sum: http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.9/src/MD5SUMS
• Download size: 789 KB to 29 MB (average is about 3 MB)
• Estimated disk space required: varies
• Estimated build time: varies

Download Details
KDE has 52 separate internationalization packages in the form of:

kde-i18n-<xx>-3.5.9.tar.bz2

where the <xx> is a two to five letter code for the country covered. Download the package(s) you need from the
directories above.

Kde-i18n Dependencies

Required
kdebase-3.5.9

Recommended
libxml2-2.6.31

Installation of Kde-i18n
Install kde-i18n with:

./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX &&

make

Now, as the root user:

make install

Configuring Kde-i18n
Configuration Information
To use translated programs, select Control Center —> Personalization —> Country & Language —> Language in
your K Desktop Environment.

725
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: Internationalization support for KDE
Installed Directories: None

726
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 28. KDE Software and WEB Development

Packages
These KDE applications are generally of interest to software or WEB developers. General users can skip them without
a loss of functionality.

727
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Kdesdk-3.5.9
Introduction to Kdesdk
Kdesdk provides several applications useful for developers. Programs include a version control system front-end for
CVS, a program to view the differences between files, a UML Modeller, and a profile data visualization tool.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.9/src/kdesdk-3.5.9.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.9/src/kdesdk-3.5.9.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: fd86abfe0ac7c5af61b15eb5367d0399
• Download size: 5.1 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 112 MB
• Estimated build time: 6.7 SBU

Kdesdk Dependencies
Required
kdebase-3.5.9

Recommended
libjpeg-6b, Subversion-1.4.4, libxml2-2.6.31, and libxslt-1.1.22

Optional
kdepim-3.5.9

Run-Time Dependencies
Valgrind and CVS-1.11.22 are needed at run time for there respective frontends, kcachegrind and cervisia

Installation of Kdesdk
Install kdesdk with:

./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX --disable-debug \

--disable-dependency-tracking &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Programs: cervisia, kbabel, kcachegrind, kompare, and umbrello
Installed Libraries: Several kdesdk specific libraries
Installed Directories: Several subdirectories in $KDE_PREFIX/{include,share}

728
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
cervisia provides a graphical view of CVS.
kbabel is a suite of an advanced PO file editor comprising kbabel, a multi functional catalogmanager
and a dictionary for translators kbabeldict.
kcachegrind is a KDE frontend for cachegrind, part of Valgrind.
kompare is a program to view the differences between files.
umbrello is a UML modelling diagram tool.

729
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Kdevelop-3.5.1
Introduction to Kdevelop
Kdevelop provides an Integrated Development Environment (IDE) to be used for a wide variety of programming
tasks.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.9/src/kdevelop-3.5.1.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.9/src/kdevelop-3.5.1.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 80d2216a0089fe142735d34ae8de6a0c
• Download size: 9.1 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 187 MB (additional 23 MB for API docs)
• Estimated build time: 15 SBU (additional 0.2 SBU for API docs)

Kdevelop Dependencies

Required
kdebase-3.5.9

Recommended
libjpeg-6b, kdesdk-3.5.9, libxml2-2.6.31, and the apidox from kdelibs-3.5.9 (if building API documentation).

Optional
Python-2.5.2, DocBase, Graphviz-2.12, and Doxygen-1.5.2

Run-Time Dependencies
KDevelop can make use of a large number of external compilers or interpreters for supported languages, version
control systems, build tools , and debuggers at run time. Refer to http://www.kdevelop.org/index.html?filename=3.
5/requirements.html and the KDevelop User Manual to find out if your development environment is supported.

Installation of Kdevelop
Install kdevelop with:

sed -i -e 's/ kdevutil$//' buildtools/lib/widgets/Makefile.in &&

./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX --disable-debug \
--disable-dependency-tracking &&
make

Note
If you wish to create the API documentation and you have Doxygen and Graphviz installed, make apidox
must be done before make install.

This package does not come with a test suite.

730
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

chown -v -R root:root $KDE_PREFIX/kdevbdb

If you created the API documentation, install it with:

make install-apidox

Command Explanations
sed -i -e 's/ kdevutil$//' buildtools/lib/widgets/Makefile.in: Remove a duplicate entry on a line in the Makefile
that causes the build of the API documentation to fail.
chown -v -R root:root $KDE_PREFIX/kdevbdb: If kdevelop is built by any user other than root the installed
Berkeley-DB files will have incorrect ownership. This command changes the ownership to root:root.

Contents
Installed Programs: kdevelop and supporting programs
Installed Libraries: Supporting kdevelop libraries
Installed Directories: $KDE_PREFIX/kdevbdb and supporting subdirectoies in
$KDE_PREFIX/{include,share}

Short Descriptions
kdevelop is an Integrated Development Environment to be used for a wide variety of programming tasks in many
programming languages.

731
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Kdewebdev-3.5.9
Introduction to Kdewebdev
Kdewebdev includes KDE based programmers' utilities to generate GUI dialogs, a Web IDE, a stylesheet debugger,
and a utility to search and replace strings.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.9/src/kdewebdev-3.5.9.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.9/src/kdewebdev-3.5.9.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: e95d1fbb698ec76966abfa5bdf96bd5e
• Download size: 6.0 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 107 MB
• Estimated build time: 5.6 SBU

Kdewebdev Dependencies

Required

kdebase-3.5.9

Recommended

libjpeg-6b, libxml2-2.6.31, and libxslt-1.1.22

Optional

kdesdk-3.5.9

Run-Time Dependencies
The Quanta application included in kdewebdev can use several other utilities at run time. HTML Tidy-cvs_20070326
can be used to check the validity of HTML documents. Gubed is useful for debugging PHP scripts. GnuPG-1.4.7 or
GnuPG-2.0.8 can be used for checking digital signatures. Kompare, from kdesdk-3.5.9 can be used to view changes
to files modified outside of Quanta. Cervisia, also from kdesdk-3.5.9, is useful for interacting with CVS.

Installation of Kdewebdev
Install kdewebdev with:

./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX --disable-debug \

--disable-dependency-tracking &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

732
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: kxsldbg and quanta
Installed Libraries: kdewebdev specific libraries
Installed Directories: Several subdirectories in $KDE_PREFIX/share

Short Descriptions
kxsldbg is a GUI front-end to xsldbg, the XSLT debugger.
quanta is a web development tool that strives to be neutral and transparent to all markup languages, while
supporting popular web-based scripting languages, CSS, and other emerging W3C recommendations.

733
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Kdebindings-3.5.9
Introduction to Kdebindings
The kdebindings provides the ability to write KDE applications in a variety of languages including Ruby, Perl, Python,
Java, JavaScript, C#, and Smoke. For details see http://developer.kde.org/language-bindings/

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.9/src/kdebindings-3.5.9.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.9/src/kdebindings-3.5.9.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: ba780920f6b810a30a61b1ffa888706b
• Download size: 5.5 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 490 MB
• Estimated build time: 18 SBU

Kdebindings Dependencies
Required
kdebase-3.5.9

Recommended
libjpeg-6b, libxml2-2.6.31, and libxslt-1.1.22

Optional
GLib-1.2.10, GTK+-1.2.10, Python-2.5.2, Ruby-1.8.6-p111, JDK-6 Update 5, SeaMonkey-1.1.9, QScintilla, Mono,
DotGNU Portable.NET, and Rotor

Installation of Kdebindings
Note: If KDE is installed in /opt/kde-3.5.9, you'll need to make a modification before the build using the
following command:
sed -i -e 's@/usr@/opt/kde-3.5.9@' \
python/pykde/configure.py
Install kdebindings with:
sed -i -e '/configure.*pyqt/s/-c//' \
-e '/configure.*pykde/s/-c/-i/' python/Makefile.in
sed -i 's%echo "yes" | @PYTHON@ configure.py%& -y qt-mt%' python/Makefile.in
DO_NOT_COMPILE="smoke" ./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX --disable-debug \
--disable-dependency-tracking &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install

734
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Command Explanations
sed -i -e '/configure.*pyqt/s/-c//' -e '/configure.*pykde/s/-c/-i/' python/Makefile.in : Remove a switch that causes
concatenation of multiple files for compilation. This fix reduces build time by a factor of five.
sed -i 's%echo "yes" | @PYTHON@ configure.py%& -y qt-mt%' python/Makefile.in: Specifies that the
libqt-mt.so library should be used to build the pyqt bindings. configure.py will fail if it finds both libqt-mt.
so and libqt.so.
DO_NOT_COMPILE="smoke" ./configure: Disables the building of the smoke module of kdebindings, as the
build is currently broken and no workaround has been found.

Contents
Installed Programs: Several support programs for software development
Installed Libraries: KDE bindings for various programming languages
Installed Directories: Subdirectories of /usr/lib and $KDE_PREFIX/share

735
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Part VIII. GNOME

 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Introduction to GNOME
This chapter presents the instructions to install a complete GNOME-2.18.3 desktop environment. The order of the
installed packages follows the build order defined by the GNOME development team and has been thoroughly tested
by the BLFS team.
The installation of GNOME-2.18.3 is a large undertaking and one we would like to see you complete with the least
amount of stress. One of the first goals in this installation is to protect your previously installed software, especially
if you are testing GNOME on your machine. GNOME-2.18 packages utilize the --prefix=option passed to
configure, so you will use that and an environment variable (GNOME_PREFIX) to add flexibility to the installation.
To install GNOME as your desktop of choice, it is recommended that you install using --prefix=/usr. If you are
not sure that you are going to keep the GNOME installation, or you think you will update to the newest releases as they
become available, you should install with --prefix=/opt/gnome-2.18.3. Setting the environment variable
and the additional edits required by the second option are covered in the Pre-Installation Configuration section.
If you choose the second option, removal of GNOME-2.18.3 is as easy as removing the edits from the pre-installation
page and issuing the following command (you may need to become the root user):

rm -rf /opt/gnome-2.18.3

If your system was completely built per LFS and BLFS instructions, you have a very good chance of using
GNOME-2.18.3 after your first installation. If you are a typical LFS user, you have made modifications to the
instructions along the way knowing that you have to take those modifications into account on future installations. You
should have no problems integrating GNOME-2.18.3 into your unique setup, but you will have to install well over
50 packages before you can run GNOME through any testing (assuming your windowing system is preinstalled and
tested). You should anticipate that you will be rebuilding GNOME at least once to make adjustments for your setup.

Alternate Installation Methods

As was previously mentioned, building a GNOME desktop from sources is a significant project. Some may find it
too tedious or time-consuming to perform a full installation following the BLFS book. You may wish to review the
automated methods mentioned in the GNOME-2.18 Release Notes (they are a bit dated). Note that using any other
method to install GNOME-2.18.3 other than using the BLFS instructions cannot be supported by the BLFS team.
Alternate methods are only mentioned as a courtesy to builders who would like to build GNOME from sources but
do not have the time/desire/patience/whatever to follow the BLFS book.
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 29. GNOME Core Packages

This section contains required elements of the GNOME environment to display a functional desktop. The packages are
separated into “Platform” and “Desktop” sections in the same manner as the sources are distributed on the GNOME
download mirrors.

Caution
The BLFS team recommends that you carefully evaluate the optional dependencies listed for each of the
core GNOME packages. You may lose desired functionality if you don't install an optional dependency
before the package that lists the dependency, even if you later install it.

Pre-installation Configuration
Set an environment variable to resolve the prefix destination.

If GNOME is your desktop of choice:

export GNOME_PREFIX=/usr

If you want to try-out GNOME, or install it in an easy-to-remove location:

Note
You may wish to create a symbolic link to the actual versioned directory using a non-versioned name. This
has the advantage of an easier path to type in all the changes below and also makes it easy to point to a
different/newer version of GNOME without changing all the edits below. If you wish to use a non-versioned
name in the changes below, issue the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /opt/gnome-2.18.3 &&

ln -v -s gnome-2.18.3 /opt/gnome

If you created the symbolic link, change all instances of /opt/gnome-2.18.3 to /opt/gnome in the instructions
below.

export GNOME_PREFIX=/opt/gnome-2.18.3

The try-out group will also need to make all the following configuration changes:

Add to your system or personal profile:

export PATH=$PATH:/opt/gnome-2.18.3/bin
export PKG_CONFIG_PATH=$PKG_CONFIG_PATH:/opt/gnome-2.18.3/lib/pkgconfig
export PKG_CONFIG_PATH=$PKG_CONFIG_PATH:/opt/gnome-2.18.3/share/pkgconfig
export GNOME_LIBCONFIG_PATH=/usr/lib:/opt/gnome-2.18.3/lib

738
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Add to your /etc/ld.so.conf:

cat >> /etc/ld.so.conf << "EOF"

# Begin gnome addition to /etc/ld.so.conf

/opt/gnome-2.18.3/lib

# End gnome addition

EOF

Add to your /etc/man_db.conf:

cat >> /etc/man_db.conf << "EOF"

# Begin gnome addition to man_db.conf

MANDATORY_MANPATH /opt/gnome-2.18.3/share/man

# End gnome addition to man_db.conf

EOF

Tip
Remember to execute ldconfig as the root user after installation of libraries to update the linker's library
cache.

739
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

ORBit2-2.14.7
Introduction to ORBit2
The ORBit2 package contains a high-performance CORBA Object Request Broker. This allows programs to send
requests and receive replies from other programs.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/ORBit2/2.14/ORBit2-2.14.7.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/ORBit2/2.14/ORBit2-2.14.7.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 3440c44aaef14dd96e4ccd7ce22a7e6e
• Download size: 729 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 34 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU

ORBit2 Dependencies

Required

libIDL-0.8.8

Optional

GTK-Doc-1.8 and OpenSSL-0.9.8g

Installation of ORBit2
Install ORBit2 by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$GNOME_PREFIX \
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$GNOME_PREFIX: This is the base installation for GNOME-2 from which all future package
installations will receive their prefix parameter. Be sure that $GNOME_PREFIX is set for this install or globally to
your install directory as described in the introduction of this Chapter.
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in
/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

740
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: ior-decode-2, linc-cleanup-sockets, orbit-idl-2, orbit2-config and typelib-dump
Installed Libraries: libname-server-2.a, libORBit-2.{so,a}, libORBit-imodule-2.{so,a},
libORBitCosNaming-2.{so,a}, and Everything_module.{so,a}
Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/orbit-2.0, lib/orbit-2.0
and share/{gtk-doc/html/ORBit2, idl/orbit-2.0}

Short Descriptions
libORBit-2.{so,a} is the CORBA API.

741
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libbonobo-2.18.0
Introduction to libbonobo
The libbonobo package contains libbonobo libraries. This is a component and compound document system for
GNOME-2.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libbonobo/2.18/libbonobo-2.18.0.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libbonobo/2.18/libbonobo-2.18.0.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 8f0676e63420abf622f799cdd24ed9cc
• Download size: 1.4 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 38 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU

libbonobo Dependencies
Required
ORBit2-2.14.7, libxml2-2.6.31, popt-1.10.4, and XML::Parser-2.34

Optional
X Window System, intltool-0.35.5, and GTK-Doc-1.8

Installation of libbonobo
Install libbonobo by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 \
--libexecdir=$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/bonobo \
--mandir=$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in
/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.

742
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--libexecdir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/bonobo: This parameter

causes the libexec files to be installed in the preferred location of $GNOME_PREFIX/lib/bonobo instead of
$GNOME_PREFIX/libexec.
--mandir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man: This parameter causes
the man.(X) files to be installed in $GNOME_PREFIX/share/man/man(X) instead of $GNOME_
PREFIX/man/man(X).
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Contents
Installed Programs: activation-client, bonobo-slay, echo-client-2, bonobo-activation-run-query,
bonobo-activation-server, and bonobo-activation-sysconf
Installed Libraries: libbonobo-2.{so,a}, libbonobo-activation.{so,a}, ORBit-2 bonobo module, bonobo
servers, and libmoniker_std_2.{so,a} bonobo library
Installed Directories: /etc/gnome/2.18.3/bonobo-activation and the following subdirectories
of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/{bonobo-activation-2.0,libbonobo-2.0},
lib/{bonobo{,-2.0},libbonobo}, and
share/{gtk-doc/html/{bonobo-activation,libbonobo}, idl/bonobo-{,activation-}2.0}

Short Descriptions
libbonobo-2.{so,a} are a set of language and system independent CORBA interfaces for creating reusable
components and compound documents.

743
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GConf-2.18.0.1
Introduction to GConf
The GConf package contains a configuration database system.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/GConf/2.18/GConf-2.18.0.1.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/GConf/2.18/GConf-2.18.0.1.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: aa0e0a0729fb021bab72b4166fd392f9
• Download size: 1.3 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 32 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

GConf Dependencies
Required
ORBit2-2.14.7 and libxml2-2.6.31

Optional
GTK+-2.10.13, OpenLDAP-2.3.39, intltool-0.35.5, and GTK-Doc-1.8

Installation of GConf
Install GConf by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 \
--libexecdir=$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/GConf \
--mandir=$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the GConf-2 configuration database to be built
in /etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. This installation controls all future installations of
GConf-2 schemas. If you change the location (which includes eliminating this parameter), it must be consistent for
every subsequent package installation that updates the GConf-2 configuration database.

744
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--libexecdir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/GConf: This parameter

causes the libexec files to be installed in the preferred location of $GNOME_PREFIX/lib/GConf instead of
$GNOME_PREFIX/libexec.
--mandir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man: This parameter causes
the man.(X) files to be installed in $GNOME_PREFIX/share/man/man(X) instead of $GNOME_
PREFIX/man/man(X).
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Contents
Installed Programs: gconf-merge-tree and gconftool-2
Installed Library: libgconf-2.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /etc/gnome/2.18.3/gconf and the following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/:
include/gconf, lib/GConf and share/{GConf, gtk-doc/html/gconf, sgml/gconf}

Short Descriptions
gconf-merge-tree merges an xml filesystem hierarchy.
gconftool-2 is a command line tool for manipulating the GConf database.
libgconf-2.{so,a} provide the functions necessary to maintain the configuration database.

745
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

shared-mime-info-0.21
The shared-mime-info-0.21 package is located in Chapter 26 — X Libraries and is required by GNOME-2 but is
not a direct dependency of any GNOME-2 package, therefore the package is mentioned within the GNOME-2 Core
Packages (Platform section) chapter to ensure it is installed.

746
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GNOME MIME Data-2.4.3

Introduction to GNOME MIME Data
The GNOME MIME Data package contains the base set of file types and applications for GNOME-2.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-mime-data/2.4/gnome-mime-data-2.4.3.tar.
bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-mime-data/2.4/gnome-mime-data-2.4.3.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 2abe573a6e84b71c58a661d4bafa9bd6
• Download size: 563 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

GNOME MIME Data Dependencies

Required
XML::Parser-2.34

Installation of GNOME MIME Data

Note
The instructions below are based on installing the package into a GNOME-2 environment. If, for whatever
reason, you're installing this package without having ORBit2 and the core GNOME-2 libraries installed,
you'll need to modify the --prefix= parameter on the configure script to point to your desired installation
path (e.g., --prefix=/usr).

Install GNOME MIME Data by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 \
--mandir=$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m644 -D man/gnome-vfs-mime.5 \
$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man/man5/gnome-vfs-mime.5

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.

747
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in

/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.
--mandir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man: This parameter causes
the man.(X) files to be installed in $GNOME_PREFIX/share/man/man(X) instead of $GNOME_
PREFIX/man/man(X).

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/{application-registry, share/mime-info}

Short Descriptions
application-registry contains the application mime database.
mime-info contains the mime description database.

748
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

hicolor-icon-theme-0.10
The hicolor-icon-theme-0.10 package is located in Chapter 26 — X Libraries and is recommended in a GNOME-2
installation. This package is not a direct dependency of any GNOME-2 package, therefore it is mentioned within the
GNOME-2 Core Packages chapter to ensure it is installed.

desktop-file-utils-0.13
The desktop-file-utils-0.13 package is located in Chapter 10 — General Utilities and is required by GNOME-2 but is
not a direct dependency of any GNOME-2 package, therefore the package is mentioned within the GNOME-2 Core
Packages (Platform section) chapter to ensure it is installed.

749
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GNOME Virtual File System-2.18.1

Introduction to GNOME Virtual File System
The GNOME Virtual File System package contains virtual file system libraries. This is used as one of the foundations
of the Nautilus file manager.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-vfs/2.18/gnome-vfs-2.18.1.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-vfs/2.18/gnome-vfs-2.18.1.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: bf4a6d95180d05981893e5d021c6695c
• Download size: 1.9 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 56 MB
• Estimated build time: 1.3 SBU

GNOME Virtual File System Dependencies

Required
D-Bus GLib Bindings-0.74, GConf-2.18.0.1, and GNOME MIME Data-2.4.3

Optional
Samba-3.0.30, Gamin-0.1.9, HAL-0.5.9.1, GTK-Doc-1.8, intltool-0.35.5, OpenSSH-4.7p1, OpenSSL-0.9.8g or
GnuTLS-1.6.3, Heimdal-1.1 or MIT Kerberos V5-1.6, Avahi, OpenAFS, and CDParanoia-III-9.8 (not recommended)
If you run ./configure --help for the complete list of dependency requirements and available parameters, you may
notice a message about the gnome-mount-0.6 package. This package is not required at build-time, and is only a
run-time dependency. If gnome-mount is available at run-time, GNOME-VFS will use it. If it is not available,
GNOME-VFS will fall back to using other mounting mechanisms.

Installation of GNOME Virtual File System

Install GNOME Virtual File System by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 \
--libexecdir=$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gnome-vfs-2.0 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.

750
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in

/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.
--libexecdir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gnome-vfs-2.0:
This parameter causes the libexec files to be installed in the preferred location of $GNOME_
PREFIX/lib/gnome-vfs-2.0 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/libexec.
--with-dbus-service-dir=/usr/share/dbus-1/services: Use this parameter if you linked HAL
into the build and you want the gnome-vfs-daemon.service file installed in the default D-Bus location instead
of in GNOME_PREFIX/share/dbus-1/services. See the information in the configuration section below if
you don't use this parameter.
--with-hal-eject=PROGRAM: This parameter does not need to be passed if you have Eject or gnome-mount-0.6
installed, as the eject program is used if gnome-mount is not installed.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Configuring Gnome Virtual File System

Configuration Information
If HAL was linked into the build and GNOME is being installed in any location other than /usr, you should create a
local D-Bus session configuration file so that the installed gnome-vfs-daemon.service file can be discovered
by D-Bus. You should reference the information on the D-Bus page for instructions on how to create a D-Bus custom
services directory.

Contents
Installed Programs: gnomevfs-cat, gnomevfs-copy, gnomevfs-info, gnomevfs-ls, gnomevfs-mkdir,
gnomevfs-mv, gnomevfs-rm, and gnome-vfs-daemon
Installed Libraries: libgnomevfs-2.{so,a} and modules
Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of /etc/gnome/2.18.3/: gconf/{schemas,
gconf.xml.defaults/{desktop, schemas, system}, gnome-vfs-2.0} and the
following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/gnome-vfs-{,module-}2.0,
lib/gnome-vfs{,-2.0}, share/gtk-doc/html/gnome-vfs-2.0

751
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GNOME VFS Monikers-2.15.3

Introduction to GNOME VFS Monikers
The GNOME VFS Monikers package contains Bonobo monikers that were pulled out of the GNOME VFS package
during the Bonobo to D-Bus conversion. This package is required so that the GNOME VFS API/ABI remains stable.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-vfs-monikers/2.15/gnome-vfs-monikers-2.15.
3.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-vfs-monikers/2.15/gnome-vfs-monikers-2.15.3.
tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: b16f0db0482263be3318e269f52bb5b6
• Download size: 260 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 3 MB
• Estimated build time: .1 SBU

GNOME VFS Monikers Dependencies

Required
libbonobo-2.18.0 and GNOME Virtual File System-2.18.1

Installation of GNOME VFS Monikers

Install GNOME VFS Monikers by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Library: A Bonobo module
Installed Directories: None

752
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libgnome-2.18.0
Introduction to libgnome
The libgnome package contains the libgnome library.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgnome/2.18/libgnome-2.18.0.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgnome/2.18/libgnome-2.18.0.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 73426589d7c6fa3266fe4e8f3be2f5b5
• Download size: 1.0 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 24 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

libgnome Dependencies
Required
libbonobo-2.18.0 and GNOME Virtual File System-2.18.1

Recommended (if you plan on installing the GNOME desktop)

EsounD-0.2.37

Optional
GTK-Doc-1.8 and intltool-0.35.5

Installation of libgnome
Install libgnome by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \

--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 \
--localstatedir=/var/lib \
--mandir=$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man \
--disable-esd &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.

753
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in

/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.
--localstatedir=/var/lib: This parameter sets LIBGNOME_LOCALSTATEDIR to /var/lib instead of
$GNOME_PREFIX/var to synchronize with the GNOME Games installation and properly record high scores in
/var/lib/games.
--mandir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man: This parameter causes
the man.(X) files to be installed in $GNOME_PREFIX/share/man/man(X) instead of $GNOME_
PREFIX/man/man(X).
--disable-esd: This parameter is required if EsounD-0.2.37 is not installed. Remove it if the package is installed.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Contents
Installed Program: gnome-open
Installed Libraries: libgnome-2.{so,a} and the libmoniker_extra_2.{so,a} bonobo library
Installed Directories: /etc/gnome/2.18.3/sound, and the following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/:
include/libgnome-2.0, share/gtk-doc/html/libgnome

Short Descriptions
libgnome-2.{so,a} are the non-GUI portion of the GNOME libraries.

754
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libgnomecanvas-2.14.0
Introduction to libgnomecanvas
The libgnomecanvas package contains the GNOME canvas library. It is an engine for structured graphics and one
of the essential GNOME libraries.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgnomecanvas/2.14/libgnomecanvas-2.14.0.tar.
bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgnomecanvas/2.14/libgnomecanvas-2.14.0.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 516c46fb4a1401b05cfef58c350fbd3d
• Download size: 612 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 12.6 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

libgnomecanvas Dependencies
Required
libglade-2.6.1 and libart_lgpl-2.3.19

Optional
GTK-Doc-1.8

Installation of libgnomecanvas
Note
The instructions below are based on installing the package into a GNOME-2 environment. If, for whatever
reason, you're installing this package without having ORBit2 and the core GNOME-2 libraries installed,
you'll need to modify the --prefix= parameter on the configure script to point to your desired installation
path (e.g., --prefix=/usr).

Install libgnomecanvas by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.

755
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: libgnomecanvas-2.{so,a} and the libcanvas.{so,a} Glade library
Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/libgnomecanvas-2.0,
lib/libglade and share/gtk-doc/html/libgnomecanvas

756
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libbonoboui-2.18.0
Introduction to libbonoboui
The libbonoboui package contains libbonoboui libraries.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libbonoboui/2.18/libbonoboui-2.18.0.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libbonoboui/2.18/libbonoboui-2.18.0.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 22bd67a0a8b7f156c02c5fc08fb1fa24
• Download size: 981 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 31 MB
• Estimated build time: 1.0 SBU

libbonoboui Dependencies

Required

libgnome-2.18.0 and libgnomecanvas-2.14.0

Optional

GTK-Doc-1.8 and intltool-0.35.5

Installation of libbonoboui
Install libbonoboui by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) &&

make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m755 -d $(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/doc/libbonoboui-2.18.0 &&
install -v -m644 doc/*.{dtd,txt,xml,html} $(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/doc/libbonoboui-2.18.0

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

757
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: bonobo-browser and test-moniker
Installed Libraries: libbonoboui-2.{so,a} and libbonobo.{so,a} Glade library
Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/libbonoboui-2.0,
share/{doc/libbonoboui-2.18.0, gnome-2.0, gtk-doc/html/libbonoboui}

Short Descriptions
libbonoboui-2.{so,a} are the GUI portion of the Bonobo libraries.

758
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

gnome-keyring-0.8.1
Introduction to gnome-keyring
The gnome-keyring package contains a daemon that keeps passwords and other secrets for users.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-keyring/0.8/gnome-keyring-0.8.1.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-keyring/0.8/gnome-keyring-0.8.1.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 24b15dedcf40c1c60d0fb989370d80ff
• Download size: 448 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 8 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

gnome-keyring Dependencies

Required

GTK+-2.10.13 and XML::Parser-2.34

Optional

D-BUS-1.0.2 and intltool-0.35.5

Installation of gnome-keyring
Note
The instructions below are based on installing the package into a GNOME-2 environment. If, for whatever
reason, you're installing this package without having ORBit2 and the core GNOME-2 libraries installed,
you'll need to modify the --prefix= parameter on the configure script to point to your desired installation
path (e.g., --prefix=/usr).

Install gnome-keyring by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \

--libexecdir=$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gnome-keyring &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m755 -d $(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/doc/gnome-keyring-0.8.1 &&
install -v -m644 *.txt $(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/doc/gnome-keyring-0.8.1

759
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.
--libexecdir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gnome-keyring:
This parameter causes the libexec files to be installed in the preferred location of $GNOME_
PREFIX/lib/gnome-keyring instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/libexec.

Contents
Installed Program: gnome-keyring-daemon
Installed Library: libgnome-keyring.so
Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/gnome-keyring-1,
lib/gnome-keyring and share/doc/gnome-keyring-0.8.1

Short Descriptions
gnome-keyring-daemon is a session daemon that keeps passwords for users.
libgnome-keyring.so let other applications utilize gnome-keyring-daemon.

760
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GNOME Icon Theme-2.18.0

Introduction to GNOME Icon Theme
The GNOME Icon Theme package contains an assortment of scalable and non-scalable icons of different sizes and
themes.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-icon-theme/2.18/gnome-icon-theme-2.18.0.
tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-icon-theme/2.18/gnome-icon-theme-2.18.0.tar.
bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 0b9aa12c473e0be61dc324b059c106e3
• Download size: 2.7 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 19 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

GNOME Icon Theme Dependencies

Required
icon-naming-utils-0.8.2 and XML::Parser-2.34

Optional
intltool-0.35.5 and pkg-config-0.22

Installation of GNOME Icon Theme

Install GNOME Icon Theme by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directory: /usr/share/icons/gnome

761
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libgnomeui-2.18.1
Introduction to libgnomeui
The libgnomeui package contains libgnomeui libraries.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgnomeui/2.18/libgnomeui-2.18.1.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgnomeui/2.18/libgnomeui-2.18.1.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: dbdb274517ad643d9397dd6868788631
• Download size: 1.4 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 42 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU

libgnomeui Dependencies

Required
libbonoboui-2.18.0 and gnome-keyring-0.8.1

Optional
libjpeg-6b, EsounD-0.2.37, intltool-0.35.5, and GTK-Doc-1.8

Installation of libgnomeui
Install libgnomeui by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \

--libexecdir=$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/libgnomeui &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

if [ $(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) != "/usr" ]; then

ln -v -s $(pkg-config --variable=prefix \
ORBit-2.0)/lib/gtk-2.0/2.10.0/filesystems \
/usr/lib/gtk-2.0/2.10.0
fi

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.

762
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--libexecdir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/libgnomeui: This

parameter causes the libexec files to be installed in the preferred location of $GNOME_PREFIX/lib/libgnomeui
instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/libexec.
--with-kde-datadir=$KDE_PREFIX/share: Use this parameter if you have KDE installed in any prefix
other than /usr.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.
if [ ... != "/usr" ]; then ...; fi: This command is used to create a symbolic link in instances where the GNOME
installation prefix is anything other than /usr.

Configuring libgnomeui
Configuration Information
Some applications cannot properly discover the libglade interface library installed by libgnomeui. Get around this
problem by initializing an environment variable which identifies the location of the library. Add the following line
to the system-wide /etc/profile file, or to individual user's ~/.profile or ~/.bashrc files:

export LIBGLADE_MODULE_PATH=$GNOME_PREFIX/lib/libglade/2.0

Contents
Installed Programs:
Installed Libraries: libgnomeui-2.{so,a}, the libgnome.{so,a} Glade library, and the libgnome-vfs.{so,a}
GTK+ library
Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/libgnomeui-2.0,
lib/{gtk-2.0/2.10.0/filesystems, libgnomeui} and share/gtk-doc/html/libgnomeui

Short Descriptions
libgnomeui-2.{so,a} are the GUI portion of the GNOME libraries.

763
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GAIL-1.18.0
Introduction to GAIL
The GAIL package provides accessibility support for GTK+ and libgnomecanvas by implementing AtkObjects for
widgets in GTK+ and libgnomecanvas. The GAIL library is a GTK+ module. This module is normally used with
the atk-bridge GTK+ module from AT-SPI to allow an assistive technology, e.g., a screenreader, to query or drive
the program.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gail/1.18/gail-1.18.0.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gail/1.18/gail-1.18.0.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: d58ad8cc79d3cb6778bc015ef69fb499
• Download size: 610 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 21 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU

GAIL Dependencies
Required
libgnomecanvas-2.14.0

Optional
GTK-Doc-1.8

Installation of GAIL
Note
The instructions below are based on installing the package into a GNOME-2 environment. If, for whatever
reason, you're installing this package without having ORBit2 and the core GNOME-2 libraries installed,
you'll need to modify the --prefix= parameter on the configure script to point to your desired installation
path (e.g., --prefix=/usr).

Install GAIL by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&

if [ $(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) != "/usr" ]; then

ln -v -s $(pkg-config --variable=prefix \
ORBit-2.0)/lib/gtk-2.0/modules \
/usr/lib/gtk-2.0
fi

764
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.
if [ ... != "/usr" ]; then ...; fi: GTK+ will look for the GAIL modules in /usr/lib even if $GNOME_PREFIX is
NOT /usr. This command creates a symbolic link to satisfy this requirement.

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: libgailutil.so and GAIL GTK+ modules
Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/gail-1.0,
lib/gtk-2.0/modules and share/gtk-doc/html/gail-libgail-util

Short Descriptions
libgailutil.so provides the functions that solve accessibility problems in a consistent manner across
GNOME.

765
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GTK Engines-2.10.2
Introduction to GTK Engines
The GTK Engines package contains eight themes/engines and two additional engines for GTK2.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtk-engines/2.10/gtk-engines-2.10.2.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtk-engines/2.10/gtk-engines-2.10.2.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 01de081b24d7b5d92093cad5c5e4b8c7
• Download size: 654 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 19 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (additional ~9 SBU to run the test suite)

GTK Engines Dependencies

Required
GTK+-2.10.13 and XML::Parser-2.34

Optional
intltool-0.35.5

Installation of GTK Engines

Install GTK Engines by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

To test the results, issue: make check. This takes quite a while.
Now, as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: GTK-2 engines libraries
Installed Directories: /usr/lib/gtk-2.0/2.10.0/engines and /usr/share/themes/{theme names}
Installed Themes: Clearlooks, Crux, Industrial, LighthouseBlue, Metal, Mist, Redmond and ThinIce

Short Descriptions
engines libraries are manager systems for specific themes.

766
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GNOME Themes-2.18.1
Introduction to GNOME Themes
The GNOME Themes package contains several more theme sets.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-themes/2.18/gnome-themes-2.18.1.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-themes/2.18/gnome-themes-2.18.1.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: caa1683da286eeeb0f4f7ec8b0cc34bb
• Download size: 2.4 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 25 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

GNOME Themes Dependencies

Required
icon-naming-utils-0.8.2 and GTK Engines-2.10.2

Optional
intltool-0.35.5

Installation of GNOME Themes

Install GNOME Themes by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-all-themes &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--enable-all-themes: Using this parameter enables the installation of additional accessibility themes. Omit
this parameter if you have no desire for additional accessibility themes.

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: Several directories under /usr/share/{icons,themes}
Installed Themes: Several themes in the /usr/share/themes hierarchy and icons in the /usr/share/icons
hierarchy

767
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GNOME Doc Utils-0.10.3

Introduction to GNOME Doc Utils
The GNOME Doc Utils package is a collection of documentation utilities for the GNOME project. Notably, it contains
utilities for building documentation and all auxiliary files in your source tree, and it contains the DocBook XSLT
stylesheets that were once distributed with Yelp. Starting with GNOME 2.8, Yelp requires GNOME Doc Utils for
the XSLT. Starting with GNOME 2.12, many of the core GNOME packages require GNOME Doc Utils.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-doc-utils/0.10/gnome-doc-utils-0.10.3.tar.
bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-doc-utils/0.10/gnome-doc-utils-0.10.3.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 43f3a4086ec1254cbe20b85948192d18
• Download size: 451 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

GNOME Doc Utils Dependencies

Required
libxslt-1.1.22, which-2.19, and XML::Parser-2.34

Recommended
Python-2.5.2 and ScrollKeeper-0.3.14
The packages are listed as recommended even though GNOME Doc Utils will build fine without them. If you don't
install the recommended packages (and you pass the appropriate flags to the configure command so that it will build
without them), functionality will be missing that is expected later in other GNOME packages.

Optional
pkg-config-0.22 and intltool-0.35.5

Installation of GNOME Doc Utils

Note
The instructions below are based on installing the package into a GNOME-2 environment. If, for whatever
reason, you're installing this package without having ORBit2 and the core GNOME-2 libraries installed,
you'll need to modify the --prefix= parameter on the configure script to point to your desired installation
path (e.g., --prefix=/usr).

Install GNOME Doc Utils by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
--mandir=$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man &&
make

768
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.
--mandir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man: This parameter causes
the man.(X) files to be installed in $GNOME_PREFIX/share/man/man(X) instead of $GNOME_
PREFIX/man/man(X).

Contents
Installed Programs: gnome-doc-prepare and xml2po
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/share/: gnome-doc-utils,
gnome/help/gnome-doc-{make,xslt}, omf/gnome-doc-{make,xslt}, xml/gnome and
xml2po}
Installed Stylesheets: Custom DocBook XSLT stylesheets

Short Descriptions
gnome-doc-prepare prepares a package to use gnome-doc-utils.
xml2po is a Python script used to translate XML documents.

769
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GNOME Desktop-2.18.3
Introduction to GNOME Desktop
The GNOME Desktop package contains the gnome-about program, the libgnome-desktop-2 library and
GNOME's core graphics files and icons.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-desktop/2.18/gnome-desktop-2.18.3.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-desktop/2.18/gnome-desktop-2.18.3.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 98de3b7d0da690da8b94cddc74f3914b
• Download size: 1.3 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 15 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

GNOME Desktop Dependencies

Required
libgnomeui-2.18.1 and GNOME Doc Utils-0.10.3

Recommended
startup-notification-0.9

Optional
intltool-0.35.5

Installation of GNOME Desktop

Install GNOME Desktop by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 \
--localstatedir=/var/lib &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in
/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.

770
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--localstatedir=/var/lib: This parameter is used so that all ScrollKeeper files are installed in, and the
ScrollKeeper database is properly updated in /var/lib/scrollkeeper instead of some files being installed in
$GNOME_PREFIX/var/scrollkeeper.
--with-gnome-distributor="Some Name": Use this parameter to supply a custom name in the
“Distributor:” field of the “GNOME About” display window.
--with-kde-datadir=$KDE_PREFIX/share: Use this parameter if KDE is installed in any prefix other than
/usr.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Contents
Installed Program: gnome-about
Installed Library: libgnome-desktop-2.{so,a}
Installed Directory: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/gnome-desktop-2.0,
share/{gnome-about, {gnome/help,omf}/{fdl,gnome-feedback,gpl,lgpl},
gtk-doc/html/gnome-desktop}

Short Descriptions
gnome-about produces the about screen.
libgnome-desktop-2.{so,a} contains APIs being tested for inclusion in libgnome or libgnomeui.

771
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

gnome-backgrounds-2.18.3
Introduction to gnome-backgrounds
The gnome-backgrounds package contains a collection of graphics files which can be used as backgrounds in the
GNOME desktop environment. Additionally, the package creates the proper framework and directory structure so
that you can add your own files to the collection.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-backgrounds/2.18/gnome-backgrounds-2.
18.3.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-backgrounds/2.18/gnome-backgrounds-2.18.3.
tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: d91b925d358d2cbc705b4a033e7d5c2e
• Download size: 1.2 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 5 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

gnome-backgrounds Dependencies
Required
XML::Parser-2.34
Optional
intltool-0.35.5

Installation of gnome-backgrounds
Note
The instructions below are based on installing the package into a GNOME-2 environment. If, for whatever
reason, you're installing this package without having ORBit2 and the core GNOME-2 libraries installed,
you'll need to modify the --prefix= parameter on the configure script to point to your desired installation
path (e.g., --prefix=/usr).

Install gnome-backgrounds by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.

772
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/{gnome-background-properties, pixmaps/backgrounds}

Short Descriptions
GNOME backgrounds are backgrounds for the GNOME desktop.

773
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

gnome-menus-2.18.3
Introduction to gnome-menus
The gnome-menus package contains an implementation of the draft “Desktop Menu Specification” from
freedesktop.org (http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/menu-spec). Also contained are the GNOME menu layout
configuration files, .directory files and a menu related utility program.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-menus/2.18/gnome-menus-2.18.3.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-menus/2.18/gnome-menus-2.18.3.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: e2b97b01b33b9744baf26982a8ad588a
• Download size: 437 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 8 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

gnome-menus Dependencies
Required
GLib-2.12.12 and XML::Parser-2.34
Optional
Python-2.5.2, Gamin-0.1.9, and intltool-0.35.5

Installation of gnome-menus
Note
The instructions below are based on installing the package into a GNOME-2 environment. If, for whatever
reason, you're installing this package without having ORBit2 and the core GNOME-2 libraries installed,
you'll need to modify the --prefix= parameter on the configure script to point to your desired installation
path (e.g., --prefix=/usr).

Install gnome-menus by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 \
--enable-inotify &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.

774
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in

/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.
--enable-inotify: This parameter is used so that file polling is accomplished using the kernel inotify calls,
instead of using other polling methods. Remove this parameter if you wish to fall back to Gamin as the file polling
method.

Configuring gnome-menus
Configuration Information

XDG_CONFIG_DIRS Variable
So that GNOME can find the desktop configuration files, ensure you set the XDG_CONFIG_DIRS environment
variable in the system profile, or in individual user's profiles as shown below (you may add additional directories,
separated with colons, if desired):

export XDG_CONFIG_DIRS=/etc/gnome/2.18.3/xdg:/etc/xdg

XDG_DATA_DIRS Variable
So that GNOME can find the data to populate the menus, ensure you set the XDG_DATA_DIRS environment variable
in the system profile, or in individual user's profiles as shown below (you may add additional directories, separated
with colons, if desired):

export XDG_DATA_DIRS=$GNOME_PREFIX/share:/usr/share

PYTHONPATH Variable
If your GNOME-2 installation prefix is anything other than /usr and you have Python installed, you need to update
the PYTHONPATH environment variable so that the gmenu module can be located by Python. Set the variable in the
system profile, or in individual user's profiles as shown below:

export PYTHONPATH=$PYTHONPATH:$(pkg-config --variable=prefix \

ORBit-2.0)/lib/python2.5/site-packages:$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix \
ORBit-2.0)/lib/python2.5/site-packages/GMenuSimpleEditor

Contents
Installed Programs: gmenu-simple-editor and gnome-menu-spec-test
Installed Library: libgnome-menu.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /etc/gnome/2.18.3/xdg and the following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/:
include/gnome-menus, lib/python2.5/site-packages/GMenuSimpleEditor,
share/{desktop-directories, gnome-menus}

Short Descriptions
gmenu-simple-editor is a simple front-end script to the Python Gmenu Simple Editor module
gnome-menu-spec-test is used to test GNOME's implementation of the Desktop Menu Specification.

775
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libgnome-menu.{so,a} contains functions required to support GNOME's implementation of the Desktop

Menu Specification.

776
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GNOME Panel-2.18.3
Introduction to GNOME Panel
The GNOME Panel package contains hooks to the menu sub-system and the applet sub-system.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-panel/2.18/gnome-panel-2.18.3.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-panel/2.18/gnome-panel-2.18.3.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 545348de234fa8222e328fa7f3a5ba71
• Download size: 2.7 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 67 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU

GNOME Panel Dependencies

Required

GNOME Desktop-2.18.3, libwnck-2.18.3, and gnome-menus-2.18.3

Optional

Evolution Data Server-1.10.3 (required if you plan to install Evolution-2.10.3 or Ekiga-2.0.9), intltool-0.35.5, and
GTK-Doc-1.8

Note
The libxml2 Python module must have been built during the installation of libxml2 else the GNOME Panel
build will fail.

Installation of GNOME Panel

Install GNOME Panel by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \

--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 \
--localstatedir=/var/lib \
--libexecdir=$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gnome-panel \
--mandir=$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

777
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in
/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.
--localstatedir=/var/lib: This parameter is used so that all ScrollKeeper files are installed in, and the
ScrollKeeper database is properly updated in /var/lib/scrollkeeper instead of some files being installed in
$GNOME_PREFIX/var/scrollkeeper.
--libexecdir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gnome-panel:
This parameter causes the libexec files to be installed in the preferred location of $GNOME_
PREFIX/lib/gnome-panel instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/libexec.
--mandir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man: This parameter causes
the man.(X) files to be installed in $GNOME_PREFIX/share/man/man(X) instead of $GNOME_
PREFIX/man/man(X).
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Contents
Installed Programs: gnome-desktop-item-edit, gnome-panel and panel-test-applets
Installed Library: libpanel-applet-2.{so,a}
Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/panel-2.0,
lib/gnome-panel, share/{gnome/{help/{too many to list}, panel},
gtk-doc/html/panel-applet, icons, idl/gnome-panel-2.0, omf/{too many too list}}

Short Descriptions
libpanel-applet-2.{so,a} allow development of small applications (applets) which may be embedded in
the panel.

778
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

VTE-0.16.6
Introduction to VTE
The VTE package contains a termcap file implementation for terminal emulators.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/vte/0.16/vte-0.16.6.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/vte/0.16/vte-0.16.6.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 131174986ab519b91dfcd6cf22541cbb
• Download size: 1.1 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 26 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU

VTE Dependencies

Required
GTK+-2.10.13 and XML::Parser-2.34

Optional
GTK-Doc-1.8, intltool-0.35.5, and PyGTK-2.10.6 (including the gtk module)

Installation of VTE
Install VTE by running the following commands:

sed -i 's%\\177:%&kh=\\EOH:@7=\\EOF:%' termcaps/xterm &&

./configure --prefix=/usr \
--libexecdir=/usr/lib/vte &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
sed -i ... termcaps/xterm: The Home and End keys are broken in the xterm termcap file. This sed command fixes
them.
--libexecdir=/usr/lib/vte: This parameter causes the libexec files to be installed in the preferred location
of /usr/lib/vte instead of /usr/libexec.
--with-glX: This parameter can be passed to the configure script to enable additional drawing methods in the
VTE library.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

779
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Program: vte
Installed Libraries: libvte.{so,a} and the vtemodule.{so,a} Python module
Installed Directories: /usr/include/vte, /usr/lib/vte, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/vte, and /usr/share/vte

Short Descriptions
vte is a test application for the VTE libraries.
libvte.{so,a} is a library which implements a terminal emulator widget for GTK+.

780
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GNOME Terminal-2.18.1
Introduction to GNOME Terminal
The GNOME Terminal package contains the console. This is useful for executing programs from a command prompt.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-terminal/2.18/gnome-terminal-2.18.1.tar.
bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-terminal/2.18/gnome-terminal-2.18.1.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: c1902cf4727f4cd976d6cc0beb1c03fe
• Download size: 1.9 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 43 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

GNOME Terminal Dependencies

Required

libgnomeui-2.18.1, GNOME Doc Utils-0.10.3, VTE-0.16.6, and startup-notification-0.9

Installation of GNOME Terminal

Install GNOME Terminal by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \

--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 \
--localstatedir=/var/lib &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in
/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.
--localstatedir=/var/lib: This parameter is used so that all ScrollKeeper files are installed in, and the
ScrollKeeper database is properly updated in /var/lib/scrollkeeper instead of some files being installed in
$GNOME_PREFIX/var/scrollkeeper.

781
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Program: gnome-terminal
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/{,gnome/help/,omf/}gnome-terminal

Short Descriptions
gnome-terminal provides the command prompt in the GNOME environment.

782
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

LibGTop-2.14.9
Introduction to LibGTop
The LibGTop package contains the GNOME top libraries.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgtop/2.14/libgtop-2.14.9.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgtop/2.14/libgtop-2.14.9.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: a228ccab58216f7fef97de9c2b6e328e
• Download size: 772 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 16 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

LibGTop Dependencies
Required
GLib-2.12.12 and popt-1.10.4
Optional
GDBM-1.8.3, GTK-Doc-1.8, and X Window System

Installation of LibGTop
Note
The instructions below are based on installing the package into a GNOME-2 environment. If, for whatever
reason, you're installing this package without having ORBit2 and the core GNOME-2 libraries installed,
you'll need to modify the --prefix= parameter on the configure script to point to your desired installation
path (e.g., --prefix=/usr).

Install LibGTop by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
--infodir=$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/info &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you passed --with-libgtop-examples to the configure script to build the example programs, install them
using the following commands as the root user:
install -v -m755 -d $(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/libgtop/examples &&
install -v -m755 examples/.libs/* \
$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/libgtop/examples

783
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.
--infodir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/info: This switch installs the
info documentation in $GNOME_PREFIX/share/info instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/info. You may need to
add this directory to your $INFOPATH environment variable if your GNOME installation prefix is anything other
than /usr.
--with-libgtop-examples: Adding this parameter to the configure script will build numerous example
programs.
--with-libgtop-inodedb: Add this parameter to the configure script if you have GDBM installed and wish
to build the inodedb programs.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Configuring LibGTop
Configuration Information
If $GNOME_PREFIX is anything other than /usr, update the INFOPATH environment variable by adding the
following to your system-wide or personal profile:

export INFOPATH=/usr/share/info:$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/info

Contents
Installed Programs: file_by_inode2 and mkinodedb2
Installed Library: libgtop-2.0.{so,a}
Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/libgtop-2.0 and
lib/libgtop/examples

Short Descriptions
libgtop-2.0.{so,a} contains the functions that allow access to system performance data.

784
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libgnomekbd-2.18.2
Introduction to libgnomekbd
The libgnomekbd package contains xkb hooks used by the GNOME desktop.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgnomekbd/2.18/libgnomekbd-2.18.2.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgnomekbd/2.18/libgnomekbd-2.18.2.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: e99a9f1de689ba3c0ad03fadd55dd3e4
• Download size: 359 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 8 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

libgnomekbd Dependencies
Required
libxklavier-3.2 and libgnomeui-2.18.1
Optional
intltool-0.35.5

Installation of libgnomekbd
Install libgnomekbd by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in
/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.

Contents
Installed Program: gkbd-indicator-plugins-capplet
Installed Libraries: libgnomekbd.{so,a} and libgnomekbdui.{so,a}
Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX: /include/libgnomekbd and
/share/libgnomekbd

785
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
gkbd-indicator-plugins-capplet is used internally by the GNOME desktop to interface with xkb.
libgnomekbd{,ui}.{so,a} contain the X keyboard API functions to support xkb on the GNOME
desktop.

786
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

EEL-2.18.3
Introduction to EEL
The EEL package contains the Eazel Extensions Library. This is a collection of widgets and extensions to the GNOME
platform.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/eel/2.18/eel-2.18.3.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/eel/2.18/eel-2.18.3.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: c51fea61eb99eaa7995754b8acf787ff
• Download size: 643 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

EEL Dependencies
Required
GNOME Desktop-2.18.3, gnome-menus-2.18.3, and GAIL-1.18.0

Optional
intltool-0.35.5

Installation of EEL
Install EEL by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Library: libeel-2.{so,a}
Installed Directory: $GNOME_PREFIX/include/eel-2

Short Descriptions
libeel-2.{so,a} is a collection of widgets developed by the Nautilus project.

787
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Nautilus-2.18.3
Introduction to Nautilus
The Nautilus package contains the GNOME shell and file manager.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/nautilus/2.18/nautilus-2.18.3.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/nautilus/2.18/nautilus-2.18.3.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: e027b4e1a925122ef3e7f54323cc3c44
• Download size: 4.3 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 103 MB
• Estimated build time: 1.1 SBU

Nautilus Dependencies
Required
EEL-2.18.3, EsounD-0.2.37, libexif-0.6.16, and librsvg-2.16.1

Optional
startup-notification-0.9, Tracker (see the Tracker README file for the extensive dependencies), Beagle (needs
Gnome-Sharp which requires Mono), and DocBook-utils-0.6.14

Installation of Nautilus
Install Nautilus by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d $(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/doc/nautilus-2.18.3 &&
install -v -m644 docs/*.{txt,dia,pdf,sxw,faq,html} $(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/doc/nautilus-2.18.3

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in
/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.

788
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: nautilus, nautilus-connect-server and nautilus-file-management-properties
Installed Library: libnautilus-extension.so
Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/nautilus,
share/{doc/nautilus-2.18.3, {,pixmaps}nautilus}

Short Descriptions
nautilus is the GNOME file manager.
libnautilus-extension.so supplies the functions needed by the file manager.

789
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Control Center-2.18.1
Introduction to Control Center
The Control Center package contains the GNOME settings managers.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/control-center/2.18/control-center-2.18.1.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/control-center/2.18/control-center-2.18.1.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: bae0fd0f9e32f374bd7236d98788b13f
• Download size: 2.1 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 71 MB
• Estimated build time: 2 SBU

Control Center Dependencies

Required
GStreamer Base Plug-ins-0.10.13, libgnomekbd-2.18.2, Metacity-2.18.5, and Nautilus-2.18.3

Optional
HAL-0.5.9.1, shared-mime-info-0.21, Evolution Data Server-1.10.3, and ALSA-1.0.13
Though they are only run-time dependencies and Control Center will compile just fine without them installed, there
are two screen saver packages that can be installed which will provide a robust collection of screen savers and screen
locking capability. gnome-screensaver-2.18.2 is looked for first, with a fallback to XScreenSaver-5.03 if necessary.

Installation of Control Center

Install Control Center by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \

--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 \
--localstatedir=/var/lib \
--libexecdir=$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/control-center &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.

790
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in

/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.
--localstatedir=/var/lib: This parameter is used so that all ScrollKeeper files are installed in, and the
ScrollKeeper database is properly updated in /var/lib/scrollkeeper instead of some files being installed in
$GNOME_PREFIX/var/scrollkeeper.
--libexecdir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/control-center:
This parameter causes the libexec files to be installed in the preferred location of $GNOME_
PREFIX/lib/control-center instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/libexec.
--enable-aboutme: Enables building the gnome-about-me capplet. Evolution Data Server must be installed to
use this parameter.

Configuring Control Center

Configuration Information
If HAL was linked into the build and GNOME is being installed in any location other than /usr, you should create
a local D-Bus session configuration file so that the installed org.gnome.SettingsDaemon.service file can
be discovered by D-Bus. You should reference the information on the D-Bus page for instructions on how to create a
D-Bus custom services directory. You may disregard this if you already created the local D-Bus session configuration
file during the GNOME VFS installation.

Contents
Installed Programs: gnome-about-me,gnome-accessibility-keyboard-properties, gnome-at-properties,
gnome-background-properties, gnome-control-center,
gnome-default-applications-properties, gnome-display-properties,
gnome-font-properties, gnome-font-viewer, gnome-keybinding-properties,
gnome-keyboard-properties, gnome-mouse-properties, gnome-network-preferences,
gnome-sound-properties, gnome-theme-manager, gnome-theme-thumbnailer,
gnome-thumbnail-font, gnome-typing-monitor, gnome-ui-properties,
gnome-window-properties, and themus-theme-applier
Installed Libraries: libgnome-window-settings.{so,a}, GNOME VFS and window manager settings library
modules and Nautilus library module extensions
Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/:
include/gnome-window-settings-2.0, lib/{control-center, nautilus,
window-manager-settings}, share/{{,gnome/help/,omf/}control-center-2.0,
gnome/{default-applications,cursor-fonts}}

791
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GNOME Applets-2.18.0
Introduction to GNOME Applets
The GNOME Applets package contains small applications which generally run in the background and display their
output to the GNOME panel.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-applets/2.18/gnome-applets-2.18.0.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-applets/2.18/gnome-applets-2.18.0.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: db3ef99c00335798f30fc0a9162c0257
• Download size: 7.1 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 118 MB
• Estimated build time: 1.1 SBU

GNOME Applets Dependencies

Required
ScrollKeeper-0.3.14, GAIL-1.18.0, GNOME Icon Theme-2.18.0, GNOME Panel-2.18.3

Optional to Build the Invest Applet

PyGTK-2.10.6 (including the gtk and gtk.libglade modules) and Gnome-Python-Desktop-2.18.0 (including the
gnomeapplet module)

Optional
LibGTop-2.14.9, Control Center-2.18.1, GStreamer Base Plug-ins-0.10.13, HAL-0.5.9.1, libgnomekbd-2.18.2,
gucharmap-1.10.0, system-tools-backends-1.4.2, DocBook-utils-0.6.14, libapm, and libnotify

Installation of GNOME Applets

Install GNOME Applets by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \

--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 \
--localstatedir=/var/lib \
--libexecdir=$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gnome-applets \
--mandir=$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

make -C man install-man

792
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in
/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.
--localstatedir=/var/lib: This parameter is used so that all ScrollKeeper files are installed in, and the
ScrollKeeper database is properly updated in /var/lib/scrollkeeper instead of some files being installed in
$GNOME_PREFIX/var/scrollkeeper.
--libexecdir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gnome-applets:
This parameter causes the libexec files to be installed in the preferred location of in $GNOME_
PREFIX/lib/gnome-applets instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/libexec.
--mandir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man: This parameter causes
the man.(X) files to be installed in $GNOME_PREFIX/share/man/man(X) instead of $GNOME_
PREFIX/man/man(X).
make -C man install-man: This command installs the man-pages that are not installed during make install.

Contents
Installed Program: cpufreq-selector
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/libgweather,
lib/gnome-applets, share/{gnome-applets, {gnome/help,omf}/{too many to list},
pixmaps/{accessx-status-applet, cpufreq-applet, stickynotes}, xmodmap}

793
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GNOME Session-2.18.3
Introduction to GNOME Session
The GNOME Session package contains the GNOME session manager.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-session/2.18/gnome-session-2.18.3.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-session/2.18/gnome-session-2.18.3.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 59b6809ed1d8e39c1550217e665c75df
• Download size: 716 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

GNOME Session Dependencies

Required
GNOME Desktop-2.18.3 and Control Center-2.18.1

Optional
TCP Wrapper-7.6 and libnotify

Installation of GNOME Session

Install GNOME Session by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \

--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 \
--mandir=$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man \
--with-at-spi-registryd-directory=$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/at-spi
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in
/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.

794
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--mandir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man: This parameter causes

the man.(X) files to be installed in $GNOME_PREFIX/share/man/man(X) instead of $GNOME_
PREFIX/man/man(X).
--with-at-spi-registryd-directory=...: This parameter is used to identify where the AT-SPI
Registry daemon is located, as the default is $GNOME_PREFIX/libexec.

Contents
Installed Programs: gnome-session, gnome-session-properties, gnome-session-remove,
gnome-session-save, and gnome-wm
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directory: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/pixmaps/splash

Short Descriptions
gnome-session starts up the GNOME desktop.
gnome-session-* session utilities includes a configuration program and other session management related
utilities.
gnome-wm uses the $WINDOW_MANAGER environment variable to allow a user to define a window
manager of choice. If no $WINDOW_MANAGER is defined, gnome-wm defaults to metacity
as the default window manager.

795
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Yelp-2.18.1
Introduction to Yelp
The Yelp package contains the help browser. This is useful for viewing help files.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/yelp/2.18/yelp-2.18.1.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/yelp/2.18/yelp-2.18.1.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 84abbfe7e042706cbf21752957e29bf3
• Download size: 900 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 18 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Yelp Dependencies

Required

libgnomeui-2.18.1, startup-notification-0.9, GNOME Doc Utils-0.10.3, and a mozilla.org Gecko layout engine
(SeaMonkey-1.1.9 or Firefox-2.0.0.15 or Thunderbird-2.0.0.12 or Mozilla)

Optional

Beagle

Note
The Yelp package is not required for a functional GNOME desktop. Note, however, that without Yelp you
will not be able to view the built-in Help provided by core GNOME and many of the support applications.
This is mentioned here because you may not wish to install a Gecko layout engine. Without a Gecko layout
engine you will have no graphical browser capability as the default GNOME browser, Epiphany-2.18.3,
also requires a Gecko layout engine.

Installation of Yelp
Install Yelp by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \

--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 \
--localstatedir=/var/lib \
--enable-cpp-rtti &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

796
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in
/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.
--localstatedir=/var/lib: This parameter is used so that all ScrollKeeper files are installed in, and the
ScrollKeeper database is properly updated in /var/lib/scrollkeeper instead of some files being installed in
$GNOME_PREFIX/var/scrollkeeper.

Contents
Installed Programs: gnome-help and yelp
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directory: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/yelp

Short Descriptions
gnome-help is a symbolic link to yelp.
yelp is the GNOME help browser.

797
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GNOME User Docs-2.18.2

Introduction to GNOME User Docs
The GNOME User Docs package contains documentation for GNOME.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-user-docs/2.18/gnome-user-docs-2.18.2.tar.
bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-user-docs/2.18/gnome-user-docs-2.18.2.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 4d3b5c8bd3cc8008f2a44d98efaa2502
• Download size: 6.5 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 52 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

GNOME User Docs Dependencies

Required
GNOME Doc Utils-0.10.3 and which-2.19

Installation of GNOME User Docs

Note
The instructions below are based on installing the package into a GNOME-2 environment. If, for whatever
reason, you're installing this package without having ORBit2 and the core GNOME-2 libraries installed,
you'll need to modify the --prefix= parameter on the configure script to point to your desired installation
path (e.g., --prefix=/usr).

Install GNOME User Docs by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
--localstatedir=/var/lib &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.
--localstatedir=/var/lib: This parameter is used so that all ScrollKeeper files are installed in, and the
ScrollKeeper database is properly updated in /var/lib/scrollkeeper instead of some files being installed in
$GNOME_PREFIX/var/scrollkeeper.

798
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/{gnome/help/{gnome-access-guide, system-admin-guide,
user-guide}, omf/{gnome-user-docs,user-guide}}

Short Descriptions
OMF files contain user documentation. These include introductions and help on the core packages.

799
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Configuring the Core GNOME Packages

Create (or append to) a ~/.xinitrc file to start GNOME:

echo "exec gnome-session" >> ~/.xinitrc

If you have D-BUS-1.0.2 installed, you can start the D-BUS session daemon here as well. Starting the session daemon
here has the added bonus that it will exit when you log out of your GNOME session. If you wish to start the daemon
here, use the following command instead of the one shown above:

echo "exec dbus-launch --exit-with-session gnome-session" >> ~/.xinitrc

Note
Check the ~/.xinitrc file and ensure you have no other window managers or other X applications
mentioned before GNOME.

Ensure all libraries can be found by udating the linker's cache (as root):

ldconfig

Update the MIME-type application database (as root):

update-desktop-database

At this point you can bring up GNOME with startx.

800
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 30. GNOME Additional Packages

These packages are modular and add desktop applications and assorted utilities to the GNOME environment. Feel
free to install them on an as needed or as desired basis.

801
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Evolution Data Server-1.10.3

Introduction to Evolution Data Server
The Evolution Data Server package provides a unified backend for programs that work with contacts, tasks, and
calendar information. It was originally developed for Evolution (hence the name), but is now used by other packages
as well.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/evolution-data-server/1.10/evolution-data-server-1.
10.3.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/evolution-data-server/1.10/evolution-data-server-1.10.
3.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 44438eca3ca3cab861109605611fe778
• Download size: 7.1 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 185 MB
• Estimated build time: 3.3 SBU (additional 0.5 SBU to run the test suite)

Evolution Data Server Dependencies

Required

libgnomeui-2.18.1 and libsoup-2.2.100

Recommended (For SSL and S/MIME support)

NSS-3.11.7

The NSS package is not required if you have Firefox-2.0.0.15, Thunderbird-2.0.0.12, SeaMonkey-1.1.9 or Mozilla
installed. These packages contain internal copies of NSS (or they used a system-installed copy). If any of the four
packages are installed, one way or another you will already have NSS/NSPR libraries on your system.

Optional

OpenLDAP-2.3.39, an MTA (that provides a sendmail command), Heimdal-1.1 or MIT Kerberos V5-1.6, krb4,
GTK-Doc-1.8, intltool-0.35.5, and DocBook-utils-0.6.14

Installation of Evolution Data Server

Install Evolution Data Server by running the following commands:

802
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Note
The instructions below assume you have the NSS/NSPR libraries installed on your system. If you elected
not to install NSS (or one of the other packages mentioned above), you'll need to remove the following two
parameter settings from the configure command below:

--enable-nss
--enable-smime

The Evolution configure script does not look for the Thunderbird mail client for the NSS/NSPR libraries.
If you are using Thunderbird as your source for the NSS/NSPR libraries, you will have to add the following
two parameter settings to the configure command below:

--with-nspr-includes=/usr/include/nspr
--with-nss-includes=/usr/include/nss

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \

--libexecdir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix \
ORBit-2.0)/lib/evolution-data-server-1.2 \
--enable-nntp \
--enable-gnome-keyring \
--enable-nss \
--enable-smime &&
make

To test the results, issue: make -k check. Some tests are known to fail, however most should pass.
Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.
--libexecdir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.
0)/lib/evolution-data-server-1.2: This parameter causes the libexec files to be installed in
the preferred location of $GNOME_PREFIX/lib/evolution-data-server-1.2 instead of $GNOME_
PREFIX/libexec.
--enable-nntp: This parameter is used to build the Usenet news (NNTP) backend.
--enable-gnome-keyring: This parameter is used so that passwords are stored using the gnome-keyring
storage manager.
--enable-nss: This parameter is used to pull in the Mozilla Network Security Services libraries for SSL support.
--enable-smime: This parameter is used to pull in the Mozilla Network Security Services libraries for S/MIME
support.
803
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Note
To enable many of the optional dependencies, review the information from ./configure --help for the
necessary parameters you must pass to the configure script.

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: libcamel-1.2.so, libcamel-provider-1.2.so, libebook-1.2.so, libecal-1.2.so,
libedata-book-1.2.so, libedata-cal-1.2.so, libedataserver-1.2.so,
libedataserverui-1.2.so, libegroupwise-1.2.so, libexchange-storage-1.2.so and
numerous provider and extension modules.
Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/:
include/evolution-data-server-1.10, lib/evolution-data-server-1.2,
share/{evolution-data-server-1.10, gtk-doc/html/libe{book,cal,data{,server}},
idl/evolution-data-server-1.10, pixmaps/evolution-data-server-1.10}

Short Descriptions
libe*.so libraries are client, backend and utility libraries for the Evolution address books, calendar and data
servers.

804
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

gnome-audio-2.0.0
Introduction to gnome-audio
The gnome-audio package contains a set of default sounds for the GNOME GUI desktop. Sound files for startup,
shutdown and many GTK+ events are included. These sounds complement the GNOME Media package.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-audio/2.0/gnome-audio-2.0.0.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-audio/2.0/gnome-audio-2.0.0.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: cd14b84af59fb2ec673527d32f4e379f
• Download size: 1.4 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 4.2 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Installation of gnome-audio
Note
The instructions below are based on installing the package into a GNOME-2 environment. If, for whatever
reason, you're installing this package without having ORBit2 and the core GNOME-2 libraries installed,
you'll need to modify the --prefix= parameter on the configure script to point to your desired installation
path (e.g., --prefix=/usr).

Install gnome-audio by running the following command as the root user:

make prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) install

Command Explanations
prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directory: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/sounds

805
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GtkHTML-3.14.3
Introduction to GtkHTML
The GtkHTML package contains a lightweight HTML rendering/printing/editing engine.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtkhtml/3.14/gtkhtml-3.14.3.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtkhtml/3.14/gtkhtml-3.14.3.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 7c028f07e0eb061b0a895ac514265cf1
• Download size: 1.2 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 61 MB
• Estimated build time: 1.3 SBU

GtkHTML Dependencies

Required

libgnomeui-2.18.1, GAIL-1.18.0, GNOME Icon Theme-2.18.0, and libgnomeprintui-2.18.0

Optional

libsoup-2.2.100 and intltool-0.35.5

Installation of GtkHTML
Install GtkHTML by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \

--libexecdir=$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gtkhtml &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.
--libexecdir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gtkhtml: This parameter
causes the libexec files to be installed in the preferred location of $GNOME_PREFIX/lib/gtkhtml instead of
$GNOME_PREFIX/libexec.

806
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: libgtkhtml-3.14.{so,a} and libgnome-gtkhtml-editor-3.14.{so,a}
Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/libgtkhtml-3.14,
lib/gtkhtml, and share/gtkhtml-3.14

Short Descriptions
libgtkhtml-3.8.{so,a} provide the functions to render HTML within applications.

807
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

gtksourceview-1.8.5
Introduction to gtksourceview
The gtksourceview package contains libgtksourceview libraries. This is useful for extending the GTK text
functions to include syntax highlighting.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtksourceview/1.8/gtksourceview-1.8.5.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtksourceview/1.8/gtksourceview-1.8.5.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: de67df2944c1cccbc2d0b4a738e11050
• Download size: 785 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 15 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

gtksourceview Dependencies
Required
GTK+-2.10.13 and XML::Parser-2.34

Recommended
libgnomeprint-2.18.0

Optional (Required to Build the Test Programs)

GNOME Virtual File System-2.18.1 and libgnomeprintui-2.18.0

Optional
GTK-Doc-1.8 and intltool-0.35.5

Installation of gtksourceview
Install gtksourceview by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite. If you have the optional dependencies to build the test programs installed,
after the package is installed you can change to the tests directory in the source tree and issue ./test-widget. This
will test the functionality of the libgtksourceview-1.0 library.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.

808
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Library: libgtksourceview-1.0.{so,a}
Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/gtksourceview-1.0,
share/{gtk-doc/html/gtksourceview, gtksourceview-1.0}

Short Descriptions
libgtksourceview-1.0.{so,a} contains function extensions for the GtkTextView widget.

809
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libgnomecups-0.2.2
Introduction to libgnomecups
The libgnomecups package contains a library used to wrap the CUPS API in a GLib fashion, so CUPS code can be
cleanly integrated with GLib code.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgnomecups/0.2/libgnomecups-0.2.2.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgnomecups/0.2/libgnomecups-0.2.2.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 959d5524fe9c37efb55ccfa02e3a063b
• Download size: 314 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 4.4 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

libgnomecups Dependencies

Required
CUPS-1.2.12, GLib-2.12.12, and XML::Parser-2.34

Optional
intltool-0.35.5

Installation of libgnomecups
Note
The instructions below are based on installing the package into a GNOME-2 environment. If, for whatever
reason, you're installing this package without having ORBit2 and the core GNOME-2 libraries installed,
you'll need to modify the --prefix= parameter on the configure script to point to your desired installation
path (e.g., --prefix=/usr).

Install libgnomecups by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.

810
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Library: libgnomecups-1.0.{so,a}
Installed Directory: $GNOME_PREFIX/include/libgnomecups-1

Short Descriptions
libgnomecups-1.0.{so,a} libraries are used to wrap the CUPS API in a GLib type interface.

811
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libgnomeprint-2.18.0
Introduction to libgnomeprint
The libgnomeprint package contains libgnomeprint libraries.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgnomeprint/2.18/libgnomeprint-2.18.0.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgnomeprint/2.18/libgnomeprint-2.18.0.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 5bfc42d67cae1148d1faf238185cbf4d
• Download size: 830 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 26 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU

libgnomeprint Dependencies

Required

Pango-1.16.4, libart_lgpl-2.3.19, popt-1.10.4, libxml2-2.6.31, and XML::Parser-2.34

Optional

libgnomecups-0.2.2, GTK-Doc-1.8, and DocBook-utils-0.6.14

If you have CUPS-1.2.12 installed, you must also have libgnomecups-0.2.2 installed or pass --without-cups to
the configure command in the instructions below.

Installation of libgnomeprint
Note
The instructions below are based on installing the package into a GNOME-2 environment. If, for whatever
reason, you're installing this package without having ORBit2 and the core GNOME-2 libraries installed,
you'll need to modify the --prefix= parameter on the configure script to point to your desired installation
path (e.g., --prefix=/usr).

Install libgnomeprint by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \

--disable-gtk-doc &&
make

The test suite requires Acroread-4 to be installed and passing --with-metadata-printer to the configure
script. If the previous requirements are met and you wish to run the regression tests, change directories to the tests
directory and issue: ./run-test.pl.
Now, as the root user:

make install

812
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.
--disable-gtk-doc: This switch prevents rebuilding the documentation during the make command. Remove
this parameter if you have GTK-Doc installed and wish to rebuild the documentation.

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: libgnomeprint-2-2.{so,a} and numerous filters and modules
Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/libgnomeprint-2.2,
lib/libgnomeprint, share/{,gtk-doc/html/}libgnomeprint

Short Descriptions
libgnomeprint-2-2.{so,a} implements the GNOME Printing Architecture.

813
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libgnomeprintui-2.18.0
Introduction to libgnomeprintui
The libgnomeprintui package contains the libgnomeprintui library.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgnomeprintui/2.18/libgnomeprintui-2.18.0.tar.
bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgnomeprintui/2.18/libgnomeprintui-2.18.0.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: bea9871059cabee9d108bab32d58d2af
• Download size: 656 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 19 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

libgnomeprintui Dependencies

Required
libgnomecanvas-2.14.0, GNOME Icon Theme-2.18.0, and libgnomeprint-2.18.0

Optional
GTK-Doc-1.8

Installation of libgnomeprintui
Note
The instructions below are based on installing the package into a GNOME-2 environment. If, for whatever
reason, you're installing this package without having ORBit2 and the core GNOME-2 libraries installed,
you'll need to modify the --prefix= parameter on the configure script to point to your desired installation
path (e.g., --prefix=/usr).

Install libgnomeprintui by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.

814
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this option if you have GTK-Doc installed and wish to build the API documentation,
as the source tarball does not contain any pre-built docs.

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Library: libgnomeprintui-2-2.{so,a}
Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/libgnomeprintui-2.2 and
share/{,gtk-doc/html/}libgnomeprintui

Short Descriptions
libgnomeprintui-2-2.{so,a} is the GUI portion of the GNOME Printing Architecture implementation.

815
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

system-tools-backends-1.4.2
Introduction to system-tools-backends
The system-tools-backends are a set of cross-platform scripts for Linux and other Unix systems. The backends provide
a standard XML interface for modifying the configuration regardless of the distribution being used.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/system-tools-backends/1.4/system-tools-backends-
1.4.2.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/system-tools-backends/1.4/system-tools-backends-1.4.
2.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: a0af1513becdf3b9bfed3535ad8f7dab
• Download size: 708 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 10.2 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

system-tools-backends Dependencies
Required
XML::Parser-2.34
Optional
intltool-0.35.5

Installation of system-tools-backends
Note
The instructions below are based on installing the package into a GNOME-2 environment. If, for whatever
reason, you're installing this package without having ORBit2 and the core GNOME-2 libraries installed,
you'll need to modify the --prefix= parameter on the configure script to point to your desired installation
path (e.g., --prefix=/usr).

Install system-tools-backends by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.

816
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/setup-tool-backends

Short Descriptions
System tools backend scripts are configuration files, Perl and shell scripts used to perform setup of
various desktop frontend processes and services.

817
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

bug-buddy-2.18.1
Introduction to bug-buddy
The bug-buddy package contains a graphical bug reporting tool. This can extract debugging information from a core
file or crashed application.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/bug-buddy/2.18/bug-buddy-2.18.1.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/bug-buddy/2.18/bug-buddy-2.18.1.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: ebeaeee4acc1432b59a4ef242abff620
• Download size: 553 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 10 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

bug-buddy Dependencies
Required
GNOME Desktop-2.18.3, gnome-menus-2.18.3, Evolution Data Server-1.10.3, LibGTop-2.14.9, and
ScrollKeeper-0.3.14

Optional
NetworkManager (download), and intltool-0.35.5

Installation of bug-buddy
Install bug-buddy by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 \
--localstatedir=/var/lib \
--mandir=$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in
/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.

818
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--localstatedir=/var/lib: This parameter is used so that all ScrollKeeper files are installed in, and the
ScrollKeeper database is properly updated in /var/lib/scrollkeeper instead of some files being installed in
$GNOME_PREFIX/var/scrollkeeper.
--mandir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man: This parameter causes
the man.(X) files to be installed in $GNOME_PREFIX/share/man/man(X) instead of $GNOME_
PREFIX/man/man(X).

Contents
Installed Program: bug-buddy
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/{,gnome/help/ ,omf/}bug-buddy

Short Descriptions
bug-buddy is a graphical bug reporting system.

819
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Ekiga-2.0.9
Introduction to Ekiga
Ekiga is an H.323 and SIP compatible videoconferencing and VOIP/IP-Telephony application that allows you to
make audio and video calls to remote users with H.323 hardware or software (such as Microsoft Netmeeting) and
SIP compatible software. It supports all modern videoconferencing features, such as registering to an ILS directory,
gatekeeper support, making multi-user conference calls using an external MCU, using modern Quicknet telephony
cards, and making PC-To-Phone calls.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/ekiga/2.0/ekiga-2.0.9.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/ekiga/2.0/ekiga-2.0.9.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 6c7a01faef8203d6f0ba0dfe6188bb1a
• Download size: 5.5 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 70 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.9 SBU

Ekiga Dependencies
Required
ScrollKeeper-0.3.14, EsounD-0.2.37, Evolution Data Server-1.10.3, PWLib-1.10.7 (compiled with
OpenLDAP-2.3.39 support), and OPAL-2.2.8 (home page for PWLib and OPAL)

Optional
intltool-0.35.5, GNOME Doc Utils-0.10.3, SDL-1.2.11 (required for full-screen video), and Avahi

Installation of Ekiga
Install Ekiga by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 \
--localstatedir=/var/lib &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Two D-BUS service scripts were installed in the previous step. If the $GNOME_PREFIX is anything other than
/usr, as the root user you should add the $GNOME_PREFIX/share/dbus-1/services directory to the
local session configuration as described in the D-BUS-1.0.2 configuration section.

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.

820
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in

/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.
--localstatedir=/var/lib: This parameter is used so that all ScrollKeeper files are installed in, and the
ScrollKeeper database is properly updated in /var/lib/scrollkeeper instead of some files being installed in
$GNOME_PREFIX/var/scrollkeeper.

Contents
Installed Programs: ekiga, ekiga-config-tool and ekiga-helper
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/{gnome/help/, omf/, pixmaps/, sounds/}ekiga

Short Descriptions
ekiga is a H.323 and SIP VOIP, telephony and video conferencing application which uses the H.323 and SIP
protocols.

821
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

EOG-2.18.2
Introduction to EOG
The EOG package contains Eye of GNOME. This is useful for viewing and cataloging image files.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/eog/2.18/eog-2.18.2.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/eog/2.18/eog-2.18.2.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 7e5fc342201ea00404008258c19b4461
• Download size: 1.2 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 22 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

EOG Dependencies
Required
GNOME Desktop-2.18.3 and GNOME Icon Theme-2.18.0

Recommended
libjpeg-6b

Optional
intltool-0.35.5, libexif-0.6.16, and little cms-1.16

Installation of EOG
Install EOG by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \

--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 \
--localstatedir=/var/lib &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in
/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.

822
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--localstatedir=/var/lib: This parameter is used so that all ScrollKeeper files are installed in, and the
ScrollKeeper database is properly updated in /var/lib/scrollkeeper instead of some files being installed in
$GNOME_PREFIX/var/scrollkeeper.

Contents
Installed Program: eog
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/{,gnome/help/ ,omf/ ,pixmaps/}eog

Short Descriptions
eog is a fast and functional image viewer as well as an image cataloging program.

823
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Epiphany-2.18.3
Introduction to Epiphany
Epiphany is a simple yet powerful GNOME web browser targeted at non-technical users. Its principles are simplicity
and standards compliance.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/epiphany/2.18/epiphany-2.18.3.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/epiphany/2.18/epiphany-2.18.3.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 2e77f3f0651a27cac29224e82c3cc793
• Download size: 4.7 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 91 MB
• Estimated build time: 1.3 SBU

Epiphany Dependencies

Required

GNOME Desktop-2.18.3, startup-notification-0.9, ISO Codes-1.2, and a mozilla.org Gecko layout engine
(SeaMonkey-1.1.9 or Firefox-2.0.0.15 or Thunderbird-2.0.0.12 or Mozilla)

Optional for Python Support

PyGTK-2.10.6 (including the gtk module) and Gnome-Python-2.18.2

Optional

Enchant, intltool-0.35.5, and GTK-Doc-1.8

Installation of Epiphany
Install Epiphany by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \

--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 \
--localstatedir=/var/lib \
--mandir=$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

A D-BUS service script was installed in the previous step. If the $GNOME_PREFIX is anything other than /usr, as
the root user you should add the $GNOME_PREFIX/share/dbus-1/services directory to the local session
configuration as described in the D-BUS-1.0.2 configuration section.

824
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

If you have GNOME-Python installed, the Epiphany Python extension is automatically built. If your
$GNOME_PREFIX is anything but /usr and you have GNOME-Python installed, as the root user create the
following symbolic link in the PyGTK extensions directory of /usr/share:

ln -v -s $GNOME_PREFIX/share/pygtk/2.0/defs/epiphany.defs \
/usr/share/pygtk/2.0/defs

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in
/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.
--localstatedir=/var/lib: This parameter is used so that all ScrollKeeper files are installed in, and the
ScrollKeeper database is properly updated in /var/lib/scrollkeeper instead of some files being installed in
$GNOME_PREFIX/var/scrollkeeper.
--mandir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man: This parameter causes
the man.(X) files to be installed in $GNOME_PREFIX/share/man/man(X) instead of $GNOME_
PREFIX/man/man(X).

Contents
Installed Program: epiphany
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/epiphany-2.14,
lib/epiphany, share/{,gnome/help/, gtk-doc/html/, omf/}epiphany

Short Descriptions
epiphany is a GNOME web browser based on the Mozilla rendering engine.

825
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Evince-0.8.3
Introduction to Evince
The Evince package contains a document viewer for multiple document formats. It currently supports PDF, Postscript,
DjVu, TIFF and DVI. This is useful for viewing documents of various types using one simple application instead of
the multiple document viewers that once existed on the GNOME Desktop.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/evince/0.8/evince-0.8.3.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/evince/0.8/evince-0.8.3.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 0603d3f3f5648c88f10f75c89807c3d1
• Download size: 1.5 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 44 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU

Evince Dependencies

Required

libgnomeui-2.18.1, GNOME Icon Theme-2.18.0, and GNOME Doc Utils-0.10.3

Run-Time Requirement

shared-mime-info-0.21

Optional

intltool-0.35.5, GTK-Doc-1.8, libgnomeprintui-2.18.0 (only used as an alternate method for printing), LibTIFF-3.8.2,
teTeX-3.0 (required to build the DVI viewer), Nautilus-2.18.3 (required to build the Nautilus plugin), Poppler-0.5.4
(required for PDF support and must be built with GTK+ support), ESP Ghostscript-8.15.4 or AFPL Ghostscript-8.53
(required for Postscript ability from Evince), DjVuLibre (required for DjVu graphics from Evince), and t1lib (required
for Type1 font support in the DVI viewer)

Installation of Evince
Install Evince by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \

--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 \
--localstatedir=/var/lib \
--mandir=$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man \
--disable-ps \
--enable-pixbuf &&
make

The test suite for this package requires a functional dogtail installation. Requirements and download information can
be found at http://people.redhat.com/zcerza/dogtail/. The test suite is invoked by issuing make check.

826
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in
/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.
--localstatedir=/var/lib: This parameter is used so that all ScrollKeeper files are installed in, and the
ScrollKeeper database is properly updated in /var/lib/scrollkeeper instead of some files being installed in
$GNOME_PREFIX/var/scrollkeeper.
--mandir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man: This parameter causes
the man.(X) files to be installed in $GNOME_PREFIX/share/man/man(X) instead of $GNOME_
PREFIX/man/man(X).
--disable-ps: This parameter is required if you don't have a Ghostscript package installed. Remove the parameter
if you do have a Ghostscript package installed and wish to build the DVI viewer which provides Postscript support.
--enable-djvu: Use this parameter if you have the DjVuLibre package installed and you wish to build support
to view DjVu graphic files.
--enable-dvi: Use this parameter if you have the teTeX package installed and you wish to build support to view
DVI files.
--enable-t1lib: Use this parameter if you have the t1lib package installed and you wish to build support for
Type1 fonts in the DVI viewer.

Contents
Installed Programs: evince and evince-thumbnailer
Installed Library: libevince-properties-page.{so,a} Nautilus extension
Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/{,gnome/help/ ,omf/}evince

Short Descriptions
evince is a multiple format document viewer.
evince-thumbnailer is a simple program used to create thumbnail images of supported documents.

827
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

File Roller-2.18.4
Introduction to File Roller
File Roller is an archive manager for GNOME with support for tar, bzip2, gzip, zip, jar, compress, lzop and many
other archive formats.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/file-roller/2.18/file-roller-2.18.4.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/file-roller/2.18/file-roller-2.18.4.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: f651f951d5c1c24288c1a25b1f567be0
• Download size: 1.1 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 21 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

File Roller Dependencies

Required
libgnomeui-2.18.1 and GNOME Doc Utils-0.10.3

Optional
intltool-0.35.5 and Nautilus-2.18.3

Installation of File Roller

Install File Roller by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
--libexecdir=$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib \
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 \
--localstatedir=/var/lib \
--disable-nautilus-actions &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in
/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.

828
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--localstatedir=/var/lib: This parameter is used so that all ScrollKeeper files are installed in, and the
ScrollKeeper database is properly updated in /var/lib/scrollkeeper instead of some files being installed in
$GNOME_PREFIX/var/scrollkeeper.
--disable-nautilus-actions: This parameter is required if Nautilus is not installed. Remove the parameter
if Nautilus is installed.

Contents
Installed Program: file-roller
Installed Libraries: A Nautilus extension
Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/lib/file-roller,
$GNOME_PREFIX/share/{,gnome/help/ ,omf/}file-roller

Short Descriptions
file-roller is an archiver for GNOME.

829
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

gcalctool-5.9.14
Introduction to gcalctool
gcalctool is a powerful graphical calculator with financial, logical and scientific modes. It uses a multiple precision
package to do its arithmetic to give a high degree of accuracy.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gcalctool/5.9/gcalctool-5.9.14.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gcalctool/5.9/gcalctool-5.9.14.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: dd51bc2fa9e53a3b6d7b3264e1059296
• Download size: 1.1 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 20 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

gcalctool Dependencies
Required
libgnomeui-2.18.1 and GNOME Doc Utils-0.10.3

Optional
intltool-0.35.5

Installation of gcalctool
Install gcalctool by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \

--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 \
--localstatedir=/var/lib \
--mandir=$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in
/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.

830
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--localstatedir=/var/lib: This parameter is used so that all ScrollKeeper files are installed in, and the
ScrollKeeper database is properly updated in /var/lib/scrollkeeper instead of some files being installed in
$GNOME_PREFIX/var/scrollkeeper.
--mandir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man: This parameter causes
the man.(X) files to be installed in $GNOME_PREFIX/share/man/man(X) instead of $GNOME_
PREFIX/man/man(X).

Contents
Installed Programs: gcalctool and gnome-calculator
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/{gnome/help/, omf/}gcalctool

Short Descriptions
gcalctool is a desktop calculator for GNOME.
gnome-calculator is a symlink to the gcalctool program.

831
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GConf Editor-2.18.0
Introduction to GConf Editor
The GConf Editor package contains a GUI editor for the GConf configuration database.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gconf-editor/2.18/gconf-editor-2.18.0.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gconf-editor/2.18/gconf-editor-2.18.0.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: cbaefa1ff8a548a3d381c67aed426fb7
• Download size: 694 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 9 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

GConf Editor Dependencies

Required
libgnomeui-2.18.1 and GNOME Doc Utils-0.10.3

Optional
intltool-0.35.5

Installation of GConf Editor

Install GConf Editor by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 \
--localstatedir=/var/lib &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in
/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.
--localstatedir=/var/lib: This parameter is used so that all ScrollKeeper files are installed in, and the
ScrollKeeper database is properly updated in /var/lib/scrollkeeper instead of some files being installed in
$GNOME_PREFIX/var/scrollkeeper.

832
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Program: gconf-editor
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/{gnome/help, omf, pixmaps}/gconf-editor

Short Descriptions
gconf-editor allows direct modification of the GConf configuration database.

833
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GDM-2.18.3
Introduction to GDM
The GDM package contains GNOME's Display Manager daemon. This is useful for allowing configurable graphical
logins.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gdm/2.18/gdm-2.18.3.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gdm/2.18/gdm-2.18.3.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 08555fce34d247062625c1a451a4d5a6
• Download size: 3.4 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 64 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU

GDM Dependencies

Required
libgnomecanvas-2.14.0, GNOME Doc Utils-0.10.3, and librsvg-2.16.1

Optional
intltool-0.35.5, Zenity-2.18.2, Linux-PAM-0.99.10.0, TCP Wrapper-7.6, ConsoleKit, and OpenAFS
If you configure GDM to offer secure connections to remote machines, you will need to have Zenity-2.18.2,
OpenSSH-4.7p1 and which-2.19 installed.

Installation of GDM
It is recommended to have a dedicated user and group to take control of the gdm-binary daemon after it is started.
Issue the following commands as the root user:

groupadd -g 21 gdm &&

useradd -c "GDM Daemon Owner" -d /dev/null \
-g gdm -s /bin/bash -u 21 gdm

Install GDM by running the following commands as an unprivileged user:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \

--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 \
--localstatedir=/var/lib \
--libexecdir=$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gdm \
--mandir=$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man \
--with-pam-prefix=/etc &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

834
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in
/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.
--localstatedir=/var/lib: This command puts files in /var/lib instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/var.
This also has the downside affect of using /var/lib/log/gdm as the log directory. See the “Configuration
Information” section below for instructions on relocating the log file directory.
--libexecdir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gdm: This parameter is used
so that the GDM internal support programs are installed in the preferred location of $GNOME_PREFIX/lib/gdm
instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/libexec.
--mandir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man: This parameter causes
the man.(X) files to be installed in $GNOME_PREFIX/share/man/man(X) instead of $GNOME_
PREFIX/man/man(X).
--with-pam-prefix=/etc: This command puts PAM configuration files in /etc/pam.d instead of
/etc/gnome/2.18.3.

Configuring GDM
Config Files
/etc/gnome/2.18.3/gdm/custom.conf, $GNOME_PREFIX/share/gdm/defaults.conf

Configuration Information
Starting with the 2.14.x version of GNOME, the default configuration parameters are stored in a static file
($GNOME_PREFIX/share/gdm/defaults.conf). This file is not intended to be edited. If modification of the
configuration is necessary, you should add parameters to the /etc/gnome/2.18.3/gdm/custom.conf file.
The settings in this file will override the settings in the static file. The same parameters in the static file are used in
the configuration file.
Change the directory containing the GDM log files to the /var/log hierarchy by creating a directory and modifying
the /etc/gnome/2.18.3/gdm/custom.conf configuration file. Issue the following commands as the root
user:

install -v -m755 -d /var/log/gdm &&

sed -i.orig "/\[daemon\]/ a LogDir=/var/log/gdm" \
/etc/gnome/2.18.3/gdm/custom.conf &&
rmdir -v /var/lib/log/gdm &&
rmdir -v /var/lib/log

835
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

The GDM PAM configuration files contain modules not present in a BLFS installation. If you have PAM installed,
issue the following commands as the root user to replace those files with files containing correctly specified
modules:

cat > /etc/pam.d/gdm << "EOF"

auth required pam_unix.so
auth requisite pam_nologin.so
account required pam_unix.so
password required pam_unix.so
session required pam_unix.so

EOF
cat > /etc/pam.d/gdm-autologin << "EOF"
auth required pam_env.so
auth requisite pam_nologin.so
auth required pam_permit.so
account required pam_unix.so
password required pam_unix.so
session required pam_unix.so

EOF

If you have D-BUS installed and you want to start the session D-BUS daemon when you start the GNOME desktop
environment using gdm, you'll need to create a new Xsession file. Create the file using the following command as
the root user.

cat > $GNOME_PREFIX/share/xsessions/gnome-dbus.desktop << "EOF"

[Desktop Entry]
Encoding=UTF-8
Name=GNOME with D-BUS
Comment=GNOME Desktop with D-BUS support
Exec=dbus-launch --exit-with-session gnome-session
TryExec=/usr/bin/dbus-launch
Icon=
Type=Application

EOF
chmod -v 644 $GNOME_PREFIX/share/xsessions/gnome-dbus.desktop

Choose this session using the session selection dialog on the display manager login screen. You also have the
opportunity to make this your default session.

Note
You may use the .desktop file created above as an example to create additional .desktop files and
add any other desired items to the GDM display manager session selection menu.

gdm can be tested by executing it as the root user. Use the gdm-stop command if you wish to stop the display
manager.

836
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Boot Script
To start a graphical login when the system is booted, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/gdm init script included in
the blfs-bootscripts-20080816 package. If your GNOME_PREFIX environment variable is anything other than /usr
or /opt/gnome-2.18.3, you will need to modify the PATH statement in the script to include the path where you
have GNOME installed.

make install-gdm

Now edit /etc/inittab so that the line containing:

id:3:initdefault:

is changed to:

id:5:initdefault:

Contents
Installed Programs: gdm, gdm-binary, gdm-dmx-reconnect-proxy, gdm-restart, gdm-safe-restart,
gdm-stop, gdmXnest, gdmXnestchooser, gdmdynamic, gdmflexiserver,
gdmphotosetup, gdmsetup, and gdmthemetester
Installed Libraries: lib*mouselistener.{so,a} GTK+ modules
Installed Directories: /etc/gnome/2.18.3/{,g}dm, /var/lib/gdm, /var/log/gdm and the following directories in
$GNOME_PREFIX/: share/{,gnome/help/ ,omf/}gdm

Short Descriptions
gdm is a wrapper script to execute the GDM binary, the configurable GNOME based login
prompt.
gdm-restart sends the HUP signal to the GDM daemon so that it restarts. It's used after the config file
is edited
gdm-safe-restart sends the USR1 signal to the GDM daemon so that it restarts. It's used after the config
file is edited.
gdmsetup is a graphical interface to edit the gdm.conf file.

837
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

gedit-2.18.2
Introduction to gedit
The gedit package contains a lightweight UTF-8 text editor for the GNOME desktop.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gedit/2.18/gedit-2.18.2.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gedit/2.18/gedit-2.18.2.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 7e8bf29bd6bf0d17ceaf42d9bd5d94e6
• Download size: 3.4 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 80 MB
• Estimated build time: 1.1 SBU (includes spell-check support and Python plugins)

gedit Dependencies

Required

libgnomeui-2.18.1, libgnomeprintui-2.18.0, GNOME Doc Utils-0.10.3, gtksourceview-1.8.5, and which-2.19

Optional (to Provide Spell-Checking Capability)

ISO Codes-1.2 and Enchant*

Optional (to Provide Python Bindings and Plugins)

PyGTK-2.10.6 (including the gtk, pango and gtk.libglade modules) and Gnome-Python-Desktop-2.18.0 (including
the gtksourceview module)

Optional

intltool-0.35.5, GTK-Doc-1.8, libattr

* Aspell-0.60.5 is just one of many backend spell libraries Enchant can use. See the Enchant project page (URL
above) for additional information about the available backends.

Installation of gedit
Install gedit by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \

--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 \
--localstatedir=/var/lib \
--disable-spell &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

838
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in
/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.
--localstatedir=/var/lib: This parameter is used so that all ScrollKeeper files are installed in, and the
ScrollKeeper database is properly updated in /var/lib/scrollkeeper instead of some files being installed in
$GNOME_PREFIX/var/scrollkeeper.
--disable-spell: This parameter disables spell-checking capability and is required if Enchant is not installed.
Remove the parameter if Enchant is installed.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Contents
Installed Programs: gedit and gnome-text-editor
Installed Libraries: gedit plugin modules
Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/gedit-2.16, lib/gedit-2,
share/{gedit-2, {gnome/help, omf}/gedit}

Short Descriptions
gedit is a lightweight text editor integrated with the GNOME desktop.
gnome-text-editor is a symlink to gedit.

839
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GNOME Games-2.18.2.1
Introduction to GNOME Games
The GNOME Games package contains games. Starting with GNOME-2.8, the background graphics, artwork and
themes for the games are supplied in a separate package. You can download the GNOME Games Extra Data package
from http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-games-extra-data/2.18/.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-games/2.18/gnome-games-2.18.2.1.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-games/2.18/gnome-games-2.18.2.1.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: c3434a724cd72a536ba48d9187f10697
• Download size: 7.5 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 118 MB
• Estimated build time: 1.8 SBU

GNOME Games Dependencies

Required
libgnomeui-2.18.1, GNOME Doc Utils-0.10.3, Gnome-Python-Desktop-2.18.0, and librsvg-2.16.1

Optional
intltool-0.35.5, EsounD-0.2.37, Guile-1.8.2 (to build the AisleRiot solitaire games), and GGZ (to enable network
gaming; see the GNOME Games README file for the specific GGZ packages you will need)
See the glchess/README file for additional optional dependencies for the chess game.

Installation of GNOME Games

Some of the GNOME Games game binaries need to be setgid to track high scores. Create a separate user and group
for games. See the README file in the source directory for more information:
install -v -m755 -d /var/lib/games &&
groupadd -g 60 games &&
useradd -c 'Games High Score Owner' -d /var/lib/games \
-g games -s /bin/false -u 60 games &&
chown -v games:games /var/lib/games
Install GNOME Games by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 \
--localstatedir=/var/lib &&
make
To test the results, issue make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install

840
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in
/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.
--localstatedir=/var/lib: This parameter is used so that all ScrollKeeper files are installed in,
and the ScrollKeeper database is properly updated in /var/lib/scrollkeeper instead of $GNOME_
PREFIX/var/scrollkeeper and also causes the game programs to use /var/lib/games as the directory
holding the high score files.
--disable-setgid: This will prevent the setgid bit on the executables from being set. It provides system
administrators with the option to disable setgid binaries, though it also means that the functionality to save high game
scores will be disabled.

Contents
Installed Programs: blackjack, glchess, glines, gnect, gnectd, gnibbles, gnibblesd, gnobots2,
gnome-gnuchess, gnome-sudoku, gnometris, gnomine, gnotravex, gnotski, gtali, iagno,
iagnod, mahjongg, same-gnome, and sol
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: share/{{many game names},
{,omf/}gnome-games, {,help,pixmaps,sound}/{game names}, /var/lib/games

Short Descriptions
See the README file in the source tree for a description of each game.

841
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GNOME Keyring Manager-2.18.0

Introduction to GNOME Keyring Manager
The GNOME Keyring Manager package contains a keyring management program for the GNOME Desktop. This is
useful for maintenance of a keyring database using a graphical user interface.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-keyring-manager/2.18/gnome-keyring-
manager-2.18.0.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-keyring-manager/2.18/gnome-keyring-
manager-2.18.0.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 05183cdea9d933cb1e9a8f4202c6ffc0
• Download size: 455 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 8 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

GNOME Keyring Manager Dependencies

Required

libgnomeui-2.18.1 and GNOME Doc Utils-0.10.3

Optional

intltool-0.35.5

Installation of GNOME Keyring Manager

Install GNOME Keyring Manager by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \

--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 \
--localstatedir=/var/lib \
--mandir=$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.

842
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in

/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.
--localstatedir=/var/lib: This parameter is used so that all ScrollKeeper files are installed in, and the
ScrollKeeper database is properly updated in /var/lib/scrollkeeper instead of some files being installed in
$GNOME_PREFIX/var/scrollkeeper.
--mandir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man: This parameter causes
the man.(X) files to be installed in $GNOME_PREFIX/share/man/man(X) instead of $GNOME_
PREFIX/man/man(X).

Contents
Installed Program: gnome-keyring-manager
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/{,gnome/help/ ,omf/}gnome-keyring-manager

Short Descriptions
gnome-keyring-manager is a graphical key management tool for GNOME. It allows the user to create, delete,
and otherwise manipulate keys and keyrings which can be used to store passwords.

843
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GNOME Media-2.18.0
Introduction to GNOME Media
The GNOME Media package contains GNOME's media applications.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-media/2.18/gnome-media-2.18.0.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-media/2.18/gnome-media-2.18.0.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: a472d8c7733b119376bc6127ee55a82d
• Download size: 3.0 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 44 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU

GNOME Media Dependencies

Required
ScrollKeeper-0.3.14, EsounD-0.2.37, and libgnomeui-2.18.1

Optional
GStreamer Base Plug-ins-0.10.13 (required to build the sound mixer), GStreamer Good Plug-ins-0.10.6 (required to
build the sound recorder), Nautilus CD Burner-2.18.2 (required to build the CD player), an MTA (that provides a
sendmail command), intltool-0.35.5, and DocBook-utils-0.6.14

Installation of GNOME Media

Install GNOME Media by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 \
--localstatedir=/var/lib \
--libexecdir=$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gnome-media &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in
/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.

844
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--localstatedir=/var/lib: This parameter is used so that all ScrollKeeper files are installed in, and the
ScrollKeeper database is properly updated in /var/lib/scrollkeeper instead of some files being installed in
$GNOME_PREFIX/var/scrollkeeper.
--libexecdir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gnome-media:
This parameter causes the libexec files to be installed in the preferred location of $GNOME_
PREFIX/lib/gnome-media instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/libexec.

Contents
Installed Programs: CDDBSlave2, cddb-slave2-properties, cddb-track-editor,
gnome-audio-profiles-properties, gnome-cd, gnome-sound-recorder,
gnome-volume-control, gstreamer-properties and vumeter
Installed Libraries: libcddb-slave2.{so,a}, libgnome-media-profiles.{so,a} and a
libgnome-media-profiles.{so,a} Glade library
Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/:
include/{cddb-slave2,gnome-media}, lib/gnome-media,
share/{gnome-{media,sound-recorder}, gnome/help/{gnome-{cd, sound-recorder,
volume-control}, grecord, gstreamer-properties}, gstreamer-properties,
omf/gnome-media, pixmaps/gnome-{cd, media}}

Short Descriptions
gnome-cd is GNOME's CD Player.
gnome-sound-recorder is GNOME's recorder.
gnome-volume-control is GNOME's mixer with volume applet.
gstreamer-properties is a GUI front-end to GStreamer's audio/video input/output parameters.
vumeter is a visual volume meter.

845
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

gnome-mount-0.6
Introduction to gnome-mount
The gnome-mount package contains programs for mounting, unmounting and ejecting storage devices. The goal for
gnome-mount is to get the appropriate GNOME software (such as gnome-volume-manager and GNOME-VFS) to
use this instead of invoking mount/umount/eject or direct HAL invoking methods.
All the gnome-mount programs utilize the methods on HAL and as such run unprivileged. The rationale for
gnome-mount is to have a centralized place (in GConf) where settings (e.g., mount options and mount locations)
are maintained.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://people.freedesktop.org/~david/dist/gnome-mount-0.6.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: d2612aecfa73806e072316033d78b203
• Download size: 466 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 6 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

gnome-mount Dependencies
Required
gnome-keyring-0.8.1 and HAL-0.5.9.1

Optional
Nautilus-2.18.3, libnotify, and intltool-0.35.5

Installation of gnome-mount
Install gnome-mount by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in
/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.

846
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: gnome-eject, gnome-mount and gnome-umount
Installed Libraries: libgnome-mount.{so,a} Nautilus extention
Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/gnome-mount

Short Descriptions
gnome-mount is used to automatically mount storage media and other removable media.
gnome-umount is a symbolic link to gnome-mount used to automatically unmount storage media and other
removable media.
gnome-eject is a symbolic link to gnome-mount used to automatically open and close (if supported by the
drive) the drive door and tray in CD/DVD drives.

847
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GNOME Netstatus-2.12.1
Introduction to GNOME Netstatus
The GNOME Netstatus package contains a panel applet that monitors network interfaces. It provides indicators for
incoming and outgoing data, packets received and transmitted, and information about the network interface such as
IP information and Ethernet address.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-netstatus/2.12/gnome-netstatus-2.12.1.tar.
bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-netstatus/2.12/gnome-netstatus-2.12.1.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 8651ca1694a6c222ae5cad6e21814d24
• Download size: 500 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 9 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

GNOME Netstatus Dependencies

Required

GNOME Panel-2.18.3

Installation of GNOME Netstatus

Install GNOME Netstatus by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \

--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 \
--localstatedir=/var/lib \
--libexecdir=$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gnome-netstatus &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in
/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.

848
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--localstatedir=/var/lib: This parameter is used so that all ScrollKeeper files are installed in, and the
ScrollKeeper database is properly updated in /var/lib/scrollkeeper instead of some files being installed in
$GNOME_PREFIX/var/scrollkeeper.
--libexecdir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gnome-netstatus:
This parameter causes the libexec files to be installed in the preferred location of in $GNOME_
PREFIX/lib/gnome-netstatus instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/libexec.

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Applet: gnome-netstatus-applet
Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/{,gnome/help/ ,omf/}gnome-netstatus

Short Descriptions
gnome-netstatus-applet displays information about a network interface on your panel.

849
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

gnome-screensaver-2.18.2
Introduction to gnome-screensaver
The gnome-screensaver package contains a screen saver and locker designed to have simple, sane, secure defaults
and be well integrated with the desktop. It supports locking down of configuration settings, has translations into many
languages and convenient user switching.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-screensaver/2.18/gnome-screensaver-2.18.
2.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-screensaver/2.18/gnome-screensaver-2.18.2.
tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: b5931e1f39c62acee0df1fcf016ddc39
• Download size: 2.0 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 21 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

gnome-screensaver Dependencies

Required

libgnomeui-2.18.1 and gnome-menus-2.18.3

Optional

intltool-0.35.5, libexif-0.6.16, Linux-PAM-0.99.10.0, libgnomekbd-2.18.2, XScreenSaver-5.03 (and libxslt-1.1.22),

GDM-2.18.3, and xmlto

Installation of gnome-screensaver
Note
Optional Features
1. If you have XScreenSaver installed and wish to import any or all of the “hacks” into gnome-screensaver
themes, set the following environment variable (modify it if XScreenSaver is installed in a non-standard
location):

XSAVERDIR=/usr/share/xscreensaver/config

Also add the following parameter to the configure script below:

--with-xscreensaverdir=$XSAVERDIR

2. If you have GDM installed and wish to provide user-switching from the gnome-screensaver unlock-screen
dialog box, add the following parameter to the configure script below:

--with-gdm-config=/etc/gnome/2.18.3/gdm/custom.conf

850
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Install gnome-screensaver by running the following commands:

sed -i 's|etc/pam\.d"|etc"|' data/Makefile.in &&
./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 \
--libexecdir=$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gnome-screensaver \
--with-pam-prefix=/etc &&
make
If you have XScreenSaver installed and wish to import any or all of the “hacks” into gnome-screensaver themes,
you'll need to identify which “hacks” you wish to import. The commands below will import all of them. If you want to
import less than all of them, modify the setting of the XSAVERLIST environment variable below (listing the desired
hacks by filename without the extension, space delimited) and issue the following commands:
mkdir xscreensavers &&
cd xscreensavers &&

XSAVERLIST="*" &&

for SAVERLIST in $(ls ${XSAVERDIR}/${XSAVERLIST}.xml); do

../data/migrate-xscreensaver-config.sh $SAVERLIST
done &&

unset XSAVERDIR
unset XSAVERLIST
unset SAVERLIST

cd ..
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&

GNOMEDOCDIR="$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/doc/gnome-screensaver-2.18.2" &&

install -v -m644 -D doc/gnome-screensaver.html \

${GNOMEDOCDIR}/gnome-screensaver.html &&
unset GNOMEDOCDIR
If you identified some, or all, XScreenSaver hacks to be imported into gnome-screensaver, install them by issuing
the following commands as the root user:
install -v -m755 -d $(pkg-config --variable=prefix \
ORBit-2.0)/share/gnome-screensaver/themes/xscreensaver &&
install -v -m644 xscreensavers/*.desktop \
$(pkg-config --variable=prefix \
ORBit-2.0)/share/gnome-screensaver/themes/xscreensaver

851
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Command Explanations
sed -i 's|etc/pam\.d"|etc|' data/Makefile.in: This command is used so that an erroneous message to copy the PAM
configuration file is not displayed.
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in
/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.
--libexecdir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gnome-screensaver:
This parameter causes the libexec files to be installed in the preferred location of $GNOME_
PREFIX/lib/gnome-screensaver instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/libexec.
--with-pam-prefix=/etc: This parameter is used so that the Linux-PAM configuration file for the
gnome-screensaver application is installed in the correct location. You may omit this parameter if you don't have
Linux-PAM installed, though it won't affect the build if you don't.

Configuring gnome-screensaver
Config Files
/etc/pam.d/gnome-screensaver, /etc/gnome/2.18.3/gdm/custom.conf

Configuration Information

General Configuration

Most of the gnome-screensaver configuration parameters can be modified using the Screensaver menu item from
the Desktop—Preferences drop-down menu. Some of the fine-tuning parameters are only available using GConf
Editor-2.18.0.

Linux-PAM Configuration

If you have Linux-PAM installed, the just-installed gnome-screensaver configuration file does not work with
a BLFS system. Replace the existing file with one that can be used on a BLFS system by issuing the following
command as the root user:

cat > /etc/pam.d/gnome-screensaver << "EOF"

# File: /etc/pam.d/gnome-screensaver

auth required pam_unix.so

account required pam_unix.so
session required pam_unix.so
password required pam_unix.so

EOF
chmod -v 644 /etc/pam.d/gnome-screensaver

852
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

User-Switching Configuration
If you have GDM installed and you passed the --with-gdm-config= option to the configure script, the
screen-unlocking dialog box will contain an option to “Switch Users”. This user switching option uses the same
configuration as GDM to determine what users are displayed in this dialog. You can use the GDM configuration
option from the GDM login screen, or you can directly edit the /etc/gnome/2.18.3/gdm/custom.conf file
to modify the settings.

Contents
Installed Programs: gnome-screensaver, gnome-screensaver-command and
gnome-screensaver-preferences
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/{doc/gnome-screensaver-2.18.2, gnome-screensaver,
pixmaps/backgrounds/cosmos}

Short Descriptions
gnome-screensaver is a screensaver and screen-locking program designed to work seamlessly with the
GNOME desktop.

853
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GNOME System Monitor-2.18.2

Introduction to GNOME System Monitor
The GNOME System Monitor package contains gnome-system-monitor, GNOME's replacement for gtop.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-system-monitor/2.18/gnome-system-
monitor-2.18.2.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-system-monitor/2.18/gnome-system-monitor-2.
18.2.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 860047e636522af2c068dddb5df883bd
• Download size: 1.7 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 23 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

GNOME System Monitor Dependencies

Required
GNOME Virtual File System-2.18.1, GNOME Icon Theme-2.18.0, GNOME Doc Utils-0.10.3, libwnck-2.18.3, and
LibGTop-2.14.9

Optional
intltool-0.35.5

Recommended (by the package developer) Run-time Component

libgksu2

Installation of GNOME System Monitor

Install GNOME System Monitor by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \

--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 \
--localstatedir=/var/lib &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.

854
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in

/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.
--localstatedir=/var/lib: This parameter is used so that all ScrollKeeper files are installed in, and the
ScrollKeeper database is properly updated in /var/lib/scrollkeeper instead of some files being installed in
$GNOME_PREFIX/var/scrollkeeper.

Contents
Installed Program: gnome-system-monitor
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/{gnome/help, omf}/gnome-system-monitor

Short Descriptions
gnome-system-monitor displays the process tree and hardware meters.

855
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GNOME Utilities-2.18.1
Introduction to GNOME Utilities
The GNOME Utilities package contains a collection of small applications designed to make your life a little easier.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-utils/2.18/gnome-utils-2.18.1.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-utils/2.18/gnome-utils-2.18.1.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 10e8bd928d099a0d1f70919c8b7b7784
• Download size: 4.0 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 55 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU

GNOME Utilities Dependencies

Required
GNOME Panel-2.18.3, libgnomeprintui-2.18.0, and LibGTop-2.14.9

Optional
intltool-0.35.5, Linux-PAM-0.99.10.0 (only if consolehelper is also installed), and HAL-0.5.9.1

Installation of GNOME Utilities

Install GNOME Utilities by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 \
--localstatedir=/var/lib \
--libexecdir=$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gnome-utils \
--mandir=$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in
/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.

856
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--localstatedir=/var/lib: This parameter is used so that all ScrollKeeper files are installed in, and the
ScrollKeeper database is properly updated in /var/lib/scrollkeeper instead of some files being installed in
$GNOME_PREFIX/var/scrollkeeper.
--libexecdir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/bonobo: This parameter
causes the libexec files to be installed in the preferred location of $GNOME_PREFIX/lib/gnome-utils instead
of $GNOME_PREFIX/libexec.
--mandir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man: This parameter causes
the man.(X) files to be installed in $GNOME_PREFIX/share/man/man(X) instead of $GNOME_
PREFIX/man/man(X).
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.
--with-pam-prefix=/etc/pam.d: This parameter causes the PAM files to be installed in the correct location
of /etc/pam.d instead of /etc/gnome/2.18.3.

Contents
Installed Programs: gfloppy, gnome-dictionary, gnome-panel-screenshot, gnome-screenshot,
gnome-search-tool, and gnome-system-log
Installed Libraries: libgdict-1.0.{so,a}
Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/gdict-1.0,
lib/gnome-utils, share/{gnome-{screenshot, system-log, utils}, gnome/help/{gfloppy,
gnome-dictionary, gnome-search-tool, gnome-system-log} omf/gnome-utils,
pixmaps/gsearchtool}

Short Descriptions
gfloppy formats floppy disks under Linux.
gnome-dictionary allows you to look up definitions and spelling of words.
gnome-screenshot is used to capture the contents of the current desktop as a graphics formatted file.
gnome-search-tool allows you to search for files on your system using simple and advanced search options.
gnome-system-log allows you to monitor and view system log files.

857
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

gnome-volume-manager-2.17.0
Introduction to gnome-volume-manager
The gnome-volume-manager package contains a volume manager for GNOME. It is a desktop-level daemon that
enforces volume-related policy in response to events received from HAL. This is useful for automatic mounting of
floppy diskettes, CDROMs and removable storage devices. It can also be used to automatically run a program in
response to other hotplug events such as plugging in USB printers or cameras, or inserting DVDs and music CDs.
The goal of gnome-volume-manager is to implement all functionality as a state-machine in response to asynchronous
events from HAL. It is one component in a larger plan to fully integrate all levels of the Linux system, from the kernel
on up through the desktop and its applications.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-volume-manager/2.17/gnome-volume-
manager-2.17.0.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-volume-manager/2.17/gnome-volume-
manager-2.17.0.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 104cec26e721e0bba69debd392367195
• Download size: 341 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 11 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

gnome-volume-manager Dependencies
Required
libgnomeui-2.18.1 and HAL-0.5.9.1

Optional
intltool-0.35.5, Nautilus-2.18.3, and libnotify

Installation of gnome-volume-manager
Install gnome-volume-manager by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 \
--disable-multiuser &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.

858
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in

/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.
--disable-multiuser: Without this parameter, gnome-volume-manager will only allow the user who is at the
active console to manage volumes. This is determined through the Linux-PAM-0.99.10.0 module pam_console. If
your system is configured to use pam_console, you can drop this parameter.

Configuring gnome-volume-manager
Configuration Information
Proper operation of this package is dependant upon the hald daemon running on the system. Ensure the hald daemon
is running before attempting to start or configure gnome-volume-manager. Configuration is accomplished using the
“Removable Drives and Media” graphical interface found on the “Desktop”—“Preferences” drop-down menu. You
can also run the gnome-volume-properties command from the command line to bring up the configuration interface.
Note that the gnome-volume-manager daemon program should be started when your GNOME desktop environment
is started. This should be automatically configured during the installation of gnome-volume-manager.
The “Disk Mounter” applet can be installed in the control panel for visual display status of removable media. Installing
this applet in the panel is accomplished using conventional methods.

Contents
Installed Programs: gnome-volume-manager and gnome-volume-properties
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/gnome-volume-manager

Short Descriptions
gnome-volume-manager is the manager daemon, designed to be run at the desktop level. It is a simple
policy engine that implements a state machine in response to events from
HAL. Responding to these events, it implements automount, autorun, autoplay,
automatic photo management, and so on.
gnome-volume-properties is a control panel applet for gnome-volume-manager. It is also provides a
graphical configuration interface.

859
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

gucharmap-1.10.0
Introduction to gucharmap
gucharmap is a Unicode character map and font viewer. It allows you to browse through all the available Unicode
characters and categories for the installed fonts, and to examine their detailed properties. It is an easy way to find the
character you might only know by its Unicode name or code point.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gucharmap/1.10/gucharmap-1.10.0.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gucharmap/1.10/gucharmap-1.10.0.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: a0e01bcff2bc5e35ec88f60a383051d3
• Download size: 2.5 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 30 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

gucharmap Dependencies
Required
GTK+-2.10.13 and XML::Parser-2.34

Optional
GNOME Doc Utils-0.10.3 (to build the user manual), libgnomeui-2.18.1, and intltool-0.35.5

Installation of gucharmap
Note
The instructions below are based on installing the package into a GNOME-2 environment. If, for whatever
reason, you're installing this package without having ORBit2 and the core GNOME-2 libraries installed,
you'll need to modify the --prefix= parameter on the configure script to point to your desired installation
path (e.g., --prefix=/usr).

Install gucharmap by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
--localstatedir=/var/lib &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.

860
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--localstatedir=/var/lib: This parameter is used so that all ScrollKeeper files are installed in, and the
ScrollKeeper database is properly updated in /var/lib/scrollkeeper instead of some files being installed in
$GNOME_PREFIX/var/scrollkeeper.

Contents
Installed Programs: charmap, gnome-character-map, and gucharmap
Installed Library: libgucharmap.so
Installed Directories: The following subdirectories $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/gucharmap and
share/{gnome/help/,omf/}/gucharmap

Short Descriptions
gucharmap is a Unicode character map and font viewer.

861
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Nautilus CD Burner-2.18.2
Introduction to Nautilus CD Burner
The Nautilus CD Burner package provides an easy method to write files to a CD or DVD burner with GNOME; by
drag-and-dropping files using the GNOME file manager, Nautilus.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/nautilus-cd-burner/2.18/nautilus-cd-burner-2.18.2.
tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/nautilus-cd-burner/2.18/nautilus-cd-burner-2.18.2.
tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: fee9ec2f398a6b1eacfd59e239d06837
• Download size: 740 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 15 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Nautilus CD Burner Dependencies

Required
Nautilus-2.18.3 and HAL-0.5.9.1

Optional
gnome-mount-0.6 and intltool-0.35.5
Though Nautilus CD Burner happily passes all the configure script checks and then builds successfully without them,
the Cdrtools-2.01 and dvd+rw-tools-7.0 packages are required to be installed or you won't be able to create ISO
filesystems or burn CDs and DVDs.

Installation of Nautilus CD Burner

Install Nautilus CD Burner by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 \
--libexecdir=$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/nautilus-cd-burner &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.

862
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in

/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.
--libexecdir=`pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0`/lib/nautilus-cd-burner:
This parameter causes the libexec files to be installed in the preferred location of $GNOME_
PREFIX/lib/nautilus-cd-burner instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/libexec.

Contents
Installed Programs: nautilus-cd-burner
Installed Libraries: libnautilus-burn.so and gnome-vfs and nautilus modules
Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/libnautilus-burn,
lib/nautilus-cd-burner and share/nautilus-cd-burner

Short Descriptions
nautilus-cd-burner is an extension to Nautilus that lets you burn CDs easily.

863
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Sound Juicer-2.16.4
Introduction to Sound Juicer
The Sound Juicer package contains the sound-juicer program, a simple and clean CD ripping tool. This is useful for
extracting the audio tracks from audio compact discs and converting them into audio files. It can also play the audio
tracks directly from the CD, allowing you to preview the CD before ripping it. Sound Juicer is designed to be easy to
use, and to work with little user intervention. When you start sound-juicer it will examine the CD in the drive and
try to locate information about the audio tracks using the MusicBrainz service.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/sound-juicer/2.16/sound-juicer-2.16.4.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/sound-juicer/2.16/sound-juicer-2.16.4.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: bcf1f77027b1d1d4c1667b20c6448122
• Download size: 1.2 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 15 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Sound Juicer Dependencies

Required

Nautilus CD Burner-2.18.2, GNOME Media-2.18.0, GStreamer Base Plug-ins-0.10.13 (for the cdparanoiasrc,
gnomevfssink and vorbisenc plugins), and libmusicbrainz-2.1.5

Optional

intltool-0.35.5, GStreamer Good Plug-ins-0.10.6 (for the flacenc and wavenc plugins), libcdio (which can use
CDParanoia-III-9.8, libcddb, and VCDImager), and TagLib

Optional (Run-Time Only to Encode in MP3 Format)

GStreamer Ugly Plug-ins-0.10.6 (for the lame plugin)

Note
At a minimum you should have the following plugins configured into the GStreamer installation:
cdparanoiasrc and gnomevfssink. If either of these plugins are not configured into the GStreamer setup,
Sound Juicer will fail at run-time. Additionally, if you need to encode in Ogg Vorbis, FLAC, Wave or MP3
formats, you should ensure the vorbisenc, flacenc, wavenc and lame plugins are configured into GStreamer.
You can easily determine if you have the necessary plugins configured by using the gst-inspect program.
Here is an example:

gst-inspect | grep cdparanoiasrc

864
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Installation of Sound Juicer

Install Sound_Juicer by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \

--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 \
--localstatedir=/var/lib &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in
/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.
--localstatedir=/var/lib: This parameter is used so that all ScrollKeeper files are installed in, and the
ScrollKeeper database is properly updated in /var/lib/scrollkeeper instead of some files being installed in
$GNOME_PREFIX/var/scrollkeeper.

Configuring Sound Juicer

Configuration Information
Configuration is accomplished by using the “Preferences” drop-down menu option. For information on how to
configure sound-juicer to use LAME as the default encoding method (creating MP3 files as the default) see the
Sound Juicer Help section.

Contents
Installed Program: sound-juicer
Installed Libraries: none
Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/{,gnome/help/ ,omf/}sound-juicer

Short Descriptions
sound-juicer is a graphical CD extraction (ripping) tool based on GNOME-2 and GStreamer.

865
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Totem-2.18.2
Introduction to Totem
The Totem package contains the official movie player of the GNOME desktop environment based on GStreamer or
Xine Libraries. It features a playlist, a full-screen mode, seek and volume controls, as well as keyboard navigation.
This is useful for playing any GStreamer or Xine Libraries supported file, DVD, VCD or digital CD.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/totem/2.18/totem-2.18.2.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/totem/2.18/totem-2.18.2.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: a77ca6f0c56b2fc6ececd8158bb0cdca
• Download size: 2.0 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 48 MB
• Estimated build time: 1.0 SBU

Totem Dependencies

Required

GNOME Icon Theme-2.18.0, GNOME Desktop-2.18.3, ISO Codes-1.2, and GStreamer Good Plug-ins-0.10.6
(default back-end) or xine Libraries-1.1.12 (secondary back-end)
If you anticipate using Totem to play DVDs, you should use the Xine Libraries backend by passing
--enable-xine to the configure script as the the GStreamer backend does not work properly. If you elect to
use the default GStreamer backend anyway, ensure you built GStreamer Good Plugins with GConf support or the
configure script will fail.

Optional

intltool-0.35.5, Nautilus-2.18.3, HAL-0.5.9.1, SeaMonkey-1.1.9 or Firefox-2.0.0.15 (to build the browser plug-in),
libirman, LIRC, Gromit (required for the telestrator mode), and NvTv Simple
Note: libdvdcss-1.2.9 is a run-time requirement if you wish to play encrypted DVDs

Installation of Totem
Install Totem by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \

--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 \
--localstatedir=/var/lib \
--libexecdir=$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/totem \
--mandir=$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

866
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in
/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.
--localstatedir=/var/lib: This parameter is used so that all ScrollKeeper files are installed in, and the
ScrollKeeper database is properly updated in /var/lib/scrollkeeper instead of some files being installed in
$GNOME_PREFIX/var/scrollkeeper.
--libexecdir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/totem: This parameter is
used so that the movie player browser plugin is installed in the preferred location of $GNOME_PREFIX/lib/totem
instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/libexec.
--mandir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man: This parameter causes
the man.(X) files to be installed in $GNOME_PREFIX/share/man/man(X) instead of $GNOME_
PREFIX/man/man(X).

Configuring Totem
Configuration Information
There are no configuration files that need to be directly edited. Configuration is accomplished by setting the desired
values in the various menu options accessed via the totem graphical interface.

Contents
Installed Programs: totem, totem-video-thumbnailer and optionally, vanity
Installed Libraries: libtotem-plparser.{so,a}, a Nautilus extension plugin and optionally, a Mozilla video
plugin
Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/totem, lib/totem,
share/{,gnome/help/ ,omf/}totem

Short Descriptions
totem is a GNOME-desktop movie player.
totem-video-thumbnailer is a video thumbnailer for the GNOME desktop used internally by GNOME
applications such as Nautilus to generate PNG thumbnails of video files. While
it is possible to invoke it manually, it is usually done automatically by Nautilus.

867
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Zenity-2.18.2
Introduction to Zenity
Zenity is a rewrite of gdialog, the GNOME port of dialog which allows you to display GTK+ dialog boxes from the
command line and shell scripts.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/zenity/2.18/zenity-2.18.2.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/zenity/2.18/zenity-2.18.2.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 6eb60cebdfddd7f9ad302d0b5477382e
• Download size: 1.7 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 11 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Zenity Dependencies

Required
libgnomecanvas-2.14.0 and GNOME Doc Utils-0.10.3

Optional
libnotify and intltool-0.35.5

Installation of Zenity
Install Zenity by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \

--localstatedir=/var/lib \
--mandir=$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.
--localstatedir=/var/lib: This parameter is used so that all ScrollKeeper files are installed in, and the
ScrollKeeper database is properly updated in /var/lib/scrollkeeper instead of some files being installed in
$GNOME_PREFIX/var/scrollkeeper.

868
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--mandir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man: This parameter causes

the man.(X) files to be installed in $GNOME_PREFIX/share/man/man(X) instead of $GNOME_
PREFIX/man/man(X).

Contents
Installed Programs: gdialog and zenity
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/{,gnome/help/ ,omf/}zenity

Short Descriptions
gdialog is a Perl wrapper script which can be used with legacy scripts.
zenity is a program that will display GTK+ dialogs, and return the user's input.

869
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

AT SPI-1.18.1
Introduction to AT SPI
The AT SPI package contains the Assistive Technology Service Provider Interface. This is useful for redirecting UI
events to accessible applications and adaptive/assistive technologies.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/at-spi/1.18/at-spi-1.18.1.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/at-spi/1.18/at-spi-1.18.1.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 46c531204df5d39f7e83822372b0ce69
• Download size: 780 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 22 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

AT SPI Dependencies
Required
GAIL-1.18.0 and libbonobo-2.18.0

Optional
intltool-0.35.5 and GTK-Doc-1.8

Installation of AT SPI
Install AT SPI by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
--libexecdir=$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/at-spi &&
make
This package does not come with a functional test suite. Review the README file for additional information about
testing the package.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.
--libexecdir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/at-spi: This parameter
causes the libexec files to be installed in the preferred location of $GNOME_PREFIX/lib/at-spi instead of
$GNOME_PREFIX/libexec.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

870
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: libspi.{so,a}, libcspi.{so,a}, libloginhelper.{so,a}, the libatk-bridge.so GTK+ module,
and ORBit-2.0 Accessibility modules
Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/at-spi-1.0, lib/at-spi,
share/{gtk-doc/html/at-spi-cspi, idl/at-spi-1.0}

Short Descriptions
at-spi-registryd is the registry daemon that allows communication between the UI and assistance devices.

871
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GNOME Magnifier-0.14.6
Introduction to GNOME Magnifier
The GNOME Magnifier includes a screen magnifier, which allows you to zoom in on portions of the desktop. It is
expressly designed for users with low vision who wish to use the GNOME desktop.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-mag/0.14/gnome-mag-0.14.6.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-mag/0.14/gnome-mag-0.14.6.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: c5eafb3c492d2b84c37b9a12e3b7a19e
• Download size: 468 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 20 MB (includes building reference docs)
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

GNOME Magnifier Dependencies

Required
AT SPI-1.18.1

Optional (to Build the Colorblind Applet)

GNOME Desktop-2.18.3, colorblind, PyGTK-2.10.6 (including the gtk and gtk.libglade modules), PyORBit-2.14.3,
Gnome-Python-2.18.2 (including the gnome.ui module), and Gnome-Python-Desktop-2.18.0 (including the
gnomeapplet module)

Optional
intltool-0.35.5 and Doxygen-1.5.2

Installation of GNOME Magnifier

If Doxygen-1.5.2 is installed, the reference documentation is automatically generated. Install GNOME Magnifier by
running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
For full functionality of this package, you should install the libgail-gnome-1.18.0 package.

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.

872
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in

/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.

Contents
Installed Program: magnifier
Installed Library: libgnome-mag.so
Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/gnome-mag-1.0,
lib/colorblind-applet, lib/python2.5/site-packages/colorblind,
share/{colorblind,doc/gnome-mag-0.14.6,gnome-mag,idl/gnome-mag-1.0}

Short Descriptions
magnifier is a screen zooming utility.

873
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GNOME Speech-0.4.16
Introduction to GNOME Speech
The GNOME Speech package provides a simple general API for producing text-to-speech output. Multiple backends
are supported by the GNOME Speech library, but currently only the Festival backend is built by default; the other
backends require either Java or proprietary software.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-speech/0.4/gnome-speech-0.4.16.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-speech/0.4/gnome-speech-0.4.16.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 381e2e9126e102ace9abb452c9087141
• Download size: 308 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 6 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

GNOME Speech Dependencies

Required

libbonobo-2.18.0

Optional Backend Drivers

Java Access Bridge-1.18.0, FreeTTS-1.2.1, DECtalk, eSpeak, Festival, Loquendo, Speech Dispatcher, Speechworks
ETI Eloquence, Swift, Theta, and ViaVoice

Installation of GNOME Speech

Note
You must install at least one of the backend drivers for GNOME Speech to render speech through the audio
hardware. You should test the installation of the backend driver and ensure it produces desired results before
installing GNOME Speech.

Install GNOME Speech by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m644 -D doc/gnome-speech.html \
$(pkg-config --variable=prefix \
ORBit-2.0)/share/doc/gnome-speech-0.4.16/gnome-speech.html

874
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.
--with-jab-dir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/jar: Use this option
if you have installed the Java Access Bridge package and wish to have GNOME Speech build in Java support.
Note: see the README and INSTALL files in the package source tree for the correct parameters to pass to configure
to enable the desired backends.

Testing the Installation

You can test all the available backend drivers, voices and audio hardware using the test-speech command. Invoking
test-speech produces a menu allowing you to select a backend driver and the desired voice, then prompts you (with
on-screen prompts and text-to-speech audio) for additional information.
If you are using the FreeTTS backend and you do not hear any audio, you may need to use the streaming audio method
instead of the clip audio method. As the root user, modify the freetts-synthesis-driver script:

sed -i "s/clip/streaming/" $GNOME_PREFIX/bin/freetts-synthesis-driver

Contents
Installed Programs: festival-synthesis-driver, freetts-synthesis-driver, speechd-synthesis-driver and
test-speech
Installed Library: libgnomespeech.{so,a}. Other drivers and libraries are also installed if you have
enabled additional backends.
Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/gnome-speech-1.0,
share/{doc/gnome-speech-0.4.16, gnome-speech, idl/gnome-speech-1.0}

Short Descriptions
test-speech is used to test the various backend drivers and voices installed on the system.
libgnomespeech.{so,a} provides the API for programs to convert text into speech.

875
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GOK-1.2.5
Introduction to GOK
GOK is a dynamic onscreen keyboard. It features Direct Selection, Dwell Selection, Automatic Scanning and Inverse
Scanning access methods and includes word completion.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gok/1.2/gok-1.2.5.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gok/1.2/gok-1.2.5.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 2ef1f171385a37f93408dbca7ecfdf11
• Download size: 1.2 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 50 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU

GOK Dependencies

Required
EsounD-0.2.37, ScrollKeeper-0.3.14, AT SPI-1.18.1, libwnck-2.18.3, libgnomeui-2.18.1, and GNOME
Speech-0.4.16

Optional
libusb-0.1.12, intltool-0.35.5, and GTK-Doc-1.8

Installation of GOK
Install GOK by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \

--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 \
--localstatedir=/var/lib &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

chmod -v 644 $(pkg-config --variable=prefix
ORBit-2.0)/share/gnome/help/gok/C/legal.xml

For full functionality of this package, you should install the libgail-gnome-1.18.0 package.

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.

876
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in

/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.
--localstatedir=/var/lib: This parameter is used so that all ScrollKeeper files are installed in, and the
ScrollKeeper database is properly updated in /var/lib/scrollkeeper instead of some files being installed in
$GNOME_PREFIX/var/scrollkeeper.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Configuring GOK
Configuration Information
It is recommended that you configure your input device as an “Extended” input device. Exact configuration methods
depend on the type of hardware attached to your system. See the README file in the package source tree and GOK
Help for information on how to configure your input device.

Contents
Installed Programs: gok and create-branching-keyboard
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/:
share/{,gnome/help/ ,gtk-doc/html ,omf}gok

Short Descriptions
gok is a dynamic onscreen keyboard utility.

877
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Java Access Bridge-1.18.0

Introduction to Java Access Bridge
The Java Access Bridge package contains Java components which connect the built-in accessibility support in Java
Swing applications to the GNOME Accessibility framework, specifically the Assistive Technology Service Provider
Interface (AT-SPI).

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/java-access-bridge/1.18/java-access-bridge-1.18.0.
tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/java-access-bridge/1.18/java-access-bridge-1.18.0.tar.
bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 9d250af333d03a091be06d2baab8cad4
• Download size: 108 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 7 MB
• Estimated build time: 1.2 SBU

Java Access Bridge Dependencies

Required
AT SPI-1.18.1 and JDK-6 Update 5

Installation of Java Access Bridge

Install Java Access Bridge by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&

cat $(pkg-config --variable=prefix \

ORBit-2.0)/share/jar/accessibility.properties \
>> $JAVA_HOME/jre/lib/accessibility.properties &&
chmod -v 644 $JAVA_HOME/jre/lib/accessibility.properties &&

ln -v -sf $(pkg-config --variable=prefix \

ORBit-2.0)/share/jar/gnome-java-bridge.jar \
$JAVA_HOME/jre/lib/ext

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.

878
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

cat $(pkg-config ...: This command appends to (or creates) the Java runtime accessibility.properties file
required for Java Access Bridge.
ln -v -sf $(pkg-config ...: This command creates a link from the Access Bridge jar file to the Java runtime library
extensions directory.

Configuring Java Access Bridge

Config Files
~/.orbitrc

Configuration Information
Before running a Java program with the Java Access Bridge, you should ensure that your GNOME 2 installation
enables CORBA traffic over IP from the ORBit2 ORB. Do this by adding the following line to ~/.orbitrc using
the following command:

cat >> ~/.orbitrc << "EOF"

ORBIIOPIPv4=1

EOF

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: gnome-java-bridge.jar and JNav.jar
Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/jar

Short Descriptions
gnome-java-bridge.jar is a Java runtime environment extension that connects the built-in accessibility
support in Java Swing applications to the GNOME Accessibility framework.

879
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libgail-gnome-1.18.0
Introduction to libgail-gnome
The libgail-gnome package contains the GNOME Accessibility Implementation library additions which implement
ATK interfaces for libbonoboui and libgnomeui widgets.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgail-gnome/1.18/libgail-gnome-1.18.0.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgail-gnome/1.18/libgail-gnome-1.18.0.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 2dd239118bf252c7b1e3d1701cd8a954
• Download size: 223 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 3 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

libgail-gnome Dependencies
Required
GNOME Panel-2.18.3 and AT SPI-1.18.1

Installation of libgail-gnome
Install libgail-gnome by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Library: libgail-gnome.so GTK+ module
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
libgail-gnome.so library module is a GAIL addition which implements ATK interfaces for libbonoboui and
libgnomeui widgets.

880
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Orca-2.18.1
Introduction to Orca
Orca enables users with limited vision, or no vision, to use the GNOME desktop and applications effectively. It
provides a number of features, including magnification, focus tracking, braille output, automatic screen reading and
more.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/orca/2.18/orca-2.18.1.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/orca/2.18/orca-2.18.1.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 764f170af318c3ffd63b9cdfdcd19248
• Download size: 934 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 17 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Orca Dependencies
Required
AT SPI-1.18.1, PyORBit-2.14.3, and Gnome-Python-2.18.2

Optional
intltool-0.35.5, GNOME Speech-0.4.16 (required for speech-enabled screen reading), GNOME Magnifier-0.14.6
(required for screen magnification), BRLTTY (required for braille output, must have Pyrex installed first)

Installation of Orca
Install Orca by running the following commands:

if [ $(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) != "/usr" ]; then

sed -i "s|PATH=\"|&$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/bin:|" \
src/orca/orca.in
fi

./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-pydoc &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/orca-2.18.1 &&

install -v -m644 docs/pydoc/*.html \
/usr/share/doc/orca-2.18.1

881
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

For full functionality of this package, you should install the libgail-gnome-1.18.0 package.

Command Explanations
if [ ... != "/usr" ]; then ...; fi: This command is used to add the GNOME prefix bin directory to the hard-coded
PATH statement in the script if the GNOME prefix is anything other than /usr.
--enable-pydoc: This parameter is used to build the documentation. Remove it if you don't want the
documentation (also remove the installation commands).

Contents
Installed Program: orca
Installed Libraries: Python assistive technology (accessiblity) modules
Installed Directories: /usr/lib/python2.5/site-packages/orca and /usr/share/orca

Short Descriptions
orca is a GUI menu interface used to access and configure the various functionality parameters provided for users
with limited vision.

882
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Part IX. X Software

 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 31. Individual Office Programs

This chapter is a collection of independent projects that can be installed based on specific needs. Together, they create
a respectable office suite. While they may be lacking in user interface consistency, they excel in doing one thing
and doing it well.

884
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

AbiWord-2.4.6
Introduction to AbiWord
The AbiWord package contains a word processing application. This is useful for writing reports, letters and other
formatted documents.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.abisource.com/downloads/abiword/2.4.6/source/abiword-2.4.6.tar.bz2
•
• Download MD5 sum: 8ed5fb282b9741aca75b9e47500d39a1
• Download size: 25 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 262 MB (additional 210 MB to build and install the API docs)
• Estimated build time: 4.5 SBU (to build and install the program, docs and all plugins)

AbiWord Dependencies

Required

FriBidi-0.10.8 and libgnomeprintui-2.18.0

Optional

libgnomeui-2.18.1 (for GNOME-2 support), gucharmap-1.10.0, Enchant (uses Aspell-0.60.5), wv (with libwmf
installed first), and Valgrind

Optional for Plugins

libgsf-1.14.7 (to build the OpenDocument/OpenOffice plugin), Poppler-0.5.4 (for the pdf plugin, requires installing
with unsupported xpdf headers), librsvg-2.16.1, Nautilus-2.18.3 (for GNOME-2 support), GOffice-0.6.1 (you must
use a version of GOffice <0.3.0), Link Grammar, Aiksaurus, libgnomedb version <1.3.0* (requires libgda version
<1.3.0), libwmf, GtkMathView (requires Gnome DOM Bindings which requires gdome2), libwpd, OTS, and Psiconv

* The libgda/libgnomedb stack required for AbiWord database access may conflict with the versions used by the
Gnumeric-1.8.2 database plugin. Though the libraries themselves pose no conflict, the executables and support files
will overwrite one another. Note that the current (version 3.0.x) stack does not pose a conflict with any of the previous
versions (but does not support AbiWord or Gnumeric database access. AbiWord requires versions <1.3.0 (1.2.2 is
known to work).

885
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Installation of AbiWord
Install AbiWord by running the following commands:

cd abi &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make &&

cd ../abiword-plugins &&
sed -i 's/dictionary_file)/reinterpret_cast<const unsigned char *>(&)/' \
tools/ots/xp/AbiOts.cpp &&

./configure --prefix=/usr --without-inter7eps &&

make &&

cd ..

If you wish to create the API documentation, Doxygen-1.5.2 must be installed and issue the following commands:

pushd abi &&

doxygen &&
popd

This package's test suite requires Valgrind. Though the end message will indicate the tests failed, there will actually
be many tests that run to a successful completion. Run the tests by issuing the following commands:

pushd abi &&

make check &&
popd

Now, as the root user:

cd abi &&
make install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/abiword-2.4.6 &&

install -v -m644 docs/*.* \
/usr/share/doc/abiword-2.4.6 &&

cd ../abiword-plugins &&
make install &&

cd ..

AbiWord is now installed and must be used to build the Help files. Issue the following commands as an unprivileged
user:

pushd abiword-docs &&

./make-html.sh &&
cd ..

886
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Then as the root user, install the help files:

install -v -m644 man/abiword.1 /usr/share/man/man1 &&
install -v -m644 Manual/en/Abiword_Manual.abw \
/usr/share/doc/abiword-2.4.6 &&
cp -v -Rf help /usr/share/AbiSuite-2.4/AbiWord &&
find /usr/share/AbiSuite-2.4/AbiWord/help \
-type d -exec chmod -v 755 {} \;
If you have a GNOME installation, issue the following commands as the root user to install the AbiWord Bonobo
component description file:
install -v -m644 abidistfiles/GNOME_AbiWord_Control_2_4.server \
$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/bonobo/servers &&

if [ $(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) != "/usr" ]; then

rmdir -v /usr/lib/{bonobo/servers,bonobo}
fi
If you built the API documentation, install it by issuing the following commands as the root user:
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/abiword-2.4.6/api &&

for FILENAME in $(ls abi/docs/dox/html); do

install -v -m644 abi/docs/dox/html/${FILENAME} \
/usr/share/doc/abiword-2.4.6/api
done

Command Explanations
--without-inter7eps: Some of the headers from the EPS package are not compatible with GCC-4.1.2. This
parameter prevents linking to the package and incurring a build failure.
sed -i '...' tools/ots/xp/AbiOts.cpp : This command is used to fix an incompatibility with GCC and the libots package.
if [ ... != "/usr" ]; then ...;fi: This command is used to remove unneeded directories if the GNOME installation is
in any prefix other than /usr.

Configuring AbiWord
Config File
~/.AbiSuite/templates/normal.awt

Configuration Information
Choose the right template for your language and locale from the list produced by the following command:
ls /usr/share/AbiSuite-2.4/templates
Create the folder ~/.AbiSuite/templates then copy the normal.awt you want into it:
install -v -m750 -d ~/.AbiSuite/templates &&
install -v -m640 /usr/share/AbiSuite-2.4/templates/normal.awt-<lang> \
~/.AbiSuite/templates/normal.awt

887
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Change <lang> in the above command to fit the name of the file you want.
If you have desktop-file-utils-0.13 installed, you should run the update-desktop-database command to update the
mimeminfo cache and allow the Help system to work.

Contents
Installed Programs: abiword, AbiWord-2.4, ttfadmin.sh, and ttftool
Installed Libraries: Numerous plugin library support modules
Installed Directories: /usr/lib/AbiWord-2.4 and /usr/share/AbiSuite-2.4

Short Descriptions
abiword is a symbolic link to the main AbiWord-2.4 executable.
AbiWord-2.4 is the word-processing program executable.
ttfadmin.sh generates support files required by AbiWord for each TrueType font in a given directory.
ttftool is a utility for processing TrueType fonts.

888
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Gnumeric-1.8.2
Introduction to Gnumeric
The Gnumeric package contains a spreadsheet program. This is useful for mathematical analysis.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnumeric/1.8/gnumeric-1.8.2.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnumeric/1.8/gnumeric-1.8.2.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: f60edc6ca42daa2fb3717f3c90fa8a6e
• Download size: 14.0 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 206 MB
• Estimated build time: 3.0 SBU (includes creating HTML documentation)

Gnumeric Dependencies

Required

libgnomeprintui-2.18.0 and GOffice-0.6.1

Optional

PyGTK-2.10.6, libgnomeui-2.18.1 (combined with the libgsf-gnome-1 library from the libgsf-1.14.7 package
will provide GNOME-2 support), libgnomedb* (requires libgda), pxlib, Psiconv, Hildon, Gnome Basic (this package
is no longer under active development), and Valgrind (to run some of the testsuite)
* The libgda/libgnomedb stack required for Gnumeric database access may conflict with the versions used by the
AbiWord-2.4.6 database plugin. Though the libraries themselves pose no conflict, the executables and support files
will overwrite one another. Note that the current (version 3.0.x) stack does not pose a conflict with any of the previous
versions (but does not support Gnumeric or AbiWord database access. Gnumeric requires versions >1.2.x and <2.x.x
(1.99.1 is known to work).

Note
Though only a run-time dependency, if you don't install the Yelp-2.18.1 package, the built-in help
functionality in Gnumeric will not be available.

Installation of Gnumeric
Install Gnumeric by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 \
--localstatedir=/var/lib &&
make

This package requires that it is installed before the test suite is run. The commands to run the tests are located a bit
later in the instructions.

889
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

If you have GNOME Doc Utils-0.10.3 installed you can create an HTML version of the Help documentation by
issuing the following commands:

./configure \
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix gnome-doc-utils) &&
make -C doc html

If you created the HTML documentation, install it by issuing the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/gnumeric-1.8.2/figures/icons &&

install -v -m644 doc/C/figures/*.png \
/usr/share/doc/gnumeric-1.8.2/figures &&
install -v -m644 doc/C/figures/icons/*.png \
/usr/share/doc/gnumeric-1.8.2/figures/icons &&
install -v -m644 doc/C/html/* \
/usr/share/doc/gnumeric-1.8.2 &&

ln -v -s /usr/share/xml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets-1.71.1/images \
/usr/share/doc/gnumeric-1.8.2/stylesheet

If you wish to install the Developer documentation, issue the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/gnumeric-1.8.2/developer &&

install -v -m644 doc/developer/* \
/usr/share/doc/gnumeric-1.8.2/developer &&

rm -v /usr/share/doc/gnumeric-1.8.2/developer/Makefile*

Command Explanations
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in
/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.
--localstatedir=/var/lib: This parameter is used so that all ScrollKeeper files are installed in, and the
ScrollKeeper database is properly updated in /var/lib/scrollkeeper instead of some files being installed in
$GNOME_PREFIX/var/scrollkeeper.
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix gnome-doc-utils): This rebuilds the Makefiles
with the same prefix used in the GNOME Doc Utils installation.

Testing gnumeric
If you wish to run the testuite, issue:

make check

Two of the seven tests fail because the scripts they use are missing, two others fail for unknown reasons.

890
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: gnumeric, gnumeric-1.8.2, ssconvert, and ssindex
Installed Libraries: libspreadsheet and numerous filters, plugins and GNOME components
Installed Directories: /usr/lib/gnumeric, /usr/share/doc/gnumeric-1.8.2, and /usr/share/{,gnome/help/, omf/,
pixmaps/}gnumeric

Short Descriptions
gnumeric is a symlink to gnumeric-1.8.2
gnumeric-1.8.2 is GNOME's spreadsheet application.
ssconvert is a command line utility to convert spreadsheet files between various spreadsheet file formats.
ssindex is a command line utility to generate index data for spreadsheet files.

891
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GnuCash-2.2.4
Introduction to GnuCash
GnuCash is a personal finance manager.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.gnucash.org/pub/gnucash/sources/stable/gnucash-2.2.4.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.at.gnucash.org/pub/gnucash/gnucash/sources/stable/gnucash-2.2.4.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: f521cea858ee7223325114ec98de86ca
• Download size: 6.8 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 163 MB (additional 50 MB if running test suite; additional 124 MB for API docs)
• Estimated build time: 3.1 SBU (additional 1.8 SBU to run the test suite; additional 0.3 SBU for docs)

Additional Downloads
• Help documentation: http://www.gnucash.org/pub/gnucash/sources/stable/gnucash-docs-2.2.0.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 97a29e499baca1807a3944ae3c0ad61e
• Download size: 10.0 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 27 MB (additional 41 MB for html and pdf)
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (additional 0.4 SBU for html and pdf)

GnuCash Dependencies
Required
Guile-1.8.2, SLIB-3a4, GOffice-0.6.1, and GtkHTML-3.14.3

Optional
PostgreSQL-8.2.4, Guile-www, and Electric Fence

Optional (Required for the Help System)

ScrollKeeper-0.3.14 and Yelp-2.18.1 (run-time requirement to view the Help documents)

Optional (for On-Line Banking)

LibOFX (requires OpenSP-1.5.2 and cURL-7.16.3), KtoBlzCheck, and AqBanking (requires Gwenhywfar and
libchipcard3)

Installation of GnuCash
Install GnuCash by running the following commands:
sed -i 's|xml::${sysconfdir}|xml::/etc/gnome/2.18.3|' configure &&

./configure \
--prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--libexecdir=/usr/lib \
--with-gconf-schema-file-dir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3/gconf/schemas &&
make

892
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

If you wish to create the API documentation in HTML format, you must have Doxygen-1.5.2 and Graphviz-2.12
installed, then issue: make doc. If you wish to create the API Design Guide in several formats, you must have
teTeX-3.0 installed and issue: make -C src/doc/design html pdf ps.

To test the results, issue make check. All tests should pass. An easy way to look at the results of the tests is to issue
grep -A1 ============== check.log (this is assuming you redirected the output from the tests to the indicated
filename).

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

mv -v /usr/share/gnucash/doc /usr/share/doc/gnucash-2.2.4 &&

ln -v -s ../doc/gnucash-2.2.4 /usr/share/gnucash/doc &&

for FILENAME in doc/{misc*,gnome*,generic*,build*}.txt \

doc/{gtkrc*,TRANSLATION_HOWTO,README.translator.txt} \
doc/README.{build-system,OFX,HBCI}
do
install -v -m644 ${FILENAME} /usr/share/doc/gnucash-2.2.4
done &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/gnucash-2.2.4/api/engine &&

install -v -m644 src/doc/{TODO*,*.txt,*.html} \
/usr/share/doc/gnucash-2.2.4/api &&
install -v -m644 src/engine/*.txt \
/usr/share/doc/gnucash-2.2.4/api/engine

If you built the API HTML or Design Guide documentation, issue the following commands (modified as necessary,
depending on what docs are being installed) as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/gnucash-2.2.4/{design,api}/html &&

install -v -m644 src/doc/design/gnucash-design.html/* \
/usr/share/doc/gnucash-2.2.4/design/html &&
install -v -m644 src/doc/design/gnucash-design.{pdf,ps,dvi} \
/usr/share/doc/gnucash-2.2.4/design &&
install -v -m644 src/doc/html/* \
/usr/share/doc/gnucash-2.2.4/api/html

If you want to install the Help documentation system, you must have ScrollKeeper-0.3.14 installed. Then unpack the
additional tarball, change into the gnucash-docs-2.2.0 source directory and issue the following commands as
an unprivileged user:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
--localstatedir=/var/lib &&
make

893
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

HTML versions of the Help Manual and Users Guide can be created if the DocBook XML tools are installed
(libxslt-1.1.22, DocBook XML DTD-4.5 and DocBook XSL Stylesheets-1.71.1). A PDF version of the Users Guide
can be created if you have DocBook-utils-0.6.14 and JadeTeX-3.13 installed. Issue the following commands to create
the documentation (modify as appropriate for your desires):

make -C help html &&

make -C guide html &&
make -C guide pdf

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you built the Help Manual or Users Guide, install them using the following commands as the root user (modify
as necessary):

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/gnucash-2.2.0/{users_guide,help} &&

cp -v -R help/C/gnucash-help/* \
/usr/share/doc/gnucash-2.2.0/help &&
cp -v -R guide/C/gnucash-guide/* \
/usr/share/doc/gnucash-2.2.0/users_guide &&
install -v -m644 guide/C/gnucash-guide.pdf \
/usr/share/doc/gnucash-2.2.0

Note that you must have Yelp-2.18.1 installed in order to view the Help documents using the default GnuCash method.

Command Explanations
sed -i 's|xml::${sysconfdir}|xml::/etc/gnome/2.18.3|' configure: This command is used because the location of
the GConf source database is hard-coded into the configure script as $sysconfdir/gconf (rendering the
--with-gconf-source parameter useless). The modification ensures that the GConf database is properly
updated while still allowing the package configuration files to be installed in /etc/gnucash.

--sysconfdir=/etc: This installs configuration files in /etc/gnucash instead of /usr/etc/gnucash.

--with-gconf-schema-file-dir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3/gconf/schemas: This parameter ensures

that the GConf schema files are installed in the proper location instead of /etc/gconf.

mv -v /usr/share/gnucash/doc /usr/share/doc/gnucash-2.2.4 and ln -v -s ../doc/gnucash-2.2.4

/usr/share/gnucash/doc: These commands are used to relocate the documentation files to the customary location
and create a symbolic link to the original location.

--localstatedir=/var/lib: This parameter is used so that all ScrollKeeper files are installed in, and the
ScrollKeeper database is properly updated in /var/lib/scrollkeeper instead of some files being installed in
$GNOME_PREFIX/var/scrollkeeper.

--enable-sql: This parameter is required if you want to build in SQL support using PostgreSQL.

--enable-hbci: This parameter is required if you want to build in on-line banking support using AqBanking. See
doc/README.HBCI in the GnuCash source tree for complete information.

894
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Configuring GnuCash
Configuration Information
If you wish to use GnuCash to retrieve stock price quotes, you'll need to install the following Perl modules:
libwww-perl-5.806, Date::Manip-5.54, HTML::Parser-3.56, HTML::TableExtract-2.10, Crypt::SSLeay-0.56 [376],
and Finance::Quote-1.13. Alternatively, you can run the /usr/bin/gnc-fq-update script as the root user.

Contents
Installed Programs: gnc-fq-check, gnc-fq-dump, gnc-fq-helper, gnc-fq-update, gnc-test-env,
gnucash, gnucash-bin, gnucash-env, gnucash-make-guids, gnucash-valgrind, and
update-gnucash-gconf
Installed Libraries: libgnc-backend-file-utils.so, libgnc-backend-postgres.so,
libgnc-business-ledger.so,libgnc-core-utils.so, libgnc-gnome.so, libgnc-module.so,
libgnc-qof.so and numerous support libraries installed in /usr/lib/gnucash
Installed Directories: /etc/gnucash, /usr/include/gnucash, /usr/lib/gnucash, and the following subdirectories
of /usr/share/: doc/gnucash-2.2.4, gnome/help/gnucash, gnucash, omf/gnucash-docs,
and /xml/gnucash

Short Descriptions
gnucash is a personal finance manager.

895
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GIMP-2.2.17
Introduction to GIMP
The GIMP package contains the GNU Image Manipulation Program. This is useful for photo retouching, image
composition and image authoring.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gwdg.de/pub/misc/grafik/gimp/gimp/v2.2/gimp-2.2.17.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gimp.org/pub/gimp/v2.2/gimp-2.2.17.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 4f509ed4a605452d88e04045ff388d58
• Download size: 13.1 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 310 MB (additional 314 MB to install the help system)
• Estimated build time: 4.6 SBU (additional 0.6 SBU to run the test suite and additional 9.1 SBU to build the help
files)

Additional Downloads
Help System

• Optional help files: ftp://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/svn/g/gimp-help-2-0.12.tar.gz

• Download MD5 sum: fc1e2153eafa04fa701b23818029c3e1
• Download size: 59.8 MB

GIMP Dependencies

Required

GTK+-2.10.13, libart_lgpl-2.3.19, and XML::Parser-2.34

Recommended

libjpeg-6b and LibTIFF-3.8.2

Note
If the recommended dependencies are not installed, the configure switches below will need to be modified
as explained in the section called “Command Explanations” below.

Optional

libmng-1.0.9, librsvg-2.16.1, AAlib-1.4rc5, little cms-1.16, libexif-0.6.16, libxslt-1.1.22, ALSA-1.0.13,

libgtkhtml-2.11.1 (required to build the help system browser plugin), libwmf, PyGTK-2.10.6 (including the gtk and
pango modules), Gimp-Print version 4.2.7, an MTA (that provides a sendmail program), and GTK-Doc-1.8

Optional (for Building Documentation from the Help Tarball)

libxslt-1.1.22, DocBook XML DTD-4.5, and DocBook XSL Stylesheets-1.71.1

896
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Installation of GIMP
Install GIMP by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-print &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/gimp-2.2.17 &&
install -v -m644 docs/{Wilber*,keybindings.txt,quick_reference.ps} \
/usr/share/doc/gimp-2.2.17

The gimp-help tarball contains a help system designed for use with external web browsers, the internal GIMP help
browser, and HTML renderers. The tarball only contains the XML sources, so you will need the xsltproc program
from libxslt-1.1.22 to build the HTML files.
If you downloaded the gimp-help tarball, unpack it and change into the root of the newly created source tree (as
an unprivileged user). Issue the following commands to install the help files:

./configure &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
-disable-print: This option disables print support and is required if the obsolete Gimp-Print package is not
installed. Print support for the Gimp can be provided later by installing the Gutenprint-5.0.1 package.
--without-libjpeg: This option is necessary if libjpeg is not installed.
--without-libtiff: This option is necessary if libtiff is not installed.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Configuring GIMP
Config Files
/etc/gimp/2.0/* and ~/.gimp-2.0/gimprc

Configuration Information
GIMP executes a configuration wizard for each user upon their initial use of the program.

897
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GIMP executes the mozilla web browser by default to view the help files. If you do not have Mozilla, or prefer
a different web browser, you can set a new system value in /etc/gimp/2.0/gimprc. Execute the following
command as the root user, replacing <browser> with your preferred web browser:

echo '(web-browser "<browser> %s")' >> /etc/gimp/2.0/gimprc

Contents
Installed Programs: gimp, gimp-2.2, gimp-remote, gimp-remote-2.2, and gimptool-2.0
Installed Libraries: libgimp-2.0.so, libgimpbase-2.0.so, libgimpcolor-2.0.so, libgimpmath-2.0.so,
libgimpmodule-2.0.so, libgimpthumb-2.0.so, libgimpui-2.0.so, libgimpwidgets-2.0.so,
and many other modules and plugin libraries
Installed Directories: /etc/gimp, /usr/include/gimp-2.0, /usr/lib/gimp, /usr/share/doc/gimp-2.2.17,
/usr/share/gimp and
/usr/share/gtk-doc/html/libgimp{,base,color,math,module,thumb,widgets}

Short Descriptions
gimp is a symbolic link to gimp-2.2.
gimp-2.2 is an image manipulation program. It works with a variety of image formats and
provides a large selection of tools.
gimp-remote is a symbolic link to gimp-remote-2.2.
gimp-remote-2.2 is a small utility that tells a running GIMP to open a local or remote image file.
gimptool-2.0 is a tool that can build plug-ins or scripts and install them if they are distributed
in one source file. gimptool-2.0 can also be used by programs that need to know
what libraries and include-paths GIMP was compiled with.
libgimp-2.0.so provides C bindings for GIMP's Procedural Database (PDB) which offers an
interface to core functions and to functionality provided by plug-ins.
libgimpbase-2.0.so provides the C functions for basic GIMP functionality such as determining
enumeration data types, gettext translation, determining GIMP's version number
and capabilities, handling data files and accessing the environment.
libgimpcolor-2.0.so provides the C functions relating to RGB, HSV and CMYK colors as well
as converting colors between different color models and performing adaptive
supersampling on an area.
libgimpmath-2.0.so contains C functions which provide mathematical definitions and macros,
manipulate 3x3 transformation matrices, set up and manipulate vectors and the
MD5 message-digest algorithm.
libgimpmodule-2.0.so provides the C functions which implements module loading using GModule and
keeps a list of GimpModule's found in a given searchpath.
libgimpthumb-2.0.so provides the C functions for handling GIMP's thumbnail objects.
libgimpui-2.0.so contains the GIMP common user interface functions.
libgimpwidgets-2.0.so contains GIMP and GTK widget creation and manipulation functions.

898
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Evolution-2.10.3
Introduction to Evolution
The Evolution package contains an integrated mail, calendar and address book suite designed for the GNOME-2
environment.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/evolution/2.10/evolution-2.10.3.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/evolution/2.10/evolution-2.10.3.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 09cc60b037849b3c9b34961eb7da217f
• Download size: 26 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 355 MB
• Estimated build time: 10 SBU

Evolution Dependencies

Required

GtkHTML-3.14.3, GNOME Doc Utils-0.10.3, and Evolution Data Server-1.10.3

Recommended (For SSL and S/MIME support)

NSS-3.11.7

The NSS package is not required if you have Firefox-2.0.0.15, Thunderbird-2.0.0.12, SeaMonkey-1.1.9 or Mozilla
installed. These packages contain internal copies of NSS (or they used a system-installed copy). If any of the four
packages are installed, one way or another you will already have NSS/NSPR libraries on your system.

Optional

OpenLDAP-2.3.39, HAL-0.5.9.1, D-Bus GLib Bindings-0.74, GNOME Spell, Heimdal-1.1 or MIT Kerberos V5-1.6,
krb4, GNOME Pilot conduits (requires pilot-link-0.12.2 then GNOME Pilot), GStreamer-0.8.x, NetworkManager
(download), libnotify, Mono, intltool-0.35.5, GTK-Doc-1.8, and DocBook-utils-0.6.14

Installation of Evolution
Install Evolution by running the following commands:

899
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Note
The instructions below assume you have the NSS/NSPR libraries installed on your system. If you elected
not to install NSS (or one of the other packages mentioned above), you'll need to remove the following two
parameter settings from the configure command below:

--enable-nss
--enable-smime

The Evolution configure script only looks for the stand-alone NSS package and the Mozilla and Firefox
browsers for the NSS/NSPR libraries. If you are using Thunderbird as your source for the NSS/NSPR
libraries, you will have to add the following two parameter settings to the configure command below:

--with-nspr-includes=/usr/include/nspr
--with-nss-includes=/usr/include/nss

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \

--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 \
--localstatedir=/var/lib \
--libexecdir=$(pkg-config \
--variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib \
--enable-nntp \
--enable-nss \
--enable-smime &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

ln -v -s evolution-2.10 \
$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/bin/evolution

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in
/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.
--localstatedir=/var/lib: This parameter is used so that all ScrollKeeper files are installed in, and the
ScrollKeeper database is properly updated in /var/lib/scrollkeeper instead of some files being installed in
$GNOME_PREFIX/var/scrollkeeper.
--libexecdir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib: This parameter causes the
libexec files to be installed in the preferred location of $GNOME_PREFIX/lib/evolution instead of $GNOME_
PREFIX/libexec/evolution.

900
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--enable-nntp: This parameter is used to build the Usenet news (NNTP) backend.
--enable-nss: This parameter is used to pull in the Mozilla Network Security Services libraries for SSL support.
--enable-smime: This parameter is used to pull in the Mozilla Network Security Services libraries for S/MIME
support.
--with-openldap: This parameter will compile LDAP support into Evolution.
--with-krb5: This parameter will compile Kerberos5 support into Evolution.
--with-pilot-conduits: This parameter will build the GNOME Pilot conduits allowing you to synchronize
Evolution data on a Palm device.
ln -v -s evolution-2.10 $(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/bin/evolution: This optional command creates
a convenience symlink to the evolution-2.10 binary.
--with-kde-applnk-path=<$KDE_PREFIX/share/applnk>: Use this parameter if you wnat the
installation process to create a .desktop file in the KDE global desktop file directory.

Contents
Installed Programs: evolution and evolution-2.10
Installed Libraries: $GNOME_PREFIX/lib/evolution/2.10/* (contains support libraries, conduits, and
other components)
Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/evolution-2.10,
lib/evolution, share/{{,omf/}evolution, {gnome/help,idl}/evolution-2.10}

Short Descriptions
evolution is a symlink to the evolution-2.10 program.
evolution-2.10 is an email, calendar and address book suite.

901
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 32. Office Suites

This chapter contains applications that bundle all the essential needs of everyday office workers into one neat 'little'
package. The benefits are a consistent user interface and cooperation between applications.

902
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

KOffice-1.6.3
Introduction to KOffice
KOffice is the integrated office suite for KDE. It provides native OASIS OpenDocument format support.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/koffice-1.6.3/src/koffice-1.6.3.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/koffice-1.6.3/src/koffice-1.6.3.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 386d388094734f9759977c3267098e30
• Download size: 55.0 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 489 MB (additional 592 MB for API docs)
• Estimated build time: 44 SBU (additional 4.4 SBU for API docs)

Additional Downloads
KOffice has many localization packages in the form of: koffice-l10n-<xx>-1.6.3.tar.bz2. The <xx> is
a two to seven character code for the country covered. The sizes of these files range from about 0.2 MB to 15 MB.
• KOffice l10n package listing: http://download.kde.org/stable/koffice-1.6.3/src/koffice-l10n/
• Download MD5 sums: http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/koffice-1.6.3/src/MD5SUMS

KOffice Dependencies
Required
kdebase-3.5.9

Recommended
libjpeg-6b, libart_lgpl-2.3.19, libxml2-2.6.31, and libxslt-1.1.22

Optional
Aspell-0.60.5, Python-2.5.2, Ruby-1.8.6-p111, libpqxx (for kexi, requires PostgreSQL-8.2.4), MySQL-5.0.41
(plugin), little cms-1.16 and ImageMagick-6.3.5-10 (required for krita), OpenEXR (for enhanced image processing),
libwv2 (for MS Word filter), libwpd (for Wordperfect filter), libpaper, Graphviz-2.12, and Doxygen-1.5.2 (the last
two to build API documentation)

Installation of KOffice
Install KOffice with the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(kde-config --prefix) --disable-debug \

--disable-dependency-tracking &&
make

Note
If you wish to create the API documentation and you have Doxygen and Graphviz installed, make apidox
must be done before make install.

903
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Programs: karbon, kchart, kexi, kformula, kivio, koconverter, koshell, kplato, kprconverter.pl,
kpresenter, krita, krossrunner, kspread, ksqlite, ksqlite2, ksqlite2to3, kthesaurus,
kudesigner, kugar, and kword
Installed Libraries: Numerous libraries (about 50) in $KDE_PREFIX/lib
Installed Directory: Numerous directories in $KDE_PREFIX/share

Short Descriptions
kchart is a chart drawing application.
kexi is an integrated data management application.
kformula is a formula editor.
kivio is a flowchart program.
kplato is a project management application.
kpresenter is a presentation builder/display program.
krita is a painting and image editing application for KOffice..
kspread is a scriptable spreadsheet program.
kugar is a tool for creating reports.
kword is a framemaker-like word processing and desktop publishing program.

904
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

OpenOffice-2.3.1
Introduction to OpenOffice
OpenOffice is an office suite, the open source sibling of StarOffice.

Package Information
• OpenOffice Core Download (HTTP): http://ftp.osuosl.org/pub/openoffice/stable/2.3.1/OOo_2.3.1_src_core.tar.
bz2
• OpenOffice Core Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.osuosl.org/pub/openoffice/stable/2.3.1/OOo_2.3.1_src_core.tar.bz2
• OpenOffice Core Download MD5 sum: 9555a2d5fae9a25c788cc732921ef57a
• OpenOffice Core Download size: 138 MB
• OpenOffice System Download (HTTP): http://ftp.osuosl.org/pub/openoffice/stable/2.3.1/OOo_2.3.1_src_system.
tar.bz2
• OpenOffice System Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.osuosl.org/pub/openoffice/stable/2.3.1/OOo_2.3.1_src_system.
tar.bz2
• OpenOffice System Download MD5 sum: 1e20befe2fdb65c00be11f1f5d9ebdca
• OpenOffice System Download size: 36 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 4.2-4.8 GB (depending on configured options)
• Estimated build time: 75-100 SBU (depending on configured options)

Additional Downloads
• Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/OOo_2.3.1-use_bin_hsqldb-1.patch
• Optional download if you wish to build the in-tree Mozilla browser: ftp://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/
mozilla/releases/mozilla1.7.5/source/mozilla-source-1.7.5.tar.gz
• Optional download if you wish to build the OpenOffice SDK: ftp://ftp.osuosl.org/pub/openoffice/stable/2.
3.1/OOo_2.3.1_src_sdk.tar.bz2 which also requires MinGW or a precompiled unowinreg.dll for the
cross-platform Java components.
• Optional download if you would like to localize the installation: ftp://ftp.osuosl.org/pub/openoffice/stable/2.3.1/
OOo_2.3.1_src_l10n.tar.bz2
• Optional download if you need to support the old StarOffice-5.x file formats: ftp://ftp.osuosl.org/pub/openoffice/
stable/2.3.1/OOo_2.3.1_src_binfilter.tar.bz2

OpenOffice Dependencies
Required
Apache Ant-1.7.0, GTK+-2.10.13, libIDL-0.8.8, Perl Modules XML::Parser-2.34 and Archive::Zip-1.20,
UnZip-5.52, which-2.19, and Zip-2.32
Recommended
libart_lgpl-2.3.19 and libxslt-1.1.22
Optional
ALTLinuxhyph, boost, CUPS-1.2.12, cURL-7.16.3, Berkeley DB-4.5.20 (built with Java support),
desktop-file-utils-0.13, EPM, Evolution-2.10.3, GNOME Virtual File System-2.18.1, GPC, KDE, libjpeg-6b,
libsndfile, LibTIFF-3.8.2, libwpd, Linux-PAM-0.99.10.0, Firefox-2.0.0.15 (with ldap support), MySpell, MyThes,
NAS-1.9, neon, OpenLDAP-2.3.39, PortAudio, Python-2.5.2, Sablotron, SANE-1.0.18, startup-notification-0.9,
STLPort, and unixODBC-2.2.12

905
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Installation of OpenOffice
The OpenOffice source code is now distributed in several tarballs. You should extract each from the same top-level
directory before entering the build directory. At a minimum, you will need to extract the “core” and “system” tarballs.
Note that the source directory name is not consistent with the tarball name and will be named OOG680_m9.
If you wish to build an in-tree Mozilla, as opposed to using a system wide installation, copy the Mozilla source tarball
into the source tree:

cp ../mozilla-source-1.7.5.tar.gz moz/download/

If you want to optimize the build, edit the appropriate makefile in solenv/inc/ and add the desired optimization
flags to the CFLAGSOPT variable. The makefiles are arch specific, for instance edit solenv/inc/unxlngi6.
mk for i686. Some users have reported problems with -fomit-frame-pointer. The best option is to not use
any custom optimizations.

Note
Because of the complexity of the OpenOffice build system, it is not possible to provide generic
build instructions for all systems. You should review the output of config_office/configure --help
and take advantage of any system installed programs and libraries available using the --enable-*,
--disable-*, and --with-system-* parameters. Additionally, if you have installed KDE in the
/opt prefix, and would like to use the --enable-kde switch, you must set KDEDIR=$KDE_PREFIX
before running configure.

OpenOffice fails to compile if umask is set to something exotic. The build can also fail if the LANG or LC_ALL
environment variables are set. Use the following commands to change your environment accordingly:

umask 0022 &&

unset LANG LC_ALL

906
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Install OpenOffice by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../OOo_2.3.1-use_bin_hsqldb-1.patch &&

sed -i 's@..$/dist$/configure@uudecode="no" &@' \

berkeleydb/makefile.mk &&

pushd config_office &&

./configure --prefix=/opt/openoffice-2.3.1 \
--enable-libart \
--disable-fontooo \
--disable-gnome-vfs \
--without-fonts \
--without-system-jars \
--without-pam \
--with-system-stdlibs \
--with-system-freetype \
--with-system-expat \
--with-system-libxml \
--with-system-libxslt \
--with-system-zlib \
--enable-cairo \
--enable-build-mozilla \
--with-build-version=BLFS \
--with-package-format=native \
--disable-binfilter \
--disable-odk \
--disable-qadevooo \
--with-use-shell=bash &&
popd &&

./bootstrap &&
source LinuxX86Env.Set.sh &&
dmake

This package does not come with a test suite.

907
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now, as the root user:

pushd instsetoo_native/unxlngi6.pro/OpenOffice/\
native/install/en-US/linux-2.6-intel/buildroot/opt &&
cp -r -v openoffice.org2.3 /opt/openoffice-2.3.1 &&
popd &&

for appl in sbase scalc sdraw simpress smath soffice spadmin swriter
do
ln -v -sf /opt/openoffice-2.3.1/program/$appl /usr/bin
done &&

pushd sysui/desktop/icons &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/icons/{HighContrast,hicolor,locolor} &&
cp -r -v HighContrast/*x* /usr/share/icons/HighContrast &&
cp -r -v hicolor/*x* /usr/share/icons/hicolor &&
cp -r -v locolor/*x* /usr/share/icons/locolor &&
popd

If you have installed desktop-file-utils-0.13, you should copy the *.desktop files to
/usr/share/applications using the following commands as the root user:

install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/applications &&

pushd /opt/openoffice-2.3.1/share/xdg/ &&
for appl in *.desktop
do
sed -i '/Exec/d' $appl &&
echo "Exec=/usr/bin/s`echo $appl | sed 's/.desktop//'`" >> $appl &&
sed -i '/Icon/d' $appl &&
echo "Icon=`echo $appl | sed 's/.desktop//'`" >> $appl
done &&
sed -i 's@bin/sprinteradmin@bin/spadmin@' printeradmin.desktop &&
cp -v *.desktop /usr/share/applications &&
update-desktop-database &&
popd

Finally, if you'd like to edit OpenOffice documents directly from SeaMonkey-1.1.9 or Firefox-2.0.0.15, create
a symbolic link in your plugins directory to /opt/openoffice-2.3.1/program/libnpsoplugin.so.
Additionally, you must enable the plugin from the Internet Options within any OpenOffice application.

Command Explanations
sed 's@..\$dist\$/configure@uudecode="no"...': This command corrects a build failure if a faulty uudecode
program provided by the GMime-2.2.10 package is installed.
--enable-*: The switches listed in the example configure command above force the use of system installed
libraries that are known to be available on a BLFS system that meets the required and recommended dependencies.
--disable-fontooo: Use Fontconfig instead of the FontOOo.

908
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--disable-gnome-vfs: Disable the use of Gnome Virtual File System libraries. Omit this switch if you have
Gnome installed.
--without-fonts: Do not install Bitstream Vera fonts since they are already included in the X Window System
Environment.
--with{,out}-system-*: Determines whether to use the system libraries and programs or to build the source
packages included in the build tree.
--without-pam: Disable the use of Linux-PAM functions. Omit this switch if Linux-PAM is installed.
--enable-build-mozilla: Build the in-tree Mozilla suite.
--with-build-version=BLFS: Appends “BLFS” to the end of the version string.
--with-package-format=native: This switch forces the build to skip the packaging process, leaving only
the temporary installation that would be used for packaging. This temporary installation is later copied directly to
the final destination.
--disable-binfilter: This switch disables the build of legacy StarOffice-5 import filters. Omit this switch if
you've downloaded the binfilter package above. Warning: Installation of the legacy import filters increases the build
time considerably. Only install them if you have these old file types, and need to edit them in OpenOffice.
--disable-odk: This switch disables the build of the OpenOffice SDK. Omit this switch if you've downloaded
the SDK package (and additional requirements) above.
--disable-qadevooo: This switch skips the building of the quality assurance tools used by the OpenOffice
development teams.
--with-system-mozilla=<type> : Enables the use of a system installed gecko or XULRunner engine in
place of the full Mozilla suite. This will disable the use of a Thunderbird address book as a data source. If you omit
the type of installation, configure defaults to and searches for a working XULRunner installation and will fail if one
is not found.
--disable-cups: Disable the use of CUPS for printing.
--with-lang=<LANG>: Allows the use of additional languages in OpenOffice. US English (ENUS) is the default.
--with-dict=<LANG>: Allows the use of alternate dictionaries in OpenOffice. US English (ENUS) is the default.
--with-use-shell=bash: Tells the OpenOffice build system to use bash instead of tcsh.
./bootstrap: Build the dmake utility required to complete the build.
dmake: Compiles the package.
for appl in sbase scalc...: Creates symlinks for the applications in /usr/bin.
for appl in *.desktop...: Edit the *.desktop files for use with a standard BLFS system.

Contents
Installed Programs: scalc, sdraw, simpress, smath, soffice, spadmin, and swriter.
Installed Libraries: OpenOffice libraries
Installed Directory: /opt/openoffice-2.3.1

Short Descriptions
sbase is a database application.

909
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

scalc is a spreadsheet application.

sdraw is a drawing application.
simpress is a presentation application.
smath is a mathematical formula editor.
soffice opens a base window with access to all OpenOffice applications.
spadmin is the OpenOffice printer configuration utility.
swriter is a word processing application.

910
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 33. Graphical Web Browsers

This chapter contains a wonderful selection of browsers. We hope you can find one you enjoy using or give them
each a trial run.

911
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

SeaMonkey-1.1.9
Introduction to SeaMonkey
SeaMonkey is a browser suite, the Open Source sibling of Netscape. It includes the browser, composer, mail and
news clients, and an IRC client. It is the follow-on to the Mozilla browser suite.
The Mozilla project also hosts two subprojects that aim to satisfy the needs of users who don't need the complete
browser suite or prefer to have separate applications for browsing and e-mail. These subprojects are Mozilla Firefox,
(a stand-alone browser based on the Mozilla source code) and Mozilla Thunderbird, (a stand-alone mail/newsgroup
client based on the Mozilla source code). The build instructions for these two applications are discussed in separate
sections:
• Firefox-2.0.0.15
• Thunderbird-2.0.0.12

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/seamonkey/releases/1.1.9/seamonkey-1.1.9.source.tar.
bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/seamonkey/releases/1.1.9/seamonkey-1.1.9.source.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 2b08c472164e80922f715c6e96e0bee7
• Download size: 33.7 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 632 MB
• Estimated build time: 17.0 SBU
To enable the Enigmail extension to the SeaMonkey mail client, you'll need to download the tarball listed below.
The Enigmail extension allows users to access the authentication and encryption features provided by the GnuPG
package. The Enigmail extension will not operate correctly unless you have GnuPG-1.4.7 or GnuPG-2.0.8 installed.
• http://www.mozilla-enigmail.org/download/source/enigmail-0.95.6.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum (Enigmail): cfbe6ff77f80a349b396829757ad952a

SeaMonkey Dependencies
Required
GTK+-2.10.13, libIDL-0.8.8, and Zip-2.32

Note
libjpeg-6b should have been installed before GTK+ and should exist on your system. If for some reason you
haven't installed libjpeg, you should remove the --with-system-jpeg option from the .mozconfig
file created below.

Recommended
NSS-3.11.7 (if you will be installing any other package that utilizes NSS/NSPR, such as Firefox, Thunderbird,
Evolution, or OpenOffice)

Optional
UnZip-5.52 and libgnomeui-2.18.1 (to build the gnomevfs extension)

912
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Installation of SeaMonkey
The configuration of SeaMonkey is accomplished by creating a .mozconfig file containing the desired
configuration options. A default .mozconfig file is created below. To see the entire list of available configuration
options (and an abbreviated description of each one), issue ./configure --help. Additional information can also be
found below in the section titled Additional .mozconfig Options. If you are going to use system-installed versions of
the NSS and NSPR libraries, ensure you uncomment the two lines near the bottom of the file. If you would prefer to
download the file instead of creating it by typing or cut-and-pasting, you can find it at http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.
org/files/BLFS/6.3/seamonkey-1.1.9-mozconfig (the file must be installed in the root of the source tree mozilla
directory, and named .mozconfig). Create the file by issuing the following command:

cat > .mozconfig << "EOF"

# This file contains the options used in the SeaMonkey build. You may
# need to specify additional options for your specific build needs.
# Use the information provided by running './configure --help' to
# help you determine if you need to add any additional options.
# Some additional options can be added by uncommenting the examples
# in this file or adding options by inserting a line containing
# 'ac_add_options --some-option-you-need'.

# Create an object directory and specify to build the package in that

# directory. If desired, modify the location of the object directory
# to a directory inside the source tree by removing '../' from the
# line below.
mk_add_options MOZ_OBJDIR=@TOPSRCDIR@/../seamonkey-build

# This option is used to specify that the SeaMonkey suite is

# being built and to use all the default options for SeaMonkey.
ac_add_options --enable-application=suite

# Specify the installation prefix. If you would prefer SeaMonkey

# installed in a different prefix, modify the line below to fit
# your needs. You'll also need to modify some of the instructions in
# the BLFS book to point to your desired prefix.
ac_add_options --prefix=/usr

# These options are used so that the SeaMonkey binaries are linked to
# the system-installed copies of the specified libraries instead of
# the source tree code which may not be the most recent versions.
ac_add_options --with-system-zlib
ac_add_options --with-system-png
ac_add_options --with-system-jpeg
ac_add_options --enable-system-cairo

# This option specifies to include support for rendering the HTML

# <canvas></canvas> tag in the SeaMonkey browser.
ac_add_options --enable-canvas

913
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

# This option is used so that the debugging symbols are removed from
# the installed binaries during the installation process. Comment out
# this option if you may have a need to retain the debugging symbols
# in the installed binaries. Note that this can substantially
# increase the size of the installed binaries.
ac_add_options --enable-strip

# This option is added so that test libraries and programs are not
# built. These would only be required for debugging purposes.
ac_add_options --disable-tests

# This option is added so that the Mozilla Installer program is not

# built or installed. The program is not required for a BLFS
# installation of SeaMonkey.
ac_add_options --disable-installer

# This option is used to disable the a11y support in the SeaMonkey

# binaries. Comment out this option if you require a11y support.
ac_add_options --disable-accessibility

# This option is used to enable support for rendering SVG files in the
# SeaMonkey browser.
ac_add_options --enable-svg

# This option is used to enable source tree included LDAP support in

# the SeaMonkey binaries.
ac_add_options --enable-ldap

# These two options enable support for building SeaMonkey with

# system-installed versions of the Network Security Services (NSS)
# and Netscape Portable Runtime (NSPR) libraries. Uncomment both
# lines to enable support for system-installed NSS/NSPR.
#ac_add_options --with-system-nspr
#ac_add_options --with-system-nss

# Uncomment this option if you desire support for dual-monitor

# display of SeaMonkey using the X-Window Xinerama libraries.
#ac_add_options --enable-xinerama

# Complex scripts such as Thai can only be rendered in SeaMonkey with the
# help of Pango. This option significantly slows rendering, so only use
# it if necessary.
#ac_add_options --enable-pango

# This option identifies the default binary directory of the SeaMonkey

# installation and is used to locate SeaMonkey's installed files. This

914
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

# option is not required for end-user browsing, and is only used for
# development purposes.
#ac_add_options --with-default-mozilla-five-home=/usr/lib/seamonkey-1.1.9

EOF

Compile SeaMonkey by running the following commands:

cat >> layout/build/Makefile.in << "EOF"

ifdef MOZ_ENABLE_CANVAS
EXTRA_DSO_LDOPTS += $(XLDFLAGS) -lX11 -lXrender
endif
EOF

make -f client.mk build

If you're building the SeaMonkey mail/newsgroup client and plan to install the Enigmail extension, issue the following
commands:

tar -xf ../enigmail-0.95.6.tar.gz -C mailnews/extensions &&

( cd mailnews/extensions/enigmail && ./makemake -r ) &&

make -C ../seamonkey-build/mailnews/extensions/enigmail &&

make -C ../seamonkey-build/mailnews/extensions/enigmail \
XPIFILE=enigmail-0.95.6.xpi xpi

This package does not come with a test suite. However, it cn be launched fom the build directory before installing
with the command line: ../seamonkey-build/dist/bin/seamonkey.

Install SeaMonkey by issuing the following commands as the root user:

make -f client.mk install &&

install -v -m644 ../seamonkey-build/dist/public/ldap-private/* \

/usr/include/seamonkey-1.1.9/ldap &&

install -v -m644 ../seamonkey-build/dist/bin/isp/movemail.rdf \

/usr/lib/seamonkey-1.1.9/isp

If you built SeaMonkey utilizing system-installed NSS and NSPR libraries, the seamonkey-ns*.pc pkgconfig
files are broken as they point to the wrong directories where the actual libraries and interface headers are located.
Issue the following commands as the root user to replace the broken files with symbolic links to known good files:

ln -v -sf nss.pc /usr/lib/pkgconfig/seamonkey-nss.pc &&

ln -v -sf nspr.pc /usr/lib/pkgconfig/seamonkey-nspr.pc

915
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

If you did NOT build seamonkey utilizing system-installed NSS and NSPR libraries, issue the following commands
as the root user to install the NSS interface headers:
install -v -m755 -d /usr/include/seamonkey-1.1.9/nss &&
cp -v -Lf ../seamonkey-build/dist/{private,public}/nss/*.h \
/usr/include/seamonkey-1.1.9/nss
If you built the Enigmail extension, issue the following commands as the root user to install the .xpi file into the
/usr/lib/seamonkey-1.1.9/xpi_store directory:
install -v -m644 -D ../seamonkey-build/dist/bin/enigmail-0.95.6.xpi \
/usr/lib/seamonkey-1.1.9/xpi_store/enigmail-0.95.6.xpi
There are two methods you can use to install the Enigmail extension. Both are shown here and provide similar
functionality with one major difference. The first method will install the extension system-wide and all users of
SeaMonkey will have an Enigmail-enabled mail client. The method shown later only installs it on a per-user basis.
The first method must be accomplished now (before the object directory is removed) and uses the conventional make
install command to install the Enigmail files straight from the distribution directory of the object directory. The
alternate method is shown as it installs using the .xpi file created earlier and can be done later (at any time you
desire) as the file used to install Enigmail was copied into /usr/lib/seamonkey-1.1.9/xpi_store in the
previous step. This method can be used to install any downloaded Mozilla extension distributed in a .xpi file. There
are many extensions available for SeaMonkey. A list containing many of them can be found at http://extensionroom.
mozdev.org/.
If you want to install the Enigmail extension now, which offers system-wide access, issue the following command
as the root user:
make -C ../seamonkey-build/mailnews/extensions/enigmail install
To install an extension from a created or download .xpi file, you simply need to “open” the .xpi file using
the “Open File” option of the “File” menu of the browser window. You can browse to find the file (for example,
the Enigmail .xpi file is located in /usr/lib/seamonkey-1.1.9/xpi_store), select it, then follow the
prompts to install the extension.

Note
You should run /usr/bin/seamonkey once as the root user (or any user with write privileges) to create
some necessary additional files in the /usr hierarchy. Also do this each time you install additional
system-wide extensions.

Additional .mozconfig Options

Information about some of the additional options which can be added to the .mozconfig configuration file is shown
below. Note that this is just a few of the options. You may wish to run ./configure --help and review each of the
listed options to discover what affect they have on the build. Feel free to add or remove options to tailor the build to
your desires. Listed below are some common options not in the default .mozconfig file but can be added in order
to have the described effect on the SeaMonkey compile.
ac_add_options --enable-elf-dynstr-gc: Removes un-referenced strings from ELF shared objects
generated during the build. Note that this option breaks the build on alpha.
ac_add_options --disable-mailnews: Disables the mail and news clients.

916
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

ac_add_options --disable-ldap: Disables LDAP support, recommended if mail is disabled.

ac_add_options --enable-xterm-updates: Displays the current command in the xterm window title
during the compilation.
ac_add_options --enable-plaintext-editor-only: Disables support for HTML editing. Do not use
this switch if you are building the mail-news component.

.mozconfig Option Explanations

To simplify reading the options below, they are labeled without ac_add_options inserted at the beginning of the
option. These options are also described in the .mozconfig file created earlier.
mk_add_options MOZ_OBJDIR=@TOPSRCDIR@/../seamonkey-build: Creates an object directory and
specifies to build the package in that directory. If desired, modify the location of the object directory to a directory
inside the source tree by removing “../” from the line.
--enable-application=suite: Identifies the build as a SeaMonkey suite build.
--with-system-zlib --with-system-png --with-system-jpeg --enable-system-cairo:
Uses the system-installed versions of these packages.
--enable-xinerama --enable-reorder --enable-strip --enable-cpp-rtti
--disable-accessibility --disable-tests --disable-logging --disable-pedantic
--disable-installer: Various options that affect what components are built and some optimization options.
You can pick and choose from these options. More information on them, and many other available options, can be
found by running ./configure --help.

Command Explanations
'EXTRA_DSO_LDOPTS' += -lX11 -lXrender ...: Building the layout backend will break when the canvas element
is enabled without adding these two required libraries.
make -f client.mk ...: Mozilla products are packaged to allow the use of a configuration file which can be used to pass
the configuration settings to the configure command. make uses the client.mk file to get initial configuration
and setup parameters, then depending on the target parameter (build or install), either runs the configure script
and compiles the package or installs the package.
./makemake -r: This command is used to recursively create Makefiles in the appropriate subdirectory of
seamonkey-build.
make -C ... xpi: This command builds the Enigmail .xpi file which can be used to install Enigmail.
install .../movemail.rdf ...: This command is used to install a file inadvertently left out of the installation script.

Configuring SeaMonkey
No specific configuration is required as long as the seamonkey script is in the user's path. If SeaMonkey is installed
in a non-standard location, make a symlink to the seamonkey script in the /usr/bin directory.
Some applications look for netscape when they need to open a browser. You may make the following symlink for
convenience (as the root user).

ln -v -sf seamonkey /usr/bin/netscape

917
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

For installing various SeaMonkey plugins, refer to Mozdev's PluginDoc Project. If you have JDK-6 Update 5 already
installed, create the following link as the root user to utilize the JAVA plugin:

ln -v -s $JAVA_HOME/jre/plugin/i386/ns7/libjavaplugin_oji.so \
/usr/lib/seamonkey-1.1.9/plugins

Some packages install SeaMonkey plugins into the default system-wide directory
/usr/lib/mozilla/plugins. If desired, create symbolic links in the SeaMonkey plugin directory
/usr/lib/seamonkey-1.1.9/plugins to the files in the default plugin directory (you should link to the
actual files and not other links). Alternatively, you can move or copy the files in the default plugin directory to the
SeaMonkey plugin directory. An example of creating a symbolic link is shown below. Create the links as the root
user:

ln -v -s ../../mozilla/plugins/<plugin.so> \
/usr/lib/seamonkey-1.1.9/plugins

Along with using the “Preferences” menu to configure SeaMonkey's options and preferences to suit individual tastes,
finer grain control of many options is only available using a tool not available from the general menu system. To
access this tool, you'll need to open a browser window and enter about:config in the address bar. This will
display a list of the configuration preferences and information related to each one. You can use the “Filter:” bar to
enter search criteria and narrow down the listed items. Changing a preference can be done using two methods. One,
if the preference has a boolean value (True/False), simply double-click on the preference to toggle the value and two,
for other preferences simply right-click on the desired line, choose “Modify” from the menu and change the value.
Creating new preference items is accomplished in the same way, except choose “New” from the menu and provide
the desired data into the fields when prompted.

Tip
There is a multitude of configuration parameters you can tweak to customize SeaMonkey. A very extensive
and up-to-date list of these parameters can be found at http://preferential.mozdev.org/preferences.html.

Contents
Installed Programs: seamonkey and seamonkey-config
Installed Libraries: Numerous libraries, browser, and email/newsgroup components, plugins, extensions,
and helper modules installed in /usr/lib/seamonkey-1.1.9
Installed Directories: /usr/include/seamonkey-1.1.9, /usr/lib/seamonkey-1.1.9, and
/usr/share/idl/seamonkey-1.1.9

Short Descriptions
seamonkey is a browser/email/newsgroup/chat client suite. The various components such as the Composer,
mail-news client, IRC chat client, and address book can be accessed from the menu after seamonkey
starts or via command-line switches to the seamonkey script. Issue man seamonkey for additional
information.

918
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Firefox-2.0.0.15
Introduction to Firefox
Firefox is a stand-alone browser based on the Mozilla codebase.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://releases.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/firefox/releases/2.0.0.15/source/firefox-2.0.0.15-
source.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/firefox/releases/2.0.0.15/source/firefox-2.0.0.15-source.
tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: ef827973830cc6453adf8ca3b88a9c6d
• Download size: 38 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 574 MB
• Estimated build time: 13 SBU

Firefox Dependencies
Required
GTK+-2.10.13, libIDL-0.8.8, and Zip-2.32
Note: libjpeg should have been installed before GTK+ and should exist on your system. If for some reason you haven't
installed libjpeg, you should remove the --with-system-jpeg option from the .mozconfig file created
below.

Recommended
NSS-3.11.7(if you will be installing any other package that utilizes NSS/NSPR, such as Thunderbird, SeaMonkey,
Evolution, or OpenOffice)

Optional
UnZip-5.52 and libgnomeui-2.18.1 (to build the gnomevfs extension)

Installation of Firefox
The configuration of Firefox is accomplished by creating a .mozconfig file containing the desired configuration
options. A default .mozconfig is created below. To see the entire list of available configuration options (and an
abbreviated description of each one), issue ./configure --help. If you are going to use system-installed versions of
the NSS and NSPR libraries, ensure you uncomment the two lines near the bottom of the file. If you are going to
build the OpenOffice package and you want to use this Firefox installation as the default Mozilla source, ensure you
uncomment the --enable-ldap option in the file created below. You may also wish to review the entire file and
uncomment any other desired options. If you would prefer to download the file instead of creating it by typing or
cut-and-pasting, you can find it at http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/6.3/firefox-2.0.0.15-mozconfig (the
file must be installed in the root of the source tree mozilla directory, and named .mozconfig). Create the file
by issuing the following command:
cat > .mozconfig << "EOF"
# This file contains the options used in the Firefox build. You may
# need to specify additional options for your specific build needs.
# Use the information provided by running './configure --help' to

919
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

# help you determine if you need to add any additional options.

# Some additional options can be added by uncommenting the examples
# in this file or adding options by inserting a line containing
# 'ac_add_options --some-option-you-need'.

# Use the default settings specified in the source tree

. $topsrcdir/browser/config/mozconfig

# Create an object directory and specify to build the package in that

# directory. If desired, modify the location of the object directory
# to a directory inside the source tree by removing '../' from the
# line below.
mk_add_options MOZ_OBJDIR=@TOPSRCDIR@/../firefox-build

# Specify the installation prefix. If you would prefer Firefox

# installed in a different prefix, modify the line below to fit
# your needs. You'll also need to modify some of the instructions in
# the BLFS book to point to your desired prefix.
ac_add_options --prefix=/usr

# These options are used so that the Firefox binaries are linked to
# the system-installed copies of the specified libraries instead of
# the source tree code which may not be the most recent versions.
ac_add_options --with-system-zlib
ac_add_options --with-system-png
ac_add_options --with-system-jpeg
ac_add_options --enable-system-cairo

# This option causes the installed binaries to have the official

# Firefox name embedded in them. Due to license restrictions, you
# may not distribute binaries created using this option.
ac_add_options --enable-official-branding

# This option is used to enable support for rendering SVG files in the
# Firefox browser. Comment out the line to disable the option.
ac_add_options --enable-svg

# This option is used so that the debugging symbols are removed from
# the installed binaries during the installation process. Comment out
# this option if you may have a need to retain the debugging symbols
# in the installed binaries. Note that this can substantially
# increase the size of the installed binaries.
ac_add_options --enable-strip

# This option is added so that test libraries and programs are not
# built. These would only be required for debugging purposes.

920
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

ac_add_options --disable-tests

# This option is added so that the Mozilla Installer program is not

# built or installed. The program is not required for a BLFS
# installation of Firefox.
ac_add_options --disable-installer

# This option is used to disable the a11y support in the Firefox

# binaries. Comment out this option if you require a11y support.
ac_add_options --disable-accessibility

# This option is used to enable source tree included LDAP support in

# the Firefox binaries.
###################################################################
#
# NOTE: You must uncomment this option if there is any chance of
# compiling the OpenOffice package from source code using this copy
# of Firefox for your Mozilla support.
#
###################################################################
#ac_add_options --enable-ldap

# Uncomment this option if you desire support for dual-monitor

# display of Firefox using the X-Window Xinerama libraries.
#ac_add_options --enable-xinerama

# These two options enable support for building Firefox with

# system-installed versions of the Network Security Services (NSS)
# and Netscape Portable Runtime (NSPR) libraries. Uncomment both
# lines to enable support for system-installed NSS/NSPR.
#ac_add_options --with-system-nss
#ac_add_options --with-system-nspr

# Complex scripts such as Thai can only be rendered in Firefox with the
# help of Pango. This option significantly slows rendering, so only use
# it if necessary.
#ac_add_options --enable-pango

# This option identifies the default binary directory of the Firefox

# installation and is used to locate Firefox's installed files. This
# option is not required for end-user browsing, and is only used for
# development purposes.
#ac_add_options --with-default-mozilla-five-home=/usr/lib/firefox-2.0.0.15

EOF

921
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Compile Firefox by issuing the following commands:

cat >> layout/build/Makefile.in << "EOF" &&

ifdef MOZ_ENABLE_CANVAS
EXTRA_DSO_LDOPTS += $(XLDFLAGS) -lX11 -lXrender
endif
EOF

sed -i "s/^ enum$/& xptinfo_enum_1/" \

xpcom/reflect/xptinfo/public/xptinfo.h &&

make -f client.mk build

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user, install the package:

make -f client.mk install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/lib/firefox-2.0.0.15/chrome/icons/default &&

ln -v -s ../../../icons/default.xpm \
/usr/lib/firefox-2.0.0.15/chrome/icons/default &&

chown -v -R root:root \
/usr/lib/firefox-2.0.0.15/extensions/[email protected]/*

If you enabled LDAP support in the Firefox build, install some additional interface headers as the root user:

install -v -m644 ../firefox-build/dist/public/ldap-private/* \

/usr/include/firefox-2.0.0.15/ldap

If you built Firefox utilizing system-installed NSS and NSPR libraries, the firefox-ns*.pc pkgconfig files are
broken as they point to the wrong directories where the actual libraries and interface headers are located. Issue the
following commands as the root user to replace the broken files with symbolic links to known good files:

ln -v -sf nss.pc /usr/lib/pkgconfig/firefox-nss.pc &&

ln -v -sf nspr.pc /usr/lib/pkgconfig/firefox-nspr.pc

If you did NOT build Firefox utilizing system-installed NSS and NSPR libraries, issue the following commands as
the root user to install the NSS interface headers:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/include/firefox-2.0.0.15/nss &&

cp -v -Lf ../firefox-build/dist/{private,public}/nss/*.h \
/usr/include/firefox-2.0.0.15/nss

Note
You should run /usr/bin/firefox once as the root user (or any user with write privileges) to create some
necessary additional files in the /usr hierarchy.

922
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Command Explanations
'EXTRA_DSO_LDOPTS' += -lX11 -lXrender ...: Building the layout backend will break when the canvas element
is enabled without adding these two required libraries.
sed -i "s/^ enum$/& xptinfo_enum_1/" ...: This command is used to fix an anonymous enum in an external/public
interface header file.
make -f client.mk ...: Mozilla products are packaged to allow the use of a configuration file which can be used to pass
the configuration settings to the configure command. make uses the client.mk file to get initial configuration
and setup parameters, then depending on the target parameter (build or install), either runs the configure script
and compiles the package or installs the package.
install -v -m755 -d .../chrome/icons/default and ln -v -s ../../../icons/default.xpm ...: These two commands are used
to create a symlink in the required directory so that the proper icon is displayed in the taskbar and when Firefox
windows are minimized.
chown -v -R root:root ...: This command changes the ownership of some installed files to more appropriate
user:group names.

Configuring Firefox
No specific configuration is required as long as the firefox script is in the user's path. If Firefox is installed in a
non-standard location, then make a symlink to the firefox script in the /usr/bin directory.
If your Window or Desktop Manager does not allow you to configure a default mail client, you can add a configuration
parameter to Firefox so that an email client will start when you click on a mailto: URL. There are two parameters
you need to check. The procedure to check or modify any of the configuration parameters is quite simple and the
instructions here can be used to view or modify any of the parameters.
First, open the configuration dialog by entering about:config in the address bar. This will display a list of the
configuration preferences and information related to each one. You can use the “Filter:” bar to enter search criteria
and narrow down the listed items. Changing a preference can be done using two methods. One, if the preference has a
boolean value (True/False), simply double-click on the preference to toggle the value and two, for other preferences
simply right-click on the desired line, choose “Modify” from the menu and change the value. Creating new preference
items is accomplished in the same way, except choose “New” from the menu and provide the desired data into the
fields when prompted.
The two configuration preference items you need to check so that Firefox uses a specified default mail
client are the network.protocol-handler.external.mailto which should be set to True and the
network.protocol-handler.app.mailto which should be set to the path of the desired mail client, e.g.,
/usr/bin/thunderbird.

Tip
There is a multitude of configuration parameters you can tweak to customize Firefox. A very extensive and
up-to-date list of these parameters can be found at http://preferential.mozdev.org/preferences.html.

Many applications look for netscape when they need to open a browser. You may wish to make the following symlink
for convenience (as the root user).

ln -v -sf firefox /usr/bin/netscape

923
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

For installing various Firefox plugins, refer to Mozdev's PluginDoc Project. If you have the JDK-6 Update 5 already
installed, create the following link as the root user to utilize the installed Java plugin:

ln -v -s $JAVA_HOME/jre/plugin/i386/ns7/libjavaplugin_oji.so \
/usr/lib/firefox-2.0.0.15/plugins

Some packages install Mozilla plugins into the default system-wide directory /usr/lib/mozilla/plugins.
If desired, create symbolic links in the Firefox plugin directory /usr/lib/firefox-2.0.0.15/plugins to
the files in the default plugin directory (you should link to the actual files and not other links). Alternatively, you
can move or copy the files in the default plugin directory to the Firefox plugin directory. An example of creating a
symbolic link is shown below. Create the links as the root user:

ln -v -s ../../mozilla/plugins/<plugin.so> \
/usr/lib/firefox-2.0.0.15/plugins

Contents
Installed Programs: firefox and firefox-config
Installed Libraries: Numerous libraries, browser components, plugins, extensions, and helper modules
installed in /usr/lib/firefox-2.0.0.15
Installed Directories: /usr/include/firefox-2.0.0.15, /usr/lib/firefox-2.0.0.15, and
/usr/share/idl/firefox-2.0.0.15

Short Descriptions
firefox is a shell script that sets up the environment and calls the firefox-bin binary.
firefox-config determines the compile and linker flags that should be used to compile and link programs that
use Firefox libraries and browser components.

924
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Konqueror-3.5.9
konqueror is the default graphical web browser for the KDE desktop environment. It is packaged and installed with
kdebase-3.5.9.

925
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 34. Other X-based Internet Programs

The Internet isn't just about browsing. Here are more graphical applications that utilize other areas of the Internet.

926
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Thunderbird-2.0.0.12
Introduction to Thunderbird
Thunderbird is a stand-alone mail/news client based on the Mozilla codebase.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/BLFS/6.3/t/thunderbird-2.0.0.12-source.tar.bz2
•
• Download MD5 sum: c23f576a8fd0ceee5135829c8ae5168b
• Download size: 37 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 629 MB
• Estimated build time: 18 SBU
To enable the Enigmail extension to the Thunderbird mail client, you'll need to download the tarball shown below.
The Enigmail extension allows users to access the authentication and encryption features provided by the GnuPG
package. The Enigmail extension will not operate correctly unless you have GnuPG-1.4.7 or GnuPG-2.0.8 installed.
• http://www.mozilla-enigmail.org/download/source/enigmail-0.95.6.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: cfbe6ff77f80a349b396829757ad952a
• Download size: 1.1 MB

Thunderbird Dependencies

Required

GTK+-2.10.13, libIDL-0.8.8, and Zip-2.32

Note: libjpeg should have been installed before GTK+ and should exist on your system. If for some reason you haven't
installed libjpeg, you should remove the --with-system-jpeg option from the .mozconfig file created
below.

Recommended

NSS-3.11.7 (if you will be installing any other package that utilizes NSS/NSPR, such as Firefox, SeaMonkey,
Evolution, or OpenOffice)

Optional

UnZip-5.52 and libgnomeui-2.18.1 (to build the gnomevfs extension)

Installation of Thunderbird
The configuration of Thunderbird is accomplished by creating a .mozconfig file containing the desired
configuration options. A default .mozconfig is created below. To see the entire list of available configuration
options (and an abbreviated description of each one), issue ./configure --help. If you are going to use system-installed
versions of the NSS and NSPR libraries, ensure you uncomment the two lines near the bottom of the file. You may
also wish to review the entire file and uncomment any other desired options. If you would prefer to download the file

927
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

instead of creating it by typing or cut-and-pasting, you can find it at http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/6.

3/thunderbird-2.0.0.12-mozconfig (the file must be installed in the root of the source tree mozilla directory, and
named .mozconfig). Create the file by issuing the following command:

cat > .mozconfig << "EOF"

# This file contains the options used in the Thunderbird build. You may
# need to specify additional options for your specific build needs.
# Use the information provided by running './configure --help' to
# help you determine if you need to add any additional options.
# Some additional options can be added by uncommenting the examples
# in this file or adding options by inserting a line containing
# 'ac_add_options --some-option-you-need'.

# Use the default settings specified in the source tree

. $topsrcdir/mail/config/mozconfig

# Create an object directory and specify to build the package in that

# directory. If desired, modify the location of the object directory
# to a directory inside the source tree by removing '../' from the
# line below.
mk_add_options MOZ_OBJDIR=@TOPSRCDIR@/../thunderbird-build

# Specify the installation prefix. If you would prefer Thunderbird

# installed in a different prefix, modify the line below to fit
# your needs. You'll also need to modify some of the instructions in
# the BLFS book to point to your desired prefix.
ac_add_options --prefix=/usr

# These options are used so that the Thunderbird binaries are linked to
# the system-installed copies of the specified libraries instead of
# the source tree code which may not be the most recent versions.
ac_add_options --with-system-zlib
ac_add_options --with-system-png
ac_add_options --with-system-jpeg
ac_add_options --enable-system-cairo

# This option causes the installed binaries to have the official

# Thunderbird name embedded in them. Due to license restrictions, you
# may not distribute binaries created using this option.
ac_add_options --enable-official-branding

# This option specifies to include support for rendering the HTML

# <canvas></canvas> tag in the Thunderbird mail client.
#ac_add_options --enable-canvas

# This option is used so that the debugging symbols are removed from

928
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

# the installed binaries during the installation process. Comment out

# this option if you may have a need to retain the debugging symbols
# in the installed binaries. Note that this can substantially
# increase the size of the installed binaries.
ac_add_options --enable-strip

# This option is added so that test libraries and programs are not
# built. These would only be required for debugging purposes.
ac_add_options --disable-tests

# This option is added so that the Mozilla Installer program is not

# built or installed. The program is not required for a BLFS
# installation of Thunderbird.
ac_add_options --disable-installer

# This option is used to disable the a11y support in the Thunderbird

# binaries. Comment out this option if you require a11y support.
ac_add_options --disable-accessibility

# This option is used to enable source tree included LDAP support in

# the Thunderbird binaries.
ac_add_options --enable-ldap

# This option is used to enable support for rendering SVG files in the
# Thunderbird mail client. Uncomment the line below to enable the option.
#ac_add_options --enable-svg

# Uncomment this option if you desire support for dual-monitor

# display of Thunderbird using the X-Window Xinerama libraries.
#ac_add_options --enable-xinerama

# Complex scripts such as Thai can only be rendered in Thunderbird with

# the help of Pango. This option significantly slows rendering, so only
# use it if necessary.
#ac_add_options --enable-pango

# These two options enable support for building Thunderbird with

# system-installed versions of the Network Security Services (NSS)
# and Netscape Portable Runtime (NSPR) libraries. Uncomment both
# lines to enable support for system-installed NSS/NSPR.
#ac_add_options --with-system-nss
#ac_add_options --with-system-nspr

# This option identifies the default binary directory of the Thunderbird

# installation and is used to locate Thunderbird's installed files. This
# option is not required for end-user use, and is only used for
# development purposes. Due to PDF line length limitations, the command

929
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

# below is modified. If you need to use the command below, change the
# ... to /usr/lib.
#ac_add_options --with-default-mozilla-five-home=.../thunderbird-2.0.0.12

EOF

Compile Thunderbird by issuing the following commands:

cat >> layout/build/Makefile.in << "EOF" &&

ifdef MOZ_ENABLE_CANVAS
EXTRA_DSO_LDOPTS += $(XLDFLAGS) -lX11 -lXrender
endif
EOF

sed -i "s/^ enum$/& xptinfo_enum_1/" \

xpcom/reflect/xptinfo/public/xptinfo.h &&

make -f client.mk build

This package does not come with a test suite.

If you're building the Enigmail extension, issue the following commands:

tar -xf ../enigmail-0.95.6.tar.gz -C mailnews/extensions &&

( cd mailnews/extensions/enigmail && ./makemake -r ) &&

make -C ../thunderbird-build/mailnews/extensions/enigmail &&

make -C ../thunderbird-build/mailnews/extensions/enigmail \
XPIFILE=enigmail-0.95.6.xpi xpi

Install Thunderbird by running the following commands as the root user:

make -f client.mk install &&

install -v -m644 ../thunderbird-build/dist/public/ldap-private/* \

/usr/include/thunderbird-2.0.0.12/ldap &&

install -v -m644 ../thunderbird-build/dist/bin/isp/{movemail,rss}.rdf \

/usr/lib/thunderbird-2.0.0.12/isp &&
rm -rvf /usr/lib/thunderbird-2.0.0.12/defaults/isp

If you built Thunderbird utilizing system-installed NSS and NSPR libraries, the thunderbird-ns*.pc pkgconfig
files are broken as they point to the wrong directories where the actual libraries and interface headers are located.
Issue the following commands as the root user to replace the broken files with symbolic links to known good files:

ln -v -sf nss.pc /usr/lib/pkgconfig/thunderbird-nss.pc &&

ln -v -sf nspr.pc /usr/lib/pkgconfig/thunderbird-nspr.pc

930
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

If you did NOT build Thunderbird utilizing system-installed NSS and NSPR libraries, issue the following commands
as the root user to install the NSS interface headers:
install -v -m755 -d /usr/include/thunderbird-2.0.0.12/nss &&
cp -v -Lf ../thunderbird-build/dist/{private,public}/nss/*.h \
/usr/include/thunderbird-2.0.0.12/nss
If you built the Enigmail extension, issue the following commands as the root user to install the .xpi file:
install -v -m644 -D ../thunderbird-build/dist/bin/enigmail-0.95.6.xpi \
/usr/lib/thunderbird-2.0.0.12/xpi_store/enigmail-0.95.6.xpi
If you want to install Enigmail globally so that all users who run Thunderbird will have access to the extension, issue
the command shown below. Note that this procedure starts an instance of Thunderbird and you must have an X server
running. Issue the following command as the root user:
/usr/bin/thunderbird -install-global-extension \
/usr/lib/thunderbird-2.0.0.12/xpi_store/enigmail-0.95.6.xpi
Global installation of other extensions can be done using the same basic method as the Enigmail extension. See the
“Configuring Thunderbird” section below for information about configuring Enigmail for individual users if you did
not not install it globally.

Note
You should run /usr/bin/thunderbird once as the root user (or any user with write privileges) to create
some necessary additional files in the /usr/lib/thunderbird-2.0.0.12 directory.

Command Explanations
'EXTRA_DSO_LDOPTS' += -lX11 -lXrender ...: Building the layout backend will break when the canvas element
is enabled without adding these two required libraries.
sed -i "s/^ enum$/& xptinfo_enum_1/" ...: This command is used to fix an anonymous enum in an external/public
interface header file.
make -f client.mk ...: Mozilla products are packaged to allow the use of a configuration file which can be used to pass
the configuration settings to the configure command. make uses the client.mk file to get initial configuration
and setup parameters, then depending on the target parameter (build or install), either runs the configure script
and compiles the package or installs the package.
( cd mailnews/... && ./makemake -r ): This command is used to recursively create Makefiles in the enigmail
directory.
make -C ... xpi: This command builds the Enigmail .xpi file which is used to install Enigmail.
install .../{movemail,rss}.rdf: These commands are used to install two mail extensions inadvertantly left out of the
installation script or installed to the wrong location.

Configuring Thunderbird
Configuration Information
No specific configuration is required as long as the thunderbird script is in the user's path. If Thunderbird is installed
in a non-standard location, then make a symlink to the thunderbird script in the /usr/bin directory.

931
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

If you don't have privileges to install extensions globally, or you prefer to not install global extensions, you can
configure Thunderbird on an individual user basis for access to extensions. For example, if you built the Enigmail
extension and did not install it globally, it can be installed on an as-needed basis for each user of the system who may
use Thunderbird. It is accomplished through the Thunderbird “Tools” menu. Choose the “Extensions” – “Install”
option and fill in the “Look in:” field with /usr/lib/thunderbird-2.0.0.12/xpi_store. You'll then
see the enigmail-0.95.6-linux-????.xpi file listed. Choose this file and click on “Open”, then click on
“Install now”. The Enigmail extension will install and you will be prompted to restart Thunderbird.
If your Window or Desktop Manager does not allow you to configure a default browser, you can add a configuration
parameter to Thunderbird so that a browser will start when when you click on an Internet/intranet/local URL. The
procedure to check or modify any of the configuration parameters is quite simple and the instructions here can be
used to view or modify any of the parameters.
First, open the configuration dialog by opening the “Edit” drop-down menu. Choose “Preferences” and then click on
the “Advanced” icon on the top menu bar. Choose the “General” tab and click on the “Config Editor” button. This
will display a list of the configuration preferences and information related to each one. You can use the “Filter:” bar
to enter search criteria and narrow down the listed items. Changing a preference can be done using two methods.
One, if the preference has a boolean value (True/False), simply double-click on the preference to toggle the value
and two, for other preferences simply right-click on the desired line, choose “Modify” from the menu and change
the value. Creating new preference items is accomplished in the same way, except choose “New” from the menu and
provide the desired data into the fields when prompted.
The configuration preference item you need to check so that Thunderbird uses a specified browser is the
network.protocol-handler.app.http which should be set to the path of the desired browser, e.g.,
/usr/bin/firefox.

Tip
There is a multitude of configuration parameters you can tweak to customize Thunderbird. A very extensive
and up-to-date list of these parameters can be found at http://preferential.mozdev.org/preferences.html.

Contents
Installed Programs: thunderbird and thunderbird-config
Installed Libraries: Numerous libraries, email/newsgroups components, plugins, extensions, and helper
modules installed in /usr/lib/thunderbird-2.0.0.12
Installed Directories: /usr/include/thunderbird-2.0.0.12, /usr/lib/thunderbird-2.0.0.12, and
/usr/share/idl/thunderbird-2.0.0.12

Short Descriptions
thunderbird is Mozilla's next-generation email and newsgroup client.

932
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Pan-0.14.2
Introduction to Pan
The Pan package contains a graphical newsreader. This is useful for reading and writing news, threading articles and
replying via email.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://pan.rebelbase.com/download/releases/0.14.2/SOURCE/pan-0.14.2.tar.bz2
•
• Download MD5 sum: ed3188e7059bb6d6c209ee5d46ac1852
• Download size: 1.8 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 67.8 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.72 SBU

Pan Dependencies
Required
GTK+-2.10.13, GNet-2.0.7, intltool-0.35.5 and libxml2-2.6.31

Optional
gtkspell-2.0.4

Installation of Pan
Install Pan by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Program: pan
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: /usr/share/gnome/apps/Internet

Short Descriptions
pan is a graphical newsreader.

933
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Balsa-2.3.22
Introduction to Balsa
The Balsa package contains a GNOME-2 based mail client.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://balsa.gnome.org/balsa-2.3.22.tar.bz2
•
• Download MD5 sum: 0f9b8dbdd26a1916dcc92f0767e8b4e4
• Download size: 2.5 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 55 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU

Balsa Dependencies

Required
libgnomeui-2.18.1, ScrollKeeper-0.3.14, GMime-2.2.10, and Aspell-0.60.5 or GtkSpell (GtkSpell provides on-the-fly
as you type spell checking)

Recommended
libESMTP-1.0.4 (required for outgoing SMTP service) and PCRE-7.6

Optional
GtkHTML-3.14.3, gtksourceview-1.8.5, OpenSSL-0.9.8g, OpenLDAP-2.3.39, Compface-1.5.2, Heimdal-1.1 or MIT
Kerberos V5-1.6, libnotify, SQLite, and an MTA (that provides a sendmail command, note that it is only used if you
didn't install the recommended libESMTP package)

Optional to Build S/MIME Support

GPGME (requires GnuPG-2.0.8)

Installation of Balsa
Install Balsa by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \

--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 \
--localstatedir=/var/lib \
--with-rubrica \
--with-gtkhtml=no &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

934
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter
instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the
package will be installed in the correct location.
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in
/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.
--localstatedir=/var/lib: This parameter is used so that all ScrollKeeper files are installed in, and the
ScrollKeeper database is properly updated in /var/lib/scrollkeeper instead of some files being installed in
$GNOME_PREFIX/var/scrollkeeper.
--with-rubrica: This parameter is used to provide Rubrica2 address book support.
--with-gtkhtml=no: This parameter is used if you don't have libgtkhtml installed. Remove this parameter if
the package is installed. Note that you won't be able to read or write HTML formatted mail messages if you use
this parameter.
--with-esmtp=no: Use this parameter if you don't have libESMTP installed.
--with-ssl: Use this option to enable SSL support if OpenSSL is installed.
--with-ldap: Use this option to enable LDAP address book support if OpenLDAP is installed.
--with-sqlite: Use this option to enable SQLite address book support if SQLite is installed.
--with-gpgme: Use this option to enable GPG support if “GnuPG Made Easy” (GPGME) is installed.
--enable-smime: Use this option to enable S/MIME support if GnuPG-2.x.x is installed.

Configuring Balsa
Configuration Information
All configuration of Balsa is done through the Balsa menu system, with mailbox configuration done with the
Settings—>Preferences menu.
If you are unable to connect to your ISP, they probably don't support APOP. Disable it in
Settings/Preferences/POP3/advanced.
If you enable filters for your incoming POP3 mail, you must have Procmail-3.22 installed, as the incoming mail will
be handed off to procmail for processing.

Contents
Installed Programs: balsa and balsa-ab
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/share/: {gnome/help, omf,
sounds}/balsa

Short Descriptions
balsa is a GNOME-2 based mail client.

935
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Pidgin-2.1.0
Introduction to Pidgin
Pidgin is an instant messaging client that can connect with a wide range of networks including AIM, ICQ, GroupWise,
MSN, Jabber, IRC, Napster, Gadu-Gadu, SILC, Zephyr and Yahoo!.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/pidgin/pidgin-2.1.0.tar.bz2
•
• Download MD5 sum: 83f44bf9c076595967f7374c50250176
• Download size: 7.7 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 172 MB (additinoal 106 MB for API documentation)
• Estimated build time: 2.5 SBU

Pidgin Dependencies
Required
GLib-2.12.12, libxml2-2.6.31, and XML::Parser-2.34
Optional for SSL Support
GnuTLS-1.6.3 or NSS-3.11.7
SSL support is required for MSN Messenger and Google Talk. GnuTLS is the preferred method. Note that one of
Firefox-2.0.0.15, Thunderbird-2.0.0.12, SeaMonkey-1.1.9, or Mozilla can be used instead of NSS.
Optional GUI Tools
GTK+-2.10.13 (required to build the GUI interface), Gtkspell (for spell-check support and only used if Gtk+ is
installed), XScreenSaver-5.03 (to check for idleness and only used if Gtk+ is installed), startup-notification-0.9 (only
used if Gtk+ is installed), and X Window System (used for session management support)
Optional
intltool-0.35.5, GConf-2.18.0.1, D-Bus GLib Bindings-0.74 (requires Python-2.5.2 also), SILC Client, SILC Toolkit,
zephyr, GStreamer-0.10.13 (required for audio support), Evolution Data Server-1.10.3 (required for Evolution
integration), SQLite (required for the Contact Availability Prediction plugin), Cyrus SASL-2.1.22 (required for Jabber
support), MIT Kerberos V5-1.6 (required for Kerberos support in the Zephyr module), Avahi (required for the Bonjour
plugin), Meanwhile (required for Sametime protocol support), NetworkManager (download and requires that D-Bus
is installed), check (only used during the test suite), and Gadu-Gadu external libraries (cannot find a URL)
Optional for Programming Language Support
Mono (experimental), Tcl-8.4.18, and Tk-8.4.18

Installation of Pidgin
Compile Pidgin by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--with-gconf-schema-file-dir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3/gconf/schemas \
--disable-gtkui &&
make

936
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

If you have Doxygen-1.5.2 installed (Graphviz-2.12 can be used also) and you wish to create the API documentation,
issue: make docs
To test the results, issue: make check. Note that the end result of the suite indicates an error. This error is only due
to some locale translation issues and not the actual tests. The actual result of the tests are displayed about half way
through the tests and should indicate that they passed.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/pidgin-2.1.0 &&
install -v -m644 README* doc/*.txt doc/gtkrc-2.0 \
/usr/share/doc/pidgin-2.1.0
If you created the API documentation, install it using the following commands as the root user:
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/pidgin-2.1.0/api &&
install -v -m644 doc/html/* \
/usr/share/doc/pidgin-2.1.0/api

Command Explanations
--with-gconf-schema-file-dir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3/gconf/schemas: This parameter is used so
that the GConf schema files are installed into the existing database. If GConf is not installed, the parameter does not
affect the build or installation of the package.
--disable-gtkui: This parameter is used if GTK+ is not installed. The build will only produce the finch
program, which is a text-based (Ncurses) only version. Remove this parameter if you have GTK+ installed to build
the GUI pidgin program.

Configuring Pidgin
Config Files
~/.purple/* and ~/.gtkrc-02

Configuration Information
Most configuration can be accomplished by using the various preference settings inside the programs. Additionally,
you can create a ~/.gtkrc-02 file which can store settings that affect the Pidgin application. Note that an example
gtkrc-02 file was installed during the package installation and can be used as a starting point or reference.

Contents
Installed Programs: finch, pidgin, purple-client-example, purple-remote, purple-send, purple-send-async,
and purple-url-handler
Installed Library: libgnt.so, libpurple.so, and libpurple-client.so along with numerous plugin and support
modules located in various subdirectories of /usr/lib.
Installed Directories: /usr/include/{finch,gnt,libpurple,pidgin}, /usr/lib/{finch,gnt,pidgin,purple-2},
/usr/share/doc/pidgin-2.1.0, /usr/share/pixmaps/pidgin, and /usr/share/sounds/pidgin

Short Descriptions
finch is a text-based (Ncurses) instant messaging client.

937
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

pidgin is an instant messaging client based on the Gtk+ GUI toolkit.

purple-remote is a command-line interface for controlling an already running instance of pidgin

938
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

XChat-2.8.4
Introduction to XChat
XChat is an IRC chat program. It allows you to join multiple IRC channels (chat rooms) at the same time, talk publicly,
have private one-on-one conversations, etc. File transfers are also possible.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.xchat.org/files/source/2.8/xchat-2.8.4.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/xchat-2.8.4.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 66d60febc62a01bafac9bb3a35fb37ae
• Download size: 1.3 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 33 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required patch: http://xchat.org/files/source/2.8/patches/xc284-scrollbmkdir.diff

XChat Dependencies

Required

GLib-2.12.12

Recommended

GTK+-2.10.13

Optional

D-Bus GLib Bindings-0.74, OpenSSL-0.9.8g, Python-2.5.2, Tcl-8.4.18, GConf-2.18.0.1, and libsexy or GtkSpell (not
recommended)
Note that using libsexy for spell checking requires Enchant at run-time. Aspell-0.60.5 is just one of many backend
spell libraries Enchant can use. See the Enchant project page (URL above) for additional information about the
available backends.

Installation of XChat
Install XChat by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../xc284-scrollbmkdir.diff &&

./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 \
--enable-shm &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

939
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/xchat-2.8.4 &&

install -v -m644 README faq.html \
/usr/share/doc/xchat-2.8.4

Command Explanations
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in
/etc/gnome/2.18.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures
that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.
--enable-shm: This parameter is used to enable XShm for fast tinting.

Contents
Installed Program: xchat
Installed Libraries: XChat binding modules
Installed Directories: /usr/lib/xchat and /usr/share/doc/xchat-2.8.4

Short Descriptions
xchat is a graphical Internet Relay Chat (IRC) client.

940
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Part X. Multimedia
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 35. Multimedia Libraries and Drivers

Many multimedia programs require libraries and/or drivers in order to function properly. The packages in this section
fall into this category. Generally you only need to install these if you are installing a program which has the library
listed as either a requirement, or as an option to enable it to support certain functionality.

ALSA-1.0.13
The Linux kernel now provides ALSA support by default. However, applications need to interface to that capability.
The following five sections of the book deal with the five separate components of ALSA: the libraries, the utilities,
the tools, the firmware and the OSS compatibility libraries.

942
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

ALSA Library-1.0.13
Introduction to ALSA Library
The ALSA Library package contains the ALSA library. This is used by programs (including ALSA Utilities) requiring
access to the ALSA sound interface.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/opsys/linux/alsa/lib/alsa-lib-1.0.13.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.alsa-project.org/pub/lib/alsa-lib-1.0.13.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: d55a9d7d2a79d738a1b7a511cffda4b6
• Download size: 694 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 34.9 MB (additional 22.2 MB to build and install docs)
• Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU (less than 0.1 SBU to build and install docs)

ALSA Library Dependencies

Optional
Doxygen-1.5.2 and resmgr

Kernel Configuration
In the Device Drivers # Sound # Advanced Linux Sound Architecture section of the kernel configuration, select the
settings and drivers appropriate for your hardware. Ensure that the deprecated Device Drivers # Sound # Open Sound
System is not selected. If necessary, recompile and install your new kernel.

Installation of ALSA Library

Install ALSA Library by running the following commands:

./configure --enable-static &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m644 -D doc/asoundrc.txt \
/usr/share/doc/alsa-lib-1.0.13/asoundrc.txt

If you have Doxygen installed and you wish to build the library API documentation, run the following commands
from the top-level directory of the source tree:

make doc

Now, as the root user:

install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/alsa-1.0.13/html &&

install -v -m644 doc/doxygen/html/* /usr/share/doc/alsa-1.0.13/html

943
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Command Explanations
--enable-static: This switch is used to enable building the static library as some programs link against it.

Configuring ALSA Library

Config Files
~/.asoundrc, /etc/asound.conf, /usr/share/alsa/alsa.conf, and
/usr/share/alsa/{cards,pcm}/*.conf

Configuration Information
The default alsa.conf is adequate for most installations. For extra functionality and/or advanced control of your
sound device, you may need to create additional configuration files. For information on the available configuration
parameters, visit http://www.alsa-project.org/alsa-doc/doc-php/asoundrc.php.

Contents
Installed Programs: aserver
Installed Library: libasound.{so,a} and smixer-*.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /usr/include/alsa, /usr/lib/alsa-lib, /usr/share/alsa and /usr/share/doc/alsa-lib-1.0.13

Short Descriptions
aserver provides the ALSA server.
libasound.{so,a} provides ALSA functions for application programs.
smixer-*.{so,a} provides hardware dependent ALSA mixer functions.

944
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

ALSA Plugins-1.0.13
Introduction to ALSA Plugins
The ALSA Plugins package contains plugins for various audio libraries and sound servers.

Note
The ALSA Plugins package has not been tested by the BLFS editors.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/opsys/linux/alsa/plugins/alsa-plugins-1.0.13.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.alsa-project.org/pub/plugins/alsa-plugins-1.0.13.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 7ef5e429b4a2756d0b5f0d7ce5bba0c8
• Download size: 225 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 2.4 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

ALSA Plugins Dependencies

Required
pkg-config-0.22 and ALSA Library-1.0.13

Optional
FFmpeg-svn_20070606, JACK, PulseAudio, Secret Rabbit Code (a.k.a. libsamplerate)

Installation of ALSA Plugins

Install ALSA Plugins by running the following commands:
./configure &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/alsa-plugins-1.0.13 &&
install -v -m644 doc/{README*,*.txt} \
/usr/share/doc/alsa-plugins-1.0.13

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: Numerous libasound_module_<module>.so modules including ctl_oss, pcm_oss,
pcm_upmix, pcm_vdownmix and optionally ctl_pulse, pcm_pulse, pcm_a52,
pcm_jack and rate_samplerate*
Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/alsa-plugins-1.0.13

945
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
libasound_module_pcm_oss.so Allows native ALSA applications to run on OSS.
libasound_module_pcm_upmix.so Allows upmixing sound to 4 or 6 channels.
libasound_module_pcm_vdownmix.so Allows downmixing sound from 4-6 channels to 2 channel
stereo output.
libasound_module_pcm_jack.so Allows native ALSA applications to work with jackd.
libasound_module_pcm_pulse.so Allows native ALSA applications to access a PulseAudio
sound daemon.
libasound_module_pcm_a52.so Converts S16 linear sound format to A52 compressed format
and sends it to an SPDIF output.
libasound_module_rate_samplerate.so Provides an external rate converter through
libsamplerate.

946
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

ALSA Utilities-1.0.13
Introduction to ALSA Utilities
The ALSA Utilities package contains various utilities which are useful for controlling your sound card.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/opsys/linux/alsa/utils/alsa-utils-1.0.13.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.alsa-project.org/pub/utils/alsa-utils-1.0.13.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: dfe4bb5d3217f3ec662b172ce8397cf0
• Download size: 958 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 8.1 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

ALSA Utilities Dependencies

Required

ALSA Library-1.0.13

Installation of ALSA Utilities

Install ALSA Utilities by running the following commands:

./configure &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Configuring ALSA Utilities

Config Files
/etc/asound.state

Configuration Information
Use a bootscript to store the values at shutdown.
As the root user, install the init script /etc/rc.d/init.d/alsa included in the blfs-bootscripts-20080816
package.

make install-alsa

Note that all channels of your sound card are muted by default. You can use the alsamixer program from the ALSA
Utilities to change this. Use speaker-test to check that your settings have been applied correctly.

947
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

The first time the alsactl program is run from the udev rule below, it will complain that there is no state in
/etc/asound.state. You can prevent this by running the following commands as the root user:

touch /etc/asound.state &&

alsactl store

The volume settings will be restored from the saved state by Udev when the device is detected (during boot or when
plugged in for USB devices).
As the root user, install a new Udev rules file to create the audio device nodes and run the restore script:

cat > /etc/udev/rules.d/40-alsa.rules << "EOF"

# /etc/udev/rules.d/40-alsa.rules

# When a sound device is detected, restore the volume settings

KERNEL=="controlC[0-9]*", ACTION=="add", RUN+="/usr/sbin/alsactl restore %n"
EOF
chmod -v 644 /etc/udev/rules.d/40-alsa.rules

All sound devices are not accessible for any user except root and members of the audio group. Add any users
that might use the sound devices to that group:

usermod -a -G audio <username>

Note
You may need to log out and back in again to refresh your group memberships. 'su <username>' should
work as well.

Contents
Installed Programs: aconnect, alsaconf, alsactl, alsamixer, amidi, amixer, aplay, aplaymidi, arecord,
arecordmidi, aseqnet, aseqdump, iecset, and speaker-test
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
aconnect is a utility for connecting and disconnecting two existing ports in the ALSA sequencer system.
alsaconf is a configuration tool which tries to detect the sound cards on your system and write a suitable
configuration file for ALSA. This program is incompatible with udev and hotplug.
alsactl is used to control advanced settings for the ALSA sound card drivers.
alsamixer is an ncurses-based mixer program for use with the ALSA sound card drivers.
amidi is used to read from and write to ALSA RawMIDI ports.
amixer allows command-line control of the mixers for the ALSA sound card drivers.
aplay is a command-line soundfile player for the ALSA sound card drivers.
aplaymidi is a command-line utility that plays the specified MIDI file(s) to one or more ALSA sequencer
ports.

948
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

arecord is a command-line soundfile recorder for the ALSA sound card drivers.
arecordmidi is a command-line utility that records a standard MIDI file from one or more ALSA sequencer
ports.
aseqdump is a command-line utility that prints the sequencer events it receives as text.
aseqnet is an ALSA sequencer client which sends and receives event packets over a network.
iecset is a small utility to set or dump the IEC958 (or so-called “S/PDIF”) status bits of the specified
sound card via the ALSA control API.
speaker-test is a command-line speaker test tone generator for ALSA.

949
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

ALSA Tools-1.0.13
Introduction to ALSA Tools
The ALSA Tools package contains advanced tools for certain sound cards.

Note
The ALSA Tools package has not been tested by the BLFS editors.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/opsys/linux/alsa/tools/alsa-tools-1.0.13.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.alsa-project.org/pub/tools/alsa-tools-1.0.13.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 3f30a884848a21910195a3c77f1dbde2
• Download size: 1.4 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 14-17 MB depending on the tool being built
• Estimated build time: 0.1-0.5 SBU depending on the tool being built

ALSA Tools Dependencies

Required

ALSA Library-1.0.13

Optional

pkg-config-0.22 and GTK+-2.10.13 or GTK+-1.2.10 (to build echomixer, envy24control and rmedigicontrol),
FLTK (to build hdspconf and hdspmixer), and Qt-3.3.8b (to build qlo10k1).

Installation of ALSA Tools

The ALSA Tools package is only needed by those with advanced requirements for their sound card. The tools are not
all built together, instead you need to cd into the directory of each tool you wish to compile and run the following
commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

The ac3dec tool comes with a test suite, but it is not functional since it does not contain the reference results for
the dither_test program.

Now, as the root user:

make install

950
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: ac3dec, extract_ac3, as10k1, dl10k1, echomixer, envy24control, hdspconf, hdsploader,
hdspmixer, init_audigy, init_audigy_eq10, init_live, lo10k1, ld10k1, ld10k1d,
mixartloader, pcxhrloader, qlo10k1, rmedigicontrol, cspctl, sbiload, sscape_ctl,
us428control, usx2yloader, and vxloader
Installed Library: liblo10k1.so
Installed Directories: /usr/share/applications, /usr/share/pixmaps, /usr/include/lo10k1, /usr/share/ld10k1,
and /usr/share/sounds

Short Descriptions
ac3dec is a free AC-3 stream decoder.
extract_ac3 will take an MPEG-2 stream and produce AC-3 audio to stdout if it exists.
as10k1 is an assembler for the emu10k1 DSP chip present in the Creative SB Live, PCI 512, and emu
APS sound cards. It is used to make audio effects such as a flanger, chorus or reverb.
echomixer is the Linux equivalent of the Echoaudio console application from Echoaudio. It is a tool to
control all the features of any Echoaudio soundcard. This includes clock sources, input and
output gains, mixers, etc.
envy24control is a control tool for Envy24 (ice1712) based sound cards.
hdspconf is a GUI to control the Hammerfall HDSP Alsa Settings. Up to four hdsp cards are supported.
hdsploader is used to load the firmware required by the Hammerfall HDSP sound cards.
hdspmixer is the Linux equivalent of the Totalmix application from RME. It is a tool to control the
advanced routing features of the RME Hammerfall DSP soundcard series.
ld10k1 is the server of a EMU10K{1,2} patch loader for ALSA.
lo10k1 is the client of a EMU10K{1,2} patch loader for ALSA.
dl10k1 loads config dumps generated by lo10k1 and ld10k1.
ld10k1d is an init script for the ld10k1 patch loader.
qlo10k1 is a Qt GUI for the ld10k1 patch loader.
mixartloader is a helper program to load the firmware binaries onto the Digigram's miXart board sound
drivers. The following modules require this program: snd-mixart. These drivers don't work
properly at all until the certain firmwares are loaded, i.e. no PCM nor mixer devices will
appear.
pcxhrloader is a helper program to load the firmware binaries onto Digigram's pcxhr compatible board
sound drivers. The following modules require this program: snd-pcxhr. These drivers don't
work properly at all until the certain firmwares are loaded, i.e. no PCM nor mixer devices
will appear.
rmedigicontrol is a control tool for RME Digi32 and RME Digi96 sound cards. It provides a graphical
frontend for all the sound card controls and switches.
cspctl is an SB16/AWE32 Creative Signal Processor (ASP/CSP) control program.
sbiload is an OPL2/3 FM instrument loader for the ALSA sequencer.
sscape_ctl is an ALSA SoundScape control utility.

951
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

us428control is a Tascam US-428 control program.

usx2yloader is a helper program to load the 2nd Phase firmware binaries onto the Tascam USX2Y
USB sound cards. It has proven to work so far for the US122, US224 and US428. The
snd-usb-usx2y module requires this program.
vxloader is a helper program to load the firmware binaries onto the Digigram's VX-board sound drivers.
The following modules require this program: snd-vx222, snd-vxpocket, snd-vxp440. These
drivers don't work properly at all until the certain firmwares are loaded, i.e. no PCM nor mixer
devices will appear.

952
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

ALSA Firmware-1.0.13
Introduction to ALSA Firmware
The ALSA Firmware package contains firmware for certain sound cards.

Note
The ALSA Firmware package has not been tested by the BLFS editors.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/opsys/linux/alsa/firmware/alsa-firmware-1.0.13.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.alsa-project.org/pub/firmware/alsa-firmware-1.0.13.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 97de41a923e68c3d6c52c14f1a2843df
• Download size: 2.7 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 27.2 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

ALSA Firmware Dependencies

Required
ALSA Tools-1.0.13

Optional
AS31 (for rebuilding the firmware from source)

Installation of ALSA Firmware

The ALSA Firmware package is only needed by those with advanced requirements for their sound card. See the
README for configure options.
Install ALSA Firmware by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directory: /lib/firmware and/or /usr/share/alsa/firmware

953
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

ALSA OSS-1.0.12
Introduction to ALSA OSS
The ALSA OSS package contains the ALSA OSS compatibility library. This is used by programs which wish to use
the ALSA OSS sound interface.

Note
The ALSA OSS package has not been tested by the BLFS editors.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/opsys/linux/alsa/oss-lib/alsa-oss-1.0.12.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.alsa-project.org/pub/oss-lib/alsa-oss-1.0.12.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: d4d18bbf63a866d6e065b90e16acd676
• Download size: 231 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 3.3 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

ALSA OSS Dependencies

Required
ALSA Library-1.0.13

Installation of ALSA OSS

Install ALSA OSS by running the following commands:
./configure &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Configuring ALSA OSS

Configuration Information
As with most libraries, there is no configuration to do, save that the library directory, i.e., /opt/lib or
/usr/local/lib should appear in /etc/ld.so.conf so that ldd can find the shared libraries. After checking
that this is the case, /sbin/ldconfig should be run while logged in as root.

Contents
Installed Program: aoss
Installed Libraries: libalsatoss.{so,a}, libaoss.{so,a}, and libossredir.a
Installed Directories: None

954
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
aoss is a simple wrapper script which facilitates the use of the ALSA OSS compatibility library. It just sets the
appropriate LD_PRELOAD path and then runs the command.

955
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

aRts-1.5.9
The Analog Real-time Synthesizer (aRts) provides software that can simulate a complete “modular analog
synthesizer” on your computer. It creates sounds and music using small modules like oscillators for creating
waveforms, various filters, modules for playing data on your speakers, mixers, and faders. You can build a complete
setup with the GUI of the system, using the modules: generators, effects and output — connected to each other.
aRts provides necessary libraries for KDE, however it can be installed as a standalone package. The installation
instructions for aRts can be found in the aRts-1.5.9 portion of the KDE installation instructions.

956
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Audio File-0.2.6
Introduction to Audio File
The Audio File package contains the audio file libraries and two sound file support programs. These are useful to
support basic sound file formats.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.68k.org/~michael/audiofile/audiofile-0.2.6.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: 9c1049876cd51c0f1b12c2886cce4d42
• Download size: 374 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 8.5 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.23 SBU

Installation of Audio File

Install Audio File by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Programs: audiofile-config, sfinfo, and sfconvert
Installed Library: libaudiofile.{so,a}
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
audiofile-config is used during the compile process by programs linking to this library.
sfinfo displays the sound file format, audio encoding, sampling rate and duration for audio
formats supported by this library.
sfconvert converts sound file formats where the original format and destination format are
supported by this library.
libaudiofile.{so,a} contains functions used by programs to support AIFF, AIFF-compressed, Sun/NeXT,
WAV and BIC audio formats.

957
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

EsounD-0.2.37
Introduction to EsounD
The EsounD package contains the Enlightened Sound Daemon. This is useful for mixing together several digitized
audio streams for playback by a single device.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/esound/0.2/esound-0.2.37.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/esound/0.2/esound-0.2.37.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 99cc68770176c8940cf346f60208420e
• Download size: 383 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 5 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

EsounD Dependencies

Required
Audio File-0.2.6

Optional
ALSA-1.0.13, aRts-1.5.9, TCP Wrapper-7.6, and DocBook-utils-0.6.14

Installation of EsounD
Install EsounD by running the following commands:

sed -i 's@doc/esound@&-0.2.37@' configure &&

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

chown -v root:root /usr/share/doc/esound-0.2.37/html/*

Command Explanations
sed -i '...': This appends the version string to the documentation installation directory.
--sysconfdir=/etc: This switch puts configuration files in /etc instead of /usr/etc.

Configuring EsounD
Config Files
/etc/esd.conf

958
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Configuration Information
Instructions and information about the configuration file is located in the TIPS file in the EsounD source directory.

Contents
Installed Programs: esd, esdcat, esdctl, esd-config, esddsp, esdfilt, esdloop, esdmon, esdplay, esdrec, and
esdsample
Installed Libraries: libesd.{so,a} and libesddsp.{so,a}
Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/esound-0.2.37

Short Descriptions
esd is the Enlightened Sound Daemon.
esd-config is used by configure to determine the compiler and linker flags that should be used to compile
and link programs that use EsounD.
esdcat plays a RAW audio stream through the daemon.
esdctl controls certain aspects of the sound daemon.
esdfilt is an EsoundD filter.
esdloop is test scaffolding for sample cache, loop and free.
esdmon outputs the mixed stream from the daemon.
esdplay plays the named file on EsoundD.
esdrec outputs from the sound device's current input.
esdsample is test scaffolding for sample cache, playback, and free.
libesd.{so,a} contains functions used by the EsounD programs as well as other programs to read, write and
play various sound format files.

959
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

SDL-1.2.11
Introduction to SDL
The Simple DirectMedia Layer (SDL for short) is a cross-platform library designed to make it easy to write multimedia
software, such as games and emulators.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.libsdl.org/release/SDL-1.2.11.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: 418b42956b7cd103bfab1b9077ccc149
• Download size: 2.7 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 23 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU

SDL Dependencies

Optional

ALSA-1.0.13, EsounD-0.2.37, aRts-1.5.9, NAS-1.9, NASM-0.98.39, X Window System, AAlib-1.4rc5, DirectFB,

SVGAlib, Pth-2.0.7, and PicoGUI

Installation of SDL
This package (unfortunately) expects the X Window system to be installed in the /usr/X11R6 directory. If you're
using a recent version of Xorg and it is installed in any other location, ensure you have followed the instructions in
the Creating an X11R6 Compatibility Symlink section.
Install SDL by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/SDL-1.2.11/html &&
install -v -m644 docs/html/*.html /usr/share/doc/SDL-1.2.11/html

Testing SDL
It is advisable to test the installation of SDL using the included test programs. It is not required to install any of the
resulting binaries to validate the installation. Issue the following commands to build the test programs:

cd test &&
./configure &&
make

You'll need to manually run all the test programs.

960
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Configuring SDL
Configuration Information
As with most libraries, there is no configuration to do, save that the library directory, i.e., /opt/lib or
/usr/local/lib should appear in /etc/ld.so.conf so that ldd can find the shared libraries. After checking
that this is the case, /sbin/ldconfig should be run while logged in as root.

Contents
Installed Program: sdl-config
Installed Libraries: libSDL*.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /usr/include/SDL and /usr/share/doc/SDL-1.2.11

Short Descriptions
sdl-config determines the compile and linker flags that should be used to compile and link programs
that use libSDL.
libSDL*.{so,a} libraries provide low level access to audio, keyboard, mouse, joystick, 3D hardware via
OpenGL, and 2D frame buffer across multiple platforms.

961
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Libao-0.8.8
Introduction to Libao
The libao package contains a cross-platform audio library. This is useful to output audio on a wide variety of platforms.
It currently supports WAV files, OSS (Open Sound System), ESD (Enlighten Sound Daemon), ALSA (Advanced
Linux Sound Architecture), NAS (Network Audio system), aRTS (analog Real-Time Synthesizer and PulseAudio
(next generation GNOME sound architecture).

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.xiph.org/releases/ao/libao-0.8.8.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/libao-0.8.8.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: b92cba3cbcf1ee9bc221118a85d23dcd
• Download size: 405 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 4 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Libao Dependencies
Optional
X Window System, EsounD-0.2.37, ALSA-1.0.13, aRts-1.5.9, NAS-1.9, and PulseAudio (requires atomic_ops)

Installation of Libao
Install libao by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m644 README /usr/share/doc/libao-0.8.8

Configuring Libao
Config Files
/etc/libao.conf and ~/.libao

Configuration Information
Currently, the only configuration option available is setting the default output device. Issue man libao.conf for details.

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: libao.{so,a} and plugins
Installed Directories: /usr/include/ao, /usr/lib/ao and /usr/share/doc/libao-0.8.8

962
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
libao.{so,a} provide functions for programs wishing to output sound over supported platforms.

963
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libogg-1.1.3
Introduction to libogg
The libogg package contains the Ogg file structure. This is useful for creating (encoding) or playing (decoding) a
single physical bit stream.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.xiph.org/releases/ogg/libogg-1.1.3.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: eaf7dc6ebbff30975de7527a80831585
• Download size: 403 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 3.6 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Installation of libogg
Install libogg by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Library: libogg.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /usr/include/ogg and /usr/share/doc/libogg-1.1.3

Short Descriptions
libogg.{so,a} libraries provide the functions required for programs to read or write Ogg formatted bit streams.

964
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libvorbis-1.2.0
Introduction to libvorbis
The libvorbis package contains a general purpose audio and music encoding format. This is useful for creating
(encoding) and playing (decoding) sound in an open (patent free) format.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.xiph.org/releases/vorbis/libvorbis-1.2.0.tar.bz2
•
• Download MD5 sum: 7c6e409d7aa1fa8a5481dea571d5bde0
• Download size: 1.2 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 18 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/libvorbis-1.2.0-security_fixes-1.patch

libvorbis Dependencies
Required
libogg-1.1.3

Optional
pkg-config-0.22, and libxslt-1.1.22 and PassiveTeX (to build the PDF documentation)

Installation of libvorbis
Install libvorbis by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../libvorbis-1.2.0-security_fixes-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m644 doc/Vorbis* /usr/share/doc/libvorbis-1.2.0

Command Explanations
--enable-docs: This switch enables building the documentation.

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: libvorbis.{so,a}, libvorbisenc.{so,a}, and libvorbisfile.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /usr/include/vorbis and /usr/share/doc/libvorbis-1.2.0

965
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
libvorbis*.{so,a} libraries provide the functions to read and write sound files.

966
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

FAAC-1.26
Introduction to FAAC
FAAC is an encoder for a lossy sound compression scheme specified in MPEG-2 Part 7 and MPEG-4 Part 3 standards
and known as Advanced Audio Coding (AAC). This encoder is useful for producing files that can be played back on
iPod. Moreover, iPod does not understand other sound compression schemes in video files.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/faac/faac-1.26.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: 1d7c019bd2dbb4f3101b8937ebc59cf6
• Download size: 392 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 33 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU

FAAC Dependencies

Optional

libmp4v2 from mpeg4ip (untested, as of 2007-09-28, development of the project is stopped; an internal version of
the library is used if the external one is not found).

Installation of FAAC
Install FAAC by running the following commands:

./bootstrap &&
sed -i -e '/obj-type/d' -e '/Long Term/d' frontend/main.c &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite. However, basic functionality can be tested by encoding a sample WAV
file (the sample file is installed by the ALSA Utilities-1.0.13 package:

./frontend/faac -o Front_Left.mp4 /usr/share/sounds/alsa/Front_Left.wav

Then, decode the result using the faad program from the FAAD2-2.6.1 package and play back the decoded file
(requires the aplay program from the ALSA Utilities-1.0.13 package:

faad Front_Left.mp4
aplay Front_Left.wav

aplay should identify the file as “Signed 16 bit Little Endian, Rate 48000 Hz, Stereo”, and you should hear the words
“front left”.
Now, as the root user:

make install

967
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Command Explanations
./bootstrap: This command runs GNU Autotools to create the configure script and other required build files.
sed -i ...: This command removes documentation for the --obj-type parameter from the faac --long-help
command output. This parameter is already disabled in FAAC-1.26 due to sound quality issues with object types
other than “Low Complexity”.
--enable-drm: This option is supposed to enable support for encoding files for Digital Radio Mondiale, but
actually breaks the base functionality of the package (e.g., the resulting faac program produces files that cannot be
decoded by FAAD2-2.6.1, even if compiled with DRM support). Don't use it.

Other AAC encoders

The quality of FAAC is not up to par with the best AAC encoders currently available. Also, it only supports AAC
and not High Efficiency AAC (also known as aacPlus), which provides better quality at low bitrates by means of
using the “spectral band replication” technology. There are the following alternative programs for producing AAC
and HE-AAC streams:
• Nero AAC Codec: available only in the binary form, the command-line AAC and HE-AAC encoders for Linux
are in the same archive as the Windows application.
• 3GPP Enhanced aacPlus general audio codec: available in the source form, can encode only HE-AAC up to
48 kbps out of the box, but the maximum bitrate can be changed by editing the tuning table in the FloatFR_
sbrenclib/src/sbr_main.c file.
Note, however, that iPod supports only Low Complexity AAC profile, which is the default in FAAC, but may not be
the default in Nero AAC Encoder and is completely unavailable in the 3GPP encoder.

Contents
Installed Program: faac
Installed Libraries: libfaac.{so,a} and libmp4v2.{so,a}
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
faac is a command-line AAC encoder.
libfaac.{so,a} contains functions for encoding AAC streams.
libmp4v2.{so,a} contains functions for creating and manipulating MP4 files.

968
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

FAAD2-2.6.1
Introduction to FAAD2
FAAD2 is a decoder for a lossy sound compression scheme specified in MPEG-2 Part 7 and MPEG-4 Part 3 standards
and known as Advanced Audio Coding (AAC).

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/faac/faad2-2.6.1.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: 74e92df40c270f216a8305fc87603c8a
• Download size: 820 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 15 MB (without media player plugins)
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (without media player plugins)

Additional Downloads
• Sample AAC file: http://www.nch.com.au/acm/sample.aac (7 KB)

FAAD2 Dependencies
Optional (to build corresponding AAC plugins)
XMMS-1.2.10 and mpeg4ip (both are untested, and both projects are dead).

Installation of FAAD2
Install FAAD2 by running the following commands:
./bootstrap &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite. However, basic functionality can be tested by decoding the sample
AAC file:
./frontend/faad -o sample.wav ../sample.aac
This should display a copyright message and the following information about the sample file:
sample.aac file info:
ADTS, 4.608 sec, 13 kbps, 16000 Hz

---------------------
| Config: 2 Ch |
---------------------
| Ch | Position |
---------------------
| 00 | Left front |
| 01 | Right front |
---------------------

969
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now play the result (requires the aplay program from the ALSA Utilities-1.0.13 package):

aplay sample.wav

aplay should identify the file as “Signed 16 bit Little Endian, Rate 16000 Hz, Stereo”, and you should hear some
piano notes.
Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
./bootstrap: This command runs GNU Autotools to create the configure script and other required build files.
--with-drm: This option is supposed to enable support for decoding Digital Radio Mondiale, but actually breaks
the base functionality of the package (e.g., the resulting faad program cannot decode the sample AAC file linked
above). Don't use it.

Contents
Installed Program: faad
Installed Library: libfaad.{so,a}
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
faad is a command-line utility for decoding AAC and MP4 files.
libfaad.{so,a} contains functions for decoding AAC streams.

970
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

NAS-1.9
Introduction to NAS
The Network Audio System is a network transparent, client/server audio transport system used to read , write and
play audio files in many formats including .au, .snd, .voc, .wav, .aiff, .aif and .iff. It can be described
as the audio equivalent of an X server.
There may be a more recent release available from the NAS home page. You can check http://nas.codebrilliance.
com/ and probably use the existing BLFS instructions. Note that versions other than the one shown in the download
URLs have not been tested in a BLFS environment.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/nas/nas-1.9.src.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/6.3/n/nas-1.9.src.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: aac031fae04f53bcd1e033b380b1b29d
• Download size: 1.4 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 18 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

NAS Dependencies
Required
X Window System

Installation of NAS
This package (unfortunately) expects the X Window system to be installed in the /usr/X11R6 directory. If you're
using a recent version of Xorg and it is installed in any other location, ensure you have followed the instructions in
the Creating an X11R6 Compatibility Symlink section.
Install NAS by running the following commands:
xmkmf &&
make World
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install install.man &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/nas-1.9/{html,pdf} &&
install -v -m644 doc/html/* /usr/share/doc/nas-1.9/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/pdf/* /usr/share/doc/nas-1.9/pdf &&
install -v -m644 doc/{README,actions,*.{ps,txt}} \
/usr/share/doc/nas-1.9

Command Explanations
xmkmf; make World: These commands use the standard for compiling X based applications.

971
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Configuring NAS
Config Files
/etc/nas/nasd.conf

Configuration Information
Create the NAS configuration file using the following command:

install -v -m644 /etc/nas/nasd.conf.eg /etc/nas/nasd.conf

Edit the new configuration file to suit your network and system needs.

Boot Script

Note
The NAS server cannot run simultaneously with other sound servers, such as MAS or JACK.

Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/nas init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20080816 package.

make install-nas

The init script uses a default parameter to allow access to all hosts on the network. Review the nasd man page for
other available parameters if you need to modify the script.

Contents
Installed Programs: auconvert, auctl, audemo, audial, auedit, auinfo, aupanel, auphone, auplay, aurecord,
auscope, autool, auwave, checkmail, issndfile, nasd, playbucket, and soundtoh
Installed Library: libaudio.{so,a}
Installed Directory: /etc/nas, /usr/X11R6/include/audio and /usr/share/doc/nas-1.9

Short Descriptions
au{utilities} are a collection of tools to convert, play, edit, record, and manipulate sound files. See the
respective man page for each utility for a full description of each one.
checkmail plays a sound file when the user receives mail.
issndfile checks if a file is in a recognized audio file format.
nasd is the Network Audio System server daemon.
playbucket plays, or creates, the bucket corresponding to the specified file.
soundtoh converts a sound file to a C language header file.
libaudio.{so,a} contains API functions to read and write audio files.

972
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

LibMPEG3-1.7
Introduction to LibMPEG3
LibMPEG3 supports advanced editing and manipulation of MPEG streams.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/heroines/libmpeg3-1.7-src.tar.bz2
•
• Download MD5 sum: 4a3e8896164d59d7d0dff69b50b75352
• Download size: 320 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/libmpeg3-1.7-makefile_mods-1.patch

LibMPEG3 Dependencies

Required
NASM-0.98.39

Installation of LibMPEG3
Install LibMPEG3 by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../libmpeg3-1.7-makefile_mods-1.patch &&

./configure &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
patch -Np1 -i ...: The patch modifies the Makefile so that everything is installed with the make install command
instead of just the executables being installed and manual commands used to install the library, interface headers and
documentation. The patch also fixes a syntax error in the Makefile.
./configure: This is not a typical Autotools script. It is only used to check for the availability of the NASM compiler.

Contents
Installed Programs: mpeg3cat, mpeg3dump, mpeg3peek and mpeg3toc
Installed Library: libmpeg3.a
Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/libmpeg3-1.7

973
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
mpeg3cat concatenates elementary streams or demultiplexes a program stream (separates components of the
stream).
mpeg3dump dumps information or extracts audio to a 24 bit PCM file.
mpeg3peek prints the byte offset of a given frame. It only works for video and requires a table of contents.
mpeg3toc creates a table of contents for a DVD or MPEG stream.
libmpeg3.a decodes several MPEG standards into uncompressed data suitable for editing and playback.

974
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libmad-0.15.1b
Introduction to libmad
libmad is a high-quality MPEG audio decoder capable of 24-bit output.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/mad/libmad-0.15.1b.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.mars.org/pub/mpeg/libmad-0.15.1b.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 1be543bc30c56fb6bea1d7bf6a64e66c
• Download size: 494 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 4.2 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Installation of libmad
Install libmad by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Some packages check for the pkg-config file for libmad. This file is particularly needed so that Cdrdao can recognize
the installed libmad.
As the root user:
cat > /usr/lib/pkgconfig/mad.pc << "EOF"
prefix=/usr
exec_prefix=${prefix}
libdir=${exec_prefix}/lib
includedir=${prefix}/include

Name: mad
Description: MPEG audio decoder
Requires:
Version: 0.15.1b
Libs: -L${libdir} -lmad
Cflags: -I${includedir}
EOF

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Library: libmad.{so,a}
Installed Directories: None

975
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
libmad.{so,a} is a MPEG audio decoder library.

976
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libquicktime-1.0.0
Introduction to libquicktime
The libquicktime package contains the libquicktime library, various plugins and codecs, along with graphical
and command line utilities used for encoding and decoding Quicktime files. This is useful for reading and writing
files in the Quicktime format. The goal of the project is to enhance, while providing compatibility with, the Quicktime
4 Linux library.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/libquicktime/libquicktime-1.0.0.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/libquicktime-1.0.0.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 2f609e3ef5e760f44022f6c4b66d6a01
• Download size: 998 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 17 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU (includes building all codec modules)

libquicktime Dependencies
Optional
pkg-config-0.22, libpng-1.2.29, libjpeg-6b, X Window System, GTK+-2.10.13, ALSA-1.0.13, libvorbis-1.2.0,
LAME-3.97, libdv-1.0.0, FFmpeg-svn_20070606, x264, FAAC-1.26, and FAAD2-2.6.1

Installation of libquicktime
Install libquicktime by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
If you have Doxygen-1.5.2 installed and wish to create the API documentation, issue: doxygen.
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/libquicktime-1.0.0 &&
install -v -m644 README doc/{*.txt,*.html,mainpage.incl} \
/usr/share/doc/libquicktime-1.0.0
If you created the API documentation, install it by issuing the following commands as the root user:
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/libquicktime-1.0.0/api &&
install -v -m644 doc/html/* \
/usr/share/doc/libquicktime-1.0.0/api

Contents
Installed Programs: libquicktime_config, lqt-config, lqt_transcode, lqtplay, qt2text, qtdechunk, qtdump,
qtinfo, qtrechunk, qtstreamize and qtyuv4toyuv
Installed Libraries: libquicktime.so and several plugin codec libraries
Installed Directories: /usr/include/lqt, /usr/lib/libquicktime and /usr/share/doc/libquicktime-1.0.0

977
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
libquicktime_config is a graphical front end to examine and configure the available libquicktime audio and
video codecs.
lqt-config is a simple program used to query the libquicktime installation settings and plugin
information.
lqt_transcode is a command-line program used to encode video and/or audio files from one format
to another.
lqtplay is a simple Quicktime movie player for X11.
qtdechunk can take movies containing rgb frames and write them out as ppm images.
qtrechunk concatenates input frames into a Quicktime movie.
qtyuv4toyuv is used to write a YUV4 encoded movie as a planar YUV 4:2:0 file.
libquicktime.so is a library for reading and writing Quicktime files. It provides convenient access to
Quicktime files with a variety of supported codecs. The library contains new functions
integrated with all the original Quicktime 4 Linux library functions used to encode
and decode Quicktime files.

978
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libFAME-0.9.1
Introduction to libFAME
libFAME is a fast (real-time) MPEG-1 as well as MPEG-4 rectangular and arbitrary shaped video encoding library.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/fame/libfame-0.9.1.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/libfame-0.9.1.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 880085761e17a3b4fc41f4f6f198fd3b
• Download size: 290 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 6.6 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/libfame-0.9.1-gcc34-1.patch

Installation of libFAME
Install libFAME by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../libfame-0.9.1-gcc34-1.patch &&

sed -i 's/$CC --version/$CC -dumpversion/' configure &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
sed -i 's/$CC --version/$CC -dumpversion/' configure: This command causes the configure script to use a different
command to find out the version of the compiler. Without this command, the -fstrict-aliasing flag is not added to the
CFLAGS variable in the various Makefiles.
--enable-sse: This option is off by default and should be set on if your machine has SSE capability. One way
to find out if you have SSE is to issue cat /proc/cpuinfo and see if sse is listed in the flags.

Contents
Installed Programs: libfame-config
Installed Libraries: libfame.{so,a}
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
libfame-config provides configuration information for libfame.

979
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libfame.{so,a} provides functions for the video encoding programs.

980
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Speex-1.0.5
Introduction to Speex
Speex is an audio compression format designed especially for speech. It is well-adapted to Internet applications and
provides useful features that are not present in most other CODECs.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.us.xiph.org/releases/speex/speex-1.0.5.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: 01d6a2de0a88a861304bf517615dea79
• Download size: 535 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 4.2 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.12 SBU

Speex Dependencies
Optional
libogg-1.1.3

Installation of Speex
Install Speex by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Programs: speexdec and speexenc
Installed Libraries: libspeex.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /usr/share/doc/speex-1.0.5

Short Descriptions
speexdec decodes a Speex file and produces a WAV or raw file.
speexenc encodes a WAV or raw files using Speex.
libspeex.{so,a} provides functions for the audio encoding/decoding programs.

981
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Id3lib-3.8.3
Introduction to Id3lib
id3lib is a library for reading, writing and manipulating ID3v1 and ID3v2 tags.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/id3lib/id3lib-3.8.3.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: 19f27ddd2dda4b2d26a559a4f0f402a7
• Download size: 950 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 21 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/id3lib-3.8.3-test_suite-1.patch

Installation of Id3lib
Install id3lib by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../id3lib-3.8.3-test_suite-1.patch &&

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/id3lib-3.8.3 &&
install -v -m644 doc/*.{gif,jpg,png,ico,css,txt,php,html} \
/usr/share/doc/id3lib-3.8.3

Contents
Installed Programs: id3convert, id3cp, id3info, and id3tag
Installed Library: libid3.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /usr/include/id3 and /usr/share/doc/id3lib-3.8.3

Short Descriptions
id3convert converts between ID3v1/v2 tagging formats.
id3cp extracts ID3v1/v2 tags from digital audio files.
id3info prints ID3v1/v2 tag contents.
id3tag is an utility for editing ID3v1/v2 tags.
libid3.{so,a} provides functions for the ID3v1/v2 tag editing programs as well as other external programs
and libraries.

982
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

FLAC-1.2.1
Introduction to FLAC
FLAC is an audio CODEC similar to MP3, but lossless, meaning that audio is compressed without losing any
information.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/flac/flac-1.2.1.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: 153c8b15a54da428d1f0fadc756c22c7
• Download size: 1.9 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 205 MB (includes running the test suite)
• Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU (additional 8 SBU to run the test suite)

FLAC Dependencies

Optional

libogg-1.1.3, XMMS-1.2.10, NASM-0.98.39, DocBook-utils-0.6.14, Doxygen-1.5.2 and Valgrind

Installation of FLAC
Install FLAC by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-thorough-tests &&

make

To test the results, issue: make check. Note that if you passed the --enable-exhaustive-tests and
--enable-valgrind-testing parameters to configure and then run the test suite, it will take a very long time
(up to 300 SBUs) and use about 375 MB of disk space.
Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--disable-thorough-tests: This parameter is used so that the test suite will complete in a reasonable amount
of time. Remove it if you desire more extensive tests.
--enable-sse: This option is off by default and should be set on if your machine has SSE capability. One way
to find out if you have SSE is to issue cat /proc/cpuinfo and see if sse is listed in the flags.

Contents
Installed Programs: flac and metaflac
Installed Libraries: libFLAC.{so,a}, libFLAC++.{so,a} and libxmms-flac.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /usr/include/FLAC, /usr/include/FLAC++ and /usr/share/doc/flac-1.2.1

983
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
flac is a command-line utility for encoding, decoding and converting FLAC files.
metaflac is a program for listing, adding, removing, or editing metadata in one or more FLAC
files.
libFLAC{,++}.{so,a} these libraries provide native FLAC and Ogg FLAC C/C++ APIs for programs
utilizing FLAC.
libxmms-flac.{so,a} is a plugin for XMMS.

984
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libdvdcss-1.2.9
Introduction to libdvdcss
libdvdcss is a simple library designed for accessing DVDs as a block device without having to bother about the
decryption.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.videolan.org/pub/libdvdcss/1.2.9/libdvdcss-1.2.9.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/libdvdcss-1.2.9.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 553383d898826c285afb2ee453b07868
• Download size: 283 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 5 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

libdvdcss Dependencies

Optional (to Create Documentation)

Doxygen-1.5.2 and teTeX-3.0

Installation of libdvdcss
Note
In certain circumstances the 'inputenc' package in the LaTeX installation may not work properly duing the
build, causing it to hang up. If this happens, issue quit at the LaTeX prompt and then issue the following
command at the shell prompt:

echo "INPUT_ENCODING = ISO-8859-1" >>doc/doxygen.cfg

Now either resume the build, or start over. Disregard this note if you do not have a LaTeX package or
Doxygen installed.

Install libdvdcss by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

If you have Doxygen and teTeX installed, HTML and Postscript documentation was created during the build. If you
also want to install a PDF version of the reference manual, issue the following command:

make -C doc/latex pdf

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

985
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

If you have Doxygen and teTeX installed, install the documentation using the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/libdvdcss-1.2.9/html &&

install -v -m644 doc/html/* /usr/share/doc/libdvdcss-1.2.9/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/latex/*.{pdf,ps,dvi} \
/usr/share/doc/libdvdcss-1.2.9

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Library: libdvdcss.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /usr/include/dvdcss and /usr/share/doc/libdvdcss-1.2.9

Short Descriptions
libdvdcss.{so,a} provides the functionality that is required for transparent DVD access with CSS decryption.

986
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Libdvdread-0.9.7
Introduction to Libdvdread
libdvdread is a library which provides a simple foundation for reading DVDs.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.dtek.chalmers.se/groups/dvd/dist/libdvdread-0.9.7.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/libdvdread-0.9.7.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 078788c9241ae16763529e1235502337
• Download size: 389 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 9 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Libdvdread Dependencies
Optional
libdvdcss-1.2.9

Installation of Libdvdread
Install libdvdread by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--with-libdvdcss: This switch is needed if you want libdvdread to link to the libdvdcss library so it can
read CSS encrypted DVDs. If you do not pass this switch, libdvdread will dlopen the libdvdcss library at runtime,
if it is available, in order to read CSS encrypted DVDs.

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: libdvdread.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /usr/include/dvdread

Short Descriptions
libdvdread.{so,a} provides functionality required to access DVDs.

987
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Libdv-1.0.0
Introduction to Libdv
The Quasar DV Codec (libdv) is a software CODEC for DV video, the encoding format used by most digital
camcorders.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/libdv/libdv-1.0.0.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: f895162161cfa4bb4a94c070a7caa6c7
• Download size: 574 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 7 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Libdv Dependencies
Optional
popt-1.10.4, pkg-config-0.22, SDL-1.2.11, GTK+-1.2.10, and X Window System

Installation of Libdv
Install libdv by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/libdv-1.0.0 &&
install -v -m644 README* /usr/share/doc/libdv-1.0.0

Contents
Installed Programs: dubdv, dvconnect, encodedv, and playdv
Installed Library: libdv.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /usr/include/libdv and /usr/share/doc/libdv-1.0.0

Short Descriptions
dubdv inserts audio into a digital video stream.
dvconnect is a small utility to send or capture raw data from and to the camcorder.
encodedv encodes a series of images to a digital video stream.
playdv displays digital video streams on the screen.
libdv.{so,a} provides functions for programs interacting with the Quasar DV CODEC.

988
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Liba52-0.7.4
Introduction to Liba52
liba52 is a free library for decoding ATSC A/52 (also known as AC-3) streams. The A/52 standard is used in a variety
of applications, including digital television and DVD.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://liba52.sourceforge.net/files/a52dec-0.7.4.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: caa9f5bc44232dc8aeea773fea56be80
• Download size: 236 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 2.5 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Installation of Liba52
Install liba52 by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-shared &&

make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m644 -D doc/liba52.txt \
/usr/share/doc/liba52-0.7.4/liba52.txt

Contents
Installed Programs: a52dec and extract_a52
Installed Library: liba52.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /usr/include/a52dec and /usr/share/doc/liba52-0.7.4

Short Descriptions
a52dec plays ATSC A/52 audio streams.
extract_a52 extracts ATSC A/52 audio from an MPEG stream.
liba52.{so,a} provides functions for the programs dealing with ATSC A/52 streams.

989
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

XviD-1.1.3
Introduction to XviD
XviD is an MPEG-4 compliant video CODEC.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.xvid.org/downloads/xvidcore-1.1.3.tar.bz2
•
• Download MD5 sum: 29c60d4d991ac18f687a8fd13cfe64b7
• Download size: 625 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 9 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

XviD Dependencies

Optional

NASM-0.98.39

Installation of XviD
Install XviD by running the following commands:

cd build/generic &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/libxvidcore.so.4.1 &&

ln -v -sf libxvidcore.so.4.1 /usr/lib/libxvidcore.so.4 &&
ln -v -sf libxvidcore.so.4 /usr/lib/libxvidcore.so &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/xvidcore-1.1.3/examples &&

install -v -m644 ../../doc/* /usr/share/doc/xvidcore-1.1.3 &&
install -v -m644 ../../examples/* \
/usr/share/doc/xvidcore-1.1.3/examples

Command Explanations
ln -v -sf libxvidcore.so.4 /usr/lib/libxvidcore.so: This command makes applications linked against .so names,
link to .so.<MAJOR>. This ensures better binary compatibility, as XviD developers take care not changing the
<MAJOR> number until there is an incompatible ABI change.

990
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Library: libxvidcore.{so,a}
Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/xvidcore-1.1.3

Short Descriptions
libxvidcore.{so,a} provides functions to encode and decode most MPEG-4 video data.

991
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Xine Libraries-1.1.12
Introduction to Xine Libraries
The xine Libraries package contains xine libraries. These are useful for interfacing with external plug-ins that allow
the flow of information from the source to the screen and speakers.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/xine/xine-lib-1.1.12.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/xine-lib-1.1.12.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: b7254614c78c8b0f1652b8dc06f80b3a
• Download size: 7.1 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 233 MB
• Estimated build time: 6.1 SBU

Xine Libraries Dependencies

Required
X Window System and EsounD-0.2.37 or OSS or ALSA-1.0.13 or aRts-1.5.9 or PulseAudio or JACK

Recommended
pkg-config-0.22 and FFmpeg-svn_20070606

Optional
AAlib-1.4rc5, libmng-1.0.9, SDL-1.2.11, libFAME-0.9.1, libvorbis-1.2.0, Speex-1.0.5, GNOME Virtual File
System-2.18.1, FLAC-1.2.1, Samba-3.0.30, ImageMagick-6.3.5-10, DirectFB, Theora, libcaca, libmodplug, libcdio,
VCDImager, libmpcdec, WavPack, libdxr3, sgmltools-lite, and Transfig
The developers recommended that you use the internal source tree versions of liba52-0.7.4, libdts (now libdca),
libdvdnav, and libmad-0.15.1b and not system-installed versions.

Installation of Xine Libraries

Install xine Libraries by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-static --with-external-ffmpeg \

--docdir=/usr/share/doc/xine-lib-1.1.12 &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--enable-static: This switch is used to enable building the static library as some programs link against it.

992
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--with-external-ffmpeg: This switch enables use of an external FFmpeg library. The internaly built library
produces poor resuts with some video files.
--docdir=/usr/share/xine-lib-1.1.12: This switch causes the documentation to be installed into a
versioned instead of the default /usr/share/doc/xine-lib.

Contents
Installed Program: xine-config
Installed Libraries: libxine.{a,so} and numerous plugin modules and video extensions
Installed Fonts: Output display engine fonts located in /usr/share/xine/libxine1/fonts
Installed Directories: /usr/include/xine, /usr/lib/xine, /usr/share/xine, and /usr/share/doc/xine-lib-1.1.12

Short Descriptions
xine-config provides information to programs trying to link with the xine libraries.
libxine.so provides the API for processing audio/video files.

993
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Libmikmod-3.1.11
Introduction to Libmikmod
libmikmod is a sound library capable of playing audio samples as well as tracker modules. Supported module formats
include MOD, S3M, XM, IT, MED, MTM and 669.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://mikmod.raphnet.net/files/libmikmod-3.1.11.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/libmikmod-3.1.11.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 705106da305e8de191549f1e7393185c
• Download size: 604 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 9.9 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Recommended Patch: http://mikmod.raphnet.net/files/libmikmod-3.1.11-a.diff

Libmikmod Dependencies
Optional
ALSA-1.0.13, EsounD-0.2.37, libGUS, AFlib and SAM9407 driver

Installation of Libmikmod
Install libmikmod by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../libmikmod-3.1.11-a.diff &&
sed -i -e "s/VERSION=10/VERSION=11/" \
-e "s/sys_asoundlib/alsa_asoundlib/" \
-e "s/snd_cards/snd_card_load/g" \
-e "s|sys/asoundlib.h|alsa/asoundlib.h|g" \
-e "s/^LIBOBJS/#LIBOBJS/" \
configure.in &&
autoconf &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
chmod 755 /usr/lib/libmikmod.so.2.0.4 &&
install -v -m644 -D docs/mikmod.html \
/usr/share/doc/libmikmod-3.1.11/mikmod.html

Command Explanations
sed -i -e ...: This increments the package micro version and also modifies the ALSA header search routine so that the
package properly discovers the ALSA library. It also fixes a problem which makes autoconf fail.

994
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

autoconf: This generates a new configure script, required because of the changes to configure.in.

Contents
Installed Program: libmikmod-config
Installed Library: libmikmod.{so,a}
Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/libmikmod-3.1.11

Short Descriptions
libmikmod-config provides version information, compiler, and linker flags to programs that utilize
libmikmod.
libmikmod.{so,a} contains functions that are required to play various tracker module files.

995
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GStreamer-0.10.13
Introduction to GStreamer
The GStreamer package contains a streaming media framework that enables applications to share a common set of
plugins for things like video decoding and encoding, audio encoding and decoding, audio and video filters, audio
visualisation, Web streaming and anything else that streams in real-time or otherwise. It is modelled after research
software worked on at the Oregon Graduate Institute. After installing GStreamer, you'll likely need to install one
or more of the GStreamer Good Plug-ins-0.10.6, GStreamer Ugly Plug-ins-0.10.6, GStreamer Bad Plug-ins and
GStreamer FFmpeg plug-in packages.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://gstreamer.freedesktop.org/src/gstreamer/gstreamer-0.10.13.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gstreamer/0.10/gstreamer-0.10.13.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 69b594b43e52e1d0eaf512a89c7b3137
• Download size: 1.9 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 72 MB
• Estimated build time: 1.5 SBU (includes building manuals and 0.5 SBU to run the test suite)

GStreamer Dependencies

Required

GLib-2.12.12 and libxml2-2.6.31

Optional

Check (required to run the unit regression tests), and Valgrind (optionally used during the unit regression tests)

Optional (Required to Rebuild the API Documentation)

GTK-Doc-1.8 and PyXML-0.8.4

Optional (Required to Build Manuals)

libxslt-1.1.22, teTeX-3.0, AFPL Ghostscript-8.53 or ESP Ghostscript-8.15.4, DocBook-utils-0.6.14, Transfig, and

Netpbm

Installation of GStreamer
Install GStreamer by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

To test the results, issue: make check. There are many other Makefile targets you can specify for running the tests,
issue make -C tests/check help to see the complete list.

996
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/gstreamer-0.10/design &&
install -v -m644 docs/design/*.txt \
/usr/share/doc/gstreamer-0.10/design &&

if [ -d /usr/share/doc/gstreamer-0.10/faq/html ]; then
chown -v -R root:root \
/usr/share/doc/gstreamer-0.10/*/html
fi

Testing the Installation

To test the functionality of the GStreamer installation, you can run a simple test as an unprivileged user (you may
have to run ldconfig as the root user before attempting the test).

gst-launch -v fakesrc num_buffers=5 ! fakesink

If the command outputs a series of messages from fakesrc and fakesink, everything is okay.

Command Explanations
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.
--enable-docbook: This parameter is used to build HTML, PDF and PostScript versions of the GStreamer User's
Manual, FAQ and Writer's Guide. Note that you must have all the listed dependencies installed.
chown -v -R root:root ...: The documentation is installed with ownerships of the user who untarred and built the
package. This command changes the ownerships of the installed documentation files to root:root and is only executed
if the documentation files were built and installed.

Contents
Installed Programs: gst-feedback{,-0.10}, gst-inspect{,-0.10}, gst-launch{,-0.10}, gst-typefind{,-0.10},
gst-xmllaunch{,-0.10} and gst-xmlinspect{,-0.10}
Installed Libraries: libgstbase-0.10.{so,a}, libgstcheck-0.10.{so,a}, libgstcontroller-0.10.{so,a},
libgstdataprotocol-0.10.{so,a}, libgstnet-0.10.{so,a}, libgstreamer-0.10.{so,a}, and
libgst*.{so,a} plugin modules
Installed Directories: /usr/include/gstreamer-0.10, /usr/lib/gstreamer-0.10, /usr/share/doc/gstreamer-0.10,
/usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gstreamer{,-libs,-plugins}-0.10

Short Descriptions
gst-feedback-0.10 generates debug info for GStreamer bug reports.
gst-inspect-0.10 prints information about a GStreamer plugin or element.
gst-launch-0.10 is a tool that builds and runs basic GStreamer pipelines.
gst-typefind-0.10 uses the GStreamer type finding system to determine the relevant GStreamer plugin
to parse or decode a file, and determine the corresponding MIME type.
gst-xmlinspect-0.10 prints information about a GStreamer plugin or element in XML document format.

997
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

gst-xmllaunch-0.10 is used to build and run a basic GStreamer pipeline, loading it from an XML
description.

998
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GStreamer Base Plug-ins-0.10.13

Introduction to GStreamer Base Plug-ins
The GStreamer Base Plug-ins is a well-groomed and well-maintained collection of GStreamer plug-ins and elements,
spanning the range of possible types of elements one would want to write for GStreamer. It also contains helper
libraries and base classes useful for writing elements. A wide range of video and audio decoders, encoders, and
filters are included. Also see the GStreamer Good Plug-ins-0.10.6, GStreamer Ugly Plug-ins-0.10.6, GStreamer Bad
Plug-ins and GStreamer FFmpeg plug-in packages.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://gstreamer.freedesktop.org/src/gst-plugins-base/gst-plugins-base-0.10.13.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gst-plugins-base/0.10/gst-plugins-base-0.10.13.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 735f7b911cd00540d2bea8596a3859cd
• Download size: 1.5 MB
• Estimated disk space required: up to 72 MB (depends on what dependencies are installed)
• Estimated build time: up to 1.5 SBU (0.5 SBU to run the test suite)

GStreamer Base Plug-ins Dependencies

Required
GStreamer-0.10.13 and liboil
Optional
ALSA-1.0.13, libogg-1.1.3, libvorbis-1.2.0, Theora, CDParanoia-III-9.8, FreeType-2.3.7, Pango-1.16.4,
GTK+-2.10.13 (required to build the examples), X Window System, GNOME Virtual File System-2.18.1, libvisual,
Check (required to run the unit regression tests), and Valgrind (optionally used during the unit regression tests)
Optional (Required to Rebuild the API Documentation)
GTK-Doc-1.8 and PyXML-0.8.4

Installation of GStreamer Base Plug-ins

Install GStreamer Base Plug-ins by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check. There are many other Makefile targets you can specify for running the tests,
issue make -C tests/check help to see the complete list.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Contents
Installed Programs: gst-visualise-0.10
Installed Libraries: libgst*.{so,a} and numerous GStreamer plugins
Installed Directories: /usr/include/gstreamer-0.10/gst/{too numerous to list} and
/usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gst-plugins-base-libs-0.10

999
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
gst-visualise-0.10 is used to run a basic GStreamer pipeline to display a graphical visualisation of an audio
stream.

1000
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GStreamer Good Plug-ins-0.10.6

Introduction to GStreamer Good Plug-ins
The GStreamer Good Plug-ins is a set of plug-ins considered by the GStreamer developers to have good quality
code, correct functionality, and the preferred license (LGPL for the plug-in code, LGPL or LGPL-compatible for
the supporting library). A wide range of video and audio decoders, encoders, and filters are included. Also see the
GStreamer Ugly Plug-ins-0.10.6, GStreamer Bad Plug-ins and GStreamer FFmpeg plug-in packages.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://gstreamer.freedesktop.org/src/gst-plugins-good/gst-plugins-good-0.10.6.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gst-plugins-good/0.10/gst-plugins-good-0.10.6.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 25f111360c2930705b91b4fcf93ae5c5
• Download size: 1.5 MB
• Estimated disk space required: up to 85 MB (depends on which dependencies are installed)
• Estimated build time: up to 1.7 SBU

GStreamer Good Plug-ins Dependencies

Required

GStreamer Base Plug-ins-0.10.13

Optional (Required for the GStreamer Backend in Totem-2.18.2, and Can be Used by Many Other GNOME
Applications)

GConf-2.18.0.1

Optional

AAlib-1.4rc5, cairo-1.4.14, libcdio (which can use CDParanoia-III-9.8, libcddb, and VCDImager), libavc1394
(requires libraw1394), libdv-1.0.0, EsounD-0.2.37, FLAC-1.2.1, GTK+-2.10.13 (required to build the examples),
HAL-0.5.9.1, libjpeg-6b, LADSPA, libcaca, libpng-1.2.29, libshout, Speex-1.0.5 (version >= 1.1.6 is preferred),
WavPack, TagLib, X Window System, Check (required to run the unit regression tests), and Valgrind (optionally
used during the unit regression tests)

Optional (Required to Rebuild the API Documentation)

GTK-Doc-1.8 and PyXML-0.8.4

Installation of GStreamer Good Plug-ins

Install GStreamer Good Plug-ins by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3 &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check. The “generic/states” test is known to fail on some platforms. There are many
other Makefile targets you can specify for running the tests, issue make -C tests/check help to see the complete list.

1001
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you did not rebuild the API documentation by passing --enable-gtk-doc to the configure script and you
wish to install the pre-built documentation, issue the following command as the root user:

make -C docs/plugins install-data

Command Explanations
--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.18.3: This parameter is used so that the GConf configuration files are
installed in the system-wide GNOME GConf database located in /etc/gnome/2.18.3/gconf instead of
/usr/etc. You may omit this parameter if you don't have GConf installed.

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: Numerous GStreamer plugins
Installed Directories: /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gst-plugins-good-plugins-0.10

1002
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GStreamer Ugly Plug-ins-0.10.6

Introduction to GStreamer Ugly Plug-ins
The GStreamer Ugly Plug-ins is a set of plug-ins considered by the GStreamer developers to have good quality and
correct functionality, but distributing them might pose problems. The license on either the plug-ins or the supporting
libraries might not be how the GStreamer developers would like. The code might be widely known to present patent
problems. Also see the GStreamer Good Plug-ins-0.10.6, GStreamer Bad Plug-ins and GStreamer FFmpeg plug-in
packages.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://gstreamer.freedesktop.org/src/gst-plugins-ugly/gst-plugins-ugly-0.10.6.tar.bz2
•
• Download MD5 sum: f1016148ecbfba968c0ef1773066988b
• Download size: 773 KB
• Estimated disk space required: up to 21 MB (depends on what dependencies are installed)
• Estimated build time: up to 0.4 SBU

GStreamer Ugly Plug-ins Dependencies

Required

GStreamer Base Plug-ins-0.10.13

Optional

LAME-3.97, liba52-0.7.4, libamrnb, libdvdnav, libdvdread-0.9.7, libmad-0.15.1b (and libid3tag), libmpeg2-0.4.1,

and libsidplay

Optional (Required to Rebuild the API Documentation)

GTK-Doc-1.8 and PyXML-0.8.4

Installation of GStreamer Ugly Plug-ins

Install GStreamer Ugly Plug-ins by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you did not rebuild the API documentation by passing --enable-gtk-doc to the configure script and you
wish to install the pre-built documentation, issue the following command as the root user:

make -C docs/plugins install-data

1003
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: Several GStreamer plugins
Installed Directories: /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gst-plugins-ugly-plugins-0.10

1004
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libmusicbrainz-2.1.5
Introduction to libmusicbrainz
The libmusicbrainz package contains a library which allows you to access the data held on the MusicBrainz server.
This is useful for adding MusicBrainz lookup capabilities to other applications.
MusicBrainz is a community music metadatabase that attempts to create a comprehensive music information site.
You can use the MusicBrainz data either by browsing the web site, or you can access the data from a client program
— for example, a CD player program can use MusicBrainz to identify CDs and provide information about the CD,
about the artist or other related information.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.musicbrainz.org/pub/musicbrainz/libmusicbrainz-2.1.5.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.musicbrainz.org/pub/musicbrainz/libmusicbrainz-2.1.5.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: d5e19bb77edd6ea798ce206bd05ccc5f
• Download size: 524 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

libmusicbrainz Dependencies

Required
expat-2.0.1

Optional to Build the Python Bindings

Python-2.5.2

Installation of libmusicbrainz
Install libmusicbrainz by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

If Python is installed, build the bindings with the following commands:

(cd python && python setup.py build)

This package does not come with a stand-alone test suite (to test you must have Python installed and perform the
test after the package is installed).
Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m644 -D docs/mb_howto.txt \
/usr/share/doc/libmusicbrainz-2.1.5/mb_howto.txt

To test the Python bindings, issue the following: (cd python && python setup.py test).

1005
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

If you built the Python bindings, issue the following commands as the root user to install them:

(cd python && python setup.py install)

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Library: libmusicbrainz.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /usr/include/musicbrainz and /usr/share/doc/libmusicbrainz-2.1.5

Short Descriptions
libmusicbrainz.{so,a} contains API functions to access the MusicBrainz database, both for looking up
data and also for submitting new data.

1006
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libmpeg2-0.4.1
Introduction to libmpeg2
The libmpeg2 package contains a library for decoding MPEG-2 and MPEG-1 video streams. The library is able to
decode all MPEG streams that conform to certain restrictions: “constrained parameters” for MPEG-1, and “main
profile” for MPEG-2. This is useful for programs and applications needing to decode MPEG-2 and MPEG-1 video
streams.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://libmpeg2.sourceforge.net/files/mpeg2dec-0.4.1.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles//mpeg2dec-0.4.1.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 7631b0a4bcfdd0d78c0bb0083080b0dc
• Download size: 494 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 7 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

libmpeg2 Dependencies

Optional

X Window System and SDL-1.2.11

Installation of libmpeg2
Install libmpeg2 by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-shared &&

make

To test the results, issue: make check. To perform a more comprehensive regression test, see the file test/README
in the source tree.
Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/mpeg2dec-0.4.1 &&
install -v -m644 README doc/libmpeg2.txt \
/usr/share/doc/mpeg2dec-0.4.1

Command Explanations
--enable-shared: This parameter forces building shared versions of the libraries as well as the static versions.

Contents
Installed Programs: corrupt_mpeg2, extract_mpeg2 and mpeg2dec
Installed Libraries: libmpeg2.{so,a} and libmpeg2convert.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /usr/include/mpeg2dec and /usr/share/doc/mpeg2dec-0.4.1

1007
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
extract_mpeg2 extracts MPEG video streams from a multiplexed stream.
mpeg2dec decodes MPEG1 and MPEG2 video streams.
libmpeg2.{so,a} contains API functions used to decode MPEG video streams.
libmpeg2convert.{so,a} contains API functions used for color conversions of MPEG video streams.

1008
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 36. Audio Utilities

This chapter contains programs involved with audio file manipulation; that is to say playing, recording, ripping and
the other common things which people want to do. It also includes a package used to render text to speech using your
system's audio hardware. To use much of this software, you will need to have the kernel sound drivers installed.

1009
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Mpg123-1.4.2
Introduction to Mpg123
The mpg123 package contains a console-based MP3 player. It claims to be the fastest MP3 decoder for Unix.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/mpg123/mpg123-1.4.2.tar.bz2
•
• Download MD5 sum: c571594e81e15c9d5cafe1bb3fdc3386
• Download size: 1.0 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 9.4 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Mpg123 Dependencies
Required
ALSA Library-1.0.13

Installation of Mpg123
Install mpg123 by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Program: mpg123
Installed Libraries: libmpg123.so, output_alsa.so, output_arts.so, output_esd.so, and output_oss.so
Installed Directories: /usr/lib/mpg123

Short Descriptions
mpg123 is used for playing MP3 files via the console.

1010
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Vorbis Tools-1.2.0
Introduction to Vorbis Tools
The Vorbis Tools package contains command-line tools for Ogg audio files. This is useful for encoding, playing or
editing files using the Ogg CODEC.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.xiph.org/releases/vorbis/vorbis-tools-1.2.0.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: df976d24e51ef3d87cd462edf747bf9a
• Download size: 1.0 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 7 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Vorbis Tools Dependencies

Required

libvorbis-1.2.0

Optional (required to build the ogg123 program)

libao-0.8.8

Optional

cURL-7.16.3, FLAC-1.2.1, and Speex-1.0.5

Installation of Vorbis Tools

Install Vorbis Tools by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-vcut \
--without-curl &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--enable-vcut: This parameter is used so that the vcut program is built as it is not by default.
--without-curl: This parameter disables HTTP streaming in ogg123. Remove this parameter if you have cURL
installed.

1011
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Configuring Vorbis Tools

Config Files
/etc/libao.conf, ~/.libao, and ~/.ogg123rc

Configuration Information
Issue man libao.conf for information about setting the default output device. Also see
/usr/share/doc/vorbis-tools-1.1.1/ogg123rc-example.

Contents
Installed Programs: ogg123, oggdec, oggenc, ogginfo, vcut, and vorbiscomment
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/vorbis-tools-1.2.0

Short Descriptions
ogg123 is a command-line audio player for Ogg Vorbis streams.
oggdec is a simple decoder which converts Ogg Vorbis files into PCM audio files (WAV or raw).
oggenc is an encoder that turns raw, WAV or AIFF files into an Ogg Vorbis stream.
ogginfo prints information stored in an audio file.
vcut will split a file into two files at a designated cut point.
vorbiscomment is an editor that changes information in the audio file metadata tags.

1012
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

XMMS-1.2.10
Introduction to XMMS
XMMS is an audio player for the X Window System.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.xmms.org/files/1.2.x/xmms-1.2.10.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/xmms-1.2.10.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 03a85cfc5e1877a2e1f7be4fa1d3f63c
• Download size: 2.4 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 55 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.84 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/xmms-1.2.10-gcc4-1.patch

XMMS Dependencies

Required

GTK+-1.2.10

Optional

ALSA-1.0.13, EsounD-0.2.37, libvorbis-1.2.0 and libmikmod-3.1.11

Installation of XMMS
Install XMMS by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../xmms-1.2.10-gcc4-1.patch &&

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/xmms-1.2.10 &&
install -v -m644 FAQ README /usr/share/doc/xmms-1.2.10

Configuring XMMS
Config Files
~/.xmms/config

1013
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Configuration Information
When you start xmms for the first time, you can configure it with CTRL+P. Note that you can extend XMMS'
functionality with plugins and skins. You can find these at http://xmms.org.

Contents
Installed Programs: xmms, xmms-config, and wmxmms
Installed Libraries: libxmms.{so,a} and numerous input, output, effects, and general plugins
Installed Directories: /usr/include/xmms, /usr/lib/xmms, /usr/share/xmms and /usr/share/doc/xmms-1.2.10

Short Descriptions
xmms (an acronym for X MultiMedia System) is a program comparable in function with WinAMP.
Its main function is playing audio files like WAV and MP3. It can be extended with plugins
to play a number of other audio or video formats. Its look can be customized with WinAMP
style skins.
xmms-config is used by other programs which need to link with xmms to retrieve the library and include
paths.
wmxmms is a dock applet for the Window Maker window manager. From the applet you can start and
control xmms.
libxmms.{so,a} contains graphics and playback functions used by xmms. These functions can also be utilized
by other packages.

1014
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

LAME-3.97
Introduction to LAME
The LAME package contains an MP3 encoder and optionally, an MP3 frame analyzer. This is useful for creating
and analyzing compressed audio files.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/lame/lame-3.97.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: 90a4acbb730d150dfe80de145126eef7
• Download size: 1.3 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 18 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

LAME Dependencies

Optional
GTK+-1.2.10, NASM-0.98.39, libsndfile (support is currently broken), Electric Fence and Dmalloc

Installation of LAME
Install LAME by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-mp3rtp &&

make

To test the results, issue: make test.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--enable-mp3rtp: Builds the encode-to-RTP program.
--enable-mp3x: Builds the mp3x frame analyzer program (requires GTK+).

Contents
Installed Programs: lame, mp3rtp, and optionally, mp3x
Installed Library: libmp3lame.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /usr/include/lame and /usr/share/doc/lame

Short Descriptions
lame creates MP3 audio files from raw PCM or .wav data.
mp3rtp is used to encode MP3 with RTP streaming of the output.

1015
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

mp3x is a GTK based graphical MP3 frame analyzer used for debugging, development and
studying MP3 frames produced by any encoder.
libmp3lame.{so,a} libraries provide the functions necessary to convert raw PCM and WAV files to MP3
files.

1016
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

CDParanoia-III-9.8
Introduction to CDParanoia
The CDParanoia package contains a CD audio extraction tool. This is useful for extracting .wav files from audio
CDs. A CDDA capable CDROM drive is needed. Practically all drives supported by Linux can be used.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.xiph.org/paranoia/download/cdparanoia-III-alpha9.8.src.tgz
•
• Download MD5 sum: 7218e778b5970a86c958e597f952f193
• Download size: 114 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 1.3 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.12 SBU

Installation of CDParanoia
Install CDParanoia by running the following commands:

sed -i '/default:/a break;' interface/utils.h &&

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/libcdda_*.so.0.9.8

Command Explanations
sed -i '/default:/a break;' interface/utils.h: This command enables the code to be compiled with a recent version
of gcc.

Configuring CDParanoia
Configuration Information
As with most libraries, there is no configuration to do, save that the library directory, i.e., /opt/lib or
/usr/local/lib should appear in /etc/ld.so.conf so that ldd can find the shared libraries. After checking
that this is the case, /sbin/ldconfig should be run while logged in as root.

Contents
Installed Program: cdparanoia
Installed Libraries: libcdda_interface.{so,a} and libcdda_paranoia.{so,a}
Installed Directories: None

1017
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
cdparanoia is used for 'ripping' an audio-cd. Ripping is the process of digitally extracting
music from an audio-cd.
libcdda_interface.{so,a} contains functions used by cdparanoia, as well as other packages, which can
automatically identify if a CD device is CDDA compatible.
libcdda_paranoia.{so,a} contains functions used by cdparanoia, as well as other packages, which
provide data verification, synchronization, error handling and scratch
reconstruction capability.

1018
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

FreeTTS-1.2.1
Introduction to FreeTTS
The FreeTTS package contains a speech synthesis system written entirely in the Java programming language. It is
based upon Flite: a small run-time speech synthesis engine developed at Carnegie Mellon University. Flite is derived
from the Festival Speech Synthesis System from the University of Edinburgh and the FestVox project from Carnegie
Mellon University. The FreeTTS package is used to convert text to audible speech through the system audio hardware.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/freetts/freetts-1.2.1-src.zip
•
• Download MD5 sum: f3e3ceae5b8cb5e175b50931f2e350e8
• Download size: 14.1 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 112 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Test suite: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/freetts/freetts-1.2.1-tst.zip
• Download MD5 sum: 8e461701ee94b3942cc37783f6de4128
• Download size: 3.9 MB

FreeTTS Dependencies

Required

Apache Ant-1.7.0, Sharutils (for the uudecode program), and working audio hardware/software.

Installation of FreeTTS
The FreeTTS package is distributed in ZIP format and the unzip command will default to creating an unused source
directory. Additionally, unzipping the test suite file will prompt for questions about overwriting existing files. Use
the following commands to unzip the source files:

unzip -q freetts-1.2.1-src.zip -x META-INF/* &&

unzip -q freetts-1.2.1-tst.zip \
-x {META-INF/*,freetts-1.2.1/{acknowledgments.txt,license.terms}}

Tip
The sh jsapi.sh command below installs the Java Speech API components into the FreeTTS source tree.
You will be required to view, and then accept (by entering a y keypress), a license agreement before the
installation will continue. If you are scripting (automating) the build, you'll need to account for this. There
is information about automating build commands in the Automated Building Procedures section of Chapter
2. Towards the end of this section, specific information for automating this type of installation is discussed.

1019
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Install FreeTTS by running the following commands:

cd lib &&
sh jsapi.sh &&
cd .. &&
ant

To test the results, issue:

ant junit &&

cd tests &&
sh regression.sh &&
cd ..

Now, as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /opt/freetts-1.2.1/{lib,docs/{audio,images}} &&

install -v -m644 lib/*.jar /opt/freetts-1.2.1/lib &&
install -v -m644 *.txt RELEASE_NOTES license.terms \
docs/*.{pdf,html,txt,sx{w,d}} \
/opt/freetts-1.2.1/docs &&
install -v -m644 docs/audio/* /opt/freetts-1.2.1/docs/audio &&
install -v -m644 docs/images/* /opt/freetts-1.2.1/docs/images &&
cp -v -R javadoc /opt/freetts-1.2.1 &&
ln -v -s freetts-1.2.1 /opt/freetts

Optionally, install any or all of the additional FreeTTS components using the following commands as the root user
(see the Command Explanations section for details):

cp -v -R bin /opt/freetts-1.2.1 &&

install -v -m644 speech.properties $JAVA_HOME/jre/lib &&
cp -v -R tools /opt/freetts-1.2.1 &&
cp -v -R mbrola /opt/freetts-1.2.1 &&
cp -v -R demo /opt/freetts-1.2.1

Command Explanations
sh jsapi.sh: This command installs the Java Speech API components into the FreeTTS source tree.
ant: FreeTTS uses the Apache Ant build system instead of the GNU autotools. This commands builds everything,
including the class libraries, tools and demos.
cp -v -R bin ...; install -v -m644 speech.properties: These two commands install the demonstration programs.
Optionally copy the speech.properties file to ~/speech.properties if you don't want to make it
available system-wide.
cp -v -R tools ...: This installs the voice data import utilities. See the README.html files in the
tools/ subdirectories for information and instructions about using the tools.
cp -v -R mbrola ...: This installs the mbrola.jar file, required if you use the MBROLA voices.
cp -v -R demo ...: This installs the sources and documentation for the demonstration programs.

1020
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

For additional information and documentation about the FreeTTS project, visit the main web page at http://freetts.
sourceforge.net.

Testing the Installation

Test the installation using the following command:

java -jar /opt/freetts/lib/freetts.jar \

-text "This is a test of the FreeTTS speech synthesis system"

Depending on the setup of your audio drivers and software, you may have to add the -streaming switch to the
command as shown below:

java -jar /opt/freetts/lib/freetts.jar -streaming \

-text "This is a test of the FreeTTS speech synthesis system"

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: /opt/freetts-1.2.1/lib/*.jar
Installed Directory: /opt/freetts-1.2.1

Short Descriptions
*.jar contains the class libraries which make up the FreeTTS speech synthesis system.

1021
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Audacious-1.3.2
Introduction to Audacious
Audacious is a Gtk+-2 based audio player.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://distfiles.atheme.org/audacious-1.3.2.tgz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/audacious-1.3.2.tgz
• Download MD5 sum: b784a30604a2f9d84e9da310069f43f9
• Download size: 1.7 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 86 MB (includes all plugins and documentation)
• Estimated build time: 1.9 SBU

Additional Downloads
Required

• Plugins: http://distfiles.atheme.org/audacious-plugins-1.3.5.tgz
• Md5 sum: ff6b5901367337f8149e15c8fb1fdf95
• Size: 2.9 MB
Optional

• Ugly Plugins: http://distfiles.atheme.org/audacious-plugins-ugly-1.3.0.tgz

• Md5 sum: 3c6274c334c60e092135202a37c61dc2
• Size: 438 KB
Additional plugins can be downloaded from http://audacious-media-player.org/index.php?title=Plugins. Note that
these third-party plugins are not supported by the Audacious development team.

Audacious Dependencies

Required

libglade-2.6.1 and mcs-0.7.0

Optional

PCRE-7.6 or Oniguruma, Secret Rabbit Code (a.k.a. libsamplerate), and GTK-Doc-1.8

Optional (for Plugins)

AdPlug, ALSA-1.0.13, aRts-1.5.9, cURL-7.16.3, EsounD-0.2.37, JACK, LAME-3.97, libmad-0.15.1b, libmpcdec

(requires libmms, libsndfile, libvorbis-1.2.0, LIRC, projectM, PulseAudio, rocklight (only for IBM Thinkpads),
SDL-1.2.11, TagLib), and WavPack

Optional (for Ugly Plugins)

libnotify

1022
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Installation of Audacious
Install Audacious by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
If you wish to create the SDK documentation, issue the following command: make documentation-build.
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m644 -D README /usr/share/doc/audacious-1.3.2/README
If you created the SDK documentation, install it by issuing the following commands as the root user:
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/{,lib}audacious &&
install -v -m644 doc/audacious/html/* \
/usr/share/gtk-doc/html/audacious &&
install -v -m644 doc/libaudacious/html/* \
/usr/share/gtk-doc/html/libaudacious

Command Explanations
--enable-one-plugin-dir and --disable-user-plugin-dir: These options are used to determine
how the plugins are stored. Review the ouput from ./configure --help for information.
--enable-chardet: This option is used to enable character set detection support.
--enable-samplerate: This option is used to enable libsamplerate support.

Installation of Audacious Plugins

Install the required plugins package by unpacking the tarball, changing into the newly created directory, and issuing
the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If desired, repeat this procedure for the optional plugins package.

Contents
Installed Programs: audacious, audacious-arts-helper and audtool
Installed Libraries: libaudacious.so and numerous Container, Effect, General, Input, Output, Visualization,
and amidi-plug plugin modules
Installed Directories: /usr/include/audacious, /usr/lib/audacious, /usr/share/audacious,
/usr/share/doc/audacious-1.3.2, and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/audacious

1023
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
audacious is a Gtk2 port of XMMS based on the Beep Media Player.
libaudacious.so contains functions that are used by audacious to render its graphical interface.

1024
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Amarok-1.4.8
Introduction to Amarok
Amarok is an audio player for KDE. Features include a context browser, Magnatunes and Last.fm integration, support
for multimedia devices, and scripting through Ruby.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/amarok/1.4.8/src/amarok-1.4.8.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/amarok/1.4.8/src/amarok-1.4.8.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 7f65c4a8f3f0ff9042a5b5dd21b36cc8
• Download size: 13 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 129 MB
• Estimated build time: 3.6 SBU

Amarok Dependencies
Required
kdelibs-3.5.9, Ruby-1.8.6-p111, and TagLib

Recommended
kdebase-3.5.9 and xine Libraries-1.1.12

Optional
kdemultimedia-3.5.9 (for cd-ripping support), K3b-1.0.4 (for cd-burning support), SDL-1.2.11, SQLite,
PostgreSQL-8.2.4, MySQL-5.0.41, Helix (untested media backend, alternative to xine), FAAD2-2.6.1 or mpeg4ip,
libvisual, TunePimp, libgpod, libifp, libnjp, libmtp, and libkarma (requires omfs)

Installation of Amarok
Install Amarok by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(kde-config --prefix) \

--sysconfdir=/etc/kde \
--disable-debug \
--disable-dependency-tracking &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(kde-config --prefix): This parameter uses kde-config to establish the prefix of the existing
KDE installation and then sets the installation prefix for Amarok to the same value.

1025
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--disable-debug: This option causes the package to be compiled without debugging code.
--disable-dependency-tracking: This option speeds up one time builds.
--without-included-sqlite: This option forces the use of a system-installed copy of SQLite.
--enable-mysql: This option enables use of a MySQL database for music collections.
--enable-postresql: This option enables use of a PostgreSQL database for music collections.
Support for other optional dependencies may require passing options to the configure script. Refer to the output from
./configure --help for additional information.

Contents
Installed Programs: amarok, amarokapp, amarokcollectionscanner, amarok_daapserver.rb, and
amarok_proxy.rb
Installed Libraries: libamarok.so, and several modules for installed dependencies
Installed Directories: $KDE_PREFIX/share/apps/amarok and $KDE_PREFIX/share/doc/HTML/*/amarok

Short Descriptions
amarok is a wrapper for amarokapp to speed up command line argument passing
amarokapp is the Amarok audio player
amarokcollectionscanner is used to scan a directory structure and build a collection
amarok_daapserver.rb is a DAAP server for Amarok
amarok_proxy.rb is a proxy server for DAAP and Last.fm

1026
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 37. Video Utilities

This chapter always seems to be the favorite chapter. It's probably because there is a lot of satisfaction in playing your
first video when you have spent so much time getting to that point. All those libraries, all the configurations and your
reward is that you finally get to watch a movie. Not to worry though, there is always one more CODEC to install.

1027
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

FFmpeg-svn_20070606
Introduction to FFmpeg
FFmpeg is a solution to record, convert and stream audio and video. It is a very fast video and audio converter and
it can also acquire from a live audio/video source. Designed to be intuitive, the command-line interface (ffmpeg)
tries to figure out all the parameters, when possible. FFmpeg can also convert from any sample rate to any other,
and resize video on the fly with a high quality polyphase filter. FFmpeg can use a video4linux compatible video
source and any Open Sound System audio source. The developers of this package do not create or distribute package
tarballs any longer. BLFS created the tarball for this package by checking out from upstream SVN the FFmpeg code
dated June 6, 2007.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/6.3/sources/ffmpeg-svn_20070606.tar.bz2
•
• Download MD5 sum: abae526f04693c08684f0a18c28e3313
• Download size: 2.2 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 131 MB (built with all dependencies)
• Estimated build time: 1.8 SBU

FFmpeg Dependencies

Optional

AMR narrowband (floating point), AMR wideband, FAAC-1.26, FAAD2-2.6.1, FreeType-2.3.7, GSM, Imlib2-1.4.0,
LAME-3.97, liba52-0.7.4, libdc1394, libnut (SVN checkout), libvorbis-1.2.0, MediaLibrary, SDL-1.2.11, Theora, X
Window System, x264, XviD-1.1.3, and teTeX-3.0 (to build HTML documentation)

Installation of FFmpeg
Review the doc/optimization.txt file in the source tree for information about optimizing the build.
Additionally, you may want to build the postprocessing library as other packages such as MPlayer-1.0rc1 and
Transcode-1.0.3 can utilize it, and xine Libraries-1.1.12 depends on it. See the “Command Explanations” section for
additional information.

Install FFmpeg by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-shared \
--enable-pthreads \
--disable-ffplay &&
sed -i 's|/man|/share/man|' config.mak &&
make &&
texi2html --version >/dev/null 2>&1 || make doc/ff{mpeg,play,server}.1

1028
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

If you have teTeX installed, the HTML documentation was built during the make process. If you wish to create
additional formats of the documentation, you must have teTeX installed, then issue following commands:

cd doc &&
for DOCNAME in faq ffmpeg-doc hooks ffserver-doc ffplay-doc; do
texi2dvi -b -p $DOCNAME.texi
texi2dvi -b $DOCNAME.texi
dvips -o $DOCNAME.ps $DOCNAME.dvi
if [ $DOCNAME = ffserver-doc ] || [ $DOCNAME = ffplay-doc ]; then \
continue
fi
makeinfo --plaintext --force -o $DOCNAME.txt $DOCNAME.texi
done &&
cd .. &&
unset DOCNAME

If you have Doxygen-1.5.2 installed and wish to create the API documentation (takes about 100 MB of space), issue
doxygen.
This package does not come with a test suite that works.
Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/ffmpeg-svn_20070606 &&
install -v -m644 doc/*.txt /usr/share/doc/ffmpeg-svn_20070606 &&
texi2html --version >/dev/null 2>&1 || make install-man

If you created additional formats of the documentation, install it by issuing the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m644 doc/*.{html,dvi,pdf,ps} \

/usr/share/doc/ffmpeg-svn_20070606

If you created the API documentation, install it by issuing the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/ffmpeg-svn_20070606/api &&

cp -v doxy/* /usr/share/doc/ffmpeg-svn_20070606/api

Command Explanations
--enable-shared: This switch is needed to build the shared libraries, otherwise only static libraries are built
and installed.
--enable-pthreads: This switch enables the build to link against the Posix threads library.
--disable-ffplay: Only installs the server part. ffplay requires X for building. Remove this option if X is
installed.
--enable-<codec>: Review the available options and codecs using the ./configure --help command. You must
explicitly enable each optional codec. Note that if you wish to build support for postprocessing, liba52, xvid, x264,
libfaad2, x11grab or swscaler, you must pass --enable-gpl to the configure script.
--enable-pp: This switch enables postprocessing support.

1029
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--enable-gpl: This switch enables the use of GPL code for postprocessing support.
texi2html --version ...: These commands are used to check the presence of the teTeX package, and builds/installs
the man pages if it is not found.

Configuring FFmpeg
Config Files
/etc/ffserver.conf and ~/.ffmpeg/ffserver-config
You'll find a sample ffserver configuration file at http://ffmpeg.sourceforge.net/sample.html (also doc/ffserver.
conf in the source tree).

Contents
Installed Programs: ffmpeg, ffserver, and optionally, ffplay
Installed Libraries: libavcodec.{so,a}, libavformat.{so,a}, libavutil.{so,a}, video hook modules and
optionally, libpostproc.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /usr/include/ffmpeg, /usr/include/postproc, /usr/lib/vhook, and
/usr/share/doc/ffmpeg-svn_20070606

Short Descriptions
ffmpeg is a command-line tool to convert video files, network streams and input from a TV card to
several video formats.
ffplay is a very simple and portable media player using the ffmpeg libraries and the SDL library.
ffserver is a streaming server for everything that ffmpeg could use as input (files, streams, TV card
input, webcam, etc.).
libavcodec.so is a library containing the FFmpeg codecs (both encoding and decoding).
libavformat.so is a library containing the file formats handling (mux and demux code for several formats)
used by ffplay as well as allowing the generation of audio or video streams.

1030
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Avifile-0.7.45
Introduction to Avifile
The Avifile package contains an AVI video file player, tools and support libraries. This is useful for viewing and
editing AVI files.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/avifile/avifile-0.7-0.7.45.tar.bz2
•
• Download MD5 sum: 7da94802f120d1b69e04a13170dcd21d
• Download size: 3.2 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 57.5 MB
• Estimated build time: 2.5 SBU

Additional Downloads
Patches
• Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/avifile-0.7-0.7.45-gcc41-1.patch
Codecs
• Required CODEC: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/avifile/binaries-011002.tgz
• Download MD5 sum: 4db4edeeceefb9353b15b047207fa6d3
• Download size: 4.3 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 13 MB

Avifile Dependencies
Required
Qt-3.3.8b and SDL-1.2.11

Optional
pkg-config-0.22, libjpeg-6b, libvorbis-1.2.0, liba52-0.7.4, LAME-3.97, libmad-0.15.1b, XviD-1.1.3, FAAD2-2.6.1,
DivX4Linux, and Dmalloc

Installation of Avifile
Install the required CODECs as the root user using the following commands:

install -v -d -m755 /usr/lib/avifile-0.7/win32 &&

tar -xvf ../binaries-011002.tgz -C /usr/lib/avifile-0.7

Install Avifile by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../avifile-0.7-0.7.45-gcc41-1.patch &&

./configure --prefix=/usr \
--with-win32-path=/usr/lib/avifile-0.7/win32 &&
make

1031
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Contents
Installed Programs: avibench, avicap, avicat, avifile-config, avimake, aviplay, avirec, avirecompress,
avitype and kv41setup
Installed Libraries: libaviplay.so, libaviplayavcodec.so, libaviplayavformat.so, libaviplayavutil.so,
libaviplaydha.so, libaviplayvidix, libqavm.so and numerous CODEC plugins and video
extensions.
Installed Directories: /usr/include/avifile-0.7, /usr/lib/avifile-0.7, and /usr/share/avifile-0.7

Short Descriptions
avibench performs a measurement of the AVI file support library's performance for a file.
avicap is a widget that displays acquired video from a Video For Windows (VFW) compatible device,
like a webcam or a TV-tuner.
avicat takes a set of AVI files and combines them into a single file.
avifile-config is a script used to get information about the installed version of Avifile.
avimake takes a set of JPG images and creates a movie.
aviplay manages the input formats, the CODECs and the output formats to display AVI video files
on your screen.
avirec is a command-line video recording tool.
avirecompress is a widget that takes an input file of one CODEC type and converts it into a video file of
another CODEC.
avitype will read and display AVI file header information.
kv41setup is a small tool which tells video4linux about the current video mode.
libaviplay*.so libraries contain the functions required by the various Avifile programs for encoding,
decoding and to interface with the various plugins and video extensions.

1032
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

MPlayer-1.0rc1
Introduction to MPlayer
The MPlayer package contains an audio/video player controlled via the command line or graphical interface
which is able to play almost every popular audio and video file format and CODEC (COder/DECoder, also
COmpressor/DECompressor). With supported video hardware and additional drivers, MPlayer can play video files
without an X Window System installed.
For MPlayer general information and available features, including a full list of file formats, CODECs and output
devices supported by MPlayer, visit the MPlayer web site.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.mplayerhq.hu/MPlayer/releases/MPlayer-1.0rc1.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp1.mplayerhq.hu/MPlayer/releases/MPlayer-1.0rc1.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 18c05d88e22c3b815a43ca8d7152ccdc
• Download size: 8.3 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 133-250 MB (additional 22 MB for essential CODECs)
• Estimated build time: 1.2-2.5 SBU (depends on how FFmpeg is linked in)

Additional Downloads
Patches
• Required Patch: http://www.mplayerhq.hu/MPlayer/patches/asmrules_fix_20061231.diff
• Required Patch: http://www.mplayerhq.hu/MPlayer/patches/cddb_fix_20070605.diff
• Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/MPlayer-1.0rc1-ext_ffmpeg-1.patch
CODECs
• Proprietary CODECs: http://www.mplayerhq.hu/MPlayer/releases/codecs/essential-20061022.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: abcf4a3abc16cf88c9df7e0a77e9b941
• Download size: 10.0 MB
• Alternate CODECs (provides additional functionality and is a larger file): http://www.mplayerhq.hu/MPlayer/
releases/codecs/all-20061022.tar.bz2
• Additional CODECs: http://www.mplayerhq.hu/MPlayer/releases/codecs/
Skins
• Default GUI skin: http://www.mplayerhq.hu/MPlayer/skins/Blue-1.7.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: e4e2020d11b681aac898103b3ba723c4
• Download size: 222 KB
• Additional skins: http://www1.mplayerhq.hu/MPlayer/skins/
Fonts
• Prerendered fonts: http://www1.mplayerhq.hu/MPlayer/releases/fonts/font-arial-iso-8859-1.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 1ecd31d17b51f16332b1fcc7da36b312
• Download size: 234 KB
• Additional fonts: http://www1.mplayerhq.hu/MPlayer/releases/fonts/
The CODECs, skins and fonts are not required to build and use MPlayer.

1033
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

MPlayer Dependencies
Optional Input Drivers and Libraries
CDParanoia-III-9.8, DVB, DVB drivers, libcdio, libdv-1.0.0, libdvdread-0.9.7, LIVE555 Streaming Media,
Samba-3.0.30, and TiVo vstream client

Optional Audio Output Drivers and Libraries

ALSA-1.0.13, aRts-1.5.9, EsounD-0.2.37, JACK, LADSPA, NAS-1.9, OpenAL, PulseAudio, SDL-1.2.11 (also used
for video output), and XMMS-1.2.10

Optional Video Output Drivers and Libraries

AAlib-1.4rc5, DirectFB, Enca, Fontconfig-2.4.2, FreeType-2.3.7, FriBidi-0.10.8, GGI, giflib-4.1.4, GTK+-2.10.13
or GTK+-1.2.10, libcaca, libjpeg-6b, libpng-1.2.29, maemo, VIDIX, and X Window System

Optional CODECs
AMR narrowband (floating point) or AMR naarrowband (fixed point), AMR wideband, FAAC-1.26, FAAD2-2.6.1
(must disable the internal version), FFmpeg-svn_20070606, LAME-3.97, libdca, libFAME-0.9.1, libmad-0.15.1b,
libmpcdec, libnut (SVN checkout), libvorbis-1.2.0, LIRC, lirccd, LZO-2.02 (requires Version 1), SVGAlib, Theora,
tooLAME, TwoLAME, Tremor (requires libvorbis-1.2.0 and you must disable the internal version), x264, and
XviD-1.1.3

Optional Hardware Specific Options

There is hardware specific packages (or vendor supplied software) you can install to improve the performance of your
video card when using MPlayer. Some of the packages and/or vendor supplied software and the MPlayer specific
driver created if it is found is shown here.
• mga: Matrox G200/G400/G450/G550 hardware YUV overlay via the mga_vid device
• xmga: Matrox G200/G400/G450/G550 overlay (mga_vid) in X11 window
• syncfb: Matrox G400 YUV support on framebuffer
• 3dfx: Voodoo 3/Banshee hardware YUV support (/dev/3dfx)
• tdfxfb: Voodoo 3/Banshee hardware YUV support on tdfx framebuffer
• mpegpes: support for Siemens DVB hardware MPEG-1/2 decoder boards (or MPEG-PES file output)
• dxr2: support for DXR2 hardware MPEG-1/2 decoder boards Dxr2
• dxr3: support for DXR3/Hollywood+ hardware MPEG-1/2 decoder boards libdxr3
• zr: support for Zoran360[56]7 based hardware MJPEG cards

Installation of MPlayer
CODEC Installation (Optional)
If you downloaded any proprietary CODECs (which can provide support for additional audio and video formats such
as Real, Indeo and QuickTime), extract them to /usr/lib/mplayer/codecs using the following commands as
the root user (substitute and/or add different CODEC filenames, if necessary):
install -v -d -m755 /usr/lib/mplayer/codecs &&
tar -xvf ../essential-20061022.tar.bz2 \
-C /usr/lib/mplayer/codecs --strip-components=1 &&
chown -v -R root:root /usr/lib/mplayer/codecs

1034
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

If you installed any CODECs, ensure you add --with-codecsdir=/usr/lib/mplayer/codecs to the

configure script.

GUI Installation (Optional)

To enable building the GUI version of MPlayer (requires GTK+-2.10.13 or GTK+-1.2.10), add --enable-gui
to the configure script. You'll also need to extract at least one skin. Extract the desired skin and create the default
location (as the root user):

install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/mplayer/Skin &&

tar -xvf ../Blue-1.7.tar.bz2 \
-C /usr/share/mplayer/Skin &&
chown -v -R root:root /usr/share/mplayer/Skin/Blue &&
chmod -v 755 /usr/share/mplayer/Skin/Blue{,/icons} &&
ln -sfv Blue /usr/share/mplayer/Skin/default

Installing OSD and Subtitles Support (Optional)

To enable OSD (On Screen Display) and subtitles support, add --enable-menu to the configure script. You'll
also need to set up at least one font (see font installation instructions a little later).

Main MPlayer Installation

Note
The package maintainers recommend building without any optimizations.

This package (unfortunately) expects the X Window system to be installed in the /usr/X11R6 directory. If you're
using a recent version of Xorg and it is installed in any other location, ensure you have followed the instructions in
the Creating an X11R6 Compatibility Symlink section.

MPlayer can build a shared post-processing library from the internal FFmpeg package which other packages can
link to. This requires MPlayer to link dynamically to this library instead of the default statically linked method. If
you desire to build the shared library, add --enable-shared-pp to the configure script. Note that the FFmpeg
package can also build this library (which MPlayer can link to instead of building it), ensure you don't overwrite
an existing one.

You may wish to examine the output from ./configure --help to find out what additional parameters to configure
are needed to include the dependencies you have installed on your system. To link in existing FFmpeg libraries
(and MPlayer won't have to build them), you must pass a total of nine additional options to the configure script.
Four to disable building the static FFmpeg libraries, four to enable using the system-installed shared libraries and
--with-extraincdir=/usr/include/ffmpeg so the build can locate the FFmpeg interface headers.

1035
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Install MPlayer by running the following commands:

patch -Np0 -i ../asmrules_fix_20061231.diff &&

patch -Np0 -i ../cddb_fix_20070605.diff &&
patch -Np1 -i ../MPlayer-1.0rc1-ext_ffmpeg-1.patch &&

./configure --prefix=/usr \
--confdir=/etc/mplayer \
--enable-largefiles \
--enable-dynamic-plugins &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/mplayer-1.0rc1 &&

cp -v -R DOCS/* /usr/share/doc/mplayer-1.0rc1

Passing certain parameters to configure may result in the creation of libdha.so.1.0. If so, you may wish to
create a symlink to this library in case other packages link to libdha.so. Use the following command as the root
user to create the symbolic link:

ln -v -s libdha.so.1.0 /usr/lib/libdha.so

You will need codecs.conf only if you want to change its properties, as the main binary contains an internal copy
of it. Ensure any changes you make to codecs.conf achieve the desired results, as incorrect entries in this file have
been known to cause errors and render the player unusable. If necessary, create the file using the following command.

install -m644 etc/codecs.conf /etc/mplayer

You may also want to copy all the default configuration files to /etc/mplayer for future reference or more
customization ability.

install -m644 etc/*.conf /etc/mplayer

MPlayer requires that the RTC run at a frequency of 1024 Hz. Make this setting change at boot-time by adding a
line to /etc/sysctl.conf:

echo "dev.rtc.max-user-freq=1024" >> /etc/sysctl.conf

OSD and Subtitles Font Installation (Required if '--enable-menu' Was Passed to 'configure')
The recommended method to set up a font for MPlayer is to link a TTF file to your ~/.mplayer directory. A link
should be created in each user's home directory who may use MPlayer. For example:

install -v -m750 -d ~/.mplayer &&

ln -v -sf /usr/share/fonts/X11-TTF/luxisri.ttf \
~/.mplayer/subfont.ttf

1036
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

There are several other ways to set up a font package. To use a prerendered MPlayer font package, extract and link
one of the font tarballs using the following commands:
tar -xvf ../font-arial-iso-8859-1.tar.bz2 \
-C /usr/share/mplayer/font &&
chown -v -R root:root /usr/share/mplayer/font &&
cd /usr/share/mplayer/font &&
ln -v -sf font-arial-iso-8859-1/font-arial-<font size>-iso-8859-1/* .
Available font sizes are 14, 18, 24 or 28.
Additional information as well as additional methods to set up an MPlayer font package can be found at http://www.
mplayerhq.hu/DOCS/HTML/en/subosd.html#mpsub-install.

Configuring MPlayer
Config Files
/etc/mplayer/* and ~/.mplayer/*

Configuration Information
Typically, there's no configuration required for the system-wide files in /etc/mplayer (in fact, this directory is
empty unless you copied the default files as mentioned above). Configuration can be accomplished by choosing the
configuration button located on the MPlayer GUI. Any configuration changes made here will be copied to the user's
~/.mplayer directory.

Contents
Installed Programs: gmplayer, mplayer, and mencoder
Installed Libraries: libdha.so and optionally, libpostproc.so
Installed Directories: ~/.mplayer, /etc/mplayer, /usr/include/postproc, /usr/lib/mplayer, /usr/share/mplayer,
and /usr/share/doc/mplayer-1.0rc1

Short Descriptions
gmplayer is a symlink to mplayer which brings up the graphical user interface component of MPlayer.
mplayer manages the input formats, the CODECs and the output formats to play video files, DVDs,
(S)VCDs or network streams containing audio and/or video information on your system.
Examples:
mplayer -fs blfs.avi
mplayer -vo fbdev -fb /dev/fb0 dvd://1 \
-aid 128 -sub en -framedrop
mplayer -fs vcd://1 # works both for VCDs and SVCDs
mplayer http://fredrik.hubbe.net/plugger/test.mpg
For further information, look at the very good documentation included with the package in the
source tree subdirectory DOCS (also installed at /usr/share/doc/mplayer-1.0rc1).
mencoder is used to encode any MPlayer playable movie to DivX4, XviD or any CODEC in
libavcodec with PCM/MP3/VBRMP3 audio.

1037
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Example:

rm frameno.avi
mencoder -dvd 1 -aid 128 -ovc frameno -oac mp3lame \
-lameopts vbr=3 -o frameno.avi

# mencoder should output bitrates for average encodings

# now, choose one you like best! In the following lines,
# replace <bitrate> and <name.avi> with statements of your
# personal liking.

mencoder -dvd 1 -aid 128 -oac copy -ovc lavc \

-lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4:vpass=1:vhq:vbitrate=<bitrate> \
-o <name.avi>
mencoder -dvd 1 -aid 128 -oac copy -ovc lavc \
-lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4:vpass=2:vhq:vbitrate=<bitrate> \
-o <name.avi>
mencoder -forceidx <name.avi>
libdha.so contains functions used by the MPlayer programs.
libpostproc.so is a post-processing filter library used by the MPlayer programs and other packages.

1038
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Xine User Interface-0.99.5

Introduction to Xine User Interface
The xine User Interface package contains a multimedia player. It plays back CDs, DVDs and VCDs. It also decodes
multimedia files like AVI, MOV, WMV, MPEG and MP3 from local disk drives, and displays multimedia streamed
over the Internet.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/xine/xine-ui-0.99.5.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/xine-ui-0.99.5.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: e643cd1fcad4d98a5ae4eb877ce5087b
• Download size: 2.5 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 19 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Xine User Interface Dependencies

Required
xine Libraries-1.1.12

Optional
pkg-config-0.22, cURL-7.16.3, AAlib-1.4rc5, LIRC and libcaca

Installation of Xine User Interface

Install xine User Interface by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make docsdir=/usr/share/doc/xine-ui-0.99.5 install

Command Explanations
docsdir=/usr/share/doc/xine-ui-0.99.5: This parameter causes the Xine UI documentation to
be installed in the versioned directory /usr/share/doc/xine-ui-0.99.5, rather that the default
/usr/share/doc/xine-ui.

Configuring Xine User Interface

Config Files
~/.xine/config

1039
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Configuration Information
The above file is created and maintainable through the xine setup dialog box. The documentation for the configuration
settings is located at /usr/share/doc/xine-ui-0.99.5/README.config_en.

Contents
Installed Programs: aaxine, cacaxine, fbxine, xine, xine-bugreport, xine-check, and xine-remote
Installed Directories: /usr/share/xine/{desktop,skins,visuals} and /usr/share/doc/xine-ui-0.99.5

Short Descriptions
aaxine is an ASCII art video player which utilizes AAlib as the frontend for the xine Libraries.
cacaxine is a color ASCII art video player which utilizes CACA as the frontend for the xine Libraries.
fbxine is a frame buffer interface to the xine Libraries.
xine is a multimedia player designed to play MPEG streams (audio and video), MPEG elementary
streams (MP3), MPEG transport streams, Ogg files, AVI files, ASF files, some Quicktime
files, VCDs and DVDs (non-encrypted).
xine-bugreport produces a terse system description and guides you through the process of reporting a bug.
xine-check tests the xine video player installation for common problems. It tests the operating system
settings, installation of plugins, CD/DVD drive settings and video support parameters.
xine-remote is a tool to connect to a xine remote control server.

1040
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Transcode-1.0.3
Introduction to Transcode
Transcode is a fast, versatile and command-line based audio/video everything to everything converter. For a rundown
of the features and capabilities, along with usage examples, visit the Transcode Wiki at http://www.transcoding.org/.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://transcode.kabewm.com/transcode-1.0.3.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/transcode-1.0.3.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 4f6eb832123ea28c54f0d4952733bcb6
• Download size: 1.9 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 61 MB
• Estimated build time: 1.4 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/transcode-1.0.3-libmpeg3_fixes-1.patch

Transcode Dependencies
Required
FFmpeg-svn_20070606 and libmpeg2-0.4.1

Recommended
LAME-3.97

Optional (Listed in the Order That the configure Script Looks for Them)
pkg-config-0.22, X Window System, DivX4Linux, XviD-1.1.3, LoRS/IBP, FreeType-2.3.7, Avifile-0.7.45,
libogg-1.1.3, libvorbis-1.2.0, Theora, libdvdread-0.9.7, PVM3, libdv-1.0.0, libquicktime-1.0.0, LZO-2.02 (requires
Version 1), liba52-0.7.4, LibMPEG3-1.7, libxml2-2.6.31, MJPEG Tools, SDL-1.2.11, GTK+-1.2.10, libFAME-0.9.1,
ImageMagick-6.3.5-10, and libjpeg-6b

Installation of Transcode
Install Transcode by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../transcode-1.0.3-libmpeg3_fixes-1.patch &&
sed -i 's|doc/transcode|&-$(PACKAGE_VERSION)|' \
$(find . -name Makefile.in -exec grep -l 'docsdir =' {} \;) &&

autoconf &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install

1041
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Command Explanations
--enable-netstream: This parameter enables network streaming support.
Support for most of the dependency packages requires using options passed to the configure script. View the
INSTALL file and the output from ./configure --help for complete information about enabling dependency packages.

Contents
Installed Programs: avicodec, avidump, avifix, aviindex, avimerge, avisplit, avisync, tccat, tcdecode,
tcdemux, tcextract, tcframe, tcmodinfo, tcmp3cut, tcprobe, tcrequant, tcscan,
tcxmlcheck, tcxpm2rgb, and transcode
Installed Libraries: a52_decore.so, af6_decore.so, export*.so, filter*.so, and import*.so output/filter/input
modules
Installed Directories: /usr/lib/transcode and /usr/share/doc/transcode-1.0.3

Short Descriptions
avicodec indicates or changes the FOURCC CODEC flag in an AVI file.
avidump dumps audio or video stream of a given AVI file to stdout (for AVI
conversion or extraction of audio streams).
avifix fixes the header of an AVI file.
aviindex writes a text file describing the index of an AVI file.
avimerge merges AVI files of the same format. Do not try to merge AVI files of
different formats, it will most likely result in errors (and format means same
bitrates, too!).
avisplit splits AVI files into multiple files.
avisync can shift audio in AVI files for better synchronizing of the audio and video
data signal.
tccat concatenates input files using the input plugins of Transcode.
tcdecode is used to decode input files to raw video and PCM audio streams.
tcdemux demultiplexes (separates) audio/video input that contains multiple streams,
e.g., VOB files.
tcextract grabs single streams from a file containing multiple streams.
tcframe processes single video frames for different color encodings (RGB >-< YUV
or similar).
tcmodinfo loads a supplied Transcode filter module and prints its parameters.
tcmp3cut is a tool which can cut MP3 streams at milliseconds positions.
tcprobe prints information about the input file format.
tcrequant is a tool which can requantize an MPEG-2 elementary stream.
tcscan performs several measurements on the given input data.
tcxmlcheck checks information in a SMIL input file.
transcode is the encoder's user interface that handles the plugins and other programs,
being the glue between the modules. There are several well documented

1042
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

usage examples on both the homepage and the documentation included in

the package.
a52_decore.so is used to interface with the liba52 library for decoding AC-3 streams.
af6_decore.so is a support module used to decode libaviplay library supported codecs
and file formats
export/filter/import_*.so — depending on the external libraries that are used, there are a great number
of plugins to convert audio and video input to raw format, process raw video
and audio and convert raw audio and video to other formats to be written into
a file type of choice. Read the documentation for complete information.

1043
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 38. CD/DVD-Writing Utilities

This chapter contains information on CD/DVD-writing utilities in Linux.
Additional sources of information include:
• CD-Writing HOWTO
• CD-Recordable FAQ
• The dvd+rw-tools Website

1044
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Cdrtools-2.01
Introduction to Cdrtools
The Cdrtools package contains CD recording utilities. These are useful for reading, creating or writing (burning)
Compact Discs.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/utils/schilling/cdrtools/cdrtools-2.01.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.berlios.de/pub/cdrecord/cdrtools-2.01.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: d44a81460e97ae02931c31188fe8d3fd
• Download size: 1.4 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 21 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required patch for extending the number of locales to create CDs with non-ASCII filenames: http://www.
linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/cdrtools-2.01-mkisofs_iconv-1.patch
• Recommended Patch for using Cdrtools in locales using non-ISO-8859-1 character sets: http://www.
linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/cdrtools-2.01-ascii-2.patch

Installation of Cdrtools
Note
Installation of Cdrtools will fail if raw kernel headers are found in /usr/src/linux either as actual files
or a symlink. As of the Linux 2.6 kernel series, this directory should no longer exist because appropriate
headers were installed in the linux-libc-headers package during the base LFS installation.

When creating an ISO 9660 image with mkisofs, the character set of the filenames used must be specified unless it is
ISO-8859-1, the default. If the character set is not specified correctly, then non-ASCII filenames will be unreadable
on other systems, such as Microsoft Windows. This patch allows any input character set supported by Glibc (such as
UTF-8) to be specified to mkisofs, as opposed of the short list of built-in encodings. Also, the default input character
set is set to that of the current locale, which is the correct behavior. To address this situation, apply the mkisofs_iconv
patch:

patch -Np1 -i ../cdrtools-2.01-mkisofs_iconv-1.patch

The cdrecord program has hard-coded non-ASCII characters in its messages. Since these characters are part of the
ISO-8859-1 character set, they will not be displayed correctly in locales that use a different character set, such as
UTF-8. The following patch converts these characters to ASCII approximations:

patch -Np1 -i ../cdrtools-2.01-ascii-2.patch

Install Cdrtools by running the following commands:

make INS_BASE=/usr DEFINSUSR=root DEFINSGRP=root

This package does not come with a test suite.

1045
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now, as the root user:

make INS_BASE=/usr DEFINSUSR=root DEFINSGRP=root install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/cdrtools-2.01 &&
install -v -m644 README* ABOUT doc/*.ps \
/usr/share/doc/cdrtools-2.01

Command Explanations
INS_BASE=/usr: This parameter moves the install directory from /opt/schily to /usr.
DEFINSUSR=root DEFINSGRP=root: These parameters install all programs with root:root ownership instead
of the default bin:bin.

Contents
Installed Programs: cdda2wav, cdrecord, devdump, isodebug, isodump, isoinfo, isovfy, mkhybrid, mkisofs,
readcd, rscsi, scgcheck, and skel
Installed Libraries: libdeflt.a, libedc_ecc.a, libfile.a, libhfs.a, libparanoia.a, librscg.a, libscg.a, libschily.a,
and libunls.a
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
cdda2wav converts Compact Disc audio into WAV sound files.
cdrecord records audio or data Compact Discs.
devdump is a diagnostic program used to dump an ISO-9660 device or file in hex.
isodebug is used to display the command-line parameters used to create an ISO-9660 image.
isodump is a diagnostic program used to dump a device or file based on ISO-9660.
isoinfo is used to analyze or list an ISO-9660 image.
isovfy is used to verify an ISO-9660 image.
mkhybrid is a symbolic link to mkisofs used to create ISO-9660/HFS hybrid filesystem images.
mkisofs is used to create ISO-9660/JOLIET/HFS filesystem images, optionally with Rock Ridge attributes.
readcd reads or writes Compact Discs.
rscsi is a remote SCSI manager.
scgcheck is used to check and verify the Application Binary Interface of libscg.
libscg.a is a highly portable SCSI transport library.

1046
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Cdrdao-1.2.2
Introduction to Cdrdao
The Cdrdao package contains CD recording utilities. These are useful for burning a CD in disk-at-once mode.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/cdrdao/cdrdao-1.2.2.tar.bz2
•
• Download MD5 sum: f0cbf36907406cb4f4c568f9e6669a34
• Download size: 1.4 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 64 MB
• Estimated build time: 1.3 SBU (includes building gcdmaster)

Cdrdao Dependencies
Recommended
libao-0.8.8, libvorbis-1.2.0, libmad-0.15.1b, and LAME-3.97 (required to build toc2mp3)

Optional
libacl and libattr

Optional (Required to Build the gcdmaster Program)

Note that the following packages must be built in the order listed. Use the current “stable” version of each package.
libgnomeui-2.18.1, libsigc++, glibmm, gtkmm, libglademm, libgnomecanvasmm, gconfmm, gnome-vfsmm,
libgnomemm, and libgnomeuimm
There are two additional optional dependencies that can be used by the Cdrdao build: Cdrtools-2.01 and PCCTS. The
pieces of these two packages required to build Cdrdao are also included in the source tree and are used by default.

Installation of Cdrdao
Install Cdrdao by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/cdrdao-1.2.2 &&
install -v -m644 README* /usr/share/doc/cdrdao-1.2.2

Contents
Installed Programs: cdrdao, cue2toc, toc2cddb, toc2cue and optionally, gcdmaster and toc2mp3
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directory: /usr/share/cdrdao, /usr/share/doc/cdrdao-1.2.2 and /usr/share/gcdmaster

1047
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
cdrdao records audio or data CD-Rs in disk-at-once (DAO) mode based on a textual description of the CD
contents.
cue2toc converts CUE to TOC format for audio CDs.
gcdmaster is a graphical front end to cdrdao for composing audio CDs.
toc2cddb converts a Cdrdao TOC file into a cddb file and prints it to stdout.
toc2cue converts TOC to CUE format for audio CDs.
toc2mp3 converts an audio CD disk image (.toc file) to MP3 files.

1048
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

UDFtools-1.0.0b3
Introduction to UDFtools
The UDFtools package contains utilities for creating and mounting CD-RW disks with UDF file systems for both
reading and writing. UDF files systems are used on both CD-RW media and on DVD. For more details of the UDF
file system standard see: http://www.osta.org and http://www.ecma-international.org.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/linux-udf/udftools-1.0.0b3.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: 2f491ddd63f31040797236fe18db9e60
• Download size: 287 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 3.5 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required patch: http://w1.894.telia.com/~u89404340/patches/packet/udftools-1.0.0b3.patch.bz2

Kernel Configuration
In the kernel configuration, modify your settings to match those listed here:

Block devices
Packet writing on CD/DVD media: Y or M
CD-ROM/DVD Filesystems
UDF file system support Y or M

Recompile and install the new kernel.

Installation of UDFtools
Install UDFtools by running the following commands:

bzcat ../udftools-1.0.0b3.patch.bz2 | patch -Np1 &&

sed -i -e 's/(char\*)spm +=/spm = (char\*)spm +/' wrudf/wrudf.c &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
sed -i -e 's/(char\*)spm +=/spm = (char\*)spm +/' wrudf/wrudf.c: This change is required to compile with recent
compilers.

1049
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: cdrwtool, mkudffs, pktsetup, udffsck, and wrudf
Installed Library: libudffs.a
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
cdrwtool provides facilities to manage CD-RW drives, including formatting new disks, setting the read and
write speeds, etc.
Example:

cdrwtool -d /dev/scd0 -q

prepares a new CD-RW for use and formats it with a UDF file system.
mkudffs is used to create new UDF file systems. It can be used on hard disks and CD-Rs as well as CD-RWs.
pktsetup is used to establish and break down associations between the kernel packet driver and a physical
drive.
Example:

pktsetup /dev/pktcdvd0 /dev/scd0

mount /dev/pktcdvd0 /mnt/cdrom -t udf -o rw,noatime

associates the physical device /dev/scd0 with the kernel packet driver /dev/pktcdvd0, then
mounts a UDF formatted CD-RW for read/write access.
udffsck is used to check the integrity and correct errors on UDF filesystems.
wrudf is used to maintain a UDF filesystem.
libudffs.a contains functions used by the UDFtools programs.

1050
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

dvd+rw-tools-7.0
Introduction to dvd+rw-tools
The dvd+rw-tools package contains several utilities to master the DVD media, both +RW/+R and -R[W]. The
principle tool is growisofs which provides a way to both lay down and grow an ISO9660 file system on (as well
as to burn an arbitrary pre-mastered image to) all supported DVD media. This is useful for creating a new DVD or
adding to an existing image on a partially burned DVD.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://fy.chalmers.se/~appro/linux/DVD+RW/tools/dvd+rw-tools-7.0.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: 2eb9c2a6b1e6bc7c4d72d3b5ece34ceb
• Download size: 131 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 1.4 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

dvd+rw-tools Dependencies

Required

Though not required during the build, you must have Cdrtools-2.01 installed or the growisofs command will not
function properly, rendering the entire package useless.

Installation of dvd+rw-tools
Install dvd+rw-tools by running the following commands:

make all rpl8 btcflash

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make prefix=/usr install &&

install -v -m644 -D index.html \

/usr/share/doc/dvd+rw-tools-7.0/index.html

Command Explanations
make all rpl8 btcflash: This command uses additional targets so that all the utilities are built.

Contents
Installed Programs: btcflash, dvd+rw-booktype, dvd+rw-format, dvd+rw-mediainfo, dvd-ram-control,
growisofs, and rpl8
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/dvd+rw-tools-7.0

1051
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
growisofs is a combined mkisofs frontend/DVD recording program.

1052
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

K3b-1.0.4
Introduction to K3b
The K3b package contains a KDE-based graphical interface to the Cdrtools and dvd+rw-tools CD/DVD manipulation
tools. It also combines the capabilities of many other multimedia packages into one central interface to provide
a simple-to-operate application that can be used to handle many of your CD/DVD recording and formatting
requirements. This is useful for creating audio, data, video and mixed-mode CDs as well as copying, ripping and
burning CDs and DVDs.
Though K3b can be used to copy almost any DVD to similar medium, it does not provide a way to copy, or reproduce
a double-layer DVD onto single-layer medium. Of course, there is not a program anywhere on any platform that can
make an exact duplicate of a double-layer DVD onto a single-layer disk, there are programs on some platforms that
can compress the data on a double-layer DVD to fit on a single-layer DVD producing a duplicate, but compressed,
image. If you need to copy the contents of a double-layer DVD to single-layer medium, you may want to look at
the RMLCopyDVD package.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/k3b/k3b-1.0.4.tar.bz2
•
• Download MD5 sum: 42538ddae0809707d3bcdbe0a6ed6a43
• Download size: 4.9 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 67.1 MB
• Estimated build time: 4.0 SBU

K3b Dependencies
Required
kdelibs-3.5.9
There are programs from three packages that K3b will look for at runtime: Cdrtools-2.01 (required to burn CD-ROM
media), dvd+rw-tools-7.0 (required to burn or format DVD media), and Cdrdao-1.2.2 (required to burn CD-ROM
media in DAO (Disk At Once) mode). If you don't need the capability provided by any of the three packages, you
don't have to install it. However, a warning message will be generated every time you run the k3b program if any
are not installed.

Recommended
kdebase-3.5.9, libjpeg-6b, kdemultimedia-3.5.9 (required for a working audio player)

Optional
ALSA-1.0.13, CDParanoia-III-9.8, FFmpeg-svn_20070606, FLAC-1.2.1, HAL-0.5.9.1 and D-Bus Qt3
Bindings-0.62, LAME-3.97, libmad-0.15.1b, libmusicbrainz-2.1.5, libvorbis-1.2.0, libxml2-2.6.31, libsndfile,
MoviX, Musepack (libmpcdec), normalize, resmgr, Secret Rabbit Code (libsamplerate), SoX, TagLib, and VCDImager
For an explanation how each package is used by K3b, see the Requirements page at http://k3b.plainblack.
com/requirements.

Runtime Requirements for DVD Ripping and Encoding

Transcode-1.0.3, XviD-1.1.3, libdvdread-0.9.7, and libdvdcss-1.2.9

1053
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Installation of K3b
Install K3b by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(kde-config --prefix) \

--sysconfdir=/etc/kde \
--disable-debug \
--disable-dependency-tracking &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--prefix=$(kde-config --prefix): This parameter uses kde-config to establish the prefix of the existing
KDE installation and then sets the installation prefix for K3b to the same value.
--disable-debug: This option causes the package to be compiled without debugging code.
--disable-dependency-tracking: This option speeds up one time builds.

Configuring k3b
Configuration Information
You will need to ensure that any user of K3b has permission to read and write to the CD/DVD/audio hardware device
files. The easiest way to do this is by creating groups (audio, video, cdrecord, dvdrecord, etc.,) and then add users
to the appropriate groups. You'll also have to ensure that the Udev rules are set up appropriately if you are using a
system where the device files are created during the system boot-up sequence.
There is a script installed (k3bsetup) that is a front-end to the k3bsetup2 KControlModule. This script can be accessed
as a pull-down menu from the K3b GUI and requires root user privileges (root privileges are acquired through the
use of the automatically-launched kdesud program). Though this utility can be used to set the appropriate permissions
for the device files, be forewarned that in a Udev environment, where the device files are created during the system
boot-up sequence, any changes made by this utility will not be preserved across system boots.

Contents
Installed Programs: k3b and k3bsetup
Installed Libraries: libk3b.so, libk3bdevice.so and numerous modules for the installed dependencies
Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $KDE_PREFIX/share/: applnk/Settings/System,
apps/k3b, doc/HTML/en/k3b

Short Descriptions
k3b is the graphical CD/DVD program.
k3bsetup is a script used to launch the k3bsetup2 KControlModule for setting up the CD/DVD hardware and
device files in your system.

1054
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Part XI. Printing, Scanning and Typesetting

 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 39. Printing

This chapter contains spooling printer management systems and ghostscript applications to render PostScript for
display on terminals or paper.

1056
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

CUPS-1.2.12
Introduction to CUPS
The Common Unix Printing System (CUPS) is a print spooler and associated utilities. It is based on the "Internet
Printing Protocol" and provides printing services to most PostScript and raster printers.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.easysw.com/pub/cups/1.2.12/cups-1.2.12-source.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.easysw.com/pub/cups/1.2.12/cups-1.2.12-source.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: d410658468384b5ba5d04a808f6157fe
• Download size: 3.6 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 62 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/cups-1.2.12-security_fixes-2.patch

CUPS Dependencies
Recommended
libjpeg-6b, libpng-1.2.29, and LibTIFF-3.8.2

Optional
pkg-config-0.22, D-BUS-1.0.2, OpenLDAP-2.3.39, OpenSSL-0.9.8g or GnuTLS-1.6.3, Linux-PAM-0.99.10.0,
PHP-5.2.3, Python-2.5.2, JDK-6 Update 5, OpenSLP, libpaper, libacl (requires libattr), HTMLDOC, and Valgrind
(optionally used if running the test suites)

Installation of CUPS
Create an lp user, as CUPS will create some files owned by this user. (The lp user is the default used by CUPS,
but may be changed to a different user by passing a parameter to the configure script.) Use the following command
as the root user:
useradd -c "Print Service User" -d /dev/null -g lp -s /bin/false -u 9 lp
Install CUPS by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../cups-1.2.12-security_fixes-2.patch &&
./configure &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check. This will run a basic test suite without any load testing. If you wish to run the
tests specifying non-default parameters, issue: make test. Note that the “torture load testing” test uses more resources
than those displayed in the prompt.
Now, as the root user:
make install

1057
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

The man files are installed in compressed (.gz) format. If desired, use the following commands to uncompress them:
gunzip -v /usr/share/man/man{\
1/{cancel,cups{-config,test{dsc,ppd}},\
lp{,options,passwd,q,rm,r,stat}}.1,\
5/{{classes,client,cups-snmp,cupsd,printers,subscriptions,mailto}.conf,\
mime.{convs,types}}.5,\
7/{backend,filter}.7,\
8/{accept,cups{d,addsmb,enable,-{deviced,driverd,lpd,polld}},\
lp{admin,info,move,c}}.8}.gz &&

rm -v /usr/share/man/man8/{reject,cupsdisable}.8.gz &&

ln -v -s accept.8 /usr/share/man/man8/reject.8 &&

ln -v -s cupsenable.8 /usr/share/man/man8/cupsdisable.8

Command Explanations
The basic default behavior of the installation is appropriate for LFS systems. CUPS files are placed in /usr/bin,
/usr/sbin, /var and /etc/cups.

Configuring CUPS
Configuration of CUPS is dependent on the type of printer and can be complex. Generally, PostScript printers are
easier. For detailed instructions on configuration and use of CUPS, see http://www.cups.org/documentation.php. The
Software Administrators Manual and Software Users Manual are particularly useful.
For non-PostScript printers to print with CUPS, you need to install ESP Ghostscript-8.15.4 to convert PostScript
to raster images and a driver (e.g., from Gutenprint-5.0.1) to convert the resulting raster images to a form that the
printer understands. Foomatic drivers use Ghostscript to convert PostScript to a printable form directly, but this is
considered to be a hack by CUPS developers.

Kernel Configuration
To use your printer you will likely need the appropriate drivers enabled in the kernel — for example, “Parallel printer
support” if you have a parallel port printer, or “USB Printer support” for a USB printer.

Boot Script
During the installation, CUPS added startup files in /etc/rc.d. These scripts will work in most cases, but will
fail if you provide printers to Samba clients. Additionally, they are not consistent with standard LFS style scripts.
Replace the installed scripts with the scripts and symlinks included in the blfs-bootscripts-20080816 package:
make install-cups

Contents
Installed Programs: accept, cancel, cups-config, cupsaddsmb, cupsd, cupstestppd, disable, enable, lp,
lpadmin, lpc, lpinfo, lpmove, lpoptions, lppasswd, lpq, lpr, lprm, lpstat, and reject
Installed Libraries: libcups.{so,a}, libcupsimage.{so,a}, and various filters and backend drivers
Installed Directories: /etc/cups, /usr/include/cups, /usr/lib/cups, /usr/share/cups, /usr/share/doc/cups-1.2.12,
/var/cache/cups, /var/log/cups, and /var/spool/cups

1058
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
accept instructs the printing system to accept print jobs to the specified destinations.
cancel cancels existing print jobs from the print queues.
cups-config is a CUPS program configuration utility.
cupsaddsmb exports printers to the Samba software for use with Windows clients.
cupsd is the scheduler for the Common Unix Printing System.
cupstestppd tests the conformance of PPD files.
disable stops the named printers or classes.
enable starts the named printers or classes.
lp submits files for printing or alters a pending job.
lpadmin configures printer and class queues provided by CUPS.
lpc provides limited control over printer and class queues provided by CUPS.
lpinfo lists the available devices or drivers known to the CUPS server.
lpmove moves the specified job to a new destination.
lpoptions displays or sets printer options and defaults.
lppasswd adds, changes or deletes passwords in the CUPS digest password file passwd.md5.
lpq shows the current print queue status on the named printer.
lpr submits files for printing.
lprm cancels print jobs that have been queued for printing.
lpstat displays status information about the current classes, jobs, and printers.
reject instructs the printing system to reject print jobs to the specified destinations.

1059
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

LPRng-3.8.28
Introduction to LPRng
The LPRng package contains an enhanced, extended and portable implementation of the Berkeley Line PRinter (LPR)
print spooler. This is useful for queuing print jobs.
There may be a more recent release available from the LPRng home page. You can check http://sourceforge.
net/projects/lprng and probably use the existing BLFS instructions. Note that versions other than the one shown in
the download URLs have not been tested in a BLFS environment.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/BLFS/6.3/l/LPRng-3.8.28.tgz
• Download (FTP): ftp://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/6.3/l/LPRng-3.8.28.tgz
• Download MD5 sum: 1b3a0abd291b260eab6087ac0e61ed84
• Download size: 10.2 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 71.8 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.42 SBU

LPRng Dependencies

Optional

OpenSSL-0.9.8g, TCP Wrapper-7.6, MIT Kerberos V5-1.6, and krb4

Installation of LPRng
Install LPRng by running the following commands:

sed -i 's@CLEAR,0@CLEAR,CLEAR,NULL@' src/common/lpq.c &&

sed -i 's@ fd, l@ fd, (char*) l@' src/common/krb5_auth.c &&
sed -i -e 's@\(fi\|done\) \\@\1; \\@' \
-e 's/^SHELL/#&/' Makefile.in &&

./configure --prefix=/usr \
--libexecdir=/usr/lib/lprng \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--enable-shared &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/lprng-3.8.28 &&
cp -v -R DOCS/* PrintingCookbook \
/usr/share/doc/lprng-3.8.28

1060
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Command Explanations
sed -i 's@CLEAR ...': This fixes a GCC-4 warning, treated as an error.
sed -i 's@ fd, l ...': This fixes a compilation problem with using versions of GCC-4.
sed -i -e '...' -e '...': This fixes a couple of syntax bugs when using newer versions of make.

Configuring LPRng
Config Files
/etc/printcap and /etc/lpd/*

Configuration Information
There is no generic printcap for all printers. A sample printcap is loaded into the /etc directory which can be of
some help. Information is also available at http://www.lprng.org, http://www.linuxprinting.org and the documentation
installed in /usr/share/doc/lprng-3.8.28.

Boot Script
The init script installed by LPRng is not consistent with other BLFS scripts; therefore, install the /etc/rc.
d/init.d/lprng init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20080816 package (as the root user):
make install-lprng

Note
You may also want to remove the lpd script that was installed in /etc/rc.d/init.d.

Contents
Installed Programs: cancel, checkpc, lp, lpc, lpd, lpq, lpr, lprm, lprng_certs, lprng_index_certs, and lpstat
Installed Library: liblpr.{so,a}
Installed Directories: /etc/lpd, /usr/lib/lprng, /usr/share/doc/3.8.28, /var/run/lpd, and /var/spool/lpd

Short Descriptions
cancel is a symlink to lprm used to send cancel requests to an LPRng print service.
checkpc checks out the printcap database.
lp is a symlink to lpr used to send requests to an LPRng print service.
lpc is a control program for the lpd daemon.
lpd is the print queueing daemon.
lpq is a status monitoring program.
lpr is a print job spooler program.
lprm is a print job removal program.
lprng_certs is a program used to manage SSL certificates for the LPRng software.
lprng_index_certs creates a set of index files in the LPRng signing certificate directory.

1061
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

lpstat is a print job status reporting program.

liblpr.{so,a} contains the API functions used by the LPRng programs.

1062
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

AFPL Ghostscript-8.53
Introduction to Ghostscript
Ghostscript is a versatile processor for PostScript data with the ability to render PostScript to different targets.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/ghostscript/ghostscript-8.53.tar.bz2
•
• Download MD5 sum: e65e0c40213a616174572faa639e04d6
• Download size: 9.3 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 104 MB (includes installing libgs.so and both font tarballs)
• Estimated build time: 2.4 SBU (includes building and installing libgs.so)

Additional Downloads
Standard Fonts

• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.imagemagick.org/pub/ImageMagick/delegates/ghostscript-fonts-std-8.11.tar.gz

• Download MD5 sum: 6865682b095f8c4500c54b285ff05ef6
• Download size: 3.7 MB
Other Fonts

• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/ghostscript/gnu-gs-fonts-other-6.0.tar.gz

• Download MD5 sum: 33457d3f37de7ef03d2eea05a9e6aa4f
• Download size: 796 KB

Ghostscript Dependencies

Optional
libjpeg-6b, libpng-1.2.29, GTK+-1.2.10, and X Window System

Conflicts
This version of Ghostscript does not work with CUPS due to missing generic "cups" raster image driver. The necessary
support cannot be patched in due to incompatible licenses. Use ESP Ghostscript-8.15.4 instead if you have CUPS.

Installation of Ghostscript
Install Ghostscript by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

1063
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

To install the shared library libgs.so, run the following additional command as an unprivileged user:

make so

And again, as the root user:

make soinstall &&

install -v -d -m755 /usr/include/ps &&
install -v -m644 src/*.h /usr/include/ps &&
ln -v -s ps /usr/include/ghostscript

Note
The shared library depends on GTK+-1.2.10. It is only used in external programs like GSview-4.8 and
ImageMagick-6.3.5-10.

To finish the installation, unpack all fonts you've downloaded to /usr/share/ghostscript and ensure the
ownerships of the files are root:root. Substitute <font-tarball> appropriately in the command below for the
fonts you wish to install:

tar -xvf ../<font-tarball> -C /usr/share/ghostscript &&

chown -v -R root:root /usr/share/ghostscript/fonts

Command Explanations
install ...: Some packages (ImageMagick is one) need the Ghostscript interface headers in place to link to the shared
library. These commands install the headers.
ln -v -s ps /usr/include/ghostscript: Some packages expect to find the interface headers in an alternate location.

Contents
Installed Programs: bdftops, dumphint, ddvipdf, eps2eps, fixmswrd.pl, font2c, gs, gsbj, gsc, gsdj, gsdj500,
gslj, gslp, gsnd, gsx, lprsetup.sh, pdf2dsc, pdf2ps, pdfopt, pf2afm, pfbtopfa, pj-gs.sh,
printafm, ps2ascii, ps2epsi, ps2pdf, ps2pdf12, ps2pdf13, ps2pdf14, ps2pdfwr, ps2ps,
pv.sh, unix-lpr.sh, and wftopfa
Installed Library: libgs.so
Installed Directories: /usr/include/ps and /usr/share/ghostscript

Short Descriptions
gs invokes Ghostscript, an interpreter of Adobe Systems' PostScript(tm) and Portable Document Format (PDF)
languages.
AFPL Ghostscript provides many different scripts used to render PostScript/PDF files back and forth. Please refer to
the HTML documentation or try man gs for information about the capabilities provided by the package.

1064
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

ESP Ghostscript-8.15.4
Introduction to ESP Ghostscript
ESP Ghostscript is a versatile processor for PostScript data with the ability to render PostScript to different targets.
ESP Ghostscript is a customized version of GNU Ghostscript that includes an enhanced configuration script, the
CUPS raster driver to support CUPS raster printer drivers, and additional patches and drivers from various Linux
distributors.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.funet.fi/pub/mirrors/ftp.easysw.com/pub/ghostscript/8.15.4/espgs-8.15.4-source.
tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.easysw.com/pub/ghostscript/8.15.4/espgs-8.15.4-source.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: e74e0463e0bfb1cea3db245d8e71828c
• Download size: 8.7 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 108 MB (includes installing libgs.so and both font tarballs)
• Estimated build time: 2.3 SBU (includes building and installing libgs.so)

Additional Downloads
Required Patch
• http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/espgs-8.15.4-bov_fix-1.patch
Standard Fonts
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.imagemagick.org/pub/ImageMagick/delegates/ghostscript-fonts-std-8.11.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 6865682b095f8c4500c54b285ff05ef6
• Download size: 3.7 MB
Other Fonts
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/ghostscript/gnu-gs-fonts-other-6.0.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 33457d3f37de7ef03d2eea05a9e6aa4f
• Download size: 796 KB

ESP Ghostscript Dependencies

Optional
CUPS-1.2.12, libjpeg-6b, libpng-1.2.29, X Window System, and GTK+-2.10.13 or GTK+-1.2.10

Installation of ESP Ghostscript

Install ESP Ghostscript by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../espgs-8.15.4-bov_fix-1.patch &&
sed -i "s/bbox.dev$/x11.dev/" Makefile.in &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-threads \
--without-omni &&
make

1065
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

To build the shared libgs.so library you must have GTK+ installed and issue the following command:
make so
This package does not come with a test suite. However, you may test the operation of the newly built gs program by
issuing the following command (issue from an X Windows terminal):
bin/gs -Ilib -dBATCH examples/tiger.eps
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -d /usr/share/doc/espgs-8.15.4
ln -v -s ../../ghostscript/8.15/doc /usr/share/doc/espgs-8.15.4 &&
for INSTFILE in `ls doc`
do
if [ ! -f /usr/share/doc/espgs-8.15.4/$INSTFILE ]; then
install -v -m644 doc/$INSTFILE /usr/share/doc/espgs-8.15.4/
fi
done
If you built the shared library, install it and the associated programs by issuing the following commands as the root
user:
make soinstall &&
install -v -d -m755 /usr/include/ps &&
install -v -m644 src/*.h /usr/include/ps &&
ln -v -s ps /usr/include/ghostscript
To finish the installation, unpack all fonts you've downloaded to /usr/share/ghostscript and ensure the
ownerships of the files are root:root. Substitute <font-tarball> appropriately in the command below for
the fonts you wish to install:
tar -xvf ../<font-tarball> -C /usr/share/ghostscript &&
chown -v root:root /usr/share/ghostscript/fonts/*

Command Explanations
sed -i "s/bbox.dev$/x11.dev/" Makefile.in: This command changes the default gs output device from the bbox driver
to the x11 (screen) driver.
--enable-threads: This parameter enables threaded output.
--without-omni: This switch disables the omni driver support.
--without-ijs: This switch disables the IJS driver support.
install -v -m644 src/*.h /usr/include/ps: Some packages (ImageMagick is one) need the Ghostscript interface
headers in place to link to the shared library. These commands install the headers.
ln -v -s ps /usr/include/ghostscript: Some packages expect to find the interface headers in an alternate location.
for INSTFILE in `ls doc` ...: This “for” loop installs some documentation files that were not installed during the
installation process.

1066
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: bdftops, dvipdf, eps2eps, fixmswrd.pl, font2c, gs, gsbj, gsc, gsdj, gsdj500, gslj, gslp,
gsnd, gsx, lprsetup.sh, pdf2dsc, pdf2ps, pdfopt, pf2afm, pfbtopfa, printafm, ps2ascii,
ps2epsi, ps2pdf,ps2pdf12, ps2pdf13, ps2pdf14, ps2pdfwr, ps2ps, pv.sh, unix-lpr.sh,
and wftopfa
Installed Library: libgs.so
Installed Directories: /usr/include/ps and /usr/share/ghostscript

Short Descriptions
gs invokes Ghostscript, an interpreter of Adobe Systems' PostScript(tm) and Portable Document
Format (PDF) languages.
pstoraster is a filter used by CUPS to convert PostScript to a generic raster image format that is acceptable as
an input to drivers for non-PostScript printers (e.g., from Gutenprint-5.0.1). It is built and installed
only if CUPS-1.2.12 is found.
ESP Ghostscript provides many different scripts used to render PostScript/PDF files back and forth. Please refer to
the HTML documentation or try man gs for information about the capabilities provided by the package.

1067
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Gutenprint-5.0.1
Introduction to Gutenprint
The Gutenprint (formerly Gimp-Print) package contains high quality drivers for many brands and models of printers
for use with ESP Ghostscript-8.15.4, CUPS-1.2.12, Foomatic, LPRng-3.8.28, lpr and the GIMP-2.0. See a list of
supported printers at http://gutenprint.sourceforge.net/p_Supported_Printers.php3.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/gimp-print/gutenprint-5.0.1.tar.bz2
•
• Download MD5 sum: 4ec66d57c1014b503d6bea16b1c31d81
• Download size: 4.8 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 49 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.9 SBU

Gutenprint Dependencies

Optional
CUPS-1.2.12, Foomatic, IJS, GIMP-2.2.17, GTK+-1.2.10, and GTK+-2.10.13

Optional (to Regenerate Documentation)

ImageMagick-6.3.5-10, teTeX-3.0, Doxygen-1.5.2, and DocBook-utils-0.6.14

Installation of Gutenprint
Install Gutenprint by running the following commands:

sed -i 's|$(PACKAGE)/doc|doc/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)|' \
doc{,/developer}/Makefile.in &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue make check. This could take a very long time (100+ SBUs).
Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/gutenprint-5.0.1/api/gutenprint{,ui2} &&
install -v -m644 doc/gutenprint/html/* \
/usr/share/doc/gutenprint-5.0.1/api/gutenprint &&
install -v -m644 doc/gutenprintui2/html/* \
/usr/share/doc/gutenprint-5.0.1/api/gutenprintui2

Command Explanations
sed -i '...' doc{,/developer}/Makefile.in: This command is used so that the package documentation is installed in the
conventional /usr/share/doc directory structure instead of /usr/share/gutenprint/doc.

1068
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

--with-translated-ppds=no: When this parameter is given, only US English PPD files for CUPS will be
built. Useful if the PPD files are not yet translated into your native language and you want to save some space by
not installing unneeded translations.

Configuring Gutenprint
Configuration Information
For CUPS to see newly installed PPD files, it has to be restarted (as the root user):

/etc/rc.d/init.d/cups restart

This command may take a long time (up to 10 minutes) to complete. Don't panic while CUPS is rescanning the list
of PPD files. The long delay will happen only once.
Then point your web browser to http://localhost:631/ to add a new printer to CUPS.

Contents
Installed Programs: cups-calibrate, cups-genppd.5.0, cups-genppdconfig.5.0, cups-genppdupdate.5.0,
escputil, ijsgutenprint.5.0, and testpattern
Installed Libraries: libgutenprint.{so,a}, libgutenprintui2.{so,a}, libgutenprintui2.{so,a} and optionally,
various CUPS filters and backend drivers
Installed Directories: /usr/include/gutenprint, /usr/lib/gimp/1.2, /usr/lib/gutenprint,
/usr/share/doc/gutenprint-5.0.1 and /usr/share/gutenprint

Short Descriptions
cups-calibrate calibrates the color output of printers using the Gutenprint, CUPS or ESP Print Pro
drivers.
escputil is a command line utility to perform various maintenance tasks on Epson Stylus inkjet
printers.
ijsgutenprint.5.0 is a Ghostscript driver for Gutenprint.

1069
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 40. Scanning

This chapter contains scanning applications which allow you to convert printed documents into formatted documents
readable by other applications.

1070
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

SANE-1.0.18
Introduction to SANE
SANE is short for Scanner Access Now Easy. Scanner access, however, is far from easy, since every vendor has their
own protocols. The only known protocol that should bring some unity into this chaos is the TWAIN interface, but
this is too imprecise to allow a stable scanning framework. Therefore, SANE comes with its own protocol, and the
vendor drivers can't be used.
SANE is split into back ends and front ends. The back ends are drivers for the supported scanners and cameras. The
front ends are user interfaces to access the backends.

Back Ends Package Information

• Download (HTTP): http://alioth.debian.org/download.php/1347/sane-backends-1.0.18.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp2.sane-project.org/pub/sane/old-versions/sane-backends-1.0.18/sane-backends-1.0.18.
tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 7ca7e2908e24721471de92cf40c75e60
• Download size: 3.7 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 67 MB
• Estimated build time: 1.4 SBU

Front Ends Package Information

• Download (HTTP): http://alioth.debian.org/download.php/1140/sane-frontends-1.0.14.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp2.sane-project.org/pub/sane/sane-frontends-1.0.14/sane-frontends-1.0.14.tar.gz
• Downlaod MD5 sum: c63bf7b0bb5f530cf3c08715db721cd3
• Download size: 231 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 3.0 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

SANE Dependencies

Optional (Back Ends)

libjpeg-6b, LibTIFF-3.8.2, libusb-0.1.12, libieee1284, libgphoto2, and teTeX-3.0

Optional (Front Ends)

X Window System, GTK+-2.10.13, and GIMP-2.2.17

Kernel Configuration
To access your scanner, you will probably need the related kernel drivers and/or additional support packages. A
SCSI scanner will need SCSI drivers, a parallel port scanner needs parallel port support (you should use enhanced
EPP modes) and perhaps libieee1284 and a USB scanner will need the libusb-0.1.12 package. Ensure you have the
necessary drivers properly configured to access the devices.

1071
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Installation of SANE
Installation of SANE Back Ends
Install SANE-backends by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install

Installation of SANE Front Ends

The SANE-frontends package includes the graphical frontends xscanimage and xcam, and a command-line frontend
scanadf. You don't need this package if you intend to use one of the more advanced graphical frontends like
XSane-0.994. For a list of frontend packages, see http://www.sane-project.org/sane-frontends.html.
To install SANE-frontends, use the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m644 doc/sane.png xscanimage-icon-48x48-2.png \
/usr/share/sane
If GIMP was linked into the build and you wish GIMP to use xscanimage as a scanning plugin, issue the following
command as the root user:
ln -v -s ../../../../bin/xscanimage /usr/lib/gimp/2.0/plug-ins

Command Explanations
--sysconfdir=/etc: This switch installs the configuration files in /etc/sane.d instead of
/usr/etc/sane.d.

Configuring SANE
Config Files
/etc/sane.d/*.conf

Configuration Information
Backend Configuration
The backend configuration files are located in /etc/sane.d. Information for configuring the various backends
can be found by using the man(5) page for the desired backend. Run man sane-<backend>, substituting the desired
backend.

1072
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

General Information
For general information about configuring and using SANE, see man sane. Linux-2.6.x brings some special
issues into the picture. See http://www.sane-project.org/README.linux for information about using SANE with the
Linux-2.6.x kernel. For information about USB scanning devices, run man sane-usb. For information about SCSI
devices, run man sane-scsi.

Configuration and setup of the 'saned' daemon

The saned daemon is not meant to be used for untrusted clients. You should provide TCP Wrapper-7.6 and/or
Firewalling protection to ensure only trusted clients access the daemon. Due to the complex security requirements to
ensure only trusted clients access the daemon, BLFS does not provide instructions to configure the saned daemon. If
you desire to make the daemon available, ensure you provide adequate security, configure your [x]inetd.conf
file and send a SIGHUP to the [x]inetd daemon. Some good information for setting up and securing the saned daemon
can be found at http://penguin-breeder.org/sane/saned/.

Contents
Back Ends:
Installed Programs: gamma4scanimage, sane-config, saned, sane-find-scanner, and scanimage
Installed Libraries: libsane.so and numerous scanner backend modules
Installed Directories: /etc/sane.d, /usr/include/sane, /usr/lib/sane, /usr/share/sane, and
/usr/share/doc/sane-1.0.18

Front Ends:
Installed Programs: scanadf, xcam, and xscanimage
Installed Library: GIMP plugin embedded in xscanimage
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
gamma4scanimage creates a gamma table in the format expected by scanimage.
sane-config is a tool used to determine the compiler and linker flags that should be used to compile
and link SANE.
saned is the SANE daemon that allows remote clients to access image acquisition devices
available on the local host.
sane-find-scanner is a command-line tool to find SCSI and USB scanners and determine their device files.
Its primary purpose is to make sure that scanners can be detected by SANE backends.
scanadf is a command-line interface to control image acquisition devices which are equipped with
an automatic document feeder (ADF).
scanimage is a command line interface for scanning from image acquisition devices such as flatbed
scanners or cameras. It is also used to list the available backend devices.
xcam is a graphical camera front end for SANE.
xscanimage is a graphical user interface for scanning.
libsane.so is the application programming interface that is used to communicate between frontends
and backends.

1073
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libsane-*.so modules are backend scanning library plugins used to interface with scanning devices.
See http://www.sane-project.org/sane-supported-devices.html for a list of supported
backends.

1074
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

XSane-0.994
Introduction to XSane
XSane is another front end for SANE-1.0.18. It has additional features to improve the image quality and ease of use
compared to xscanimage.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/hci/sane/xsane/xsane-0.994.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp2.sane-project.org/pub/sane/xsane/xsane-0.994.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 7d02656026797a46a84bda63006f5668
• Download size: 3.3 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 23 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

XSane Dependencies

Required

GTK+-2.10.13 or GTK+-1.2.10 and SANE-1.0.18 (back ends)

Optional

LibTIFF-3.8.2, libjpeg-6b, little cms-1.16, and GIMP-2.2.17

Installation of XSane
Install XSane by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make xsanedocdir=/usr/share/doc/xsane-0.994 install &&

ln -v -s ../../doc/xsane-0.994 \
/usr/share/sane/xsane/doc

If GIMP is installed, issue the following command as the root user:

ln -v -s /usr/bin/xsane /usr/lib/gimp/2.0/plug-ins/

Command Explanations
ln -v -s ../../doc/xsane-0.994 /usr/share/sane/xsane/doc: This symlink is created to ensure that any program that
looks for the XSane documentation in the default location will find it, as the documentation is installed in an alternate
location specified in the make install command.

1075
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

ln -v -s /usr/bin/xsane /usr/lib/gimp/2.0/plug-ins/: This creates a link in the system-wide GIMP plug-ins

directory so that users can access XSane directly from GIMP. GIMP must be available before building XSane for
this to work. Alternatively, create the link in ~/.gimp-2.0/plug-ins/ to provide individual user access. man
xsane for additional information.

Contents
Installed Program: xsane
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/xsane-0.994 and /usr/share/sane/xsane

Short Descriptions
xsane is a graphical user-interface to control an image acquisition device such as a flatbed scanner.

1076
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 41. Standard Generalized Markup Language

(SGML)
This chapter contains DocBook SGML document type definitions (DTDs), DocBook DSSSL Stylesheets and
DocBook tools to validate, transform, format and publish DocBook documents.

1077
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

SGML Common-0.6.3
Introduction to SGML Common
The SGML Common package contains install-catalog. This is useful for creating and maintaining centralized SGML
catalogs.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/hci/kde/devel/docbook/SOURCES/sgml-common-0.6.3.tgz
• Download (FTP): ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/docbook-tools/new-trials/SOURCES/sgml-common-0.6.3.tgz
• Download MD5 sum: 103c9828f24820df86e55e7862e28974
• Download size: 75 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 1.5 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/sgml-common-0.6.3-manpage-1.patch

Installation of SGML Common

Instead of the normal convention of including the autotools files in the package, the maintainers included symlinks
to the files in /usr/share/automake. For previous versions of Automake this convention is correct, but recent
versions of Automake install the internal files in version specific directories. This causes the configure script to abort.
To fix this error, the autotools are regenerated. Since the included Makefile.am file uses a syntax not supported
by current versions of Automake, a patch is required to fix the syntax.

patch -Np1 -i ../sgml-common-0.6.3-manpage-1.patch &&

autoreconf -f -i

Install SGML Common by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/sgml-ent.cat \
/usr/share/sgml/sgml-iso-entities-8879.1986/catalog &&
install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat \
/etc/sgml/sgml-ent.cat

1078
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Update Hint
Remove the above catalog items prior to upgrading (as the root user) with:

install-catalog --remove /etc/sgml/sgml-ent.cat \

/usr/share/sgml/sgml-iso-entities-8879.1986/catalog &&
install-catalog --remove /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat \
/etc/sgml/sgml-ent.cat

Configuring SGML Common

Config Files
/etc/sgml/sgml.conf

Configuration Information
No change in this file is necessary.

Contents
Installed Programs: install-catalog and sgmlwhich
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Files: SGML and XML DocBook entity files
Installed Directories: /etc/sgml, /usr/share/doc/sgml-common-0.6.3, and /usr/share/sgml

Short Descriptions
install-catalog creates a centralized catalog that maintains references to catalogs scattered throughout
the /usr/share/sgml directory tree.
sgmlwhich will print to standard output the name of the main configuration file.
SGML entities files contain the basic character entities defined with SDATA entries.
XML entities files contain the basic character entities defined by a hexadecimal representation of the
Unicode character number.

1079
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

DocBook SGML DTD-3.1

Introduction to DocBook SGML DTD
The DocBook SGML DTD package contains document type definitions for verification of SGML data files against
the DocBook rule set. These are useful for structuring books and software documentation to a standard allowing you
to utilize transformations already written for that standard.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.docbook.org/sgml/3.1/docbk31.zip
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/devel/docbook/SOURCES/docbk31.zip
• Download MD5 sum: 432749c0c806dbae81c8bcb70da3b5d3
• Download size: 55 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 676 KB
• Estimated build time: 0.01 SBU

DocBook SGML DTD Dependencies

Required

SGML Common-0.6.3 and UnZip-5.52

Installation of DocBook SGML DTD

Note
The package source is distributed in zip format and requires unzip. You should create a directory and
change to that directory before unzipping the file to ease the removal of the source files after the package
has been installed.

Install DocBook SGML DTD by running the following commands:

sed -i -e '/ISO 8879/d' \

-e 's|DTDDECL "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V3.1//EN"|SGMLDECL|g' \
docbook.cat

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-3.1 &&

chown -R root:root . &&
install -v docbook.cat /usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-3.1/catalog &&
cp -v -af *.dtd *.mod *.dcl /usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-3.1 &&
install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook-dtd-3.1.cat \
/usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-3.1/catalog &&
install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook-dtd-3.1.cat \
/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat

1080
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Command Explanations
sed -i -e '/ISO 8879/d' docbook.cat: This command removes the ENT definitions from the catalog file.
sed -i -e 's|DTDDECL "-//OASIS//DTD Docbook V3.1//EN"|SGMLDECL|g' docbook.cat: This command
replaces the DTDDECL catalog entry, which is not supported by Linux SGML tools, with the SGMLDECL catalog
entry.

Configuring DocBook SGML DTD

Config Files
/etc/sgml/catalog

Configuration Information
The above installation script updates the catalog.
Using only the most current 3.x version of DocBook SGML DTD requires the following (perform as the root user):

cat >> /usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-3.1/catalog << "EOF"

-- Begin Single Major Version catalog changes --

PUBLIC "-//Davenport//DTD DocBook V3.0//EN" "docbook.dtd"

-- End Single Major Version catalog changes --

EOF

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Files: SGML DTD and MOD files
Installed Directory: /usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-3.1

Short Descriptions
SGML DTD files contain a document type definition which defines the element types and the attribute lists that
can be used in the corresponding SGML files.
SGML MOD files contain components of the document type definition that are sourced into the DTD files.

1081
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

DocBook SGML DTD-4.5

Introduction to DocBook SGML DTD
The DocBook SGML DTD package contains document type definitions for verification of SGML data files against
the DocBook rule set. These are useful for structuring books and software documentation to a standard allowing you
to utilize transformations already written for that standard.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.docbook.org/sgml/4.5/docbook-4.5.zip
•
• Download MD5 sum: 07c581f4bbcba6d3aac85360a19f95f7
• Download size: 70 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 784 KB
• Estimated build time: 0.01 SBU

DocBook SGML DTD Dependencies

Required
SGML Common-0.6.3 and UnZip-5.52

Installation of DocBook SGML DTD

Note
The package source is distributed in zip format and requires unzip. You should create a directory and
change to that directory before unzipping the file to ease the removal of the source files after the package
has been installed.

Install DocBook SGML DTD by running the following commands:

sed -i -e '/ISO 8879/d' \
-e '/gml/d' docbook.cat
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
install -v -d /usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-4.5 &&
chown -R root:root . &&
install -v docbook.cat /usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-4.5/catalog &&
cp -v -af *.dtd *.mod *.dcl /usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-4.5 &&
install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook-dtd-4.5.cat \
/usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-4.5/catalog &&
install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook-dtd-4.5.cat \
/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat

Command Explanations
sed -i -e '/ISO 8879/d' -e '/gml/d' docbook.cat: This command removes the ENT definitions from the catalog file.

1082
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Configuring DocBook SGML DTD

Config Files
/etc/sgml/catalog

Configuration Information
The above installation script updates the catalog.
Using only the most current 4.x version of DocBook SGML DTD requires the following (perform as the root user):

cat >> /usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-4.5/catalog << "EOF"

-- Begin Single Major Version catalog changes --

PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.4//EN" "docbook.dtd"

PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.3//EN" "docbook.dtd"
PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.2//EN" "docbook.dtd"
PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN" "docbook.dtd"
PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.0//EN" "docbook.dtd"

-- End Single Major Version catalog changes --

EOF

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Files: SGML DTD and MOD files
Installed Directory: /usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-4.5

Short Descriptions
SGML DTD files contain a document type definition which defines the element types and the attribute lists that
can be used in the corresponding SGML files.
SGML MOD files contain components of the document type definition that are sourced into the DTD files.

1083
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

OpenSP-1.5.2
Introduction to OpenSP
The OpenSP package contains a C++ library for using SGML/XML files. This is useful for validating, parsing and
manipulating SGML and XML documents.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/openjade/OpenSP-1.5.2.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: 670b223c5d12cee40c9137be86b6c39b
• Download size: 1.5 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 32 MB
• Estimated build time: 1.0 SBU

OpenSP Dependencies
Required
SGML Common-0.6.3

Optional
xmlto

Installation of OpenSP
Install OpenSP by running the following commands:

sed -i 's:32,:253,:' lib/Syntax.cxx &&

sed -i 's:LITLEN 240 :LITLEN 8092:' \
unicode/{gensyntax.pl,unicode.syn} &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static --disable-doc-build \
--enable-default-catalog=/etc/sgml/catalog --enable-http \
--enable-default-search-path=/usr/share/sgml &&
make pkgdatadir=/usr/share/sgml/OpenSP-1.5.2

To test the results, issue make check. As many as eight of the 22 tests may fail. Do not be alarmed.
Now, as the root user:

make pkgdatadir=/usr/share/sgml/OpenSP-1.5.2 install &&

ln -v -sf onsgmls /usr/bin/nsgmls &&
ln -v -sf osgmlnorm /usr/bin/sgmlnorm &&
ln -v -sf ospam /usr/bin/spam &&
ln -v -sf ospcat /usr/bin/spcat &&
ln -v -sf ospent /usr/bin/spent &&
ln -v -sf osx /usr/bin/sx &&
ln -v -sf osx /usr/bin/sgml2xml &&
ln -v -sf libosp.so /usr/lib/libsp.so

1084
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Command Explanations
sed -i 's:32,:253,:...unicode.syn}: These seds prevent some annoying messages that may otherwise
appear while running openjade.
--disable-static: This switch prevents the building of the static library.
--enable-http: This switch adds support for HTTP.
--enable-default-catalog=/etc/sgml/catalog: This switch sets the path to the centralized catalog.
--enable-default-search-path: This switch sets the default value of SGML_SEARCH_PATH.
--enable-xml-messages: This switch adds support for XML Formatted Messages.
--disable-doc-build: This switch prevents the configure script checking if you have xmlto installed. If you
have xmlto, you can remove this option.
make pkgdatadir=/usr/share/sgml/OpenSP-1.5.2: This sets the pkgdatadir variable in the Makefile from
/usr/share/OpenSP to /usr/share/sgml/OpenSP-1.5.2.
ln -v -sf ...: These commands create the SP equivalents of OpenSP executables and libraries.

Contents
Installed Programs: onsgmls, osgmlnorm, ospam, ospcat, ospent, osx, and the SP equivalent symlinks:
nsgmls, sgml2xml, sgmlnorm, spam, spcat, spent, and sx
Installed Library: libosp.so and the SP equivalent symlink: libsp.so
Installed Directories: /usr/include/OpenSP, /usr/share/doc/OpenSP, and /usr/share/sgml/OpenSP-1.5.2

Short Descriptions
onsgmls is used to process SGML files.
osgmlnorm prints on the standard output a normalized document instance for the SGML document contained in
the concatenation of the entities with system identifiers .nf and .fi.
ospam is a markup stream editor.
ospcat prints effective system identifiers found in the catalogs.
ospent provides access to OpenSP's entity manager.
osx is an SGML normalizer or used to convert SGML files to XML files.
nsgmls is a symlink to onsgmls.
sgml2xml is a symlink to osx.
sgmlnorm is a symlink to osgmlnorm.
spam is a symlink to ospam.
spcat is a symlink to ospcat.
spent is a symlink to ospent.
sx is a symlink to osx.
libosp.so contains functions required by the OpenSP programs to parse, validate and manipulate SGML and
XML files.

1085
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libsp.so is a symlink to libosp.so.

1086
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

OpenJade-1.3.2
Introduction to OpenJade
The OpenJade package contains a DSSSL engine. This is useful for SGML and XML transformations into RTF, TeX,
SGML and XML.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/openjade/openjade-1.3.2.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.freestandards.org/pub/lsb/app-battery/packages/openjade-1.3.2.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 7df692e3186109cc00db6825b777201e
• Download size: 880 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 19.2 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU

OpenJade Dependencies

Required

OpenSP-1.5.2

Installation of OpenJade
Install OpenJade by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-http --disable-static \

--enable-default-catalog=/etc/sgml/catalog \
--enable-default-search-path=/usr/share/sgml \
--datadir=/usr/share/sgml/openjade-1.3.2 &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

make install-man &&
ln -v -sf openjade /usr/bin/jade &&
ln -v -sf libogrove.so /usr/lib/libgrove.so &&
ln -v -sf libospgrove.so /usr/lib/libspgrove.so &&
ln -v -sf libostyle.so /usr/lib/libstyle.so &&
install -v -m644 dsssl/catalog /usr/share/sgml/openjade-1.3.2/ &&
install -v -m644 dsssl/*.{dtd,dsl,sgm} \
/usr/share/sgml/openjade-1.3.2 &&
install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/openjade-1.3.2.cat \
/usr/share/sgml/openjade-1.3.2/catalog &&
install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat \
/etc/sgml/openjade-1.3.2.cat

1087
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Command Explanations
make install-man: This command installs the openjade man page.
--disable-static: This switch prevents the building of the static library.
--enable-http: This switch adds support for HTTP.
--enable-default-catalog=/etc/sgml/catalog: This switch sets the path to the centralized catalog.
--enable-default-search-path: This switch sets the default value of SGML_SEARCH_PATH.
--datadir=/usr/share/sgml/openjade-1.3.2: This switch puts data files in
/usr/share/sgml/openjade-1.3.2 instead of /usr/share.
ln -v -sf ...: These commands create the Jade equivalents of OpenJade executables and libraries.

Configuring OpenJade
Configuration Information
echo "SYSTEM \"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd\" \
\"/usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5/docbookx.dtd\"" >> \
/usr/share/sgml/openjade-1.3.2/catalog

This configuration is only necessary if you intend to use OpenJade to process the BLFS XML files through DSSSL
Stylesheets.

Contents
Installed Programs: openjade and the Jade equivalent symlink, jade
Installed Libraries: libogrove.so, libospgrove.so, libostyle.so, and the Jade equivalent symlinks:
libgrove.so, libspgrove.so, and libstyle.so
Installed Directory: /usr/share/sgml/openjade-1.3.2

Short Descriptions
openjade is a DSSSL engine used for transformations.
jade is a symlink to openjade.

1088
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

DocBook DSSSL Stylesheets-1.79

Introduction to DocBook DSSSL Stylesheets
The DocBook DSSSL Stylesheets package contains DSSSL stylesheets. These are used by OpenJade or other tools
to transform SGML and XML DocBook files.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/docbook/docbook-dsssl-1.79.tar.bz2
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/docbook-dsssl-1.79.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: bc192d23266b9a664ca0aba4a7794c7c
• Download size: 277 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Documentation and test data: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/docbook/docbook-dsssl-doc-1.79.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: 9a7b809a21ab7d2749bb328334c380f2
• Download size: 142 KB

DocBook DSSSL Stylesheets Dependencies

Required
SGML Common-0.6.3

Required (to Test the DocBook SGML Toolchain)

DocBook SGML DTD-3.1, DocBook SGML DTD-4.5, OpenSP-1.5.2 and OpenJade-1.3.2

Installation of DocBook DSSSL Stylesheets

Ensure you unpack both the source and documentation tarballs before beginning the build.
Install DocBook DSSSL Stylesheets by running the following commands as the root user:
install -v -m755 bin/collateindex.pl /usr/bin &&
install -v -m644 bin/collateindex.pl.1 /usr/share/man/man1 &&
install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/sgml/docbook/dsssl-stylesheets-1.79 &&
cp -v -R * /usr/share/sgml/docbook/dsssl-stylesheets-1.79 &&
install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/dsssl-docbook-stylesheets.cat \
/usr/share/sgml/docbook/dsssl-stylesheets-1.79/catalog &&
install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/dsssl-docbook-stylesheets.cat \
/usr/share/sgml/docbook/dsssl-stylesheets-1.79/common/catalog &&
install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat \
/etc/sgml/dsssl-docbook-stylesheets.cat

Command Explanations
The above commands create an installation script for this package.

1089
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Testing the DocBook SGML Toolchain (Optional)

The following commands will perform the necessary tests to confirm that your installed DocBook SGML toolchain
will produce desired results. You must have the DocBook SGML DTD-3.1, DocBook SGML DTD-4.5, OpenSP-1.5.2
and OpenJade-1.3.2 packages installed and perform the tests as the root user.
All tests will be performed from the /usr/share/sgml/docbook/dsssl-stylesheets-1.
79/doc/testdata directory:

cd /usr/share/sgml/docbook/dsssl-stylesheets-1.79/doc/testdata

The first test should produce no output to stdout (your screen) and create a file named jtest.rtf in the current
directory:

openjade -t rtf -d jtest.dsl jtest.sgm

The next test should return only the following line to stdout: onsgmls:I: "OpenSP" version "1.5.2"

onsgmls -sv test.sgm

The next test should produce no output to stdout and create a file named test.rtf in the current directory:

openjade -t rtf \
-d /usr/share/sgml/docbook/dsssl-stylesheets-1.79/print/docbook.dsl \
test.sgm

The last test should produce no output to stdout and create a file named c1.htm in the current directory:

openjade -t sgml \
-d /usr/share/sgml/docbook/dsssl-stylesheets-1.79/html/docbook.dsl \
test.sgm

Contents
Installed Program: collateindex.pl
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Files: DSSSL stylesheets
Installed Directory: /usr/share/sgml/docbook/dsssl-stylesheets-1.79

Short Descriptions
collateindex.pl is a Perl script that creates a DocBook index from raw index data.

1090
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

DocBook-utils-0.6.14
Introduction to DocBook-utils
The DocBook-utils package is a collection of utility scripts used to convert and analyze SGML documents in general,
and DocBook files in particular. The scripts are used to convert from DocBook or other SGML formats into “classical”
file formats like HTML, man, info, RTF and many more. There's also a utility to compare two SGML files and only
display the differences in markup. This is useful for comparing documents prepared for different languages.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://sources-redhat.mirrors.redwire.net/docbook-tools/new-trials/SOURCES/docbook-
utils-0.6.14.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/docbook-tools/new-trials/SOURCES/docbook-utils-0.6.14.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 6b41b18c365c01f225bc417cf632d81c
• Download size: 124 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 1.44 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

DocBook-utils Dependencies

Required
OpenJade-1.3.2, DocBook DSSSL Stylesheets-1.79 and DocBook SGML DTD-3.1

Optional (Runtime Dependencies Only)

JadeTeX-3.13 (for conversion to DVI, PS and PDF), SGMLSpm-1.03ii (for conversion to man and texinfo), and
Lynx-2.8.6rel.5 or Links-2.1pre33 or w3m (for conversion to ASCII text)

Installation of DocBook-utils
Install DocBook-utils by running the following commands:

sed -i 's:/html::' doc/HTML/Makefile.in &&

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Many packages use an alternate name for the DocBook-utils scripts. If you wish to create these alternate names, use
the following command:

for doctype in html ps dvi man pdf rtf tex texi txt
do
ln -s docbook2$doctype /usr/bin/db2$doctype
done

1091
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Note
The jw script uses the which command to locate required utilities. You must install which-2.19 before
attempting to use any of the DocBook-utils programs.

Command Explanations
sed -i 's:/html::' doc/HTML/Makefile.in: This command changes the installation directory of the HTML documents.

Contents
Installed Programs: docbook2dvi, docbook2html, docbook2man, docbook2pdf, docbook2ps, docbook2rtf,
docbook2tex, docbook2texi, docbook2txt, jw, and sgmldiff
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: /usr/share/doc/docbook-utils-0.6.14 and /usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14
Installed Symlinks: db2dvi, db2html, db2man, db2pdf, db2ps, db2rtf, db2tex, db2texi, and db2txt

Short Descriptions
docbook2* are simple one-line wrapper scripts to jw. They are provided as easy-to-remember names used to
convert DocBook or other SGML files to the respective format.
db2* are symlinks pointing at the respectively named docbook2* commands, created to satisfy some
program's use of these names.
jw is a script used to convert DocBook or other SGML files to various output formats. It hides most of
OpenJade's complexity and adds comfortable features.
sgmldiff is used to compare two SGML files and only return the differences in the markup. This is especially
useful to compare files that should be identical except for language differences in the content.

1092
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 42. Extensible Markup Language (XML)

This chapter contains the DocBook XML document type definition (DTD) and DocBook Stylesheets which are used
to validate, transform, format and publish DocBook documents.

1093
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

DocBook XML DTD-4.5

Introduction to DocBook XML DTD
The DocBook XML DTD-4.5 package contains document type definitions for verification of XML data files against
the DocBook rule set. These are useful for structuring books and software documentation to a standard allowing you
to utilize transformations already written for that standard.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://www.docbook.org/xml/4.5/docbook-xml-4.5.zip
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/docbook-xml-4.5.zip
• Download MD5 sum: 03083e288e87a7e829e437358da7ef9e
• Download size: 96 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 1.2 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

DocBook XML DTD Dependencies

Required
libxml2-2.6.31 and UnZip-5.52

Installation of DocBook XML DTD

Note
The package source is distributed in zip format and requires unzip. You should create a directory and
change to that directory before unzipping the file to ease the removal of the source files after the package
has been installed.

Install DocBook XML DTD by running the following commands as the root user:
install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5 &&
install -v -d -m755 /etc/xml &&
chown -R root:root . &&
cp -v -af docbook.cat *.dtd ent/ *.mod \
/usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5
Create (or update) and populate the /etc/xml/docbook catalog file by running the following commands as the
root user:
if [ ! -e /etc/xml/docbook ]; then
xmlcatalog --noout --create /etc/xml/docbook
fi &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \
"-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" \
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" \
/etc/xml/docbook &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \
"-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML CALS Table Model V4.5//EN" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5/calstblx.dtd" \

1094
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

/etc/xml/docbook &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \
"-//OASIS//DTD XML Exchange Table Model 19990315//EN" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5/soextblx.dtd" \
/etc/xml/docbook &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \
"-//OASIS//ELEMENTS DocBook XML Information Pool V4.5//EN" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5/dbpoolx.mod" \
/etc/xml/docbook &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \
"-//OASIS//ELEMENTS DocBook XML Document Hierarchy V4.5//EN" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5/dbhierx.mod" \
/etc/xml/docbook &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \
"-//OASIS//ELEMENTS DocBook XML HTML Tables V4.5//EN" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5/htmltblx.mod" \
/etc/xml/docbook &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \
"-//OASIS//ENTITIES DocBook XML Notations V4.5//EN" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5/dbnotnx.mod" \
/etc/xml/docbook &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \
"-//OASIS//ENTITIES DocBook XML Character Entities V4.5//EN" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5/dbcentx.mod" \
/etc/xml/docbook &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \
"-//OASIS//ENTITIES DocBook XML Additional General Entities V4.5//EN" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5/dbgenent.mod" \
/etc/xml/docbook &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteSystem" \
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5" \
/etc/xml/docbook &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteURI" \
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5" \
/etc/xml/docbook

1095
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Create (or update) and populate the /etc/xml/catalog catalog file by running the following commands as the
root user:

if [ ! -e /etc/xml/catalog ]; then
xmlcatalog --noout --create /etc/xml/catalog
fi &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "delegatePublic" \
"-//OASIS//ENTITIES DocBook XML" \
"file:///etc/xml/docbook" \
/etc/xml/catalog &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "delegatePublic" \
"-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML" \
"file:///etc/xml/docbook" \
/etc/xml/catalog &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "delegateSystem" \
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/" \
"file:///etc/xml/docbook" \
/etc/xml/catalog &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "delegateURI" \
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/" \
"file:///etc/xml/docbook" \
/etc/xml/catalog

Configuring DocBook XML DTD

Config Files
/etc/xml/catalog, /etc/xml/docbook

1096
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Configuration Information
The above installation creates the files and updates the catalogs. In order to install ScrollKeeper or to utilize DocBook
XML DTD V4.5 when any version 4.x is requested in the System Identifier, you need to add additional statements
to the catalog files. If you have any of the DocBook XML DTD's referenced below already installed on your system,
remove those entries from the for command below (issue the commands as the root user):

for DTDVERSION in 4.1.2 4.2 4.3 4.4

do
xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \
"-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V$DTDVERSION//EN" \
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/$DTDVERSION/docbookx.dtd" \
/etc/xml/docbook
xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteSystem" \
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/$DTDVERSION" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5" \
/etc/xml/docbook
xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteURI" \
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/$DTDVERSION" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5" \
/etc/xml/docbook
xmlcatalog --noout --add "delegateSystem" \
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/$DTDVERSION/" \
"file:///etc/xml/docbook" \
/etc/xml/catalog
xmlcatalog --noout --add "delegateURI" \
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/$DTDVERSION/" \
"file:///etc/xml/docbook" \
/etc/xml/catalog
done

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Files: DTD, MOD and ENT files
Installed Directories: /etc/xml and /usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5

Short Descriptions
DTD files contain a document type definition which defines the element types and the attribute lists that can be
used in the corresponding XML files.
MOD files files contain components of the document type definition that are sourced into the DTD files.
ENT files files contain lists of named character entities allowed in HTML.

1097
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

DocBook XSL Stylesheets-1.71.1

Introduction to DocBook XSL Stylesheets
The DocBook XSL Stylesheets package contains XSL stylesheets. These are useful for performing transformations
on XML DocBook files.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/docbook/docbook-xsl-1.71.1.tar.bz2
•
• Download MD5 sum: 6a269abc854ae949b2cfd6377bc17fde
• Download size: 1.4 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 40 MB (includes installing optional documentation)
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Optional documentation: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/docbook/docbook-xsl-doc-1.71.1.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: f7844a751a4612c56acddc0790fbc501
• Download size: 1.3 MB

DocBook XSL Stylesheets Dependencies

Required
libxml2-2.6.31

Installation of DocBook XSL Stylesheets

If you downloaded the optional documentation tarball, unpack it when you unpack the source tarball. The
documentation tarball unpacks into a doc subdirectory of the source tree.
BLFS does not install the required packages to run the test suite and provide meaningful results.
Install DocBook XSL Stylesheets by running the following commands as the root user:
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/xml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets-1.71.1 &&

cp -v -R VERSION common eclipse extensions fo highlighting html \

htmlhelp images javahelp lib manpages params profiling \
slides template tools website wordml xhtml \
/usr/share/xml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets-1.71.1 &&

install -v -m644 -D README \

/usr/share/doc/docbook-xsl-1.71.1/README.XSL &&
install -v -m755 RELEASE-NOTES* NEWS* \
/usr/share/doc/docbook-xsl-1.71.1
If you downloaded the optional documentation tarball, install the documentation by issuing the following command
as the root user:
cp -v -R doc/* /usr/share/doc/docbook-xsl-1.71.1

1098
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Configuring DocBook XSL Stylesheets

Config Files
/etc/xml/catalog

Configuration Information
Create (or append) and populate the XML catalog file using the following commands as the root user:

if [ ! -d /etc/xml ]; then install -v -m755 -d /etc/xml; fi &&

if [ ! -f /etc/xml/catalog ]; then
xmlcatalog --noout --create /etc/xml/catalog
fi &&

xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteSystem" \

"http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/1.71.1" \
"/usr/share/xml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets-1.71.1" \
/etc/xml/catalog &&

xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteURI" \

"http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/1.71.1" \
"/usr/share/xml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets-1.71.1" \
/etc/xml/catalog &&

xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteSystem" \

"http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current" \
"/usr/share/xml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets-1.71.1" \
/etc/xml/catalog &&

xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteURI" \

"http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current" \
"/usr/share/xml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets-1.71.1" \
/etc/xml/catalog

Occasionally, you may find the need to install other versions of the XSL stylesheets as some projects reference a
specific version. One example is BLFS-6.0, which required the 1.67.2 version. In these instances you should install
any other required version in its own versioned directory and create catalog entries as follows (substitute the desired
version number for <version>):

xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteSystem" \

"http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/<version>" \
"/usr/share/xml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets-<version>" \
/etc/xml/catalog &&

xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteURI" \

"http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/<version>" \
"/usr/share/xml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets-<version>" \
/etc/xml/catalog

1099
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Contents
Installed Programs: None
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Files: XSL style sheets for HTML and FO
Installed Directories: /usr/share/xml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets-1.71.1 and /usr/share/doc/docbook-xsl-1.71.1

1100
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 43. PostScript

This chapter includes applications that create, manipulate or view PostScript files and create or view Portable
Document Format PDF files.

1101
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

a2ps-4.14
Introduction to a2ps
a2ps is a filter utilized mainly in the background and primarily by printing scripts to convert almost every input format
into PostScript output. The application's name expands appropriately to “all to PostScript”.

Caution
a2ps cannot convert UTF-8 encoded text to PostScript. The issue is discussed in detail in the Needed
Encoding Not a Valid Option section of the Locale Related Issues page. The solution is to use paps-0.6.8
instead of a2ps for converting UTF-8 encoded text to PostScript.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/a2ps/a2ps-4.14.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/a2ps/a2ps-4.14.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 781ac3d9b213fa3e1ed0d79f986dc8c7
• Download size: 2.6 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 22 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Additional Downloads
• International fonts: ftp://ftp.enst.fr/pub/unix/a2ps/i18n-fonts-0.1.tar.gz

a2ps Dependencies

Recommended

PSUtils-p17, and CUPS-1.2.12 or LPRng-3.8.28 (otherwise, a2ps will use the cat >/dev/lp0 command instead of lpr
for sending its output to the printer)

Optional

X Window System, teTeX-3.0, AFPL Ghostscript-8.53 or ESP Ghostscript-8.15.4, libpaper, Adobe Reader, and
Ghostview

Installation of a2ps
Install a2ps by running the following commands:

sed -i 's/+0 -1/-k 1,2/' afm/make_fonts_map.sh &&

sed -i "s|/usr/local/share|/usr/share|" configure &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc/a2ps \
--enable-shared \
--with-medium=letter &&
make

1102
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

To test the results, issue: make check. The printers.tst test will fail, as there is no default test printer. The
styles.tst may also fail, as the tests report some inconsistencies between the generated postscript and the
reference sets. This is caused by version number differences between the postscript test files and those generated by
the tests — these do not affect the operation of the program and can be ignored.
Now, as the root user:

make install

If desired, install the downloaded i18n-fonts by running the following commands as the root user:

tar -xf ../i18n-fonts-0.1.tar.gz &&

cp -v i18n-fonts-0.1/fonts/* /usr/share/a2ps/fonts &&
cp -v i18n-fonts-0.1/afm/* /usr/share/a2ps/afm &&
cd /usr/share/a2ps/afm &&
./make_fonts_map.sh &&
mv fonts.map.new fonts.map

Command Explanations
sed -i 's/+0 -1/-k 1,2/' afm/make_fonts_map.sh: The make_fonts_map.sh script uses an option that is invalid
with the version of sort installed as part of Coreutils-6.9. If you are using an older version of Coreutils, skip this step.
sed -i -e "s|/usr/local/share|/usr/share|" configure: This command modifies the configure script to search for
Ghostscript fonts at the location where they were installed by the BLFS instructions.
--sysconfdir=/etc/a2ps: Configuration data is installed in /etc/a2ps instead of /usr/etc.
--enable-shared: This switch enables building the dynamic liba2ps library.
--with-medium=letter: This switch changes the default paper format to US letter. It can either be given here
or set in /etc/a2ps/a2ps-site.cfg after installation. The default is A4, but there are several other options,
in particular: A4dj or letterdj are good settings for HP Deskjet and other printers that need wider paper-handling
margins. See /etc/a2ps/a2ps.cfg after installation.

Configuring a2ps
Config Files
/etc/a2ps/a2ps.cfg, /etc/a2ps/a2ps-site.cfg

Configuration Information
Information about configuring a2ps can be found in the comments contained in the above files, and also by running
info a2ps.

Contents
Installed Programs: a2ps, card, composeglyphs, fixnt, fixps, ogonkify, pdiff, psmandup, psset, and
texi2dvi4a2ps
Installed Libraries: liba2ps.{so,a} and filter data
Installed Directories: /etc/a2ps and /usr/share/a2ps

1103
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
a2ps is a filter, utilized primarily by printing scripts, that converts standard input or supported files
to PostScript.
card prints a reference card of a given program's options.
composeglyphs creates a composite font program.
fixnt is supposed to fix the problems in the PostScript files generated by the Microsoft PostScript
driver under Windows NT (3.5 and 4.0).
fixps tries to fix common PostScript problems that break postprocessing.
ogonkify provides international support for Postscript by performing various munging of PostScript files
related to printing in different languages.
pdiff produces a pretty comparison between files.
psmandup tries to produce a version of a given PostScript file to print in manual duplex.
psset produces a version of a given PostScript file with a protected call to the PostScript operator
'setpagedevice'. Typical use is making a file print duplex, or on the manual tray, etc.
texi2dvi4a2ps compiles Texinfo and LaTeX files to DVI or PDF

1104
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Enscript-1.6.4
Introduction to Enscript
Enscript converts ASCII text files to PostScript, HTML, RTF, ANSI and overstrikes.

Caution
Enscript cannot convert UTF-8 encoded text to PostScript. The issue is discussed in detail in the Needed
Encoding Not a Valid Option section of the Locale Related Issues page. The solution is to use paps-0.6.8,
instead of Enscript, for converting UTF-8 encoded text to PostScript.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://fresh.t-systems-sfr.com/unix/src/misc/enscript-1.6.4.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/enscript-1.6.4.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: b5174b59e4a050fb462af5dbf28ebba3
• Download size: 1.0 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 11.5 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/enscript-1.6.4-security_fixes-1.patch

Installation of Enscript
Install Enscript by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../enscript-1.6.4-security_fixes-1.patch &&

./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc/enscript \
--localstatedir=/var \
--with-media=Letter &&
make

Though it is very sparse, if you have teTeX-3.0 installed, you can create alternate forms of the documentation by
issuing any or all of the following commands:

make -C docs ps &&

make -C docs pdf &&

cd docs &&
texi2html enscript.texi &&
makeinfo --plaintext -o enscript.txt enscript.texi &&
cd ..

To test the results, issue: make check.

1105
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/enscript-1.6.4 &&
install -v -m644 README* *.txt docs/FAQ.html \
/usr/share/doc/enscript-1.6.4

If you built any of the alternate forms of documentation, install it using the following command as the root user:

install -v -m644 docs/*.{dvi,html,pdf,ps,txt} \

/usr/share/doc/enscript-1.6.4

Command Explanations
--sysconfdir=/etc/enscript: This switch puts configuration data in /etc/enscript instead of
/usr/etc.
--localstatedir=/var: This switch sets the directory for runtime data to /var instead of /usr/var.
--with-media=Letter: This switch sets the medium format to letter.

Contents
Installed Programs: diffpp, enscript, mkafmmap, over, sliceprint, and states
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: /etc/enscript, /usr/share/doc/enscript-1.6.4 and /usr/share/enscript

Short Descriptions
diffpp converts diff output files to a format suitable to be printed with enscript.
enscript is a filter, used primarily by printing scripts, that converts ASCII text files to PostScript, HTML,
RTF, ANSI and overstrikes.
mkafmmap creates a font map from a given file.
over is a script which calls enscript and passes the correct parameters to create overstriked fonts.
sliceprint slices documents with long lines.
states is an awk-like text processing tool with some state machine extensions. It is designed for program
source code highlighting and for similar tasks where state information helps input processing.

1106
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

PSUtils-p17
Introduction to PSUtils
PSUtils is a set of utilities to manipulate PostScript files.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/publishing/tex/tex-utils/psutils/psutils-p17.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: b161522f3bd1507655326afa7db4a0ad
• Download size: 68 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 740 KB
• Estimated build time: 0.01 SBU

Installation of PSUtils
Install PSUtils by running the following commands:

sed 's@/usr/local@/usr@g' Makefile.unix > Makefile &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
sed 's@/usr/local@/usr@g' Makefile.unix > Makefile: This command creates a Makefile that installs the
program to the /usr prefix instead of the /usr/local prefix.

Contents
Installed Programs: epsffit, extractres, fixdlsrps, fixfmps, fixmacps, fixpsditps, fixpspps, fixscribeps,
fixtpps, fixwfwps, fixwpps, fixwwps, getafm, includeres, psbook, psmerge, psnup,
psresize, psselect, pstops, and showchar
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: /usr/share/psutils
Sometimes psnup and other utilities from this package produce PostScript files that don't conform to Adobe's DSC
standard. CUPS may print them incorrectly. On the other hand, CUPS has builtin replacements for most commands
from this package. For example, to print a document 2-up, you can issue this command:

lp -o number-up=2 <filename>

Short Descriptions
epsffit fits an EPSF file to a given bounding box.
psbook rearranges pages into signatures.

1107
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

psnup puts multiple pages per physical sheet of paper.

psresize alters the document paper size.
psselect selects pages and page ranges.
pstops performs general page rearrangements and selection.
scripts the remaining commands are scripts that perform specific functions described in their respective man
pages.

1108
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GSview-4.8
Introduction to GSview
GSview is a viewer for PostScript and PDF using X.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/publishing/ghostscript/ghostgum/gsview-4.8.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: 21c81819af0eeb42ac5ee6499f4a7116
• Download size: 931 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 11.4 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.3/gsview-4.8-pstotext-1.patch

GSview Dependencies
Required
GTK+-1.2.10, and AFPL Ghostscript-8.53 or ESP Ghostscript-8.15.4
Note that you must build the shared libgs.so library during the Ghostscript installation else the gsview program
will fail at run-time.

Installation of GSview
GSview uses netscape to browse through the online help. BLFS does not install Netscape, but has other browsers
from which to choose. You can create a symlink from your preferred browser to /usr/bin/netscape, or simply
edit srcunx/gvxreg.c using the following sed script with your browser's executable file name substituted for
<browser>:
sed -i 's:netscape:<browser>:' srcunx/gvxreg.c
The GSview package has not been updated in quite a while and does not accomodate the recent versions of the ESP
Ghostscript package. If you installed ESP Ghostscript-8.15.4 as your Ghostscript application, you must modify the
maximum version of Ghostscript allowed. Make the modification using the following command:
sed -i 's:999:99999:' src/gvcver.h
Install GSview by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../gsview-4.8-pstotext-1.patch &&
sed 's:/local::' srcunx/unx.mak > Makefile &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install

1109
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Command Explanations
sed 's:/local::' srcunx/unx.mak > Makefile: This command changes the default installation directory to /usr during
the creation of the Makefile.

Configuring GSview
Config Files
/etc/gsview/*

Contents
Installed Programs: gsview and gsview-help
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: /etc/gsview and /usr/share/doc/gsview-4.8

Short Descriptions
gsview is a viewer for PostScript (PS) and PDF files.
gsview-help is a script for displaying help files in your chosen browser.

1110
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Xpdf-3.02
Introduction to Xpdf
Xpdf is a viewer for Adobe's free Portable Document Format (PDF) which is both fast and small and comes with
some useful command-line utilities.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/publishing/xpdf/xpdf-3.02.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.foolabs.com/pub/xpdf/xpdf-3.02.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 599dc4cc65a07ee868cf92a667a913d2
• Download size: 674 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 46 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Required patch: ftp://ftp.foolabs.com/pub/xpdf/xpdf-3.02pl2.patch

Xpdf Dependencies
Required
LessTif-0.95.0

Optional
AFPL Ghostscript-8.53 or ESP Ghostscript-8.15.4 (just the fonts), t1lib, and libpaper

Installation of Xpdf
Install Xpdf by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../xpdf-3.02pl2.patch &&

./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--with-freetype2-includes=/usr/include/freetype2 \
--enable-opi \
--enable-multithreaded \
--enable-wordlist &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations
--enable-a4-paper: This switch must be added to set DIN A4 as the standard paper format.

1111
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Configuring Xpdf
Config Files
/etc/xpdfrc and ~/.xpdfrc

Configuration Information
In the /etc directory you will find a sample xpdfrc that can be either copied to ~/.xpdfrc or taken as an example
to write your own configuration file. Below you'll find a condensed version of the file you may wish to build from.

# Example .xpdfrc
displayFontT1 Times-Roman /usr/share/ghostscript/fonts/n021003l.pfb
displayFontT1 Times-Italic /usr/share/ghostscript/fonts/n021023l.pfb
displayFontT1 Times-Bold /usr/share/ghostscript/fonts/n021004l.pfb
displayFontT1 Times-BoldItalic /usr/share/ghostscript/fonts/n021024l.pfb
displayFontT1 Helvetica /usr/share/ghostscript/fonts/n019003l.pfb
displayFontT1 Helvetica-Oblique /usr/share/ghostscript/fonts/n019023l.pfb
displayFontT1 Helvetica-Bold /usr/share/ghostscript/fonts/n019004l.pfb
displayFontT1 Helvetica-BoldOblique /usr/share/ghostscript/fonts/n019024l.pfb
displayFontT1 Courier /usr/share/ghostscript/fonts/n022003l.pfb
displayFontT1 Courier-Oblique /usr/share/ghostscript/fonts/n022023l.pfb
displayFontT1 Courier-Bold /usr/share/ghostscript/fonts/n022004l.pfb
displayFontT1 Courier-BoldOblique /usr/share/ghostscript/fonts/n022024l.pfb
displayFontT1 Symbol /usr/share/ghostscript/fonts/s050000l.pfb
displayFontT1 ZapfDingbats /usr/share/ghostscript/fonts/d050000l.pfb

fontDir /usr/share/fonts/X11-TTF

psFile "|lpr"
psPaperSize letter
#psPaperSize A4
textEOL unix

enableT1lib yes
enableFreeType yes
antialias yes

urlCommand "links -g %s"

Contents
Installed Programs: pdffonts, pdfimages, pdfinfo, pdftoppm, pdftops, pdftotext, and xpdf
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions
pdffonts lists the fonts used in a PDF file along with various information for each font.

1112
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

pdfimages saves images from a PDF file as PPM, PBM, or JPEG files.
pdfinfo prints the contents of the 'Info' dictionary (plus some other useful information) from a PDF file.
pdftoppm converts PDF files to PBM, PGM and PPM formats.
pdftops converts PDF files to Postscript format.
pdftotext parses ASCII text from PDF files.
xpdf displays files in PDF format.

1113
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

FOP-0.93
Introduction to FOP
The FOP (Formatting Objects Processor) package contains a print formatter driven by XSL formatting objects
(XSL-FO). It is a Java application that reads a formatting object tree and renders the resulting pages to a specified
output. Output formats currently supported include PDF, PCL, PostScript, SVG, XML (area tree representation),
print, AWT, MIF and ASCII text. The primary output target is PDF.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://archive.apache.org/dist/xmlgraphics/fop/source/fop-0.93-src.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/6.3/f/fop-0.93-src.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 184c578a6269a8287ed150e0fc12868d
• Download size: 11.7 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 216 MB
• Estimated build time: 0.9 SBU

Additional Downloads
Required packages

• Objects for Formatting Objects (OFFO) hyphenation patterns:

http://downloads.sourceforge.net/offo/offo-hyphenation.zip
0b8c1657ef70285ad7fd514061b08c3e
359 KB
• Java Advanced Imaging (JAI) API components:
http://javashoplm.sun.com/ECom/docs/Welcome.jsp?StoreId=22&
PartDetailId=jai-1_1_2_01-oth-JPR&SiteId=JSC&TransactionId=noreg
f2be3619a8d002eff3874355e96327eb
2.6 MB
Choose the “Linux JDK Install” file after accepting the license agreement.

FOP Dependencies

Required

Apache Ant-1.7.0

Optional

JIMI SDK, XMLUnit, and Forrest (only used to rebuild the documentation)

Installation of FOP
Ensure $JAVA_HOME is set correctly before beginning the build. To build the JIMI SDK and/or XMLUnit extension
classes, ensure the corresponding .jar files are identified in the CLASSPATH environment variable.
1114
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Installing OFFO Hyphenation Patterns

Before beginning the build, unpack the FOP source tarball and the hyphenation zipfile from the same directory, then
change directories into the root of the FOP source tree. The XML Hyphenation patterns will be copied into the FOP
source tree by running the following commands:
cp ../offo-hyphenation/hyph/* hyph &&
rm -rf ../offo-hyphenation

Installing JAI

Tip
The $FOP_BUILD_DIR/JAI.bin command below installs the JAI components in the JDK tree. You will
be required to view, and then accept (by entering a y keypress), a license agreement before the installation
will continue. If you are scripting (automating) the build, you'll need to account for this. There is information
about automating build commands in the Automated Building Procedures section of Chapter 2. Towards
the end of this section, specific information for automating this type of installation is discussed.

Install the JAI components by running the following commands as the root user while in the root of the FOP source
tree:
install -m755 ../jai-1_1_2_01-lib-linux-i586-jdk.bin JAI.bin &&
sed -i 's/tail +122/tail -n +122/' JAI.bin &&

FOP_BUILD_DIR=$(pwd) &&
cd $JAVA_HOME &&

$FOP_BUILD_DIR/JAI.bin &&

cd $FOP_BUILD_DIR &&
rm JAI.bin

Installing FOP Components

Install FOP by running the following commands:
ant &&
ant javadocs
The unit regression tests were performed in the build step above.
Now, as the root user:
install -v -d -m755 /opt/fop-0.93 &&
cp -v -R * /opt/fop-0.93 &&
ln -v -sf fop-0.93 /opt/fop

Command Explanations
sed -i 's/tail +122/tail -n +122/' ...: The JAI binary file has a tail command imbedded in the file which uses obsolete
syntax and causes the file to unpack incorrectly. This command fixes the obsolete syntax.

1115
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

$FOP_BUILD_DIR/JAI.bin: This command installs the JAI components into the JDK file structure. $FOP_
BUILD_DIR is used as a reference point to the source executable and as a method to return back to the FOP source
tree.
ant: This reads the build.xml file and performs the default all target which builds the package and runs the
unit regression tests.
ant javadocs: This builds the Java API documentation. Omit this step if desired.
ln -v -sf fop-0.93 /opt/fop: This is optional and creates a convenience symlink so that $FOP_HOME doesn't have to
be changed each time there's a package version change.

Configuring FOP
Config Files
~/.foprc

Configuration Information
Using FOP to process some large FO's (including the FO derived from the BLFS XML sources), can lead to memory
errors. Unless you add a parameter to the java command used in the fop script you may receive messages similar
to the one shown below:
Exception in thread "main" java.lang.OutOfMemoryError: Java heap space
To avoid errors like this, you need to pass an extra parameter to the java command used in the fop script. This can be
accomplished by creating a ~/.foprc (which is sourced by the fop script) and adding the parameter to the FOP_
OPTS environment variable.
The fop script looks for a FOP_HOME environment variable to locate the FOP class libraries. You can create this
variable using the ~/.foprc file as well. Create a ~/.foprc file using the following commands:
cat > ~/.foprc << "EOF"
FOP_OPTS="-Xmx<RAM_Installed>m"
FOP_HOME="/opt/fop"

EOF
Replace <RAM_Installed> with a number representing the amount of RAM installed in your computer (in
megabytes). An example would be FOP_OPTS="-Xmx768m". For more information about memory issues running
FOP, see http://xml.apache.org/fop/running.html#memory.
To include the fop script in your path, update your personal or system-wide profile with the following:
PATH=$PATH:/opt/fop

Contents
Installed Programs: fop
Installed Libraries: fop.jar and numerous support library classes located in /opt/fop/{build,lib};
JAI components include libmlib_jai.so, jai_codec.jar, jai_core.jar, and
mlibwrapper_jai.jar
Installed Directory: /opt/fop-0.93

1116
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Short Descriptions
fop is a wrapper script to the java command which sets up the FOP environment and passes the required
parameters.
fop.jar contains all the FOP Java classes.

1117
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

paps-0.6.8
Introduction to paps
paps is a text to PostScript converter that works through Pango. Its input is a UTF-8 encoded text file and it outputs
vectorized PostScript. It may be used for printing any complex script supported by Pango.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/paps/paps-0.6.8.tar.gz
•
• Download MD5 sum: e9508132bf27609bf2fded2bfd9cb3f1
• Download size: 460 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 3 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

paps Dependencies
Required
Pango-1.16.4

Optional
Doxygen-1.5.2

Installation of paps
Install paps by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
To test the results, issue: src/test_libpaps > test.ps. View the output file in any available PostScript viewer and
visually compare it to doxygen-doc/html/example-output.png in the source tree. The results of the output
will be more robust with DejaVu, Arphic, and Kochi fonts installed as explained in the Xft Font Protocol Section
of the X Window System configuration.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/paps-0.6.8 &&
install -v -m644 doxygen-doc/html/* /usr/share/doc/paps-0.6.8

Contents
Installed Program: paps
Installed Library: libpaps.a
Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/paps-0.6.8

Short Descriptions
paps is a text to PostScript converter that supports UTF-8 character encoding.

1118
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Other PostScript Programs

kghostview is a Qt based PostScript/PDF viewer from kdegraphics-3.5.9.

1119
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Chapter 44. Typesetting

This chapter includes applications that create output equivalent to typesetting.

1120
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

teTeX-3.0
Introduction to teTeX
teTeX is an implementation of Donald Knuth's TeX typesetting program. This package is able to create documents
in a variety of formats. The optional texmfsrc (TeX METAFONT) tarball contains source code for programs to
create and manipulate TeX fonts.

Package Information
•
• Download (FTP): ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/unix/teTeX/3.0/distrib/tetex-src-3.0.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 944a4641e79e61043fdaf8f38ecbb4b3
• Download size: 12.7 MB
• Estimated disk space required: 423 MB (549 MB with optional tarball, additional 231 MB for CM-Super fonts)
• Estimated build time: 2.1 SBU

Additional Downloads
Required Macros and Fonts

•
• Download (FTP): ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/unix/teTeX/3.0/distrib/tetex-texmf-3.0.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: ed9d30d9162d16ac8d5065cde6e0f6fa
• Download size: 87.1 MB
Optional 'texmf' Sources:

•
• Download (FTP): ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/unix/teTeX/3.0/distrib/tetex-texmfsrc-3.0.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 66c32a11964a49982ba2a32d3bbfe7f5
• Download size: 57.7 MB
Optional 'cm-super' Sources:

• Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/BLFS/6.3/t/tetex-cm-super.tar.bz2

• Download (FTP): ftp://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/6.3/t/tetex-cm-super.tar.bz2
• Download MD5 sum: d7c89fcb35f625b02853a0881a4ec760
• Download size: 63.8 MB

teTeX Dependencies

Required

Ed-0.8

Optional

libpng-1.2.29, X Window System, Tk-Perl-804.027, t1lib, and GD

1121
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Installation of teTeX
Before building teTeX, the macros and fonts package (texmf tarball) must be installed. Install the macros and fonts
using the following commands as the root user:

install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/texmf &&

gzip -dc ../tetex-texmf-3.0.tar.gz \
| (umask 0; cd /usr/share/texmf; tar -xvf -)

If the optional texmfsrc source code TAR ball was downloaded, unpack it now as the root user:

gzip -dc ../tetex-texmfsrc-3.0.tar.gz \

| (umask 0; cd /usr/share/texmf; tar -xvf -)

Install teTeX by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
--exec-prefix=/usr \
--bindir=/usr/bin \
--without-texinfo \
--with-x=no \
--with-system-ncurses \
--with-system-zlib &&
make all

To test the results, issue: make check. The tests should complete without errors (there may be some errors which
are ignored).

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

texconfig-sys dvips paper letter &&
texconfig-sys font rw

Note
The paper size may be changed to a4, as is used in most countries.

1122
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

To install the optional cm-super fonts, perform the following instructions as the root user:
tar -xf ../tetex-cm-super.tar.bz2 &&
FONTDIR=$(kpsewhich --expand-var '$TEXMFMAIN') &&
mkdir -v -p $FONTDIR/fonts/afm/public/cm-super \
$FONTDIR/fonts/type1/public/cm-super \
$FONTDIR/fonts/enc/dvips/cm-super \
$FONTDIR/fonts/map/dvips/cm-super &&

cp -v cm-super/pfb/*.pfb $FONTDIR/fonts/type1/public/cm-super/ &&

gunzip cm-super/afm/* &&

cp -v cm-super/afm/*.afm $FONTDIR/fonts/afm/public/cm-super/ &&

cp -v cm-super/dvips/*.enc $FONTDIR/fonts/enc/dvips/cm-super/ &&

cp -v cm-super/dvips/*.map $FONTDIR/fonts/map/dvips/cm-super/ &&

cat >> $FONTDIR/web2c/updmap.cfg << "EOF" &&

MixedMap cm-super-t1.map
MixedMap cm-super-t2a.map
MixedMap cm-super-t2b.map
MixedMap cm-super-t2c.map
MixedMap cm-super-ts1.map
MixedMap cm-super-x2.map
EOF

install -v -m644 -D cm-super/type1ec.sty \

$FONTDIR/tex/latex/cm-super/type1ec.sty &&

mktexlsr &&
updmap-sys &&

unset FONTDIR

Command Explanations
--with-x=no: This switch will avoid any X dependencies. teTeX can be compiled with X support, notably for
xdvi. If this is desired, remove this parameter.
--exec-prefix=/usr --bindir=/usr/bin: These switches ensure that teTeX binaries are installed in
/usr/bin.
--without-texinfo: A default LFS installation already has the Texinfo package installed. This switch will
avoid overwriting it with the included Texinfo package.
--with-system-ncurses: This switch specifies using the already installed libncurses library.
--with-system-zlib: A default LFS installation already has the Zlib library installed. This switch will avoid
replacing it with the included Zlib library.
--disable-a4: Use this option to set the default paper size to letter and the default unit to inch.

1123
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

texconfig-sys dvips paper letter: This command sets the default paper size for teTeX.
texconfig-sys font rw: This command specifies creating and using a directory for globally writeable fonts.
mktexlsr: This command recreates the teTeX ls-R databases after installing the CM-Super fonts.
updmap-sys: This command updates the system-wide font configuration to include the CM-Super fonts.

Tip
Run ./configure --help for information about using other switches which will enable the build to use other
installed packages you may have on your system.

Contents
Installed Programs: 100 separate binaries and scripts along with 30 symlinks to these programs.
Installed Library: libkpathsea.a
Installed Directories: /usr/include/kpathsea, /var/tmp/texfonts and the following subdirectories of /usr/share/:
texi2html, texinfo/html, texmf, texmf-config and texmf-var

Short Descriptions
teTeX programs included in the teTeX package are too numerous to individually list. Please refer to the
individual program man pages and file:///usr/share/texmf/doc/index.html for details, as well
as a tour of the expansive teTeX documentation.
libkpathsea.a contains functions used by teTeX for searching and cataloging path names.

1124
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

JadeTeX-3.13
Introduction to JadeTeX
The JadeTeX package is a companion package to the OpenJade DSSSL processor. JadeTeX transforms high level
LaTeX macros into DVI/PostScript and Portable Document Format (PDF) forms.

Package Information
• Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/jadetex/jadetex-3.13.tar.gz
• Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.linux.ee/pub/gentoo/distfiles/distfiles/jadetex-3.13.tar.gz
• Download MD5 sum: 634dfc172fbf66a6976e2c2c60e2d198
• Download size: 103 KB
• Estimated disk space required: 9.3 MB
• Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads
• Recommended demo files: http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/BLFS/6.3/j/jadetex-3.13-demo.tar.bz2

JadeTeX Dependencies

Required

teTeX-3.0 and OpenJade-1.3.2

Installation of JadeTeX
If you downloaded the demo files tarball, unpack it along with the source tarball. It will unpack as a demo directory
in the root of the source tree.
First, as the root user, make some required modifications to the texmf.cnf file already installed on the system
by the teTeX package, then build a new latex.fmt file using the following commands:

sed -i.orig -e "s/original texmf.cnf/modified texmf.cnf/" \

-e "s/memory hog.../&\npool_size.context = 750000/" \
$(kpsewhich texmf.cnf) &&
cat >> $(kpsewhich texmf.cnf) << "EOF"

% The following 3 sections added for JadeTeX

% latex settings
main_memory.latex = 1100000
param_size.latex = 1500
stack_size.latex = 1500
hash_extra.latex = 15000
string_vacancies.latex = 45000
pool_free.latex = 47500

1125
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

nest_size.latex = 500
save_size.latex = 5000
pool_size.latex = 500000
max_strings.latex = 55000
font_mem_size.latex= 400000

% jadetex settings
main_memory.jadetex = 1500000
param_size.jadetex = 1500
stack_size.jadetex = 1500
hash_extra.jadetex = 50000
string_vacancies.jadetex = 45000
pool_free.jadetex = 47500
nest_size.jadetex = 500
save_size.jadetex = 5000
pool_size.jadetex = 500000
max_strings.jadetex = 55000

% pdfjadetex settings
main_memory.pdfjadetex = 2500000
param_size.pdfjadetex = 1500
stack_size.pdfjadetex = 1500
hash_extra.pdfjadetex = 50000
string_vacancies.pdfjadetex = 45000
pool_free.pdfjadetex = 47500
nest_size.pdfjadetex = 500
save_size.pdfjadetex = 5000
pool_size.pdfjadetex = 500000
max_strings.pdfjadetex = 55000

EOF
LATEX_FMT_DIR="$(kpsewhich -expand-var '$TEXMFSYSVAR')/web2c" &&
mv -v $(kpsewhich latex.fmt) $(kpsewhich latex.fmt).orig &&
mv -v $LATEX_FMT_DIR/latex.log $LATEX_FMT_DIR/latex.log.orig &&
fmtutil-sys --byfmt latex

Install JadeTex using the following commands:

make

1126
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Now, as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d \
$(kpsewhich -expand-var '$TEXMFLOCAL')/tex/jadetex/config &&
install -v -m644 dsssl.def jadetex.ltx *.sty \
$(kpsewhich -expand-var '$TEXMFLOCAL')/tex/jadetex &&
install -v -m644 {,pdf}jadetex.ini \
$(kpsewhich -expand-var '$TEXMFLOCAL')/tex/jadetex/config &&
FMTUTIL_CNF="$(kpsewhich fmtutil.cnf)" &&
mv $FMTUTIL_CNF $FMTUTIL_CNF.orig &&
cat $FMTUTIL_CNF.orig - >> $FMTUTIL_CNF << "EOF"

# JadeTeX formats:
jadetex etex - "&latex" jadetex.ini
pdfjadetex pdfetex - "&pdflatex" pdfjadetex.ini

EOF
mv -v $(kpsewhich -expand-var '$TEXMFMAIN')/ls-R \
$(kpsewhich -expand-var '$TEXMFMAIN')/ls-R.orig &&
mv -v $(kpsewhich -expand-var '$TEXMFSYSVAR')/ls-R \
$(kpsewhich -expand-var '$TEXMFSYSVAR')/ls-R.orig &&
mktexlsr &&
fmtutil-sys --byfmt jadetex &&
fmtutil-sys --byfmt pdfjadetex &&
mktexlsr &&
ln -v -sf etex /usr/bin/jadetex &&
ln -v -sf pdfetex /usr/bin/pdfjadetex &&
install -v -m644 -D index.html \
/usr/share/doc/jadetex-3.13/index.html &&
install -v -m644 *.1 /usr/share/man/man1

If you downloaded the demo files tarball, issue the following commands as an unprivileged user to test the
functionality of the new JadeTex installation:

cd demo &&
openjade -t tex -d demo.dsl demo.sgm &&
jadetex demo.tex &&
pdfjadetex demo.tex &&
ls -lrt &&
cd ..

The commands should complete without errors or warnings and create demo.dvi and demo.pdf files.

Command Explanations
sed -i -e ... -e ... $(kpsewhich texmf.cnf): This command uses kpsewhich to locate the installed texmf.cnf. The
first change is used to modify the header of the file so that if teTeX is upgraded, the file won't get overwritten. The
next change adds a parameter to increase ConTeXt's memory size to accommodate JadeTeX.

1127
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

fmtutil-sys ...: These commands are used to build the latex.fmt, jadetex.fmt and pdfjadetex.fmt files.
Additionally, the command automagically places the files in the correct directory.
mktexlsr; ln -v -sf tex ...; ln -v -sf pdftex ...: The JadeTeX programs are actually just symlinks to the teTeX programs.
mktexlsr updates teTeX's ls-R databases used by the libkpathsea library so that teTeX knows to use the
JadeTeX .fmt files when jadetex or pdfjadetex is called.

Configuring JadeTeX
Config Files
jadetex.dtx in the JadeTeX source tree.

Configuration Information
If you need to modify the default JadeTeX macro settings, see the JadeTeX FAQ.

Contents
Installed Programs: jadetex and pdfjadetex
Installed Libraries: None
Installed Directories: /usr/share/texmf-local and /usr/share/doc/jadetex-3.13

Short Descriptions
jadetex transforms LaTeX macros created by OpenJade into DVI/PostScript forms.
pdfjadetex transforms LaTeX macros created by OpenJade into Portable Document Format (PDF) forms.

1128
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Appendix A. Creative Commons License

Creative Commons Legal Code
Attribution-NonCommercial-ShareAlike 2.0

Important
CREATIVE COMMONS CORPORATION IS NOT A LAW FIRM AND DOES NOT PROVIDE LEGAL
SERVICES. DISTRIBUTION OF THIS LICENSE DOES NOT CREATE AN ATTORNEY-CLIENT
RELATIONSHIP. CREATIVE COMMONS PROVIDES THIS INFORMATION ON AN "AS-IS"
BASIS. CREATIVE COMMONS MAKES NO WARRANTIES REGARDING THE INFORMATION
PROVIDED, AND DISCLAIMS LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES RESULTING FROM ITS USE.

License
THE WORK (AS DEFINED BELOW) IS PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THIS CREATIVE COMMONS
PUBLIC LICENSE ("CCPL" OR "LICENSE"). THE WORK IS PROTECTED BY COPYRIGHT AND/OR OTHER
APPLICABLE LAW. ANY USE OF THE WORK OTHER THAN AS AUTHORIZED UNDER THIS LICENSE
OR COPYRIGHT LAW IS PROHIBITED.
BY EXERCISING ANY RIGHTS TO THE WORK PROVIDED HERE, YOU ACCEPT AND AGREE TO BE
BOUND BY THE TERMS OF THIS LICENSE. THE LICENSOR GRANTS YOU THE RIGHTS CONTAINED
HERE IN CONSIDERATION OF YOUR ACCEPTANCE OF SUCH TERMS AND CONDITIONS.
1. Definitions
a. "Collective Work" means a work, such as a periodical issue, anthology or encyclopedia, in which the Work
in its entirety in unmodified form, along with a number of other contributions, constituting separate and
independent works in themselves, are assembled into a collective whole. A work that constitutes a Collective
Work will not be considered a Derivative Work (as defined below) for the purposes of this License.
b. "Derivative Work" means a work based upon the Work or upon the Work and other pre-existing works, such
as a translation, musical arrangement, dramatization, fictionalization, motion picture version, sound recording,
art reproduction, abridgment, condensation, or any other form in which the Work may be recast, transformed,
or adapted, except that a work that constitutes a Collective Work will not be considered a Derivative Work
for the purpose of this License. For the avoidance of doubt, where the Work is a musical composition or
sound recording, the synchronization of the Work in timed-relation with a moving image ("synching") will be
considered a Derivative Work for the purpose of this License.
c. "Licensor" means the individual or entity that offers the Work under the terms of this License.
d. "Original Author" means the individual or entity who created the Work.
e. "Work" means the copyrightable work of authorship offered under the terms of this License.
f. "You" means an individual or entity exercising rights under this License who has not previously violated the
terms of this License with respect to the Work, or who has received express permission from the Licensor to
exercise rights under this License despite a previous violation.
g. "License Elements" means the following high-level license attributes as selected by Licensor and indicated in
the title of this License: Attribution, Noncommercial, ShareAlike.
2. Fair Use Rights. Nothing in this license is intended to reduce, limit, or restrict any rights arising from fair use, first
sale or other limitations on the exclusive rights of the copyright owner under copyright law or other applicable
laws.

1129
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

3. License Grant. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, Licensor hereby grants You a worldwide,
royalty-free, non-exclusive, perpetual (for the duration of the applicable copyright) license to exercise the rights
in the Work as stated below:
a. to reproduce the Work, to incorporate the Work into one or more Collective Works, and to reproduce the Work
as incorporated in the Collective Works;
b. to create and reproduce Derivative Works;
c. to distribute copies or phonorecords of, display publicly, perform publicly, and perform publicly by means of
a digital audio transmission the Work including as incorporated in Collective Works;
d. to distribute copies or phonorecords of, display publicly, perform publicly, and perform publicly by means of
a digital audio transmission Derivative Works;

The above rights may be exercised in all media and formats whether now known or hereafter devised. The above
rights include the right to make such modifications as are technically necessary to exercise the rights in other
media and formats. All rights not expressly granted by Licensor are hereby reserved, including but not limited
to the rights set forth in Sections 4(e) and 4(f).
4. Restrictions.The license granted in Section 3 above is expressly made subject to and limited by the following
restrictions:
a. You may distribute, publicly display, publicly perform, or publicly digitally perform the Work only under the
terms of this License, and You must include a copy of, or the Uniform Resource Identifier for, this License
with every copy or phonorecord of the Work You distribute, publicly display, publicly perform, or publicly
digitally perform. You may not offer or impose any terms on the Work that alter or restrict the terms of this
License or the recipients' exercise of the rights granted hereunder. You may not sublicense the Work. You must
keep intact all notices that refer to this License and to the disclaimer of warranties. You may not distribute,
publicly display, publicly perform, or publicly digitally perform the Work with any technological measures
that control access or use of the Work in a manner inconsistent with the terms of this License Agreement.
The above applies to the Work as incorporated in a Collective Work, but this does not require the Collective
Work apart from the Work itself to be made subject to the terms of this License. If You create a Collective
Work, upon notice from any Licensor You must, to the extent practicable, remove from the Collective Work
any reference to such Licensor or the Original Author, as requested. If You create a Derivative Work, upon
notice from any Licensor You must, to the extent practicable, remove from the Derivative Work any reference
to such Licensor or the Original Author, as requested.
b. You may distribute, publicly display, publicly perform, or publicly digitally perform a Derivative Work only
under the terms of this License, a later version of this License with the same License Elements as this License,
or a Creative Commons iCommons license that contains the same License Elements as this License (e.g.
Attribution-NonCommercial-ShareAlike 2.0 Japan). You must include a copy of, or the Uniform Resource
Identifier for, this License or other license specified in the previous sentence with every copy or phonorecord
of each Derivative Work You distribute, publicly display, publicly perform, or publicly digitally perform. You
may not offer or impose any terms on the Derivative Works that alter or restrict the terms of this License
or the recipients' exercise of the rights granted hereunder, and You must keep intact all notices that refer to
this License and to the disclaimer of warranties. You may not distribute, publicly display, publicly perform,
or publicly digitally perform the Derivative Work with any technological measures that control access or use
of the Work in a manner inconsistent with the terms of this License Agreement. The above applies to the
Derivative Work as incorporated in a Collective Work, but this does not require the Collective Work apart
from the Derivative Work itself to be made subject to the terms of this License.

1130
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

c. You may not exercise any of the rights granted to You in Section 3 above in any manner that is primarily
intended for or directed toward commercial advantage or private monetary compensation. The exchange of
the Work for other copyrighted works by means of digital file-sharing or otherwise shall not be considered to
be intended for or directed toward commercial advantage or private monetary compensation, provided there
is no payment of any monetary compensation in connection with the exchange of copyrighted works.
d. If you distribute, publicly display, publicly perform, or publicly digitally perform the Work or any Derivative
Works or Collective Works, You must keep intact all copyright notices for the Work and give the Original
Author credit reasonable to the medium or means You are utilizing by conveying the name (or pseudonym
if applicable) of the Original Author if supplied; the title of the Work if supplied; to the extent reasonably
practicable, the Uniform Resource Identifier, if any, that Licensor specifies to be associated with the Work,
unless such URI does not refer to the copyright notice or licensing information for the Work; and in the case of
a Derivative Work, a credit identifying the use of the Work in the Derivative Work (e.g., "French translation
of the Work by Original Author," or "Screenplay based on original Work by Original Author"). Such credit
may be implemented in any reasonable manner; provided, however, that in the case of a Derivative Work or
Collective Work, at a minimum such credit will appear where any other comparable authorship credit appears
and in a manner at least as prominent as such other comparable authorship credit.
e. For the avoidance of doubt, where the Work is a musical composition:
i. Performance Royalties Under Blanket Licenses. Licensor reserves the exclusive right to collect, whether
individually or via a performance rights society (e.g. ASCAP, BMI, SESAC), royalties for the public
performance or public digital performance (e.g. webcast) of the Work if that performance is primarily
intended for or directed toward commercial advantage or private monetary compensation.
ii. Mechanical Rights and Statutory Royalties. Licensor reserves the exclusive right to collect, whether
individually or via a music rights agency or designated agent (e.g. Harry Fox Agency), royalties for any
phonorecord You create from the Work ("cover version") and distribute, subject to the compulsory license
created by 17 USC Section 115 of the US Copyright Act (or the equivalent in other jurisdictions), if Your
distribution of such cover version is primarily intended for or directed toward commercial advantage or
private monetary compensation. 6. Webcasting Rights and Statutory Royalties. For the avoidance of doubt,
where the Work is a sound recording, Licensor reserves the exclusive right to collect, whether individually
or via a performance-rights society (e.g. SoundExchange), royalties for the public digital performance (e.g.
webcast) of the Work, subject to the compulsory license created by 17 USC Section 114 of the US Copyright
Act (or the equivalent in other jurisdictions), if Your public digital performance is primarily intended for
or directed toward commercial advantage or private monetary compensation.
f. Webcasting Rights and Statutory Royalties. For the avoidance of doubt, where the Work is a sound recording,
Licensor reserves the exclusive right to collect, whether individually or via a performance-rights society
(e.g. SoundExchange), royalties for the public digital performance (e.g. webcast) of the Work, subject to
the compulsory license created by 17 USC Section 114 of the US Copyright Act (or the equivalent in other
jurisdictions), if Your public digital performance is primarily intended for or directed toward commercial
advantage or private monetary compensation.
5. Representations, Warranties and Disclaimer

UNLESS OTHERWISE MUTUALLY AGREED TO BY THE PARTIES IN WRITING, LICENSOR

OFFERS THE WORK AS-IS AND MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF
ANY KIND CONCERNING THE WORK, EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE,
INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES OF TITLE, MERCHANTIBILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NONINFRINGEMENT, OR THE ABSENCE OF LATENT OR

1131
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

OTHER DEFECTS, ACCURACY, OR THE PRESENCE OF ABSENCE OF ERRORS, WHETHER OR

NOT DISCOVERABLE. SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OF IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, SO SUCH EXCLUSION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
6. Limitation on Liability. EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN NO EVENT
WILL LICENSOR BE LIABLE TO YOU ON ANY LEGAL THEORY FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL,
CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THIS LICENSE OR
THE USE OF THE WORK, EVEN IF LICENSOR HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGES.
7. Termination
a. This License and the rights granted hereunder will terminate automatically upon any breach by You of the
terms of this License. Individuals or entities who have received Derivative Works or Collective Works from
You under this License, however, will not have their licenses terminated provided such individuals or entities
remain in full compliance with those licenses. Sections 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, and 8 will survive any termination of
this License.
b. Subject to the above terms and conditions, the license granted here is perpetual (for the duration of the
applicable copyright in the Work). Notwithstanding the above, Licensor reserves the right to release the Work
under different license terms or to stop distributing the Work at any time; provided, however that any such
election will not serve to withdraw this License (or any other license that has been, or is required to be, granted
under the terms of this License), and this License will continue in full force and effect unless terminated as
stated above.
8. Miscellaneous
a. Each time You distribute or publicly digitally perform the Work or a Collective Work, the Licensor offers
to the recipient a license to the Work on the same terms and conditions as the license granted to You under
this License.
b. Each time You distribute or publicly digitally perform a Derivative Work, Licensor offers to the recipient a
license to the original Work on the same terms and conditions as the license granted to You under this License.
c. If any provision of this License is invalid or unenforceable under applicable law, it shall not affect the validity
or enforceability of the remainder of the terms of this License, and without further action by the parties to this
agreement, such provision shall be reformed to the minimum extent necessary to make such provision valid
and enforceable.
d. No term or provision of this License shall be deemed waived and no breach consented to unless such waiver
or consent shall be in writing and signed by the party to be charged with such waiver or consent.
e. This License constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the Work licensed here. There
are no understandings, agreements or representations with respect to the Work not specified here. Licensor
shall not be bound by any additional provisions that may appear in any communication from You. This License
may not be modified without the mutual written agreement of the Licensor and You.

1132
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Important
Creative Commons is not a party to this License, and makes no warranty whatsoever in connection with
the Work. Creative Commons will not be liable to You or any party on any legal theory for any damages
whatsoever, including without limitation any general, special, incidental or consequential damages arising
in connection to this license. Notwithstanding the foregoing two (2) sentences, if Creative Commons has
expressly identified itself as the Licensor hereunder, it shall have all rights and obligations of Licensor.
Except for the limited purpose of indicating to the public that the Work is licensed under the CCPL,
neither party will use the trademark "Creative Commons" or any related trademark or logo of Creative
Commons without the prior written consent of Creative Commons. Any permitted use will be in compliance
with Creative Commons' then-current trademark usage guidelines, as may be published on its website or
otherwise made available upon request from time to time.
Creative Commons may be contacted at http://creativecommons.org/.

1133
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Appendix B. Academic Free License v. 2.1

This Academic Free License (the "License") applies to any original work of authorship (the "Original Work") whose
owner (the "Licensor") has placed the following notice immediately following the copyright notice for the Original
Work:
Licensed under the Academic Free License version 2.1

1. Grant of Copyright License. Licensor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free, non-exclusive, perpetual,
sublicenseable license to do the following:
• to reproduce the Original Work in copies;
• to prepare derivative works ("Derivative Works") based upon the Original Work;
• to distribute copies of the Original Work and Derivative Works to the public;
• to perform the Original Work publicly; and
• to display the Original Work publicly.
2. Grant of Patent License. Licensor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free, non-exclusive, perpetual,
sublicenseable license, under patent claims owned or controlled by the Licensor that are embodied in the Original
Work as furnished by the Licensor, to make, use, sell and offer for sale the Original Work and Derivative Works.
3. Grant of Source Code License. The term "Source Code" means the preferred form of the Original Work for
making modifications to it and all available documentation describing how to modify the Original Work. Licensor
hereby agrees to provide a machine-readable copy of the Source Code of the Original Work along with each
copy of the Original Work that Licensor distributes. Licensor reserves the right to satisfy this obligation by
placing a machine-readable copy of the Source Code in an information repository reasonably calculated to permit
inexpensive and convenient access by You for as long as Licensor continues to distribute the Original Work, and
by publishing the address of that information repository in a notice immediately following the copyright notice
that applies to the Original Work.
4. Exclusions From License Grant. Neither the names of Licensor, nor the names of any contributors to the Original
Work, nor any of their trademarks or service marks, may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
Original Work without express prior written permission of the Licensor. Nothing in this License shall be deemed
to grant any rights to trademarks, copyrights, patents, trade secrets or any other intellectual property of Licensor
except as expressly stated herein. No patent license is granted to make, use, sell or offer to sell embodiments
of any patent claims other than the licensed claims defined in Section 2. No right is granted to the trademarks
of Licensor even if such marks are included in the Original Work. Nothing in this License shall be interpreted
to prohibit Licensor from licensing under different terms from this License any Original Work that Licensor
otherwise would have a right to license.
5. This section intentionally omitted.
6. Attribution Rights. You must retain, in the Source Code of any Derivative Works that You create, all copyright,
patent or trademark notices from the Source Code of the Original Work, as well as any notices of licensing and any
descriptive text identified therein as an "Attribution Notice." You must cause the Source Code for any Derivative
Works that You create to carry a prominent Attribution Notice reasonably calculated to inform recipients that
You have modified the Original Work.
7. Warranty of Provenance and Disclaimer of Warranty. Licensor warrants that the copyright in and to the Original
Work and the patent rights granted herein by Licensor are owned by the Licensor or are sublicensed to You under
the terms of this License with the permission of the contributor(s) of those copyrights and patent rights. Except
as expressly stated in the immediately proceeding sentence, the Original Work is provided under this License on

1134
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

an "AS IS" BASIS and WITHOUT WARRANTY, either express or implied, including, without limitation, the
warranties of NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY OF THE ORIGINAL WORK IS WITH YOU. This DISCLAIMER
OF WARRANTY constitutes an essential part of this License. No license to Original Work is granted hereunder
except under this disclaimer.
8. Limitation of Liability. Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether in tort (including negligence),
contract, or otherwise, shall the Licensor be liable to any person for any direct, indirect, special, incidental,
or consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this License or the use of the Original Work
including, without limitation, damages for loss of goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or
any and all other commercial damages or losses. This limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or
personal injury resulting from Licensor's negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation. Some
jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so this exclusion
and limitation may not apply to You.
9. Acceptance and Termination. If You distribute copies of the Original Work or a Derivative Work, You must make
a reasonable effort under the circumstances to obtain the express assent of recipients to the terms of this License.
Nothing else but this License (or another written agreement between Licensor and You) grants You permission
to create Derivative Works based upon the Original Work or to exercise any of the rights granted in Section 1
herein, and any attempt to do so except under the terms of this License (or another written agreement between
Licensor and You) is expressly prohibited by U.S. copyright law, the equivalent laws of other countries, and by
international treaty. Therefore, by exercising any of the rights granted to You in Section 1 herein, You indicate
Your acceptance of this License and all of its terms and conditions.
10. Termination for Patent Action. This License shall terminate automatically and You may no longer exercise any
of the rights granted to You by this License as of the date You commence an action, including a cross-claim or
counterclaim, against Licensor or any licensee alleging that the Original Work infringes a patent. This termination
provision shall not apply for an action alleging patent infringement by combinations of the Original Work with
other software or hardware.
11. Jurisdiction, Venue and Governing Law. Any action or suit relating to this License may be brought only in the
courts of a jurisdiction wherein the Licensor resides or in which Licensor conducts its primary business, and
under the laws of that jurisdiction excluding its conflict-of-law provisions. The application of the United Nations
Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods is expressly excluded. Any use of the Original Work
outside the scope of this License or after its termination shall be subject to the requirements and penalties of the
U.S. Copyright Act, 17 U.S.C. § 101 et seq., the equivalent laws of other countries, and international treaty.
This section shall survive the termination of this License.
12. Attorneys Fees. In any action to enforce the terms of this License or seeking damages relating thereto, the
prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable
attorneys' fees and costs incurred in connection with such action, including any appeal of such action. This section
shall survive the termination of this License.
13. Definition of "You" in This License. "You" throughout this License, whether in upper or lower case, means an
individual or a legal entity exercising rights under, and complying with all of the terms of, this License. For
legal entities, "You" includes any entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with you. For
purposes of this definition, "control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the direction or management
of such entity, whether by contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding
shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity.
14. Right to Use. You may use the Original Work in all ways not otherwise restricted or conditioned by this License
or by law, and Licensor promises not to interfere with or be responsible for such uses by You.

1135
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

This license is Copyright (C) 2003-2004 Lawrence E. Rosen. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted to
copy and distribute this license without modification. This license may not be modified without the express written
permission of its copyright owner.

1136
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Glossary
Acronyms
669 UNIS/Composer 669 Module
ABI Application Binary Interface
ADSL Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line
AFS Andrew File System
AIFF Audio Interchange File Format
ALSA Advanced Linux Sound Architecture
ANSI American National Standards Institute
API Application Programming Interface
APR Apache Portable Runtime
ARP Address Resolution Protocol
ASCII American Standard Code for Information Interchange
ASN Abstract Syntax Notation
ASF Advanced Streaming Format
ATA AT-Attached
ATSC Advanced Television Systems Committee
ATK Accessibility ToolKit
AVI Audio Video Interleave
AWT Abstract Window Toolkit
BER Basic Encoding Rules
BICS Berkeley/IRCAM/CARL
BIND Berkeley Internet Name Domain
BIOS Basic Input/Output System
BLFS Beyond Linux From Scratch
BMP Bit MaP
CD Compact Disk
CDDA Compact Disc Digital Audio
CIFS Common Internet File System
See Also SMB .
CMS Cryptographic Message Syntax

1137
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

CODEC COmpression/DECompression module

CORBA Common Object Request Broker Architecture
CPU Central Processing Unit
CRD Color Rendering Dictionary
CSA Color Space Array
CSS (on DVD) Contents Scrambling System
CSS Cascading Style Sheets
CUPS Common Unix Printing System
CVS Concurrent Versions System
DAO Disc At Once
DARPA Directory Address Resolution Protocol Allocation
DEC Digital Equipment Corporation
DER Distinguished Encoding Rules
DES Data Encryption Standard
DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
DICT Dictionary Server Protocol (RFC 2229)
DIN German Industrial Norm
DNS Domain Name Service
DOS Disk Operating System
DRI Direct Rendering Infrastructure
DSC Document Structuring Conventions
DSO Dynamic Shared Objects
DSSSL Document Style Semantics and Specification Language
DV Digital Video
DVD Digital Versatile Disk (also Digital Video Disk)
DVI DeVice Independent
ELF Executable and Linking Format
EPP Enhanced Parallel Port
EPS Encapsulated PostScript
ESD Enlighten Sound Daemon
ESMTP Extended Simple Mail Transfer Protocol
FAM File Alteration Monitor

1138
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

FAME Fast Assembly Mpeg Encoder

FAQ Frequently Asked Questions
FAX Facsimile
FB Frame Buffer
FHS File Hierarchy Standard
FLAC Free Lossless Audio CODEC
FO Formatted Objects
FOURCC FOUR Character Code
FTP File Transfer Protocol
GCC GNU Compiler Collection
GDBM GNU DataBase Manager
GDK GTK+ Drawing Kit
GDM GNOME Display Manager
GID Group IDentity
GIF Graphics Interchange Format
GLUT OpenGL Utility Toolkit
GMP GNU Multiple Precision Arithmetic
GNAT GNU NYU Ada 9x Translator
GNOME GNU Network Object Model Environment
GNU GNU's Not Unix
GPL General Public License
GPM General Purpose Mouse
GSS Generic Security Service
GSSAPI Generic Security Service Application Programming Interface
GTK GIMP ToolKit
GUI Graphical User Interface
HFS Hierarchical File System
HTML HyperText Markup Language
HTTP HyperText Transfer Protocol
HTTPS HyperText Transfer Protocol Secured
HUP Hang UP
IANA Internet Assigned Numbers Authority

1139
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

ICC International Color Consortium

ICMP Internet Control Message Protocol
IDE Integrated Drive Electronics
Integrated Development Environment
IDL Interface Definition Language
IJS Ink Jet Systems
ILS Internet Location Server
IMAP Internet Message Access Protocol
IMON Inode MONitor
IP Internet Protocol
See Also TCP .
IPX Internetwork Packet eXchange
IRC Internet Relay Chat
IrDA Infrared Data Association
ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network
ISO International Standards Organisation
ISP Internet Service Provider
IT ImpulseTracker Module
JAI Java Advanced Imaging
JAR Java ARchive
JDK Java Development Kit
JFIF JPEG File Interchange Format
JPEG Joint Photographic Experts Group
KDC Key Distribution Center
KDE KDesktop Environment
LAME Lame Ain't an MP3 Encoder
LAN Local Area Network
LDAP Lightweight Directory Access Protocol
LDIF Lightweight Data Interchange Format
LFS Linux From Scratch
LGPL Library General Public License
LPR Line PRinter

1140
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

LZO Lempel-Ziv-Oberhumer
LZW Lempel-Ziv-Welch
MAC Media Access Control
MCOP Multimedia COmmunication Protocol
MCU Multipoint Control Unit
MD Message-Digest
MDA Mail Delivery Agent
MED MED/OctaMED Module
MIDI Musical Instrument Digital Interface
MIF Maker Interchange Format
MII Media Independent Interface
MIME Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions
MIT Massachusetts Institute of Technology
MNG Multiple-image Network Graphics
MOD ProTracker Module
MP3 MPEG-1 audio layer 3
MPEG Moving Picture Experts Group
MSL Magick Scripting Language
MTA Mail Transport Agent
MTM MultiTracker Module
MUA Mail User Agent
NASM Netwide ASseMbler
NNTP Network News Transfer Protocol
NFS Network File System
NIS Network Information Service
NPTL Native Posix Thread Library
NSPR Netscape Portable Runtime
NSS Network Security Services
NTP Network Time Protocol
OAF Object Activation Framework
ODBC Open DataBase Connectivity
OMF Open Metadata Framework

1141
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

ORB Object Request Broker

See Also CORBA .
ORDBMS Object Relational Database Management System
OS Operating System
OSF Open Software Foundation
OSS Open Sound System
PAM Pluggable authentication Modules
PBM Portable BitMap
PCI Peripheral Component Interconnect
PCL Printer Control Language
PCM Pulse Code Modulation
PDC Primary Domain Controller
PDF Portable Document Format
PEAR PHP Extension and Application Repository
PGM Portable Grey Map
PGP Pretty Good Privacy
PHP PHP Hypertext Preprocessor
PIM Personal Information Manager
PLIP Parallel Line Internet Protocol
PNG Portable Network Graphics
PO Portable Object
POD Plain Old Documentation
POP Post Office Protocol
PPD PostScript Printer Description
PPM Portable Pixel Map
PPP Point to Point Protocol
PPPoE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet
PS PostScript
RAM Random Access Memory
RARP Reverse Address Resolution Protocol
RCS Revision Control System
RFC Request For Comments

1142
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

RGB Red Green Blue

RGBA Red Green Blue Alpha
ROM Read-Only Memory
RP Roaring Penguin
RPC Remote Procedure Call
RTC Real Time Clock
RTP Real Time Protocol
RW Read Write
S3M ScreamTracker Version 3 Module
S/MIME Secure/MIME
SANE Scanner Access Now Easy
SASL Simple Authentication and Security Layer
SBU Static Binutils Units
SCCS Source Code Control System
SCSI Small Computer System Interface
SDK Software Development Kit
SGML Standard Generalized Markup Language
SMB Server Message Block
SMIL Synchronized Multimedia Integration Language
SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol
SOAP Simple Object Access Protocol
SQL Structured Query Language
SSH Secure SHell
SSL Secure Sockets Layer
SUID Set User IDentity
SVG Scalable Vector Graphics
SVGA Super Video Graphics Array
TCL Tool Command Language
TCP Transmission Control Protocol
TGT Ticket-Granting Ticket
TIFF Tag(ged) Image File Format
TLS Transport Layer Security

1143
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

TTF TrueType Font

TTS Text To Speech
UCS Universal Character Set
UDF Universal Disk Format
UID User IDentity
UDP User Datagram Protocol
UI User Interface
UML Unified Modelling Language
URL Uniform Resource Locator
USB Universal Serial Bus
USR Upstream Ready
UTF UCS Transformation Format
UUCP Unix-to-Unix Copy Protocol
VCD Video Compact Disk
VESA Video Electronics Standards Association
VGA Video Graphics Array
VNC Virtual Network Computer
VOB Video OBject
VOIP Voice Over IP
W3C World Wide Web Consortium
WAV Waveform Audio
WWW World Wide Web
XDMCP XDisplay Manager Control Protocol
XM FastTracker Module
XML eXtensible Markup Language
XSL eXtensible Style Language
XSLT eXtensible Style Language Transformation
XSM X/Open System Management
XMMS XMultiMedia System
YP Yellow Pages
YUV Luminance-Bandwidth-Chrominance

1144
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

D-Bus Bindings: 216

Index D-Bus GLib Bindings: 216
D-Bus Python Bindings: 217
Packages D-Bus Qt3 Bindings: 218
DejaGnu: 342
a2ps: 1102
Desktop-file-utils: 279
AAlib: 252
Dhcp: 583
AbiWord: 885
dhcpcd: 432
AFPL Ghostscript: 1063
DocBook DSSSL Stylesheets: 1089
ALSA Firmware: 953
DocBook SGML DTD-3.1: 1080
ALSA Library: 943
DocBook SGML DTD-4.5: 1082
ALSA OSS: 954
DocBook-utils: 1091
ALSA Plugins: 945
DocBook XML DTD: 1094
ALSA Tools: 950
DocBook XSL Stylesheets: 1098
ALSA Utilities: 947
Doxygen: 343
Amarok: 1025
dvd+rw-tools: 1051
Apache: 507
Ed: 160
Apache Ant: 328
EEL: 787
aRts: 693
Ekiga: 820
Aspell: 201
Emacs: 155
AT SPI: 870
Enscript: 1105
ATK: 662
EOG: 822
Audacious: 1022
Epiphany: 824
Audio File: 957
EsounD: 958
Autofs: 74
ESP Ghostscript: 1065
Avifile: 1031
Evince: 826
Balsa: 934
Evolution: 899
Bc: 261
Evolution Data Server: 802
Berkeley DB: 571
Exim: 553
BIND: 511
Expat: 199
BIND Utilities: 485
Expect: 345
BLFS Bootscripts: 39
faac: 967
Bluefish: 161
faad2: 969
Bug-buddy: 818
Fcron: 306
cairo: 658
Fetchmail: 495
CDParanoia: 1017
FFmpeg: 1028
Cdrdao: 1047
File Roller: 828
Cdrtools: 1045
Firefox: 919
Compface: 264
FLAC: 983
Control Center: 790
Fluxbox: 683
Cpio: 321
Fontconfig: 246
CrackLib: 83
FOP: 1114
CUPS: 1057
Freeglut: 674
cURL: 437
FreeTTS: 1019
CVS: 452
FreeType: 244
Cyrus SASL: 133
FriBidi: 256
D-BUS: 330
G-Wrap: 205
Dash: 170

1145
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

GAIL: 764 Gnumeric: 889

GC: 348 GnuPG: 109
gcalctool: 830 GnuPG 2: 111
GCC-3.3.6: 355 GnuTLS: 81
GCC-4.1.2: 350 GOffice: 675
GConf: 744 GOK: 876
GConf Editor: 832 Gperf: 302
GDBM: 189 GPM: 304
GDM: 834 Graphviz: 288
gedit: 838 GStreamer: 996
Giflib: 238 GStreamer Base Plug-ins: 999
GIMP: 896 GStreamer Good Plug-ins: 1001
GLib-1: 190 GStreamer Ugly Plug-ins: 1003
GLib2: 191 GSview: 1109
GMime: 211 GTK: 656
GMP: 187 GTK Engines: 766
GNet: 439 GTK-Doc: 269
GNOME Games: 840 GTK2: 663
GNOME Icon Theme: 761 GtkHTML: 806
GNOME Magnifier: 872 gtksourceview: 808
GNOME Media: 844 gucharmap: 860
GNOME Netstatus: 848 Guile: 357
GNOME Session: 794 Gutenprint: 1068
GNOME Speech: 874 HAL: 334
GNOME System Monitor: 854 Hd2u: 268
GNOME Terminal: 781 Hdparm: 308
GNOME Themes: 767 Heimdal: 117
GNOME Utilities: 856 Heirloom mailx: 491
GNOME Applets: 792 Hicolor-icon-theme: 672
Gnome-audio: 805 HTML Tidy: 277
Gnome-backgrounds: 772 Icon-naming-utils: 297
GNOME Desktop: 770 Id3lib: 982
GNOME Doc Utils: 768 ImageMagick: 265
Gnome-keyring: 759 Imlib2: 253
GNOME Keyring Manager: 842 Inetutils: 455
Gnome-menus: 774 Intltool: 273
GNOME MIME Data: 747 Iptables: 98
gnome-mount: 846 ISO Codes: 210
GNOME Panel: 777 JadeTeX: 1125
Gnome-Python: 394 Java Access Bridge: 878
Gnome-Python-Desktop: 395 JDK: 360
gnome-screensaver: 850 JOE: 159
GNOME User Docs: 798 JUnit: 365
GNOME VFS Monikers: 752 K3b: 1053
GNOME Virtual File System: 750 Kde-i18n: 725
gnome-volume-manager: 858 Kdeaccessibility: 718
GnuCash: 892 Kdeaddons: 724

1146
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Kdeadmin: 703 Libgtkhtml: 186

Kdeartwork: 723 LibGTop: 783
Kdebase: 698 LibIDL: 193
Kdebindings: 734 Libidn: 213
Kdeedu: 716 libjpeg: 232
Kdegames: 722 Libksba: 226
Kdegraphics: 712 Libmad: 975
Kdelibs: 695 Libmikmod: 994
Kdemultimedia: 709 Libmng: 242
Kdenetwork: 705 libmpeg2: 1007
Kdepim: 707 LibMPEG3: 973
Kdesdk: 728 libmusicbrainz: 1005
Kdetoys: 720 Libogg: 964
Kdeutils: 714 Libpcap: 441
Kdevelop: 730 Libpng: 234
Kdewebdev: 732 libpthread-stubs: 219
KOffice: 903 libquicktime: 977
ksh: 172 Librep: 366
LAME: 1015 Librsvg: 250
Leafnode: 586 Libsoup: 440
LessTif: 665 LibTIFF: 236
Liba52: 989 Libusb: 208
Libao: 962 Libvorbis: 965
Libart-lgpl: 249 Libwnck: 669
Libassuan: 221 libXau: 611
Libbonobo: 742 libxcb: 614
Libbonoboui: 757 libXdmcp: 612
Libcroco: 195 Libxklavier: 673
libdrm: 215 Libxml2: 183
Libdv: 988 Libxslt: 185
Libdvdcss: 985 Links: 443
Libdvdread: 987 Linux-PAM: 86
libESMTP: 200 little cms: 240
Libexif: 255 LPRng: 1060
LibFAME: 979 Luit: 630
Libgail-gnome: 880 Lynx: 446
Libgcrypt: 224 LZO: 207
Libglade: 198 MC: 323
Libgnome: 753 mcs: 229
Libgnomecanvas: 755 MesaLib: 677
Libgnomecups: 810 Metacity: 686
libgnomekbd: 785 MIT Kerberos V5: 126
Libgnomeprint: 812 Mowgli: 228
libgnomeprintui: 814 Mpg123: 1010
Libgnomeui: 762 MPlayer: 1033
Libgpg-error: 223 MySQL: 574
Libgsf: 196 Nano: 157

1147
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

NAS: 971 Python modules: 389

NASM: 367 PyXML: 389
Nautilus: 788 Qpopper: 563
Nautilus CD Burner: 862 Qt: 646
NcFTP: 457 Qt4: 652
Net-tools: 459 Recode: 295
NFS Utilities: 519 ReiserFS: 147
Nmap: 483 Rep-gtk: 263
NSS: 143 rman: 294
NTP: 462 rsync: 594
OpenJade: 1087 Ruby: 397
OpenLDAP: 589 rxvt-unicode: 298
OpenOffice: 905 S-Lang: 179
OpenSP: 1084 Samba: 529
OpenSSH: 523 SANE: 1071
OpenSSL: 79 Sawfish: 681
ORBit2: 740 Screen: 275
Orca: 881 ScrollKeeper: 271
Other Programming Tools: 403 SDL: 960
Pan: 933 SeaMonkey: 912
Pango: 660 Sendmail: 566
paps: 1118 SGML Common: 1078
PCI Utilities: 316 Shadow: 89
PCRE: 176 shared-mime-info: 670
PDL: 369 SLIB: 203
Perl modules: 374 Sound Juicer: 864
PHP: 383 Speex: 981
Pidgin: 936 Startup-notification: 668
Pilot-link: 283 Stunnel: 136
PIN-Entry: 300 Subversion: 469
Pine: 500 sudo: 140
Pkg-config: 320 Sysstat: 326
Poppler: 257 System-tools-backends: 816
Popt: 178 Tcl: 399
Portmap: 466 TCP Wrapper: 473
Postfix: 557 Tcsh: 165
PostgreSQL: 578 teTeX: 1121
PPP: 424 Thunderbird: 927
Procmail: 493 TIN: 502
Proftpd: 526 Tk: 401
PSUtils: 1107 Totem: 866
Pth: 220 Traceroute: 481
Pycairo: 390 Transcode: 1041
PyGObject: 391 Tripwire: 114
PyGTK: 392 UDFtools: 1049
PyORBit: 393 unixODBC: 285
Python: 387 UnRar: 315

1148
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

UnZip: 311 aaxine: 1039, 1040

usbutils: 318 ab: 507, 509
Vim: 152 AbiWord-2.4: 885, 888
Vorbis Tools: 1011 ac3dec: 950, 951
vsftpd: 538 accept: 1057, 1059
VTE: 779 aconnect: 947, 948
W3m: 449 acyclic: 288, 289
Wget: 475 addgnupghome: 111, 112
Which: 309 addr2name.awk: 350, 353
Whois: 484 afslog: 117, 124
Wireless Tools: 477 akregator: 707, 708
Wireshark: 487 alsaconf: 947, 948
Xbitmaps: 620 alsactl: 947, 948
xcb-proto: 613 alsamixer: 947, 948
XChat: 939 amarok: 1025, 1026
xcursor-themes: 626 amarokapp: 1025, 1026
XFS: 149 amarokcollectionscanner: 1026
Xine Libraries: 992 amarok_daapserver.rb: 1025, 1026
Xine User Interface: 1039 amarok_proxy.rb: 1025, 1026
Xinetd: 540 amidi: 947, 948
XKeyboardConfig: 629 amixer: 947, 948
XMMS: 1013 amor: 720, 720
Xorg: 605 animate: 265, 266
Xorg-7.2 Applications: 621 ant: 328, 329
Xorg Drivers: 634 antRun: 328, 329
Xorg Fonts: 627 antRun.pl: 328, 329
Xorg Libraries: 616 anvil: 557, 560
Xorg Protocol Headers: 608 aoss: 954, 955
Xorg Server: 631 apachectl: 507, 509
Xorg Utilities: 609 aplay: 947, 948
Xpdf: 1111 aplaymidi: 947, 948
XSane: 1075 appletviewer: 360, 362
Xscreensaver: 281 applyfilter: 586, 588
xterm: 292 applygnupgdefaults: 111, 112
XviD: 990 appres: 621, 622
Yelp: 796 apt: 360, 362
Zenity: 868 apxs: 507, 509
Zip: 314 arecord: 947, 949
ZSH: 167 arecordmidi: 947, 949
ark: 714, 715
Programs arp: 459, 460
artsbuilder: 709, 711
a2ps: 1102, 1104
artsc-config: 693, 694
a52dec: 989, 989
artscat: 693, 694
aafire: 252, 252
artscontrol: 693, 694
aainfo: 252, 252
artsd: 693, 694
aalib-config: 252, 252
artsdsp: 693, 694
aatest: 252, 252

1149
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

artsplay: 693, 694 bug-buddy: 818, 819

artsshell: 693, 694 cacaxine: 1039, 1040
artswrapper: 693, 694 cancel: 1057, 1059, 1060, 1061
as10k1: 950, 951 capinfos: 487, 489
aseqdump: 947, 949 card: 1102, 1104
aseqnet: 947, 949 ccmakedep: 609, 610
aserver: 943, 944 ccomps: 288, 289
aspell: 201, 202 cdda2wav: 1045, 1046
aspell-import: 201, 202 cdparanoia: 1017, 1018
assistant: 646, 650, 652, 654 cdrdao: 1047, 1048
at-spi-registryd: 870, 871 cdrecord: 1045, 1046
atobm: 621, 622 cdrwtool: 1049, 1050
au{utilities}: 971, 972 certtool: 81, 82
audacious: 1022, 1024 cervisia: 728, 729
audiofile-config: 957, 957 chat: 424, 431
autoexpect: 345, 346 checkgroups: 586, 588
automount: 74, 76 checkmail: 971, 972
autopasswd: 345, 346 checkpc: 1060, 1061
avibench: 1031, 1032 circo: 288, 289
avicap: 1031, 1032 cjpeg: 232, 232
avicat: 1031, 1032 cleanlinks: 609, 610
avicodec: 1041, 1042 cleanup: 557, 560
avidump: 1041, 1042 clusterdb: 578, 580
avifile-config: 1031, 1032 collateindex.pl: 1089, 1090
avifix: 1041, 1042 compare: 265, 266
aviindex: 1041, 1042 compface: 264, 264
avimake: 1031, 1032 complete-ant-cmd.pl: 328, 329
avimerge: 1041, 1042 composeglyphs: 1102, 1104
aviplay: 1031, 1032 composite: 265, 267
avirec: 1031, 1032 compressdoc: 61
avirecompress: 1031, 1032 conjure: 265, 267
avisplit: 1041, 1042 cons.saver: 323, 325
avisync: 1041, 1042 convert: 265, 267
avitype: 1031, 1032 cpio: 321, 322
b2m: 155, 155 create-cracklib-dict: 83, 85
balsa: 934, 935 createdb: 578, 580
bc: 261, 262 createlang: 578, 580
bcomps: 288, 289 createuser: 578, 580
bdftopcf: 621, 622 cryptdir: 345, 346
bdftruncate: 627, 628 cspctl: 950, 951
beforelight: 621, 622 ctags: 155, 156
berkeley_db_svc: 571, 573 cue2toc: 1047, 1048
bitmap: 621, 622 cups-calibrate: 1068, 1069
bluefish: 161, 162 cups-config: 1057, 1059
bmp2tiff: 236, 236 cupsaddsmb: 1057, 1059
bmtoa: 621, 622 cupsd: 1057, 1059
bounce: 557, 560 cupstestppd: 1057, 1059

1150
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

curl: 437, 438 dmxrmscreen: 631, 632

curl-config: 437, 438 dmxtodmx: 631, 632
cvs: 452, 454 dmxwininfo: 631, 632
cvsbug: 452, 454 dnsdomainname: 459, 460
cvt: 631, 632 dnssec-keygen: 511, 517
cxpm: 616, 618 dnssec-signzone: 511, 517
c_rehash: 79, 80 docbook2*: 1091, 1092
dash: 170, 171 domainname: 459, 460
DataManager: 285, 286 dos2unix: 268, 268
DataManagerII: 285, 286 dot: 288, 290
dbmanage: 507, 509 dot2gxl: 288, 290
dbus-binding-tool: 216, 217 dotty: 288, 290
dbus-cleanup-sockets: 330, 333 dot_static: 288, 290
dbus-daemon: 330, 333 doxygen: 343, 344
dbus-launch: 330, 333 doxytag: 343, 344
dbus-monitor: 330, 333 doxywizard: 343, 344
dbus-send: 330, 333 dropdb: 578, 580
dbus-uuidgen: 330, 333 droplang: 578, 580
dc: 261, 262 dropuser: 578, 580
debugreiserfs: 147, 147 dubdv: 988, 988
decryptdir: 345, 346 dumpcap: 487, 489
designer: 646, 650, 652, 654 dvconnect: 988, 988
desktop-file-install: 279, 280 ebrowse: 155, 156
desktop-file-validate: 279, 280 echomixer: 950, 951
devdump: 1045, 1046 ecpg: 578, 580
dftest: 487, 489 ed: 160, 160
dga: 621, 622 editcap: 487, 489
dhclient: 434, 583, 584 editmap: 566, 569
dhcpcd: 432, 433 editres: 621, 622
dhcpd: 583, 585 ekiga: 820, 821
dhcrelay: 583, 585 emacs: 155, 156
diffpp: 1105, 1106 emacsclient: 155, 156
dig: 511, 517 enable: 1057, 1059
dijkstra: 288, 290 encodedv: 988, 988
disable: 1057, 1059 enscript: 1105, 1106
disable-paste: 304, 305 envy24control: 950, 951
discard: 557, 561 eog: 822, 823
dislocate: 345, 346 epiphany: 824, 825
display: 265, 267 epsffit: 1107, 1107
djpeg: 232, 233 erb: 397, 398
dl10k1: 950, 951 error: 557, 561
dltest: 285, 287 escputil: 1068, 1069
dmxaddinput: 631, 632 esd: 958, 959
dmxaddscreen: 631, 632 esd-config: 958, 959
dmxreconfig: 631, 632 esdcat: 958, 959
dmxresize: 631, 632 esdctl: 958, 959
dmxrminput: 631, 632 esdfilt: 958, 959

1151
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

esdloop: 958, 959 fcron: 306, 307

esdmon: 958, 959 fcrondyn: 306, 307
esdplay: 958, 959 fcronsighup: 306, 307
esdrec: 958, 959 fcrontab: 306, 307
esdsample: 958, 959 fdp: 288, 290
etags: 155, 156 fetchmail: 495, 496
eventlogadm: 529, 536 fetchmailconf: 495, 496
evince: 826, 827 fetchnews: 586, 588
evince-thumbnailer: 826, 827 ffmpeg: 1028, 1030
evolution-2.10: 899, 901 ffplay: 1028, 1030
exicyclog: 553, 556 ffserver: 1028, 1030
exigrep: 553, 556 file-roller: 828, 829
exim-4.43-2: 553, 556 finch: 936, 937
eximon: 553, 556 findsmb: 529, 536
eximon.bin: 553, 556 firefox: 919, 924
eximstats: 553, 556 firefox-config: 919, 924
exim_checkaccess: 553, 556 fixnt: 1102, 1104
exim_dbmbuild: 553, 556 fixps: 1102, 1104
exim_dumpdb: 553, 556 flac: 983, 984
exim_fixdb: 553, 556 flea: 497, 499
exim_lock: 553, 556 flush: 557, 561
exim_tidydb: 553, 556 fluxbox: 683, 684
exinext: 553, 556 fluxbox-generate_menu: 683, 685
exipick: 553, 556 fontname.sh: 621, 622
exiqgrep: 553, 556 fontprop.sh: 621, 622
exiqsumm: 553, 556 fonttosfnt: 621, 622
exiwhat: 553, 556 fop: 1114, 1117
expect: 345, 346 formail: 493, 493
expectk: 345, 347 FORTRAN: 355, 356
exportfs: 519, 521 freetype-config: 244, 245
extcheck: 360, 363 fribidi: 256, 256
extract_a52: 989, 989 fribidi-config: 256, 256
extract_ac3: 950, 951 fsck.xfs: 149, 150
extract_mpeg2: 1007, 1008 fslsfonts: 621, 622
faac: 967, 968 fstobdf: 621, 622
faad: 969, 970 ftp: 117, 124, 126, 131
fastjar: 350, 353 ftp-rfc: 345, 346
fax2ps: 236, 236 ftpcount: 526, 528
fax2tiff: 236, 236 ftpd: 117, 124, 126, 131, 455, 456
fbrun: 683, 685 ftpshut: 526, 528
fbsetbg: 683, 685 ftptop: 526, 528
fbsetroot: 683, 685 ftpwho: 526, 528
fbxine: 1039, 1040 funzip: 311, 312
fc-cache: 246, 248 g-wrap-config: 205, 206
fc-cat: 246, 248 g77: 355, 356
fc-list: 246, 248 gamma4scanimage: 1071, 1073
fc-match: 246, 248 gam_server: 181, 182

1152
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

gc: 288, 290 giftext: 238, 239

gcalctool: 830, 831 gifwedge: 238, 239
gccmakedep: 609, 610 gij: 350, 353
gcdmaster: 1047, 1048 gimp-2.2: 896, 898
gcj: 350, 353 gimp-remote-2.2: 896, 898
gcj-dbtool: 350, 353 gimptool-2.0: 896, 898
gcjh: 350, 353 gjnih: 350, 354
gconf-editor: 832, 833 gkbd-indicator-plugins-capplet: 785, 786
gconf-merge-tree: 744, 745 glib-config: 190, 190
gconftool-2: 744, 745 glib-genmarshal: 191, 192
gdialog: 868, 869 glib-gettextize: 191, 192
gdk-pixbuf-csource: 663, 664 glib-mkenums: 191, 192
gdk-pixbuf-query-loaders: 663, 664 glxgears: 635, 638, 677, 678
gdm: 834, 837 glxinfo: 635, 638, 677, 678
gdm-restart: 834, 837 gmenu-simple-editor: 774, 775
gdm-safe-restart: 834, 837 gmime-config: 211, 212
gdmsetup: 834, 837 gmplayer: 1033, 1037
gedit: 838, 839 gnat: 350, 354
getconfig: 631, 632 gnatbind: 350, 354
getconfig.pl: 631, 632 gnatbl: 350, 354
gfloppy: 856, 857 gnatchop: 350, 354
gfortran: 350, 353 gnatclean: 350, 354
gif2epsn: 238, 239 gnatfind: 350, 354
gif2ps: 238, 239 gnatkr: 350, 354
gif2rgb: 238, 239 gnatlink: 350, 354
gif2tiff: 236, 237 gnatls: 350, 354
gif2x11: 238, 239 gnatmake: 350, 354
gifasm: 238, 239 gnatname: 350, 354
gifbg: 238, 239 gnatprep: 350, 354
gifburst: 238, 239 gnatxref: 350, 354
gifclip: 238, 239 gnome-about: 770, 771
gifclrmp: 238, 239 gnome-cd: 844, 845
gifcolor: 238, 239 gnome-dictionary: 856, 857
gifcomb: 238, 239 gnome-doc-prepare: 768, 769
gifcompose: 238, 239 gnome-eject: 846, 847
gifiltr: 238, 239 gnome-keyring-daemon: 759, 760
gifflip: 238, 239 gnome-keyring-manager: 842, 843
gifhisto: 238, 239 gnome-menu-spec-test: 774, 775
gifinfo: 238, 239 gnome-mount: 846, 847
gifinter: 238, 239 gnome-netstatus-applet: 848, 849
gifinto: 238, 239 gnome-screensaver: 850, 853
gifix: 238, 239 gnome-screenshot: 856, 857
gifovly: 238, 239 gnome-search-tool: 856, 857
gifpos: 238, 239 gnome-session: 794, 795
gifrotat: 238, 239 gnome-session-*: 794, 795
gifrsize: 238, 239 gnome-sound-recorder: 844, 845
gifspnge: 238, 239 gnome-system-log: 856, 857

1153
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

gnome-system-monitor: 854, 855 gtf: 631, 632

gnome-terminal: 781, 782 gtk-config: 656, 656
gnome-volume-control: 844, 845 gtk-query-immodules-2.0: 663, 664
gnome-volume-manager: 858, 859 gtk-update-icon-cache: 663, 664
gnome-volume-properties: 858, 859 gtkdoc*: 269, 270
gnome-wm: 794, 795 gtreelang: 350, 354
gnucash: 892, 895 gucharmap: 860, 861
gnumeric-1.8.2: 889, 891 guile: 357, 358
gnutls-cli: 81, 82 guile-config: 357, 358
gnutls-cli-debug: 81, 82 guile-snarf: 357, 358
gnutls-config: 81, 82 guile-tools: 357, 359
gnutls-extra-config: 81, 82 gvcolor: 288, 290
gnutls-serv: 81, 82 gview: 152, 154
gobject-query: 191, 192 gvim: 152, 154, 152, 154
gok: 876, 877 gvimdiff: 152, 154
gpg: 109, 110 gvpack: 288, 290
gpg-agent: 111, 112 gvpr: 288, 290
gpg-connect-agent: 111, 112 gxl2dot: 288, 290
gpg-error: 223, 223 hal-device: 334, 340
gpg-error-config: 223, 223 hal-device-manager: 334, 340
gpg2: 111, 112 hal-disable-polling: 334, 340
gpgconf: 111, 112 hal-find-by-capability: 334, 340
gpgparsemail: 111, 113 hal-find-by-property: 334, 340
gpgsm: 111, 113 hal-get-property: 334, 340
gpgsm-gencert.sh: 111, 113 hal-is-caller-locked-out: 334, 340
gpgsplit: 109, 110 hal-set-property: 334, 340
gpgv: 109, 110 hald: 334, 340
gpgv2: 111, 113 hdparm: 308, 308
gpm: 304, 305 hdspconf: 950, 951
gpm-root: 304, 305 hdsploader: 950, 951
gprmake: 350, 354 hdspmixer: 950, 951
grep-changelog: 155, 156 hltest: 304, 305
grepjar: 350, 354 host: 511, 517
grmic: 350, 354 hostname: 459, 460
grmiregistry: 350, 354 hoststat: 566, 569
growisofs: 1051, 1052 hprop: 117, 124
gs: 1063, 1064, 1065, 1067 hpropd: 117, 124
gst-feedback-0.10: 996, 997 htdigest: 507, 509
gst-inspect-0.10: 996, 997 HtmlConverter: 360, 363
gst-launch-0.10: 996, 997 htpasswd: 507, 509
gst-typefind-0.10: 996, 997 httpd: 507, 510
gst-visualise-0.10: 999, 1000 icc2ps: 240, 240
gst-xmlinspect-0.10: 996, 997 icclink: 240, 240
gst-xmllaunch-0.10: 996, 998 icctrans: 240, 240
gstreamer-properties: 844, 845 iceauth: 621, 622
gsview: 1109, 1110 ico: 621, 622
gsview-help: 1109, 1110 icon-name-mapping: 297, 297

1154
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

icon2gif: 238, 239 isoinfo: 1045, 1046

id3convert: 982, 982 isovfy: 1045, 1046
id3cp: 982, 982 ispell: 201, 202
id3info: 982, 982 isql: 285, 287
id3tag: 982, 982 issndfile: 971, 972
identify: 265, 267 itox: 540, 551
idl2wrs: 487, 489 iusql: 285, 287
idle: 387, 388 iwconfig: 477, 478
idlj: 360, 363 iwevent: 477, 478
idn: 213, 214 iwgetid: 477, 478
iecset: 947, 949 iwlist: 477, 478
ifconfig: 459, 460 iwpriv: 477, 478
ifrename: 477, 478 iwspy: 477, 478
ijsgutenprint.5.0: 1068, 1069 jade: 1087, 1088
imake: 609, 610 jadetex: 1125, 1128
import: 265, 267 jar: 360, 363
inb: 631, 632 jarsigner: 360, 363
inetd: 455, 456 java: 360, 363
initdb: 578, 580 java-rmi.cgi: 360, 363
inl: 631, 633 javac: 360, 363
install-catalog: 1078, 1079 javadoc: 360, 363
instdso.sh: 507, 510 javah: 360, 363
intltool-extract: 273, 273 javap: 360, 363
intltool-merge: 273, 273 javaws: 360, 363
intltool-prepare: 273, 273 jcf-dump: 350, 354
intltool-update: 273, 274 jconsole: 360, 363
intltoolize: 273, 273 jdb: 360, 363
inw: 631, 633 jhat: 360, 363
ioport: 631, 633 jinfo: 360, 363
iostat: 326, 327 jmacs: 159, 159
ip6tables: 98, 99 jmap: 360, 363
ipcclean: 578, 580 joe: 159, 159
ipmaddr: 459, 460 jpegicc: 240, 241
ipop2d: 500, 501 jpegtran: 232, 233
ipop3d: 500, 501 jpico: 159, 159
iprop-log: 117, 124 jps: 360, 363
ipropd-master: 117, 124 jrunscript: 360, 363
ipropd-slave: 117, 124 jsadebugd: 360, 363
iptables: 98, 99 jstack: 360, 363
iptables-restore: 98, 99 jstar: 159, 159
iptables-save: 98, 99 jstat: 360, 363
iptables-xml: 98, 99 jstatd: 360, 363
iptunnel: 459, 460 juk: 709, 711
irb: 397, 398 jv-convert: 350, 354
irkick: 714, 715 jv-scan: 350, 354
isodebug: 1045, 1046 jw: 1091, 1092
isodump: 1045, 1046 k3b: 1053, 1054

1155
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

k3bsetup: 1053, 1054 kfloppy: 714, 715

k5srvutil: 126, 131 kformula: 903, 904
kaboodle: 709, 711 kget: 705, 706
kaddressbook: 707, 708 kgetcred: 117, 124
kadmin: 117, 124, 126, 131 kghostview: 712, 713
kadmind: 117, 124, 126, 131 kgpg: 714, 715
kalarm: 707, 708 khangman: 716, 717
kalzium: 716, 717 khelpcenter: 698, 700
kandy: 707, 708 khexedit: 714, 715
karm: 707, 708 kibitz: 345, 346
kate: 698, 700 kicker: 698, 700
kaudiocreator: 709, 711 kiconedit: 712, 713
kbabel: 728, 729 kig: 716, 717
kbruch: 716, 717 kinfocenter: 698, 700
kbxutil: 111, 113 kinit: 117, 124, 126, 131
kcachegrind: 728, 729 kitchensync: 707, 708
kcalc: 714, 715 kiten: 716, 717
kcharselect: 714, 715 kivio: 903, 904
kchart: 903, 904 kjots: 714, 715
kcm: 117, 124 kplato: 903, 904
kcolorchooser: 712, 713 kleopatra: 707, 708
kcoloredit: 712, 713 klettres: 716, 717
kcontrol: 698, 700 klipper: 698, 700
kcron: 703, 704 klist: 117, 124, 126, 131
kdat: 703, 704 klogind: 126, 131
kdb5_util: 126, 131 kmag: 718, 719
kdc: 117, 124 kmail: 707, 708
kdebugdialog: 698, 700 kmenuedit: 698, 700
KDE Games: 722 kmessedwords: 716, 717
KDE Support Programs: 695, 697 kmid: 709, 711
kdessh: 714, 715 kmix: 709, 711
kdestroy: 117, 124, 126, 131 kmoon: 720, 720
kdesu: 698, 700 kmousetool: 718, 719
kdevelop: 730, 731 kmouth: 718, 719
kdf: 714, 715 kmplot: 716, 717
kdict: 705, 706 knewsticker: 705, 706
kdm: 698, 700 knode: 707, 708
kdvi: 712, 713 knotes: 707, 708
kedit: 714, 715 kodo: 720, 720
keduca: 716, 717 kolourpaint: 712, 713
kexi: 903, 904 kompare: 728, 729
keytool: 360, 363 konqueror: 698, 700
kf: 117, 124 konsole: 698, 700
kfax: 712, 713 konsolekalendar: 707, 708
kfaxview: 712, 713 kontact: 707, 708
kfd: 117, 124 kooka: 712, 713
kfind: 698, 700 kopete: 705, 706

1156
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

korganizer: 707, 708 kverbos: 716, 717

korn: 707, 708 kview: 712, 713
kpackage: 703, 704 kviewshell: 712, 713
kpager: 698, 700 kvno: 126, 132
kpasswd: 117, 124, 126, 131 kvoctrain: 716, 717
kpasswdd: 117, 124 kwalletmanager: 714, 715
kpdf: 712, 713 kwatchgnupg: 707, 708
kpercentage: 716, 717 kwifimanager: 705, 706
kpf: 705, 706 kword: 903, 904
kpilot: 707, 708 kworldclock: 720, 721
kpovmodeler: 712, 713 kwrite: 698, 700
kppp: 705, 706 kx: 117, 124
kpresenter: 903, 904 kxd: 117, 124
kprinter: 698, 700 kxkb: 698, 700
kprop: 126, 131 kxsldbg: 732, 733
kpropd: 126, 131 lame: 1015, 1015
krb5-config: 117, 124, 126, 131 ld10k1: 950, 951
krb5kdc: 126, 131 ld10k1d: 950, 951
krdc: 705, 706 ldapadd: 589, 592
krec: 709, 711 ldapcompare: 589, 593
kregexpeditor: 714, 715 ldapdelete: 589, 593
krfb: 705, 706 ldapmodify: 589, 593
krita: 903, 904 ldapmodrdn: 589, 593
kruler: 712, 713 ldappasswd: 589, 593
kscd: 709, 711 ldapsearch: 589, 593
ksh: 172, 173 ldapwhoami: 589, 593
kshd: 126, 132 ldrdf: 367, 368
ksirc: 705, 706 leafnode: 586, 588
ksnapshot: 712, 713 leafnode-version: 586, 588
ksplash: 698, 700 lefty: 288, 290
kspread: 903, 904 libassuan-config: 221, 222
kstars: 716, 717 libesmtp-config: 200, 200
kstash: 117, 124 libfame-config: 979, 979
ksu: 126, 132 libgailutil.so: 764, 765
ksysguard: 698, 700 libgcrypt-config: 224, 225
ksysv: 703, 704 libglade-convert: 198, 198
ktalkd: 705, 706 libIDL-config-2: 193, 194
kteatime: 720, 721 libksba-config: 226, 227
ktimer: 714, 715 libmikmod-config: 994, 995
ktnef: 707, 708 libpng12-config: 234, 234
ktouch: 716, 717 libquicktime_config: 977, 978
ktutil: 117, 124, 126, 132 libusb-config: 208, 209
ktux: 720, 721 linguist: 646, 650, 652, 654
kugar: 903, 904 links: 443, 445
kuickshow: 712, 713 lisa: 705, 706
kuser: 703, 704 listres: 621, 622
kv41setup: 1031, 1032 lmtp: 557, 561

1157
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

lndir: 609, 610 mcmfmt: 323, 325

lneato: 288, 290 mcopidl: 693, 694
lo10k1: 950, 951 mcs-getconfval: 229, 230
local: 557, 561 mcs-info: 229, 230
lockfile: 493, 493 mcs-query-backends: 229, 230
login: 117, 124 mcs-setconfval: 229, 230
login.krb5: 126, 124 mcview: 323, 325
logresolve: 507, 510 mencoder: 1033, 1037
lp: 1057, 1059, 1060, 1061 mergecap: 487, 489
lpadmin: 1057, 1059 mergelib: 609, 610
lpc: 1057, 1059, 1060, 1061 metacity: 686, 687
lpd: 1060, 1061 metacity-theme-viewer: 686, 687
lpinfo: 1057, 1059 metacity-window-demo: 686, 687
lpmove: 1057, 1059 metaflac: 983, 984
lpoptions: 1057, 1059 metamutt: 502, 503
lppasswd: 1057, 1059 mev: 304, 305
lpq: 1057, 1059, 1060, 1061 mii-tool: 459, 460
lpr: 1057, 1059, 1060, 1061 mixartloader: 950, 951
lprm: 1057, 1059, 1060, 1061 mkafmmap: 1105, 1106
lprng_certs: 1060, 1061 mkcfm: 621, 622
lprng_index_certs: 1060, 1061 mkdirhier: 609, 610
lpstat: 1057, 1059, 1060, 1062 mkfontdir: 621, 622
lpunlock: 345, 346 mkfontscale: 621, 622
lqt-config: 977, 978 mkfs.xfs: 149, 150
lqtplay: 977, 978 mkhtmlindex: 609, 610
lqt_transcode: 977, 978 mkhybrid: 1045, 1046
lrelease: 646, 651, 652, 655 mkisofs: 1045, 1046
lshal: 334, 340 mkpasswd: 345, 346
lspci: 316, 317 mkreiserfs: 147, 147
lsusb: 318, 319 mkudffs: 1049, 1050
luit: 630, 630 moc: 646, 651, 652, 655
lupdate: 646, 651, 652, 655 mogrify: 265, 267
lwresd: 511, 517 montage: 265, 267
lynx: 446, 448 motif-config: 665, 667
Magick-config: 265, 267 mount.cifs: 529, 536
magnifier: 872, 873 mount.smbfs: 529, 536
mailq: 557, 561, 566, 569 mount.nfs: 519, 521
mailstat: 493, 494 mount.nfs4: 519, 521
mailstats: 566, 569 mouse-test: 304, 305
mailx: 491, 492 mp3rtp: 1015, 1015
makedepend: 609, 610 mp3x: 1015, 1016
makeg: 609, 610 mpeg2dec: 1007, 1008
makemap: 566, 569 mpeg3cat: 973, 974
makestrs: 616, 618 mpeg3dump: 973, 974
master: 557, 561 mpeg3peek: 973, 974
mc: 323, 325 mpeg3toc: 973, 974
mcedit: 323, 325 mpg123: 1010, 1010

1158
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

mplayer: 1033, 1037 ntp-wait: 462, 464

mpstat: 326, 327 ntpd: 462, 464
mt: 321, 322 ntpdate: 462, 464
mtest: 500, 501 ntpdc: 462, 464
multixterm: 345, 347 ntpq: 462, 464
mutt: 497, 499 ntptime: 462, 464
mutt_dotlock: 497, 499 ntptrace: 462, 464
mwm: 665, 667 oclock: 621, 622
mxmkmf: 665, 667 ODBCConfig: 285, 287
named: 511, 517 odbcinst: 285, 287
named-checkconf: 511, 517 odbctest: 285, 287
named-checkzone: 511, 517 odbc_config: 285, 287
nameif: 459, 460 ogg123: 1011, 1012
nano: 157, 158 oggdec: 1011, 1012
nasd: 971, 972 oggenc: 1011, 1012
nasm: 367, 368 ogginfo: 1011, 1012
native2ascii: 360, 363 ogonkify: 1102, 1104
nautilus: 788, 789 omshell: 583, 585
nautilus-cd-burner: 862, 863 onsgmls: 1084, 1085
ncftp: 457, 458 openjade: 1087, 1088
ncftpbatch: 457, 458 openssl: 79, 80
ncftpbookmarks: 457, 458 opt-case.pl: 502, 503
ncftpget: 457, 458 oqmgr: 557, 561
ncftpls: 457, 458 orbd: 360, 363
ncftpput: 457, 458 orca: 881, 882
ncftpspooler: 457, 458 osgmlnorm: 1084, 1085
ndisasm: 367, 368 ospam: 1084, 1085
neon-config: 469, 472 ospcat: 1084, 1085
net: 529, 536 ospent: 1084, 1085
netstat: 459, 460 osx: 1084, 1085
newaliases: 557, 561, 566, 569 otp: 117, 124
newsq: 586, 588 otpprint: 117, 124
nfsstat: 519, 521 outb: 631, 633
nisdomainname: 459, 460 outl: 631, 633
nmap: 483, 483 outw: 631, 633
nmapfe: 483, 483 over: 1105, 1106
nmbd: 529, 536 pack200: 360, 363
nmblookup: 529, 536 pal2rgb: 236, 237
noatun: 709, 711 pam_tally: 86, 88
nop: 288, 290 pan: 933, 933
nqmgr: 557, 561 pango-querymodules: 660, 661
nslookup: 511, 518 paps: 1118, 1118
nspr-config: 143, 145 passmass: 345, 346
nss-config: 143, 145 pcitweak: 631, 633
nsupdate: 511, 518 pcre-config: 176, 177
ntlm_auth: 529, 536 pcregrep: 176, 177
ntp-keygen: 462, 464 pcretest: 176, 177

1159
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

pcxhrloader: 950, 951 postalias: 557, 561

pdbedit: 529, 536 postcat: 557, 561
pdffonts: 1111, 1112 postconf: 557, 561
pdfimages: 1111, 1113 postdrop: 557, 561
pdfinfo: 1111, 1113 postfix: 557, 561
pdfjadetex: 1125, 1128 postgres: 578, 581
pdftoppm: 1111, 1113 postkick: 557, 561
pdftops: 1111, 1113 postlock: 557, 561
pdftotext: 1111, 1113 postlog: 557, 561
pdiff: 1102, 1104 postmap: 557, 561
pdl: 369, 372 postmaster: 578, 581
pdldoc: 369, 372 postqueue: 557, 561
pear: 383, 386 postsuper: 557, 561
perldl: 369, 373 ppm2tiff: 236, 237
pfrom: 117, 124 pppd: 424, 431
pg_config: 578, 580 pppdump: 424, 431
pg_controldata: 578, 580 pppstats: 424, 431
pg_ctl: 578, 580 pptemplate: 369, 373
pg_dump: 578, 580 praliases: 566, 569
pg_dumpall: 578, 580 precat: 201, 202
pg_resetxlog: 578, 580 preunzip: 201, 202
pg_restore: 578, 580 prezip: 201, 202
php: 383, 386 prezip-bin: 201, 202
pickup: 557, 561 procmail: 493, 494
pico: 500, 501 profiles: 529, 536
pidgin: 936, 938 proftpd: 526, 528
pilot: 500, 501 proxymap: 557, 561
pilot-link programs: 283, 284 prune: 288, 290
pine: 500, 501, 500, 501 psbook: 1107, 1107
pipe: 557, 561 psktool: 81, 82
pixeltool: 652, 655 psmandup: 1102, 1104
pkg-config: 320, 320 psnup: 1107, 1108
pktsetup: 1049, 1050 pspell-config: 201, 202
playbucket: 971, 972 psql: 578, 581
playdv: 988, 988 psresize: 1107, 1108
plipconfig: 459, 460 psselect: 1107, 1108
plog: 424, 431 psset: 1102, 1104
pltcl_delmod: 578, 580 pstops: 1107, 1108
pltcl_listmod: 578, 581 pth-config: 220, 220
pltcl_loadmod: 578, 581 purgestat: 566, 569
pmap_dump: 466, 467 purple-remote: 936, 938
pmap_set: 466, 467 push: 117, 125
poff: 424, 431 pydoc: 387, 388
policytool: 360, 364 pygtk-codegen-2.0: 392, 393
pon: 424, 431 pygtk-demo: 392, 393
popper: 117, 124, 563, 565 python: 387, 388
portmap: 466, 467 python2.5: 387, 388

1160
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

qlo10k1: 950, 951 rmedigicontrol: 950, 951

qm2ts: 646, 651 rmic: 360, 364
qmake: 646, 651, 652, 655 rmid: 360, 364
qmgr: 557, 561 rmiregistry: 360, 364
qmqpd: 557, 561 rnano: 157, 158
qt3to4: 652, 655 rndc: 511, 518
qtconfig: 646, 651, 652, 655 rndc-confgen: 511, 518
qtdechunk: 977, 978 rotatelogs: 507, 510
qtdemo: 652, 655 route: 459, 460
qtrechunk: 977, 978 rpcclient: 529, 536
qtyuv4toyuv: 977, 978 rpcdebug: 519, 522
quanta: 732, 733 rpc.mountd: 519, 521
randpkt: 487, 489 rpc.nfsd: 519, 521
rarp: 459, 460 rpc.statd: 519, 522
ras2tiff: 236, 237 rpdump: 500, 501
raw2gif: 238, 239 rpload: 500, 501
raw2tiff: 236, 237 rscsi: 1045, 1046
rcc: 652, 655 rsh: 117, 125, 126, 132
rcp: 117, 125, 126, 132 rshd: 117, 125, 455, 456
rcs-checkin: 155, 156 rstart: 621, 623
rcs2log: 452, 454 rstartd: 621, 623
rdfdump: 367, 368 rsvg: 250, 251
rdflib: 367, 368 rsvg-convert: 250, 251
rdjpgcom: 232, 233 rsvg-view: 250, 251
rdx: 367, 368 rsync: 594, 596
readcd: 1045, 1046 rtin: 502, 503
recode: 295, 296 ruby: 397, 397
red: 160, 160 run-with-aspell: 201, 202
reindexdb: 578, 581 runant.pl: 328, 329
reiserfsck: 147, 147 runant.py: 328, 329
reiserfstune: 147, 147 runtest: 342, 342
reject: 1057, 1059 rxtelnet: 117, 125
rep: 366, 366 rxterm: 117, 125
resize: 292, 293 sa1: 326, 327
resize_reiserfs: 147, 148 sa2: 326, 327
revpath: 609, 610 sadc: 326, 327
rexecd: 455, 456 sadf: 326, 327
rftp: 345, 346 safe_finger: 473, 474
rgb2gif: 238, 239 sane-config: 1071, 1073
rgb2ycbcr: 236, 237 sane-find-scanner: 1071, 1073
rgview: 152, 154 saned: 1071, 1073
ri: 397, 398 sar: 326, 327
rjoe: 159, 159 saslauthd: 133, 135
rlogin: 126, 132 sasldblistusers2: 133, 135
rlogin-cwd: 345, 346 saslpasswd2: 133, 135
rlogind: 455, 456 sawfish: 681, 682
rman: 294, 294 sawfish-client: 681, 682

1161
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

sawfish-ui: 681, 682 sm-notify: 519, 522

sbase: 905, 909 smath: 905, 910
sbiload: 950, 951 smbcacls: 529, 536
scache: 557, 561 smbclient: 529, 536
scalc: 905, 910 smbcontrol: 529, 536
scanadf: 1071, 1073 smbcquotas: 529, 536
scanimage: 1071, 1073 smbd: 529, 536
scanpci: 631, 633 smbget: 529, 537
sccmap: 288, 291 smbmnt: 529, 537
scdaemon: 111, 113 smbmount: 529, 537
scgcheck: 1045, 1046 smbpasswd: 529, 537
schemagen: 360, 364 smbspool: 529, 537
scp: 523, 525 smbstatus: 529, 537
screen: 275, 276 smbtar: 529, 537
sdl-config: 960, 961 smbtree: 529, 537
sdraw: 905, 910 smbumount: 529, 537
seamonkey: 912, 918 smproxy: 621, 623
sendmail: 557, 561, 566, 569 smrsh: 566, 569
serialver: 360, 364 smtp: 557, 561
servertool: 360, 364 smtpd: 557, 561
sessreg: 621, 623 smtpd.py: 387, 388
setpci: 316, 317 sntp: 462, 464
setxkbmap: 621, 623 soffice: 905, 910
sfconvert: 957, 957 sound-juicer: 864, 865
sfinfo: 957, 957 soundtoh: 971, 972
sftp: 523, 525 spadmin: 905, 910
sftp-server: 523, 525 spawn: 557, 562
sgmldiff: 1091, 1092 speaker-test: 947, 949
sgmlwhich: 1078, 1079 speexdec: 981, 981
showfont: 621, 623 speexenc: 981, 981
showmount: 519, 522 spell: 201, 202
showq: 557, 561 srptool: 81, 82
showrgb: 621, 623 sscape_ctl: 950, 951
siggen: 114, 116 ssconvert: 889, 891
simpress: 905, 910 ssh: 523, 525
slapadd: 589, 593 ssh-add: 523, 525
slapcat: 589, 593 ssh-agent: 523, 525
slapd: 589, 593 ssh-keygen: 523, 525
slapdn: 589, 593 ssh-keyscan: 523, 525
slapindex: 589, 593 ssh-keysign: 523, 525
slappasswd: 589, 593 sshd: 523, 525
slaptest: 589, 593 ssindex: 889, 891
slattach: 459, 460 start-statd: 519, 522
slib: 203, 204 startfluxbox: 683, 685
sliceprint: 1105, 1106 startx: 621, 623
slsh: 179, 180 states: 1105, 1106
slurpd: 589, 593 stream: 265, 267

1162
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

string2key: 117, 125 text2gif: 238, 239

stunnel: 136, 139 text2pcap: 487, 489
stunnel3: 136, 139 tftpd: 455, 456
su: 117, 125 thumbnail: 236, 237
sudo: 140, 140 thunderbird: 927, 932
sudoedit: 140, 142 tickadj: 462, 464
superkaramba: 714, 715 tidy: 277, 278
svn: 469, 471 tiff2bw: 236, 237
svnadmin: 469, 471 tiff2pdf: 236, 237
svndumpfilter: 469, 471 tiff2ps: 236, 237
svnlook: 469, 471 tiff2rgba: 236, 237
svnserve: 469, 471 tiffcmp: 236, 237
svnversion: 469, 471 tiffcp: 236, 237
swat: 529, 537 tiffdither: 236, 237
swriter: 905, 910 tiffdump: 236, 237
sxpm: 616, 618 tiffgt: 236, 237
symcryptrun: 111, 113 tifficc: 240, 241
tab2space: 277, 278 tiffinfo: 236, 237
talkd: 455, 456 tiffmedian: 236, 237
tccat: 1041, 1042 tiffset: 236, 237
tcdecode: 1041, 1042 tiffsplit: 236, 237
tcdemux: 1041, 1042 timed-read: 345, 346
tcextract: 1041, 1042 timed-run: 345, 346
tcframe: 1041, 1042 tin: 502, 503
tclsh8.4: 399, 400 tinews.pl: 502, 503
tcmodinfo: 1041, 1042 tknewsbiff: 345, 347
tcmp3cut: 1041, 1042 tkpasswd: 345, 347
tcpd: 473, 474 tlsmgr: 557, 562
tcpdchk: 473, 474 tnameserv: 360, 364
tcpdmatch: 473, 474 toc2cddb: 1047, 1048
tcprobe: 1041, 1042 toc2cue: 1047, 1048
tcrequant: 1041, 1042 toc2mp3: 1047, 1048
tcscan: 1041, 1042 totem: 866, 867
tcsh: 165, 166 totem-video-thumbnailer: 866, 867
tcxmlcheck: 1041, 1042 traceroute: 481, 482
tdbbackup: 529, 537 transcode: 1041, 1042
tdbdump: 529, 537 tred: 288, 291
tdbtool: 529, 537 tripwire: 114, 114
telnet: 117, 125, 126, 132 trivial-rewrite: 557, 562
telnetd: 117, 125, 126, 132, 455, 456 try-from: 473, 474
tenletxr: 117, 125 tshark: 487, 489
termidx: 159, 159 ttfadmin.sh: 885, 888
test-speech: 874, 875 ttftool: 885, 888
testparm: 529, 537 twadmin: 114, 116
teTeX programs: 1121, 1124 twm: 621, 623
texi2dvi4a2ps: 1102, 1104 twopk: 288, 291
texpire: 586, 588 twprint: 114, 116

1163
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

ucs2any: 627, 628 Wand-config: 265, 267

udffsck: 1049, 1050 watchgnupg: 111, 113
uic: 646, 651, 652, 655 wbinfo: 529, 537
uic3: 652, 655 weather: 345, 347
uil: 665, 667 wget: 475, 476
umbrello: 728, 729 which: 309, 309
umount.cifs: 529, 537 whois: 455, 456, 484, 484
umount.nfs: 519, 522 winbindd: 529, 537
umount.nfs4: 519, 522 wireshark: 487, 489
unbuffer: 345, 346 wish8.4: 401, 402
uncompface: 264, 264 wmxmms: 1013, 1014
unflatten: 288, 291 word-list-compress: 201, 202
unpack200: 360, 364 wrjpgcom: 232, 233
unrar: 315, 315 wrudf: 1049, 1050
unzip: 311, 313 wsgen: 360, 364
unzipfsx: 311, 313 wsimport: 360, 364
update-desktop-database: 279, 280 wtpt: 240, 241
update-mime-database: 670, 671 X: 631, 633
update-pciids: 316, 317 x11perf: 621, 623
update-usbids: 318, 319 x11perfcomp: 621, 623
url_handler.sh: 502, 503 xauth: 621, 623
urxvt: 298, 299 xauth_switch_to_sun-des-1: 621, 623
xterm: 298, 299 xbiff: 621, 623
urxvtd: 298, 299 xbm2xface.pl: 264, 264
us428control: 950, 952 xcalc: 621, 623
usx2yloader: 950, 952 xcam: 1071, 1073
uucpd: 455, 456 xchat: 939, 940
uudecode: 211, 212 xclipboard: 621, 623
uuencode: 211, 212 xclock: 621, 623
uxterm: 292, 293 xcmsdb: 621, 623
vacation: 566, 569 xconsole: 621, 623
vacuumdb: 578, 581 xconv.pl: 540, 551
vcut: 1011, 1012 xcursorgen: 621, 623
vdltodmx: 631, 633 xcutsel: 621, 623
verify: 557, 562 xdbedizzy: 621, 623
verify_krb5_conf: 117, 125 xditview: 621, 623
viewres: 621, 623 xdm: 621, 623, 635, 641
virtual: 557, 562 xdmshell: 621, 623
visudo: 140, 142 Xdmx: 631, 633
vorbiscomment: 1011, 1012 xdmx: 631, 633
vsftpd: 538, 539 xdmxconfig: 631, 633
vte: 779, 780 xdpr: 621, 623
vumeter: 844, 845 xdpyinfo: 621, 623
vxloader: 950, 952 xdriinfo: 621, 623
w2r.pl: 502, 503 xedit: 621, 623
w3m: 449, 450 xev: 621, 623
w3mman: 449, 450 xeyes: 621, 623

1164
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

xf86gammacfg: 712, 713 xmag: 621, 624

xfd: 621, 623 xman: 621, 624
xfontsel: 621, 623 xmbind: 665, 667
xfs: 621, 623 xmessage: 621, 624
xfsinfo: 621, 624 xmh: 621, 624
xfs_admin: 149, 150 xmkmf: 609, 610
xfs_bmap: 149, 150 xml2-config: 183, 184
xfs_check: 149, 150 xml2po: 768, 769
xfs_copy: 149, 150 xmlcatalog: 183, 184
xfs_db: 149, 150 xmllint: 183, 184
xfs_freeze: 149, 150 xmlproc_parse: 389, 390
xfs_growfs: 149, 150 xmlproc_val: 389, 390
xfs_info: 149, 150 xmlwf: 199, 199
xfs_io: 149, 150 xmms: 1013, 1014
xfs_logprint: 149, 150 xmms-config: 1013, 1014
xfs_mdrestore: 149, 150 xmodmap: 621, 624
xfs_metadump: 149, 150 xmore: 621, 624
xfs_mkfile: 149, 150 Xnest: 631, 633
xfs_ncheck: 149, 150 xnlock: 117, 125
xfs_quota: 149, 150 xon: 621, 624
xfs_repair: 149, 150 Xorg: 631, 633
xfs_rtcp: 149, 150 xorgcfg: 631, 633
xft-config: 616, 618 xorgconfig: 631, 633
xgamma: 621, 624 xpdf: 1111, 1113
xgc: 621, 624 xphelloworld: 621, 624
xhost: 621, 624 xplsprinters: 621, 624
xine: 1039, 1040 xpr: 621, 624
xine-bugreport: 1039, 1040 xprehashprinterlist: 621, 624
xine-check: 1039, 1040 xprop: 621, 624
xine-config: 992, 993 xpsimplehelloworld: 621, 624
xine-remote: 1039, 1040 xpstat: 345, 347
xinetd: 540, 551 xpxthelloworld: 621, 624
xinit: 621, 624 xrandr: 621, 624
xjc: 360, 364 xrdb: 621, 624, 635, 641
xkbbell: 621, 624 xrefresh: 621, 624
xkbcomp: 621, 624 xsane: 1075, 1076
xkbevd: 621, 624 xscanimage: 1071, 1073
xkbprint: 621, 624 xscreensaver: 281, 282
xkbvleds: 621, 624 xscreensaver-command: 281, 282
xkbwatch: 621, 624 xscreensaver-demo: 281, 282
xkibitz: 345, 347 xscreensaver-getimage: 281, 282
xkill: 621, 624 xscreensaver-getimage-file: 281, 282
xload: 621, 624 xscreensaver-getimage-video: 281, 282
xlogo: 621, 624 xscreensaver-gl-helper: 281, 282
xlsatoms: 621, 624 xscreensaver-text: 281, 282
xlsclients: 621, 624 xset: 621, 624
xlsfonts: 621, 624 xsetmode: 621, 625

1165
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

xsetpointer: 621, 625 libaspell.so: 201, 202

xsetroot: 621, 625 liba52.{so,a}: 989, 989
xslt-config: 185, 185 libaa.{so,a}: 252, 252
xsltproc: 185, 185 libagraph.{so,a}: 288, 291
xsm: 621, 625 libao.{so,a}: 962, 963
xstdcmap: 621, 625 libAppleWM.{so,a}: 616, 618
xterm: 292, 292 aRts Libraries: 693, 694
xtrapchar: 621, 625 libart_lgpl_2.{so,a}: 249, 249
xtrapin: 621, 625 libasn1.{so,a}: 117, 125
xtrapinfo: 621, 625 libasound.{so,a}: 943, 944
xtrapout: 621, 625 libasound_module_pcm_a52.so: 945, 946
xtrapproto: 621, 625 libasound_module_pcm_jack.so: 945, 946
xtrapreset: 621, 625 libasound_module_pcm_oss.so: 945, 946
xtrapstats: 621, 625 libasound_module_pcm_pulse.so: 945, 946
Xvfb: 631, 633 libasound_module_pcm_upmix.so: 945, 946
xvidtune: 621, 625 libasound_module_pcm_vdownmix.so: 945, 946
xvinfo: 621, 625 libasound_module_rate_samplerate.so: 945, 946
xwd: 621, 625 libassuan.a: 221, 222
xwininfo: 621, 625 libassuan-pth.a: 221, 222
xwud: 621, 625 libatk-1.0.so: 662, 662
yelp: 796, 797 libaudacious.so: 1022, 1024
ypdomainname: 459, 460 libaudio.{so,a}: 971, 972
zenity: 868, 869 libaudiofile.{so,a}: 957, 957
zip: 314, 314 libavcodec.so: 1028, 1030
zipcloak: 314, 314 libavformat.so: 1028, 1030
zipgrep: 311, 313 libaviplay*.so: 1031, 1032
zipinfo: 311, 313 libbonobo-2.{so,a}: 742, 743
zipnote: 314, 314 libcairo.{so,a}: 658, 659
zipsplit: 314, 314 libcdda_interface.{so,a}: 1017, 1018
zsh: 167, 169 libcdda_paranoia.{so,a}: 1017, 1018
libcdt.{so,a}: 288, 291
Libraries libcompface.{so,a}: 264, 264
libcrack.{so,a}: 83, 85
libbonoboui-2.{so,a}: 757, 758
libcrypto.{so,a}: 79, 80
a52_decore.so: 1041, 1043
libcurl.{so,a}: 437, 438
af6_decore.so: 1041, 1043
libdbus-1.{so,a}: 330, 333
ant-*.jar: 328, 329
libdbus-glib-1.{so,a}: 216, 217
export/filter/import_*.so: 1041, 1043
libdbus-qt-1.{so,a}: 218, 218
fop.jar: 1114, 1117
libdha.so: 1033, 1038
Glib libraries: 191, 192
libdmx.{so,a}: 616, 618
gnome-java-bridge.jar: 878, 879
libdrm.{so,a}: 215, 215
GTK+ Libraries: 663, 664
libdv.{so,a}: 988, 988
junit-4.3.1.jar: 365, 365
libdvdcss.{so,a}: 985, 986
KDE Internationalization: 725
libdvdread.{so,a}: 987, 987
kde-libraries: 695, 697
libe*.so: 802, 804
KDE plugins and scripts: 724
libeditline.a: 117, 125
kioslaves: 698, 700
libeel-2.{so,a}: 787, 787
kio_kamera: 712, 713

1166
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libesd.{so,a}: 958, 959 libgnome-menu.{so,a}: 774, 776

libesmtp.{so,a}: 200, 200 libgnomecups-1.0.{so,a}: 810, 811
libesmtp SASL plugins: 200, 200 libgnomekbd{,ui}.{so,a}: 785, 786
libexif.{so,a}: 255, 255 libgnomeprint-2-2.{so,a}: 812, 813
libexpat.{so,a}: 199, 199 libgnomeprintui-2-2.{so,a}: 814, 815
libexpect5.43.{so,a}: 345, 347 libgnomespeech.{so,a}: 874, 875
libexpr.{so,a}: 288, 291 libgnomeui-2.{so,a}: 762, 763
libexslt.{so,a}: 185, 185 libgnutls.{so,a}: 81, 82
libfaac.{so,a}: 967, 968 libgoffice-0.so: 675, 676
libfaad.{so,a}: 969, 970 libgpm.{so,a}: 304, 305
libfam.{so,a}: 181, 182 libgraph.{so,a}: 288, 291
libfame.{so,a}: 979, 980 libgssapi.{so,a}: 117, 125
lib{,Ogg}FLAC{,++}.{so,a}: 983, 984 libgssapi_krb5.so: 126, 132
libfontconfig.{so,a}: 246, 248 libgtk.{so,a}: 656, 657
libfontenc.{so,a}: 616, 618 libgtkhtml-2.{so,a}: 186, 186
libfreetype.{so,a}: 244, 245 libgtkhtml-3.8.{so,a}: 806, 807
libfribidi.{so,a}: 256, 256 libgtksourceview-1.0.{so,a}: 808, 809
libFS.{so,a}: 616, 618 libgtop-2.0.{so,a}: 783, 784
libgail-gnome.so: 880, 880 libhal.{so,a}: 334, 340
libgamin.{so,a}: 181, 182 libhal-storage.{so,a}: 334, 340
libgc.{so,a}: 348, 349 libhandle.so: 149, 150
libgccpp.{so,a}: 348, 349 libhdb.{so,a}: 117, 125
libgconf-2.{so,a}: 744, 745 libI810XvMC.so: 634, 635
libgcrypt.{so,a}: 224, 225 libICE.{so,a}: 616, 618
libgdbm.{so,a}: 189, 189 libid3.{so,a}: 982, 982
libgdk.{so,a}: 656, 657 libIDL-2.{so,a}: 193, 194
libgif.{so,a}: 238, 239 libidn.{so,a}: 213, 214
libgimp-2.0.so: 896, 898 libImlib2.{so,a}: 253, 254
libgimpbase-2.0.so: 896, 898 libip*.so: 98, 99
libgimpcolor-2.0.so: 896, 898 libiw.so: 477, 478
libgimpmath-2.0.so: 896, 898 libjpeg.{so,a}: 232, 233
libgimpmodule-2.0.so: 896, 898 libkadm5clnt.{so,a}: 117, 125, 126, 132
libgimpthumb-2.0.so: 896, 898 libkadm5srv.{so,a}: 117, 125, 126, 132
libgimpui-2.0.so: 896, 898 libkafs.{so,a}: 117, 125
libgimpwidgets-2.0.so: 896, 898 libkdb5.so: 126, 132
libGL.so: 677, 678 libkpathsea.a: 1121, 1124
libglade-2.0.{so,a}: 198, 198 libkrb5.{so,a}: 117, 125, 126, 132
libglib.{so,a}: 190, 190 libksba.{so,a}: 226, 227
libGLU.so: 677, 678 liblber.{so,a}: 589, 593
libglut.{so,a}: 674, 674, 677, 679 liblcms.{so,a}: 240, 241
libGLw.so: 677, 678 libldap.{so,a}: 589, 593
libgmime-2.0.{so,a}: 211, 212 libldap_r.{so,a}: 589, 593
libgmp.{so,a}: 187, 188 liblibgpg-error.{so,a}: 223, 223
libgnet-2.0.{so,a}: 439, 439 liblpr.{so,a}: 1060, 1062
libgnome-2.{so,a}: 753, 754 liblzo2.{so,a}: 207, 207
libgnome-desktop-2.{so,a}: 770, 771 libmad.{so,a}: 975, 976
libgnome-keyring.so: 759, 760 libmcs.so: 229, 230

1167
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libmikmod.{so,a}: 994, 995 libstartup-notification-1.{so,a}: 668, 668

libmng.{so,a}: 242, 243 libstunnel.so: 136, 139
libmowgli.{so,a}: 228, 228 libsvn_*.{so,a}: 469, 472
libmp3lame.{so,a}: 1015, 1016 libtcl.so: 399, 400
libmp4v2.{so,a}: 967, 968 libtidy.{so,a}: 277, 278
libmpeg2.{so,a}: 1007, 1008 libtiff.{so,a}: 236, 237
libmpeg2convert.{so,a}: 1007, 1008 libtiffxx.{so,a}: 236, 237
libmpeg3.a: 973, 974 libtk.so: 401, 402
libmusicbrainz.{so,a}: 1005, 1006 libudffs.a: 1049, 1050
libnautilus-extension.so: 788, 789 libunzip.so: 311, 313
libneon.{so,a}: 469, 472 libusb.{so,a}: 208, 209
libogg.{so,a}: 964, 964 libviaXvMC.so: 634, 635
liboldX.{so,a}: 616, 618 libviaXvMCPro.so: 634, 635
libORBit-2.{so,a}: 740, 741 libvorbis*.{so,a}: 965, 966
libosp.so: 1084, 1085 libvte.{so,a}: 779, 780
libotp.{so,a}: 117, 125 libWindowsWM.{so,a}: 616, 618
libpack.{so,a}: 288, 291 libwireshark.so: 487, 489
libpam.{so,a}: 86, 88 libwiretap.so: 487, 489
libpanel-applet-2.{so,a}: 777, 778 libwnck-1.{so,a}: 669, 669
libpathplan.{so,a}: 288, 291 libwrap.{so,a}: 473, 474
libpcap.a: 441, 441 libX11.{so,a}: 616, 618
libpci.a: 316, 317 libXau.{so,a}: 611, 611
libpng12.{so,a}: 234, 234 libXaw.{so,a}: 616, 618
libpoppler.{so,a}: 257, 259 libXaw6.{so,a}: 616, 618
libpoppler-glib.{so,a}: 257, 259 libXaw7.{so,a}: 616, 618
libpoppler-qt.{so,a}: 257, 259 libXaw8.{so,a}: 616, 618
libpoppler-qt4.{so,a}: 257, 259 libxcb.{so,a}: 614, 615
libpopt.{so,a}: 178, 178 libXcomposite.{so,a}: 616, 618
libpostproc.so: 1033, 1038 libXcursor.{so,a}: 616, 618
libpspell.so: 201, 202 libXdamage.{so,a}: 616, 618
libpth.{so,a}: 220, 220 libXdmcp.{so,a}: 612, 612
libquicktime.so: 977, 978 libXevie.{so,a}: 616, 618
librecode.{so,a}: 295, 296 libXext.{so,a}: 616, 618
librep.so: 366, 366 libXfixes.{so,a}: 616, 618
libroken.{so,a}: 117, 125 libXfont.{so,a}: 616, 618
librsvg-2.{so,a}: 250, 251 libXfontcache.{so,a}: 616, 618
libruby.so: 397, 398 libXft.{so,a}: 616, 619
libsane.so: 1071, 1073 libXi.{so,a}: 616, 619
libsane-*.so: 1071, 1074 libxine.so: 992, 993
libsasl2.so: 133, 135 libXinerama.{so,a}: 616, 619
libscg.a: 1045, 1046 libxkbfile.{so,a}: 616, 619
libscrollkeeper.so: 271, 272 libxkbui.{so,a}: 616, 619
libSDL*.{so,a}: 960, 961 libxklavier.{so,a}: 673, 673
libSM.{so,a}: 616, 618 libXm.so: 665, 667
libsoup-2.2.{so,a}: 440, 440 libxml2.{so,a}: 183, 184
libspeex.{so,a}: 981, 981 libxmms.{so,a}: 1013, 1014
libssl.{so,a}: 79, 80 libxmms-flac.{so,a}: 983, 984

1168
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

libXmu.{so,a}: 616, 619 Configuration Files

libXmuu.{so,a}: 616, 619
$GNOME_PREFIX/share/gdm/defaults.conf: 834, 835
libXp.{so,a}: 616, 619
$PGDATA/pg_hba_conf: 578, 579
libXpm.{so,a}: 616, 619
$PGDATA/pg_indent.con: 578, 579
libXprintAppUtil.{so,a}: 616, 619
$PGDATA/postgresql.conf: 578, 579
libXprintUtil.{so,a}: 616, 619
~/.gtkrc-02: 936, 937
libXrandr.{so,a}: 616, 619
~/.purple/*: 936, 937
libXrender.{so,a}: 616, 619
~/..mc/*: 323, 325
libXRes.{so,a}: 616, 619
~/.AbiSuite/templates/normal.awt: 885, 887
libxslt.{so,a}: 185, 185
~/.ant/ant.conf: 328, 329
libXss.{so,a}: 616, 619
~/.antrc: 328, 329
libXt.{so,a}: 616, 619
~/.asoundrc: 943, 944
libXTrap.{so,a}: 616, 619
~/.bashrc: 51, 58
libXtst.{so,a}: 616, 619
~/.bash_logout: 51, 58
libXv.{so,a}: 616, 619
~/.bash_profile: 51, 57, 646, 649
libxvidcore.{so,a}: 990, 991
~/.bluefish: 161, 161
libXvMC.{so,a}: 616, 619
~/.cshdirs: 165, 165
libXvMCW.{so,a}: 616, 619
~/.cshrc: 165, 165
libXxf86dga.{so,a}: 616, 619
~/.cvspass: 452, 453
libXxf86misc.{so,a}: 616, 619
~/.cvsrc: 452, 453
libXxf86vm.{so,a}: 616, 619
~/.cvswrappers: 452, 453
Lisp bindings: 263, 263
~/.dircolors: 51, 58
mod_authz_svn.so: 469, 472, 469, 472
~/.expect.rc: 345, 346
muttbug: 497, 499
~/.fetchmailrc: 495, 496
Pango libraries: 660, 661
~/.ffmpeg/ffserver-config: 1028, 1030
pgpewrap: 497, 499
~/.fluxbox/init: 683, 683
pgpring: 497, 499
~/.fluxbox/keys: 683, 683
smime_keys: 497, 499
~/.fluxbox/menu: 683, 683
smixer-*.{so,a}: 943, 944
~/.foprc: 1114, 1116
sudo_noexec.so: 140, 142
~/.gimp-2.0/gimprc: 896, 897
xercesImpl.jar: 328, 329
~/.gpm-root: 304, 305
xml-apis.jar: 328, 329
~/.history: 165, 165
~/.joerc: 159, 159
Kernel Configuration ~/.libao: 962, 962, 1011, 1012
ALSA: 943, 943 ~/.links/*: 443, 444
Automounter: 74, 74 ~/.lisarc: 705, 705
Capturing network packets: 487, 487 ~/.login: 165, 165
dbus: 330, 330 ~/.logout: 165, 165
DHCP: 583, 583 ~/.mailrc: 491, 491
Iptables: 98, 98 ~/.mime.types: 497, 499
NFS Utilities: 519, 519 ~/.mplayer/*: 1033, 1037
PPP support: 424, 424 ~/.muttrc: 497, 499
Scanning devices: 1071, 1071 ~/.mwmrc: 665, 666
UDF File System: 1049, 1049 ~/.my.cnf: 574, 576
Support for Host-side USB: 208, 209 ~/.nailrc: 491, 491
USB Palm devices: 283, 283 ~/.nanorc: 157, 157
Wireless devices: 477, 477 ~/.ncftp/*: 457, 458

1169
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

~/.newsrc: 502, 503 /etc/dhcpcd.sh: 432, 432

~/.ogg123rc: 1011, 1012 /etc/dhcpd.conf: 583, 584
~/.orbitrc: 878, 879 /etc/dircolors: 51, 58
~/.pangorc: 660, 661 /etc/esd.conf: 958, 958
~/.perldlrc: 369, 372 /etc/exim.conf: 553, 555
~/.pinerc: 500, 501 /etc/exportfs: 519, 520
~/.procmailrc: 493, 493 /etc/fcron.allow: 306, 307
~/.screenrc: 275, 276 /etc/fcron.conf: 306, 307
~/.slshrc: 179, 179 /etc/fcron.deny: 306, 307
~/.ssh/*: 523, 524 /etc/ffserver.conf: 1028, 1030
~/.subversion/config: 469, 471 /etc/fonts/*: 246, 247
~/.tcshrc: 165, 165 /etc/fonts/conf.avail/*: 246, 247
~/.tin/tinrc: 502, 503 /etc/fonts/conf.d/*: 246, 247
~/.vimrc: 59, 152, 153 /etc/fstab: 519, 521
~/.w3m/*: 449, 449 /etc/gimp/2.0/*: 896, 897
~/.wgetrc: 475, 475 /etc/gnome/2.18.3/gdm/custom.conf: 834, 835
~/.wireshark/*: 487, 488 /etc/gpm-root.conf: 304, 305
~/.xine/config: 1039, 1039 /etc/group: 48
~/.xinitrc: 635, 636, 681, 681, 683, 683, 686, 687, 701 /etc/gsview/*: 1109, 1110
~/.xmms/config: 1013, 1013 /etc/hal/*: 334, 336
~/.xpdfrc: 1111, 1112 /etc/heimdal/*: 117, 120
~/.Xresources: 635, 641 /etc/hosts.allow: 473, 473
~/.xscreensaver: 281, 282 /etc/hosts.deny: 473, 473
$exp_library/expect.rc: 345, 346 /etc/inetd.conf: 473, 473, 529, 533, 563, 563, 586, 587,
$HOME/.profile: 170, 170, 172, 173 597, 598, 600, 602
/etc/a2ps/a2ps-site.cfg: 1102, 1103 /etc/issue: 59
/etc/a2ps/a2ps.cfg: 1102, 1103 /etc/joe/jmacsrc: 159, 159
/etc/aliases: 553, 555, 557, 559 /etc/joe/joerc: 159, 159
/etc/ant/ant.conf: 328, 329 /etc/joe/jpicorc: 159, 159
/etc/apache/*: 507, 509 /etc/joe/jstarrc: 159, 159
/etc/apache/httpd.conf: 507, 509 /etc/joe/rjoerc: 159, 159
/etc/asound.conf: 943, 944 /etc/krb5/krb5.conf: 126, 128
/etc/asound.state: 947, 947 /etc/ld.so.conf: 646, 649, 646, 654, 691
/etc/auto.master: 74, 75 /etc/leafnode/config: 586, 587
/etc/auto.misc: 74, 75 /etc/libao.conf: 962, 962, 1011, 1012
/etc/auto.net: 74, 75 /etc/lisarc: 705, 705
/etc/bashrc: 51, 56 /etc/login.defs: 48, 89, 91, 89, 92
/etc/csh.cshrc: 165, 165 /etc/lpd/*: 1060, 1061
/etc/csh.login: 165, 165 /etc/lynx/lynx.cfg: 446, 447
/etc/csh.logout: 165, 165 /etc/mail/*: 566, 568
/etc/dbus-1/session.conf: 330, 331 /etc/mailcap: 502, 503
/etc/dbus-1/system.d/hal.conf: 334, 336 /etc/man_db.conf: 646, 649, 646, 654, 691
/etc/dbus-1/system.d/halusers.conf: 334, 336 /etc/mime.types: 497, 499
/etc/dbus-1/system.d/*: 330, 331 /etc/mplayer/*: 1033, 1037
/etc/dbus-1/system.conf: 330, 331 /etc/Muttrc: 497, 499
/etc/default/useradd: 47 /etc/my.cnf: 574, 576
/etc/dhclient.conf: 434, 434, 583, 584 /etc/nail.rc: 491, 491

1170
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

/etc/named.conf: 511, 512 /etc/services: 529, 533

/etc/namedb/pz/127.0.0.0: 511, 512 /etc/sgml/catalog: 1080, 1081, 1082, 1083
/etc/namedb/root.hints: 511, 512 /etc/sgml/sgml.conf: 1078, 1079
/etc/nano/nanorc: 157, 157 /etc/shells: 60
/etc/nas/nasd.conf: 971, 972 /etc/skel/*: 47
/etc/ncftp.*: 457, 458 /etc/slsh.rc: 179, 179
/etc/nntpserver: 586, 587 /etc/ssh/sshd_config: 523, 524
/etc/ntp.conf: 432, 433, 462, 462 /etc/ssh/ssh_config: 523, 524
/etc/openldap/*: 589, 591 /etc/ssl/openssl.cnf: 79, 80
/etc/openldap/ldap.conf: 589, 591 /etc/stunnel/stunnel.conf: 136, 138, 529, 533
/etc/openldap/slapd.conf: 589, 591 /etc/subversion/config: 469, 471
/etc/pam.conf: 86, 88, 89, 91, 281, 282, 306, 307 /etc/sudoers: 140, 141
/etc/pam.d/*: 86, 88, 89, 91, 306, 307 /etc/suid_profile: 172, 173
/etc/pam.d/gdm: 834, 835 /etc/sysconfig/.../dhclient: 434, 434
/etc/pam.d/gdm-autologin: 834, 835 /etc/sysconfig/autofs.conf: 74, 75
/etc/pam.d/gnome-screensaver: 850, 852 /etc/sysconfig/createfiles: 586, 587, 635, 636
/etc/pam.d/samba: 529, 533 /etc/sysconfig/.../dhcpcd: 432, 433
/etc/pam.d/xscreensaver: 281, 282 /etc/sysconfig/mouse: 304, 305
/etc/pam.d/xdm: 635, 641 /etc/sysconfig/nfs-server: 519, 520
/etc/pango/pangorc: 660, 661 /etc/syslog.conf: 306, 306, 563, 563
/etc/passwd: 48 /etc/tin/tin.defaults: 502, 503
/etc/pear.conf: 383, 386 /etc/tin/keymap: 502, 503
/etc/php.ini: 383, 386 /etc/tin/tinrc: 502, 503
/etc/postfix/*: 557, 559 /etc/tripwire/*: 114, 115
/etc/ppp/*: 424, 425 /etc/udev/rules.d: 50
/etc/printcap: 1060, 1061 /etc/unixodbc/*: 285, 286
/etc/procmailrc: 493, 493 /etc/vimrc: 59, 152, 153
/etc/profile: 51, 52, 170, 170, 172, 173, 646, 649 /etc/vsftpd.conf: 538, 539
/etc/profile.d: 51, 53 /etc/w3m/*: 449, 449
/etc/profile.d/dircolors.sh: 51, 54 /etc/wgetrc: 475, 475
/etc/profile.d/extrapaths.sh: 51, 54 /etc/wireshark.conf: 487, 488
/etc/profile.d/i18n.sh: 51, 55 .../app-.../XScreenSaver: 281, 282
/etc/profile.d/readline.sh: 51, 55 /etc/X11/mwm/system.mwmrc: 665, 666
/etc/profile.d/umask.sh: 51, 55 /etc/X11/xorg.conf: 635, 636, 635, 638
/etc/profile.d/X.sh: 51, 55 /etc/xinetd.conf: 473, 473, 529, 533, 540, 540, 563, 563,
/etc/proftpd.conf: 526, 527 586, 587
/etc/resolv.conf: 432, 433, 511, 512 /etc/xinetd.d/*: 540, 540
/etc/rndc.conf: 511, 512 /etc/xinetd.d/chargen: 540, 540
/etc/rsyncd.conf: 594, 595 /etc/xinetd.d/comsat: 540, 540
/etc/samba/smb.conf: 529, 531 /etc/xinetd.d/cvspserver: 597, 598
/etc/sane.d/*.conf: 1071, 1072 /etc/xinetd.d/daytime: 540, 540
/etc/saslauthd.conf: 133, 134 /etc/xinetd.d/echo: 540, 540
/etc/screenrc: 275, 276 /etc/xinetd.d/exec: 540, 540
/etc/scrollkeeper.conf: 271, 272 /etc/xinetd.d/finger: 540, 540
/etc/security/*: 86, 88, 89, 91 /etc/xinetd.d/ftp: 540, 540
/etc/security/access.conf: 89, 96 /etc/xinetd.d/irc: 540, 540
/etc/security/limits.conf: 89, 96 /etc/xinetd.d/login: 540, 540

1171
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

/etc/xinetd.d/netstat: 540, 540 gpm: 304, 304

/etc/xinetd.d/nntp: 586, 587 haldaemon: 334, 339
/etc/xinetd.d/ntalk: 540, 540 heimdal: 117, 123
/etc/xinetd.d/pop3: 563, 563 iptables: 98, 99
/etc/xinetd.d/rquotad: 540, 540 lisa: 705, 706
/etc/xinetd.d/rstatd: 540, 540 lprng: 1060, 1061
/etc/xinetd.d/ruserd: 540, 540 mysql: 574, 576
/etc/xinetd.d/shell: 540, 540 nas: 971, 972
/etc/xinetd.d/sprayd: 540, 540 netfs: 77, 77, 519, 521
/etc/xinetd.d/svn: 600, 602 nfs-client: 519, 521
/etc/xinetd.d/swat_tunnel: 529, 533 nfs-server: 519, 520
/etc/xinetd.d/systat: 540, 540 ntp: 462, 463
/etc/xinetd.d/talk: 540, 540 openldap: 589, 591
/etc/xinetd.d/telnet: 540, 540 portmap: 466, 466
/etc/xinetd.d/tftp: 540, 540 postfix: 557, 560
/etc/xinetd.d/time: 540, 540 postgresql: 578, 580
/etc/xinetd.d/walld: 540, 540 proftpd: 526, 528
/etc/xml/catalog: 1094, 1096, 1098, 1099 popper: 563, 564
/etc/xml/docbook: 1094, 1096 random: 61
/etc/xpdfrc: 257, 258, 1111, 1112 samba: 529, 535
/etc/yp.conf: 432, 433 sendmail: 566, 568
/etc/zsh/zlogin: 167, 168 sshd: 523, 525
/etc/zsh/zlogout: 167, 168 stunnel: 136, 138
/etc/zsh/zprofile: 167, 168 svn: 600, 602
/etc/zsh/zshenv: 167, 168 sysstat: 326, 327
/etc/zsh/zshrc: 167, 168 winbind: 529, 535
local.perldlrc: 369, 372 xinetd: 540, 550
/usr/share/alsa/alsa.conf: 943, 944 xnmap: 483, 483
.../alsa/{cards,pcm}/*.conf: 943, 944
/usr/share/graphviz/config: 288, 289 Others
/var/lib/krb5kdc/kdc.conf: 126, 128
~/.fonts: 246, 247
/etc/gnome/2.18.3/gdm/custom.conf: 850, 852
abiword: 885, 888
Algorithm::Diff: 374, 380
Bootscripts ALSA Description: 942
General Information: 39 Archive::Tar: 374, 377
alsa: 947, 947 Archive::Zip: 374, 374
apache: 507, 509 Business::ISBN: 374, 380
bind: 511, 517 Business::ISBN::Data: 374, 380
cups: 1057, 1058 Compress::Zlib: 374, 374
cyrus-sasl: 133, 134 Core X Font Protocol: 635, 638
dbus: 330, 332 Crypt::SSLeay: 374, 376
dhclient (service script): 434, 434 Date::Manip: 374, 375
dhcpd: 583, 584 db2*: 1091, 1092
dhcpcd (service script): 432, 432 Devel::Symdump: 374, 378
exim: 553, 555 Digest::BubbleBabble: 374, 378
fcron: 306, 307 Digest::HMAC: 374, 378
gdm: 834, 837 Digest::SHA: 374, 378

1172
 Beyond Linux® From Scratch - Version 6.3

Digest::SHA1: 374, 378 Pod::Coverage: 374, 378

DRI: 635, 638 Pod::Escapes: 374, 379
DTD Files: 1094, 1097 Pod::Readme: 374, 377
ENT-files: 1094, 1097 Pod::Simple: 374, 379
evolution: 899, 901 pstoraster: 1065, 1067
exim: 553, 556 SGML DTD files: 1080, 1081, 1082, 1083
ExtUtils::CBuilder: 374, 377 SGML entities files: 1078, 1079
ExtUtils::ParseXS: 374, 377 SGML MOD files: 1080, 1081, 1082, 1083
Finance::Quote: 374, 375 sgml2xml: 1084, 1085
Finance::QuoteHist: 374, 375 sgmlnorm: 1084, 1085
gimp: 896, 898 SGMLSpm: 374, 379
gimp-remote: 896, 898 slogin: 523, 525
gnome-calculator: 830, 831 Socket6: 374, 378
gnome-help: 796, 797 spam: 1084, 1085
gnome-text-editor: 838, 839 spcat: 1084, 1085
gnome-umount: 846, 847 spent: 1084, 1085
gnumeric: 889, 891 Spiffy: 374, 382
gperf: 302, 302 SWAT: 529, 533
HTML::Element::Extended: 374, 376 sx: 1084, 1085
HTML::Parser: 374, 376 tclsh: 399, 400
HTML::TableExtract: 374, 376 Test::Base: 374, 382
HTML::Tagset: 374, 376 Test::Builder::Tester: 374, 379
HTML::Tree: 374, 376 Test::Pod: 374, 379
Image::Magick: 265, 267 Test::Pod::Coverage: 374, 379
IO::Socket::INET6: 374, 378 Test::Portability::Files: 374, 377
IO::Zlib: 374, 377 Test::Prereq: 374, 380
kauth: 117, 124 Test::Simple: 374, 379
KDE Artwork: 723 Text::CSV: 374, 376
libpng-config: 234, 234 Text::CSV_XS: 374, 376
libsp.so: 1084, 1086 Text::Diff: 374, 380
libwww-perl: 374, 376 Tie::IxHash: 374, 381
mail: 491, 492 Tk: 374, 380
MOD files: 1094, 1097 TrueType Fonts: 635, 638
Module::Build: 374, 377 URI: 374, 380, 374, 380
Module::Corelist: 374, 380 /usr/share/fonts: 246, 247
Module::Info: 374, 377 version: 374, 377
Module::Signature: 374, 378 wish: 401, 402
nail: 491, 492 XML entities files: 1078, 1079
Net::DNS: 374, 378 XML::LibXML: 374, 381
Net::IP: 374, 378 XML::NamespaceSupport: 374, 381
nsgmls: 1084, 1085 XML::Parser: 374, 381
PAR::Dist: 374, 378 XML::SAX: 374, 381
pinentry: 300, 301 XML::SAX::Expat: 374, 381
pinentry-curses: 300, 301 XML::Simple: 374, 381
pinentry-gtk: 300, 301 YAML: 374, 381
pinentry-gtk-2: 300, 301
pinentry-qt: 300, 301

1173